WT MUTUAL FUND
485APOS, 1999-08-12
Previous: OFFITBANK VARIABLE INSURANCE FUND INC, N-30D, 1999-08-12
Next: ASCHE TRANSPORTATION SERVICES INC, S-3, 1999-08-12



       Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 12, 1999
                                          1933 Act Registration File No.33-84762
                                                      1940 Act File No. 811-8648

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              Washington, DC 20549

                                    FORM N-1A


REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                                                           --
             Pre-Effective Amendment No.
                                            ------         --


                                                           --
             Post- Effective Amendment No.    8            X
                                            ------         --

                                       and

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940

                                                           --
             Amendment No           11                     X
                                   -----                   --


                                 WT MUTUAL FUND
                     (Formerly known as Kiewit Mutual Fund)
               (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
                 1100 NORTH MARKET STREET, WILMINGTON, DE 19890
               (Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

       Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code: (800) 254-3948

      Robert J. Christian, President                         Copy to:
         Wilmington Trust Company                    Joseph V. Del Raso, Esq.
         1100 North Market Street                      Pepper Hamilton LLP
           Wilmington, DE 19890                       3000 Two Logan Square
  (Name and Address of Agent for Service)             Philadelphia, PA 19103

It is proposed that this filing will become effective

              ___ immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
              ___ on ________ pursuant to paragraph (b)
              ___ 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
              ___ on ________ pursuant to paragraph (a)1
              ___ 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)
              _X_ on October 29, 1999 pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485.

If appropriate, check the following box:

              ___ This post-effective  amendment designates a new effective date
                  for a previously filed post-effective amendment.

<PAGE>

                    THE WILMINGTON LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO
                     THE WILMINGTON LARGE CAP CORE PORTFOLIO
                     THE WILMINGTON SMALL CAP CORE PORTFOLIO
                    THE WILMINGTON LARGE CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO
                     THE WILMINGTON MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO
                    THE WILMINGTON SMALL CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO
              THE WILMINGTON INTERNATIONAL MULTI-MANAGER PORTFOLIO

                                OF WT MUTUAL FUND
================================================================================

                          PROSPECTUS DATED______, 1999


This prospectus gives vital information about these mutual funds, including
information on investment policies, risks and fees. For your own benefit and
protection, please read it before you invest, and keep it on hand for future
reference.


Please note that these mutual funds:

[BULLET] are not bank deposits
[BULLET] are not obligations of, or guaranteed or endorsed by Wilmington Trust
         Company or any of its affiliates
[BULLET] are not federally insured
[BULLET] are not obligations of, or guaranteed or endorsed or otherwise
         supported by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance
         Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other governmental agency
[BULLET] are not guaranteed to achieve their goal(s)

Like all mutual fund shares, the Securities and Exchange Commission has not
approved or disapproved the Portfolios' shares or determined whether this
prospectus is accurate or complete. Anyone who tells you otherwise is committing
a crime.


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


A LOOK AT THE GOALS, STRATEGIES,            PORTFOLIO DESCRIPTION
RISKS, EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL               Summary.............................
HISTORY OF EACH PORTFOLIO.                  Performance Information.............
                                            Fees and Expenses...................
                                            Investment Objectives...............
                                            Primary Investment Strategies.......
                                            Additional Risk Information.........
                                            Financial Highlights................

DETAILS ABOUT THE SERVICE                   MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIOS
PROVIDERS.                                  Investment Advisers.................
                                            Service Providers...................

POLICIES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR               SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
OPENING, MAINTAINING AND                    Pricing of Shares...................
CLOSING AN ACCOUNT IN ANY OF                Purchase of Shares..................
THE PORTFOLIOS.                             Redemption of Shares................
                                            Exchange of Shares..................
                                            Distributions.......................
                                            Taxes...............................

DETAILS ON DISTRIBUTION                     DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS
PLANS AND THE PORTFOLIOS'                   Rule 12b-1 Fees.....................
MASTER/FEEDER FUND                          Master/Feeder Structure.............
ARRANGEMENT.                                Share Class.........................


                                            FOR MORE INFORMATION......back cover


For information about key terms and concepts, look for our "PLAIN TALK"
explanations.

                                                                               2

<PAGE>



                    THE WILMINGTON LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO
                     THE WILMINGTON LARGE CAP CORE PORTFOLIO
                     THE WILMINGTON SMALL CAP CORE PORTFOLIO
                    THE WILMINGTON LARGE CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO
                     THE WILMINGTON MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO
                    THE WILMINGTON SMALL CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO
              THE WILMINGTON INTERNATIONAL MULTI-MANAGER PORTFOLIO


PORTFOLIO DESCRIPTION
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS A MUTUAL FUND?
         A mutual fund pools shareholders' money and, using a professional
         investment manager, invests it in securities like stocks and bonds.
         Each Portfolio is a separate mutual fund.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS "CAP"?
         Cap or the market capitalization of a company means the value of the
         company's common stock in the stock market.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment Objective [BULLET]   The LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO and
                                the SMALL CAP CORE PORTFOLIO each seek superior
                                long-term growth of capital.
                     [BULLET]   The LARGE CAP CORE PORTFOLIO, the LARGE CAP
                                VALUE PORTFOLIO, the MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO and
                                the SMALL CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO each seek to
                                achieve long-term capital appreciation.
                     [BULLET]   The INTERNATIONAL MULTI-MANAGER PORTFOLIO seeks
                                superior long-term capital appreciation.
- -------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Investment Focus     [BULLET]   Equity (or related) securities
- -------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Share Price
Volatility           [BULLET]   Moderate to high
- -------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Principal Investment [BULLET]   Each Portfolio operates as a "feeder fund" which
Strategy                        means that the Portfolio does not buy individual
                                securities directly.  Instead, it invests in a
                                corresponding mutual fund or "master fund,"
                                which in turn purchases investment securities.
                                The Portfolios invest all of their assets in
                                master funds which are separate series of WT
                                Investment Trust I. Each Portfolio and its
                                corresponding Series have the same investment
                                objective, policies and limitations.
                     [BULLET]   The LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO invests in the WT
                                Large Cap Growth Series, which invests at least
                                65% of its total assets in a diversified
                                portfolio of U.S. equity (or related) securities
                                of corporations with a market cap of $2 billion
                                or more, which have above average earnings
                                potential compared to the securities market as a
                                whole.
                     [BULLET]   The LARGE CAP CORE PORTFOLIO invests in the
                                Large Cap Core Series, which invests at least
                                65% of its total assets, under normal
                                conditions, primarily in a diversified portfolio
                                of U.S. equity (or related) securities or medium
                                and large cap corporations with strong growth
                                and value characteristics.
                     [BULLET]   The SMALL CAP CORE PORTFOLIO invests in the
                                Small Cap Core Series, which invests at least
                                65% of its total assets in a diversified
                                portfolio of U.S. equity (or related) securities
                                with a market cap of $2 billion or less at the
                                time of purchase. The Series' investment
                                                                               3
<PAGE>


                                adviser  employs  a  combined  growth  and value
                                investment approach and invests in the stocks of
                                companies with the most  attractive  combination
                                of long-term earnings, growth and valuation.
                     [BULLET]   The INTERNATIONAL MULTI-MANAGER PORTFOLIO
                                invests in the International Multi-Manager
                                Series, which invests at least 85% of its total
                                assets in a diversified portfolio of equity (or
                                related) securities of foreign issuers.
                     [BULLET]   The LARGE CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO invests in the
                                Large Cap Value Series, which invests at least
                                65% of its total assets in a diversified
                                portfolio of U.S. equity (or related) securities
                                with a market cap of $10 billion or higher at
                                the time of purchase. The Series invests in
                                securities believed to be undervalued as
                                compared to the company's potential
                                profitability.
                     [BULLET]   The MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO invests in the Mid
                                Cap Value Series, which invests at least 65% of
                                its total assets in a diversified portfolio of
                                U.S. equity (or related) securities with a
                                market cap between $1 and $10 billion at the
                                time of purchase. The Series invests in
                                securities believed to be undervalued as
                                compared to the company's potential
                                profitability.
                     [BULLET]   The SMALL CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO invests in the
                                Small Cap Value Series, which invests at least
                                65% of its total assets in a diversified
                                portfolio of U.S. equity (or related) securities
                                with a market cap of $1 billion or less at the
                                time of purchase. The Series invests in
                                securities believed to be undervalued as
                                compared to the company's potential
                                profitability.
- -------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Principal Risks      [BULLET]   An investment in a Portfolio is not a
                                deposit of Wilmington Trust Company or any of
                                its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed
                                by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or
                                any other government agency.
                     [BULLET]   It is possible to lose money by investing in a
                                Portfolio.
                     [BULLET]   A Portfolio's share price will fluctuate in
                                response to changes in the market value of the
                                Portfolio's investments. Market value changes
                                result from business developments affecting an
                                issuer as well as general market and economic
                                conditions.
                     [BULLET]   Small cap companies may be more vulnerable than
                                larger companies to adverse business or economic
                                developments, and their securities may be less
                                liquid and more volatile than securities of
                                larger companies.
                     [BULLET]   The International Multi-Manager Portfolio is
                                subject to foreign security risk and the risk of
                                losses caused by changes in foreign currency
                                exchange rates.
                     [BULLET]   The International Multi-Manager Series is not
                                authorized to depart from their primary
                                investment policies and temporarily pursue a
                                defensive investment policy, even during periods
                                of declining markets. Consequently, they are
                                subject to a greater risk of capital loss if
                                adverse market conditions arise and persist in
                                the future than funds which are permitted to
                                adopt a defensive position.
                     [BULLET]   Growth-oriented investments may be more volatile
                                than the rest of the U.S. stock market as a
                                whole.
                     [BULLET]   A value-oriented investment approach is subject
                                to the risk that a security believed to be
                                undervalued does not appreciate in value as
                                anticipated.
                     [BULLET]   The performance of a Portfolio will depend on
                                whether or not the adviser or sub-adviser is
                                successful in pursuing an investment strategy.
                     [BULLET]   The Portfolios are also subject to other risks
                                which are described under "Additional Risk
                                Information."
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investor Profile     [BULLET]   Investors who want the value of their
                                investment to grow and who are willing to accept
                                more volatility for the possibility of higher
                                returns.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                               4
<PAGE>


PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

                      WILMINGTON LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO
The bar chart and the performance table below illustrate the risks and
volatility of an investment in the Portfolio. Of course, past performance does
not necessarily indicate how the Portfolio will perform in the future.

[INSERT BAR CHART]

THIS BAR CHART SHOWS CHANGES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE PORTFOLIO'S INSTITUTIONAL
SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR. THE BAR CHART DOES NOT REFLECT
DEDUCTIONS FOR RULE 12b-1 DISTRIBUTION FEES. IF SUCH AMOUNTS WERE REFLECTED,
RETURNS WOULD BE LESS.

                        BEST QUARTER        WORST QUARTER
                           25.34%             -17.12%
                    (December 31, 1998) (September 30, 1990)

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS AN INDEX?
         An index is a broad  measure of the market  performance  of a specific
         group of  securities in a particular  market, or securities in a market
         sector.  You cannot invest directly in an index. An index does not have
         an investment adviser and does not pay any commissions or expenses. If
         an index had expenses, its performance would be lower.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Institutional Shares
AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/98  1 YEAR     5 YEARS     10 YEARS
Large Cap Growth Portfolio             23.58%     20.19%      17.67%
S&P 500 Index*
- -------------------------
* The S&P 500 Index is the Standard and Poor's Composite Index of 500 stocks, a
widely recognized, unmanaged index of common stock prices.

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS TOTAL RETURN?
         Total return is a measure of the per-share change in the total value of
         a fund's portfolio, including any distributions paid to you. It is
         measured from the beginning to the end of a specific time period.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

                       WILMINGTON LARGE CAP CORE PORTFOLIO
The bar chart and the performance table below illustrate the risks and
volatility of an investment in the Portfolio. Of course, past performance does
not necessarily indicate how the Portfolio will perform in the future.

[INSERT BAR CHART]


                                                                               5
<PAGE>


THIS BAR CHART SHOWS CHANGES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE PORTFOLIO'S INSTITUTIONAL
SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR. THE BAR CHART DOES NOT REFLECT
DEDUCTIONS FOR 12b-1 DISTRIBUTION FEES, IF SUCH AMOUNTS WERE REFLECTED, RETURNS
WOULD BE LESS.

                           BEST QUARTER      WORST QUARTER
                               --%                --%
                           (___, 199_)        (___, 199_)

Institutional Shares                               Since Inception
AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/98    1 YEAR     (JANUARY 1995)
- -------------------------------------    ------     --------------
Large Cap Core Portfolio
S&P 500 Index*
- -------------------------
* The S&P 500 Index is the Standard and Poor's Composite Index of 500 stocks, a
widely recognized, unmanaged index of common stock pieces.

                       WILMINGTON SMALL CAP CORE PORTFOLIO
The bar chart and the performance table below illustrate the risks and
volatility of an investment in the Portfolio and its predecessor the Small Cap
Stock Fund, a collective investment fund. The Small Cap Stock Fund's performance
has been included for the periods prior to July 1, 1998 and has been adjusted to
reflect the annual deduction of fees and expenses applicable to shares of the
Small Cap Equity Portfolio (i.e. adjusted to reflect anticipated expenses,
absent investment advisory fees waivers). The Small Cap Stock Fund was not
registered as a mutual fund under Investment Company Act of 1940 and therefore
was not subject to certain investment restrictions, limitations and
diversification requirements imposed by the 1940 Act and the Internal Revenue
Service Code. If the Small Cap Stock Fund had been registered under the 1940
Act, its performance may have been different. Of course, past performance does
not necessarily indicate how the Portfolio will perform in the future.

[INSERT BAR CHART]

THIS BAR CHART SHOWS CHANGES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE PORTFOLIO'S INSTITUTIONAL
SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR. THE BAR CHART DOES NOT REFLECT
DEDUCTIONS FOR RULE 12b-1 DISTRIBUTION FEES, IF SUCH AMOUNTS WERE REFLECTED,
RETURNS WOULD BE LESS.

                           BEST QUARTER     WORST QUARTER
                              20.59%            17.92%
                      (September 30, 1997) (June 30, 1998)

Institutional Shares                                 SINCE INCEPTION
AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/98    1 YEAR      (APRIL 1, 1997)
Small Cap Core Portfolio                 -2.32%      17.40%
Russell 2000 Index*                      -2.54%      13.99%
- -------------------------

* The Russell 2000 Index is a market weighted index composed of 2000 companies
with market capitalizations from $50 million to $1.8 billion. The Index is
unmanaged and reflects the reinvestment of dividends.

                                                                               6
<PAGE>



                WILMINGTON INTERNATIONAL MULTI-MANAGER PORTFOLIO
The bar chart and the performance table below illustrate the risks and
volatility of an investment in the Portfolio and its predecessor the
International Stock Fund, a collective investment fund. The International Stock
Fund's performance has been included for periods prior to July 1, 1998 and has
been adjusted to reflect the annual deduction of fees and expenses applicable to
shares of the International Equity Portfolio (i.e. adjusted to reflect
anticipated expenses, absent investment advisory fees waivers). The
International Stock Fund was not registered as a mutual fund under the 1940 Act
and therefore was not subject to certain investment restrictions, limitations
and diversification requirements imposed by the 1940 Act and the Internal
Revenue Code. If the International Stock Fund had been registered under the 1940
Act, its performance may have been different. Of course, the past performance
does not necessarily indicate how the Portfolio will perform in the future.

[INSERT BAR CHART]

THIS BAR CHART SHOWS CHANGES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE PORTFOLIO'S INSTITUTIONAL
SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR. THE BAR CHART DOES NOT REFLECT
DEDUCTIONS FOR RULE 12b-1 DISTRIBUTION FEES. IF SUCH AMOUNTS WERE REFLECTED,
RETURNS WOULD BE LESS.

                           BEST QUARTER      WORST QUARTER
                              16.21%            -22.76%
                    (September 30, 1989) (September 30, 1990)

Institutional Shares
AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/98           1 YEAR     5 YEARS     10 YEARS
- -------------------------------------           ------     -------     --------
International Multi-Manager Portfolio           13.48%       6.17%        9.06%
Morgan Stanley Capital International Europe,
Australasia and Far East Index                  20.00%       9.19%        5.54%
- -------------------------

                      WILMINGTON LARGE CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO
The bar chart and the performance table below illustrate the risks and
volatility of an investment in the Portfolio. Of course, past performance does
not necessarily indicate how the Portfolio will perform in the future.

[INSERT BAR CHART]

THIS BAR CHART SHOWS CHANGES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE PORTFOLIO'S INSTITUTIONAL
SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR. THE BAR CHART DOES NOT REFLECT
DEDUCTIONS FOR RULE 12b-1 DISTRIBUTION FEES. IF SUCH AMOUNTS WERE REFLECTED,
RETURNS WOULD BE LESS.

                                                                               7
<PAGE>



                           BEST QUARTER      WORST QUARTER
                              13.48%            10.62%
                   (June 30, 1997)           (September 30, 1998)

Institutional Shares                                        SINCE INCEPTION
AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/98  1 YEAR    5 YEARS    (DECEMBER 1, 1991)
- -------------------------------------  ------    -------    ------------------
Large Cap Value Portfolio              -2.75%    14.30%     15.29%
S&P 500 Index                          28.58%    24.06%     21.08%
- -------------------------

                       WILMINGTON MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO
The Portfolio has not been in operation for a full calendar year.

Institutional Shares                                           SINCE INCEPTION
AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/98    1 YEAR               (JANUARY 6, 1998)
- -------------------------------------    ------               -----------------
Mid Cap Value Portfolio                  _____%               _____%
Russell Mid Cap Index*                   10.10%               _____%
- -------------------------
* The Russell Mid Cap Index measures the performance of the 800 smallest
companies in the Russell 1000 Index, which represent approximately 35% of the
total market capitalization of the Russell 1000 Index.

                      WILMINGTON SMALL CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO
The bar chart and the performance table below illustrate the risks and
volatility of an investment in the Portfolio. Of course, past performance does
not necessarily indicate how the Portfolio will perform in the future.

[INSERT BAR CHART]

THIS BAR CHART SHOWS CHANGES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE PORTFOLIO'S INSTITUTIONAL
SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR. THE BAR CHART DOES NOT REFLECT
DEDUCTIONS FOR RULE 12b-1 DISTRIBUTION FEES. IF SUCH AMOUNTS WERE REFLECTED,
RETURNS WOULD BE LESS.

                           BEST QUARTER       WORST QUARTER
                               --%                 --%
                           (___, 199_)         (___, 199_)

Institutional Shares                                            SINCE INCEPTION
AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/98     1 YEAR               (OCTOBER 1, 1995)
- -------------------------------------     ------               -----------------
Small Cap Value Portfolio                 -12.21%              -2.24%
Russell 2000 Index*                       15.40%               11.45%
- -------------------------
* The Russell 2000 Index is a market weighted index composed of 2000 companies
with market capitalizations from $50 million to $1.8 billion. The Index is
unmanaged and reflects the reinvestment of dividends.

                                                                               8
<PAGE>


FEES AND EXPENSES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE FUND EXPENSES?
         Unlike an index, every mutual fund has operating expenses to pay for
         professional advisory, distribution, administration and custody
         services. Each Portfolio's expenses in the table below are shown as a
         percentage of its net assets. These expenses are deducted from
         Portfolio assets.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
hold shares of a Portfolio. No sales charges or other fees are paid directly
from your investment.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES
ANNUAL FUND OPERATING                                                                                INTERNATIONAL
EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE              LARGE CAP GROWTH     LARGE CAP CORE     SMALL CAP CORE     MULTI-MANAGER
DEDUCTED FROM PORTFOLIO ASSETS) 1            PORTFOLIO           PORTFOLIO          PORTFOLIO          PORTFOLIO
                                             ---------           ---------          ---------          ---------
<S>                                            <C>                 <C>                <C>                <C>
Management fees                                0.55%               0.70%              0.60%              0.65%
Distribution (12b-1) fees                      0.00%               0.00%              0.00%              0.00%
Other expenses                                   %                   %                  %                  %
TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES 2                %                   %                  %                  %
Waivers/reimbursements                           %                   %                  %                  %
Net expenses                                   0.75%               0.80%              0.80%              1.00%
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

INSTITUTIONAL SHARES CONTINUED....
ANNUAL FUND OPERATING
EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE               LARGE CAP VALUE      MID CAP VALUE     SMALL CAP VALUE
DEDUCTED FROM PORTFOLIO ASSETS) 1            PORTFOLIO           PORTFOLIO          PORTFOLIO
                                             ---------           ---------          ---------
<S>                                            <C>                 <C>                <C>
Management fees                                0.55%               0.75%              0.75%
Distribution (12b-1) fees                      0.00%               0.00%              0.00%
Other expenses                                   %                   %                  %
TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES 2                %                   %                  %
Waivers/reimbursements                           %                   %                  %
Net expenses                                   0.75%               1.50%              1.38%
</TABLE>

- -------------------------
1    The table above and the Example below each reflect the aggregate annual
     operating expenses of each Portfolio and the corresponding Series of the
     Trust in which the Portfolio invests.
2    For Institutional Shares, WTC has agreed to waive a portion of its advisory
     fee or reimburse expenses to the extent total annual operating expenses for
     Institutional shares exceed 0.75% for the Large Cap Growth Portfolio; .80%
     for the Large Core Portfolio; 0.75% for the Large Cap Value Portfolio;
     0.80% for the Small Cap Core Portfolio; and 1.00% for the International
     Multi-Manager Portfolio. This waiver will remain in place until the Board
     of Trustees approves its termination. The management fees, other expenses
     and total annual operating expenses reflected in the table above are based
     on the Portfolios' actual expenses for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999,
     adjusted to reflect current fee arrangements.

                                                                               9

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

INVESTOR SHARES
ANNUAL FUND OPERATING                                                                                INTERNATIONAL
EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE              LARGE CAP GROWTH     LARGE CAP CORE     SMALL CAP CORE     MULTI-MANAGER
DEDUCTED FROM PORTFOLIO ASSETS) 1            PORTFOLIO           PORTFOLIO          PORTFOLIO          PORTFOLIO
                                             ---------           ---------          ---------          ---------
<S>                                            <C>                 <C>                <C>                <C>
Management fees                                0.55%               0.70%              0.60%              0.65%
Distribution (12b-1) fees                      0.25%               0.25%              0.25%              0.25%
Other expenses                                   %                   %                  %                  %
TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES 2                %                   %                  %                  %
Waivers/reimbursements                           %                   %                  %                  %
Net expenses                                   1.00%               1.05%              1.05%              1.25%

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INVESTOR SHARES CONTINUED....
ANNUAL FUND OPERATING
EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE               LARGE CAP VALUE      MID CAP VALUE     SMALL CAP VALUE
DEDUCTED FROM PORTFOLIO ASSETS) 1            PORTFOLIO           PORTFOLIO          PORTFOLIO
                                             ---------           ---------          ---------
<S>                                            <C>                 <C>                <C>
Management fees                                0.55%               0.75%              0.75%
Distribution (12b-1) fees                      0.25%               0.25%              0.25%
Other expenses                                   %                   %                  %
TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES 2                %                   %                  %
Waivers/reimbursements                           %                   %                  %
Net expenses                                   1.00%               1.75%              1.63%
</TABLE>

- -------------------------
1    The table above and the Example below each reflect the aggregate annual
     operating expenses of each Portfolio and the corresponding Series of the
     Trust in which the Portfolio invests.
2    For Investor Shares, WTC has agreed to waive a portion of its advisory fee
     or reimburse expenses to the extent total annual operating expenses for
     Investor shares exceed 1.00% for the Large Cap Growth Portfolio, 1.05% for
     the Large Cap Core Portfolio, 1.05% for the Small Cap Core Portfolio, 1.25%
     for the International Multi-Manager Portfolio and 1.00% for the Large Cap
     Value Portfolio of Trustees. This waiver will remain in place until the
     Board of Trustees approves its termination. The management fees, other
     expenses and total annual operating expenses reflected in the table above
     are based on the Portfolios' actual expenses for the fiscal year ended June
     30, 1999, adjusted to reflect current fee arrangements.

EXAMPLE
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a
Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The table below
shows what you would pay if you invested $10,000 over the various time frames
indicated. The example assumes that:
[BULLET] you reinvested all dividends and other distributions;
[BULLET] the average annual return was 5%;
[BULLET] the Portfolio's maximum (without regard to waivers or expenses) total
         operating expenses are charged and remain the same over the time
         periods; and
[BULLET] you redeemed all of your investment at the end of the time period.

                                                                              10

<PAGE>


Although your actual cost may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions,
your costs would be:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

INSTITUTIONAL SHARES                               1 YEAR           3 YEARS           5 YEARS          10 YEARS
- --------------------                               ------           -------           -------          --------
<S>                                                 <C>               <C>              <C>              <C>
Large Cap Growth Portfolio                          $90               $281             $488             $1084
Large Cap Core Portfolio                             $                 $                 $                $
Small Cap Core Portfolio                            $97               $303             $525             $1166
International Multi-Manager Portfolio               $112              $350             $606             $1340
Large Cap Value Portfolio                           $90               $281             $488             $1084
Mid Cap Value Portfolio                              $                 $                 $                $
Small Cap Value Portfolio                            $                 $                 $                $

INVESTOR SHARES                                    1 YEAR           3 YEARS           5 YEARS          10 YEARS
- ---------------                                    ------           -------           -------          --------
Large Cap Growth Portfolio                           $                 $                 $                $
Large Cap Core Portfolio                             $                 $                 $                $
Small Cap Core Portfolio                             $                 $                 $                $
International Multi-Manager Portfolio                $                 $                 $                $
Large Cap Value Portfolio                            $                 $                 $                $
Mid Cap Value Portfolio                              $                 $                 $                $
Small Cap Value Portfolio                            $                 $                 $                $
</TABLE>

THE ABOVE EXAMPLE IS FOR COMPARISON PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT A REPRESENTATION OF
A PORTFOLIO'S ACTUAL EXPENSES AND RETURNS, EITHER PAST OR FUTURE.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES
The LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO and the SMALL CAP CORE PORTFOLIO each seek
superior long-term growth of capital. The LARGE CAP CORE PORTFOLIO, , the LARGE
CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO, the MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO and the SMALL CAP VALUE
PORTFOLIO each seek to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The INTERNATIONAL
MULTI-MANAGER PORTFOLIO seeks superior long-term capital appreciation. The
investment objectives for each Portfolio except Large Cap Core Portfolio may not
be changed without shareholder approval. There is no guarantee that a Portfolio
will achieve its investment objective.

For purposes of these investment objectives, "superior" long-term growth of
capital means to exceed the long-term growth of capital from an investment in
the securities comprising the S&P 500 Index (for the Large Cap Growth , Large
Cap Core and Large Cap Value Portfolios); the Russell 2000 Index, (for the Small
Cap Core, and the Small Cap Value Portfolios); and the Russell Mid Cap Index
(for the Mid Cap Value Portfolio), the Morgan Stanley Capital International
Europe, Australasia and Far East Index (for the International Multi-Manager
Portfolio). For more information on the specific Indexes, see the Section
entitled "Primary Investment Strategies."

                                                                              11

<PAGE>


PRIMARY INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE GROWTH FUNDS?
         Growth funds invest in the common stock of growth-oriented companies
         seeking maximum growth of earnings and share price with little regard
         for dividend earnings. Generally, companies with high relative rates of
         growth tend to reinvest more of their profits into the company and pay
         out less to shareholders in the form of dividends. As a result,
         investors in growth funds tend to receive most of their return in the
         form of capital appreciation.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

The LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO invests its assets in the WT Large Cap Growth
Series, which, under normal market conditions, invests at least 65% of its total
assets in the following equity (or related) securities:
[BULLET] common stocks of U.S. corporations that are judged by the adviser to
         have strong growth characteristics and have a market capitalization of
         $2 billion or higher at the time of purchase;
[BULLET] options on, or securities convertible (such as convertible preferred
         stock and convertible bonds) into, the common stock of U.S.
         corporations described above;
[BULLET] options on indexes of the common stock of U.S. corporations described
         above; and
[BULLET] contracts for either the future delivery, or payment in respect of the
         future market value, of certain indexes of the common stock of U.S.
         corporations described above, and options upon such futures contracts.

The adviser looks for high quality, sustainable growth stocks while paying
careful attention to valuation. Research is bottom-up, emphasizing business
fundamentals, including financial statement analysis and industry and competitor
evaluations. The adviser selects stocks it believes exhibit consistent,
above-average earnings growth, superior quality and attractive risk/reward
characteristics. These dominant companies are expected to generate consistent
earnings growth in a variety of economic environments.

The adviser also seeks to provide a greater margin of safety and stability in
the Series. Superior earnings growth is expected to translate ultimately into
superior compounding of returns. Additionally, several valuation tools are used
to avoid over-paying for growth or chasing "hot" stocks. Over time, the adviser
believes these favorable characteristics will produce superior returns with less
risk than many growth styles.

The adviser's research team analyzes a broad universe of over 2,000 companies.
Industry specialists search for high-quality companies growing at roughly double
the market's average. Approximately 150 stocks pass these initial screens and
are subject to thorough research. Dominant market share, strong financials, the
power to price, significant free cash flow and shareholder-oriented management
are critical variables.

Final purchase candidates are selected by the adviser's investment committee
based on attractive risk/reward characteristics and diversification guidelines.
Certain industries may be over or

                                                                              12
<PAGE>

under-weighted by the adviser based upon favorable growth rates or valuation
parameters.

The adviser attempts to maintain portfolio continuity by purchasing sustainable
growth companies that are less sensitive to short-term economic trends than
cyclical, low quality companies. The adviser generally sells stocks when the
risk/reward characteristics of a stock turn negative, company fundamentals
deteriorate, or the stock underperforms the market or its peer group. The latter
device is employed to minimize mistakes and protect capital.

The Series combines three distinct components, each of which is intended to
enhance returns and add balance.

LARGE CAP GROWTH STOCKS (over $5 billion in total market cap) - Up to 100%, but
not less than 65%, of the Series' total assets:
[BULLET] Mature, predictable businesses
[BULLET] Capital appreciation and income
[BULLET] Highest liquidity

MEDIUM CAP GROWTH STOCKS (between $1 and $5 billion in total market cap) - Up to
20% of the Series' total assets:
[BULLET] Superior long-term potential
[BULLET] Strong niche or franchise
[BULLET] Seasoned management

SPECIAL SITUATIONS GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES - Up to 20% of the Series' total assets:
[BULLET] Stable return, independent of the market
[BULLET] Unusually favorable risk/reward characteristics
[BULLET] Typically involve corporate restructuring

In order to respond to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions,
the Series may assume a temporary defensive position and invest without limit in
commercial paper and other money market instruments that are rated investment
grade. The result of this action may be that the Series will be unable to
achieve its investment objective.

The LARGE CAP CORE PORTFOLIO invests its assets in the Large Cap Core Series,
which, under normal market conditions, invests at least 65% of its total assets
in the following equity (or related) securities:
[BULLET] securities of U.S. corporations that are judged by the adviser to have
         strong growth and valuation characteristics;
[BULLET] options on, or securities convertible (such as convertible preferred
         stock and convertible bonds) into, the common stock of U.S.
         corporations described above;
[BULLET] receipts or American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs"), which are typically
         issued by a U.S. bank or trust company as evidence of ownership of
         underlying securities issued by a foreign corporation; and
[BULLET] cash reserves and money market instruments (including securities issued
         or guaranteed by the

                                                                              13
<PAGE>


         U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, repurchase
         agreements, certificates of deposit and bankers' acceptances issued by
         banks or savings and loan associations, and commercial paper).

The Large Cap Core Series is a diversified portfolio of U.S. equity (or related)
securities, including common stocks, preferred stocks and securities convertible
into common stock of companies with market capitalizations of at least $2
billion. Dividend income is an incidental consideration compared to growth in
capital in the selection of securities. The adviser seeks securities that
possess strong growth and value characteristics based on the evaluation of the
issuer's background, industry position, historical returns and the experience
and qualifications of the management team. The adviser may rotate the Series'
holdings among various market sectors based on economic analysis of the overall
business cycle.

As a temporary defensive investment policy, the Large Cap Core Series may invest
up to 100% of its assets in money market instruments and other short-term debt
instruments, rated investment grade or higher at the time of purchase, and may
hold a portion of its assets in cash. The result of this action may be that the
Series will be unable to achieve its investment objective.

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE SMALL CAP FUNDS?
         Small cap funds invest in the common stock of companies with smaller
         market capitalizations. Small cap stocks may provide the potential for
         higher growth, but they also typically have greater risk and more
         volatility.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

The SMALL CAP CORE PORTFOLIO invests its assets in the Small Cap Core Series,
which, under normal market conditions, invests at least 65% of its total assets
in the following equity (or related) securities:
[BULLET] common stocks of U.S. corporations that are judged by the adviser to
         have strong growth characteristics or to be undervalued in the
         marketplace relative to underlying profitability and have a market
         capitalization of less than $2 billion at the time of purchase;
[BULLET] options on, or securities convertible (such as convertible preferred
         stock and convertible bonds) into, the common stock of U.S.
         corporations described above;
[BULLET] options on indexes of the common stock of U.S. corporations described
         above; and
[BULLET] contracts for either the future delivery, or payment in respect of the
         future market value, of certain indexes of the common stock of U.S.
         corporations described above, and options upon such futures contracts.

The Small Cap Core Series is a diversified portfolio of small cap U.S. equity
(or related) securities with a market capitalization of $2 billion or less at
the time of purchase. To achieve the Series' objective of long-term growth of
capital, the Series' adviser employs a combined growth and value investment
approach. The adviser uses proprietary quantitative research techniques to find
companies with long-term growth potential or that seem undervalued. After
analyzing those companies, the adviser invests the Series' assets in the stocks
of companies with the most attractive combination of long-term earnings, growth
and valuation. Securities will be sold to

                                                                              14
<PAGE>

make room for new companies with superior growth, valuation and projected return
characteristics or to preserve capital where the original assessment of the
company's growth prospects and earnings power has not proven optimistic.

In the Series' efforts to achieve its investment objective, it seeks to
outperform the Russell 2000 Index (assuming a similar investment in the
securities comprising this index would reinvest dividends and capital gains
distributions). The Russell 2000 Index is a passive index of the smallest 2000
stocks in the Russell 3000 Index of the 3000 largest stocks in the U.S. as
measured by market capitalization.

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE INTERNATIONAL FUNDS?
         International funds invest in securities traded in markets of at least
         three different countries outside of the United States. An investor in
         an international fund can avoid the hassles of investing directly in
         foreign securities and let that fund's adviser handle the foreign laws,
         trading practices, customs and time zones of the foreign countries.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

The INTERNATIONAL MULTI-MANAGER PORTFOLIO invests its assets in the
International Multi-Manager Series, which, at all times, invests at least 85% of
its total assets in the following equity (or related) securities:

[BULLET] common stocks of foreign issuers;
[BULLET] preferred stocks and/or debt securities that are convertible securities
         of such foreign issuers; and
[BULLET] open or closed-end investment companies (mutual funds) that invest
         primarily in the equity securities of issuers in countries where it is
         impossible or impractical to invest directly.

The International Multi-Manager Series is a diversified portfolio of equity
securities (including convertible securities) of issuers located outside of the
United States. The Series may use forward currency contracts, options, futures
contracts and options on futures contracts to attempt to hedge actual or
anticipated investment security positions. Three sub-advisers, Clemente Capital,
Inc., Invista Capital Management Inc., and Scudder Kemper Investments, Inc.,
manage the assets of the Series. The adviser allocates the Series' assets among
each sub-adviser in roughly equal portions and then allows each sub-adviser to
use its own investment approach and strategy to achieve the Series' objective.

Clemente's investment approach begins with a global outlook, identifying the
major forces (i.e., political events, social developments, trade and capital
flows) affecting the global environment and then identifying the themes (i.e.,
corporate restructuring, infrastructure spending, consumer's coming of age) that
are responding to the major forces. The third step is to decide which countries
or sectors will benefit from these themes and then seek companies with favorable
growth characteristics in those countries or sectors. The next steps are to
research and identify specific holdings and ongoing monitoring and evaluation of
the Series. Series holdings are sold when shares reach the target price, the
fundamentals of a company have deteriorated or when

                                                                              15
<PAGE>

new companies with superior growth and valuation characteristics have been
identified.

Invista's investment approach focuses on identifying opportunities through a
fundamentally sound, economic value driven process applied evenly across all
international markets. Candidates for purchase are companies whose current price
is substantially below investment value as determined by Invista's estimate of
future free cash flows. Once this evaluation process is applied, purchases are
made among those companies that provide optimal combinations of valuation,
growth and risk. Series holdings are sold when the relative attractiveness of a
security is not as great as additions proposed by a member of the investment
team.

Scudder Kemper's investment approach involves a top-down/bottom-up approach with
a focus on fundamental research. Investment ideas are generated by regional
analysts, global industry analysts and portfolio managers through the
integration of three analytical disciplines; global themes (identification of
sectors and industries likely to gain or lose during specific phases of a
theme's cycle); country analysis (quantitative assessment of each country's
fundamental and political characteristics combined with an objective,
quantitative analysis of market and economic data); and company analysis
(identification of company opportunities by searching for unique attributes such
as franchise or monopoly, above average growth potential, innovation or
scarcity). Series holdings are sold when the analysts indicate that the
underlying fundamentals are no longer strong.

The Series utilizes this multiple sub-adviser arrangement to reduce volatility
through multiple investment approaches, a strategy used by many institutional
investors. For example, a particular investment approach used by a sub-adviser
may be successful in a bear (falling) market, while another investment approach
used by a different sub-adviser may be more successful in a bull (rising)
market. The multiple investment approach is designed to soften the impact of a
single sub-adviser's performance in a market cycle during which that
sub-adviser's investment approach is less successful. Because each sub-adviser
has different investment approaches, the performance of one or more of the
sub-advisers is expected to offset the impact of any other sub-adviser's poor
performance, regardless of the market cycle. Unfortunately, this also works the
opposite way. The successful performance of a sub-adviser will be diminished by
the less successful performances of the other sub-advisers. There can be no
guarantee that the expected advantages of the multiple adviser technique will be
achieved.

In the Series' efforts to achieve its investment objective, it seeks to
outperform the Morgan Stanley Capital International Europe, Australasia & Far
East ("EAFE") Index (assuming a similar investment in the securities comprising
this index would reinvest dividends and capital gains distributions). The EAFE
Index is an unmanaged index comprised of the stocks of approximately 1100
companies, screened for liquidity, cross ownership and industry representation
and listed on major stock exchanges in Europe, Australasia and the Far East.

                                                                              16
<PAGE>


         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE VALUE FUNDS?
         Value funds invest in the common stock of companies that are considered
         by the adviser to be undervalued relative to their underlying
         profitability, or rather their stock price does not reflect the value
         of the company.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

THE VALUE PORTFOLIOS: Through their investment in corresponding Series, the
Large Cap Value, Mid Cap Value and Small Cap Value Portfolios seek to invest in
stocks that are less expensive than comparable companies, as determined by
price/earnings ratios, cash flows or other measures. Value investing therefore
may reduce risk while offering potential for capital appreciation as a stock
gains favor among other investors and its price rises.

         The Series are managed using investment ideas that the adviser has used
for over twenty-five years. The Series' adviser relies on selecting individual
stocks and does not try to predict when the stock market might rise or fall. It
seeks out those stocks that are undervalued and, in some cases, neglected by
financial analysts. The adviser evaluates the degree of analyst recognition by
monitoring the number of analysts who follow the company and recommend its
purchase or sale to investors.

         The adviser starts by identifying early change in a company's
operations, finances or management. The adviser is attracted to companies which
will look different tomorrow - operationally, financially, managerially when
compared to yesterday. This type of dynamic change often creates confusion and
misunderstandings and may lead to a drop in the company's stock price. Examples
of change include mergers, acquisitions, divestitures, restructuring, change of
management, new market/product/means of production/distribution, regulatory
change, etc. Once change is identified, the adviser evaluates the company on
several levels. It analyzes:

[BULLET] Financial models based principally upon projected cash flows
[BULLET] The price of the company's stock in the context of what the market is
         willing to pay for stock of comparable companies and what a strategic
         buyer would pay for the whole company
[BULLET] The extent of management's ownership interest in the company
[BULLET] The company's market by corroborating its observations and assumptions
         by meeting with management, customers and suppliers

         The adviser also evaluates the degree of recognition of the business by
the investors by monitoring the number of sell side analysts who closely follow
the company and the nature of the shareholder base. Before deciding to purchase
a stock, the adviser conducts an extensive amount of business due diligence to
corroborate its observations and assumptions.

         The identification of change comes from a variety of sources including
the private capital network which the adviser has established among its clients,
historical investments and intermediaries. The adviser also makes extensive use
of clipping services and regional brokers

                                                                              17
<PAGE>

and bankers to identify elements of change. The investment professionals
regularly meet companies around the country and sponsor more than 200
company/management meetings in its New York office.

         By reviewing historical relationships and understanding the
characteristics of a business, the adviser establishes valuation parameters
using relative ratios or target prices. In its overall assessment, the adviser
seeks stocks that it believes have a greater upside potential than downside risk
over an 18 to 24-month holding period.

         An important function of the adviser is to set a price target, that is,
the price at which the stock will be sold when there has been no fundamental
change in the investment case. The adviser constantly monitors the companies
held by the Series to determine if there have been any fundamental changes in
the reasons that prompted the initial purchase of the stock. If significant
changes for the better have not materialized, the stock will be sold. The
initial investment case for stock purchase, which has been documented, is
examined by the adviser's investment professionals. A final decision on selling
the stock is made after all such factors are analyzed.

The LARGE CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO invests its assets in the Large Cap Value Series,
which, under normal conditions, invests at least 65% of its total assets in the
following equity (or related) securities:
[BULLET] common stocks of U.S. corporations that are judged by the adviser to be
         undervalued in the marketplace relative to underlying profitability and
         have a market capitalization of $10 billion or higher at the time of
         purchase;
[BULLET] options on, or securities convertible (such as convertible preferred
         stock and convertible bonds) into, the common stock of U.S.
         corporations described above;
[BULLET] options on indexes of the common stock of U.S. corporations described
         above;
[BULLET] contracts for either the future delivery, or payment in respect of the
         future market value, of certain indexes of the common stock of U.S.
         corporations described above, and options upon such futures contracts;
         and
[BULLET] without limit in commercial paper and other money market instruments
         rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a nationally
         recognized statistical rating organization ("NSRO"), in response to
         adverse market conditions, as a temporary defensive position. The
         result of this action may be that the Series will be unable to achieve
         its investment objective.

The Large Cap Value Series is a diversified portfolio of large cap U.S. equity
(or related) securities that are deemed by the adviser to be undervalued as
compared to the company's profitability potential.

The MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO invests its assets in the Mid Cap Value Series,
which, under normal conditions, invests at least 65% of its total assets in the
following equity (or related) securities:
[BULLET] common and preferred stocks of U.S. corporations that are judged by the
         adviser to be undervalued in the marketplace relative to underlying
         profitability and have a market capitalization between $1 and $10
         billion at the time of purchase;

                                                                              18
<PAGE>

[BULLET] securities convertible (such as convertible preferred stock and
         convertible bonds) into, the common stock of U.S. corporations
         described above;
[BULLET] warrants; and
[BULLET] without limit in commercial paper and other money market instruments
         rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a "NRSRO", in
         response to adverse market conditions, as a temporary defensive
         position. The result of this action may be that the Series will be
         unable to achieve its investment objective.

The Mid Cap Value Series is a diversified portfolio of medium cap U.S. equity
(or related) securities that are deemed by the adviser to be undervalued as
compared to the company's profitability potential.

The SMALL CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO invests its assets in the Small Cap Value Series,
which, under normal conditions, invests at least 65% of its total assets in the
following equity (or related) securities:
[BULLET] common and preferred stocks of U.S. corporations that are judged by the
         adviser to be undervalued in the marketplace relative to underlying
         profitability and have a market capitalization of $1 billion or less at
         the time of purchase;
[BULLET] securities convertible (such as convertible preferred stock and
         convertible bonds) into, the common stock of U.S. corporations
         described above;
[BULLET] warrants; and
[BULLET] without limit in commercial paper and other money market instruments
         rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a NRSRO, in
         response to adverse market conditions, as a temporary defensive
         position. The result of this action may be that the Series will be
         unable to achieve its investment objective.

The Small Cap Value Series is a diversified portfolio of large cap U.S. equity
(or related) securities that are deemed by the adviser to be undervalued as
compared to the company's profitability potential.

ALL SERIES. The frequency of portfolio transactions and a Series' turnover rate
will vary from year to year depending on the market. Increased turnover rates
incur the cost of additional brokerage commissions and may cause you to receive
larger capital gain distributions. Series turnover rate is normally expected to
be less than 100% for each of the Series.

Each Series also may use other strategies and engage in other investment
practices, which are described in detail in our Statement of Additional
Information.

ADDITIONAL RISK INFORMATION
The following is a list of certain risks that may apply to your investment in a
Portfolio, unless otherwise indicated. Further information about investment
risks is available in our Statement of Additional Information:

[BULLET] CURRENCY RISK: The risk related to investments denominated in foreign
         currencies. Foreign

                                                                              19
<PAGE>

         securities are usually denominated in foreign currency therefore
         changes in foreign currency exchange rates can affect the net asset
         value of the International Multi-Manager Portfolio. (International
         Multi-Manager Portfolio)
[BULLET] DERIVATIVES RISK: Some of the Series' investments may be referred to as
         "derivatives" because their value depends on, or derives from, the
         value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index. These
         investments include options, futures contracts and similar investments
         that may be used in hedging and related income strategies. The market
         value of derivative instruments and securities is sometimes more
         volatile than that of other investments, and each type of derivative
         may pose its own special risks. As a fundamental policy, no more than
         15% of a Series' total assets may at any time be committed or exposed
         to derivative strategies.
[BULLET] FOREIGN SECURITY RISK: The risk of losses due to political, regulatory,
         economic, social or other uncontrollable forces in a foreign country
         not normally associated with investing in the U.S. markets.
         (International Multi-Manager Portfolio and the Large Cap Core
         Portfolio)
[BULLET] GROWTH-ORIENTED INVESTING RISK: The risk that an investment in a
         growth-oriented portfolio, which invests in growth-oriented companies,
         will be more volatile than the rest of the U.S. market as a whole.
         (Large Cap Growth, Large Cap Core and Small Cap Core Portfolios)
[BULLET] MARKET RISK: The risk that the market value of a security may move up
         and down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. The prices of equity
         securities change in response to many factors including the historical
         and prospective earnings of the issuer, the value of its assets,
         general economic conditions, interest rates, investor perceptions and
         market liquidity.
[BULLET] MASTER/FEEDER RISK: The Portfolios' master/feeder structure is
         relatively new and more complex. While this structure is designed to
         reduce costs, it may not do so, and the Portfolios might encounter
         operational or other complications.
[BULLET] OPPORTUNITY RISK: The risk of missing out on an investment opportunity
         because the assets necessary to take advantage of it are tied up in
         less advantageous investments.
[BULLET] SMALL CAP RISK: Small cap companies may be more vulnerable than larger
         companies to adverse business or economic developments. Small cap
         companies may also have limited product lines, markets or financial
         resources, may be dependent on relatively small or inexperienced
         management groups and may operate in industries characterized by rapid
         technological obsolescence. Securities of such companies may be less
         liquid and more volatile than securities of larger companies and
         therefore may involve greater risk than investing in larger companies.
         (Small Cap Core Portfolio)
[BULLET] VALUATION RISK: The risk that a Series has valued certain of its
         securities at a higher price than it can sell them
[BULLET] VALUE INVESTING RISK: The risk that a portfolio's investment in
         companies whose securities are believed to be undervalued, relative to
         their underlying profitability, do not appreciate in value as
         anticipated. (Large Cap Value, Mid Cap Value, Small Cap Value and Small
         Cap Core Portfolios)
[BULLET] YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE RISK: Like other organizations around the world,
         the Portfolios could be adversely affected if the computer systems used
         by their various service providers (or the market in general) do not
         properly operate after January 1, 2000. The Portfolios are taking steps
         to address the Year 2000 issue with respect to the computer systems
         that they

                                                                              20
<PAGE>


         rely on. There can be no assurance, however, that these steps will be
         sufficient to avoid a temporary service disruption or any adverse
         impact on the Portfolios.

         Additionally, if a company in which a Series is invested is adversely
         affected by Year 2000 problems, it is likely that the price of that
         company's securities will also be adversely affected. A decrease in one
         or more of a Series' holdings may have a similar impact on the price of
         the Series' shares. Each Series' adviser or sub-adviser will relay on
         public filings and other statements made by companies about their Year
         2000 readiness. Issuers in countries outside the U.S. present a greater
         Year 2000 readiness risk because they may not be required to make the
         same level of disclosure about Year 2000 readiness as is required in
         the U.S. The adviser is not able to audit any company and its major
         suppliers to verify their Year 2000 readiness.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand each
Portfolio's financial performance for the past 5 years or since the Portfolio's
inception, is shorter. Certain information reflects financial results for a
single share of a Portfolio. The total returns in the table represent the rate
that a shareholder would have earned (or lost) on an investment in a Portfolio
(assuming reinvestment of all dividends and other distributions). This
information has been audited by ______, whose report, along with each
Portfolio's financial statements, is included in the Annual Report, which is
available without charge upon request.

                                                                              21

<PAGE>


         [INSERT FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS TABLES]

                                                                              22

<PAGE>


MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
The Board of Trustees for each Portfolio supervises the management, activities
and affairs of the Portfolio and has approved contracts with various financial
organizations to provide, among other services, the day-to-day management
required by a Portfolio and its shareholders.

INVESTMENT ADVISER
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS AN INVESTMENT ADVISER?
         The investment adviser makes investment decisions for a mutual fund and
         continuously reviews, supervises and administers the fund's investment
         program. The Board of Trustees supervises the investment adviser and
         establishes policies that the adviser must follow in its management
         activities.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Wilmington Trust Company, the investment adviser for the Large Cap Core Series,
the Small Cap Core Series and the International Multi-Manager Series, is located
at 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890. WTC is a wholly owned
subsidiary of Wilmington Trust Corporation, which is a publicly held bank
holding company. WTC, subject to the supervision of the Board of Trustees,
directs the investments of these Series in accordance with their respective
investment objectives, policies and limitations. For the International
Multi-Manager Series, WTC allocates the Series' assets equally among the
sub-advisers and then oversees their investment activities. In addition to
serving as investment adviser for the Series, WTC is engaged in a variety of
investment advisory activities, including the management of other mutual funds
and collective investment pools.

Under an advisory agreement, the Large Cap Core Series pays a monthly fee to WTC
at the annual rate of 0.70% of the Series' first $1 billion of average daily net
assets; 0.65% of the Series' next $1 billion of average daily net assets; and
0.60% of the Series' average daily net assets over $2 billion. The Small Cap
Core Series pays WTC a monthly advisory fee at the annual rate of 0.60% of the
Series' first $1 billion of average daily net assets; 0.55% of the Series' next
$1 billion of average daily net assets; and 0.50% of the Series' average daily
net assets over $2 billion. The International Multi-Manager Series pays WTC a
monthly advisory fee at the annual rate of 0.65% of the Series' average daily
net assets. Prior to October ___, 1998, WTC served as investment adviser to the
Large Cap Growth Series and the Large Cap Value Series. For the twelve months
ended June 30, 1999, WTC received the following fees (after fee waivers), as a
percentage of each Series, average daily net assets:

WT Large Cap Growth Series                  %
Large Cap Value Series                      %
Small Cap Core Series                       %
International Multi-Manager Series          %

For the period from October 20, 1998 to June 30, 1999, WTC received advisory
fees of ___% from the Large Cap Core Series. The Series' previous adviser,
Kiewit Investment Management Corp., received advisory fees of ___% for the
period from July 1 to October 19, 1998.

                                                                              23
<PAGE>


Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn, LLC, 707 Westchester Avenue, White Plains, New York
10604, serves as the investment adviser to the Large Cap Value Series, the Mid
Cap Value Series and the Small Cap Value Series. Subject to the supervision of
the Board of Trustees, CRM makes investment decisions for these Series. CRM and
its predecessors have managed investments in small and medium capitalization
companies for more than twenty-five years. As of ___, 1999, CRM has over $___
billion of assets under management.

Under the advisory agreement, the Large Cap Value Series pays a monthly advisory
fee to CRM at the annual rate of 0.55% of its first 1 billion of average daily
net assets; 0.50% of the Series' next $1 billion of average daily net assets;
and 0.45% of the Series' average daily net assets over $2 billion. The Mid Cap
Value Series and the Small Cap Value Series each pay CRM a monthly advisory fee
of 0.75% of the Series' first $1 billion of average daily net assets; 0.70% of
the Series' next $1 billion of average daily net assets; and 0.55% of the
Series' average daily net assets over $2 billion. For the twelve months ended
June 30, 1999, CRM received advisory fees of ___% for the Large Cap Value
Series, ___% for Mid Cap Value Series and ___% for Small Cap Value Series, as a
percentage of the Series' average daily net assets.

Roxbury Capital Management, Inc., 100 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 600, Santa
Monica, California 90401, serves as the investment adviser for the WT Large Cap
Growth Series, the master fund in which the Portfolio invests. Under an advisory
agreement, Roxbury, subject to the supervision of the Board of Trustees, directs
the investments of the Series in accordance with its investment objective,
policies and limitations. In addition to servicing as adviser to the Series,
Roxbury is engaged in a variety of investment advisory activities, including the
management of separately managed accounts.



Under the advisory agreement, the WT Large Cap Growth Series pays a monthly
advisory fee to Roxbury at the annual rate of 0.55% of the Series' first $1
billion of average daily net assets; 0.50% of the Series next $1 billion of
average daily net assets; and 0.45% of the Series' average daily net assets.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
E. MATTHEW BROWN, Vice President, leads a "growth" team and is responsible for
the day-to-day management of the Large Cap Core Series. Mr. Brown joined WTC in
October of 1996. Prior to joining WTC, he served as Chief Investment Officer of
PNC Bank, Delaware, from 1993 through 1996.

Mr. Brown also is responsible for co-management of the Small Cap Core Series.

THOMAS P. NEALE, CFA, Vice President, Equity Research Division, is a member of
the "growth" team and is responsible for the co-management of the Small Cap Core
Series. Mr. Neale joined Wilmington Trust in 1986 as an Institutional
Multi-Manager Portfolio Manager. Currently he specializes in managing taxable
accounts for Delaware holding companies and has equity research responsibilities
following the insurance and brokerage industries.

ROBERT J. CHRISTIAN, Chief Investment Officer of WTC, or his delegate, is
primarily responsible for monitoring the day-to-day investment activities of the
sub-advisers to the International Multi-Manager Series. Mr. Christian has been a
Director of Wilmington Management Corporation since February 1996, and was
Chairman and Director of PNC Equity Advisors Company, and

                                                                              24
<PAGE>

President and Chief Investment Officer of PNC Asset Management Group, Inc. from
1994 to 1996. He was Chief Investment Officer of PNC Bank, N.A. from 1992 to
1996 and Director of Provident Capital Management from 1993 to 1996.

The day-to-day management of the Large Cap Value Series, the Mid Cap Value
Series and the Small Cap Value Series is shared by a team of individuals
employed by the CRM. Ronald H. McGlynn and Jay B. Abramson are responsible for
the overall management of these Series. In addition, Michael A. Prober is part
of the team responsible for the management of Mid Cap Value Series; Scott L.
Scher and Christopher Fox are part of the team responsible for the management of
Small Cap Value Series; and Kevin M. Chin and Adam L. Starr are part of the team
responsible for the management of the Large Cap Value Series. Each portfolio
manager's business experience and educational background is as follows:

RONALD H. MCGLYNN President and Chief Executive Officer since 1983 and Co-Chief
Investment Officer of CRM. He has been with CRM for twenty-five years and is
responsible for investment policy, portfolio management and investment research.
Prior to his association with CRM, Mr. McGlynn was a Portfolio Manager at
Oppenheimer & Co. He received a B.A. from Williams College and a M.B.A. from
Columbia University.

JAY B. ABRAMSON, CPA Executive Vice President since 1989 and Director of
Research and Co-Chief Investment Officer of CRM. He has been with CRM for twelve
years and is responsible for investment research and portfolio management. Mr.
Abramson received a B.S.E. and J.D. from the University of Pennsylvania Wharton
School and Law School, respectively, and is a Certified Public Accountant.

MICHAEL A. PROBER Vice President of CRM since 1993 where he is responsible for
investment research. Prior to joining CRM in 1993, he worked in corporate
finance and commercial banking at Chase Manhattan Bank and as a Research Analyst
for Alpha Capital Venture Partners. Mr. Prober received a B.B.A. from the
University of Michigan and an M.M. from the Northwestern University J.L. Kellogg
Graduate School of Management.

SCOTT L. SCHER, CFA Vice President of CRM since 1995 where he is responsible for
investment research. Prior to joining CRM in 1995, he worked as an
analyst/portfolio manager at The Prudential from 1988. Mr. Scher received a B.A.
from Harvard College, a M.B.A. from Columbia Business School and is a Chartered
Financial Analyst.

KEVIN M. CHIN is a Vice President at Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn, LLC. Kevin joined
CRM in 1989. He is responsible for investment research. Formerly, Kevin was a
Financial Analyst for the Mergers and Acquisitions Department of Morgan Stanley
and a risk arbitraguer with The First Boston Corporation. He received a BS from
Columbia University School of Engineering and Applied Science.

CHRISTOPHER S. FOX, CFA joined CRM in 1999 as a Vice President and has over
fifteen years experience in the Investment business. In 1995 Chris co-founded
Schaenen Fox Capital Management, LLC, a hedged fund with small cap value
investments. He previously was at

                                                                              25
<PAGE>

Schaenen Wood & Associates, Inc. as Vice President and Senior Manager/Analyst;
Chemical Bank's Private Banking Division as a portfolio manager and analyst; and
Drexel Burnham Lambert, Inc. as a financial analyst. Chris earned a BA in
Economics from the State University of New York at Albany and an MBA in Finance
from New York University's Stern School of Business.

ADAM L. STARR joined CRM in 1999 as a Vice President and is responsible for
investment research. Prior to CRM, he was a Partner and Portfolio Manager at
Weiss, Peck & Greer, LLC. Previously, he was an Analyst and Portfolio Manager at
Charter Oak Partners and First Manhattan Company. Adam earned an MBA from
Columbia University.

The day-to-day management of the Large Cap Growth Series is the responsibility
of Roxbury's Investment Committee. The Investment Committee meets regularly to
make investment decisions for the Series and relies on Roxbury's research team.

SUB-ADVISERS
The International Multi-Manager Series has three sub-advisers, Clemente Capital
Inc., Invista Capital Management, Inc. and Scudder Kemper Investments, Inc.
Clemente, located at Carnegie Hall Tower, 152 West 57th Street, 25th Floor, New
York, New York 10019, registered as an investment adviser in 1979. Clemente
manages in excess of $500 million in assets. Leopoldo M. Clemente, President and
Chief Investment Officer serves as portfolio manager for the portion of the
International Multi-Manager Series' assets under Clemente's management. Mr.
Clemente has been responsible for portfolio management and security selection
for the past eight years.

Invista, located at 1800 Hub Tower, 699 Walnut Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309,
is a registered investment adviser organized in 1984. Invista is an indirect,
wholly owned subsidiary of Principal Mutual Life Insurance Company. Invista
manages in excess of $26 billion in assets, of which approximately $3.8 billion
are in foreign equities in separately managed accounts and mutual funds for
public funds, corporations, endowments and foundations, insurance companies and
individuals. Scott D. Opsal, CFA, Executive Vice President and lead portfolio
manager of international equities for Invista, is the portfolio manager for the
portion of the International Multi-Manager Series under Invista's management.
Mr. Opsal joined Invista at its inception in 1985 and assumed his current
responsibilities in 1993. Before 1993, his responsibilities included security
analysis and portfolio management activities for various U.S. equity portfolios,
managing the firm's convertible securities and overseeing Invista's index fund
and derivatives positions. Kurtis D. Spieler, CFA, Vice President and manager of
the firm's dedicated emerging market portfolios, is Mr. Opsal's backup. Mr.
Spieler has been Invista's emerging markets portfolio manager since joining
Invista in 1995.

Scudder Kemper, located at 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154, was
founded as America's first independent investment counselor and has served as
investment adviser, administrator and distributor of mutual funds since 1928.
Scudder Kemper manages in excess of $200 billion in assets, with approximately
$30 billion of those assets in foreign investments in separately managed
accounts for pension funds, foundations, educational institutions and government
entities and in open-end and closed-end investment companies. Irene T. Cheng

                                                                              26
<PAGE>


serves as the lead portfolio manager for the portion of the International
Multi-Manager Series' assets under Scudder Kemper's management. Ms. Cheng has
been in the asset management business for over nine years and joined Scudder
Kemper as a portfolio manager in 1993.

SERVICE PROVIDERS
The chart below provides information on the Portfolios' primary service
providers.

                                                                              27
<PAGE>


  Asset                                           Shareholder
  Management                                      Services
- ---------------------------                      -------------------------------
   INVESTMENT ADVISER                                   TRANSFER AGENT
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY                                   PFPC INC.
   RODNEY SQUARE NORTH                                400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY
  1100 N. MARKET STREET                               WILMINGTON, DE 19809
WILMINGTON, DE 19890-0001

                                                  Handles Shareholder services,
                                                  including recordkeeping and
  Manages each Portfolio's                          statements, payment of
  business and investment                         distribution and processing of
          activities.                                  buy and sell requests.
- ---------------------------                      -------------------------------


Fund                        --------------------    Asset
Operations                                          Safe Keeping
- --------------------------   THE WT MUTUAL FUND    -----------------------------
    ADMINISTRATOR AND                                       CUSTODIAN
     ACCOUNTING AGENT       --------------------
       PFPC INC.                                        PFPC TRUST COMPANY
  400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY                                   200 STEVENS DRIVE
  WILMINGTON, DE 19809                                   LESTER, PA 19113

  Provides facilities,                                  Hold each Portfolio's
 equipment and personnel                                 assets, settle all
to carry out administrative                         portfolio trades and collect
 services related to each                            most of the valuation data
 Portfolio and calculates                             required for calculating
 each Portfolio's NAV per                               each Portfolio's NAV
 share and distributions.                                    per share.
- --------------------------                         -----------------------------

                           Distribution
                     -----------------------------------
                                DISTRIBUTOR
                        PROVIDENT DISTRIBUTORS INC.
                        FOUR FALLS CORPORATE CENTER
                        WEST CONSHOHOCKEN, PA 19428

                     Distributes each Portfolio's shares.
                     -----------------------------------


                                                                              28
<PAGE>


SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
PRICING OF SHARES
The Portfolios value their assets based on current market values when such
values are available. These prices normally are supplied by a pricing service.
Any assets held by a Portfolio that are denominated in foreign currencies are
valued daily in U.S. dollars at the foreign currency exchange rates that are
prevailing at the time that PFPC determines the daily net asset value. To
determine the value of those securities, PFPC may use a pricing service that
takes into account not only developments related to specific securities, but
also transactions in comparable securities. Securities that do not have a
readily available current market value are valued in good faith under the
direction of the Board of Trustees.

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS THE NET ASSET VALUE or "NAV"?
                           NAV = Assets - Liabilities
                                 --------------------
                                  Outstanding Shares

         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

PFPC determines the NAV per share of each Portfolio as of the close of regular
trading on the New York Stock Exchange (currently 4:00 p.m., Eastern time), on
each Business Day (a day that the Exchange, the Transfer Agent and the
Philadelphia branch of the Federal Reserve Bank are open for business). The NAV
is calculated by adding the value of all securities and other assets in a
Portfolio, deducting its liabilities and dividing the balance by the number of
outstanding shares in that Portfolio.

Shares will not be priced on those days the Portfolios are closed. As of the
date of this prospectus, those days are:

     New Year's Day                Memorial Day       Veterans Day
     Martin Luther King, Jr. Day   Independence Day   Thanksgiving Day
     President's Day               Labor Day          Christmas Day
     Good Friday                   Columbus Day

PURCHASE OF SHARES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         HOW TO PURCHASE SHARES:
         [BULLET]  Directly by mail or by wire
         [BULLET]  As a client of WTC through a trust account or a corporate
                   cash management account
         [BULLET]  As a client of a Service Organization
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Portfolio shares are offered on a continuous basis and are sold without any
sales charges. The minimum initial investment in Investor or Institutional class
shares of each Portfolio is $1,000, but additional investments may be made in
any amount. You may purchase shares as specified below.

                                                                              29
<PAGE>

You may also purchase shares if you are a client of WTC through your trust or
corporate cash management accounts. If you are a client of an institution (such
as a bank or broker-dealer) that has entered into a servicing agreement with the
distributor ("Service Organization"), you may also purchase shares through such
Service Organization. You should also be aware that you may be charged a fee by
WTC or the Service Organization in connection with your investment in the
Portfolios. If you wish to purchase Portfolio shares through your account at WTC
or a Service Organization, you should contact that entity directly for
information and instructions on purchasing shares.

BY MAIL: You may purchase shares by sending a check drawn on a U.S. bank payable
to WT Mutual Fund, indicating the name of the Portfolio, along with a completed
application (included at the end of this prospectus). If a subsequent investment
is being made, the check should also indicate your Portfolio account number.
When you make purchases by check, each Portfolio may withhold payment on
redemptions until it is reasonably satisfied that the funds are collected (which
can take up to 10 days). If you purchase shares with a check that does not
clear, your purchase will be canceled and you will be responsible for any losses
or fees incurred in that transaction. Send the check and application to:

                  BY REGULAR MAIL:           BY OVERNIGHT MAIL:
                  WT Mutual Fund             WT Mutual Fund
                  c/o PFPC Inc.              c/o PFPC Inc.
                  P.O. Box _____             400 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 108
                  Wilmington, DE  19899      Wilmington, DE  19809

BY WIRE: You may purchase shares by wiring federal funds readily available.
Please call PFPC at (800) ______ for instructions and to make specific
arrangements before making a purchase by wire, and if making an initial
purchase, to also obtain an account number.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING PURCHASES: Purchase orders received by the
Transfer Agent before the close of regular trading on the Exchange on any
Business Day will be priced at the NAV that is determined as of the close of
trading. Purchase orders received after the close of regular trading on the
Exchange will be priced as of the close of regular trading on the following
Business Day.

Any purchase order may be rejected if a Portfolio determines that accepting the
order would not be in the best interest of the Portfolio or its shareholders.

It is the responsibility of WTC or the Service Organization to transmit orders
for the purchase of shares by its customers to the Transfer Agent and to deliver
required funds on a timely basis, in accordance with the procedures stated
above.

For information on other ways to purchase shares, including through an
individual retirement account (IRA), an automatic investment plan or a payroll
investment plan, please refer to the Statement of Additional Information.

                                                                              30
<PAGE>


REDEMPTION OF SHARES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         HOW TO REDEEM (SELL) SHARES:
         [BULLET]   By mail
         [BULLET]   By telephone
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

You may sell your shares on any Business Day as described below. Redemptions are
effected at the NAV next determined after the Transfer Agent has received your
redemption request. There is no fee when Portfolio shares are redeemed. It is
the responsibility of WTC or the Service Organization to transmit redemption
orders and credit their customers' accounts with redemption proceeds on a timely
basis. Redemption checks are mailed on the next Business Day following receipt
by the Transfer Agent of redemption instructions, but never later than 7 days
following such receipt. Amounts redeemed by wire are normally wired on the date
of receipt of redemption instructions (if received by the Transfer Agent before
4:00 p.m. Eastern time), or the next Business Day (if received after 4:00 p.m.
Eastern time, or on a non-Business Day), but never later than 7 days following
such receipt. If you purchased your shares through an account at WTC or a
Service Organization, you should contact WTC or the Service Organization for
information relating to redemptions. The Portfolio's name and your account
number should accompany any redemption requests.

BY MAIL: If you redeem your shares by mail, you should submit written
instructions with a "signature guarantee." A signature guarantee verifies the
authenticity of your signature. You can obtain one from most banking
institutions or securities brokers, but not from a notary public. You must
indicate the Portfolio name, your account number and your name. The written
instructions and signature guarantee should be mailed to:

                  BY REGULAR MAIL:            BY OVERNIGHT MAIL:
                  WT Mutual Fund              WT Mutual Fund
                  c/o PFPC Inc.               c/o PFPC Inc.
                  P.O. Box _____              400 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 108
                  Wilmington, DE  19899       Wilmington, DE  19809

BY TELEPHONE: If you prefer to redeem your shares by telephone you may elect to
do so. However there are certain risks. The Portfolios have certain safeguards
and procedures to confirm the identity of callers and to confirm that the
instructions communicated are genuine. If such procedures are followed, you will
bear the risk of any losses.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING REDEMPTIONS: Redemption proceeds may be wired
to your predesignated bank account in any commercial bank in the United States
if the amount is $1,000 or more. The receiving bank may charge a fee for this
service. Proceeds may also be mailed to your bank or, for amounts of $10,000 or
less, mailed to your Portfolio account address of record if the address has been
established for at least 60 days. In order to authorize the Transfer Agent to
mail redemption proceeds to your Portfolio account address of record, complete
the appropriate

                                                                              31

<PAGE>

section of the Application for Telephone Redemptions or include your Portfolio
account address of record when you submit written instructions. You may change
the account that you have designated to receive amounts redeemed at any time.
Any request to change the account designated to receive redemption proceeds
should be accompanied by a guarantee of your signature by an eligible
institution. A signature and a signature guarantee are required for each person
in whose name the account is registered. Further documentation will be required
to change the designated account when a corporation, other organization, trust,
fiduciary or other institutional investor holds the Portfolio shares.

If shares to be redeemed represent a recent investment made by check, each
Portfolio reserves the right not to make the redemption proceeds available until
it has reasonable grounds to believe that the check has been collected (which
could take up to 10 days).

SMALL ACCOUNTS: If the value of your Portfolio account falls below $500, the
Portfolio may ask you to increase your balance. If the account value is still
below such amount after 60 days, the Portfolio may close your account and send
you the proceeds. The Portfolio will not close your account if it falls below
$500 solely as a result of a reduction in your account's market value.

The Mid Cap Value, Small Cap Value and Large Cap Value Portfolios reserve the
right to make "redemptions in kind" - payments of redemption proceeds in
portfolio securities rather than cash - if the amount redeemed is large enough
to affect their respective Series' operations (for example, if it represents
more than 1% of the Series' assets).

For information on other ways to redeem shares, please refer to the Statement of
Additional Information.

EXCHANGE OF SHARES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS AN EXCHANGE OF SHARES?
         An exchange of shares allows you to move your money from one fund to
         another fund within the family of funds.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

You may exchange all or a portion of your shares in a Portfolio for the same
class of shares of certain other Portfolios of the Fund. These other Portfolios
are:

Wilmington Prime Money Market Portfolio
Wilmington U.S. Government Portfolio
Wilmington Tax-Exempt Portfolio
Wilmington Premier Money Market Portfolio
Wilmington Short/Intermediate Bond Portfolio
Wilmington Intermediate Bond Portfolio
Wilmington Municipal Bond Portfolio
Wilmington Large Cap Growth Portfolio
Wilmington Large Cap Core Portfolio

                                                                              32
<PAGE>

Wilmington Small Cap Core Portfolio
Wilmington Large Cap Value Portfolio
Wilmington Mid Cap Value Portfolio
Wilmington Small Cap Value Portfolio
Wilmington International Equity Portfolio

Redemption of shares through an exchange will be effected at the NAV per share
next determined after the Transfer Agent receives your request. A purchase of
shares through an exchange will be effected at the NAV per share determined at
that time or as next determined thereafter.

Exchange transactions will be subject to the minimum initial investment and
other requirements of the Portfolio into which the exchange is made. An exchange
may not be made if the exchange would leave a balance in a shareholder's account
of less than $500.

To obtain prospectuses of the other Portfolios, you may call (800) ______ . To
obtain more information about exchanges, or to place exchange orders, contact
the Transfer Agent, or, if your shares are held in a trust account with WTC or
in an account with a Service Organization, contact WTC or the Service
Organization. The Portfolios may terminate or modify the exchange offer
described here and will give you 60 days' notice of such termination or
modification. This exchange offer is valid only in those jurisdictions where the
sale of Portfolio shares to be acquired through such exchange may be legally
made.

DISTRIBUTIONS
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS NET INVESTMENT INCOME?
         Net investment income consists of interest and dividends earned by a
         fund on its investments less accrued expenses.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Distributions from the net investment income of each Portfolio dividends are
declared and paid annually to you. Any net capital gain realized by a Portfolio
will be distributed annually. Net realized gains or losses from foreign currency
transactions in the International Multi-Manager Portfolio are included as a
component of net investment income.

Distributions are payable to the shareholders of record at the time the
distributions are declared (including holders of shares being redeemed, but
excluding holders of shares being purchased). All distributions are reinvested
in additional Portfolio shares unless you have elected to receive the
distributions in cash.

TAXES
As long as a Portfolio meets the requirements for being a "regulated investment
company," it pays no Federal income tax on the earnings and gains it distributes
to shareholders. While each Portfolio may invest in Securities that earn
interest exempt from Federal income tax, the Portfolios invest primarily in
taxable Securities. Each Portfolio will notify you following the end

                                                                              33
<PAGE>


of the calendar year of the amount of dividends and other distributions paid
that year.

Dividends you receive from the Portfolio, whether reinvested in Portfolio shares
or taken as cash, are generally taxable to you as ordinary income. The
Portfolios' distributions of a net capital gain, whether received in cash or
reinvested in additional Portfolio shares, are taxable to you as long-term
capital gain, regardless of the length of time you have held your shares. You
should be aware that if Portfolio shares are purchased shortly before the record
date for any dividend or capital gain distribution, you will pay the full price
for the shares and will receive some portion of the price back as a taxable
distribution. Each of the Large Cap Growth Portfolio, the Small Cap Core
Portfolio and the International Multi-Manager Portfolio, anticipates the
distribution of net capital gain. Each of the Large Cap Value Portfolio, the Mid
Cap Value Portfolio and the Small Cap Value Portfolio anticipates the
distribution of net investment income.

It is a taxable event for you if you sell or exchange shares of any Portfolio.
Depending on the purchase price and the sale price of the shares you exchange,
you may have a taxable gain or loss on the transaction. You are responsible for
any tax liability generated by your transactions.

STATE AND LOCAL INCOME TAXES: You should consult your tax advisers concerning
state and local taxes, which may have different consequences from those of the
Federal income tax law.

This section is only a summary of some important income tax considerations that
may affect your investment in a Portfolio. More information regarding those
considerations appears in our Statement of Additional Information. You are urged
to consult your tax adviser regarding the effects of an investment on your tax
situation.

DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS
Provident Distributors, Inc. ("PDI") manages the Portfolios' distribution
efforts and provides assistance and expertise in developing marketing plans and
materials, enters into dealer agreement with broker-dealers to sell shares and
provides shareholder support services, directly or through affiliates. The
Portfolios do not charge any sales loads, deferred sales loads or other fees in
connection with the purchase of shares.

RULE 12B-1 FEES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE 12b-1 FEES?
         12b-1 fees, charged by some funds, are deducted from fund assets to pay
         for marketing and advertising expenses or, more commonly, to compensate
         sales professionals for selling fund shares.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

The Investor class of each Portfolio has adopted a distribution plan under Rule
12b-1 that allows a Portfolio to pay a fee to PDI for the sale and distribution
of Investor class shares, and for services provided to Investor class
shareholders. Because these fees are paid out of a Portfolio's assets
continuously, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment and
may cost

                                                                              34
<PAGE>


you more than paying other types of sales charges. For the Investor class of
shares, the maximum distribution fees as a percentage of average daily net
assets are as follows:

Large Cap Growth Portfolio Investor Class                              0.25%
Large Cap Core Portfolio Investor Class                                0.25%
Small Cap Core Portfolio Investor Class                                0.25%
International Multi-Manager Portfolio Investor Class                   0.25%
Large Cap Value Portfolio Investor Class                               0.25%
Mid Cap Value Portfolio Investor Class                                 0.25%
Small Cap Value Portfolio Investor Class                               0.25%

MASTER/FEEDER STRUCTURE
Other institutional investors, including other mutual funds, may invest in the
master funds. The master/feeder structure enables various institutional
investors, including a Portfolio, to pool their assets, which may be expected to
result in economies by spreading certain fixed costs over a larger asset base.
Each shareholder of a master fund, including a Portfolio, will pay its
proportionate share of the master fund's expenses.

For reasons relating to costs or a change in investment goal, among others, a
Portfolio could switch to another master fund or decide to manage its assets
itself. No Portfolio is currently contemplating such a move.

SHARE CLASS
The Portfolios issue Investor and Institutional classes. The Investor class pays
an additional 12b-1 fee. The Institutional class is offered to retirement plans.
Other investors may purchase the Investor Class.

                                                                              35

<PAGE>


FOR MORE INFORMATION

FOR INVESTORS WHO WANT MORE INFORMATION ON THE PORTFOLIOS, THE FOLLOWING
DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE UPON REQUEST:

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS: Contain performance data and information on
portfolio holdings, operating results and a discussion of the market conditions
and investment strategies that significantly affect the Portfolios' performance
for the most recently completed fiscal year or half-year.

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI): Provides a complete technical and
legal description of the Portfolios' policies, investment restrictions, risks,
and business structure. This prospectus incorporates the SAI by reference.

Copies of these documents and answers to questions about the Portfolios may be
obtained without charge by contacting:

WT Mutual Fund
c/o PFPC Inc.
400 Bellevue Parkway
Suite 108
Wilmington, Delaware 19809
(800) ______
9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Eastern time

Information about the Portfolios (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied
at the Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange Commission in
Washington, D.C. Copies of this information may be obtained, upon payment of a
duplicating fee, by writing the Public Reference Room of the SEC, Washington,
DC, 20549-6009. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be
obtained by calling the SEC at 1-(800)-SEC-0330. Reports and other information
about the Portfolios may be viewed on-screen or downloaded from the SEC's
Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.


              FOR MORE INFORMATION ON OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT, MAKING
              CHANGES TO EXISTING ACCOUNTS, PURCHASING, EXCHANGING
                OR REDEEMING SHARES, OR OTHER INVESTOR SERVICES,
                          PLEASE CALL 1-(800)-___-____.






The investment company registration number for the WT Mutual Fund is 811-08648.

                                                                              36


<PAGE>

                THE WILMINGTON SHORT/INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO
                   THE WILMINGTON INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO
                     THE WILMINGTON MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO


================================================================================

                         PROSPECTUS DATED _______, 1999



This prospectus gives vital information about these mutual funds, including
information on investment policies, risks and fees. For your own benefit and
protection, please read it before you invest, and keep it on hand for future
reference.


Please note that these Portfolios:
(BULLET) are not bank deposits
(BULLET) are not obligations of, or guaranteed or endorsed by Wilmington Trust
         Company or any of its affiliates
(BULLET) are not federally insured
(BULLET) are not obligations of, or guaranteed or endorsed or otherwise
         supported by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance
         Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other governmental agency
(BULLET) are not guaranteed to achieve their goal(s)


Like all mutual fund shares, the Securities and Exchange Commission has not
approved or disapproved the Portfolios' shares or determined whether this
prospectus is accurate or complete. Anyone who tells you otherwise is committing
a crime.



<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


A LOOK AT THE GOALS, STRATEGIES,    PORTFOLIO DESCRIPTION
RISKS, EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL       Summary.....................................
HISTORY OF EACH PORTFOLIO.          Performance Information.....................
                                    Fees and Expenses...........................
                                    Investment Objectives.......................
                                    Primary Investment Strategies...............
                                    Additional Risk Information.................
                                    Financial Highlights........................

DETAILS ABOUT THE SERVICE           MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIOS
PROVIDERS.                          Investment Adviser..........................
                                    Service Providers...........................

POLICIES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR       SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
OPENING, MAINTAINING AND            Pricing of Shares...........................
CLOSING AN ACCOUNT IN ANY OF        Purchase of Shares..........................
THE PORTFOLIOS.                     Redemption of Shares........................
                                    Exchange of Shares..........................
                                    Distributions...............................
                                    Taxes.......................................

DETAILS ON DISTRIBUTION             DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS
PLANS AND THE PORTFOLIOS'           Rule 12b-1 Fees.............................
MASTER/FEEDER ARRANGEMENTS.         Master/Feeder Structure.....................
                                    Share Class.................................

                                    FOR MORE INFORMATION..............BACK COVER


For information about key terms and concepts, look for our "PLAIN TALK"
explanations.

                                                                               2

<PAGE>

                  WILMINGTON SHORT/INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO
                     WILMINGTON INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO
                       WILMINGTON MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO

PORTFOLIO DESCRIPTION
         PLAIN TALK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS A MUTUAL FUND?
         A mutual fund pools shareholders' money and, using a professional
         investment manager, invests it in securities like stocks and bonds.
         Each Portfolio described in this prospectus is a separate mutual fund.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY
Investment Objective    (BULLET) The SHORT/INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO
                                 and the INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO each seeks
                                 a high total return, consistent with high
                                 current income.
                        (BULLET) The MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO seeks a high
                                 level of income exempt from federal income tax,
                                 consistent with the preservation of capital.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Focus        (BULLET) Fixed income securities
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Share Price Volatility  (BULLET) Moderate
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Principal Investment    (BULLET) Each Portfolio operates as a "feeder fund"
Strategy                         which means that the Portfolio does not buy
                                 individual securities directly.Instead, it
                                 invests in a corresponding mutual fund or
                                 "master fund," which in turn purchases
                                 investment securities. The Portfolios invest
                                 all of their assets in master funds which are
                                 separate series of WT Investment Trust I.
                                 Each Portfolio and its corresponding Series
                                 have the same investment objective, policies
                                 and limitations.
                        (BULLET) The SHORT/INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO invests
                                 in the Short/Intermediate Bond Series,which
                                 invests at least 85% of its total assets in
                                 various types of investment grade fixed income
                                 securities.
                        (BULLET) The INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO invests in the
                                 Intermediate Bond Series, which invests at
                                 least 85% of its total assets in various types
                                 of investment grade fixed income securities.
                        (BULLET) The MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO invests in the
                                 Municipal Bond Series, which invests at least
                                 80% of its net assets in municipal securities
                                 that provide interest exempt from federal
                                 income tax.
- -------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Principal Risks         (BULLET) An investment in a Portfolio is not a deposit
                                 of Wilmington Trust Company or any of its
                                 affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by
                                 the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or
                                 any other government agency.
                        (BULLET) It is possible to lose money by investing in a
                                 Portfolio.
                        (BULLET) The fixed income securities in which the
                                 Portfolios invest through their corresponding
                                 Series are subject to credit risk,prepayment
                                 risk, market risk, liquidity risk and interest
                                 rate risk. Typically, when interest rates rise,
                                 the market prices of fixed income securities go
                                 down.
                        (BULLET) The performance of a Portfolio will depend on
                                 whether or not the adviser is successful in
                                 pursuing an investment strategy.
                        (BULLET) The Portfolios are also subject to other risks,
                                 which are described under "Additional Risk
                                 Information."
- -------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Investor Profile        (BULLET) Investors who want income from their
                                 investments without the volatility of an equity
                                 portfolio.
- -------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                               3
<PAGE>
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS TOTAL RETURN?
         Total  return is a measure  of the  per-share  change in the total
         value of a fund's  portfolio,including  any  distributions  paid to
         you. It is  measured  from the  beginning  to the end of a specific
         time period.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

                  WILMINGTON SHORT/INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO
The bar chart and the performance table below illustrate the risks and
volatility of an investment in the Portfolio. Of course, the Portfolio's past
performance does not necessarily indicate how the Portfolio will perform in the
future.

 [INSERT BAR CHART]

THIS BAR CHART SHOWS CHANGES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE PORTFOLIO'S INSTITUTIONAL
SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR. THE BAR CHART DOES NOT REFLECT
DEDUCTIONS FOR 12b-1 DISTRIBUTION FEES. IF SUCH AMOUNTS WERE REFLECTED, RETURNS
WOULD BE LESS.

                           BEST QUARTER          WORST QUARTER
                                  5.13%              -1.81%
                        (June 30, 1995)             (March 31, 1994)

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS AN INDEX?
         An index is a broad  measure of the market  performance  of a specific
         group of  securities in a particular  market,  or securities in a
         market  sector.  You cannot invest  directly in an index. An index does
         not have an investment  adviser and does not pay any  commissions  or
         expenses. If an index had expenses, its performance would be lower.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                 SINCE INCEPTION
AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/98             1 YEAR  5 YEAR  (APRIL 1991)
- -------------------------------------             ------  ------  ------------
Short/Intermediate Bond Portfolio                  7.74%   6.17%      7.23%
Merrill Lynch 1-10 Year U.S. Treasury Index*       8.63%   6.50%      7.61%
Lehman Intermediate Government/Corporate Index**   8.44%   6.60%      7.76%

- -------------------------
* The Merrill Lynch 1 to 10 Year U.S. Treasury Index is an unmanaged index of
fixed rate coupon bearing U.S. Treasury securities with a maturity range of 1 to
10 years.
** The Lehman Intermediate Government/Corporate Index is an unmanaged index of
fixed rate U.S. Treasury Bonds and Notes, U.S. Government Agency obligations and
investment grade corporate debt obligations with maturities between 1 to 10
years.


                     WILMINGTON INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO
The bar chart and the performance table below illustrate the risks and
volatility of an investment in the Portfolio and its predecessor, the Bond Fund,
a collective investment fund. The Bond Fund's performance has been included for
the periods prior to July 1, 1998 and has been adjusted to reflect the annual
deduction of fees and expenses applicable to shares of the Intermediate Bond
Portfolio (i.e. adjusted to reflect anticipated expenses, absent investment
advisory fees waivers). The Bond Fund was not registered as a mutual fund under
the Investment Company Act of 1940,
                                                                               4
<PAGE>

and therefore was not subject to certain investment restrictions, limitations
and diversification requirements imposed by the 1940 Act and the Internal
Revenue Code. If the Bond Fund had been registered under the 1940 Act, its
performance may have been different. Of course, the Portfolio's past performance
does not necessarily indicate how the Portfolio will perform in the future.

[INSERT BAR CHART]

THIS BAR CHART SHOWS CHANGES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE PORTFOLIO'S INSTITUTIONAL
SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR. THE BAR CHART DOES NOT REFLECT
DEDUCTIONS FOR RULE 12b-1 DISTRIBUTION FEES. IF SUCH AMOUNTS WERE REFLECTED,
RETURNS WOULD BE LESS.

                           BEST QUARTER          WORST QUARTER
                                  6.54%              -3.41%
                        (June 30, 1995)              (March 31, 1994)


                                                              SINCE INCEPTION
AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/98       1 YEAR   5 YEAR   (DECEMBER 1990)
- -------------------------------------       ------   ------   ---------------
Intermediate Bond Portfolio                  8.73%    6.56%        8.03%
Merrill Lynch U.S. Treasury Master Index*   10.03%    7.22%        8.60%
Lehman Government/Corporate Index**          9.47%    7.30%        8.87%

- -------------------------
* The Merrill Lynch U.S. Treasury Master Index is an unmanaged index of fixed
rate coupon bearing U.S. Treasury securities with a maturity range of 1 to 30
years.
** The Lehman Government/Corporate Index is an unmanaged index of fixed rate
U.S. Treasury Bonds and Notes, U.S. Government Agency obligations and investment
grade corporate debt obligations with maturities no less than 1 year.

                       WILMINGTON MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO
The bar chart and the performance table below illustrate the risks and
volatility of an investment in the Portfolio. Of course, the Portfolio's past
performance does not necessarily indicate how the Portfolio will perform in the
future.

[INSERT BAR CHART]

THIS BAR CHART SHOWS CHANGES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE PORTFOLIO'S INSTITUTIONAL
SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR. THE BAR CHART DOES NOT REFLECT
DEDUCTIONS FOR RULE 12b-1 DISTRIBUTION FEES. IF SUCH AMOUNTS WERE REFLECTED,
RETURNS WOULD BE LESS.

                           BEST QUARTER          WORST QUARTER
                                  5.86%            -4.79%
                        (March 31, 1995)           (March 31, 1994)

                                                             SINCE INCEPTION
AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/98       1 YEAR   5 YEAR  (NOVEMBER 1, 1993)
- -------------------------------------       ------   ------  ------------------
Municipal Bond Portfolio                     5.24%    5.00%         5.11%
Merrill Lynch Intermediate Municipal Index*  6.27%    5.76%         5.71%

- -------------------------
* The Merrill Lynch Intermediate Municipal Index is an unmanaged weighted index
including investment grade tax-exempt bonds with a maturity range of 0 to 22
years.

                                                                               5
<PAGE>

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS YIELD?
         Yield is a measure of the income (dividends and interest) earned by
         the securities in a fund's portfolio and paid to you over a specified
         time period. The yield is expressed as a percentage of the offering
         price per share on a specified date.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

                   You may call (800) ____ to obtain a Portfolio'scurrent yield.

FEES AND EXPENSES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE FUND EXPENSES?
         Unlike an index, every mutual fund has operating expenses to pay for
         professional advisory, shareholder distribution, administration and
         custody services. Each Portfolio's expenses in the table below are
         shown as a percentage of its net assets. These expenses are deducted
         from Portfolio assets.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
hold shares of a Portfolio.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              INSTITUTIONAL SHARES
ANNUAL FUND OPERATING                 SHORT/INTERMEDIATE     INTERMEDIATE        MUNICIPAL
EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED    BOND PORTFOLIO      BOND PORTFOLIO    BOND PORTFOLIO
FROM PORTFOLIO ASSETS) 1
<S>                                          <C>                  <C>              <C>
Management fees                              0.35%                0.35%            0.35%
Distribution (12b-1) fees                    0.00%                0.00%            0.00%
Other expenses                                ___%                 ___%             ___%
TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES 2             ___%                 ___%             ___%
Waivers/reimbursements                        ___%                 ___%             ___%
Net annual operating expenses                0.55%                0.55%            0.75%

<FN>

- -----------------------
1 The table above and the Example below each reflect the aggregate annual
operating expenses of each Portfolio and the corresponding Series of the Trust
in which the Portfolio invests.
2 For Institutional shares, WTC has agreed to waive a portion of its advisory
fee or reimburse expenses to the extent total annual operating expenses exceed
0.55% for the Short/Intermediate Bond Portfolio; 0.55% for the Intermediate Bond
Portfolio; and 0.75% for the Municipal Bond Portfolio. This waiver will remain
in place until the Board of Trustees approves its termination. The management
fees, other expenses and total annual operating expenses reflected in the table
above are based on the Portfolios' actual expenses for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1999, adjusted to reflect current fee arrangements.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                                                               6
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 INVESTOR SHARES
ANNUAL FUND OPERATING                               SHORT/INTERMEDIATE           INTERMEDIATE          MUNICIPAL
EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED                  BOND PORTFOLIO            BOND PORTFOLIO      BOND PORTFOLIO
FROM PORTFOLIO ASSETS) 1
<S>                                                           <C>                    <C>                  <C>
Management fees                                               0.35%                  0.35%                0.35%
Distribution (12b-1) fees                                     0.25%                  0.25%                0.25%
Other expenses                                                 ___%                   ___%                 ___%
TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES 2                              ___%                   ___%                 ___%
Waivers/reimbursements                                         ___%                   ___%                 ___%
Net annual operating expenses                                 0.80%                  0.80%                1.00%

<FN>
- -----------------------
1 The table above and the Example below each reflect the aggregate annual
operating expenses of each Portfolio and the corresponding Series of the Trust
in which the Portfolio invests.
2 For Investor shares, WTC has agreed to waive a portion of its advisory fee or
reimburse expenses to the extent total annual operating expenses for Investor
shares exceed 0.80% for the Short/Intermediate Portfolio, 0.80% for the
Intermediate Bond Portfolio and 1.00% for the Municipal Bond Portfolio. This
waiver will remain in place until the Board of Trustees approves its
termination. The management fees, other expenses and total annual operating
expenses reflected in the table above are based on the Portfolios' actual
expenses for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999, adjusted to reflect current
fee arrangements.
</FN>
</TABLE>

EXAMPLE
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a
Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The table below
shows what you would pay if you invested $10,000 over the various time frames
indicated.The example assumes that:
(BULLET) you reinvested all dividends and other distributions;
(BULLET) the average annual return was 5%;
(BULLET) the Portfolio's maximum (without regard to waivers or expenses) total
         operating expenses are charged and remain the same over the time
         periods; and
(BULLET) you redeemed all of your investment at the end of the time period.

Although your actual cost may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions,
your costs would be:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES                    1 YEAR      3 YEARS     5 YEARS     10 YEARS
- --------------------                    ------      -------     -------     --------
<S>                                      <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>
Short/Intermediate Bond Portfolio        $76          $237       $411         $918
Intermediate Bond Portfolio              $67          $211       $368         $822
Municipal Bond Portfolio                 $98          $306       $531        $1178

INVESTOR SHARES                         1 YEAR      3 YEARS     5 YEARS     10 YEARS
- ---------------                         ------      -------     -------     --------
Short/Intermediate Bond Portfolio        $82          $255       $444         $990
Intermediate Bond Portfolio              $82          $255       $444         $990
Municipal Bond Portfolio                $102          $318       $552       $1,225
</TABLE>

THE ABOVE EXAMPLE IS FOR COMPARISON PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT A REPRESENTATION OF
A PORTFOLIO'S ACTUAL EXPENSES AND RETURNS, EITHER PAST OR FUTURE.
                                                                               7
<PAGE>

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES
The SHORT/INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO and the INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO each
seek a high total return, consistent with high current income. The MUNICIPAL
BOND PORTFOLIO seeks a high level of income exempt from federal income tax,
consistent with the preservation of capital. These investment objectives may not
be changed without shareholder approval. There is no guarantee that a Portfolio
will achieve its investment objective.

PRIMARY INVESTMENT STRATEGIES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE FIXED INCOME SECURITIES?
         Fixed income securities are generally bonds, which is a type of
         security that functions like a loan. Bonds are IOUs issued by private
         companies, municipalities or government agencies. By comparison, when
         you buy a stock, you are buying ownership in a company. With a bond,
         your "loan" is for a specific period, usually 5 to 30 years. You
         receive regular interest payments at the rate stated when you bought
         the bond. Hence, the term "fixed income" security.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

The SHORT/INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO invests its assets in the
Short/Intermediate Bond Series, which:
(BULLET) will invest at least 85% of its total assets in various types of
         investment grade fixed income securities;
(BULLET) may invest up to 10% of its total assets in investment grade fixed
         income securities of foreign issuers;
(BULLET) will, as a matter of fundamental policy, maintain a short-to-
         intermediate average duration (2-1/2 to 4 years); and
(BULLET) the average dollar-weighted duration of securities held by the
         Short/Intermediate Bond Series will normally fall within a range of
         2-1/2 to 4 years.

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS DURATION?
         Duration measures the sensitivity of fixed income securities held by a
         Portfolio to a change in interest rates. The value of a security with a
         longer duration will normally fluctuate to a greater degree than will
         the value of a security with a shorter duration should interest rates
         change. For example, if interest rates were to move 1%, a bond with a
         3-year duration would experience approximately a 3% change in principal
         value. An identical bond with a 5-year duration would experience
         approximately a 5% change in its principal value.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

The INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO invests its assets in the Intermediate Bond
Series, which:
(BULLET) will invest at least 85% of its total assets in various types of
         investment grade fixed income securities;
(BULLET) may invest up to 10% of its total assets in investment grade fixed
         income securities of foreign issuers;
                                                                               8
<PAGE>

(BULLET) will, as a matter of fundamental policy, maintain an intermediate
         average duration (4 to 7 years); and
(BULLET) the average dollar-weighted duration of securities held by the
         Intermediate Bond Series will normally fall within a range of 4 to 7
         years.


         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE INVESTMENT GRADE SECURITIES?
         Investment grade securities are securities that have been determined
         by a rating agency to have a medium to high probability of being paid,
         although there is always a risk of default. Investment grade
         securities are rated BBB, A, AA or AAA by Standard & Poor's
         Corporation or Baa, A, Aa or Aaa by Moody's Investors Service.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE MUNICIPAL SECURITIES?
         Municipal securities are bonds issued by state and local governments
         to raise money for their activities.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

The MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO invests its assets in the Municipal Bond Series,
which:
(BULLET)  will, as a fundamental policy, invest substantially all (at least 80%)
          of its net assets in a diversified portfolio of municipal securities
          that provide interest that is exempt from federal income tax;
(BULLET)  may invest up to 20% of its net assets in other types of fixed income
          securities that provide income that is subject to federal tax; and
(BULLET)  will, as a matter of fundamental policy, maintain an intermediate
          average duration (4 to 8 years); and
(BULLET)  the average dollar-weighted duration of securities held by the
          Municipal Bond Series will normally fall within a range of 4 to 8
          years.

The Municipal Bond Series may not invest more than 25% of its total assets in
any one industry. You should note that governmental issuers of municipal
securities are not considered part of any industry. The 25% limitation applies
to municipal securities backed by the assets and revenues of non-governmental
users, such as private operators of educational, hospital or housing facilities.
However, the investment adviser may decide that the yields available from
concentrating in obligations of a particular market sector or political
subdivision justify the risk that the performance of the Municipal Bond Series
may be adversely affected by such concentration. Under such market conditions,
the Municipal Bond Series may invest more than 25% of its assets in sectors of
the municipal securities market, such as health care or housing, or in
securities relating to one political subdivision, such as a given state or U.S.
territory. Under these conditions, the Municipal Bond Series' vulnerability to
any special risks that affects that sector or jurisdiction could have an adverse
impact on the value of an investment in the Series. There are no limitations on
the Municipal Bond Series' investment in any one of the three
                                                                               9
<PAGE>

general categories of municipal obligations: general obligation bonds, revenue
(or special)obligation bonds and private activity bonds.

SERIES COMPOSITION. The composition of each Series' holdings varies, depending
upon the investment adviser's analysis of the fixed income markets, the
municipal securities market and the expected trends in those markets. The
securities purchased by the Series may be purchased based upon their yield, the
income earned by the security, or their potential capital appreciation, the
potential increase in the security's value, or both. The investment adviser
seeks to protect the Series' principal value by reducing fluctuations in value
relative to those that may be experienced by fixed income funds with a longer
average duration. This strategy may reduce the level of income attained by the
Series. There is no guarantee that principal value can be protected during
periods of extreme interest volatility.

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         CORPORATE BONDS VS. GOVERNMENT BONDS:
         Bonds issued by corporations generally pay a higher interest rate than
         government bonds. That's because corporate bonds are somewhat riskier
         than government bonds and the interest payments on government bonds are
         exempt from some or all taxes. For example, if you live in Delaware and
         buy a bond issued by the state of Delaware or by any other government
         or municipal agency in Delaware, your interest on the bond is exempt
         from state and federal income taxes. But if your bond is issued by any
         state other than the one in which you reside, the interest would only
         be exempt from federal income tax and you would have to pay your state
         income tax. Interest payments on U.S. Treasury bonds are exempt from
         state and local taxes.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

The Series invest only in securities that are rated, at the time of purchase, in
the top four categories by a rating agency such as Moody's Investors Service,
Inc. or Standard & Poor's. If the securities are not rated, then the investment
adviser must determine that they are of comparable quality.

The table below shows each Series' principal investments. These are the types of
securities that will most likely help a Series achieve its investment objective.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             SHORT/INTERMEDIATE     INTERMEDIATE    MUNICIPAL
                                    BOND                 BOND          BOND
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Asset-Backed Securities         (check mark)        (check mark)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bank Obligations                (check mark)        (check mark)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Corporate Bonds, Notes
and Commercial Paper            (check mark)        (check mark)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mortgage-Backed Securities      (check mark)        (check mark)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Municipal Securities            (check mark)        (check mark)    (check mark)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Obligations Issued By
 Supranational Agencies         (check mark)        (check mark)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Government Obligations     (check mark)        (check mark)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              10
<PAGE>

Each Series also may use other strategies and engage in other investment
practices, which are described in detail in our Statement of Additional
Information. The investments and strategies listed above and described
throughout this prospectus are those that we use under normal market conditions.

ADDITIONAL RISK INFORMATION
The following is a list of certain risks that may apply to your investment in a
Portfolio. Further information about investment risks is available in our
Statement of Additional Information:
(BULLET) CREDIT RISK:  The risk that the issuer of a security, or the
         counterparty to a contract, will default or otherwise become unable to
         honor a financial obligation.
(BULLET) FOREIGN SECURITY RISK: The risk of losses due to political, regulatory,
         economic, social or other uncontrollable forces in a foreign country
         (Short/Intermediate Bond and Intermediate Bond Portfolios only).
(BULLET) INTEREST RATE RISK: The risk of market losses attributable to changes
         in interest rates. With fixed-rate securities, a rise in interest rates
         typically causes a fall in values, while a fall in rates typically
         causes a rise in values. The yield earned by a Portfolio will vary with
         changes in interest rates.
(BULLET) LEVERAGE RISK: The risk associated with securities or practices (such
         as when-issued and forward commitment transactions) that multiply small
         market movements into larger changes in value.
(BULLET) LIQUIDITY RISK:  The risk that certain securities may be difficult or
         impossible to sell at the time and the price that the seller would
         like.
(BULLET) MARKET RISK:  The risk that the market value of a security may move up
         and down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably.
(BULLET) MASTER/FEEDER RISK: The Portfolios' master/feeder structure is
         relatively new and more complex. While this structure is designed to
         reduce costs, it may not do so, and the Portfolios might encounter
         operational or other complications.
(BULLET) OPPORTUNITY RISK:  The risk of missing out on an investment opportunity
         because the assets necessary to take advantage of it are tied up in
         less advantageous investments.
(BULLET) PREPAYMENT RISK:  The risk that a debt security may be paid off and
         proceeds invested earlier than anticipated. Depending on market
         conditions, the new investments may or may not carry the same interest
         rate.
(BULLET) VALUATION RISK:  The risk that a Series has valued certain of its
         securities at a higher price than it can sell them for.
(BULLET) YEAR 2000 READINESS RISK: Like other organizations around the world,
         the Portfolios could be adversely affected if the computer systems used
         by their various service providers (or the market in general) do not
         properly operate after January 1, 2000. The Portfolios are taking steps
         to address the Year 2000 issue with respect to the computer systems
         that they rely on. There can be no assurance, however, that these steps
         will be sufficient to avoid a temporary service disruption or any
         adverse impact on the Portfolios.

         Additionally, if a company in which a Series is invested is adversely
         affected by Year 2000 problems, it is likely that the price of that
         company's securities will also be adversely affected. A decrease in
         one or more of a Series' holdings may have a similar impact on the
                                                                              11
<PAGE>

         price of the Series' shares. The Series' adviser will rely on public
         filings and other statements made by companies about their Year 2000
         readiness. Issuers in countries outside the U.S. present a greater
         Year 2000 readiness risk because they may not be required to make the
         same level of disclosure about Year 2000 readiness as is required in
         the U.S. The adviser is not able to audit any company and its major
         suppliers to verify their year 2000 readiness.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand each
Portfolio's financial performance for the past 5 years or since the Portfolio's
inception, if shorter. Certain information reflects financial results for a
single share of a Portfolio. The total returns in the table represent the rate
that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in a Portfolio (assuming
reinvestment of all dividends and other distributions). This information has
been audited by ____________, whose report, along with each Portfolio's
financial statements, is included in the Annual Report, which is available
without charge upon request.


                                                                              12
<PAGE>



         [INSERT FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS for Portfolios]


                                                                              13
<PAGE>



MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIOS
The Board of Trustees for each Portfolio supervises the management, activities
and affairs of the Portfolio and has approved contracts with various
organizations to provide, among other services, day-to-day management required
by the Portfolio and its shareholders.

INVESTMENT ADVISER
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         The investment adviser makes investment decisions for a mutual fund
         and continuously reviews, supervises and administers the fund's
         investment program. The Board of Trustees supervises the investment
         adviser and establishes policies that the adviser must follow in its
         management activities.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Wilmington Trust Company, the Series' investment adviser, is located at 1100
North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890. WTC is a wholly owned
subsidiary of Wilmington Trust Corporation, which is a publicly held bank
holding company. WTC, subject to the supervision of the Board of Trustees,
directs the investments of each Series in accordance with its investment
objective, policies and limitations. In addition to serving as investment
adviser for the Series, WTC is engaged in a variety of investment advisory
activities, including the management of other mutual funds and collective
investment pools.

Under an advisory agreement, each Series pays a monthly fee to WTC at the annual
rate of 0.35% of the Series' first $1 billion of average daily net assets; 0.30%
of the Series' next $1 billion of average daily net assets; and 0.25% of the
Series' average daily net assets over $2 billion. For the twelve months ended
June 30, 1999, WTC received the following fees (after fee waivers) as a
percentage of each Series' average daily net assets for investment advisory
services:

Short/Intermediate Bond Series                       %
Intermediate Bond Series                             %
Municipal Bond Series                                %

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
Eric K. Cheung, Vice President and Manager of the Fixed Income Management
Division, Clayton M. Albright, III, Vice President of the Fixed Income
Management Division and Dominick J. D'Eramo, CFA, Vice President of the Fixed
Income Management Division, all of the Asset Management Department of WTC, are
primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Short/Intermediate
Bond Series and the Intermediate Bond Series. From 1978 until 1986, Mr. Cheung
was the Portfolio Manager for fixed income assets of the Meritor Financial
Group. In 1986, Mr. Cheung joined WTC. In 1991, he became the Division Manager
for all fixed income products. Mr. Albright has been employed at WTC since 1976.
In 1987, he joined the Fixed Income Management Division and since then has
specialized in the management
                                                                              14
<PAGE>

of intermediate and long-term fixed income portfolios. Mr. D'Eramo began his
career with WTC in 1986 as a fixed income trader and was promoted to portfolio
manager in _____.

Lisa More, Assistant Vice President of Credit Research and Municipal Trading
within the Fixed Income Management Divisions of Asset Management Department of
WTC is primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Municipal Bond
Portfolio. Mrs. More has been employed at WTC since 1988. In 1990, she joined
the Fixed Income Division specializing in the management of municipal income
portfolios.

SERVICE PROVIDERS
The chart below provides information on the Portfolios' primary service
providers.

                                                                              15
<PAGE>


  Asset                                           Shareholder
  Management                                      Services
- ---------------------------                      -------------------------------
   INVESTMENT ADVISER                                   TRANSFER AGENT
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY                                   PFPC INC.
   RODNEY SQUARE NORTH                                400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY
  1100 N. MARKET STREET                               WILMINGTON, DE 19809
WILMINGTON, DE 19890-0001

                                                  Handles Shareholder services,
                                                  including recordkeeping and
  Manages each Portfolio's                          statements, payment of
  business and investment                         distribution and processing of
          activities.                                 buy and sell requests.
- ---------------------------                      -------------------------------


Fund                        --------------------    Asset
Operations                                          Safe Keeping
- --------------------------   THE WT MUTUAL FUND    -----------------------------
    ADMINISTRATOR AND                                       CUSTODIAN
     ACCOUNTING AGENT       --------------------
       PFPC INC.                                        PFPC TRUST COMPANY
  400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY                                   200 STEVENS DRIVE
  WILMINGTON, DE 19809                                   LESTER, PA 19113

  Provides facilities,                                  Hold each Portfolio's
 equipment and personnel                                 assets, settle all
to carry out administrative                         portfolio trades and collect
 services related to each                            most of the valuation data
 Portfolio and calculates                             required for calculating
 each Portfolio's NAV per                               each Portfolio's NAV
 share and distributions.                                    per share.
- --------------------------                         -----------------------------

                           Distribution
                     -----------------------------------
                                DISTRIBUTOR
                        PROVIDENT DISTRIBUTORS INC.
                        FOUR FALLS CORPORATE CENTER
                        WEST CONSHOHOCKEN, PA 19428

                     Distributes each Portfolio's shares.
                     -----------------------------------


                                                                         16
<PAGE>


SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
PRICING OF SHARES
The Portfolios value their assets based on current market value when such values
are available. Prices for fixed income securities normally are supplied by a
pricing service. Fixed income securities maturing within 60 days of the
valuation date are valued at amortized cost. Securities that do not have a
readily available current market value are valued in good faith under the
direction of the Series' Board of Trustees.

The assets held by the Short/Intermediate Bond Series and the Intermediate Bond
Series that are denominated in foreign currencies are valued daily in U.S.
dollars at the foreign currency exchange rates that are prevailing at the time
that PFPC determines the daily net asset value per share.

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS THE NET ASSET VALUE or "NAV"?
                                  NAV = Assets - Liabilities
                                        --------------------
                                         Outstanding Shares

         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

PFPC determines the NAV per share of each Portfolio as of the close of regular
trading on the New York Stock Exchange (currently 4:00 p.m., Eastern time), on
each Business Day (a day that the Exchange, the Transfer Agent and the
Philadelphia branch of the Federal Reserve Bank are open for business).The NAV
is calculated by adding the value of all securities and other assets in a
Portfolio, deducting its liabilities and dividing the balance by the number of
outstanding shares in that Portfolio.

Shares will not be priced on those days the Portfolios are closed. As of the
date of this prospectus, those days are:

     New Year's Day                   Memorial Day             Veterans Day
     Martin Luther King, Jr. Day      Independence Day         Thanksgiving Day
     President's Day                  Labor Day                Christmas Day
     Good Friday                      Columbus Day

PURCHASE OF SHARES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         HOW TO PURCHASE SHARES:
         (BULLET)    Directly by mail or by wire
         (BULLET)    As a client of WTC through a trust account or a corporate
                    cash management account
         (BULLET)    As a client of a Service Organization
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Portfolio shares are offered on a continuous basis and are sold without any
sales charges. The minimum initial investment in Investor or Institutional class
shares of the Portfolios is $1,000,
                                                                              17
<PAGE>

but additional investments may be made in any amount. You may purchase shares as
specified below.

You may also purchase shares if you are a client of WTC through your trust or
corporate cash management accounts. If you are a client of an institution (such
as a bank or broker-dealer) that has entered into a servicing agreement with the
Portfolios' distributor ("Service Organization"), you may also purchase shares
through such Service Organization. You should also be aware that you may be
charged a fee by WTC or the Service Organization in connection with your
investment in the Portfolios. If you wish to purchase Portfolio shares through
your account at WTC or a Service Organization, you should contact that entity
directly for information and instructions on purchasing shares.

BY MAIL: You may purchase shares by sending a check drawn on a U.S. bank payable
to WT Mutual Fund, indicating the name of the Portfolio, along with a completed
application (included at the end of this prospectus). If a subsequent investment
is being made, the check should also indicate your Portfolio account number.
When you make purchases by check, each Portfolio may withhold payment on
redemptions until it is reasonably satisfied that the funds are collected (which
can take up to 10 days). If you purchase shares with a check that does not
clear, your purchase will be canceled and you will be responsible for any losses
or fees incurred in that transaction. Send the check and application to:

         REGULAR MAIL:                      OVERNIGHT MAIL:
         WT Mutual Fund                     WT Mutual Fund
         c/o PFPC Inc.                      c/o PFPC Inc.
         P.O. Box ____                      400 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 108
         Wilmington, DE 19899               Wilmington, DE 19809

BY WIRE: You may purchase shares by wiring federal funds readily available.
Please call PFPC at (800) _____for instructions and to make specific
arrangements before making a purchase by wire, and if making an initial
purchase, to also obtain an account number.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING PURCHASES: Purchase orders received by the
Transfer Agent before the close of regular trading on the Exchange on any
Business Day will be priced at the NAV that is determined as of the close of
trading. Purchase orders received after the close of regular trading on the
Exchange will be priced as of the close of regular trading on the following
Business Day.

Any purchase order may be rejected if a Portfolio determines that accepting the
order would not be in the best interest of the Portfolio or its shareholders.

It is the responsibility of WTC or the Service Organization to transmit orders
for the purchase of shares by its customers to the Transfer Agent and to deliver
required funds on a timely basis, in accordance with the procedures stated
above.
                                                                              18
<PAGE>

For information on other ways to purchase shares, including through an
individual retirement account (IRA), an Automatic Investment Plan or a Payroll
Investment Plan, please refer to the Statement of Additional Information.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         HOW TO REDEEM (SELL) SHARES:
         (BULLET)  By mail
         (BULLET)  By telephone
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

You may sell your shares on any Business Day as described below. Redemptions are
effected at the NAV next determined after the Transfer Agent has received your
redemption request. There is no fee when Portfolio shares are redeemed. It is
the responsibility of WTC or the Service Organization to transmit redemption
orders and credit their customers' accounts with redemption proceeds on a timely
basis. Redemption checks are mailed on the next Business Day following receipt
by the Transfer Agent of redemption instructions, but never later than 7 days
following such receipt. Amounts redeemed by wire are normally wired on the date
of receipt of redemption instructions (if received by the Transfer Agent before
4:00 p.m. Eastern time) or the next Business Day (if received after 4:00 p.m.
Eastern time, or on a non-Business Day), but never later than 7 days following
such receipt. If you purchased your shares through an account at WTC or a
Service Organization, you should contact WTC or the Service Organization for
information relating to redemptions. The Portfolio's name and your account
number should accompany any redemption requests.

BY MAIL: If you redeem your shares by mail, you should submit written
instructions with a "signature guarantee". A signature guarantee verifies the
authenticity of your signature. You can obtain one from most banking
institutions or securities brokers, but not from a notary public. You must
indicate the Portfolio name, your account number and your name. The written
instructions and signature guarantee should be mailed to:

          REGULAR MAIL:                OVERNIGHT MAIL:
          WT Mutual Fund               WT Mutual Fund
          c/o PFPC Inc.                c/o PFPC Inc.
          P.O. Box ____                400 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 108
          Wilmington, DE 19899         Wilmington, DE 19809

BY TELEPHONE: If you prefer to redeem your shares by telephone, you may elect to
do so. However there are certain risks. The Portfolios have certain safeguards
and procedures to confirm the identity of callers and to confirm that the
instructions communicated are genuine. If such procedures are followed, you will
bear the risk of any losses.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING REDEMPTIONS: Redemption proceeds may be wired
to your predesignated bank account in any commercial bank in the United States
if the amount is $1,000
                                                                              19


<PAGE>

or more. The receiving bank may charge a fee for this service. Proceeds may also
be mailed to your bank or, for amounts of $10,000 or less, mailed to your
Portfolio account address of record if the address has been established for at
least 60 days. In order to authorize the Transfer Agent to mail redemption
proceeds to your Portfolio account address of record, complete the appropriate
section of the Application for Telephone Redemptions or include your Portfolio
account address of record when you submit written instructions. You may change
the account that you have designated to receive amounts redeemed at any time.
Any request to change the account designated to receive redemption proceeds
should be accompanied by a guarantee of your signature by an eligible
institution. A signature and a signature guarantee are required for each person
in whose name the account is registered. Further documentation will be required
to change the designated account when a corporation, other organization, trust,
fiduciary or other institutional investor holds the Portfolio shares.

If shares to be redeemed represent a recent investment made by check, each
Portfolio reserves the right not to make the redemption proceeds available until
it has reasonable grounds to believe that the check has been collected (which
could take up to 10 days).

SMALL ACCOUNTS: If the value of your Portfolio account falls below $500, the
Portfolio may ask you to increase your balance. If the account value is still
below $500 after 60 days, the Portfolio may close your account and send you the
proceeds. The Portfolio will not close your account if it falls below $500
solely as a result of a reduction in your account's market value.

For information on other ways to redeem shares, please refer to the Statement of
Additional Information.

EXCHANGE OF SHARES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS AN EXCHANGE OF SHARES?
         An exchange of shares allows you to move your money from one fund to
         another fund within a family of funds.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

You may exchange all or a portion of your shares in a Portfolio for the same
class of shares of certain other Portfolios of the Fund. These other Portfolios
are:

         Wilmington Prime Money Market Portfolio
         Wilmington U.S. Government Portfolio
         Wilmington Tax-Exempt Portfolio
         Wilmington Premier Money Market Portfolio
         Wilmington Short/Intermediate Bond Portfolio
         Wilmington Intermediate Bond Portfolio
         Wilmington Municipal Bond Portfolio
         Wilmington Large Cap Growth Portfolio
         Wilmington Large Cap Core Portfolio
         Wilmington Small Cap Core Portfolio
         Wilmington International Multi-Manager Portfolio
         Wilmington Large Cap Value Portfolio
         Wilmington Mid Cap Value Portfolio
                                                                              20
<PAGE>

         Wilmington Small Cap Value Portfolio

Redemption of shares through an exchange will be effected at the NAV per share
next determined after the Transfer Agent receives your request. A purchase of
shares through an exchange will be effected at the NAV per share determined at
that time or as next determined thereafter.

Exchange transactions will be subject to the minimum initial investment and
other requirements of the Portfolio into which the exchange is made. An exchange
may not be made if the exchange would leave a balance in a shareholder's account
of less than $500.

To obtain prospectuses of the other Portfolios, you may call (800) _____. To
obtain more information about exchanges, or to place exchange orders, contact
the Transfer Agent, or, if your shares are held in a trust account with WTC or
in an account with a Service Organization, contact WTC or the Service
Organization. The Portfolios may terminate or modify the exchange offer
described here and will give you 60 days' notice of such termination or
modification. This exchange offer is valid only in those jurisdictions where the
sale of the Portfolio shares to be acquired through such exchange may be legally
made.

DISTRIBUTIONS
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS NET INVESTMENT INCOME?
         Net investment income consists of interest and dividends (and, in the
         case of the Municipal Bond Portfolio, market discount on tax-exempt
         securities) earned by a fund on its investments less accrued expenses.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

As a shareholder of a Portfolio, you are entitled to receive dividends and other
distributions arising from the net investment income and net realized gains, if
any, earned on the investments held by the Portfolio. Generally, dividends are
declared daily and paid monthly. Each Portfolio expects to distribute any net
realized gains once a year. The Short/Intermediate Bond Portfolio and the
Intermediate Bond Portfolio will distribute net realized gains from foreign
currency transactions, if any, after the end of the fiscal year in which the
gain was realized by them.

Distributions are payable to the shareholders of record at the time the
distributions are declared (including holders of shares being redeemed, but
excluding holders of shares being purchased). All distributions are reinvested
in additional shares, unless you elect to receive distributions in cash. Shares
become entitled to receive distributions on the day after the shares are issued.

Any net capital gain realized by a Portfolio will be distributed at least
annually.

TAXES

Each Portfolio generally intends to operate in a manner such that it will not be
liable for Federal income or excise tax. The Portfolios' distributions of net
investment income (which include net
                                                                              21
<PAGE>

short-term capital gains), whether received in cash or reinvested in additional
Portfolio shares, may be taxable to you as ordinary income. Each Portfolio will
notify you following the end of the calendar year of the amount of dividends
paid that year. Dividend distributions by the Municipal Bond Portfolio of the
excess of its interest income on tax-exempt securities over certain amounts
disallowed as deductions ("exempt-interest dividends") may be treated by you as
interest excludable from your gross income. The Municipal Bond Portfolio intends
to distribute income that is exempt from federal income tax, though it may
invest a portion of its assets in securities that generate taxable income.
Income exempt from federal income tax may be subject to state and local income
tax. Additionally, any capital gains distributed by the Portfolio may be
taxable.

It is a taxable event for you if you sell or exchange shares of any Portfolio,
including the Municipal Bond Portfolio. Depending on the purchase price and the
sale price of the shares you exchange, you may have a taxable gain or loss on
the transaction. You are responsible for any tax liability generated by your
transactions.

This section is only a summary of some important income tax considerations that
may affect your investment in a Portfolio. More information regarding those
considerations appears in our Statement of Additional Information. You are urged
to consult your tax adviser regarding the effects of an investment on your tax
situation.

DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS
Provident Distributors, Inc. ("PDI") manages the Portfolios' distribution
efforts and provides assistance and expertise in developing marketing plans and
materials, enters into dealer agreement with broker-dealers to sell shares and
provides shareholder support services, directly or through affiliates. The
Portfolios do not charge any sales loads, deferred sales loads or other fees in
connection with the purchase of shares.

RULE 12B-1 FEES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE 12b-1 FEES?
         12b-1 fees, charged by some funds, are deducted from fund assets to pay
         for marketing and advertising expenses or, more commonly, to compensate
         sales professionals for selling fund shares.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

The Investor class of each Portfolio has adopted a distribution plan under Rule
12b-1 that allows a Portfolio to pay a fee to PDI for the sale and distribution
of Investor class shares, and for services provided to Investor class
shareholders. Because these fees are paid out of a Portfolio's assets
continuously, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment and
may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges. For the Investor
class of shares, maximum distribution fees as a percentage of average daily net
assets, are as follows:

Short/Intermediate Bond Portfolio - Investor Class   0.25%
Intermediate Bond Portfolio - Investor Class         0.25%
                                                                              22
<PAGE>

Municipal Bond Portfolio - Investor Class            0.25%

MASTER/FEEDER STRUCTURE
Other institutional investors, including other mutual funds, may invest in the
master funds. The master/feeder structure enables various institutional
investors, including a Portfolio, to pool their assets, which may be expected to
result in economies by spreading certain fixed costs over a larger asset base.
Each shareholder of a master fund, including a Portfolio, will pay its
proportionate share of the master fund's expenses.

For reasons relating to costs or a change in investment goal, among others, a
Portfolio could switch to another master fund or decide to manage its assets
itself. No Portfolio is currently contemplating such a move.

SHARE CLASS
The Portfolios issue Investor and Institutional classes of shares. The Investor
class pays an additional 12b-1 fee. The Institutional class of shares is offered
to retirement plans. Other investors may purchase Investor class shares.

                                                                              23
<PAGE>


FOR MORE INFORMATION

FOR INVESTORS WHO WANT MORE INFORMATION ON THE PORTFOLIOS, THE FOLLOWING
DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE UPON REQUEST:

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS: Contain performance data and information on
portfolio holdings, operating results, and a discussion of the market conditions
and investment strategies that significantly affect the Portfolios' performance
for the most recently completed fiscal year or half-year.

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI): Provides a complete technical and
legal description of the Portfolios' policies, investment restrictions, risks,
and business structure. This prospectus incorporates the SAI by reference.

Copies of these documents and answers to questions about the Portfolios may be
obtained without charge by contacting:

WT Mutual Fund
c/o PFPC Inc.
400 Bellevue Parkway
Suite 108
Wilmington, Delaware 19809
(800) _____
9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Eastern time

Information about the Portfolios (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied
at the Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange Commission in
Washington, D.C. Copies of this information may be obtained, upon payment of a
duplicating fee, by writing the Public Reference Room of the SEC, Washington,
DC, 20549-6009. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be
obtained by calling the SEC at 1-(800)-SEC-0330. Reports and other information
about the Portfolios may be viewed on-screen or downloaded from the SEC's
Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.



              FOR MORE INFORMATION ON OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT, MAKING
              CHANGES TO EXISTING ACCOUNTS, PURCHASING, EXCHANGING
                OR REDEEMING SHARES, OR OTHER INVESTOR SERVICES,
                           PLEASE CALL 1-(800)-_____.



The investment company registration number for the WT Mutual Fund is 811-08648.

                                                                              24

<PAGE>
                   THE WILMINGTON PRIME MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
                    THE WILMINGTON U.S. GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO
                  THE WILMINGTON PREMIER MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
                       THE WILMINGTON TAX-EXEMPT PORTFOLIO
                                OF WT MUTUAL FUND
================================================================================

                         PROSPECTUS DATED _______, 1999



This prospectus gives vital information about these money market mutual funds,
including information on investment policies, risks and fees. For your own
benefit and protection, please read it before you invest, and keep it on hand
for future reference.

Please note that these Portfolios:

(BULLET) are not bank deposits

(BULLET) are not obligations of, or guaranteed or endorsed by Wilmington Trust
         Company or any of its affiliates

(BULLET) are not federally insured

(BULLET) are not obligations of, or guaranteed or endorsed or otherwise
         supported by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance
         Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other governmental agency

(BULLET) are not guaranteed to achieve their goal(s)

(BULLET) may not be able to maintain a stable $1 share price

Like all mutual fund shares, the Securities and Exchange Commission has not
approved or disapproved the Portfolios' shares or determined whether this
prospectus is accurate or complete. Anyone who tells you otherwise is committing
a crime.


<PAGE>




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


A LOOK AT THE GOALS, STRATEGIES,    PORTFOLIO DESCRIPTION
RISKS, EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL       Summary....................................3
HISTORY OF EACH PORTFOLIO.          Performance Information....................4
                                    Fees and Expenses..........................6
                                    Investment Objectives......................7
                                    Primary Investment Strategies..............8
                                    Additional Risk Information................9
                                    Financial Highlights......................10

DETAILS ABOUT THE SERVICE           MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIOS
PROVIDERS.                          Investment Adviser........................11
                                    Service Providers.........................11

POLICIES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR       SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
OPENING, MAINTAINING AND            Pricing of Shares.........................13
CLOSING AN ACCOUNT IN ANY OF        Purchase of Shares........................13
THE PORTFOLIOS.                     Redemption of Shares......................15
                                    Exchange of Shares........................17
                                    Distributions.............................18
                                    Taxes.....................................18

DETAILS ON DISTRIBUTION             DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS
PLANS AND THE PORTFOLIOS'           Rule 12b-1 Fees...........................19
MASTER/FEEDER FUND                  Master/Feeder Structure...................19
ARRANGEMENT.                        Share Class...............................19

                                    FOR MORE INFORMATION..............BACK COVER


For information about key terms and concepts, look for our "PLAIN TALK"
explanations.

                                                                               2

<PAGE>


                   THE WILMINGTON PRIME MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
                    THE WILMINGTON U.S. GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO
                  THE WILMINGTON PREMIER MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
                       THE WILMINGTON TAX-EXEMPT PORTFOLIO

PORTFOLIO DESCRIPTION
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE MONEY MARKET FUNDS?
         Money market funds invest only in high quality, short-term debt
         securities, commonly known as money market instruments. Money market
         funds follow strict rules about credit risk, maturity and
         diversification of their investments. An investment in a money market
         fund is not a bank deposit. Although a money market fund seeks to keep
         a constant share price of $1.00, you may lose money by investing in a
         money market fund.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY
Investment Objective    (BULLET) The PRIME MONEY MARKET, U.S. GOVERNMENT AND
                                 PREMIER MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIOS each seek high
                                 current income, while preserving capital and
                                 liquidity.
                        (BULLET) The TAX EXEMPT PORTFOLIO seeks high current
                                 interest income exempt from federal income
                                 taxes while preserving principal.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Focus        (BULLET) Money market instruments.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Share Price Volatility  (BULLET) Each Portfolio will strive to maintain a
                                 stable $1.00 share price.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Principal Investment
Strategy                (BULLET) Each Portfolio operates as a "feeder fund"
                                 which means that the Portfolio does not buy
                                 individual securities directly. Instead, it
                                 invests in a corresponding mutual fund or
                                 "master fund," which in turn purchases
                                 investment securities. The Portfolios invest
                                 all of their assets in master funds, which are
                                 separate series of WT Investment Trust I. Each
                                 Portfolio and its corresponding Series have the
                                 same investment objective, policies and
                                 limitations.
                        (BULLET) The U.S. GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO invests in the
                                 U.S. Government Series, which invests at least
                                 65% of its assets in U.S. Government
                                 obligations and repurchase agreements
                                 collateralized by such obligations.
                        (BULLET) The PRIME MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO invests in the
                                 Prime Money Market Series, which invests in
                                 money market instruments, including bank
                                 obligations, high quality commercial paper and
                                 U.S. Government obligations.
                        (BULLET) The TAX-EXEMPT PORTFOLIO invests in the
                                 Tax-Exempt Series, which invests in high
                                 quality municipal obligations, municipal bonds
                                 and other instruments exempt from federal
                                 income tax.
                        (BULLET) The PREMIER MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO invests in
                                 the Premier Money Market Series, which invests
                                 in money market instruments, including bank
                                 obligations, high quality commercial paper and
                                 U.S. Government obligations.
                        (BULLET) Each of the U.S. Government Portfolio, Prime
                                 Money Market Portfolio and Premier Money Market
                                 Portfolio, through its corresponding Series,
                                 may invest more than 25% of its total assets in
                                 the obligations of banks and finance companies.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Principal Risks         (BULLET) An investment in a Portfolio is not a deposit
                                 of Wilmington Trust Company or any of its
                                 affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by
                                 the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or
                                 any other government agency. Although each
                                 Portfolio seeks to preserve the value of your
                                 investment at $1.00 per share, it
                                                                               3
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 is possible to lose money by investing in a
                                 Portfolio.
                        (BULLET) The obligations in which the Portfolios invest
                                 through their corresponding Series are subject
                                 to credit risk and interest rate risk.
                                 Typically, when interest rates rise, the market
                                 prices of debt securities go down.
                        (BULLET) The performance of a Portfolio will depend on
                                 whether or not the adviser is successful in
                                 pursuing an investment strategy.
                        (BULLET) The Portfolios are also subject to other risks
                                 that are described under "Additional Risk
                                 Information."
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investor Profile        (BULLET) Conservative
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

                   THE WILMINGTON PRIME MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
The bar chart and the performance table below illustrate the risks and
volatility of an investment in the Portfolio. Of course, past performance is not
necessarily an indicator of how the Portfolio will perform in the future.

[BAR CHART]

THIS BAR CHART SHOWS CHANGES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE PORTFOLIO'S INVESTOR
SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR. THE BAR CHART DOES REFLECT
DEDUCTIONS FOR RULE 12b-1 DISTRIBUTION FEES. IF SUCH AMOUNTS WERE NOT REFLECTED,
RETURNS WOULD BE HIGHER.

                   BEST QUARTER             WORST QUARTER
                       2.36%                     0.70%
                   (June 30, 1989)          (June 30, 1993)

AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/98  1 YEAR  5 YEAR  10 YEAR
- -------------------------------------  ------  ------  -------
Prime Money Market Portfolio            5.17%   5.00%  5.46%%

                    THE WILMINGTON U.S. GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO
The bar chart and the performance table below illustrate the risks and
volatility of an investment in the Portfolio. Of course, past performance is not
necessarily an indicator of how the Portfolio will perform in the future.

[BAR CHART]

THIS BAR CHART SHOWS CHANGES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE PORTFOLIO'S INVESTOR
SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR. THE BAR CHART DOES REFLECT
DEDUCTIONS FOR RULE 12b-1 DISTRIBUTION FEES. IF SUCH AMOUNTS WERE NOT REFLECTED,
RETURNS WOULD BE HIGHER.

                   BEST QUARTER             WORST QUARTER
                       2.31%                     0.69%
                   (June 30, 1989)          (March 31, 1993)

                                                                               4
<PAGE>

AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/98  1 YEAR  5 YEAR  10 YEAR
- -------------------------------------  ------  ------  -------
U.S. Government Portfolio               5.07%   4.90%  5.31%%

                  THE WILMINGTON PREMIER MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
The bar chart and the performance table below illustrate the risks and
volatility of an investment in the Portfolio. Of course, past performance is not
necessarily an indicator of how the Portfolio will perform in the future.

[BAR CHART]

THIS BAR CHART SHOWS CHANGES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE PORTFOLIO'S INSTITUTIONAL
SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR.

                   BEST QUARTER             WORST QUARTER
                       1.47%                     1.28%
                   (June 30, 1995)        (December 31, 1994)

                                                 SINCE INCEPTION
AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/98  1 YEAR  (DECEMBER 6, 1994)
- -------------------------------------  ------  ------------------
Premier Money Market Portfolio          5.49%               %

                       THE WILMINGTON TAX-EXEMPT PORTFOLIO
The bar chart and the performance table below illustrate the risks and
volatility of an investment in the Portfolio. Of course, past performance is not
necessarily an indicator of how the Portfolio will perform in the future.

[BAR CHART]

THIS BAR CHART SHOWS CHANGES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE PORTFOLIO'S INVESTOR
SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR. THE BAR CHART DOES REFLECT
DEDUCTIONS FOR RULE 12b-1 DISTRIBUTION FEES. IF SUCH AMOUNTS WERE NOT REFLECTED,
RETURNS WOULD BE HIGHER.

                   BEST QUARTER             WORST QUARTER
                       1.61%                     0.47%
                   (June 30, 1989)         (March 31, 1994)

AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/98  1 YEAR  5 YEAR  10 YEAR
- -------------------------------------  ------  ------  -------
Tax-Exempt Portfolio                    2.98%   3.00%   3.54%%

                                                                               5
<PAGE>

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS YIELD?
         Yield is a measure of the income (dividends and interest) earned by the
         securities in a fund's portfolio and paid to you over a specified time
         period. The yield is expressed as a percentage of the offering price
         per share on a specified date.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

            You may call (800) ________ to obtain a Portfolio's current 7-day
            yield.

FEES AND EXPENSES

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE MUTUAL FUND EXPENSES?
         Unlike an index, every mutual fund has operating expenses to pay for
         professional advisory, distribution, administration and custody
         services. The Portfolios' expenses in the table below are shown as a
         percentage of the Portfolios' net assets. These expenses are deducted
         from Portfolio assets.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
hold shares of a Portfolio.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               INSTITUTIONAL CLASS
  ANNUAL FUND OPERATING
  EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE
  DEDUCTED FROM PORTFOLIO           THE PRIME MONEY   THE U.S. GOVERNMENT  THE TAX-EXEMPT  THE PREMIER MONEY
  ASSETS) 1                         MARKET PORTFOLIO       PORTFOLIO         PORTFOLIO      MARKET PORTFOLIO
                                    ----------------       ---------         ---------      ----------------
<S>                                     <C>                 <C>               <C>                <C>
Management fees                         0.47%               0.47%             0.47%              .20%
Distribution (12b-1) fees               0.00%               0.00%             0.00%             0.00%
Other expenses                           ___%                ___%              ___%              ___%
TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES 2        ___%                ___%              ___%              ___%
Waivers/reimbursements                   ___%                ___%              ___%              ___%
Net annual operating expenses            ___%                ___%              ___%             0.20%
<FN>
         -------------------------------------------
         1    The table above and the Example below each reflect the aggregate
              annual operating expenses of each Portfolio and the corresponding
              Series of the Trust in which the Portfolio invests.
         2    For Institutional shares, WTC has agreed to waive a portion of its
              advisory fee or reimburse expenses to the extent total operating
              expenses exceed 0.20% for the Premier Money Market Portfolio. This
              waiver will remain in place until the Board of Trustees approves
              its termination. The management fees, other expenses and total
              annual operating expenses reflected in the table above are based
              on the Portfolios' actual expenses for the fiscal year ended June
              30, 1999, adjusted to reflect current fee arrangements.
</FN>
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  INVESTOR CLASS
  ANNUAL FUND OPERATING
  EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE       THE PRIME MONEY   THE U.S. GOVERNMENT  THE TAX-EXEMPT
  DEDUCTED FROM PORTFOLIO           MARKET PORTFOLIO       PORTFOLIO          PORTFOLIO
  ASSETS) 1                         ----------------  -------------------  --------------
<S>                                     <C>                 <C>               <C>
Management fees                         0.47%               0.47%             0.47%
Distribution (12b-1) fees 2             0.05%               0.05%             0.05%
Other expenses                           ___%                ___%              ___%
TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES          ___%                ___%              ___%

                                                                               6
<PAGE>

Waivers/reimbursements                    ___%                ___%              ___%
Net annual operating expenses             ___%                ___%              ___%
<FN>
- -------------------------------------------
1    The table above and the Example below each reflect the aggregate annual
     operating expenses of each Portfolio and the corresponding Series of the
     Trust in which the Portfolio invests.
2    While the Distribution (12b-1) Plan provides for reimbursement of up to
     0.20% of each Portfolio's average net assets, the Boards of Trustees have
     authorized annual payments of up to 0.05% of each Portfolio's average net
     assets for the current fiscal year.
</FN>
</TABLE>

EXAMPLE
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a
Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The tables below
show what you would pay if you invested $10,000 over the various time frames
indicated. The example assumes that:
(BULLET) you reinvested all dividends;
(BULLET) the average annual return was 5%;
(BULLET) the Portfolio's maximum total operating expenses are charged and remain
         the same over the time periods; and
(BULLET) you redeemed all of your investment at the end of the time period.

Although your actual cost may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions,
your costs would be:
  INSTITUTIONAL SHARES            1 YEAR  3 YEARS  5 YEARS  10 YEARS
                                  ------  -------  -------  --------
  Prime Money Market Portfolio     $57     $179     $313      $701
  U.S. Government  Portfolio       $59     $186     $324      $726
  Tax-Exempt Portfolio             $60     $189     $329      $738

INVESTOR SHARES                   1 YEAR  3 YEARS  5 YEARS  10 YEARS
                                  ------- -------  -------  --------
Prime Money Market Portfolio         $      $         $        $
U.S. Government  Portfolio           $      $         $        $
Tax-Exempt Portfolio                 $      $         $        $

THE ABOVE EXAMPLE IS FOR COMPARISON PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT A REPRESENTATION OF
A PORTFOLIO'S ACTUAL EXPENSES AND RETURNS, EITHER PAST OR FUTURE.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES
(BULLET) The PRIME MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO, the U.S. GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO and
         PREMIER MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO each seek a high level of current income
         consistent with the preservation of capital and liquidity.
(BULLET) The TAX-EXEMPT PORTFOLIO seeks as high a level of interest income
         exempt from federal income tax as is consistent with preservation of
         principal.

                                                                               7

<PAGE>

The investment objectives for each Portfolio, except the Premier Money Market
Portfolio, may not be changed without shareholder approval. Each Portfolio is a
money market fund and intends to maintain a stable $1 share price, although this
may not be possible under certain circumstances. There can be no guarantee that
any Portfolio will achieve its investment objective.

PRIMARY INVESTMENT STRATEGIES
The PRIME MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO invests its assets in the Prime Money Market
Series, which in turn invests in:
(BULLET) U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of major U.S. and foreign banks and
         their branches located outside of the United States, of U.S. branches
         of foreign banks, of foreign branches of foreign banks, of U.S.
         agencies of foreign banks and wholly-owned banking subsidiaries of
         foreign banks;
(BULLET) high quality commercial paper and corporate obligations;
(BULLET) U.S. Government obligations;
(BULLET) high quality municipal securities; and
(BULLET) repurchase agreements that are fully collateralized by U.S. Government
         obligations.

U.S. Government obligations are debt securities issued or guaranteed by the
U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

The U.S. GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO invests its assets in the U.S. Government Series,
which in turn invests at least 65% of its total assets in:
(BULLET) U.S. Government obligations; and
(BULLET) repurchase   agreements   that   are   fully   collateralized  by  such
         obligations.

The PREMIER MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO invests its assets in the Premier Money
Market Series, which in turn invests in:
(BULLET) U.S. dollar-denomination obligations of major U.S. and foreign banks
         and their branches located outside of the United States, of U.S.
         branches of foreign banks, of foreign branches of foreign banks, of
         U.S. agencies of foreign banks and wholly-owned banking subsidiaries of
         foreign banks;
(BULLET) commercial paper rated, at the time of purchase, in the highest
         category of short-term debt ratings of any two nationally recognized
         statistical rating organizations ("NRSRO");
(BULLET) corporate obligations having a remaining maturity of 397 calendar days
         or less, issued by corporations having outstanding comparable
         obligations that are (a) rated in the two highest categories of any two
         NRSROs or (b) rated no lower than the two highest long-term debt
         ratings categories by any NRSRO.
(BULLET) U.S. Government obligations;
(BULLET) high quality municipal securities; and
(BULLET) repurchase agreements that are fully collateralized by U.S. Government
         obligations.

The TAX-EXEMPT PORTFOLIO invests its assets in the Tax-Exempt Series, which
         in turn invests in:

(BULLET) high quality municipal obligations and municipal bonds;

                                                                               8

<PAGE>

(BULLET) floating and variable rate obligations;
(BULLET) participation interests;
(BULLET) high quality tax-exempt commercial paper; and
(BULLET) high quality short-term municipal notes.

The Tax-Exempt Series has adopted a policy that, under normal circumstances, at
least 80% of its annual income will be exempt from federal income tax.
Additionally, at least 80% of its annual income will not be a tax preference
item for purposes of the federal alternative minimum tax.

High quality securities include those that (1) are rated in one of the two
highest short-term rating categories by two NRSRO, such as S&P, Moody's and
Fitch IBCA (or by one NRSRO if only one NRSRO has issued a rating) or; (2) if
unrated are issued by an issuer with comparable outstanding debt that is rated
or are otherwise unrated and determined by the investment adviser to be of
comparable quality.

Each Series also may invest in other securities, use other strategies and engage
in other investment practices, which are described in detail in our Statement of
Additional Information.

ADDITIONAL RISK INFORMATION
The following is a list of certain risks that may apply to your investment in a
Portfolio. Further information about investment risks is available in our
Statement of Additional Information:
(BULLET) CREDIT RISK: The risk that the issuer of a security, or the
         counterparty to a contract, will default or otherwise become unable to
         honor a financial obligation.
(BULLET) FOREIGN SECURITY RISK: The risk of losses due to political, regulatory,
         economic, social or other uncontrollable forces in a foreign country.
(BULLET) INTEREST RATE RISK: The risk of market losses attributable to changes
         in interest rates. With fixed-rate securities, a rise in interest rates
         typically causes a fall in values, while a fall in rates typically
         causes a rise in values. The yield paid by a Portfolio will vary with
         changes in interest rates.
(BULLET) MARKET RISK: The risk that the market value of a security may move up
         and down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably.
(BULLET) MASTER/FEEDER RISK: The Portfolios' master/feeder structure is
         relatively new and more complex. While this structure is designed to
         reduce costs, it may not do so, and the Portfolios might encounter
         operational or other complications.
(BULLET) PREPAYMENT RISK: The risk that a debt security may be paid off and
         proceeds invested earlier than anticipated. Depending on market
         conditions, the new investments may or may not carry the same interest
         rate.
(BULLET) YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE RISK: Like other organizations around the world,
         the Portfolios could be adversely affected if the computer systems used
         by their various service providers (or the market in general) do not
         properly operate after January 1, 2000. The Portfolios are taking steps
         to address the Year 2000 issue with respect to the computer systems
         that they rely on. There can be no assurance, however, that these steps
         will be sufficient to avoid a temporary service disruption or any
         adverse impact on the Portfolios.

                                                                               9

<PAGE>

         Additionally, if a company in which a Series is invested is adversely
         affected by Year 2000 Problems, it is likely that the price of that
         company's securities will also be adversely affected. A decrease in one
         or more of a Series' holdings may have a similar impact on the price of
         the Series' shares. The Series' adviser will rely on public filings and
         other statements by companies about their Year 2000 readiness. Issuers
         in countries outside the U.S. present a greater Year 2000 readiness
         risk because they may not be required to make the same level of
         disclosure about Year 2000 readiness as is required in the U.S. The
         adviser is not able to audit any company and its major suppliers to
         verify their Year 2000 readiness.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand each
Portfolio's financial performance for the past 5 years or since the inception of
the Portfolio, if shorter. Certain information reflects financial results for a
single share of a Portfolio. The total returns in the table represent the rate
that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in a Portfolio (assuming
reinvestment of all dividends and other distributions). This information has
been audited by ____________, whose report, along with each Portfolio's
financial statements, is included in the Annual Report, which is available
without charge upon request.

                                                                              10

<PAGE>

MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIOS
The Board of Trustees for each Portfolio supervises the management, activities
and affairs of the Portfolio and has approved contracts with various
organizations to provide, among other services, the day-to-day management
required by the Portfolio and its shareholders.

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS AN INVESTMENT ADVISER?
         The investment adviser makes investment decisions for a mutual fund and
         continuously reviews, supervises and administers the fund's investment
         program. The Board of Trustees supervises the investment adviser and
         establishes policies that the adviser must follow in its management
         activities.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

INVESTMENT ADVISER
Rodney Square Management Corporation, the Series' investment adviser, is located
at 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890. RSMC is a wholly owned
subsidiary of Wilmington Trust Company, which is wholly owned by Wilmington
Trust Corporation. RSMC also provides asset management services to collective
investment funds maintained by WTC. In the past, RSMC has provided asset
management services to individuals, personal trusts, municipalities,
corporations and other organizations.

Each of the U.S. Government Series, the Prime Money Market Series, and the
Tax-Exempt Series pays a monthly fee to RSMC at the annual rate of 0.47% of the
Series' first $1 billion of average daily net assets; 0.43% of the Series' next
$500 million of average daily net assets; 0.40% of the Series' next $500 million
of average daily net assets; and 0.37% of the Series' average daily net assets
in excess of $2 billion, as determined at the close of business on each day
throughout the month. The Premier Money Market Series pays a monthly fee to RSMC
at the annual rate of 0.20%. Out of its fees, RSMC makes payments to PFPC Inc.
for the provision of administration, accounting and transfer agency services and
to PFPC Trust Company for provision of custodial services.

For the twelve months ended June 30, 1999, the U.S. Government Series, Prime
Money Market Series and Tax-Exempt Series paid RSMC ___%, ___% and ___%,
respectively, of the Series' average daily net assets for investment advisory
services. Prior to October ____, 1999, WTC served as investment adviser to the
Premier Money Market Series. For the period from October 20, 1998 to June 30,
1999, the Premier Money Market Series paid WTC ___% of the Series' average daily
net assets for investment advisory services. The Series' previous investment
adviser, Kiewit Investment Management Corp., received advisory fees of ___% for
the period from July 1, 1998 to October 19, 1998.

SERVICE PROVIDERS
The chart below provides information on the Portfolios' primary service
providers.

                                                                              11

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 WT MUTUAL FUND
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Asset Management
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               INVESTMENT ADVISER
                         RODNEY SQUARE MANAGEMENT CORP.
                              RODNEY SQUARE NORTH
                             1100 N. MARKET STREET
                           WILMINGTON, DE 19890-0001

                     Manages each Portfolio's business and
                             investment activities.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fund Operations
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               ADMINISTRATOR AND
                                ACCOUNTING AGENT
                                   PFPC INC.
                              400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY
                              WILMINGTON, DE 19809

                       Provides facilities, equipment and
                     personnel to carry out administrative
                     services related to each Portfolio and
                   calculates each Portfolio's NAV per share
                               and distributions.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Distribution
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  DISTRIBUTOR
                          PROVIDENT DISTRIBUTORS INC.
                           FOUR FALLS CORPORATE CENTER
                          WEST CONSHOHOCKEN, PA 19428

                      Distributes each Portfolio's shares.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shareholder Services
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 TRANSFER AGENT
                                   PFPC INC.
                              400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY
                              WILMINGTON, DE 19809

                     Handles shareholder sevices, including
                    recordkeeping and statements, payment of
                  distribution and processing of buy and sell
                                   requests.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Asset Safe Keeping
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   CUSTODIAN
                               PFPC TRUST COMPANY
                               200 STEVENS DRIVE
                                LESTER, PA 19113

                    Hold each Portfolio's assets, settle all
                    portfolio trades and collect most of the
                  valuation data required for calculating each
                           Portfolio's NAV per share.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                              12
<PAGE>


SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
PRICING OF SHARES
Each Portfolio uses its best effort to maintain its $1 constant share price and
values its securities at cost. This involves valuing a security initially at its
cost and thereafter assuming a constant amortization to maturity of any discount
or premium, regardless of fluctuating interest rates on the market value of the
security. All cash, receivables and current payables are carried at their face
value. Other assets, if any, are valued at fair value as determined in good
faith by, or under the direction of, the Board of Trustees.

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS THE NET ASSET VALUE or "NAV"?
                            NAV = Assets - Liabilities
                                  --------------------
                                  Outstanding Shares

         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

PFPC determines the NAV per share of each Portfolio as of 12:00 p.m. Eastern
time for the Tax-Exempt Portfolio and as of 2:00 p.m. Eastern Time for the U.S.
Government Portfolio, the Prime Money Market Portfolio, and the Premier Money
Market Portfolio, on each Business Day (a day that the New York Stock Exchange,
the Transfer Agent and the Philadelphia branch of the Federal Reserve Bank are
open for business). The NAV is calculated by adding the value of all securities
and other assets in a Portfolio, deducting its liabilities and dividing the
balance by the number of outstanding shares in that Portfolio.

Shares will not be priced on those days the Portfolios are closed. As of the
date of this prospectus, those days are:

    New Year's Day               Memorial Day      Veterans Day
    Martin Luther King, Jr. Day  Independence Day  Thanksgiving Day
    President's Day              Labor Day         Christmas Day
    Good Friday                  Columbus Day

PURCHASE OF SHARES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         HOW TO PURCHASE SHARES:
         (BULLET) Directly by mail or by wire
         (BULLET) As a client of WTC through a trust account or a corporate cash
                  management account
         (BULLET) As a client of a Service Organization
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Portfolio shares are offered on a continuous basis and are sold without any
sales charges. The minimum initial investment in Investor or Institutional
shares of the U.S. Government Portfolio, the Prime Money Market Portfolio and
the Tax-Exempt Portfolio is $1,000. The minimum initial purchase for the Premier
Money Market Portfolio is $10,000,000. Additional investments in any Portfolio
may be made in any amount. You may purchase shares as specified below.

                                                                              13

<PAGE>

You may also purchase shares if you are a client of WTC through your trust or
corporate cash management accounts. If you are a client of an institution (such
as a bank or broker-dealer) that has entered into a servicing agreement with the
Portfolios' distributor ("Service Organization"), you may also purchase shares
through such Service Organization. You should also be aware that you may be
charged a fee by WTC or the Service Organization in connection with your
investment in the Portfolios. If you wish to purchase Portfolio shares through
your account at WTC or a Service Organization, you should contact that entity
directly for information and instructions on purchasing shares.

BY MAIL: You may purchase shares by sending a check drawn on a U.S. bank payable
to WT Mutual Fund, indicating the name of the Portfolio, along with a completed
application (included at the end of this prospectus). If a subsequent investment
is being made, the check should also indicate your Portfolio account number.
When you make purchases by check, each Portfolio may withhold payment on
redemptions until it is reasonably satisfied that the funds are collected (which
can take up to 10 days). If you purchase shares with a check that does not
clear, your purchase will be canceled and you will be responsible for any losses
or fees incurred in that transaction.  Send the check and application to:

                  REGULAR MAIL:          OVERNIGHT MAIL:
                  WT Mutual Fund         WT Mutual Fund
                  c/o PFPC Inc.          c/o PFPC Inc.
                  P.O. Box ____          400 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 108
                  Wilmington, DE 19899   Wilmington, DE 19809

BY WIRE: You may purchase shares by wiring federal funds readily available.
Please call PFPC at (800) ________ for instructions and to make specific
arrangements before making a purchase by wire, and if making an initial
purchase, to also obtain an account number.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING PURCHASES: Investments in a Portfolio are
accepted on the Business Day that federal funds are deposited for your account
on or before 12:00 p.m. Eastern time for the Tax-Exempt Portfolio and on or
before 2:00 p.m. Eastern Time for the U.S. Government Portfolio, the Prime Money
Market Portfolio, and the Premier Money Market Portfolio. Monies immediately
convertible to federal funds are deposited for your account on or before 12:00
p.m. Eastern time for the Tax-Exempt Portfolio and on or before 2:00 p.m.
Eastern Time for the U.S. Government Portfolio, the Prime Money Market
Portfolio, and the Premier Money Market Portfolio, or checks deposited for your
account have been converted to federal funds (usually within two Business Days
after receipt). All investments in a Portfolio are credited to your account as
shares of the Portfolio immediately upon acceptance and become entitled to
dividends declared as of the day and time of investment.

Any purchase order may be rejected if a Portfolio determines that accepting the
order would not be in the best interest of the Portfolio or its shareholders.

                                                                              14
<PAGE>

It is the responsibility of WTC or the Service Organization to transmit orders
for the purchase of shares by its customers to the Transfer Agent and to deliver
required funds on a timely basis, in accordance with the procedures stated
above.

For information on other ways to purchase shares, including through an
individual retirement account (IRA), an automatic investment plan or a payroll
investment plan, please refer to the Statement of Additional Information.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         HOW TO REDEEM (SELL) SHARES:
         (BULLET) By mail
         (BULLET) By telephone
         (BULLET) By check
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

You may sell your shares on any Business Day, as described below. Redemptions
are effected at the NAV next determined after the Transfer Agent has received
your redemption request. There is no fee when Portfolio shares are redeemed. It
is the responsibility of WTC or the Service Organization to transmit redemption
orders and credit their customers' accounts with redemption proceeds on a timely
basis. Redemption checks are mailed on the next Business Day following receipt
by the Transfer Agent of redemption instructions, but never later than 7 days
following such receipt. Amounts redeemed by wire are normally wired on the date
of receipt of redemption instructions or the next Business Day (if received
after 12:00 p.m. Eastern time for the Tax-Exempt Portfolio and after 2:00 p.m.
Eastern Time for the U.S. Government Portfolio, the Prime Money Market
Portfolio, and the Premier Money Market Portfolio, or on a non-Business Day),
but never later than 7 days following such receipt. If you purchased your shares
through an account at WTC or a Service Organization, you should contact WTC or
the Service Organization for information relating to redemptions. The
Portfolio's name and your account number should accompany any redemption
requests.

BY MAIL: If you redeem your shares by mail, you should submit written
instructions with a "signature guarantee." A signature guarantee verifies the
authenticity of your signature. You can obtain one from most banking
institutions or securities brokers, but not from a notary public. You must
indicate the Portfolio name, your account number and your name. The written
instructions and signature guarantee should be mailed to:

                  REGULAR MAIL:          OVERNIGHT MAIL:
                  WT Mutual Fund         WT Mutual Fund
                  c/o PFPC Inc.          c/o PFPC Inc.
                  P.O. Box ____          400 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 108
                  Wilmington, DE 19899   Wilmington, DE 19809

BY TELEPHONE: If you prefer to redeem your shares by telephone you may elect to
do so. However there are certain risks. The Portfolios have certain safeguards
and procedures to

                                                                              15
<PAGE>

confirm  the  identity  of  callers  and  to  confirm   that  the   instructions
communicated  are genuine.  If such  procedures are followed,  you will bear the
risk of any losses.

BY CHECK: You may use the checkwriting option to redeem Portfolio shares by
drawing a check for $500 or more against a Portfolio account, except for the
Wilmington Premier Money Market Portfolio. When the check is presented for
payment, a sufficient number of shares will be redeemed from your account to
cover the amount of the check. This procedure enables you to continue receiving
dividends on those shares until the check is presented for payment. Because the
aggregate amount of Portfolio shares owned is likely to change each day, you
should not attempt to redeem all shares held in your account by using the
checkwriting procedure. Charges will be imposed for specially imprinted checks,
business checks, copies of canceled checks, stop payment orders, checks returned
due to "nonsufficient funds" and other returned checks. These charges will be
paid by redeeming automatically an appropriate number of Portfolio shares. Each
Portfolio and the Transfer Agent reserve the right to terminate or alter the
checkwriting service at any time. The Transfer Agent also reserves the right to
impose a service charge in connection with the checkwriting service. If you are
interested in the check writing service, contact the Transfer Agency for further
information. This service is generally not available for clients of WTC through
their trust or corporate cash management accounts, since it is already provided
for these customers through WTC. The service may also not be available for
Service Organization clients who are provided a similar service by those
organizations.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING REDEMPTIONS: Redemption proceeds may be wired
to your predesignated bank account in any commercial bank in the United States
if the amount is $1,000 or more. The receiving bank may charge a fee for this
service. Proceeds may also be mailed to your bank or, for amounts of $10,000 or
less, mailed to your Portfolio account address of record if the address has been
established for at least 60 days. In order to authorize the Transfer Agent to
mail redemption proceeds to your Portfolio account address of record, complete
the appropriate section of the Application for Telephone Redemptions or include
your Portfolio account address of record when you submit written instructions.
You may change the account that you have designated to receive amounts redeemed
at any time. Any request to change the account designated to receive redemption
proceeds should be accompanied by a guarantee of your signature by an eligible
institution. A signature and a signature guarantee are required for each person
in whose name the account is registered. Further documentation will be required
to change the designated account when a corporation, other organization, trust,
fiduciary or other institutional investor holds the Portfolio shares.

If the shares to be redeemed represent a recent investment made by a check, each
Portfolio reserves the right not to send the redemption proceeds until it
believes that the check has been collected (which could take up to 10 days).

SMALL ACCOUNTS: If the value of your Portfolio account falls below $500, the
Portfolio may ask you to increase your balance. If the account value is still
below $500 after 60 days, the Portfolio may close your account and send you the
proceeds. The Portfolio will not close your account if it falls below $500
solely as a result of a reduction in your account's market value.

                                                                              16
<PAGE>

For additional information on other ways to redeem shares, please refer to the
Statement of Information.

EXCHANGE OF SHARES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS AN EXCHANGE OF SHARES?
         An exchange of shares allows you to move your money from one fund to
         another fund within a family of funds.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

You may exchange all or a portion of your shares in a Portfolio for the same
class of shares of certain other Portfolios of the Fund. These other Portfolios
are:

          Wilmington Prime Money Market Portfolio
          Wilmington U.S. Goverment Portfolio
          Wilmington Premier Money Market Portfolio
          Wilmington Tax-Exempt Portfolio
          Wilmington Short/Intermediate Bond Portfolio
          Wilmington Intermediate Bond Portfolio
          Wilmington Municipal Bond Portfolio
          Wilmington Large Cap Growth Portfolio
          Wilmington Large Cap Core Portfolio
          Wilmington Small Cap Core Portfolio
          Wilmington International Multi-Manager Portfolio
          Wilmington Large Cap Value Portfolio
          Wilmington Mid Cap Value Portfolio
          Wilmington Small Cap Value Portfolio

Redemption of shares through an exchange will be effected at the NAV per share
next determined after the Transfer Agent receives your request. A purchase of
shares through an exchange will be effected at the NAV per share determined at
that time or as next determined thereafter.

Exchange transactions will be subject to the minimum initial investment and
other requirements of the Portfolio into which the exchange is made. An exchange
may not be made if the exchange would leave a balance in a shareholder's account
of less than $500.

To obtain prospectuses of the other Portfolios, you may call (800) ________. To
obtain more information about exchanges, or to place exchange orders, contact
the Transfer Agent, or, if your shares are held in a trust account with WTC or
in an account with a Service Organization, contact WTC or the Service
Organization. The Portfolios may terminate or modify the exchange offer
described here and will give you 60 days' notice of such termination or
modification. This exchange offer is valid only in those jurisdictions where the
sale of the Portfolio shares to be acquired through such exchange may be legally
made.

                                                                              17
<PAGE>

DISTRIBUTIONS
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS NET INVESTMENT INCOME?
         Net investment income consists of interest and dividends earned by a
         fund on its investments less accrued expenses.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Distributions from the net investment income of each Portfolio are declared
daily as a dividend and paid monthly to you. Any net capital gain realized by a
Portfolio will be distributed annually.

All distributions are reinvested in additional shares, unless you elect to
receive distributions in cash. Shares become entitled to receive distributions
on the day after the shares are issued.

TAXES
As long as a Portfolio meets the requirements for being a "regulated investment
company," it pays no Federal income tax on the earnings and gains it distributes
to Shareholders. The Portfolios' distributions of net investment income (which
include net short-term capital gains), whether received in cash or reinvested in
additional Portfolio shares, are taxable to you as ordinary income. Each
Portfolio will notify you following the end of the calendar year of the amount
of dividends paid that year.

You will not recognize any gain or loss on the sale (redemption) or exchange of
shares of a Portfolio so long as that Portfolio maintains a stable price of
$1.00 a share. Dividend distributions by the Tax-Exempt Portfolio of the excess
of its interest income on tax-exempt securities over certain amounts disallowed
as deductions ("exempt-interest dividends") may be treated by you as interest
excludable from your gross income. The Tax-Exempt Portfolio intends to
distribute income that is exempt from federal income tax, though it may invest a
portion of its assets in securities that generate taxable income. Income exempt
from federal income tax may be subject to state and local income tax.
Additionally, any capital gains distributed by the Tax-Exempt Portfolio may be
taxable.

STATE AND LOCAL INCOME TAXES: You should consult your tax advisers concerning
state and local taxes, which may have different consequences from those of the
Federal income law.

This section is only a summary of some important income tax considerations that
may affect your investment in a Portfolio. More information regarding those
considerations appears in our Statement of Additional Information. You are urged
to consult your tax adviser regarding the effects of an investment on your tax
situation.

DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS
Provident Distributors, Inc. ("PDI") manages the Portfolios' distribution
efforts and provides assistance and expertise in developing marketing plans and
materials, enters into dealer agreement with broker-dealers to sell shares and
provides shareholder support services, directly

                                                                              18
<PAGE>

or through affiliates. The Portfolios do not charge any sales loads, deferred
sales loads or other fees in connection with the purchase of shares.

RULE 12B-1 FEES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE 12b-1 FEES?
         12b-1 fees, charged by some funds, are deducted from fund assets to pay
         for marketing and advertising expenses or, more commonly, to compensate
         sales professionals for selling fund shares.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

The Investor class of each Portfolio, except for the Premier Money Market
Portfolio, has adopted a distribution plan under Rule 12b-1 that allows a
Portfolio to pay a fee to PDI for the sale and distribution of Investor class
shares, and for services provided to Investor class shareholders. Because these
fees are paid out of a Portfolio's assets continuously, over time these fees
will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying
other types of sales charges. For the current fiscal year, the maximum
distribution fees for Investor shares as a percentage of average daily net
assets are as follows:

Prime Money Market Portfolio - Investor Class  0.05%
U.S. Government Portfolio - Investor Class     0.05%
Tax-Exempt Portfolio - Investor Class          0.05%.

MASTER/FEEDER STRUCTURE
Other institutional investors, including other mutual funds, may invest in the
master funds. The master/feeder structure enables various institutional
investors, including a Portfolio, to pool their assets, which may be expected to
result in economies by spreading certain fixed costs over a larger asset base.
Each shareholder of a master fund, including a Portfolio, will pay its
proportionate share of the master fund's expenses.

For reasons relating to costs or a change in investment goal, among others, a
Portfolio could switch to another master fund or decide to manage its assets
itself. No Portfolio is currently contemplating such a move.

SHARE CLASS
The Prime Money Market, U.S. Government and Tax-Exempt Portfolios issue Investor
and Institutional share classes. The Investor class pays a 12b-1 fee. The
Institutional class is offered to retirement plans and the Investor class is
offered to all other investors.

                                                                              19

<PAGE>

FOR MORE INFORMATION

FOR INVESTORS WHO WANT MORE INFORMATION ON THE PORTFOLIOS, THE FOLLOWING
DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE UPON REQUEST:

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS: Contain performance data and information on
portfolio holdings and operating results for a Portfolio's most recently
completed fiscal year or half-year.

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI): Provides a complete technical and
legal description of a Portfolio's policies, investment restrictions, risks, and
business structure. This prospectus incorporates the SAI by reference.

Copies of these documents and answers to questions about the Portfolios may be
obtained without charge by contacting:

WT Mutual Fund
c/o PFPC Inc.
400 Bellevue Parkway
Suite 108
Wilmington, Delaware  19809
(800) ____
9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Eastern time

Information about the Portfolios (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied
at the Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange Commission in
Washington, D.C. Copies of this information may be obtained, upon payment of a
duplicating fee, by writing the Public Reference Room of the SEC, Washington,
DC, 20549-6009. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be
obtained by calling the SEC at 1-(800)-SEC-0330. Reports and other information
about the Portfolios may be viewed on-screen or downloaded from the SEC's
Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.



          FOR MORE INFORMATION ON OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT, MAKING CHANGES
            TO EXISTING ACCOUNTS, PURCHASING, EXCHANGING OR REDEEMING
         SHARES, OR OTHER INVESTOR SERVICES, PLEASE CALL 1-(800)-_____.



The investment company registration number for WT Mutual Fund 811-08648.


<PAGE>


                          THE CRM LARGE CAP VALUE FUND
                           THE CRM MID CAP VALUE FUND
                          THE CRM SMALL CAP VALUE FUND


================================================================================

                          PROSPECTUS DATED______, 1999


This  prospectus  gives vital  information  about these mutual funds,  including
information  on investment  policies,  risks and fees.  For your own benefit and
protection,  please  read it before you  invest,  and keep it on hand for future
reference.

Like all mutual fund shares,  the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  has not
approved or disapproved the Funds' shares or determined  whether this prospectus
is accurate or complete. Anyone who tells you otherwise is committing a crime.


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


A LOOK AT THE GOALS, STRATEGIES,    FUND DESCRIPTION
RISKS, EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL       Summary....................................3
HISTORY OF EACH FUND.               Performance Information....................4
                                    Fees and Expenses..........................5
                                    Investment Objectives......................7
                                    Primary Investment Strategies..............7
                                    Additional Risk Information...............10
                                    Financial Highlights......................11

DETAILS ABOUT THE SERVICE           MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
PROVIDERS.                          Investment Adviser........................13
                                    Service Providers.........................15

POLICIES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR       SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
OPENING, MAINTAINING AND            Pricing of Shares.........................17
CLOSING AN ACCOUNT IN ANY OF        Purchase of Shares........................17
THE FUNDS.                          Redemption of Shares......................19
                                    Exchange of Shares........................20
                                    Dividends and Distributions...............21
                                    Taxes.....................................21

DETAILS ON THE FUNDS' SHARE         DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS
CLASSES AND MASTER/FEEDER           Master/Feeder Structure...................22
ARRANGEMENT.                        Share Class...............................22


                                    FOR MORE INFORMATION..............BACK COVER


For  information  about  key  terms  and  concepts,  look for our  "PLAIN  TALK"
explanations.


                                                                               2
<PAGE>


                          THE CRM LARGE CAP VALUE FUND
                           THE CRM MID CAP VALUE FUND
                          THE CRM SMALL CAP VALUE FUND

FUND DESCRIPTION
         PLAIN TALK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS A MUTUAL FUND?
         A mutual  fund  pools  shareholders'  money and,  using a  professional
         investment  manager,  invests it in  securities  like stocks and bonds.
         Each Fund is a separate mutual fund.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY
         PLAIN TALK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS "CAP"?
         Cap or the market  capitalization  of a company  means the value of the
         company's common stock in the stock market.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment Objective    [BULLET]  The LARGE  CAP VALUE FUND,  MID CAP VALUE FUND
                                  and SMALL CAP VALUE FUND each  seek to achieve
                                  long-term capital appreciation.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Focus        [BULLET]  Equity (or related) securities
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Share Price Volatility  [BULLET]  Moderate to high
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Principal Investment    [BULLET]  Each Fund  operates  as a "feeder fund," which
Strategy                          means  that the Fund  does not buy  individual
                                  securities   directly.   Instead,  the  Fund's
                                  invest  in  a  corresponding  mutual  fund  or
                                  "master   fund,"   which  in  turn   purchases
                                  investment  securities.  Each Fund invests all
                                  of its  assets  in a  master  fund  which is a
                                  separate  series of another  mutual fund.  The
                                  Funds and their corresponding  Series have the
                                  same   investment   objective,   policies  and
                                  limitations.
                         [BULLET] The  LARGE  CAP VALUE  FUND  will  invest  its
                                  assets in the Large  Cap Value  Series,  which
                                  invests at least 65% of its total  assets in a
                                  diversified  fund of U.S.  equity (or related)
                                  securities with a market cap of $10 billion or
                                  higher  at the time of  purchase.  The  Series
                                  invests  in  securities  whose  prices are low
                                  relative to comparable companies.
                         [BULLET] The MID CAP VALUE FUND will  invest its assets
                                  in the Mid Cap Value Series,  which invests at
                                  least 65% of its total assets in a diversified
                                  fund of U.S.  equity (or  related)  securities
                                  with a market cap  between $1 and $10  billion
                                  at the time of purchase. The Series invests in
                                  securities  whose  prices are low  relative to
                                  comparable companies.
                         [BULLET] The  SMALL  CAP VALUE  FUND  will  invest  its
                                  assets in the Small  Cap Value  Series,  which
                                  invests at least 65% of its total  assets in a
                                  diversified  fund of U.S.  equity (or related)
                                  securities  with a market cap of $1 billion or
                                  less  at the  time  of  purchase.  The  Series
                                  invests  in  securities  whose  prices are low
                                  relative to comparable companies.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Principal Risks          [BULLET] It is possible to lose money by investing in a
                                  Fund.
                         [BULLET] A  Fund's   share  price  will   fluctuate  in
                                  response to changes in the market value of the
                                  Fund's   investments.   Market  value  changes
                                  result from business developments affecting an
                                  issuer as well as general  market and economic
                                  conditions.
                         [BULLET] A   value-oriented   investment   approach  is
                                  subject to the risk that a  security  believed
                                  to be undervalued does not appreciate in value
                                  as anticipated.
                         [BULLET] Small  cap  companies  may be more  vulnerable
                                  than larger  companies to adverse  business or
                                  economic  developments,  and their  securities
                                  may be less  liquid  and  more  volatile  than
                                  securities of larger companies.
                         [BULLET] The  performance  of a  Fund  will  depend  on
                                  whether or not the  adviser is  successful  in
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               3
<PAGE>
                                  pursuing an investment strategy.
                         [BULLET] The Funds  are also  subject  to other  risks,
                                  which are  described  under  "Additional  Risk
                                  Information."
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investor Profile         [BULLET] Investors who want the value of their
                                  investment  to grow  and who  are  willing  to
                                  accept more  volatility for the possibility of
                                  higher returns.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
                            CRM LARGE CAP VALUE FUND
The bar  chart  and  the  performance  table  below  illustrate  the  risks  and
volatility of an investment in the Fund. Of course,  the Fund's past performance
does not necessarily indicate how the Fund will perform in the future.

[INSERT BAR CHART]

THIS BAR CHART SHOWS CHANGES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE FUND'S INSTITUTIONAL
SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR. THE BAR CHART DOES NOT REFLECT
DEDUCTIONS FOR SHAREHOLDER SERVICE FEES. IF SUCH FEES HAD BEEN REFLECTED,
RETURNS WOULD BE LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN BELOW.

                           BEST QUARTER       WORST QUARTER
                           13.48%                   -10.62%
                    (June 30, 1997)           (September 30, 1998)

PLAIN TALK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WHAT IS AN INDEX?
An index is a broad  measure of the market  performance  of a specific  group of
securities in a particular  market or securities in a market sector.  You cannot
invest  directly in an index.  An index does not have an investment  adviser and
does  not pay any  commissions  or  expenses.  If an  index  had  expenses,  its
performance would be lower.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Institutional Shares
AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/98   1 YEAR     5 YEAR     10 YEAR
- -------------------------------------   ------     ------     -------
Large Cap Value Fund                    -2.75%     14.30%     15.29%
S&P 500 Index*                          28.58%     24.06%     21.08%
- -------------------------
* The S&P 500 Index is the Standard and Poor's  Composite Index of 500 Stocks, a
  widely recognized, unmanaged index of common stock prices.

                             CRM MID CAP VALUE FUND
The Fund has not been in operation for a full calendar year.

Institutional Shares
                                                         SINCE INCEPTION
AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/98                    (JANUARY 6, 1998)
- -------------------------------------                    -----------------
Mid Cap Value Fund
Russell Mid Cap Index*
- -------------------------
* The Russell Mid Cap Index measures the performance of the 800 smallest
companies in the Russell 1000 Index, which represent approximately 35% of the
total market capitalization of the Russell 1000 Index.

                                                                               4
<PAGE>

                            CRM SMALL CAP VALUE FUND
The bar  chart  and  the  performance  table  below  illustrate  the  risks  and
volatility of an investment in the Fund. Of course,  the Fund's past performance
does not necessarily indicate how the Fund will perform in the future.

[INSERT BAR CHART]

THIS BAR CHART SHOWS CHANGES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE FUND'S INSTITUTIONAL
SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR. THE BAR CHART DOES NOT REFLECT
DEDUCTIONS FOR SHAREHOLDER SERVICE FEES. IF SUCH FEES HAD BEEN REFLECTED,
RETURNS WOULD BE LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN BELOW.



                           BEST QUARTER      WORST QUARTER
                           17.44%                  -22.80%
                    (June 30, 1997)          (September 30, 1998)

Institutional Shares
                                                            SINCE INCEPTION
AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/98      1 YEAR          (OCTOBER 1, 1995)
- -------------------------------------      ------          -----------------
Small Cap Value Fund                       -12.21%              15.40%
Russell 2000 Index*                        -2.24%               11.45%
- -------------------------
* The Russell 2000 Index is a market  weighted  index composed of 2000 companies
  with  market capitalizations from $50 million  to $1.8  billion.  The Index is
  unmanaged and reflects the reinvestment of dividends.

FEES AND EXPENSES
PLAIN TALK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WHAT ARE FUND EXPENSES?
Unlike  an  index,   every  mutual  fund  has  operating  expenses  to  pay  for
professional advisory,  distribution,  administration and custody services. Each
Fund's  expenses in the table below are shown as a percentage of its net assets.
These expenses are deducted from Fund assets.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The table below  describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
hold shares of a Fund.  No sales  charges or other fees are paid  directly  from
your investment.

                                                                               5
<PAGE>

INSTITUTIONAL SHARES
ANNUAL FUND OPERATING
EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE      LARGE CAP VALUE  MID CAP VALUE  SMALL CAP VALUE
DEDUCTED FROM FUND ASSETS) 1          FUND             FUND         FUND
                                      ----             ----         ----
Management fees                       0.55%            0.75%        0.75%
Distribution (12b-1) fees             0.00%            0.00%        0.00%
Other Expenses                        ____%            ____%        ____%
TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES 2     ____%            ____%        ____%
Fee Waiver                            ____%            ____%        ____%
Net Expenses                          ____%            1.15%        1.15%
- -------------------------
1    The table above and the Example  below each  reflect the  aggregate  annual
     operating  expenses of each Fund and the corresponding  Series in which the
     Fund invests.
2    The adviser has  voluntarily  undertaken to waive a portion of its fees and
     assume  certain  expenses  of the above  Funds to the extent that the total
     annual operating expenses exceed 1.15% of net assets.  This undertaking may
     be terminated at any time.

INVESTOR SHARES
ANNUAL FUND OPERATING
EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE      LARGE CAP VALUE  MID CAP VALUE  SMALL CAP VALUE
DEDUCTED FROM FUND ASSETS) 1          FUND            FUND            FUND
                                      ----            ----            ----
Management fees                       0.55%           0.75%           0.75%
Distribution (12b-1) fees             0.00%           0.00%           0.00%
Other Expenses                        ____%           ____%           ____%
Shareholder Servicing fees            0.25%           0.25%           0.25%
TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES 2     ____%           ____%           ____%
Fee Waiver                            ____%           ____%           ____%
Net Expenses                          ____%           1.40%           1.40%
- -------------------------
1    The table above and the Example  below each  reflect the  aggregate  annual
     operating  expenses of each Fund and the corresponding  Series in which the
     Fund invests.
2    The adviser has  voluntarily  undertaken to waive a portion of its fees and
     assume  certain  expenses  of the above  Funds to the extent that the total
     annual operating expenses exceed 1.40% of net assets.  This undertaking may
     be terminated at any time.

EXAMPLE

This  example is intended to help you  compare the cost of  investing  in a Fund
with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The table below shows what you
would pay if you invested  $10,000 over the various time frames  indicated.  The
example assumes that:
you reinvested all dividends and other distributions
     [BULLET] the average annual return was 5%
     [BULLET] the Fund's maximum (without regard to waivers or  expenses)  total
              operating expenses are charged  and remain the  same over the time
              periods
     [BULLET] you redeemed all of your investment at the end of the time period.

Although  your actual cost may be higher or lower,  based on these  assumptions,
your costs would be:

                                                                               6

<PAGE>


INSTITUTIONAL SHARES     1 YEAR        3 YEARS        5 YEARS        10 YEARS
- --------------------     ------        -------        -------        --------
Large Cap Value Fund       $              $              $              $
Mid Cap Value Fund         $              $              $              $
Small Cap Value Fund       $              $              $              $

INVESTOR SHARES          1 YEAR        3 YEARS        5 YEARS        10 YEARS
- ---------------          ------        -------        -------        --------
Large Cap Value Fund       $              $              $              $
Mid Cap Value Fund         $              $              $              $
Small Cap Value Fund       $              $              $              $

THE ABOVE EXAMPLE IS FOR COMPARISON PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT A REPRESENTATION OF
A FUND'S ACTUAL EXPENSES AND RETURNS, EITHER PAST OR FUTURE.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES
The Large Cap Value Fund,  Mid Cap Value Fund and Small Cap Value Fund each seek
to achieve long-term capital  appreciation.  These investment objectives may not
be changed without shareholder approval.  There is no guarantee that a Fund will
achieve its investment objective.

PRIMARY INVESTMENT STRATEGIES
PLAIN TALK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WHAT ARE VALUE FUNDS?
Value funds invest in the common stock of companies  that are  considered by the
adviser to be undervalued relative to their underlying profitability,  or rather
their stock price does not reflect the value of the company.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

VALUE INVESTING. Through their investment in corresponding Series, the Large Cap
Value, Mid Cap Value and Small Cap Value Funds seek to invest in stocks that are
less  expensive  than  comparable  companies,  as determined  by  price/earnings
ratios, cash flows or other measures.  Value investing therefore may reduce risk
while offering  potential for capital  appreciation as a stock gains favor among
other investors and its price rises.

The Series are managed using investment ideas that the adviser has used for over
twenty-five years. The Series' adviser relies on selecting individual stocks and
does not try to predict when the stock  market might rise or fall.  It seeks out
those  stocks that are  undervalued  and, in some cases,  neglected by financial
analysts.  The adviser evaluates the degree of analyst recognition by monitoring
the number of analysts who follow the company and recommend its purchase or sale
to investors.

THE  ADVISER'S  PROCESS.  The adviser  starts by  identifying  early change in a
company's  operations,  finances  or  management.  The adviser is  attracted  to
companies  which  will look  different  tomorrow -  operationally,  financially,
managerially  - when  compared to yesterday.  This type of dynamic  change often
creates confusion and  misunderstanding  and may lead to a drop in the company's
stock price.  Examples of change include  mergers,  acquisitions,  divestitures,
restructuring, change of management, new market/product/means of

                                                                               7
<PAGE>

production/distribution,  regulatory change, etc. Once change is identified, the
adviser evaluates the company on several levels. It analyzes:

     [BULLET]  Financial models based principally upon projected cash flows
     [BULLET]  The  price  of  the  company's stock  in the  context of what the
               market is willing  to pay  for stoc  of comparable  companies and
               what a strategic buyer would pay for the whole company
     [BULLET]  The extent of management's ownership interest in the company
     [BULLET]  The  company's  market  by  corroborating  its  observations  and
               assumptions by meeting with management, customers and suppliers

The  adviser  also  evaluates  the  degree of  recognition  of the  business  by
investors by monitoring  the number of sell side analysts who closely follow the
company and nature of the shareholder base. Before deciding to purchase a stock,
the  adviser   conducts  an  extensive  amount  of  business  due  diligence  to
corroborate its observations and assumptions.

The  identification  of change  comes from a variety of  sources  including  the
private  capital  network which the adviser has  established  among its clients,
historical investments and intermediaries.  The advisor also makes extensive use
of clipping  services and regional  brokers and bankers to identify  elements of
change. The investment professionals regularly meet companies around the country
and sponsor more than 200 company/management meetings in its New York office.

By reviewing historical relationships and understanding the characteristics of a
business,  the adviser establishes valuation parameters using relative ratios or
target  prices.  In its overall  assessment,  the adviser  seeks  stocks that it
believes  have a  greater  upside  potential  than  downside  risk over an 18 to
24-month holding period.

An  important  function  of the adviser is to set a price  target,  that is, the
price at which the stock will be sold when there has been no fundamental  change
in the investment  case. The adviser  constantly  monitors the companies held by
the  Series to  determine  if there  have been any  fundamental  changes  in the
reasons that prompted the initial purchase of the stock. If significant  changes
for the  better  have not  materialized,  the stock  will be sold.  The  initial
investment case for stock purchase,  which has been  documented,  is examined by
the adviser's investment professionals. A final decision on selling the stock is
made after all such factors are analyzed.

The LARGE CAP  VALUE  FUND  invests  its  assets in the Large Cap Value  Series,
which, under normal conditions,  invests at least 65% of its total assets in the
following equity (or related) securities:

[BULLET]  common stocks of U.S.  corporations  that are judged by the adviser to
          be undervalued in the marketplace relative to underlying profitability
          and have a market  capitalization of $10 billion or higher at the time
          of purchase;
[BULLET]  options on, or securities  convertible (such as convertible  preferred
          stock  and   convertible   bonds)  into,  the  common  stock  of  U.S.
          corporations  described above;

                                                                              8
<PAGE>

[BULLET]  options on indexes of the common stock of U.S. corporations  described
          above;
[BULLET]  contracts for either the future delivery, or payment in respect of the
          future  market value,  of certain  indexes of the common stock of U.S.
          corporations described above, and options upon such futures contracts;
          and
[BULLET]  without limit in commercial  paper and other money market  instruments
          rated in one of the two  highest  rating  categories  by a  nationally
          recognized statistical rating organization  ("NRSRO"),  in response to
          adverse market  conditions,  as a temporary  defensive  position.  The
          result of this action may be that the Series will be unable to achieve
          its investment objective.

The Large Cap Value Series is a  diversified  fund of large cap U.S.  equity (or
related) securities that are deemed by the adviser to be undervalued as compared
to the company's profitability potential.

The MID CAP VALUE FUND  invests its assets in the Mid Cap Value  Series,  which,
under  normal  conditions,  invests  at least  65% of its  total  assets  in the
following equity (or related) securities:
[BULLET]  common and preferred  stocks of U.S.  corporations  that are judged by
          the  adviser  to  be  undervalued  in  the  marketplace   relative  to
          underlying  profitability and have a market capitalization  between $1
          and $10 billion at the time of purchase;
[BULLET]  securities  convertible  (such  as  convertible  preferred  stock  and
          convertible  bonds)  into,  the  common  stock  of  U.S.  corporations
          described above;
[BULLET]  warrants; and
[BULLET]  without limit in commercial  paper and other money market  instruments
          rated in one of the two  highest  rating  categories  by a  NRSRO,  in
          response  to  adverse  market  conditions,  as a  temporary  defensive
          position.  The result of this  action  may be that the Series  will be
          unable to achieve its investment objective.

The Mid Cap Value  Series is a  diversified  fund of medium cap U.S.  equity (or
related) securities that are deemed by the adviser to be undervalued as compared
to the company's profitability potential.

PLAIN TALK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WHAT ARE  SMALL  CAP  FUNDS?
Small cap funds  invest in the common stock of  companies  with  smaller  market
capitalizations.  Small cap stocks may provide the  potential  for higher growth
but they also typically have greater risk and more volatility.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The SMALL CAP  VALUE  FUND  invests  its  assets in the Small Cap Value  Series,
which, under normal conditions,  invests at least 65% of its total assets in the
following equity (or related) securities:
[BULLET]  common and preferred  stocks of U.S.  corporations  that are judged by
          the  adviser  to  be  undervalued  in  the  marketplace   relative  to
          underlying  profitability  and  have  a  market  capitalization  of $1
          billion or less at the time of purchase;
[BULLET]  securities  convertible  (such  as  convertible  preferred  stock  and
          convertible bonds) into, the

                                                                               9
<PAGE>

          common stock of U.S. corporations described above;
[BULLET]  warrants; and
[BULLET]  without limit in commercial  paper and other money market  instruments
          rated in one of the two  highest  rating  categories  by a  NRSRO,  in
          response  to  adverse  market  conditions,  as a  temporary  defensive
          position.  The result of this  action  may be that the Series  will be
          unable to achieve its investment objective.

The Small Cap Value Series is a  diversified  fund of large cap U.S.  equity (or
related) securities that are deemed by the adviser to be undervalued as compared
to the company's profitability potential.

ALL SERIES.  The frequency of fund transactions and a Series' turnover rate will
vary from year to year depending on the market.  Increased  turnover rates incur
the cost of additional brokerage commissions and may cause you to receive larger
capital gain distributions. Series turnover rate is normally expected to be less
than 100% for each of the Series.

Each  Series  also may use  other  strategies  and  engage  in other  investment
practices,  which  are  described  in  detail  in our  Statement  of  Additional
Information.

ADDITIONAL RISK INFORMATION
The  following is a list of certain  risks that may apply to your  investment in
the  Funds  unless  otherwise  indicated.  Further  information  about a  Fund's
investments is available in our Statement of Additional Information:

[BULLET]  DERIVATIVES  RISK: Some of the Series'  investments may be referred to
          as "derivatives"  because their value depends on, or derives from, the
          value  of  an  underlying  asset,   reference  rate  or  index.  These
          investments include options, futures contracts and similar investments
          that may be used in hedging and related income strategies.  The market
          value of  derivative  instruments  and  securities  is sometimes  more
          volatile than that of other  investments,  and each type of derivative
          may pose its own special risks. As a fundamental  policy, no more than
          15% of a Series'  total assets may at any time be committed or exposed
          to derivative strategies.
[BULLET]  MARKET RISK:  The risk that the market value of a security may move up
          and down,  sometimes rapidly and  unpredictably.  The prices of equity
          securities change in response to many factors including the historical
          and  prospective  earnings  of the  issuer,  the value of its  assets,
          general economic conditions,  interest rates, investor perceptions and
          market liquidity.
[BULLET]  MASTER/FEEDER RISK: The master/feeder  structure is relatively new and
          more complex. While this structure is designed to reduce costs, it may
          not do so, and there may be operational or other complications.
[BULLET]  OPPORTUNITY RISK: The risk of missing out on an investment opportunity
          because the assets  necessary  to take  advantage of it are tied up in
          less advantageous investments.
[BULLET]  SMALL CAP RISK: Small cap companies may be more vulnerable than larger
          companies  to adverse  business  or economic  developments.  Small cap
          companies may also have limited  product  lines,  markets or financial
          resources,  may be  dependent  on  relatively  small or  inexperienced
          management groups and may operate in industries characterized by rapid

                                                                              10
<PAGE>
          technological  obsolescence.  Securities of such companies may be less
          liquid and more  volatile  than  securities  of larger  companies  and
          therefore may involve greater risk than investing in larger companies.
          (Small Cap Value Fund)
[BULLET]  VALUATION  RISK:  The risk that a Series  has  valued  certain  of its
          securities at a higher price than it can sell them.
[BULLET]  VALUE INVESTING RISK: The risk that a Series'  investment in companies
          whose  securities  are believed to be  undervalued,  relative to their
          underlying  profitability,  do not appreciate in value as anticipated.
          (Large Cap Value, Mid Cap Value, Small Cap Value Funds)
[BULLET]  YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE RISK: Like other organizations  around the world,
          the Series could be adversely affected if the computer systems used by
          their  various  service  providers  (or the market in  general) do not
          properly operate after January 1, 2000. The Series are taking steps to
          address the Year 2000 issue with respect to the computer  systems that
          they rely on.  There can be no  assurance,  however,  that these steps
          will be  sufficient  to avoid a temporary  service  disruption  or any
          adverse impact on the Series.

          Additionally,  if a company in which a Series is invested is adversely
          affected  by Year 2000  problems,  it is likely that the price of that
          company's  securities will also be adversely  affected.  A decrease in
          one or more of a Series'  holdings  may have a  similar  impact on the
          price of the Series' shares.  The Series' adviser will relay on public
          filings and other  statements  made by companies about their Year 2000
          readiness.  The adviser is not able to audit any company and its major
          suppliers to verify their Year 2000 readiness.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
The financial  highlights  table is intended to help you understand  each Fund's
financial  performance  for the past 5 years or since the Fund's  inception,  if
shorter.  Certain information reflects financial results for a single share of a
Fund. The total returns in the table represent the rate that a shareholder would
have earned (or lost) on an investment in a Fund (assuming  reinvestment  of all
dividends and other distributions). This information has been audited by ______,
whose report,  along with each Fund's financial  statements,  is included in the
Annual Report, which is available without charge upon request.

                                                                              11
<PAGE>

         [INSERT FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS TABLES]

                                                                              12
<PAGE>


MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
The Board of Trustees for each Fund  supervises the  management,  activities and
affairs  of  the  Fund  and  has  approved   contracts  with  various  financial
organizations  to  provide,  among other  services,  the  day-to-day  management
required by a Fund and its shareholders.

INVESTMENT ADVISER
PLAIN TALK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WHAT IS AN INVESTMENT ADVISER?
The  investment  adviser  makes  investment  decisions  for a  mutual  fund  and
continuously reviews,  supervises and administers the fund's investment program.
The Board of Trustees supervises the investment adviser and establishes policies
that the adviser must follow in its management activities.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn,  LLC, 707 Westchester  Avenue,  White Plains, New York
10604,  serves as the investment  adviser to the Large Cap Value Series, the Mid
Cap Value Series and the Small Cap Value Series.  Subject to the general control
of the Board of Trustees,  CRM makes investment  decisions for these Series. CRM
and its predecessors have managed investments in small and medium capitalization
companies for more than  twenty-five  years.  As of ___, 1999, CRM has over $___
billion of assets under management.

Under the advisory agreement, the Large Cap Value Series pays a monthly advisory
fee to CRM at the  annual  rate of 0.55% of the  Series'  first  $1  billion  of
average daily net assets;  0.50% of the Series' next $1 billion of average daily
net assets;  and 0.45% of the Series'  average daily net assets over $2 billion.
The Mid Cap Value  Series  and the Small  Cap  Value  Series  each pay a monthly
advisory fee to CRM at the annual rate of 0.75% of the Series'  first $1 billion
of average  daily net assets;  0.70% of the  Series'  next $1 billion of average
daily net  assets;  and 0.65% of the  Series'  average  daily net assets over $2
billion.

For the twelve months ended June 30, 1999, CRM received investment advisory fees
of ___% for Large Cap Value  Series,  ___% for Mid Cap Value Series and ___% for
Small Cap Value Series, as a percentage of the Series' average daily net assets.

MID CAP VALUE STYLE PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
The  following  reflects the  historical  performance  of the  portfolios of all
private  accounts managed by CRM that have investment  objectives,  policies and
strategies  substantially  similar to that of CRM Mid Cap Value Fund.  This data
does  not  reflect  the  performance  of  the  Funds.  This  data  compares  the
performance of these private  accounts  against the Russell  Midcap Index.  This
performance data should not be considered as an indication of future performance
of any Fund or of CRM.

PERIOD                                   CRM ADVISER 1    RUSSELL MIDCAP INDEX 2

20 Years: 1/1/79-12/31/98                         17.39%             17.32%
15 Years: 1/1/84-12/31/98                         15.77%             15.68%

                                                                              13
<PAGE>

10 Years: 1/1/89-12/31/98                          16.32%            16.69%
5 Years:  1/1/94-12/31/98                          15.31%            17.34%
3 Years:  1/1/96-12/31/98                          18.62%            19.12%
1 Year:   1/1/98-12/31/98                           4.51%            10.10%

1    These  results  are  a  dollar  weighted  composite  of  tax-exempt,  fully
     discretionary, separately managed accounts that are over $1 million in size
     and were under the Adviser's and its predecessor's  management for at least
     3 months.  As of December 31, 1998,  the composite  consists of 67 accounts
     with $1.51  billion in assets (73% of  tax-exempt  equity assets and 42% of
     all equity assets) and has been calculated in accordance with standards set
     by the Association  for Investment  Management and Research  (AIMR),  since
     January 1, 1989. The Funds' performance will be calculated using the method
     required by the SEC,  which  differs from the method used to calculate  the
     performance of the private accounts.  The composite does not reflect all of
     the assets under the Adviser's  management and may not  accurately  reflect
     the performance of all accounts it manages. The separately managed accounts
     in the composite are not subject to the same types of expenses to which the
     Fund is  subject  nor to the  diversification  requirements,  specific  tax
     restrictions and investment limitations imposed by the 1940 Act or Internal
     Revenue Code. All returns reflect the deduction of advisory fees, brokerage
     commissions  and execution  costs paid by the Adviser's  private  accounts,
     without  provision for federal or state income taxes. The net effect of the
     deduction  of the  operating  expenses  of  the  Funds  on  the  annualized
     performance,  including  the  effect  of  compounding  over  time,  may  be
     substantial.  Consequently,  the performance results for the accounts could
     have been adversely  affected if the accounts included in the composite had
     been regulated as an investment  company under the federal  securities law.
     In addition,  the Fund's  returns would be reduced to the extent their fees
     and expenses are higher than the fees and expenses  incurred by the private
     accounts.
2    As of the latest  reconstitution,  the average market capitalization of the
     Russell Midcap Index was  approximately  $6.52  billion;  the median market
     capitalization was approximately  $2.78 billion.  The larger company in the
     index had an approximate market capitalization of $26.78 billion.

FUND MANAGERS
The  day-to-day  management  of the Large Cap  Value  Series,  the Mid Cap Value
Series  and the  Small Cap  Value  Series  is  shared  by a team of  individuals
employed by the CRM.  Ronald H. McGlynn and Jay B. Abramson are  responsible for
the management of each of these Series.  In addition,  Kevin M. Chin and Adam L.
Starr are part of the team  responsible  for the  management  of Large Cap Value
Fund;  Michael A. Prober is part of the team  responsible  for the management of
Mid Cap Value Fund;  and Scott L. Scher and  Christopher  S. Fox are part of the
team responsible for the management of Small Cap Value Fund. Each fund manager's
business experience and educational background is as follows:

RONALD H. MCGLYNN  President and Chief Executive Officer since 1983 and Co-Chief
Investment  Officer of the CRM. He has been with the CRM for  twenty-five  years
and is responsible for investment  policy,  portfolio  management and investment
research. Prior to his

                                                                              14
<PAGE>

association  with the CRM, Mr. McGlynn was a Portfolio  Manager at Oppenheimer &
Co. He  received  a B.A.  from  Williams  College  and an M.B.A.  from  Columbia
University.

JAY B.  ABRAMSON,  CPA  Executive  Vice  President  since 1989 and  Director  of
Research  and Co-Chief  Investment  Officer of the CRM. He has been with the CRM
for twelve  years and is  responsible  for  investment  research  and  portfolio
management.  Mr.  Abramson  received a B.S.E.  and J.D.  from the  University of
Pennsylvania  Wharton  School and Law School,  respectively,  and is a Certified
Public Accountant.

MICHAEL A. PROBER Vice  President of the CRM since 1993 where he is  responsible
for  investment  research.  Prior to  joining  the CRM in  1993,  he  worked  in
corporate  finance  and  commercial  banking  at Chase  Manhattan  Bank and as a
Research  Analyst for Alpha Capital  Venture  Partners.  Mr.  Prober  received a
B.B.A.  from the  University  of  Michigan  and an M.M.  from  the  Northwestern
University J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management.

SCOTT L. SCHER, CFA Vice President of the CRM since 1995 where he is responsible
for  investment  research.  Prior to  joining  the CRM in 1995,  he worked as an
analyst/portfolio manager at The Prudential from 1988. Mr. Scher received a B.A.
from Harvard College, an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School and is a Chartered
Financial Analyst.

KEVIN M. CHIN Vice President at CRM. Kevin joined CRM in 1989 and is responsible
for Investment research. Formerly, Kevin was a Financial Analyst for the Mergers
and  Acquisitions  Department of Morgan Stanley and a risk  arbitrageur with The
First Boston Corporation.  He received a B.S. from Columbia University School of
Engineering & Applied Science.

CHRISTOPHER  S. FOX,  CFA  joined CRM in 1999 as a Vice  President  and has over
fifteen years  experience in the Investment  business.  In 1995 Chris co-founded
Schaenen  Fox  Capital  Management,  LLC,  a hedge  fund  with  small  cap value
investments.  He  previously  was at Schaenen  Wood &  Associates,  Inc. as Vice
President and Senior  Manager/Analyst;  Chemical Bank's Private Banking Division
as a portfolio  manager  and  analyst;  and Drexel  Burnham  Lambert,  Inc. as a
financial  analysts.  Chris earned a B.A. in Economics from the State University
of New York at Albany and an MBA in  Finance  from New York  University's  Stern
School of Business.

ADAM L. STARR  joined CRM in 1999 as a Vice  President  and is  responsible  for
investment  research.  Prior to CRM he was a Partner  and  Portfolio  Manager at
Weiss, Peck & Greer, LLC.  Previously he was an Analyst and Portfolio Manager at
Charter  Oak  Partners  and First  Manhattan  Company.  Adam  earned an MBA from
Columbia University.

SERVICE PROVIDERS
The chart below provides information on the Funds' primary service providers.

                                                                              15
<PAGE>


Asset                                                      Shareholder
Managment                                                  Services
- -----------------------------                              ---------------------
     INVESTMENT ADVISER                                       TRANSFER AGENT
CRAMER ROSENTHAL MCGLYNN, LLC                                    PFPC, Inc
  707 WESTCHESTER AVENUE                                   400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY
  WHITE PLAINS, NY 10604                                   WILMINGTON, DE 19809

                                                           Handles shareholder
                                                            services, including
                                                             recordkeeping and
                                                            statements, payment
                                                            of distribution and
Manages each Fund's business                               processing of buy and
 and investment activities.                                    sell requests.
- -----------------------------                              ---------------------
                               -------------------
                               CRM LARGE CAP VALUE
                                CRM MID CAP VALUE
                               CRM SMALL CAP VALUE
                               -------------------

Fund                                                 Asset
Operations                                           Safe Keeping
- -------------------------------                      ---------------------------
     ADMINISTATOR AND                                         CUSTODIAN
     ACCOUNTING AGENT
         PFPC INC.                                        PFPC TRUST COMPANY
    400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY                                   200 STEVENS DRIVE
   WILMINGTON, DE   19809                                  LESTER, PA 19113


Provides facilities, equipmnent                       Hold's each Fund's assets,
and personnel to carry out                           settle all portfolio trades
administrative services related                        and collect most of the
to each Fund and calculates                          valuation data required for
each Fund's NAV per share and                        calculating each Fund's NAV
     distributions.                                           per share.
- -------------------------------                      ---------------------------

                               Distribution
                         -------------------------------
                                   DISTRIBUTOR
                          PROVIDENT DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
                           FOUR FALLS CORPORATE CENTER
                           WEST CONSHOHOCKEN, PA 19428

                         Distributes each Fund's shares.
                         -------------------------------

                                                                              16
<PAGE>


SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
PRICING OF SHARES
The Funds value their assets based on current market values when such values are
readily available.  These prices normally are supplied by a pricing service. Any
assets  held by a Fund that are  denominated  in foreign  currencies  are valued
daily in U.S. dollars at the foreign currency exchange rates that are prevailing
at the time that PFPC Inc.  determines  the daily net asset value.  To determine
the value of those  securities,  PFPC may use a pricing  service that takes into
account  not  only  developments  related  to  specific  securities,   but  also
transactions  in comparable  securities.  Securities  that do not have a readily
available  current  market value are valued in good faith under the direction of
the Board of Trustees.

     PLAIN TALK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     WHAT IS THE NET ASSET VALUE or "NAV"?
                         NAV = Assets - Liabilities
                               ---------------------
                                Outstanding Shares

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PFPC  determines  the NAV per  share of each  Fund as of the  close  of  regular
trading on the New York Stock Exchange  (currently 4:00 p.m.,  Eastern time), on
each  Business  Day (a day  that  the  Exchange,  the  Transfer  Agent  and  the
Philadelphia branch of the Federal Reserve Bank are open for business).  The NAV
is calculated by adding the value of all  securities and other assets in a Fund,
deducting its  liabilities and dividing the balance by the number of outstanding
shares in that Fund.

Shares will not be priced on those days the Funds are closed.  As of the date of
this prospectus, those days are:

New Year's Day                Memorial Day Independence Day     Veterans Day
Martin Luther King, Jr. Day   Labor Day                         Thanksgiving Day
President's Day               Columbus Day                      Christmas Day
Good Friday

PURCHASE OF SHARES
    PLAIN TALK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    HOW TO PURCHASE SHARES:
    [BULLET] Directly by mail or by wire
    [BULLET] As a client of a Third Party
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Fund shares are  offered on a  continuous  basis and are sold  without any sales
charges. The minimum initial investment in the Fund's Investor and Institutional
class shares is $10,000 and $1,000,000,  respectively.  The Funds, in their sole
discretion,   may  waive  the  minimum  initial  amount  to  establish   certain
Institutional share accounts.  Additional investments may be made in any amount.
You may purchase shares as specified below.

                                                                              17
<PAGE>

You may also purchase  shares if you are a client of a broker or other financial
institution,  a "Third  Party." The policies and fees charged by the Third Party
may be different than those charged by a Fund. Banks, brokers,  retirement plans
and financial advisers may charge transaction fees and may set different minimum
investments or limitations on buying or selling shares. Consult a representative
of your financial institution or retirement plan for further information.

BY MAIL: You may purchase shares by sending a check drawn on a U.S. bank payable
to  CRM  Funds,  indicating  the  name  of the  Fund,  along  with  a  completed
application (included at the end of this prospectus). If a subsequent investment
is being made, the check should also indicate your Fund account number. When you
make purchases by check,  each Fund may withhold payment on redemptions until it
is reasonably  satisfied  that the funds are collected  (which can take up to 10
days).  If you purchase  shares with a check that does not clear,  your purchase
will be canceled and you will be responsible  for any losses or fees incurred in
that transaction. Send the check and application to:

                  REGULAR MAIL:                 OVERNIGHT MAIL:
                  CRM Funds                     CRM Funds
                  c/o PFPC Inc.                 c/o PFPC Inc.
                  P.O. Box ____                 400 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 108
                  Wilmington, DE 19899          Wilmington, DE 19809

BY WIRE:  You may purchase  shares by wiring  federal funds  readily  available.
Please  call  PFPC  at  (800)  ______  for  instructions  and to  make  specific
arrangements  before  making  a  purchase  by wire,  and if  making  an  initial
purchase, to also obtain an account number.

ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION  REGARDING  PURCHASES:  Purchase  orders received by the
Transfer  Agent  before the close of  regular  trading  on the  Exchange  on any
Business  Day will be  priced at the NAV that is  determined  as of the close of
trading.  Purchase  orders  received  after the close of regular  trading on the
Exchange  will be priced as of the close of  regular  trading  on the  following
Business Day.

Any purchase order may be rejected if a Fund determines that accepting the order
would not be in the best interest of the Fund or its shareholders.

It is the  responsibility of the Third Party to transmit orders for the purchase
of shares by its customers to the Transfer  Agent and to deliver  required funds
on a timely basis, in accordance with the procedures stated above.

                                                                              18
<PAGE>

For  information  on  other  ways  to  purchase  shares,  including  through  an
individual  retirement  account (IRA), or an automatic  investment plan,  please
refer to the Statement of Additional Information.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES
    PLAIN TALK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    HOW TO REDEEM (SELL) SHARES:
    [BULLET] By mail
    [BULLET] By telephone
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

You may sell your shares on any Business Day as described below. Redemptions are
effected at the NAV next  determined  after the Transfer Agent has received your
redemption  request.  There is no fee when Fund shares are  redeemed.  It is the
responsibility of the Third Party to transmit redemption orders and credit their
customers'  accounts  with  redemption  proceeds on a timely  basis.  Redemption
checks are mailed on the next  Business  Day  following  receipt by the Transfer
Agent of redemption  instructions,  but never later than 7 days  following  such
receipt.  Amounts  redeemed by wire are normally wired on the date of receipt of
redemption  instructions  (if  received by the  Transfer  Agent before 4:00 p.m.
Eastern  time),  or the next Business Day (if received  after 4:00 p.m.  Eastern
time, or on a  non-Business  Day),  but never later than 7 days  following  such
receipt.  If you purchased your shares through an account at a Third Party,  you
should  contact the Third Party for  information  relating to  redemptions.  The
Fund's name and your account number should accompany any redemption requests.

BY  MAIL:  If you  redeem  your  shares  by  mail,  you  should  submit  written
instructions with a "signature  guarantee".  A signature  guarantee verifies the
authenticity  of  your   signature.   You  can  obtain  one  from  most  banking
institutions  or  securities  brokers,  but not from a notary  public.  You must
indicate  the Fund  name,  your  account  number  and  your  name.  The  written
instructions and signature guarantee should be mailed to:

                  REGULAR MAIL:                OVERNIGHT MAIL:
                  CRM Funds                    CRM Funds
                  c/o PFPC Inc.                c/o PFPC Inc.
                  P.O. Box ____                400 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 108
                  Wilmington, DE 19899         Wilmington, DE 19809

BY TELEPHONE:  If you prefer to redeem your shares by telephone you may elect to
do so.  However there are certain  risks.  The Fund has certain  safeguards  and
procedures  to  confirm  the  identity  of  callers  and  to  confirm  that  the
instructions communicated are genuine. If such procedures are followed, you will
bear the risk of any losses.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING  REDEMPTIONS:  Redemption proceeds may be wired
to your  predesignated  bank account in any commercial bank in the United States
if the amount is $1,000 or more.  The  receiving  bank may charge a fee for this
service.  Proceeds may also be mailed to

                                                                              19
<PAGE>

your bank or,  for  amounts  of  $10,000  or less,  mailed to your Fund  account
address of record if the address has been  established  for at least 60 days. In
order to authorize the Transfer Agent to mail  redemption  proceeds to your Fund
account address of record,  complete the appropriate  section of the Application
for Telephone  Redemptions  or include your Fund account  address of record when
you  submit  written  instructions.  You may change  the  account  that you have
designated to receive  amounts  redeemed at any time.  Any request to change the
account  designated to receive  redemption  proceeds  should be accompanied by a
guarantee of your signature, as the shareholder,  by an eligible institution.  A
signature  and a signature  guarantee are required for each person in whose name
the account is registered.  Further documentation will be required to change the
designated account when a corporation,  other organization,  trust, fiduciary or
other institutional investor holds the Fund shares.

If shares to be redeemed  represent a recent investment made by check, each Fund
reserves the right not to make the redemption  proceeds  available  until it has
reasonable  grounds to believe  that the check has been  collected  (which could
take up to 10 days).

SMALL  ACCOUNTS:  If the value of your Fund  account  falls  below  $10,000  for
Investor share accounts  $1,000,000 for Institutional  share accounts ($2000 for
IRAs or  automatic  investment  plans),  the Fund may ask you to  increase  your
balance.  If the account  value is still below such amounts  after 60 days,  the
Fund may close your account and send you the  proceeds.  The Fund will not close
your account if it falls below these  amounts  solely as a result of a reduction
in your account's market value.

REDEMPTIONS IN KIND: The Funds reserve the right to make  redemptions in kind" -
payments of redemption  proceeds in fund  securities  rather than cash -- if the
amount  redeemed is large enough to affect the Series'  operations (for example,
if it represents more than 1% of a Series' assets).

EXCHANGE OF SHARES
     PLAIN TALK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     WHAT IS AN EXCHANGE OF SHARES?
     An  exchange  of shares  allows you to move your money from one fund to
     another fund within a family of funds.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

You may exchange all or a portion of your shares in a Fund for the same class of
shares of certain other CRM Funds. These other Funds are the:

CRM Prime Money Market Fund
CRM Tax-Exempt Fund
CRM Intermediate Bond Fund
CRM Municipal Bond Fund
CRM Large Cap Value Fund
CRM Mid Cap Value Fund
CRM Small Cap Value Fund

Redemption  of shares  through an exchange will be effected at the NAV per share
next  determined  after the Transfer Agent receives your request.  A purchase of
shares  through an exchange will be effected at the NAV per share  determined at
that time or as next determined thereafter.

                                                                              20
<PAGE>

Exchange  transactions  will be subject to the minimum  initial  investment  and
other  requirements of the Fund into which the exchange is made. An exchange may
not be made if the exchange would leave a balance in a shareholder's  account of
less than $10,000 for Investor share  accounts or $1,000,000  for  Institutional
share accounts.

To obtain prospectuses of the other Funds, you may call (800) ______ . To obtain
more  information  about  exchanges,  or to place exchange  orders,  contact the
Transfer  Agent,  or, if your shares are held in an account  with a Third Party,
contact the Third Party.  The Funds may  terminate or modify the exchange  offer
described  here  and  will  give  you 60 days'  notice  of such  termination  or
modification. This exchange offer is valid only in those jurisdictions where the
sale of  Prospectus  shares to be acquired  through such exchange may be legally
made.

DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS
     PLAIN TALK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     WHAT IS NET INVESTMENT INCOME?
     Net investment  income  consists of interest and dividends  earned by a
     fund on its investments less accrued expenses.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

As  a  shareholder   of  a  Fund,  you  are  entitled  to  dividends  and  other
distributions  arising from the net investment income and net realized gains, if
any,  earned on the  investments  held by the Funds.  Dividends are declared and
paid  annually to you. Each Fund expects to  distribute  any net realized  gains
once a year.

Distributions  are  payable  to the  shareholders  of  record  at the  time  the
distributions  are declared  (including  holders of shares being  redeemed,  but
excluding holders of shares being  purchased).  All distributions are reinvested
in additional  Fund shares unless you have elected to receive the  distributions
in cash.

TAXES
FEDERAL  INCOME  TAX:  As long as a Fund  meets  the  requirements  for  being a
"regulated  investment  company," it pays no Federal  income tax on the earnings
and  gains it  distributes  to  shareholders.  While  each  Fund may  invest  in
securities  that earn interest  exempt from Federal income tax, the Funds invest
primarily in taxable securities.  Each Fund will notify you following the end of
the calendar year of the amount of dividends and other  distributions  paid that
year.

Dividends you receive from a Fund, whether reinvested in Fund shares or taken as
cash, are generally taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions of a Fund's
net  capital  gain  whether  reinvested  in Fund  shares or taken as cash,  when
designated as such, are taxable to you as long-term capital gain,  regardless of
the length of time you have held your  shares.  You should be aware that if Fund
shares are purchased  shortly before the record date for any dividend or capital
gain  distribution,  you will pay the full price for the shares and will receive
some  portion  of the price back as a taxable  distribution.  Each the Large Cap
Value Fund, the Mid Cap Value Fund and the Small Cap Value Fund, anticipates the
distribution of net investment income.

                                                                              21
<PAGE>

It is a  taxable  event  for you if you sell or  exchange  shares  of any  Fund.
Depending on the purchase  price and the sale price of the shares you  exchange,
you may have a taxable gain or loss on the transaction.  You are responsible for
any tax liability generated by your transactions.

STATE AND LOCAL INCOME TAXES:  You should  consult your tax advisers  concerning
state and local taxes,  which may have different  consequences from those of the
Federal income tax law.

This section is only a summary of some important income tax considerations  that
may  affect  your  investment  in  a  Fund.  More  information  regarding  those
considerations appears in our Statement of Additional Information. You are urged
to consult your tax adviser  regarding  the effects of an investment on your tax
situation.

DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS
Provident Distributors, Inc. ("PDI") manages the Funds' distribution efforts and
provides  assistance and expertise in developing  marketing plans and materials,
enters into dealer  agreement  with  broker-dealers  to sell shares and provides
shareholder support services,  directly or through affiliates.  The Funds do not
charge any sales loads,  deferred  sales loads or other fees in connection  with
the purchase of shares.

MASTER/FEEDER STRUCTURE
Other institutional  investors,  including other mutual funds, may invest in the
master  funds.  The  master/feeder   structure  enables  various   institutional
investors,  including  a Fund,  to pool their  assets,  which may be expected to
result in economies by spreading  certain  fixed costs over a larger asset base.
Each shareholder of a master fund,  including a Fund, will pay its proportionate
share of the master fund's expenses.

For reasons  relating to costs or a change in investment  goal,  among others, a
Fund could switch to another  master fund or decide to manage its assets itself.
No Fund is currently contemplating such a move.

SHARE CLASS
Each Fund issues Investor and  Institutional  share classes,  which classes have
different minimum  investment  requirements and fees.  Institutional  shares are
offered only to those  investors who invest in the Fund through an  intermediary
(i.e. broker) or through a consultant and who invest $1,000,000 or more or where
related  accounts  total  $1,000,000  or more  when  combined.  Other  investors
investing $10,000 or more may purchase Investor shares.

                                                                              22

<PAGE>

FOR MORE INFORMATION

FOR INVESTORS WHO WANT MORE  INFORMATION ON THE FUNDS,  THE FOLLOWING  DOCUMENTS
ARE AVAILABLE FREE UPON REQUEST:

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL  REPORTS:  Contain  performance  data and information on fund
holdings,  operating  results  and a  discussion  of the market  conditions  and
investment  strategies that significantly  affect the Funds' performance for the
most recently completed fiscal year or half-year.

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION  (SAI):  Provides a complete  technical and
legal description of the Funds' policies,  investment  restrictions,  risks, and
business structure. This prospectus incorporates the SAI by reference.

Copies  of these  documents  and  answers  to  questions  about the Funds may be
obtained without charge by contacting:

CRM Funds
c/o PFPC Inc.
400 Bellevue Parkway
Suite 108
Wilmington, Delaware 19809
(800) ______
9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Eastern time

Information  about the Funds  (including  the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at
the  Public  Reference  Room  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  in
Washington,  D.C. Copies of this information may be obtained,  upon payment of a
duplicating  fee, by writing the Public  Reference Room of the SEC,  Washington,
DC, 20549-6009. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be
obtained by calling the SEC at  1-(800)-SEC-0330.  Reports and other information
about the Funds may be viewed  on-screen or downloaded  from the SEC's  Internet
site at http://www.sec.gov.


              FOR MORE INFORMATION ON OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT, MAKING
              CHANGES TO EXISTING ACCOUNTS, PURCHASING, EXCHANGING
                OR REDEEMING SHARES, OR OTHER INVESTOR SERVICES,
                          PLEASE CALL 1-(800)-_______.






The investment company registration number is 811-08648.

                                                                              23

<PAGE>


                         THE CRM INTERMEDIATE BOND FUND
                           THE CRM MUNICIPAL BOND FUND

================================================================================


                         PROSPECTUS DATED _______, 1999

This  prospectus  gives vital  information  about these mutual funds,  including
information  on investment  policies,  risks and fees.  For your own benefit and
protection,  please  read it before you  invest,  and keep it on hand for future
reference.

Please note that these Funds:
(BULLET) are not bank deposits

(BULLET) are  not  obligations  of, or  guaranteed  or  endorsed  by the  Funds'
         investment adviser,  Wilmington Trust Company, or any of its affiliates

(BULLET) are not federally insured

(BULLET) are  not  obligations  of,  or  guaranteed  or  endorsed  or  otherwise
         supported  by  the  U.S.  Government,  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
         Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other governmental agency

(BULLET) are not guaranteed to achieve their goal(s)

Like all mutual fund shares,  the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  has not
approved or disapproved the Funds' shares or determined  whether this prospectus
is accurate or complete. Anyone who tells you otherwise is committing a crime.


<PAGE>


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

A LOOK AT THE GOALS, STRATEGIES,    FUND DESCRIPTION
RISKS, EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL       Summary....................................3
HISTORY OF EACH FUND.               Performance Information....................4
                                    Fees and Expenses..........................5
                                    Investment Objectives......................7
                                    Primary Investment Strategies..............7
                                    Additional Risk Information...............10

DETAILS ABOUT THE SERVICE           MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
PROVIDERS.                          Investment Adviser........................13
                                    Service Providers.........................14

POLICIES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR       SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
OPENING, MAINTAINING AND            Pricing of Shares.........................16
CLOSING AN ACCOUNT IN ANY OF        Purchase of Shares........................16
THE FUNDS.                          Redemption of Shares......................18
                                    Exchange of Shares........................19
                                    Dividends and Distributions...............20
                                    Taxes.....................................20

DETAILS ON THE FUNDS'               DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS
SHARE CLASSES AND MASTER/           Master/Feeder Structure...................21
FEEDER ARRANGEMENTS.                Share Classes.............................21

                                    FOR MORE INFORMATION..............BACK COVER

For  information  about  key  terms  and  concepts,  look for our  "PLAIN  TALK"
explanations.

                                                                               2
<PAGE>



                           CRM INTERMEDIATE BOND FUND
                             CRM MUNICIPAL BOND FUND

FUND DESCRIPTION
         PLAIN TALK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS A MUTUAL FUND?
         A mutual  fund  pools  shareholders'  money and,  using a  professional
         investment  manager,  invests it in  securities  like stocks and bonds.
         Each Fund is a separate mutual fund.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY
Investment Objective   (BULLET) The  INTERMEDIATE  BOND  FUND seeks a high total
                                return,  consistent   with  high current income.
                       (BULLET) The MUNICIPAL BOND FUND seeks a  high  level  of
                                income   exempt   from   federal   income   tax,
                                consistent with the preservation of capital.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Focus       (BULLET) Fixed income securities
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Share Price Volatility (BULLET) Moderate
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Principal Investment   (BULLET) Each  Fund  operates  as a "feeder fund,"  which
Strategy                        means  that  a  Fund  does  not  buy  individual
                                securities directly.   Instead, the Funds invest
                                in a corresponding mutual fund or "master fund,"
                                which in turn purchases  investment  securities.
                                Each Fund  invests all of its assets in a master
                                fund  which  is a  separate  series  of  another
                                mutual fund. The Funds and  their  corresponding
                                Series  have  the  same  investment  objectives,
                                policies and limitations.
                       (BULLET) The  INTERMEDIATE   BOND  FUND  invests  in  the
                                Intermediate Bond Series, which invests at least
                                85% of its  total  assets  in  various  types of
                                investment grade fixed income securities.
                       (BULLET) The MUNICIPAL BOND FUND invests in the Municipal
                                Bond Series, which invests at  least  80% of its
                                net assets in municipal securities that  provide
                                interest exempt from federal income tax.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Principal Risks        (BULLET) An  investment  in a Fund is  not  a  deposit of
                                Wilmington Trust Company, the Funds'  investment
                                adviser,  or any  of its  affiliates  and is not
                                insured  or  guaranteed  by the Federal  Deposit
                                Insurance  Corporation  or  any other government
                                agency.
                       (BULLET) It is  possible to lose money  by investing in a
                                Fund.
                       (BULLET) The fixed  income securities  in which the Funds
                                invest  through  their  corresponding Series are
                                subject to credit  risk, prepayment risk, market
                                risk,  liquidity  risk and interest  rate  risk.
                                Typically,  when interest rates rise, the market
                                prices of fixed income securities go down.
                       (BULLET) The performance of a Fund will depend on whether
                                or not the adviser is successful in  pursuing an
                                investment strategy.
                       (BULLET) The Funds are also subject to other risks, which
                                are    described    under    "Additional    Risk
                                Information."
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investor Profile       (BULLET) Investors who want income from their investments
                                without the volatility of an  equity  portfolio.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                               3
<PAGE>

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
         PLAIN TALK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS TOTAL RETURN?
         Total return is a measure of the per-share change in the total value of
         a fund's  portfolio, including  any  distributions  paid to you.  It is
         measured from the beginning to the end of a specific time period.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                           CRM INTERMEDIATE BOND FUND
The bar  chart  and  the  performance  table  below  illustrate  the  risks  and
volatility of an investment in the Fund and for its predecessor,  the Bond Fund,
a collective  investment fund. The Bond Fund's performance has been included for
the  periods  prior to July 1, 1998 and has been  adjusted to reflect the annual
deduction of fees and expenses  applicable  to shares of the  Intermediate  Bond
Fund (i.e., adjusted to reflect anticipated expenses, absent investment advisory
fee  waivers).  The Bond  Fund was not  registered  as a mutual  fund  under the
Investment  Company  Act of 1940  and  therefore  was  not  subject  to  certain
investment restrictions, limitations and diversification requirements imposed by
the 1940 Act and the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986.  If the Bond Fund had been
registered  under the 1940 Act,  its  performance  may have been  different.  Of
course, past performance does not necessarily indicate how the Fund will perform
in the future.

[INSERT BAR CHART]


THIS BAR CHART SHOWS CHANGES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE FUND'S INSTITUTIONAL
SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR. THE BAR CHART DOES NOT REFLECT
DEDUCTIONS OF SHAREHOLDER SERVICING FEES. IF SUCH AMOUNTS WERE REFLECTED,
RETURNS WOULD BE LESS.

         PLAIN TALK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS AN INDEX?
         An index is a  broad  measure of  the market  performance of a specific
         group of securities in a particular  market,  or securities in a market
         sector.  You cannot invest directly in an index. An index does not have
         an investment adviser and does not pay any  commissions or expenses. If
         an index had expenses, its performance would be lower.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                           BEST QUARTER      WORST QUARTER
                               6.54%            -3.41%
                          (June 30, 1995)   (March 31, 1994)

Institutional Shares                                             SINCE INCEPTION
AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/98            1 YEAR 5 YEAR   (DECEMBER 1990)
- -------------------------------------            ------ ------   ---------------
Intermediate Bond Fund                            8.73%  6.56%        8.03%
Merrill Lynch U.S. Treasury Master Index*        10.03%  7.22%        8.60%
Lehman Intermediate Government/Corporate Index**  9.47%  7.30%        8.87%

- -------------------------
*  The Merrill Lynch U.S. Treasury  Master Index is an unmanaged  index of fixed
rate coupon bearing U.S.  Treasury  securities  with a maturity range of 1 to 30
years.
** The Lehman  Intermediate  Government/Corporate Index is an unmanaged index of
fixed rate U.S. Treasury Bonds and Notes, U.S. Government Agency obligations and
investment grade corporate debt obligations with maturities no less than 1 year.

                                                                               4

<PAGE>

                             CRM MUNICIPAL BOND FUND
The bar  chart  and  the  performance  table  below  illustrate  the  risks  and
volatility of an investment in the Fund. Of course,  the Fund's past performance
does not necessarily indicate how the Fund will perform in the future.

[INSERT BAR CHART]

THIS BAR CHART SHOWS CHANGES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE FUND'S INSTITUTIONAL
SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR. THE BAR CHART DOES NOT REFLECT
DEDUCTIONS OF SHAREHOLDER SERVICING FEES. IF SUCH AMOUNTS WERE REFLECTED,
RETURNS WOULD BE LESS.

                           BEST QUARTER      WORST QUARTER
                                  5.86%         -4.79%
                         (March 31, 1995)  (March 31, 1994)

Institutional Shares                                           SINCE INCEPTION
AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/98         1 YEAR  5 YEAR  (NOVEMBER 1, 1993)
- -------------------------------------         ------  ------  ------------------
Municipal Bond Fund                            5.24%   5.00%        5.11%
Merrill Lynch Intermediate Municipal Index*    6.27%   5.76%        5.71%

- -------------------------
* The Merrill Lynch Intermediate  Municipal Index is an unmanaged weighted index
including  investment  grade  tax-exempt  bonds with a maturity range of 0 to 22
years.

         PLAIN TALK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS YIELD?
         Yield is a measure of the income (dividends and interest) earned by the
         securities in a fund's portfolio and paid to you over a specified  time
         period.  The yield is expressed as a percentage of  the offering  price
         per share on a specified date.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               You may call (800) ____ to obtain a Fund's  current yield.

FEES AND EXPENSES
         PLAIN TALK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE FUND EXPENSES?
         Unlike an  index,  every mutual fund has operating  expenses to pay for
         professional  advisory, shareholder  distribution,  administration  and
         custody services. Each Fund's expenses in the table below  are shown as
         a percentage of its net assets.  These expenses are deducted  from Fund
         assets.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                               5

<PAGE>

The table below  describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
hold shares of a Fund.

INSTITUTIONAL SHARES
 ANNUAL FUND OPERATING                        Intermediate             Municipal
 EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED           Bond Fund              Bond Fund
 FROM FUND ASSETS)1                             ---------              ---------
 Management fees                                  0.35%                  0.35%
 Distribution (12b-1) fees                        0.00%                  0.00%
 Other expenses                                    ___%                   ___%
 TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES 2                 ___%                   ___%
 Waivers/reimbursements                            ___%                   ___%
 Net annual operating expenses                    0.55%                  0.75%

- ----------------------
1 The table  above and the  Example  below each  reflect  the  aggregate  annual
operating  expenses of each Fund and the corresponding  Series in which the Fund
invests.
2 For Institutional shares, Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn LLC has agreed to waive
a portion of its advisory fee or reimburse expenses to the extent total
operating expenses exceed 0.55% for the Intermediate Bond Fund and 0.75% for the
Municipal Bond Fund. This waiver will remain in place until the Board of
Trustees approves its termination. The management fees, other expenses and total
annual operating expenses reflected in the table above are based on the Funds'
actual expenses for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999, adjusted to reflect
current fee arrangements.

INVESTOR SHARES
 ANNUAL FUND OPERATING                           Intermediate          Municipal
 EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED              Bond Fund           Bond Fund
 FROM FUND ASSETS) 1                               ---------           ---------
 Management fees                                      0.35%              0.35%
 Distribution (12b-1) fees                             ___%               ___%
 Other expenses                                        ___%               ___%
 Shareholder Servicing fees                           0.25%              0.25%
 TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES 2                     ___%               ___%
 Waivers/reimbursements                                ___%               ___%
 Net annual operating expenses                        0.80%              1.00%

- -----------------------
1 The table  above and the  Example  below each  reflect  the  aggregate  annual
operating  expenses of each Fund and the corresponding  Series in which the Fund
invests.
2 For Investor shares, Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn LLC has agreed to waive a
portion of its advisory fee or reimburse expenses to the extent total operating
expenses for Investor shares exceed 0.80% for the Intermediate Bond Fund and
1.00% for the Municipal Bond Fund. This waiver will remain in place until the
Board of Trustees approves its termination. The management fees, other expenses
and total annual operating expenses reflected in the table above are based on
the Funds' actual expenses for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999, adjusted to
reflect current fee arrangements.

EXAMPLE
This  example is intended to help you  compare the cost of  investing  in a Fund
with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The table below shows what you
would pay if you invested  $10,000 over the various time frames  indicated.  The
example assumes that:
(BULLET) you reinvested all dividends and other distributions
(BULLET) the average annual return was 5%
(BULLET) the  Fund's  maximum  (without  regard to waivers  or  expenses)  total
         operating  expenses  are  charged  and  remain  the same over  the time
         periods

                                                                               6

<PAGE>

(BULLET) you redeemed all of your investment at the end of the time period.

Although  your actual cost may be higher or lower,  based on these  assumptions,
your costs would be:

INSTITUTIONAL SHARES      1 YEAR         3 YEARS         5 YEARS       10 YEARS
- --------------------      ------         -------         -------       --------
Intermediate Bond Fund     $67             $211           $368           $822
Municipal Bond Fund        $98             $306           $531          $1178

INVESTOR SHARES           1 YEAR         3 YEARS         5 YEARS       10 YEARS
- ---------------           ------         -------         -------       --------
Intermediate Bond Fund      $               $               $             $
Municipal Bond Fund         $               $               $             $

THE ABOVE EXAMPLE IS FOR COMPARISON PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT A REPRESENTATION OF
A FUND'S ACTUAL EXPENSES AND RETURNS, EITHER PAST OR FUTURE.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES

The  INTERMEDIATE  BOND FUND seeks a high  total  return,  consistent  with high
current income. The MUNICIPAL BOND Fund seeks a high level of income exempt from
federal  income  tax,  consistent  with  the  preservation  of  capital.   These
investment objectives may not be changed without shareholder approval.  There is
no guarantee that a Fund will achieve its investment objective.

PRIMARY INVESTMENT STRATEGIES
         PLAIN TALK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE FIXED INCOME SECURITIES?
         Fixed  income  securities  are  generally  bonds,  which  is a type  of
         security that functions  like a loan.  Bonds are IOUs issued by private
         companies,  municipalities or government agencies. By comparison,  when
         you buy a stock,  you are buying  ownership in a company.  With a bond,
         your  "loan" is for a  specific  period,  usually  5 to 30  years.  You
         receive  regular  interest  payments at the rate stated when you bought
         the bond. Hence, the term "fixed income" security.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         PLAIN TALK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE INVESTMENT GRADE SECURITIES?
         Investment grade securities are securities that have been determined by
         a rating  agency to have a  medium to high  probability of  being paid,
         although there is always a risk of default. Investment grade securities
         are rated BBB, A, AA or AAA by Standard & Poor's Corporation or Baa, A,
         Aa or Aaa by Moody's Investors Service.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The INTERMEDIATE  BOND FUND invests its assets in the Intermediate  Bond Series,
which:
(BULLET) will  invest  at least 85% of its  total  assets  in  various  types of
         investment grade fixed income securities;

                                                                               7

<PAGE>

(BULLET) may invest up  to 10% of its  total assets  in  investment  grade fixed
         income securities of foreign issuers; and
(BULLET) will,  as a matter of  fundamental  policy,  maintain  an  intermediate
         average duration. The average  dollar-weighted  duration of  securities
         held  by the Intermediate Bond Series will normally fall within a range
         of 5 to 7 years.

         PLAIN TALK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS DURATION?
         Duration  measures the sensitivity of fixed income securities held by a
         Fund to a change in  interest  rates.  The value of a  security  with a
         longer  duration will normally  fluctuate to a greater degree than will
         the value of a security with a shorter  duration  should interest rates
         change.  For example,  if interest rates were to move 1%, a bond with a
         3-year duration would experience approximately a 3% change in principal
         value.  An  identical  bond  with a 5-year  duration  would  experience
         approximately a 5% change in its principal value.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         PLAIN TALK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE MUNICIPAL SECURITIES?
         Municipal securities are bonds issued by state and local governments to
         raise money for their activities.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The MUNICIPAL BOND FUND invests its assets in the Municipal Bond Series, which:
(BULLET) will, as a fundamental policy,  invest substantially all (at least 80%)
         of its net assets in a diversified fund of  municipal  securities  that
         provide interest that is exempt from federal income tax;
(BULLET) may invest up to 20% of its net assets in other  types of fixed  income
         securities that provide income that is subject to federal tax; and
(BULLET) will,  as a matter of  fundamental  policy,  maintain  an  intermediate
         average duration. The  average  dollar-weighted  duration of securities
         held by the Municipal Bond Series will  normally fall within a range of
         4 to 8 years.

The  Municipal  Bond Series may not invest more than 25% of its total  assets in
any one  industry.  You  should  note that  governmental  issuers  of  municipal
securities are not considered part of any industry.  The 25% limitation  applies
to municipal  securities  backed by the assets and revenues of  non-governmental
users, such as private operators of educational, hospital or housing facilities.
However,  the  investment  adviser  may decide  that the yields  available  from
concentrating  in  obligations  of  a  particular  market  sector  or  political
subdivision  justify the risk that the  performance of the Municipal Bond Series
may be adversely affected by such  concentration.  Under such market conditions,
the  Municipal  Bond Series may invest more than 25% of its assets in sectors of
the  municipal  securities  market,  such  as  health  care  or  housing,  or in
securities relating to one political subdivision,  such as a given state or U.S.
territory.  Under these conditions,  the Municipal Bond Series' vulnerability to
any special risks that affects that sector or jurisdiction could have an adverse
impact on the value of an investment in the Series.  There are no limitations on
the Municipal Bond Series' investment in any one of the three

                                                                               8

<PAGE>

general categories of municipal  obligations:  general obligation bonds, revenue
(or special) obligation bonds and private activity bonds.

SERIES COMPOSITION.  The composition of each Series' holdings varies,  depending
upon  the  investment  adviser's  analysis  of the  fixed  income  markets,  the
municipal  securities  market  and the  expected  trends in those  markets.  The
securities  purchased by the Series may be purchased based upon their yield, the
income earned by the security,  or their  potential  capital  appreciation,  the
potential  increase in the security's  value,  or both.  The investment  adviser
seeks to protect the Series'  principal value by reducing  fluctuations in value
relative to those that may be  experienced  by fixed  income funds with a longer
average  duration.  This strategy may reduce the level of income attained by the
Series.  There is no guarantee  that  principal  value can be  protected  during
periods of extreme interest volatility.

         PLAIN TALK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         CORPORATE BONDS VS. GOVERNMENT BONDS:
         Bonds issued by corporations  generally pay a higher interest rate than
         government  bonds.  That's because corporate bonds are somewhat riskier
         than government bonds and the interest payments on government bonds are
         exempt from some or all taxes. For example, if you live in Delaware and
         buy a bond issued by the state of  Delaware or by any other  government
         or municipal  agency in Delaware,  your  interest on the bond is exempt
         from state and federal income taxes.  But if your bond is issued by any
         state other than the one in which you reside,  the interest  would only
         be exempt from federal  income tax and you would have to pay your state
         income tax.  Interest  payments on U.S.  Treasury bonds are exempt from
         state and local taxes.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Series invest only in securities that are rated, at the time of purchase, in
the top four  categories by a rating agency such as Moody's  Investors  Service,
Inc. or Standard & Poor's.  If the securities are not rated, then the investment
adviser must determine that they are of comparable quality.

The table below shows each Series' principal investments. These are the types of
securities that will most likely help a Series achieve its investment objective.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           INTERMEDIATE BOND      MUNICIPAL BOND
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Asset-Backed Securities                      (CHECK MARK)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bank Obligations                             (CHECK MARK)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Corporate Bonds, Notes and Commercial Paper  (CHECK MARK)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mortgage-Backed Securities                   (CHECK MARK)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Municipal Securities                         (CHECK MARK)         (CHECK MARK)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Obligations Issued By Supranational Agencies (CHECK MARK)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Government Obligations                  (CHECK MARK)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                               9

<PAGE>


Each  Series  also may use  other  strategies  and  engage  in other  investment
practices,  which  are  described  in  detail  in our  Statement  of  Additional
Information.   The  investments  and  strategies   listed  above  and  described
throughout this prospectus are those that we use under normal market conditions.

ADDITIONAL RISK INFORMATION
The  following  is a list of certain  risks that apply to your  investment  in a
Fund.  Further  information about investment risks is available in our Statement
of Additional Information:
(BULLET)CREDIT RISK: The risk that the issuer of a security, or the counterparty
        to  a  contract,  will  default or  otherwise  become  unable to honor a
        financial obligation.
(BULLET)FOREIGN SECURITY RISK: The risk of  losses due to political, regulatory,
        economic, social or other uncontrollable  forces  in a  foreign  country
        (Intermediate Bond Fund only).
(BULLET)INTEREST RATE RISK: The risk of market losses attributable to changes in
        interest  rates.  With fixed-rate  securities,  a rise in interest rates
        typically  causes  a fall  in values,  while a  fall in  rates typically
        causes a rise in values.  The yield  earned  by a Series  will vary with
        changes in interest rates.
(BULLET)LEVERAGE RISK: The risk associated with securities or practices (such as
        when-issued  and forward  commitment  transactions)  that multiply small
        market movements into larger changes in value.
(BULLET)LIQUIDITY  RISK:  The risk  that certain  securities may be difficult or
        impossible to sell at the time and the price that the seller would like.
(BULLET)MARKET  RISK:  The risk that the market value of a security  may move up
        and down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably.
(BULLET)MASTER/FEEDER  RISK: The master/feeder  structure is relatively  new and
        more complex.  While this structure is designed  to reduce costs, it may
        not do so, and there may be operational or other complications.
(BULLET)OPPORTUNITY  RISK: The risk of missing out on an investment  opportunity
        because the assets necessary to take advantage of it are tied up in less
        advantageous investments.
(BULLET)PREPAYMENT  RISK:  The risk  that a debt  security  may be  paid off and
        proceeds  invested  earlier  than  anticipated.    Depending  on  market
        conditions, the new investments  may or may not carry the same  interest
        rate.
(BULLET)VALUATION  RISK:  The risk that a  Series  has  valued  certain  of  its
        securities at a higher price than it can sell them for.
(BULLET)YEAR 2000 READINESS RISK: Like other organizations around the world, the
        Series could be adversely affected if the computer systems used by their
        various  service  providers ( or the market in general ) do not properly
        operate after January 1, 2000.  The Series are  taking steps to  address
        the Year 2000 issue with respect to the computer systems  that they rely
        on.   There can  be no  assurance,  however,  that these  steps will  be
        sufficient to avoid a temporary service disruption or any adverse impact
        on the Series.

     Additionally,  if a company  in which a Series  is  invested  is  adversely
     affected  by Year  2000  problems,  it is  likely  that  the  price of that
     company's  securities will also be adversely affected. A decrease in one or
     more of a Series'  holdings  may have a similar  impact on the price of the
     Series'  shares.  The Series' adviser will rely on public filings and other

                                                                              10

<PAGE>


     statements made by companies  about their Year 2000  readiness.  Issuers in
     countries  outside  the U.S.  present a greater  Year 2000  readiness  risk
     because they may not be required to make the same level of disclosure about
     Year 2000  readiness  as is required in the U.S. The adviser is not able to
     audit  any  company  and its major  suppliers  to  verify  their  year 2000
     readiness.


                                                                              11


<PAGE>

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS
The Board of Trustees for each Fund  supervises the  management,  activities and
affairs of the Fund and has approved  contracts  with various  organizations  to
provide,  among other services,  day-to-day  management required by the Fund and
its shareholders.

INVESTMENT ADVISER
         PLAIN TALK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS AN INVESTMENT ADVISER?
         The investment adviser makes investment decisions for a mutual fund and
         continuously reviews, supervises and  administers the fund's investment
         program.  The Board of Trustees  supervises the investment  adviser and
         establishes  policies  that the adviser  must follow in  its management
         activities.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Wilmington Trust Company,  the Series'  investment  adviser,  is located at 1100
North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890. WTC owns a controlling interest
in Cramer  Rosenthal  McGlynn,  LLC, the Funds'  sponsor.  WTC is a wholly owned
subsidiary  of  Wilmington  Trust  Corporation,  which is a  publicly  held bank
holding company. Under an advisory agreement, WTC, subject to the supervision of
the Board of Trustees, directs the investments of each Series in accordance with
its investment  objective,  policies and limitations.  In addition to serving as
investment  adviser  for the Series,  WTC is engaged in a variety of  investment
advisory  activities,  including  the  management  of  other  mutual  funds  and
collective investment pools.

Under the  advisory  agreement,  each  Series  pays a monthly  fee to WTC at the
annual  rate of 0.35% of the  Series'  first $1  billion  of  average  daily net
assets;  0.30% of the Series' next $1 billion of average  daily net assets;  and
0.25% of the Series'  average  daily net assets over $2 billion.  For the twelve
months ended June 30, 1999,  WTC received the following fees (after fee waivers)
as a percentage of each Series' average daily net assets for investment advisory
services:

Intermediate Bond Series                             %
Municipal Bond Series                                %

FUND MANAGERS
Eric K.  Cheung,  Vice  President  and  Manager of the Fixed  Income  Management
Division,  Clayton  M.  Albright,  III,  Vice  President  of  the  Fixed  Income
Management  Division and Dominick J. D'Eramo,  CFA, Vice  President of the Fixed
Income Management Division,  all of the Asset Management  Department of WTC, are
primarily  responsible for the day-to-day  management of the  Short/Intermediate
Bond Series and the Intermediate  Bond Series.  From 1978 until 1986, Mr. Cheung
was the  Portfolio  Manager for fixed  income  assets of the  Meritor  Financial
Group.  In 1986, Mr. Cheung joined WTC. In 1991, he became the Division  Manager
for all fixed income products. Mr. Albright has been employed at WTC since 1976.
In 1987,  he joined  the Fixed  Income  Management  Division  and since then has
specialized in the management

                                                                              12

<PAGE>


of intermediate and  long-term fixed  income portfolios.   Mr. D'Eramo began his
career with WTC in 1986 as a  fixed-income trader and was promoted to  portfolio
manager in 1990.

Lisa More, Assistant Vice President of Credit Research and Municipal Trading
within the Fixed Income Management Divisions of Asset Management Department of
WTC is primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the municipal Bond
Portfolio. Mrs. More has been employed at WTC since 1988. In 1990, she joined
the Fixed Income Division specializing in the management of municipal income
portfolios.

SERVICE PROVIDERS

The chart below provides information on the Funds' primary service providers.

                                                                              13

<PAGE>

Asset                                       Shareholder
Management                                  Services
- ---------------------------------           ------------------------------------

      INVESTMENT ADVISER                             TRANSFER AGENT
   WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY                             PFPC INC.
     RODNEY SQUARE NORTH                           400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY
    1100 N. MARKET STREET                          WILMINGTON, DE 19809
  WILMINGTON, DE 19890-0001

                                             Handles shareholder services,
                                             including recordkeeping and
 Manages each Fund's business and            statements, payment of distribution
 investment activies.                        and processing of buy and sell
                                                       request.

- ---------------------------------           ------------------------------------

                           --------------------------

                             CRM INTERMEDIATE BOND

                               CRM MUNICIPAL BOND

                           --------------------------

Fund                                        Asset
Operations                                  Safe Keeping
- ---------------------------------           ------------------------------------

     ADMINISTRATOR AND                                    CUSTODIAN
     ACCOUNTING AGENT                                PFPC TRUST COMPANY
        PFPC INC.                                    200 STEVENS DRIVE
   400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY                               LESTER, PA 19113
   WILMINGTON, DE 19809


Provides facilities, equipment               Hold each Fund's assets, settle all
  and personnel to carry out                  portfolio trades and collect most
administrative services related              of the valuation data required for
to each Fund and calculates each               calculating each Fund's NAV per
   Fund's NAV per share and                                 share.
        distributions.

- ---------------------------------           ------------------------------------

                        Distribution
                        -------------------------------

                                  DISTRIBUTOR
                           PROVIDENT DISRIBUTORS INC.
                          FOUR FALLS CORPORATE CENTER
                          WEST CONSHOHOCKEN, PA 19428


                        Distributes each Fund's shares.

                        -------------------------------

                                                                              14

<PAGE>


SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
PRICING OF SHARES
The Funds value their assets based on current  market value when such values are
available. Prices for fixed income securities normally are supplied by a pricing
service.  Fixed income securities  maturing within 60 days of the valuation date
are valued at amortized cost.  Securities  that do not have a readily  available
current market value are valued in good faith under the direction of the Series'
Board of Trustees.

The assets held by the Intermediate  Bond Series that are denominated in foreign
currencies  are valued daily in U.S.  dollars at the foreign  currency  exchange
rates that are  prevailing at the time that PFPC  determines the daily net asset
value per share.

         PLAIN TALK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS THE NET ASSET VALUE or "NAV"?
                           NAV = Assets - Liabilities
                                 --------------------
                                  Outstanding Shares
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PFPC  determines  the NAV per  share of each  Fund as of the  close  of  regular
trading on the New York Stock Exchange  (currently 4:00 p.m.,  Eastern time), on
each  Business  Day (a day  that  the  Exchange,  the  Transfer  Agent  and  the
Philadelphia branch of the Federal Reserve Bank are open for business).  The NAV
is calculated by adding the value of all  securities and other assets in a Fund,
deducting its  liabilities and dividing the balance by the number of outstanding
shares in that Fund.

Shares will not be priced on those days the Funds are closed.  As of the date of
this prospectus, those days are:

     New Year's Day                     Memorial Day       Veterans Day
     Martin Luther King, Jr. Day        Independence Day   Thanksgiving Day
     President's Day                    Labor Day          Christmas Day
     Good Friday                        Columbus Day

PURCHASE OF SHARES
         PLAIN TALK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         HOW TO PURCHASE SHARES:
         (BULLET) Directly by mail or by wire
         (BULLET) As a client of a Third Party
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Fund shares are  offered on a  continuous  basis and are sold  without any sales
charges. The minimum initial investment in the Fund's Investor and Institutional
class shares is $10,000 and $1,000,000,  respectively.  The Funds, in their sole
discretion,   may  waive  the  minimum  initial  amount  to  establish   certain
Institutional share accounts.  Additional investments may be made in any amount.
You may purchase shares as specified below.

                                                                              15

<PAGE>

You may also purchase  shares if you are a client of an  institution  (such as a
bank or  broker-dealer)  that has entered  into a servicing  agreement  with the
Funds'  distributor  ("Third  Party").  You should also be aware that you may be
charged a fee by the Third  Party in  connection  with  your  investment  in the
Funds.  If you wish to purchase  Fund  shares  through  your  account at a Third
Party,  you should contact that entity directly for information and instructions
on purchasing shares.

BY MAIL: You may purchase shares by sending a check drawn on a U.S. bank payable
to  CRM  Funds,  indicating  the  name  of the  Fund,  along  with  a  completed
application (included at the end of this prospectus). If a subsequent investment
is being made, the check should also indicate your Fund account number. When you
make purchases by check,  each Fund may withhold payment on redemptions until it
is reasonably  satisfied  that the funds are collected  (which can take up to 10
days).  If you purchase  shares with a check that does not clear,  your purchase
will be canceled and you will be responsible  for any losses or fees incurred in
that transaction. Send the check and application to:

                  REGULAR MAIL:                 OVERNIGHT MAIL:
                  CRM Funds                     CRM Funds
                  c/o PFPC Inc.                 c/o PFPC Inc.
                  P.O. Box ____                 400 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 108
                  Wilmington, DE 19899          Wilmington, DE 19809

BY WIRE:  You may purchase  shares by wiring  federal funds  readily  available.
Please  call  PFPC  at  (800)  _____for   instructions   and  to  make  specific
arrangements  before  making  a  purchase  by wire,  and if  making  an  initial
purchase, to also obtain an account number.

ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION  REGARDING  PURCHASES:  Purchase  orders received by the
Transfer  Agent  before the close of  regular  trading  on the  Exchange  on any
Business  Day will be  priced at the NAV that is  determined  as of the close of
trading.  Purchase  orders  received  after the close of regular  trading on the
Exchange  will be priced as of the close of  regular  trading  on the  following
Business Day.

Any purchase order may be rejected if a Fund determines that accepting the order
would not be in the best interest of the Fund or its shareholders.

It is the  responsibility of the Third Party to transmit orders for the purchase
of shares by its customers to the Transfer  Agent and to deliver  required funds
on a timely basis, in accordance with the procedures stated above.

                                                                              16

<PAGE>

For  information  on  other  ways  to  purchase  shares,  including  through  an
individual retirement account (IRA) or an automatic investment plan or a payroll
investment plan, please refer to the Statement of Additional Information.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES
         PLAIN TALK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         HOW TO REDEEM (SELL) SHARES:
         (BULLET)  By mail
         (BULLET)  By telephone
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

You may sell your shares on any Business Day as described below. Redemptions are
effected at the NAV next  determined  after the Transfer Agent has received your
redemption  request.  There is no fee when Fund shares are  redeemed.  It is the
responsibility of the Third Party to transmit redemption orders and credit their
customers'  accounts  with  redemption  proceeds on a timely  basis.  Redemption
checks are mailed on the next Business Day following  acceptance by the Transfer
Agent of redemption  instructions,  but never later than 7 days  following  such
receipt and acceptance.  Amounts redeemed by wire are normally wired on the date
of receipt  and  acceptance  of  redemption  instructions  (if  received  by the
Transfer  Agent  before 4:00 p.m.  Eastern  time) or the next  Business  Day (if
received  after 4:00 p.m.  Eastern time, or on a  non-Business  Day),  but never
later than 7 days following such receipt and  acceptance.  If you purchased your
shares  through an account at a Third Party,  you should contact the Third Party
for information relating to redemptions. The Fund's name and your account number
should accompany any redemption requests.

BY  MAIL:  If you  redeem  your  shares  by  mail,  you  should  submit  written
instructions with a "signature  guarantee".  A signature  guarantee verifies the
authenticity  of  your   signature.   You  can  obtain  one  from  most  banking
institutions  or  securities  brokers,  but not from a notary  public.  You must
indicate  the Fund  name,  your  account  number  and  your  name.  The  written
instructions and signature guarantee should be mailed to:

                  REGULAR MAIL:                OVERNIGHT MAIL:

                  CRM Funds                    CRM Funds
                  c/o PFPC Inc.                c/o PFPC Inc.
                  P.O. Box ____                400 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 108
                  Wilmington, DE 19899         Wilmington, DE 19809

BY TELEPHONE: If you prefer to redeem your shares by telephone, you may elect to
do so.  However there are certain  risks.  The Fund has certain  safeguards  and
procedures  to  confirm  the  identity  of  callers  and  to  confirm  that  the
instructions communicated are genuine. If such procedures are followed, you will
bear the risk of any losses.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING  REDEMPTIONS:  Redemption proceeds may be wired
to your  predesignated  bank account in any commercial bank in the United States
if the amount is $1,000

                                                                              17

<PAGE>

or more. The receiving bank may charge a fee for this service. Proceeds may also
be mailed to your bank or, for  amounts of $10,000 or less,  mailed to your Fund
account  address of record if the address has been  established  for at least 60
days. In order to authorize the Transfer  Agent to mail  redemption  proceeds to
your Fund account  address of record,  complete the  appropriate  section of the
Application  for Telephone  Redemptions or include your Fund account  address of
record when you submit written instructions. You may change the account that you
have designated to receive  amounts  redeemed at any time. Any request to change
the account designated to receive redemption proceeds should be accompanied by a
guarantee  of your  signature  by an eligible  institution.  A  signature  and a
signature  guarantee  are  required for each person in whose name the account is
registered.  Further  documentation  will be required  to change the  designated
account  when a  corporation,  other  organization,  trust,  fiduciary  or other
institutional investor holds the Fund shares.

If shares to be redeemed  represent a recent investment made by check, each Fund
reserves the right not to make the redemption  proceeds  available  until it has
reasonable  grounds to believe  that the check has been  collected  (which could
take up to 10 days).

SMALL  ACCOUNTS:  If the value of your Fund  account  falls  below  $10,000  for
Investor  shares or  $1,000,000  for  Institutional  shares  ($2,000 for IRAs or
automatic  investment plans), the Fund may ask you to increase your balance.  If
the account value is still below such amounts after 60 days,  the Fund may close
your account and send you the proceeds.  The Fund will not close your account if
it falls below these amounts solely as a result of a reduction in your account's
market value.

REDEMPTIONS IN KIND: The Funds reserve the right to make "redemptions in kind" -
payments of  redemption  proceeds in fund  securities  rather than cash - if the
amount  redeemed is large enough to affect the Series'  operations (for example,
if it represents more than 1% of a Series' assets).

EXCHANGE OF SHARES
         PLAIN TALK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS AN EXCHANGE OF SHARES?
         An  exchange  of shares  allows you to move your money from one fund to
         another fund within a family of funds.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

You may exchange all or a portion of your shares in a Fund for the same class of
shares of certain other Funds. These other Funds are:

          CRM Prime Money Market Fund
          CRM Tax-Exempt Fund
          CRM Intermediate Bond Fund
          CRM Municipal Bond Fund
          CRM Large Cap Value Fund
          CRM Mid Cap Value Fund
          CRM Small Cap Value Fund

Redemption  of shares  through an exchange will be effected at the NAV per share
next  determined  after the Transfer Agent receives your request.  A purchase of
shares  through an

                                                                              18

<PAGE>

exchange  will be  effected at the NAV per share  determined  at that time or as
next determined thereafter.

Exchange  transactions  will be subject to the minimum  initial  investment  and
other  requirements of the Fund into which the exchange is made. An exchange may
not be made if the exchange would leave a balance in a shareholder's  account of
less than $10,000 for Investor share  accounts or $1,000,000  for  Institutional
share accounts.

To obtain  prospectuses  of the other CRM Funds,  you may call (800)  _____.  To
obtain more information  about exchanges,  or to place exchange orders,  contact
the Transfer Agent,  or, if your shares are held in a trust account with a Third
Party,  contact the Third Party.  The Funds may terminate or modify the exchange
offer  described  here and will give you 60 days' notice of such  termination or
modification. This exchange offer is valid only in those jurisdictions where the
sale of the CRM Fund shares to be acquired  through such exchange may be legally
made.

DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS
         PLAIN TALK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS NET INVESTMENT INCOME?
         Net investment  income consists of interest and dividends  (and, in the
         case  of  the  Municipal  Bond  Fund,  market  discount  on  tax-exempt
         securities) earned by a fund on its investments less accrued expenses.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

As a  shareholder  of a Fund,  you are entitled to receive  dividends  and other
distributions  arising from the net investment income and net realized gains, if
any,  earned on the  investments  held by the  Fund.  Generally,  dividends  are
declared  daily  and paid  monthly.  Each Fund  expects  to  distribute  any net
realized  gains once a year.  CRM  Intermediate  Bond Fund will  distribute  net
realized gains from foreign currency transactions,  if any, after the end of the
fiscal year in which the gain was realized by them.

A distribution is payable to the shareholders of record at the time the
distribution is declared (including holders of shares being redeemed, but
excluding holders of shares being purchased). Shares become entitled to receive
distributions on the day after the shares are issued.

Distributions  are  automatically  reinvested  and  are  paid  in  the  form  of
additional Fund shares unless you have elected to receive the  distributions  in
cash.

Any net capital gain realized by a Fund will be distributed at least annually.

Shares become entitled to receive distributions on the day after the shares are
issued.

TAXES

Each Fund  generally  intends to  operate  in a manner  such that it will not be
liable  for  Federal  income or excise  tax.  The  Funds'  distributions  of net
investment income (which include net

                                                                              19

<PAGE>

short-term capital gains),  whether received in cash or reinvested in additional
Fund  shares,  may be subject to federal  income tax.  Each Fund will notify you
following  the end of the  calendar  year of the amount of  dividends  paid that
year.

Dividend  distributions by the Municipal Bond Fund of the excess of its interest
income on tax-exempt  securities over certain  amounts  disallowed as deductions
("exempt-interest  dividends") may be treated by you as interest excludable from
your gross income.  The Municipal Bond Fund intends to distribute income that is
exempt from federal income tax,  though it may invest in a portion of its assets
in securities that generate  taxable  income.  Income exempt from federal income
tax may be subject to state and local  income  tax.  Additionally,  any  capital
gains distributed by the Municipal Bond Fund may be taxable.

It is a  taxable  event  for you if you sell or  exchange  shares  of any  Fund,
including the Municipal Bond Fund.  Depending on the purchase price and the sale
price of the shares  you  exchange,  you may have a taxable  gain or loss on the
transaction.  You  are  responsible  for  any tax  liability  generated  by your
transactions.

This section is only a summary of some important income tax considerations  that
may  affect  your  investment  in  a  Fund.  More  information  regarding  those
considerations appears in our Statement of Additional Information. You are urged
to consult your tax adviser  regarding  the effects of an investment on your tax
situation.

DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS
Provident Distributors, Inc. ("PDI") manages the Funds' distribution efforts and
provides  assistance and expertise in developing  marketing plans and materials,
enters into dealer  agreement  with  broker-dealers  to sell shares and provides
shareholder support services,  directly or through affiliates.  The Funds do not
charge any sales loads,  deferred  sales loads or other fees in connection  with
the purchase of shares.

MASTER/FEEDER STRUCTURE
Other institutional  investors,  including other mutual funds, may invest in the
master  funds.  The  master/feeder   structure  enables  various   institutional
investors,  including  a Fund,  to pool their  assets,  which may be expected to
result in economies by spreading  certain  fixed costs over a larger asset base.
Each shareholder of a master fund,  including a Fund, will pay its proportionate
share of the master fund's expenses.

For reasons  relating to costs or a change in investment  goal,  among others, a
Fund could switch to another  master fund or decide to manage its assets itself.
No Fund is currently contemplating such a move.

SHARE CLASSES
Each Fund issues Investor and  Institutional  share classes,  which classes have
different minimum  investment  requirements and fees.  Institutional  shares are
offered only to those  investors  who invest in a Fund  through an  intermediary
(i.e., broker) or through a consultant and who invest

                                                                              20

<PAGE>

$1,000,000  or  more or  where related  accounts  total  $1,000,000 or more when
combined.  Other  investors  investing  $10,000 or more  may  purchase  Investor
shares.

                                                                              21

<PAGE>

FOR MORE INFORMATION

FOR INVESTORS WHO WANT MORE  INFORMATION ON THE FUNDS,  THE FOLLOWING  DOCUMENTS
ARE AVAILABLE FREE UPON REQUEST:

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL  REPORTS:  Contain  performance  data and information on fund
holdings and  operating  results for the Fund's most recently  completed  fiscal
year or half-year.

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION  (SAI):  Provides a complete  technical and
legal description of the Funds' policies,  investment  restrictions,  risks, and
business structure. This prospectus incorporates the SAI by reference.

Copies  of these  documents  and  answers  to  questions  about the Funds may be
obtained without charge by contacting:

CRM Funds
c/o PFPC Inc.
400 Bellevue Parkway
Suite 108
Wilmington, Delaware 19809
(800) _____
9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Eastern time

Information  about the Funds  (including  the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at
the  Public  Reference  Room  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  in
Washington,  D.C. Copies of this information may be obtained,  upon payment of a
duplicating  fee, by writing the Public  Reference Room of the SEC,  Washington,
DC, 20549-6009. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be
obtained by calling the SEC at  1-(800)-SEC-0330.  Reports and other information
about the Funds may be viewed  on-screen or downloaded  from the SEC's  Internet
site at http://www.sec.gov.

              FOR MORE INFORMATION ON OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT, MAKING
              CHANGES TO EXISTING ACCOUNTS, PURCHASING, EXCHANGING
                OR REDEEMING SHARES, OR OTHER INVESTOR SERVICES,
                           PLEASE CALL 1-(800)-_____.

The investment company registration number is 811-08648.

                                                                              22


<PAGE>



                         THE CRM PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND
                             THE CRM TAX EXEMPT FUND

================================================================================


                         PROSPECTUS DATED _______, 1999



This prospectus gives vital information about this money market mutual fund,
including information on investment policies, risks and fees. For your own
benefit and protection, please read it before you invest, and keep it on hand
for future reference.

Please note that the Funds:
(BULLET) are not bank deposits
(BULLET) are not obligations of, or guaranteed or endorsed by the Funds'
         investment adviser, Wilmington Trust Company, or any of its affiliates
(BULLET) are not federally insured
(BULLET) are not obligations of, or guaranteed or endorsed or otherwise
         supported by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance
         Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other governmental agency
(BULLET) are not guaranteed to achieve their goal(s)
(BULLET) may not be able to maintain a stable $1 share price

Like all mutual fund shares, the Securities and Exchange Commission has not
approved or disapproved the Funds' shares or determined whether this prospectus
is accurate or complete. Anyone who tells you otherwise is committing a crime.

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

A LOOK AT THE GOALS, STRATEGIES,        FUND DESCRIPTION
RISKS, EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL           Summary................................3
HISTORY OF THE FUNDS.                   Performance Information................4
                                        Fees and Expenses......................5
                                        Investment Objective...................6
                                        Primary Investment Strategies..........6
                                        Additional Risk Information............7

DETAILS ABOUT THE SERVICE               MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS
PROVIDERS.                              Investment Adviser.....................9
                                        Service Providers.....................10

POLICIES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR           SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
OPENING, MAINTAINING AND                Pricing of Shares.....................11
CLOSING AN ACCOUNT IN THE               Purchase of Shares....................11
FUNDS.                                  Redemption of Shares..................13
                                        Exchange of Shares....................15
                                        Distributions.........................15
                                        Taxes.................................16

DETAILS ON THE FUNDS' MASTER/           DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS
FEEDER ARRANGEMENT.                     Share Class...........................17
                                        Master/Feeder Structure...............17

                                        FOR MORE INFORMATION..........back cover

For information about key terms and concepts, look for our "PLAIN TALK"
explanations.

                                                                               2
<PAGE>

                         THE CRM PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND
                             THE CRM TAX-EXEMPT FUND

FUND DESCRIPTION
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE MONEY MARKET FUNDS?
         Money market funds invest only in high quality, short-term debt
         securities, commonly known as money market instruments. Money market
         funds follow strict rules about credit risk, maturity and
         diversification of their investments. An investment in a money market
         fund is not a bank deposit. Although a money market fund seeks to keep
         a constant share price of $1.00, you may lose money by investing in a
         money market fund.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY
Investment Objective         (BULLET)    The PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND seeks high
                                         current income, while preserving
                                         capital and liquidity.
                             (BULLET)    The TAX EXEMPT FUND seeks high current
                                         interest income exempt from federal
                                         income taxes while preserving
                                         principal.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Focus             (BULLET)    Money market instruments
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Share Price Volatility       (BULLET)    The Funds will strive to maintain a
                                         stable $1.00 share price.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Principal Investment         (BULLET)    The Funds operate as "feeder funds"
Strategy                                 which means that the Funds do not buy
                                         individual securities directly.
                                         Instead, each Fund invests in a
                                         corresponding mutual fund or "master
                                         fund," which in turn purchases
                                         investment securities. The Funds invest
                                         all of their assets in master funds,
                                         which are separate series of another
                                         mutual fund. The Funds and
                                         corresponding Series have the same
                                         investment objective, policies and
                                         limitations.
                             (BULLET)    The PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND invests in
                                         the Prime Money Market Series, which
                                         invests in money market instruments,
                                         including bank obligations, high
                                         quality commercial paper and U.S.
                                         Government obligations.
                             (BULLET)    The TAX-EXEMPT FUND invests in the
                                         Tax-Exempt Series, which invests in
                                         high quality municipal obligations,
                                         municipal bonds and other instruments
                                         exempt from federal income tax.
                             (BULLET)    The Prime Money Market Fund, through
                                         its corresponding Series, may invest
                                         more than 25% of its total assets in
                                         the obligations of banks and finance
                                         companies.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Principal Risks              (BULLET)    An investment in a Fund is not a
                                         deposit of Wilmington Trust Company,
                                         the Funds' investment adviser or any of
                                         its affiliates and is not insured or
                                         guaranteed by the Federal Deposit
                                         Insurance Corporation or any other
                                         government agency. Although each Fund
                                         seeks to preserve the value of your
                                         investment at $1.00 per share, it is
                                         possible to lose money by investing in
                                         a Fund.
                             (BULLET)    The obligations, in which the Funds
                                         invest through their corresponding
                                         Series, are subject to credit risk and
                                         interest rate risk. Typically, when
                                         interest rates rise, the market prices
                                         of debt securities go down.
                             (BULLET)    The performance of a Fund will depend
                                         on whether or not the adviser is
                                         successful in pursuing an investment
                                         strategy.
                             (BULLET)    The Funds are also subject to other
                                         risks, which are described under
                                         "Additional Risk Information."
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investor Profile             (BULLET)    Conservative
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                               3
<PAGE>

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

                         THE CRM PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND
The bar chart and the performance table below illustrate the risks and
volatility of an investment in the Fund. Of course, past performance is not
necessarily an indicator of how the Fund will perform in the future.

[BAR CHART]

THIS BAR CHART SHOWS CHANGES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE FUND'S INSTITUTIONAL
SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR. THE BAR CHART DOES REFLECT
DEDUCTIONS FOR RULE 12b-1 DISTRIBUTION FEES. IF SUCH AMOUNTS WERE NOT REFLECTED,
RETURNS WOULD BE HIGHER.

                         BEST QUARTER        WORST QUARTER
                                2.36%               0.70%
                       (June 30, 1998)     (June 30, 1993)


AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/98         1 YEAR      5 YEARS       10 YEARS
Prime Money Market Fund                        5.17%       5.00%          5.46%

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS YIELD?
         Yield is a measure of the income (dividends and interest) earned by the
         securities in a fund's portfolio and paid to you over a specified time
         period. The yield is expressed as a percentage of the offering price
         per share on a specified date.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

      You may call (800) ________ to obtain the Fund's current 7-day yield.

                             THE CRM TAX-EXEMPT FUND
The bar chart and the performance table below illustrate the risks and
volatility of an investment in the Fund. Of course, past performance is not
necessarily an indicator of how the Fund will perform in the future.

[BAR CHART]

THIS BAR CHART SHOWS CHANGES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE FUND'S INSTITUTIONAL
SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR. THE BAR CHART DOES REFLECT
DEDUCTIONS FOR RULE 12b-1 DISTRIBUTION FEES. IF SUCH AMOUNTS WERE NOT REFLECTED,
RETURNS WOULD BE HIGHER.

                         BEST QUARTER        WORST QUARTER
                                1.61%                0.47%
                       (June 30, 1989)     (March 31, 1994)

AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/98         1 YEAR      5 YEARS       10 YEARS
Tax-Exempt Fund                                2.98%       3.00%          3.54%

      You may call (800) ________ to obtain the Fund's current 7-day yield.

                                                                               4
<PAGE>

FEES AND EXPENSES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE MUTUAL FUND EXPENSES?
         Unlike an index, every mutual fund has operating expenses to pay for
         professional advisory, distribution, administration and custody
         services. The Fund's expenses in the table below are shown as a
         percentage of the Fund's net assets. These expenses are deducted from
         Fund assets.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
hold shares of the Fund.


INSTITUTIONAL SHARES
ANNUAL FUND OPERATING                        THE PRIME MONEY      THE TAX-EXEMPT
EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE                    MARKET FUND             FUND
ARE DEDUCTED FROM FUND                       ---------------      --------------
ASSETS) 1
Management fees                                   0.47%               0.47%
Distribution (12b-1) fees                          None                None
Other expenses                                      %                   %
TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES                     %                   %
Waivers/reimbursements                              %                   %
Net annual operating expenses                       %                   %
- -------------------------------
1  The table above and the Example below each reflect the aggregate annual
   operating expenses of the Fund and the corresponding Series in which the Fund
   invests.

INVESTOR SHARES
ANNUAL FUND OPERATING                        THE PRIME MONEY      THE TAX-EXEMPT
EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE                    MARKET FUND             FUND
ARE DEDUCTED FROM FUND                       ---------------      --------------
ASSETS) 1
Management fees                                   0.47%               0.47%
Distribution (12b-1) fees                         0.00%               0.00%
Other expenses                                      %                   %
Shareholder Servicing fees                        0.25%               0.25%
TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES                     %                   %
Waivers/reimbursements                              %                   %
Net annual operating expenses
- -------------------------------------------
1  The table above and the Example below each reflect the aggregate annual
   operating expenses of the Fund and the corresponding Series in which the Fund
   invests.

EXAMPLE
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund
with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The table below shows what you
would pay if you invested $10,000 over the various time frames indicated. The
example assumes that:
(BULLET)   you reinvested all dividends;
(BULLET)   the average annual return was 5%;

                                                                               5
<PAGE>

(BULLET)   the Fund's maximum total operating expenses are charged and remain
           the same over the time periods; and

(BULLET)   you redeemed all of your investment at the end of the time period.

Although your actual cost may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions,
your costs would be:
 INSTITUTIONAL SHARES          1 YEAR       3 YEARS        5 YEARS      10 YEARS
                               ------       -------        -------      --------
 Prime Money Market Fund        $57           $179          $313          $701
 Tax-Exempt Fund                $60           $189          $329          $738

 Investor Shares               1 YEAR       3 YEARS        5 YEARS      10 YEARS
                               ------       -------        -------      --------
 Prime Money Market Fund        $___          $___          $___          $___
 Tax-Exempt Fund                $___          $___          $___          $___

THE ABOVE EXAMPLES ARE FOR COMPARISON PURPOSES ONLY AND ARE NOT A REPRESENTATION
OF THE FUNDS' ACTUAL EXPENSES AND RETURNS, EITHER PAST OR FUTURE.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE
(BULLET)   The PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND seeks a high level of current income
           consistent with the preservation of capital and liquidity.
(BULLET)   The TAX-EXEMPT FUND seeks as high a level of interest income exempt
           from federal income tax as is consistent with preservation of
           principal.

The investment objectives for each Fund may not be changed without shareholder
approval. Each of the Funds is a money market fund and intends to maintain a
stable $1 share price, although this may not be possible under certain
circumstances. There can be no guarantee that any Fund will achieve its
investment objective.

PRIMARY INVESTMENT STRATEGIES
The PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND invests its assets in the Prime Money Market Series,
which in turn invests in:
(BULLET)   U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of major U.S. and foreign banks
           and their branches located outside of the United States, of U.S.
           branches of foreign banks, of foreign branches of foreign banks, of
           U.S. agencies of foreign banks and wholly-owned banking subsidiaries
           of foreign banks;
(BULLET)   high quality commercial paper and corporate obligations;
(BULLET)   U.S. Government obligations, which are debt securities issued or
           guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities;
(BULLET)   high quality municipal securities; and
(BULLET)   repurchase agreements that are fully collateralized by the U.S.
           Government obligations.

The TAX-EXEMPT FUND invests its assets in the Tax-Exempt Series, which in turn
invests in:
(BULLET)   high quality municipal obligations and municipal bonds;
(BULLET)   floating and variable rate obligations;
(BULLET)   participation interests;

                                                                               6
<PAGE>
(BULLET)   high quality tax-exempt commercial paper; and
(BULLET)   high quality short-term municipal notes.

The Tax-Exempt Series has adopted a policy that, under normal circumstances, at
least 80% of its annual income will be exempt from federal income tax.
Additionally, at least 80% of its annual income will not be a tax preference
item for purposes of the federal alternative minimum tax.

High quality securities include those that (1) are rated in one of the two
highest short-term rating categories by two NRSRO, such as S&P, Moody's and
Fitch IBCA (or by one NRSRO if only one NRSRO has issued a rating) or; (2) if
unrated are issued by an issuer with comparable outstanding debt that is rated
or are otherwise unrated and determined by the investment adviser to be of
comparable quality.

The Series also may invest in other securities, use other strategies and engage
in other investment practices, which are described in detail in our Statement of
Additional Information.

ADDITIONAL RISK INFORMATION
The following is a list of certain risks that may apply to your investment in a
Fund. Further information about investment risks is available in our Statement
of Additional Information:
(BULLET)   CREDIT RISK: The risk that the issuer of a security, or the
           counterparty to a contract, will default or otherwise become unable
           to honor a financial obligation.
(BULLET)   FOREIGN SECURITY RISK: The risk of losses due to political,
           regulatory, economic, social or other uncontrollable forces in a
           foreign country.
(BULLET)   INTEREST RATE RISK: The risk of market losses attributable to changes
           in interest rates. With fixed-rate securities, a rise in interest
           rates typically causes a fall in values, while a fall in rates
           typically causes a rise in values. The yield paid by a Fund will vary
           with changes in interest rates.
(BULLET)   MARKET RISK: The risk that the market value of a security may move up
           and down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably.
(BULLET)   MASTER/FEEDER RISK: The Funds' master/feeder structure is relatively
           new and more complex. While this structure is designed to reduce
           costs, it may not do so, and the Fund might encounter operational or
           other complications.
(BULLET)   PREPAYMENT RISK: The risk that a debt security may be paid off and
           proceeds invested earlier than anticipated. Depending on market
           conditions, the new investments may or may not carry the same
           interest rate.
(BULLET)   YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE RISK: Like other organizations around the world,
           the Funds could be adversely affected if the computer systems used by
           its various service providers (or the market in general) do not
           properly operate after January 1, 2000. The Funds are taking steps to
           address the Year 2000 issue with respect to the computer systems that
           they rely on. There can be no assurance, however, that these steps
           will be sufficient to avoid a temporary service disruption or any
           adverse impact on the Funds.

           Additionally, if a company in which a Series is invested is adversely
           affected by Year 2000 Problems, it is likely that the price of that
           company's securities will also be adversely affected. A decrease in
           one or more of a Series' holdings may have a similar impact on the
           price of the Series' shares. The Series' adviser will rely on public
           filings and other statements by companies about their Year 2000
           readiness. Issuers in countries outside the U.S. present a

                                                                               7
<PAGE>

           greater Year 2000 readiness risk because they may not be required to
           make the same level of disclosure about Year 2000 readiness as is
           required in the U.S. The adviser is not able to audit any company and
           its major suppliers to verify their Year 2000 readiness.


                                                                               8
<PAGE>

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
The Board of Trustees for each Fund supervises the management, activities and
affairs of the Fund and has approved contracts with various organizations to
provide, among other services, the day-to-day management required by the Fund
and its shareholders.

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS AN INVESTMENT ADVISER?
         The investment adviser makes investment decisions for a mutual fund and
         continuously reviews, supervises and administers the fund's investment
         program. The Board of Trustees supervises the investment adviser and
         establishes policies that the adviser must follow in its management
         activities.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

INVESTMENT ADVISER
Rodney Square Management Corporation ("RSMC"), the Series' investment adviser,
is located at 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890. RSMC is a
wholly owned subsidiary of Wilmington Trust Company ("WTC"), which is wholly
owned by Wilmington Trust Corporation. WTC owns a controlling interest in Cramer
Rosenthal McGlynn, LLC, the Fund's sponsor. RSMC also provides asset management
services to collective investment funds maintained by WTC. In the past, RSMC has
provided asset management services to individuals, personal trusts,
municipalities, corporations and other organizations.

The Prime Money Market Series and the Tax-Exempt Series each pays a monthly fee
to RSMC at the annual rate of 0.47% of the Series' first $1 billion of average
daily net assets; 0.43% of the Series' next $500 million of average daily net
assets; 0.40% of the Series' next $500 million of average daily net assets; and
0.37% of the Series' average daily net assets in excess of $2 billion, as
determined at the close of business on each day throughout the month. For the
twelve months ended June 30, 1999, the Prime Money Market Series and the
Tax-Exempt Series paid RSMC ___% and ___%, respectively, for its services as
investment adviser. Out of its fee, RSMC makes payments to PFPC Inc. for the
provision of administration, accounting and transfer agency services and to PFPC
Trust Company for provision of custodial services.

SERVICE PROVIDERS
The chart below provides information on the Fund's primary service providers.

                                                                               9
<PAGE>

Asset                                                       Shareholder
Management                                                  Services
- --------------------------------     -------------------------------------------
     INVESTMENT ADVISER                              TRANSFER AGENT
 RODNEY SQUARE MANAGEMENT CORP.                         PFPC INC.
     RODNEY SQUARE NORTH                          400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY
    1100 N. MARKET STREET                        WILMINGTON, DE  19809
   WILMINGTON, DE 19890-0001

Manages the Fund's business and         Handles shareholder services, including
investment activities.                  recordkeeping and statements, payment of
                                     distribution and processing of buy and sell
                                                        requests.
- --------------------------------     -------------------------------------------

                                 --------------
                                    CRM PRIME
                                  MONEY MARKET
                                        &
                                 CRM TAX-EXEMPT
                                 --------------


Fund                                         Asset
Operations                                   Safe Keeping
- --------------------------------------       -----------------------------------
  ADMINISTRATOR AND                                    CUSTODIAN
  ACCOUNTING AGENT
      PFPC INC.                                     PFPC TRUST COMPANY
 400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY                               200 STEVENS DRIVE
 WILMINGTON, DE  19809                              LESTER, PA  19113

Provides facilities, equipment and              Hold the Fund's assets, settle
personnel to carry out administrative         all portfolio trades and collect
services related to the Fund and             most of the valuation data required
calculates the Fund's NAV per share             for calculating the Fund's NAV
       and distributions.                                 per share.
- --------------------------------------       -----------------------------------

                         Distribution
                         ------------------------------
                                  DISTRIBUTOR
                          PROVIDENT DISTRIBUTORS INC.
                           FOUR FALLS CORPORATE CENTER
                          WEST CONSHOHOCKEN, PA 19428

                         Distributes the Fund's shares.
                         ------------------------------

                                                                              10
<PAGE>

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
PRICING OF SHARES
Each Fund uses its best effort to maintain its $1 constant share price and
values its securities at cost. This involves valuing a security initially at its
cost and thereafter assuming a constant amortization to maturity of any discount
or premium, regardless of fluctuating interest rates on the market value of the
security. All cash, receivables and current payables are carried at their face
value. Other assets, if any, are valued at fair value as determined in good
faith by, or under the direction of, the Board of Trustees.

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS THE NET ASSET VALUE or "NAV"?
                           NAV = Assets - Liabilities
                                 --------------------
                                  Outstanding Shares
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

PFPC determines the NAV per share of each Fund, as of 12:00 p.m. Eastern Time
for the Tax-Exempt Fund and as of 2:00 p.m. Eastern Time for the Prime Money
Market Fund, on each Business Day (a day that the New York Stock Exchange, the
Transfer Agent and the Philadelphia branch of the Federal Reserve Bank are open
for business). The NAV is calculated by adding the value of all securities and
other assets in a Fund, deducting its liabilities and dividing the balance by
the number of outstanding shares in that Fund.

Shares will not be priced on those days the Funds are closed. As of the date of
this prospectus, those days are:

     New Year's Day                   Memorial Day           Veterans Day
     Martin Luther King, Jr. Day      Independence Day       Thanksgiving Day
     President's Day                  Labor Day              Christmas Day
     Good Friday                      Columbus Day

PURCHASE OF SHARES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         HOW TO PURCHASE SHARES:
         (BULLET)     Directly by mail or by wire
         (BULLET)     As a client of a Third Party
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Fund shares are offered on a continuous basis and are sold without any sales
charges. The minimum initial investment in each Fund's Investor and
Institutional class shares is $10,000 and $1,000,000, respectively. Each Fund,
in its sole discretion, may waive the minimum initial amount to establish
certain Institutional share accounts. Additional investments in any Fund may be
made in any amount. You may purchase shares by mail or by wire, as specified
below.

You may also purchase shares if you are a client of an institution (such as a
bank or broker-dealer) that has entered into a servicing agreement with the
Funds' distributor ("Third Party") you may also purchase shares through such
Third Party. You should also be aware that you may be charged a fee by the Third
Party in connection with your investment in a Fund. If you wish to purchase Fund
shares through your account at a Third Party, you should contact that entity
directly for information and instructions on purchasing shares.

                                                                              11
<PAGE>

BY MAIL: You may purchase shares by sending a check drawn on a U.S. bank payable
to CRM Funds, indicating the name of the Fund, along with a completed
application (included at the end of this prospectus). If a subsequent investment
is being made, the check should also indicate your account number. When you make
purchases by check, each Fund may withhold payment on redemptions until it is
reasonably satisfied that the funds are collected (which can take up to 10
days). If you purchase shares with a check that does not clear, your purchase
will be canceled and you will be responsible for any losses or fees incurred in
that transaction. Send the check and application to:

                  REGULAR MAIL:                  OVERNIGHT MAIL:
                  CRM Funds                      CRM Funds
                  c/o PFPC Inc.                  c/o PFPC Inc.
                  P.O. Box ____                  400 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 108
                  Wilmington, DE 19899           Wilmington, DE 19809

BY WIRE: You may purchase shares by wiring federal funds readily available.
Please call PFPC at (800) ________ for instructions and to make specific
arrangements before making a purchase by wire, and if making an initial
purchase, to also obtain an account number.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING PURCHASES: Investments in a Fund are accepted
on the Business Day that federal funds are deposited for your account on or
before 12:00 p.m. Eastern Time for the Tax-Exempt Fund or on or before 2:00 p.m.
Eastern Time for the Prime Money Market Fund. Monies immediately convertible to
federal funds are deposited for your account on or before 12:00 p.m. for the
Tax-Exempt Fund or on or before 2:00 p.m. Eastern Time for the Prime Money
Market Fund, or checks deposited for your account have been converted to federal
funds (usually within two Business Days after receipt). All investments in a
Fund are credited to your account as shares of the Fund immediately upon
acceptance and become entitled to dividends declared as of the day and time of
investment.

Any purchase order may be rejected if a Fund determines that accepting the order
would not be in the best interest of the Fund or its shareholders.

It is the responsibility of the Third Party to transmit orders for the purchase
of shares by its customers to the Transfer Agent and to deliver required funds
on a timely basis, in accordance with the procedures stated above.

For information on other ways to purchase shares, including through an
individual retirement account (IRA) or an automatic investment plan, please
refer to the Statement of Additional Information.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         HOW TO REDEEM (SELL) SHARES:
         (BULLET)     By mail
         (BULLET)     By telephone
         (BULLET)     By check
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

You may sell your shares on any Business Day by mail, telephone or check, as
described below. Redemptions are effected at the NAV next determined after the
Transfer Agent has received your

                                                                              12
<PAGE>

redemption request. There is no fee when Fund shares are redeemed. It is the
responsibility of the Third Party to transmit redemption orders and credit their
customers' accounts with redemption proceeds on a timely basis. Redemption
checks are mailed on the next Business Day following receipt by the Transfer
Agent of redemption instructions, but never later than 7 days following such
receipt. Amounts redeemed by wire are normally wired on the date of receipt of
redemption instructions or the next Business Day (if received after 12:00 p.m.
Eastern Time for the Tax-Exempt Fund or after 2:00 p.m. Eastern Time for the
Prime Money Market Fund, or on a non-Business Day), but never later than 7 days
following such receipt. If you purchased your shares through an account at a
Third Party, you should contact the Third Party for information relating to
redemptions. The Fund's name and your account number should accompany any
redemption requests.

BY MAIL: If you redeem your shares by mail, you should submit written
instructions with a "signature guarantee." A signature guarantee verifies the
authenticity of your signature. You can obtain one from most banking
institutions or securities brokers, but not from a notary public. You must
indicate the Fund name, your account number and your name. The written
instructions and signature guarantee should be mailed to:

                  REGULAR MAIL:                 OVERNIGHT MAIL:
                  CRM Funds                     CRM Funds
                  c/o PFPC Inc.                 c/o PFPC Inc.
                  P.O. Box ____                 400 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 108
                  Wilmington, DE 19899          Wilmington, DE 19809

BY TELEPHONE: If you prefer to redeem your shares by telephone you may elect to
do so. However there are certain risks. The Funds have certain safeguards and
procedures to confirm the identity of callers and to confirm that the
instructions communicated are genuine. If such procedures are followed, you will
bear the risk of any losses.

BY CHECK: You may use the check writing option to redeem Fund shares by drawing
a check for $500 or more against your Fund account. When the check is presented
for payment, a sufficient number of shares will be redeemed from your account to
cover the amount of the check. This procedure enables you to continue receiving
dividends on those shares until the check is presented for payment. Because the
aggregate amount of fund shares owned is likely to change each day, you should
not attempt to redeem all shares held in your account by using the check writing
procedure. Charges will be imposed for specially imprinted checks, business
checks, copies of canceled checks, stop payment orders, checks returned due to
"non-sufficient funds" and other returned checks. These charges will be paid
automatically by redeeming an appropriate number of Fund shares. Each Fund and
the Transfer Agency also reserve the right to terminate or alter the check
writing service at any time. The Transfer Agent also reserves the right to
impose a service charge in connection with the check writing service. If you are
interested in the check writing service, contact the Transfer Agency for further
information.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING REDEMPTION: Redemption proceeds may be wired to
your predesignated bank account in any commercial bank in the United States if
the amount is $1,000 or more. The receiving bank may charge a fee for this
service. Proceeds may also be mailed to your bank or, for amounts of $10,000,000
or less, mailed to your Fund account address of record if the address has been
established for at least 60 days. In order to authorize the Transfer Agent to
mail redemption proceeds to your Fund account address of record, complete the
appropriate section of

                                                                              13
<PAGE>

the Application for Telephone Redemptions or include your Fund account address
of record when you submit written instructions. You may change the account that
you have designated to receive amounts redeemed at any time. Any request to
change the account designated to receive redemption proceeds should be
accompanied by a guarantee of the shareholder's signature by an eligible
institution. A signature and a signature guarantee are required for each person
in whose name the account is registered. Further documentation will be required
to change the designated account when a corporation, other organization, trust,
fiduciary or other institutional investor holds Fund shares.

If the shares to be redeemed represent a recent investment made by a check, each
Fund reserves the right not to send the redemption proceeds until it believes
that the check has been collected (which could take up to 10 days).

SMALL ACCOUNTS: If the value of your Fund account falls below $10,000 for
Investor share accounts or $1,000,000 for Institutional share accounts ($2000
for IRAs or automatic investment plans), the Funds may ask you to increase your
balance. If the account value is still below such amounts after 60 days, the
Funds may close your account and send you the proceeds. The Funds will not close
your account if it falls below these amounts solely as a result of a reduction
in your account's market value.

REDEMPTIONS IN KIND: The Funds reserve the right to make redemptions in kind" -
payments of redemption proceeds in fund securities rather than cash -- if the
amount redeemed is large enough to affect the Series' operations (for example,
if it represents more than 1% of the Series' assets).

For additional information on other ways to redeem shares, please refer to the
Statement of Additional Information.

EXCHANGE OF SHARES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS AN EXCHANGE OF SHARES?
         An exchange of shares allows you to move your money from one fund to
         another fund within a family of funds.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

You may exchange all or a portion of your shares in a Fund for the same class of
shares of certain other CRM Funds. These other Funds are:

          CRM Prime Money Market Fund
          CRM Tax-Exempt Fund
          CRM Intermediate Bond Fund
          CRM Municipal Bond Fund
          CRM Large Cap Value Fund
          CRM Mid Cap Value Fund
          CRM Small Cap Value Fund

Redemption of shares through an exchange will be effected at the NAV per share
next determined after the Transfer Agent receives your request. A purchase of
shares through an exchange will be effected at the NAV per share determined at
that time or as next determined thereafter.

                                                                              14
<PAGE>

Exchange transactions will be subject to the minimum initial investment and
other requirements of the Fund into which the exchange is made. An exchange may
not be made if the exchange would leave a balance in a shareholder's account of
less than $10,000 for Investor share accounts or $1,000,000 for Institutional
share accounts.

To obtain prospectuses of the other Funds, you may call (800) ________. To
obtain more information about exchanges, or to place exchange orders, contact
the Transfer Agent, or, if your shares are held in an account with a Third
Party, contact the Third Party. The Funds may terminate or modify the exchange
offer described here and will give you 60 days' notice of such termination or
modification. This exchange offer is valid only in those jurisdictions where the
sale of the Fund shares to be acquired through such exchange may be legally
made.

DISTRIBUTIONS
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS NET INVESTMENT INCOME?
         Net investment income consists of interest and dividends earned by a
         fund on its investments less accrued expenses.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Distributions from the net investment income of each Fund are declared daily as
a dividend and paid monthly to you. Any net capital gain realized by a Fund will
be distributed annually.

All distributions are reinvested in additional shares, unless you elect to
receive distributions in cash. Shares become entitled to receive distributions
on the day after the shares are issued.

TAXES
As long as a Fund meets the requirements for being a "regulated investment
company," it pays no Federal income tax on the earnings and gains it distributes
to shareholders. The Funds' distributions of net investment income (which
include net short-term capital gains), whether received in cash or reinvested in
additional Fund shares, are taxable to you as ordinary income. Each Fund will
notify you following the end of the calendar year of the amount of dividends
paid that year.

You will not recognize any gain or loss on the sale (redemption) or exchange of
shares of a Fund so long as that Fund maintains a stable price of $1.00 a share.
Dividend distributions by the Tax-Exempt Fund of the excess of its interest
income on tax-exempt securities over certain amounts disallowed as deductions
("exempt-interest dividends") may be treated by you as interest excludable from
your gross income. The Tax-Exempt Fund intends to distribute income that is
exempt from federal income tax, though it may invest a portion of its assets in
securities that generate taxable income. Income exempt from federal income tax
may be subject to state and local income tax. Additionally, any capital gains
distributed by the Tax-Exempt Fund may be taxable.

STATE AND LOCAL INCOME TAXES: You should consult your tax advisers concerning
state and local taxes, which may have different consequences from those of the
Federal income law.

This section is only a summary of some important income tax considerations that
may affect your investment in a Fund. More information regarding those
considerations appears in our Statement of Additional Information. You are urged
to consult your tax adviser regarding the effects of an investment on your tax
situation.

                                                                              15
<PAGE>

DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS
Provident Distributors, Inc. ("PDI") manages the Funds' distribution efforts and
provides assistance and expertise in developing marketing plans and materials,
enters into dealer agreement with broker-dealers to sell shares and provides
shareholder support services, directly or through affiliates. The Funds do not
charge any sales loads, deferred sales loads or other fees in connection with
the purchase of shares.

SHARE CLASSES
The Funds issue Investor and Institutional share classes. Each class of the
Funds has different minimum investment requirements and fees. Institutional
shares are offered only to those investors who invest in the Fund through an
intermediary (i.e., broker) or through a consultant AND who invest $1,000,000 or
more or where related accounts, when combined total $1,000,000 or more. Other
investors investing $10,000 or more may purchase Investor shares.

MASTER/FEEDER STRUCTURE
Other institutional investors, including other mutual funds, may invest in the
master funds. The master/feeder structure enables various institutional
investors, including a Fund, to pool their assets, which may be expected to
result in economies by spreading certain fixed costs over a larger asset base.
Each shareholder of a master fund, including a Fund, will pay its proportionate
share of the master fund's expenses.

For reasons relating to costs or a change in investment goal, among others, a
Fund could switch to another master fund or decide to manage its assets itself.
The Funds are not currently contemplating such a move.

                                                                              16
<PAGE>

FOR MORE INFORMATION

FOR INVESTORS WHO WANT MORE INFORMATION ON THE FUND, THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS ARE
AVAILABLE FREE UPON REQUEST:

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS: Contain performance data and information on the
Funds' holdings and operating results for the Funds' most recently completed
fiscal year or half-year.

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI): Provides a complete technical and
legal description of the Funds' policies, investment restrictions, risks, and
business structure. This prospectus incorporates the SAI by reference.

Copies of these documents and answers to questions about the Funds may be
obtained without charge by contacting:

CRM Funds
c/o PFPC Inc.
400 Bellevue Parkway
Suite 108
Wilmington, Delaware  19809
(800) 254-3948
9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Eastern time

Information about the Funds (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at
the Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange Commission in
Washington, D.C. Copies of this information may be obtained, upon payment of a
duplicating fee, by writing the Public Reference Room of the SEC, Washington,
DC, 20549-6009. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be
obtained by calling the SEC at 1-(800)-SEC-0330. Reports and other information
about the Fund may be viewed on-screen or downloaded from the SEC's Internet
site at http://www.sec.gov.


FOR MORE INFORMATION ON OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT, MAKING CHANGES TO EXISTING
ACCOUNTS, PURCHASING, EXCHANGING OR REDEEMING SHARES, OR OTHER INVESTOR
SERVICES, PLEASE CALL 1-(800)-_______.


The investment company registration number is 811-08648.

                                                                              17
<PAGE>


                     THE ROXBURY LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO

                                OF WT MUTUAL FUND
================================================================================

                          PROSPECTUS DATED______, 1999


This prospectus gives vital information about the Portfolio, including
information on investment policies, risks and fees. For your own benefit and
protection, please read it before you invest, and keep it on hand for future
reference.

Like all mutual fund shares, the Securities and Exchange Commission has not
approved or disapproved the Portfolio's shares or determined whether this
prospectus is accurate or complete. Anyone who tells you otherwise is committing
a crime.

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


A LOOK AT THE GOALS, STRATEGIES,   PORTFOLIO DESCRIPTION
RISKS AND EXPENSES OF THE          Summary.....................................3
PORTFOLIO.                         Fees and Expenses...........................4
                                   Adviser Prior Performance...................5
                                   Investment Objective........................7
                                   Primary Investment Strategies...............8
                                   Additional Risk Information.................9

DETAILS ABOUT THE SERVICE          MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIO
PROVIDERS.                         Investment Adviser.........................11
                                   Service Providers..........................11

POLICIES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR      SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
OPENING, MAINTAINING AND           Pricing of Shares..........................13
CLOSING AN ACCOUNT IN THE          Selecting the Correct Class of Shares......13
PORTFOLIO.                         Sales Charges..............................14
                                   Sales Charge Reduction and Waivers.........16
                                   Purchase of Shares.........................17
                                   Redemption of Shares.......................19
                                   Distributions..............................20
                                   Taxes......................................20

DETAILS ON DISTRIBUTION PLANS,     DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS
DISTRIBUTION FEES AND THE          Rule 12b-1 fees............................21
PORTFOLIO'S MASTER/FEEDER          Master/Feeder Structure....................22
ARRANGEMENT.

                                   FOR MORE INFORMATION...............back cover


For information about key terms and concepts, look for our "PLAIN TALK"
explanations.

                                                                               2
<PAGE>

                             THE ROXBURY LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO

PORTFOLIO DESCRIPTION
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS A MUTUAL FUND?
         A mutual fund pools shareholders' money and, using a professional
         investment manager, invests it in securities like stocks and bonds.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT DOES "CAP" MEAN?
         Cap or the market capitalization of a company means the value of the
         company's common stock in the stock market.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment Objective      (BULLET)  The  LARGE  CAP   GROWTH   PORTFOLIO   seeks
                                    superior long-term growth of capital.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Focus          (BULLET)  Equity (or related) securities
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Share Price Volatility    (BULLET)  Moderate to high
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Principal Investment      (BULLET)  The  Portfolio  operates as a "feeder  fund"
Strategy                            which  means  that  the  Portfolio  does buy
                                    individual securities directly.  Instead, it
                                    invests in a  corresponding  mutual  fund or
                                    "master   fund,"  which  in  turn  purchases
                                    investment securities. The Portfolio invests
                                    all of its assets in a master  fund which is
                                    a separate series of WT Investment  Trust I.
                                    The  Portfolio  and the Series have the same
                                    investment    objective,     policies    and
                                    limitations.
                          (BULLET)  The LARGE CAP  GROWTH  PORTFOLIO  invests in
                                    the LARGE CAP GROWTH SERIES which invests at
                                    least   65%  of  its   total   assets  in  a
                                    diversified  portfolio  of U.S.  equity  (or
                                    related)  securities of corporations  with a
                                    market  cap of $2 billion or more which also
                                    have  above  average   earnings   potential,
                                    compared  to  the  securities  market  as  a
                                    whole.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Principal Risks           (BULLET)  It is possible to lose money by investing in
                                    the Portfolio.
                          (BULLET)  The  Portfolio's  share price will fluctuate
                                    in response  to changes in the market  value
                                    of the Portfolio's investments. Market value
                                    changes  result from  business  developments
                                    affecting  an  issuer  as  well  as  general
                                    market and economic conditions.
                          (BULLET)  Growth-oriented   investments  may  be  more
                                    volatile  than the  rest of the  U.S.  stock
                                    market as a whole.
                          (BULLET)  The performance of the Portfolio will depend
                                    on whether or not the adviser is  successful
                                    in pursuing an investment strategy.
                          (BULLET)  The Portfolio is subject to other risks that
                                    are   described   under   "Additional   Risk
                                    Information."
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investor Profile          (BULLET)  Investors   who  want  the  value  of  their
                                    investment  to grow and who are  willing  to
                                    accept more  volatility for the  possibility
                                    of higher returns.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               3
<PAGE>

FEES AND EXPENSES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE FUND EXPENSES?
         Unlike an index, every mutual fund has operating expenses to pay for
         professional advisory, distribution, administration and custody
         services. The Portfolio's expenses in the table below are shown as a
         percentage of its net assets. These expenses are deducted from
         Portfolio assets.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
hold shares of the Portfolio. No sales charges or other fees are paid directly
from your investment.

SHAREHOLDER  FEES (FEES PAID  DIRECTLY FROM
YOUR INVESTMENT)                             CLASS A     CLASS B(a)      CLASS C
                                             -------     ----------      -------
Maximum sales charge (load)                 6.00%(b)        None           None
imposed on purchases (as a
percentage of offering price)
Maximum deferred sales charge                None(c)      6.00%(d)       1.00(e)
Maximum sales charge imposed on               None          None           None
reinvested dividends (and other
distributions) (as a percentage of
amount invested)
Redemption fee (as a percentage of           None(g)        None           None
amount redeemed, if applicable)(f)
- -------------------------
(a)      Class B shares convert to Class A shares automatically at the beginning
         of the seventh year after purchase.
(b)      Reduced  for  purchases  of  $25,000  and more.  Class A  purchases  of
         $1,000,000 or more will not be subject to an initial sales charge.
(c)      Class A shares are not subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (a
         "CDSC");  except  certain  purchases of $1,000,000 or more that are not
         subject to an initial  sales charge may instead be subject to a CDSC of
         1.00% of amounts  redeemed  within the first year of  purchase.  Such a
         CDSC may be waived in connection  with  redemptions to  participants in
         certain fee-based programs.
(d)      6.00% during the first year, 5.00% during the second year, 4.00% during
         the third year;  3.00% during the fourth  year,  2.00% during the fifth
         year and 1.00%  during  the sixth  year.  Class B shares  automatically
         convert into Class A shares at the  beginning of the seventh year after
         purchase and thereafter will not be subject to a CDSC.
(e)      Class C shares are subject to a 1.00% CDSC if redeemed within the first
         year after purchase.
(f)      Shareholders effecting redemptions via wire transfer may be required to
         pay  fees,  including  a $10  wire fee and  other  fees,  that  will be
         directly  deducted from redemption  proceeds.  Shareholders who request
         redemption checks to be sent by overnight mail may be required to pay a
         $10 fee that will be directly  deducted from redemption  proceeds.  See
         "Redemption of Shares."
(g)      Class A shares that (i) were not purchased  through  certain  fee-based
         programs  or (ii) were not subject to an initial  sales  charge or CDSC
         will be subject to a redemption fee of 1.00% on amounts redeemed within
         the first year of purchase.

                                                                               4
<PAGE>

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT
ARE DEDUCTED FROM PORTFOLIO ASSETS)       CLASS A          CLASS B       CLASS C
                                          -------          -------       -------
Management fees                            0.55%            0.55%         0.55%
Distribution (12b-1) and service fees      0.00%            0.75%         0.75%
Other expenses                             0.55%            0.55%         0.55%
TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES 1          1.10%            1.85%         1.85%
Waivers/reimbursements 2                    0.15%            0.15%         0.15%
Net expenses 2                             0.95%            1.70%         1.70%
- -------------------------
1 The table above and the Example below each reflect the aggregate annual
operating expenses of the Portfolio and the Large Cap Growth Series.
2 The adviser has agreed to reduce its fees and/or  reimburse  expenses to limit
the combined total annual  operating  expenses to 0.95% (for Class A Shares) and
1.70% (for Class B shares and Class C shares).  This waiver will remain in place
until the Board of Trustees approves its termination.

EXAMPLE
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the
Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The table below
shows what you would pay if you invested $10,000 over the various time frames
indicated. The example assumes that:
(BULLET)  you reinvested all dividends and other distributions
(BULLET)  the average annual return was 5%
(BULLET)  the Portfolio's maximum total operating expenses are charged and
          remain the same over the time periods
(BULLET)  you redeemed all of your investment at the end of the time period.

Although your actual cost may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions,
your costs would be:

ROXBURY LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO                 1 YEAR           3 YEARS
Class A 1                                           $705              $929
Class B                                             $188              $582
Class B (assuming complete redemption at            $777             $1,147
end of period)2
Class C                                             $188              $582
Class C (assuming complete redemption at            $97               $303
end of period)

1     Assumes deduction at time of purchase of maximum sales charge.
2     Assumes deduction at redemption of maximum deferred sales charge.

THE ABOVE EXAMPLE IS FOR COMPARISON PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT A REPRESENTATION OF
THE PORTFOLIO'S ACTUAL EXPENSES AND RETURNS, EITHER PAST OR FUTURE.

ADVISER PRIOR PERFORMANCE
The table below shows relevant performance data for the adviser and its
predecessors' investment advisory accounts (the "Accounts") during the period
April 1, 1986 through March

                                                                               5
<PAGE>

31, 1999, using the same investment  approach specified for the Large Cap Growth
Series under "Investment Objective" and "Primary Investment Strategies."

The results for the period April 1, 1986 through June 30, 1986 are the results
of A.H. Browne & Company, the predecessor to Roxbury Capital Management, Inc., a
California corporation. The results for the period July 1, 1986 through July 31,
1998 are the results of Roxbury Capital Management Inc., the predecessor to
Roxbury Capital Management, LLC.

The Accounts constitute the accounts managed by the adviser (and its
predecessors) that have an identical or substantially similar investment
objective or investment approach as the Large Cap Growth Series and that met
certain basic criteria as to minimum account value, discretionary status,
tax-exempt status and period of management of more than one month. The Accounts
were managed for tax-exempt clients and, therefore, may have been managed
differently than for taxable clients. Large Cap Growth Series will be managed
primarily for taxable investors. The Accounts were not subject to the same types
of expenses to which the Portfolio is subject, nor to the diversification
requirements, specific tax restrictions and investment limitations imposed on
the Portfolio by the Investment Company Act of 1940, or the Internal Revenue
Code. The performance of the Accounts may have been adversely affected had they
been subject to the same expenses, restrictions and limitations. The adviser
believes that any adverse effect would not have been significant. The results
presented are not intended to predict or suggest the return to be experienced by
the Portfolio or the return you might achieve by investing in the Portfolio. You
should not rely on the following performance data as an indication of future
performance of the adviser or of the Portfolio.

                            TOTAL RETURN OF ACCOUNTS

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              1 YEAR        3 YEARS        5 YEARS     10 YEARS
Average Annual Return for      ENDED         ENDED          ENDED        ENDED
the Periods Specified:        MAR. 31,      MAR. 31,       MAR. 31,     MAR. 31,
                               1999          1999           1999         1999
                              --------      --------       --------    ---------
The Accounts...............   31.57%        31.14%         26.51%       19.21%
S&P 500 Index..............   18.45%        28.07%         26.33%       18.94%


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Please read the following important notes concerning the Accounts:

1.   The results for the Accounts reflects both income and capital appreciation
     or depreciation (total return). Dividends are accounted for on a cash
     basis; other items of income are accounted for on an accrual basis. Returns
     are time-weighted and represent the dollar-weighted average of the
     Accounts. Return figures are net of applicable fees and expenses (other
     than separate custody fees). As of April 1, 1995 the Accounts were valued
     daily.

2.   The S&P 500 Index consists of 500 stocks chosen by Standard & Poor's for
     market size, liquidity and industry group representation. It is a
     market-value weighted unmanaged index

                                                                               6
<PAGE>

     (stock price times number of shares outstanding),  with each stock's weight
     in the S&P 500 Index proportionate to its market value.

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS AN INDEX?
         An index is a broad  measure of the market  performance  of a specific
         group of  securities in a particular  market, or securities in a market
         sector.  You cannot invest directly in an index. An index does not have
         an investment adviser and does not pay any commissions or expenses. If
         an index had expenses, its performance would be lower.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

     SPECIAL NOTE CONCERNING ADVISER INVESTMENT RETURNS: You should note that
     the Portfolio will compute and disclose its average annual compounded rate
     of return using the standard formula set forth in SEC rules, which differs
     in certain respects from the method used to compute the returns for the
     Accounts noted above. The SEC total return calculation method calls for
     computation and disclosure of an average annual compounded rate of return
     for one, five and ten year periods or shorter periods from inception. The
     SEC formula provides a rate of return that equates a hypothetical initial
     investment of $10,000 to an ending redeemable value. The returns shown for
     the Accounts are net of advisory fees in accordance with the SEC
     calculation formula, which requires that returns shown for a fund be net of
     advisory fees as well as all other applicable fund operating expenses.
     Performance was calculated on a trade date basis.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE
The LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO and the Large Cap Growth Series seek superior
long-term growth of capital.

For purposes of this investment objective, "superior" long-term growth of
capital means long-term growth of capital from an investment in the securities
comprising the S&P 500 Index that exceeds the return of the S&P 500 Index. This
investment objective may not be changed without shareholder approval. There is
no guarantee that the Portfolio will achieve its investment objective.

                                                                               7

<PAGE>

PRIMARY INVESTMENT STRATEGIES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE GROWTH FUNDS?
         Growth funds invest in the common stock of growth-oriented companies
         seeking maximum growth of earnings and share price with little regard
         for dividend earnings. Generally, companies with high relative rates of
         growth tend to reinvest more of their profits into the company and pay
         out less to shareholders in the form of dividends. As a result,
         investors in growth funds tend to receive most of their return in the
         form of capital appreciation.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

The LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO invests its assets in the Large Cap Growth
Series, which, under normal market conditions, invest at least 65% of its total
assets in the following equity (or related) securities:
(BULLET) common stocks of U.S. corporations that are judged by the adviser to
         have strong growth characteristics and, with respect to at least 65% of
         the Portfolio's total assets, have a market capitalization of $2
         billion or higher at the time of purchase;
(BULLET) options on, or securities  convertible  (such as convertible  preferred
         stock  and   convertible   bonds)  into,   the  common  stock  of  U.S.
         corporations described above;
(BULLET) options on indexes of the common stock of U.S.  corporations  described
         above; and
(BULLET) contracts for either the future delivery,  or payment in respect of the
         future  market  value,  of certain  indexes of the common stock of U.S.
         corporations described above, and options upon such futures contracts.

The adviser looks for high quality, sustainable growth stocks while paying
careful attention to valuation. Research is bottom-up, emphasizing business
fundamentals, including financial statement analysis and industry and competitor
evaluations. The adviser selects stocks it believes exhibit consistent,
above-average earnings growth, superior quality and attractive risk/reward
characteristics. These dominant companies are expected to generate consistent
earnings growth in a variety of economic environments.

The adviser also seeks to provide a greater margin of safety and stability in
the Series. Superior earnings growth is expected to translate ultimately into
superior compounding of returns. Additionally, several valuation tools are used
to avoid over-paying for growth or chasing "hot" stocks. Over time, the adviser
believes these favorable characteristics will produce superior returns with less
risk than many growth styles.

The adviser's research team analyzes a broad universe of over 2,000 companies.
Industry specialists search for high-quality companies growing at roughly double
the market's average. Approximately 150 stocks pass these initial screens and
are subject to thorough research. Dominant market share, strong financials, the
power to price, significant free cash flow and shareholder-oriented management
are critical variables.

                                                                               8
<PAGE>

Final purchase candidates are selected by the adviser's investment committee
based on attractive risk/reward characteristics and diversification guidelines.
Certain industries may be over or under-weighted by the adviser based upon
favorable growth rates or valuation parameters.

The adviser attempts to maintain portfolio continuity by purchasing sustainable
growth companies that are less sensitive to short-term economic trends than
cyclical, low quality companies. The adviser generally sells stocks when the
risk/reward characteristics of a stock turn negative, company fundamentals
deteriorate, or the stock underperforms the market or its peer group. The latter
device is employed to minimize mistakes and protect capital.

The Series combines three distinct components, each of which is intended to
enhance returns and add balance.


LARGE CAP GROWTH  STOCKS  (over $5 billion in total market cap) - Up to 100%,
but not less than 65%, of the Series'  total assets:

(BULLET)   Mature, predictable businesses
(BULLET)   Capital appreciation and income
(BULLET)   Highest liquidity


MEDIUM CAP GROWTH STOCKS (between $1 and $5 billion in total market cap) - Up to
20% of the Series' total assets:

(BULLET)   Superior long-term potential
(BULLET)   Strong niche or franchise
(BULLET)   Seasoned management


SPECIAL SITUATIONS GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES - Up to 20% of the Series' total assets:

(BULLET)   Stable return, independent of the market
(BULLET)   Unusually favorable risk/reward characteristics
(BULLET)   Typically involve corporate restructuring

In order to respond to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions
the Series may assume a temporary defensive position and invest without limit in
commercial paper and other money market instruments that are rated investment
grade. The result of this action may be that the Series will be unable to
achieve its investment objective. The Series also may use other strategies and
engage in other investment practices, which are described in detail in our
Statement of Additional Information.

ADDITIONAL RISK INFORMATION
The following is a list of certain risks that may apply to your investment in
the Portfolio. Further information about investment risk is available in our
Statement of Additional Information:

(BULLET)   DERIVATIVES RISK: Some of the Series'  investments may be referred to
           as "derivatives"

                                                                               9
<PAGE>

           because their value depends on, or derives from, the value of an
           underlying asset, reference rate or index. These investments include
           options, futures contracts and similar investments that may be used
           in hedging and related income strategies. The market value of
           derivative instruments and securities is sometimes more volatile than
           that of other investments, and each type of derivative may pose its
           own special risks. As a fundamental policy, no more than 15% of the
           Series' total assets may at any time be committed or exposed to
           derivative strategies.
(BULLET)   GROWTH-ORIENTED INVESTING RISK: The risk that an investment in a
           growth-oriented portfolio, which invests in growth-oriented
           companies, will be more volatile than the rest of the U.S. market as
           a whole.
(BULLET)   MARKET RISK: The risk that the market value of a security may move up
           and down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. The prices of equity
           securities change in response to many factors including the
           historical and prospective earnings of the issuer, the value of its
           assets, general economic conditions, interest rates, investor
           perceptions and market liquidity.
(BULLET)   MASTER/FEEDER RISK: The master/feeder structure is relatively new and
           more complex. While this structure is designed to reduce costs, it
           may not do so, and there may be operational or other complications.
(BULLET)   OPPORTUNITY RISK: The risk of missing out on an investment
           opportunity because the assets necessary to take advantage of it are
           tied up in less advantageous investments.
(BULLET)   VALUATION RISK: The risk that the Series has valued certain of its
           securities at a higher price than it can sell them.
(BULLET)   YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE RISK: Like other organizations around the world,
           the Series could be adversely affected if the computer systems used
           by its various service providers (or the market in general) do not
           properly operate after January 1, 2000. The Series is taking steps to
           address the Year 2000 issue with respect to the computer systems that
           it relies on. There can be no assurance, however, that these steps
           will be sufficient to avoid a temporary service disruption or any
           adverse impact on the Series.

           Additionally, if a company in which the Series is invested is
           adversely affected by Year 2000 problems, it is likely that the price
           of that company's securities will also be adversely affected. A
           decrease in one or more of the Series' holdings may have a similar
           impact on the price of the Series' shares. The adviser will rely on
           public filings and other statements made by companies about their
           Year 2000 readiness. The adviser is not able to audit any company and
           its major suppliers to verify their Year 2000 readiness.

                                                                              10
<PAGE>

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
The Board of Trustees supervises the management, activities and affairs of the
Portfolio and has approved contracts with various financial organizations to
provide, among other services, the day-to-day management required by the
Portfolio and its shareholders.

INVESTMENT ADVISER
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS AN INVESTMENT ADVISER?
         The investment adviser makes investment decisions for a mutual fund and
         continuously reviews, supervises and administers the fund's investment
         program. The Board of Trustees supervises the adviser and establishes
         policies that the adviser must follow in its management activities.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Roxbury Capital Management, Inc., 100 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 600, Santa
Monica, California 90401, serves as the investment adviser for the Large Cap
Growth Series, the master fund in which the Portfolio invests. Under an advisory
agreement, Roxbury, subject to the supervision of the Board of Trustees, directs
the investments of the Series in accordance with its investment objective,
policies and limitations. In addition to serving as adviser to the Series,
Roxbury is engaged in a variety of investment advisory activities, including the
management of separately managed accounts. The Large Cap Growth Series pays a
monthly advisory fee to Roxbury at the annual rate of 0.55% of the Series' first
$1 billion of average daily net assets; 0.50% of the Series' next $1 billion of
average daily net assets; and 0.45% of the Series average daily net assets over
$2 billion.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
The day-to-day management of the Large Cap Growth Series is the responsibility
of Roxbury's Investment Committee. The Investment Committee meets regularly to
make investment decisions for the Series and relies on Roxbury's research team.

SERVICE PROVIDERS
The chart below provides information on the Portfolio's primary service
providers.

                                                                              11
<PAGE>

Asset                                                       Shareholder
Management                                                  Services
- --------------------------------     -------------------------------------------
     INVESTMENT ADVISER                           TRANSFER AGENT
 ROXBURY CAPITAL MANAGMENT, INC.                     PFPC INC.
     100 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD                    400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY
          SUITE 600                            WILMINGTON, DE  19809
   SANTA MONICA, CA  90401

    Manages the business and           Handles shareholder services, including
  investment activities of the        recordkeeping and statements, payment of
    Portfolio's master fund.         distribution and processing of buy and sell
                                                      requests.
- --------------------------------     -------------------------------------------

                                 --------------
                                     ROXBURY
                                LARGE CAP GROWTH
                                    PORTFOLIO
                                 --------------


Fund                                         Asset
Operations                                   Safe Keeping
- --------------------------------------       -----------------------------------
  ADMINISTRATOR AND                                    CUSTODIAN
  ACCOUNTING AGENT
      PFPC INC.                                     PFPC TRUST COMPANY
 400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY                               200 STEVENS DRIVE
 WILMINGTON, DE  19809                              LESTER, PA  19113

Provides facilities, equipment and           Hold the Portfolio's assets, settle
personnel to carry out administrative          all portfolio trades and collect
services related to the Portfolio and        most of the valuation data required
calculates the Portfolio's NAV per share     for calculating the Portfolio's NAV
and distributions.                                         per share.
- --------------------------------------       -----------------------------------

                         Distribution
                         ------------------------------
                                  DISTRIBUTOR
                          PROVIDENT DISTRIBUTORS INC.
                           FOUR FALLS CORPORATE CENTER
                          WEST CONSHOHOCKEN, PA 19428

                       Distributes the Portfolio's shares.
                       -----------------------------------



                                                                              12
<PAGE>


SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
PRICING OF SHARES
The Portfolio values its assets based on current market values when such values
are readily available. These prices normally are supplied by a pricing service.
Any assets held by the Portfolio that are denominated in foreign currencies are
valued daily in U.S. dollars at the foreign currency exchange rates that are
prevailing at the time that the accounting agent determines the Portfolio's
daily net asset value. To determine the value of those securities, PFPC may use
a pricing service that takes into account not only developments related to
specific securities, but also transactions in comparable securities. Securities
that do not have a readily available current market value are valued in good
faith under the direction of the Board of Trustees.

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS THE NET ASSET VALUE or "NAV"?
                                            NAV = Assets - Liabilities
                                                  --------------------
                                                   Outstanding Shares
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

PFPC determines the NAV per share of the Portfolio as of the close of regular
trading on the New York Stock Exchange (currently 4:00 p.m., Eastern time), on
each Business Day (a day that the Exchange, the Transfer Agent and the
Philadelphia branch of the Federal Reserve Bank are open for business). The NAV
is calculated by adding the value of all securities and other assets in the
Portfolio, deducting its liabilities and dividing the balance by the number of
outstanding shares in the Portfolio.

Shares will not be priced on those days the Portfolio is closed. As of the date
of this prospectus, those days are:

     New Year's Day                     Memorial Day           Veterans Day
     Martin Luther King, Jr. Day        Independence Day       Thanksgiving Day
     President's Day                    Labor Day              Christmas Day
     Good Friday                        Columbus Day

SELECTING THE CORRECT CLASS OF SHARES
This prospectus offers Class A, Class B and Class C shares of the Portfolio.
Each class has its own cost structure, allowing you to choose the one that best
meets your requirements. Your financial consultant can help you decide. For
estimated expenses of each class, see the table under "Fees and Expenses"
earlier in this prospectus.

CLASS A SHARES--INITIAL SALES CHARGE
Purchasers of Class A shares will incur a sales charge at the time of purchase
(a "front-end load") based on the dollar amount of the purchase. The maximum
initial sales charge is 6.0%, which is reduced for purchases of $25,000 and
over. Sales charges also may be reduced by using the accumulation privilege
described under "Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers." Class A shares are
subject to an ongoing shareholder servicing fee of 0.25% of the Portfolio's
average net assets

                                                                              13
<PAGE>

attributable  to Class A  shares.  Class A shares  will  not be  subject  to any
contingent  deferred  sales  charge  (CDSC or "back  end  load")  when  they are
redeemed.  Although  purchases  of  $1,000,000  or more may not be subject to an
initial sales charge, if the initial sales charge is waived,  such purchases may
be subject to a CDSC of 1.00% if the shares are  redeemed  within one year after
purchase.  Class A shares that (i) were not purchased  through certain fee-based
programs  or (ii) were not  subject to an initial  sales  charge or CDSC will be
subject to a redemption fee of 1.00% on amounts  redeemed  within the first year
of  purchase.  Class A shares  also will be issued  upon  conversion  of Class B
shares, as described below under "Class B Shares."

CLASS B SHARES--DEFERRED SALES CHARGE
Purchases of Class B shares will not incur a sales charge at the time of
purchase, but they are subject to an ongoing Rule 12b-1 distribution fee of
0.75% and an ongoing shareholder servicing fee of 0.25%. Class B shares are
subject to a CDSC if you redeem them within six years of purchase. At the
beginning of the seventh year after purchase, Class B shares will automatically
convert into Class A shares of the Portfolio, which are subject to the same
shareholder servicing fee of 0.25%. Automatic conversion of Class B shares into
Class A shares will occur at least once a month on the basis of the relative net
asset values of the shares of the two classes on the conversion date, without
the imposition of any sales load, fee or other charge. Conversion of Class B
shares to Class A shares will not be deemed a purchase or sale of the shares for
federal income tax purposes. Shares purchased through reinvestment of dividends
and other distributions on Class B shares also will convert automatically to
Class A shares based on the portion of purchased shares that convert.

CLASS C SHARES--PAY AS YOU GO
Class C shares do not incur a sales charge at the time of purchase, but they are
subject to an ongoing Rule 12b-1 distribution fee of 0.75% and an ongoing
shareholder servicing fee of 0.25%. Class C shares also are subject to a 1.00%
CDSC if you redeem them within one year of purchase. Although Class C shares are
subject to a CDSC for only one year (as compared to six years for Class B),
Class C shares have no conversion feature and, accordingly, if you purchase
Class C shares, those shares will be subject to the 0.75% distribution fee for
as long as you own your Class shares.

SALES CHARGES

CLASS A SHARES
Part of the front-end sales charge is paid directly to the selling broker-dealer
(the "dealer reallowance"). The remainder is retained by the distributor and may
be used either to promote the sale of the Portfolio's shares or to compensate
the distributor for its efforts to sell the shares of the Portfolio.

                                                                              14
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    DEALER
YOUR INVESTMENT            AS A PERCENTAGE     AS A PERCENTAGE   REALLOWANCE AS
                             OF OFFERING            OF YOUR      A PERCENTAGE OF
                                PRICE             INVESTMENT     OFFERING PRICE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than $25,000                  6.00%             6.38%           5.50%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
$25,000 or more,
but less than $50,000              5.00%             5.26%           4.50%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
$50,000 or more,
but less than $100,000             4.25%             4.44%           3.75%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
$100,000 or more,
but less than $250,000             3.50%             3.63%           3.00%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
$250,000 or more,
but less than $500,000             2.75%             2.83%           2.50%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
$500,000 or more,
but less than $1,000,000           2.00%             2.04%           1.75%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
$1,000,000 or more                 0.00%*            0.00%*          0.00%*
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    The distributor may pay a dealer reallowance on purchases of $1 million or
     more during a 13-month period. The dealer reallowance, as a percentage of
     offering price, is as follows: 1.00% on purchases between $1 million and $2
     million; plus 0.80% on the amount between $2 million and $3 million; plus
     0.50% on the amount between $3 million and $50 million; plus 0.25% on the
     amount between $50 million and $100 million; plus 0.15% of the amount
     exceeding $100 million. Class A shares that (i) were not purchased through
     certain fee-based programs or (ii) were not subject to an initial sales
     charge or CDSC will be subject to a redemption fee of 1.00% on amounts
     redeemed within the first year of purchase.

CLASS B SHARES
Class B shares are offered at their net asset value per share, without any
initial sales charge, but are subject to a CDSC if you redeem them within six
years of purchase. The distributor pays the selling broker-dealer a 5.00%
commission at the time of sale.

CLASS C SHARES
Class C shares are offered at their net asset value per share without any
initial sales charge. Class C shares, however, are subject to a CDSC if you
redeemed them within one year of purchase. The Distributor may pay the selling
broker-dealer up to a 1.00% commission at the time of sale.

CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE (CDSC)
You may be subject to a CDSC upon redemption of your Class B and Class C shares
under the following conditions:

         (BULLET) Class B Shares
              ---------------------------------------------------------------
                YEARS AFTER PURCHASE       CDSC ON SHARES BEING REDEEMED
              ---------------------------------------------------------------
                      1st year                         6.00%
              ---------------------------------------------------------------
                      2nd year                         5.00%
              ---------------------------------------------------------------
                      3rd year                         4.00%
              ---------------------------------------------------------------
                      4th year                         3.00%
              ---------------------------------------------------------------
                      5th year                         2.00%
              ---------------------------------------------------------------
                      6th year                         1.00%
              ---------------------------------------------------------------
                    After 6 years                       None
              ---------------------------------------------------------------

         Class B shares will be automatically converted to Class A shares at the
         beginning of the seventh year after purchase.

                                                                              15
<PAGE>

         (BULLET) Class C Shares
         If you redeem Class C shares within one year of purchase, you will be
         charged a CDSC of 1.00% of shares redeemed. There is no CDSC imposed on
         Class C shares acquired through reinvestment of dividends or capital
         gains.

         (BULLET) Class B and C Shares
         The CDSC will be imposed on the lesser of the original purchase price
         or the net asset value of the redeemed shares at the time of the
         redemption. CDSC calculations are based on the specific shares
         involved, not the value of the account. To keep your CDSC as low as
         possible, each time you place a request to sell shares, we will first
         sell any shares in your account that are not subject to a CDSC. If
         there are not enough of these shares to meet your request, we will sell
         your shares on a first-in, first-out basis. Your financial consultant
         or institution may elect to waive some or all of the payment, thereby
         reducing or eliminating the otherwise applicable CDSC.

SALES CHARGE REDUCTIONS AND WAIVERS

REDUCING SALES CHARGES ON YOUR CLASS A SHARES. There are several ways you can
combine multiple purchases of Class A shares to take advantage of the
breakpoints in the sales charge schedule. These can be combined in any manner:

(BULLET)   Accumulation privilege--lets you add the value of shares of any Class
           A shares you and your  immediate  family already own to the amount of
           your next investment for purposes of calculating sales charges
(BULLET)   Letter of  intent--lets  you purchase  Class A shares over a 13-month
           period and  receive  the same sales  charge as if all shares had been
           purchased at once. See the new account  application and the Statement
           of Additional Information for terms and conditions.

To use these privileges: Complete the appropriate section on your new account
application, or contact your financial consultant or the Portfolio to add these
options to an existing account.

CDSC WAIVERS. In general, the CDSC may be waived on shares you sell for the
following reasons:

(BULLET)   Payments  through  certain  systematic  retirement  plans  and  other
           employee benefit plans
(BULLET)   Qualifying  distributions  from qualified  retirement plans and other
           employee benefit plans
(BULLET)   Distributions  from custodial accounts under section 403(b)(7) of the
           Internal Revenue Code as well as from Individual  Retirement Accounts
           (IRAs) due to death, disability or attainment of age 59 1/2
(BULLET)   Participation in certain fee-based programs

To use any of these waivers: Contact your financial consultant or the Portfolio.

                                                                              16
<PAGE>

REINSTATEMENT PRIVILEGE. If you sell shares of the Portfolio, you may invest
some or all of the proceeds in the Portfolio within 90 days without a sales
charge. If you paid a CDSC when you sold your shares, you will be credited with
the amount of the CDSC. All accounts involved must have the same registration.

To use this privilege: Contact your financial consultant or the Portfolio.

NET ASSET VALUE PURCHASES. Class A shares may be sold at net asset value to:

(BULLET)   Current or retired trustees, officers and employees of the Portfolio,
           the  distributor,  the transfer  agent,  the adviser and its members,
           certain  family  members  of the above  persons,  and trusts or plans
           primarily for such persons or their family members;
(BULLET)   Current or retired registered  representatives or full-time employees
           and their spouses and minor children and plans of  broker-dealers  or
           other institutions that have selling agreements with the distributor;
(BULLET)   Investors who exchange their shares from an  unaffiliated  investment
           company that has a  comparable  sales  charge,  so long as shares are
           purchased within 60 days of the redemption;
(BULLET)   Trustees  or  other   fiduciaries   purchasing   shares  for  certain
           retirement plans of organizations with 50 or more eligible employees
(BULLET)   Investment   advisers,   financial  planners  and  certain  financial
           institutions that place trades for their own accounts or the accounts
           of their clients either  individually or through a master account and
           who charge a management, consulting or other fee for their services;
(BULLET)   Employer-sponsored  benefit  plans in  connection  with  purchases of
           shares  of Class A shares  made as a result  of  participant-directed
           exchanges between options in such a plan;
(BULLET)   "Wrap  accounts"  for  the  benefit  of  clients  of  broker-dealers,
           financial  institutions or financial planners having sales or service
           agreements with the distributor or another broker-dealer or financial
           institution with respect to sales of Class A shares;
(BULLET)   Such other persons as are  determined by the adviser to have acquired
           shares under  circumstances  where the Portfolio has not incurred any
           sales expense.

PURCHASE OF SHARES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         HOW TO PURCHASE SHARES:
         (BULLET)  Directly by mail or by wire
         (BULLET)  As a client of a Third Party
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Shares are sold at a public offering price based on the net asset value for the
class of shares selected, next determined after receipt of the order. Investors
may purchase shares of the Portfolio from a "Third Party" such as selected
financial professionals, securities brokers, dealers or through financial
intermediaries such as benefit plan administrators. Investors should contact
these agents directly for appropriate instructions, as well as for information
pertaining to accounts and any servicing or transaction fees that may be
charged. Some of these agents may

                                                                              17
<PAGE>

appoint subagents.  The Portfolio's shares are also offered for sale directly by
calling, (800) ___-____.

The minimum initial investment in the Portfolio is $2,000 (including IRAs) and
$500 for subsequent investments. The adviser or the distributor, at its
discretion, may waive these minimums. The Portfolio does not accept third-party
checks or cash investments. Checks must be in U.S. dollars and, to avoid fees
and delays, drawn only on banks located in the United States. Purchases may also
be made in certain circumstances by payment of securities. See our Statement of
Additional Information for further details.

See "Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers" for ways to make your initial
investment go farther.

BY MAIL: You may purchase shares by sending a check drawn on a U.S. bank payable
to Roxbury Large Cap Growth Portfolio, indicating the name of the Portfolio,
along with a completed application (included at the end of this prospectus). If
a subsequent investment is being made, the check should also indicate your
Portfolio account number. When you make purchases by check, the Portfolio may
withhold payment on redemptions until it is reasonably satisfied that the funds
are collected (which can take up to 10 days). If you purchase shares with a
check that does not clear, your purchase will be canceled and you will be
responsible for any losses or fees incurred in that transaction. Send the check
and application to:

    BY REGULAR MAIL                           BY OVERNIGHT MAIL
    Roxbury Large Cap Growth Portfolio        Roxbury Large Cap Growth Portfolio
    c/o PFPC Inc.                             c/o PFPC Inc.
    P.O. Box _____                            400 Bellevue Parkway
    Wilmington, DE  19809                     Wilmington, DE  19809

BY WIRE: You may purchase shares by wiring federal funds readily available.
Please call PFPC at (800) ______ for instructions and to make specific
arrangements before making a purchase by wire, and if making an initial
purchase, to also obtain an account number.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING PURCHASES: Purchase orders received by the
Transfer Agent before the close of regular trading on the Exchange on any
Business Day will be priced at the NAV that is determined as of the close of
trading. Purchase orders received after the close of regular trading on the
Exchange will be priced as of the close of regular trading on the following
Business Day.

Any purchase order may be rejected if the Portfolio determines that accepting
the order would not be in the best interest of the Portfolio or its
shareholders.

It is the responsibility of the Third Party to transmit orders for the purchase
of shares by its customers to the Transfer Agent and to deliver required funds
on a timely basis, in accordance with the procedures stated above.

                                                                              18
<PAGE>

For information on other ways to purchase shares, including through an
individual retirement account (IRA), an automatic investment plan or a payroll
investment plan, see our Statement of Additional Information

REDEMPTION OF SHARES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         HOW TO REDEEM (SELL) SHARES:
         (BULLET)  By mail
         (BULLET)  By telephone
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

You may sell your shares on any Business Day as described below. Redemptions are
effected at the NAV next determined after the Transfer Agent has received your
redemption request. It is the responsibility of the Third Party to transmit
redemption orders and credit their customers' accounts with redemption proceeds
on a timely basis. Redemption checks are mailed on the next Business Day
following receipt by the Transfer Agent of redemption instructions, but never
later than 7 days following such receipt. Amounts redeemed by wire are normally
wired on the date of receipt of redemption instructions (if received by the
Transfer Agent before 4:00 p.m. Eastern time), or the next Business Day (if
received after 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, or on a non-Business Day), but never
later than 7 days following such receipt. If you purchased your shares through
an account at a Third Party, you should contact the Third Party for information
relating to redemptions. The Portfolio's name and your account number should
accompany any redemption requests.

BY MAIL: If you redeem your shares by mail, you should submit written
instructions with a "signature guarantee." A signature guarantee verifies the
authenticity of your signature. You can obtain one from most banking
institutions or securities brokers, but not from a Notary Public. You must
indicate the Portfolio name, your account number and your name. The written
instructions and signature guarantee should be mailed to:

    BY REGULAR MAIL                           BY OVERNIGHT MAIL
    Roxbury Large Cap Growth Portfolio        Roxbury Large Cap Growth Portfolio
    c/o PFPC Inc.                             c/o PFPC Inc.
    P.O. Box _____                            400 Bellevue Parkway
    Wilmington, DE  19809                     Wilmington, DE  19809

BY TELEPHONE: If you prefer to redeem your shares by telephone you may elect to
do so. However there are certain risks. The Portfolio has certain safeguards and
procedures to confirm the identity of callers and to confirm that the
instructions communicated are genuine. If such procedures are followed, you will
bear the risk of any losses.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING REDEMPTIONS: Redemption proceeds may be wired
to your predesignated bank account in any commercial bank in the United States
if the amount is $1,000 or more. The receiving bank may charge a fee for this
service. Proceeds may also be mailed to

                                                                              19
<PAGE>

your bank or, for amounts of $10,000 or less, mailed to your Portfolio account
address of record if the address has been established for at least 60 days. In
order to authorize the Transfer Agent to mail redemption proceeds to your
Portfolio account address of record, complete the appropriate section of the
Application for Telephone Redemptions or include your Portfolio account address
of record when you submit written instructions. You may change the account that
you have designated to receive amounts redeemed at any time. Any request to
change the account designated to receive redemption proceeds should be
accompanied by a guarantee of your signature by an eligible institution. A
signature and a signature guarantee are required for each person in whose name
the account is registered. Further documentation will be required to change the
designated account when a corporation, other organization, trust, fiduciary or
other institutional investor holds the Portfolio shares.

If shares to be redeemed represent a recent investment made by check, each
Portfolio reserves the right not to make the redemption proceeds available until
it has reasonable grounds to believe that the check has been collected (which
could take up to 10 days).

SMALL ACCOUNTS: If the value of your Portfolio accounts falls below $500, the
Portfolio may ask you to increase your balance. If the account balance is still
below $500 after 60 days, the Portfolio may close your account and send you the
proceeds. The Portfolio will not close your account if it falls below $500
solely as a result of a reduction in your account's market value.

For information on other ways to redeem shares, please refer to the Statement of
Additional Information.

DISTRIBUTIONS
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS NET INVESTMENT INCOME?
         Net investment income consists of interest and dividends earned by a
         fund on its investments less accrued expenses.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Distributions from the net investment income of the Portfolio are declared and
paid annually to you. Any net capital gain realized by the Portfolio will be
distributed annually.

Distributions are payable to the shareholders of record at the time the
distributions are declared (including holders of shares being redeemed, but
excluding holders of shares being purchased). All distributions are reinvested
in additional Portfolio shares, unless you have elected to receive the
distributions in cash.

TAXES
FEDERAL INCOME TAX: As long as the Portfolio meets the requirements for being a
"regulated investment company," it pays no Federal income tax on the earnings
and gains it distributes to shareholders. While the Portfolio may invest in
securities that earn interest subject to Federal income tax and securities that
earn interest exempt from that tax, under normal conditions the Portfolio
invests primarily in taxable securities. The Portfolio will notify you following
the end

                                                                              20
<PAGE>

of the calendar year of the amount of dividends and other distributions paid
that year.

Dividends you receive from the Portfolio, whether reinvested in Portfolio shares
or taken as cash, are generally taxable to you as ordinary income. The
Portfolio's distribution of net capital gain, whether received in cash or
reinvested in additional Portfolio shares, are taxable to you as long-term
capital gain, regardless of the length of time you have held your shares. You
should be aware that if Portfolio shares are purchased shortly before the record
date for any dividend or capital gain distribution, you will pay the full price
for the shares and will receive some portion of the price back as a taxable
distribution. The Portfolio anticipates the distribution of net capital gain.

It is a taxable event for you if you sell or exchange shares of the Portfolio.
Depending on the purchase price and the sale price of the shares you exchange,
you may have a taxable gain or loss on the transaction. You are responsible for
any tax liability generated by your transactions.

STATE AND LOCAL INCOME TAXES: You should consult your tax advisers concerning
state and local taxes, which may have different consequences from those of the
Federal income tax law.

This section is only a summary of some important income tax considerations that
may affect your investment in the Portfolio. More information regarding those
considerations appears in our Statement of Additional Information. You are urged
to consult your tax adviser regarding the effects of an investment on your tax
situation.

DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS
Provident Distributors, Inc. ("PDI") manages the Portfolio's distribution
efforts and provides assistance and expertise in developing marketing plans and
materials, enters into dealer agreement with broker-dealers to sell shares and
provides shareholder support services, directly or through affiliates.

RULE 12B-1 FEES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE 12b-1 FEES?
         12b-1 fees, charged by some funds, are deducted from fund assets to pay
         for marketing and advertising expenses or, more commonly, to compensate
         sales professionals for selling fund shares.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

The Portfolio has adopted a distribution plan under Rule 12b-1 that allows the
Portfolio to pay a fee to PDI for the sale and distribution of its shares.
Because these fees are paid out of the Portfolio's assets continuously, over
time these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more
than paying other types of sales charges.

Rule 12b-1 permits an investment company directly or indirectly to pay expenses
associated with the distribution of its shares in accordance with a plan adopted
by the Board of Trustees and approved by its shareholders. Pursuant to the Rule,
the Board has approved, and the Portfolio has

                                                                              21
<PAGE>

entered into, a Distribution Plan with PDI, for the Class B and Class C shares.
Under the Distribution Plan, the Portfolio will pay distribution fees to PDI at
a maximum annual rate of 0.75% of its aggregate average daily net assets
attributable to its Class B and Class C shares.

The Distribution Plan provides that the distributor may use the distribution
fees received from a class of shares to pay for the distribution expenses of
that class, including, but not limited to (i) incentive compensation paid to the
directors, officers and employees of, agents for and consultants to, the
distributor or any other broker-dealer or financial institution that engages in
the distribution of that class; and (ii) compensation to broker-dealers,
financial institutions or other persons for providing distribution assistance
with respect to that class. Distribution fees may also be used for (i) marketing
and promotional activities, including, but not limited to, direct mail
promotions and television, radio, newspaper, magazine and other mass media
advertising for that class; (ii) costs of printing and distributing
prospectuses, Statements of Additional Information and reports of the Portfolio
to prospective investors in that class; (iii) costs involved in preparing,
printing and distributing sales literature pertaining to the Portfolio and that
class; and (iv) costs involved in obtaining whatever information, analysis and
reports with respect to marketing and promotional activities that the Portfolio
may, from time to time, deem advisable with respect to the distribution of that
class. Distribution fees are accrued daily and paid monthly, and are charged as
expenses of, respectively, Class B and Class C shares as accrued.

The distribution fees applicable to the Class B and Class C shares are designed
to permit an investor to purchase Class B and Class C shares through
broker-dealers without the assessment of a front-end sales charge and at the
same time to permit the distributor to compensate broker-dealers on an ongoing
basis in connection with assets in the Class B and Class C shares attributable
to those broker-dealers. Because these fees are paid out of Portfolio assets on
an on-going basis, over time these fees will increase the cost of your
investment and may cost you more than other types of sales charges.

MASTER/FEEDER STRUCTURE
Other institutional investors, including other mutual funds, may invest in the
master funds. The master/feeder structure enables various institutional
investors, including the Portfolio, to pool their assets, which may be expected
to result in economies by spreading certain fixed costs over a larger asset
base. Each shareholder of a master fund, including the Portfolio, will pay its
proportionate share of the master fund's expenses.

For reasons relating to costs or a change in investment goal, among others, the
Portfolio could switch to another master fund or decide to manage its assets
itself. The Portfolio is not currently contemplating such a move.

                                                                              22
<PAGE>

FOR MORE INFORMATION

FOR INVESTORS WHO WANT MORE INFORMATION ON THE PORTFOLIO, THE FOLLOWING
DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE UPON REQUEST:

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS: Contain performance data and information on
portfolio holdings, operating results and a discussion of the market conditions
and investment strategies that significantly affect the Portfolio's performance
for the most recently completed fiscal year or half-year.

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI): Provides a complete technical and
legal description of the Portfolio's policies, investment restrictions, risks,
and business structure. This prospectus incorporates the SAI by reference.

Copies of these documents and answers to questions about the Portfolio may be
obtained without charge by contacting:

Roxbury Large Cap Growth Portfolio
c/o PFPC Inc.
400 Bellevue Parkway
Suite 108
Wilmington, Delaware 19809
(800) ______
9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Eastern time

Information about the Portfolio (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied
at the Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange Commission in
Washington, D.C. Copies of this information may be obtained, upon payment of a
duplicating fee, by writing the Public Reference Room of the SEC, Washington,
DC, 20549-6009. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be
obtained by calling the SEC at 1-(800)-SEC-0330. Reports and other information
about the Portfolio may be viewed on-screen or downloaded from the SEC's
Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.


              FOR MORE INFORMATION ON OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT, MAKING
              CHANGES TO EXISTING ACCOUNTS, PURCHASING, EXCHANGING
                OR REDEEMING SHARES, OR OTHER INVESTOR SERVICES,
                          PLEASE CALL 1-(800)-_______.


The investment company registration number is 811-08648.

                                                                              23


<PAGE>
                                 WT MUTUAL FUND

                     WILMINGTON PRIME MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
                    WILMINGTON PREMIER MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
                      WILMINGTON U.S. GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO
                         WILMINGTON TAX-EXEMPT PORTFOLIO
                  WILMINGTON SHORT/INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO
                     WILMINGTON INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO
                       WILMINGTON MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO
                      WILMINGTON LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO
                       WILMINGTON LARGE CAP CORE PORTFOLIO
                       WILMINGTON SMALL CAP CORE PORTFOLIO
                WILMINGTON INTERNATIONAL MULTI-MANAGER PORTFOLIO
                      WILMINGTON LARGE CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO
                       WILMINGTON MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO
                      WILMINGTON SMALL CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO



                              400 Bellevue Parkway
                           Wilmington, Delaware 19809




- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                                  _______, 1999



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


This Statement of Additional  Information is not a prospectus and should be read
in conjunction with the Portfolios' current prospectus,  dated ______,  1999, as
amended from time to time. A copy of the current  prospectus  and annual  report
may be obtained  without  charge,  by writing to  Provident  Distributors,  Inc.
("PDI"),  Four Falls Corporate  Center,  West  Conshohocken,  PA 19428, and from
certain  institutions  such as banks or  broker-dealers  that have  entered into
servicing agreements with PDI or by calling (800) _____.


Each Portfolio's audited financial  statements for the year ended June 30, 1999,
included in the Annual Report to shareholders, are incorporated into this SAI by
reference.



<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


GENERAL INFORMATION                                                         2
INVESTMENT POLICIES                                                         2
INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS                                                     16
TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS                                                      21
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES                                     24
RODNEY SQUARE MANAGEMENT CORPORATION                                       24
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY                                                   24
SUB-ADVISORY SERVICES                                                      26
DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES AND RULE 12B-1 PLAN                                 29
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES                                   30
CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES                                         31
PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES                                 31
DIVIDENDS                                                                  34
TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS                                                 35
CALCULATION OF PERFORMANCE INFORMATION                                     39
TAX-EQUIVALENT YIELD TABLE                                                 41
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS                                                       45
APPENDIX A - OPTIONS, FUTURES AND FORWARD CURRENCY CONTRACT STRATEGIES    A-1
APPENDIX B - DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS                                       B-1

                                       i



<PAGE>





                              GENERAL INFORMATION

WT Mutual Fund (the "Fund") is a  diversified,  open-end  management  investment
company  organized as a Delaware business trust on June 1, 1994. The name of the
Fund was changed from Kiewit Mutual Fund to WT Mutual Fund on October 20, 1998.

The Fund has established the following Portfolios described in this Statement of
Additional Information:  Wilmington Prime Money Market, Wilmington Premier Money
Market,   Wilmington  U.S.   Government,   Wilmington   Tax-Exempt,   Wilmington
Short/Intermediate  Bond,  Wilmington  Intermediate Bond,  Wilmington  Municipal
Bond,  Wilmington Large Cap Growth,  Wilmington Large Cap Core, Wilmington Small
Cap Core, Wilmington  International  Multi-Manager,  Wilmington Large Cap Value,
Wilmington  Mid Cap Value and  Wilmington  Small Cap Value  Portfolios.  Each of
these  Portfolios  issues  Institutional  and Investor class shares,  except for
Wilmington Premier Money Market which issues only Institutional class shares.

                               INVESTMENT POLICIES

The  following   information   supplements  the   information   concerning  each
Portfolio's  investment  objective,   policies  and  limitations  found  in  the
prospectus.  Unless otherwise  indicated,  it applies to the Portfolios  through
their  investment  in  corresponding  master  funds,  which  are  series  of  WT
Investment Trust I (the "Series").

                             MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIOS

The "Money  Market  Portfolios"  are the Prime Money  Market,  the Premier Money
Market, the U.S.  Government and the Tax-Exempt  Portfolios.  Each has adopted a
fundamental  policy requiring it to maintain a constant net asset value of $1.00
per share, although this may not be possible under certain  circumstances.  Each
Portfolio  values its portfolio  securities on the basis of amortized  cost (see
"Purchase,  Redemption  and Pricing of Shares")  pursuant to Rule 2a-7 under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act"). As conditions of that Rule, the
Board of Trustees has established  procedures  reasonably  designed to stabilize
each Portfolio's price per share at $1.00 per share. Each Portfolio  maintains a
dollar-weighted  average portfolio  maturity of 90 days or less;  purchases only
instruments  with effective  maturities of 397 days or less; and invests only in
securities  which are of high quality as determined by major rating services or,
in the case of  instruments  which  are not  rated,  of  comparable  quality  as
determined by the  investment  adviser,  Rodney Square  Management  Corporation,
under the direction of and subject to the review of the Board of Trustees.

BANK OBLIGATIONS. The Prime Money Market and the Premier Money Market Portfolios
may  invest  in U.S.  dollar-denominated  obligations  of major  banks,including
certificates of deposits,  time deposits and bankers'  acceptances of major U.S.
and foreign banks and their branches  located  outside of the United States,  of
U.S.  branches of foreign banks,  of foreign  branches of foreign banks, of U.S.
agencies  of foreign  banks and of wholly  owned  banking  subsidiaries  of such
foreign banks located in the United States.

Obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks and U.S.  branches of wholly owned
subsidiaries of foreign banks may be general  obligations of the parent bank, of
the issuing branch or  subsidiary,  or both, or may be limited by the terms of a
specific obligation or by governmental regulation.  Because such obligations are
issued by foreign entities,  they are subject to the risks of foreign investing.
A brief description of some typical types of bank obligations follows:

(BULLET)  BANKERS'  ACCEPTANCES.  The Prime Money Market, the Premier Money
          Market  and the  Tax-Exempt  Portfolios  may  invest in  bankers'
          acceptances,   which  are  credit   instruments   evidencing  the
          obligation  of a bank to pay a draft that has been drawn on it by
          a customer.  These instruments reflect the obligation of both the
          bank and the drawer to pay the face amount of the instrument upon
          maturity.

(BULLET)  CERTIFICATES  OF  DEPOSIT.  The Prime Money  Market,  the Premier
          Money  Market  and  the  Tax-Exempt   Portfolios  may  invest  in
          certificates evidencing the indebtedness of a commercial

                                       2

<PAGE>

          bank to repay funds  deposited  with it for a definite  period of
          time  (usually  from 14 days to one year) at a stated or variable
          interest rate. Variable rate certificates of deposit provide that
          the interest  rate will  fluctuate on  designated  dates based on
          changes in a designated base rate (such as the composite rate for
          certificates  of deposit  established by the Federal Reserve Bank
          of New York).

(BULLET)  TIME  DEPOSITS.  The Prime  Money  Market and the  Premier  Money
          Market  Portfolios  may invest in time  deposits,  which are bank
          deposits for fixed periods of time.

CERTIFICATES  OF   PARTICIPATION.   The  Tax-Exempt   Portfolio  may  invest  in
certificates of participation,  which give the investor an undivided interest in
the municipal obligation in the proportion that the investor's interest bears to
the total principal amount of the municipal obligation.

CORPORATE  BONDS,  NOTES AND  COMMERCIAL  PAPER.  The Prime Money Market and the
Premier  Money  Market  Portfolios  may  invest in  corporate  bonds,  notes and
commercial paper.  These  obligations  generally  represent  indebtedness of the
issuer and may be subordinated to other outstanding  indebtedness of the issuer.
Commercial paper consists of short-term  promissory notes issued by corporations
in order to finance their current operations. The Portfolios will only invest in
commercial  paper rated, at the time of purchase,  in the highest  category by a
nationally recognized statistical rating organization ("NRSRO"), such as Moody's
or S&P or, if not rated,  determined by the adviser to be of comparable quality.
See  "Appendix  B -  Description  of  Ratings."  The  Portfolios  may  invest in
asset-backed  commercial paper subject to Rule 2a-7  restrictions on investments
in asset-backed  securities,  which include a requirement that the security must
have received a rating from a NRSRO.

FOREIGN SECURITIES. At the present time, portfolio securities of the Prime Money
Market and the Premier Money Market  Portfolios  that are purchased  outside the
United States are maintained in the custody of foreign  branches of U.S.  banks.
To the extent that the  Portfolios  may  maintain  portfolio  securities  in the
custody of foreign  subsidiaries  of U.S.  banks,  and foreign banks or clearing
agencies  in  the  future,  those  sub-custodian  arrangements  are  subject  to
regulations under the 1940 Act that govern custodial  arrangements with entities
incorporated or organized in countries outside of the United States.

ILLIQUID SECURITIES. The Money Market Portfolios may not invest more than 10% of
the value of its net  assets in  securities  that at the time of  purchase  have
legal or contractual restrictions on resale or are otherwise illiquid.  Illiquid
securities  are  securities  that  cannot be  disposed  of within  seven days at
approximately the value at which they are being carried on a Portfolio's books.

The Board of Trustees has the ultimate  responsibility  for determining  whether
specific securities are liquid or illiquid. The Board has delegated the function
of making day to day  determinations  of liquidity  to the adviser,  pursuant to
guidelines  approved by the Board.  The adviser  will  monitor the  liquidity of
securities held by a Portfolio and report  periodically on such decisions to the
Board.

INVESTMENT  COMPANY  SECURITIES.  The Money Market  Portfolios may invest in the
securities of other money market mutual funds,  within the limits  prescribed by
the 1940 Act. These limitations currently provide, in part, that a Portfolio may
not purchase shares of an investment  company if (a) such a purchase would cause
the  Portfolio  to own in the  aggregate  more than 3% of the total  outstanding
voting stock of the  investment  company or (b) such a purchase  would cause the
Portfolio  to have more than 5% of its total assets  invested in the  investment
company or (c) more than 10% of the  Portfolio's  total assets to be invested in
the aggregate in all  investment  companies.  As a shareholder  in an investment
company,  the  Portfolio  would  bear its pro  rata  portion  of the  investment
company's  expenses,  including  advisory fees, in addition to its own expenses.
The Portfolios' investments of their assets in the corresponding Series pursuant
to the master/feeder structure are excepted from the above limitations.

MUNICIPAL  SECURITIES.  The Prime Money Market, the Premier Money Market and the
Tax-Exempt  Portfolios  each may  invest in debt  obligations  issued by states,
municipalities and public authorities  ("Municipal  Securities") to obtain funds
for various public purposes. Yields on Municipal Securities are the product of a
variety of factors,  including the general conditions of the money market and of
the

                                       3

<PAGE>

municipal  bond and municipal note markets,  the size of a particular  offering,
the  maturity  of the  obligation  and the  rating of the  issue.  Although  the
interest  on  Municipal  Securities  may be  exempt  from  federal  income  tax,
dividends paid by a Portfolio to its shareholders may not be tax-exempt. A brief
description of some typical types of municipal securities follows:

(BULLET)  GENERAL  OBLIGATION  SECURITIES are backed by the taxing power of
          the issuing  municipality  and are  considered the safest type of
          municipal bond.

(BULLET)  REVENUE  OR  SPECIAL  OBLIGATION  SECURITIES  are  backed  by the
          revenues  of a  specific  project or  facility  tolls from a toll
          bridge, for example.

(BULLET)  BOND  ANTICIPATION  NOTES normally are issued to provide  interim
          financing  until  long-term   financing  can  be  arranged.   The
          long-term  bonds  then  provide  money for the  repayment  of the
          Notes.

(BULLET)  TAX   ANTICIPATION   NOTES  finance   working  capital  needs  of
          municipalities and are issued in anticipation of various seasonal
          tax revenues, to be payable for these specific future taxes.

(BULLET)  REVENUE  ANTICIPATION  NOTES are issued in expectation of receipt
          of other kinds of  revenue,  such as federal  revenues  available
          under the Federal Revenue Sharing Program.

(BULLET)  INDUSTRIAL  DEVELOPMENT BONDS ("IDBs") and Private Activity Bonds
          ("PABs") are specific  types of revenue bonds issued on or behalf
          of public  authorities  to  finance  various  privately  operated
          facilities such as solid waste facilities and sewage plants. PABs
          generally  are such bonds  issued  after  April 15,  1986.  These
          obligations are included within the term "municipal bonds" if the
          interest  paid on them is exempt from  federal  income tax in the
          opinion of the bond issuer's  counsel.  IDBs and PABs are in most
          case revenue bonds and thus are not payable from the unrestricted
          revenues of the issuer.  The credit  quality of the IDBs and PABs
          is usually directly related to the credit standing of the user of
          the facilities being financed, or some form of credit enhancement
          such as a letter of credit.

(BULLET)  TAX-EXEMPT   COMMERCIAL  PAPER  AND  SHORT-TERM  MUNICIPAL  NOTES
          provide for short-term  capital needs and usually have maturities
          of one year or less. They include tax anticipation notes, revenue
          anticipation notes and construction loan notes.

(BULLET)  CONSTRUCTION   LOAN  NOTES  are  sold  to  provide   construction
          financing.  After  successful  completion  and  acceptance,  many
          projects receive permanent  financing through the Federal Housing
          Administration  by way of  "Fannie  Mae"  (the  Federal  National
          Mortgage  Association) or "Ginnie Mae" (the  Government  National
          Mortgage Association).

(BULLET)  PUT BONDS are municipal  bonds which give the holder the right to
          sell the bond back to the issuer or a third  party at a specified
          price and exercise  date,  which is typically  well in advance of
          the bond's maturity date.

REPURCHASE  AGREEMENTS.  The Money Market  Portfolios  may invest in  repurchase
agreements.  A  repurchase  agreement  is a  transaction  in  which a  Portfolio
purchases  a  security  from  a  bank  or  recognized   securities   dealer  and
simultaneously  commits to resell that security to a bank or dealer at an agreed
date and price  reflecting  a market rate of  interest,  unrelated to the coupon
rate or the  maturity of the  purchased  security.  While it is not  possible to
eliminate all risks from these  transactions  (particularly the possibility of a
decline in the market value of the underlying securities,  as well as delays and
costs to the Portfolio if the other party to the  repurchase  agreement  becomes
bankrupt),  it is the policy of a Portfolio to limit repurchase  transactions to
primary  dealers and banks whose  creditworthiness  has been  reviewed and found
satisfactory by the adviser.  Repurchase  agreements maturing in more than seven
days  are  considered   illiquid  for  purposes  of  a  Portfolio's   investment
limitations.

                                       4

<PAGE>

SECURITIES  LENDING.  The Money Market Portfolios may from time to time lend its
portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and financial institutions.  Such loans
by a Portfolio  will in no event  exceed  one-third  of that  Portfolio's  total
assets  and will be  secured  by  collateral  in the form of cash or  securities
issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government,  its agencies or instrumentalities,
which will be maintained  in an amount equal to the current  market value of the
loaned securities at all times the loan is outstanding. Each Portfolio will make
loans of securities only to firms deemed credit worthy by the adviser.

STANDBY  COMMITMENTS.   The  Money  Market  Portfolios  may  invest  in  standby
commitments.  It  is  expected  that  stand-by  commitments  will  generally  be
available without the payment of any direct or indirect consideration.  However,
if necessary  and  advisable,  the  Portfolios  may pay for standby  commitments
either  separately  in cash or by  paying a  higher  price  for the  obligations
acquired  subject to such a  commitment  (thus  reducing  the yield to  maturity
otherwise available for the same securities).  Standby commitments  purchased by
the Portfolios  will be valued at zero in  determining  net asset value and will
not affect the  valuation of the  obligations  subject to the  commitments.  Any
consideration  paid for a standby commitment will be accounted for as unrealized
depreciation  and will be amortized  over the period the commitment is held by a
Portfolio.

U.S.  GOVERNMENT  OBLIGATIONS.  The Money Market  Portfolios  may invest in debt
securities  issued  or  guaranteed  by the  U.S.  Government,  its  agencies  or
instrumentalities.  Although all  obligations of agencies and  instrumentalities
are not direct  obligations  of the U.S.  Treasury,  payment of the interest and
principal on these obligations is generally backed directly or indirectly by the
U.S.  Government.  This support can range from securities  supported by the full
faith and credit of the United States (for example, securities of the Government
National  Mortgage  Association),  to securities  that are  supported  solely or
primarily  by the  creditworthiness  of the issuer,  such as  securities  of the
Federal National Mortgage  Association,  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation,
Tennessee Valley Authority,  Federal Farm Credit Banks and the Federal Home Loan
Banks. In the case of obligations not backed by the full faith and credit of the
United   States,   a  Portfolio   must  look   principally   to  the  agency  or
instrumentality  issuing or guaranteeing  the obligation for ultimate  repayment
and may not be able to assert a claim  against the United  States  itself in the
event the agency or instrumentality does not meet its commitments.

VARIABLE AND FLOATING RATE SECURITIES. The Money Market Portfolios may invest in
variable and floating rate  securities.  The terms of variable and floating rate
instruments  provide for the interest rate to be adjusted according to a formula
on certain  pre-determined  dates. Certain of these obligations also may carry a
demand  feature  that  gives the holder  the right to demand  prepayment  of the
principal  amount of the security prior to maturity.  An  irrevocable  letter of
credit or  guarantee  by a bank  usually  backs the  demand  feature.  Portfolio
investments in these  securities must comply with conditions  established by the
SEC under which they may be considered to have remaining  maturities of 397 days
or less.

WHEN-ISSUED  SECURITIES.   The  Money  Market  Portfolios  may  buy  when-issued
securities  or sell  securities  on a  delayed-delivery  basis.  This means that
delivery and payment for the securities  normally will take place  approximately
15 to 90 days after the date of the transaction.  The payment obligation and the
interest  rate that will be received are each fixed at the time the buyer enters
into the  commitment.  During the period between  purchase and  settlement,  the
purchaser  makes no payment and no interest  accrues to the purchaser.  However,
when a  security  is sold on a  delayed-delivery  basis,  the  seller  does  not
participate  in further  gains or losses with  respect to the  security.  If the
other party to a when-issued or  delayed-delivery  transaction fails to transfer
or pay for the  securities,  the Portfolio could miss a favorable price or yield
opportunity or could suffer a loss.

A Portfolio will make a commitment to purchase when-issued  securities only with
the  intention of actually  acquiring  the  securities,  but the  Portfolio  may
dispose of the commitment  before the settlement date if it is deemed  advisable
as a matter of investment  strategy.  A Portfolio  may also sell the  underlying
securities  before they are  delivered,  which may result in gains or losses.  A
separate  account for each Portfolio is established at the custodian  bank, into
which cash and/or liquid securities equal to the amount of when-issued  purchase
commitments  is  deposited.  If the  market  value of the  deposited  securities
declines  additional cash or securities will be placed in the account on a daily
basis to cover the Portfolio's outstanding commitments.

                                       5

<PAGE>

When a Portfolio  purchases a security on a when-issued  basis,  the security is
recorded as an asset on the commitment  date and is subject to changes in market
value generally,  based upon changes in the level of interest rates.  Thus, upon
delivery, the market value of the security may be higher or lower than its cost,
and this may increase or decrease the Portfolio's net asset value.  When payment
for a when-issued  security is due, a Portfolio will meet its  obligations  from
then-available  cash  flow,  the  sale of the  securities  held in the  separate
account,  the sale of  other  securities  or from  the  sale of the  when-issued
securities  themselves.  The sale of securities  to meet a when-issued  purchase
obligation carries with it the potential for the realization of capital gains or
losses.

                               THE BOND PORTFOLIOS

The "Bond Portfolios" are the Short/Intermediate Bond, the Intermediate Bond and
the Municipal Bond Portfolios.  Wilmington Trust Company, the investment adviser
for the Bond  Portfolios,  employs an  investment  process that is  disciplined,
systematic  and  oriented  toward  a  quantitative  assessment  and  control  of
volatility.  The Bond  Portfolios'  exposure  to  credit  risk is  moderated  by
limiting  their  investments  to securities  that, at the time of purchase,  are
rated  investment   grade  by  a  nationally   recognized   statistical   rating
organization such as Moody's, S&P, or, if unrated, are determined by the adviser
to be of comparable quality. See "Appendix B - Description of Ratings." Ratings,
however, are not guarantees of quality or of stable credit quality. Not even the
highest  rating  constitutes  assurance  that the security will not fluctuate in
value or that a Portfolio  will receive the  anticipated  yield on the security.
WTC continuously  monitors the quality of the Portfolios'  holdings,  and should
the rating of a security be downgraded or its quality be adversely affected, WTC
will determine  whether it is in the best interest of the affected  Portfolio to
retain or dispose of the security.

The effect of interest rate fluctuations in the market on the principal value of
the Bond  Portfolios  is  moderated  by  limiting  the  average  dollar-weighted
duration  of their  investments  -- in the case of the  Short/Intermediate  Bond
Portfolio to a range of 2 1/2 to 4 years, in the case of the  Intermediate  Bond
Portfolio  to a range of 4 to 7 years,  and in the  case of the  Municipal  Bond
Portfolio to a range of 4 to 8 years.  Investors  may be more  familiar with the
term "average effective maturity" (when, on average, the fixed income securities
held by the  Portfolio  will  mature),  which is  sometimes  used to express the
anticipated term of the Portfolios' investments.  Generally, the stated maturity
of a fixed income security is longer than it's projected duration.  Under normal
market  conditions,   the  average  effective  maturity,  in  the  case  of  the
Short/Intermediate  Bond  Portfolio,  is  expected  to fall  within  a range  of
approximately  3 to 5 years,  in the case of the  Intermediate  Bond  Portfolio,
within a range of  approximately 7 to 12 years, and in the case of the Municipal
Bond Portfolio,  within a range of  approximately 5 to 10 years. In the event of
unusual  market  conditions,   the  average  dollar-weighted   duration  of  the
Portfolios  may fall  within a broader  range.  Under those  circumstances,  the
Short/Intermediate Bond and the Intermediate Bond Portfolios may invest in fixed
income securities with an average dollar-weighted duration of 1 to 6 years and 2
to 10 years, respectively.

WTC's goal in managing the  Short/Intermediate  Bond and the  Intermediate  Bond
Portfolios is to gain additional return by analyzing the market complexities and
individual  security  attributes  which  affect  the  returns  of  fixed  income
securities.  The Bond  Portfolios are intended to appeal to investors who want a
thoughtful  exposure to the broad fixed  income  securities  market and the high
current returns that characterize the short-term to intermediate-term  sector of
that market.

Given the  average  duration  of the  holdings  of the Bond  Portfolios  and the
current interest rate  environment,  the Portfolios  should  experience  smaller
price fluctuations than those experienced by longer-term bond and municipal bond
funds and a higher  yield than  fixed-price  money market and  tax-exempt  money
market funds.  Of course,  the Portfolios  will likely  experience  larger price
fluctuations than money market funds and a lower yield than longer-term bond and
municipal bond funds. Given the quality of the Portfolios' holdings,  which must
be  investment  grade (rated  within the top four  categories)  or comparable to
investment grade securities at the time of purchase,  the Portfolios will accept
lower  yields in order to avoid the credit  concerns  experienced  by funds that
invest in lower  quality  fixed income  securities.  In  addition,  although the
Municipal Bond Portfolio  expects to invest  substantially all of its net assets
in municipal securities that provide interest income that is exempt from federal
income  tax,  it may invest up to 20% of its net assets in other  types of fixed
income securities that provide federally taxable income.

                                       6

<PAGE>
The  composition  of each  Portfolio's  holdings  varies  depending  upon  WTC's
analysis of the fixed income markets and the municipal  securities  markets (for
the  Municipal  Bond  Portfolio),  including  analysis  of the  most  attractive
segments of the yield curve, the relative value of the different market sectors,
expected trends in those markets and supply versus demand pressures.  Securities
purchased  by the  Portfolios  may be  purchased  on the basis of their yield or
potential  capital   appreciation  or  both.  By  maintaining  each  Portfolio's
specified average duration, WTC seeks to protect the Portfolio's principal value
by reducing  fluctuations  in value relative to those that may be experienced by
bond funds with longer average durations.  This strategy may reduce the level of
income  attained  by the  Portfolios.  Of  course,  there is no  guarantee  that
principal  value can be  protected  during  periods  of  extreme  interest  rate
volatility.

WTC may make  frequent  changes  in the  Portfolios'  investments,  particularly
during periods of rapidly  fluctuating  interest rates.  These frequent  changes
would involve  transaction  costs to the  Portfolios and could result in taxable
capital gains.

ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES.  The Bond Portfolios may purchase interests in pools of
obligations,  such as  credit  card or  automobile  loan  receivables,  purchase
contracts and financing leases.  Such securities are also known as "asset-backed
securities,"  and the holders thereof may be entitled to receive a fixed rate of
interest,  a variable  rate that is  periodically  reset to reflect  the current
market rate or an auction rate that is periodically reset at auction.

Asset-backed   securities  are  typically  supported  by  some  form  of  credit
enhancement, such as cash collateral, subordinated tranches, a letter of credit,
surety bond or limited guaranty.  Credit  enhancements do not provide protection
against changes in the market value of the security.  If the credit  enhancement
is exhausted or withdrawn,  security holders may experience  losses or delays in
payment if required payments of principal and interest are not made with respect
to the underlying obligations. Except in very limited circumstances, there is no
recourse   against  the  vendors  or  lessors  that  originated  the  underlying
obligations.

Asset-backed  securities  are  likely  to  involve  unscheduled  prepayments  of
principal  that may  affect  yield to  maturity,  result in  losses,  and may be
reinvested at higher or lower interest rates than the original  investment.  The
yield to maturity of asset-backed  securities that represent  residual interests
in payments of principal or interest in fixed income obligations is particularly
sensitive to prepayments.

The value of  asset-backed  securities  may  change  because  of  changes in the
market's perception of the  creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the pool
of underlying obligations,  the originator of those obligations or the financial
institution providing credit enhancement.

BANK   OBLIGATIONS.   The  Bond   Portfolios   may   invest  in  the  same  U.S.
dollar-denominated  obligations  of major banks as the Money Market  Portfolios.
(See "Bank Obligations.")

CORPORATE BONDS,  NOTES AND COMMERCIAL  PAPER. The Bond Portfolios may invest in
corporate  bonds,  notes  and  commercial  paper.  These  obligations  generally
represent   indebtedness  of  the  issuer  and  may  be  subordinated  to  other
outstanding indebtedness of the issuer.  Commercial paper consists of short-term
unsecured  promissory  notes issued by  corporations  in order to finance  their
current  operations.  The Portfolios will only invest in commercial paper rated,
at the time of  purchase,  in the highest  category by a  nationally  recognized
statistical  rating  organization,  such as  Moody's  or S&P or,  if not  rated,
determined by WTC to be of comparable quality.

FIXED INCOME  SECURITIES WITH BUY-BACK  FEATURES.  Fixed income  securities with
buy-back features enable the Bond Portfolios to recover principal upon tendering
the  securities  to the issuer or a third  party.  Letters  of credit  issued by
domestic or foreign banks often supports these buy-back features.  In evaluating
a foreign bank's credit, WTC considers whether adequate public information about
the  bank is  available  and  whether  the bank may be  subject  to  unfavorable
political  or economic  developments,  currency  controls or other  governmental
restrictions  that  could  adversely  affect  the  bank's  ability  to honor its
commitment  under the letter of credit.  The Municipal  Bond  Portfolio will not
acquire  municipal  securities  with  buy-back  features  if, in the  opinion of
counsel,  the existence of a buy-back feature would alter the tax-exempt  nature
of interest payments on the underlying securities and cause those payments to be
taxable to that Portfolio and its shareholders.

Buy-back features include standby commitments, put bonds and demand features.

                                       7
<PAGE>

(BULLET)  STANDBY   COMMITMENTS.   The  Bond   Portfolios  may  acquire  standby
          commitments   from   broker-dealers,    banks   or   other   financial
          intermediaries  to enhance the  liquidity of portfolio  securities.  A
          standby  commitment  entitles a Portfolio  to same day  settlement  at
          amortized cost plus accrued interest, if any, at the time of exercise.
          The amount payable by the issuer of the standby  commitment during the
          time that the commitment is  exercisable  generally  approximates  the
          market value of the  securities  underlying  the  commitment.  Standby
          commitments  are  subject to the risk that the issuer of a  commitment
          may not be in a position  to pay for the  securities  at the time that
          the commitment is exercised.

          Ordinarily,  a Portfolio  will not transfer a standby  commitment to a
          third party,  although the Portfolio may sell securities  subject to a
          standby  commitment  at any time.  A Portfolio  may  purchase  standby
          commitments  separate from or in conjunction  with the purchase of the
          securities  subject  to the  commitments.  In  the  latter  case,  the
          Portfolio  may pay a  higher  price  for the  securities  acquired  in
          consideration for the commitment.

(BULLET)  PUT BONDS.  A put bond (also  referred to as a tender  option or third
          party bond) is a bond created by coupling an intermediate or long-term
          fixed  rate bond with an  agreement  giving  the  holder the option of
          tendering  the bond to receive  its par value.  As  consideration  for
          providing this tender option, the sponsor of the bond (usually a bank,
          broker-dealer or other financial  intermediary) receives periodic fees
          that equal the difference between the bond's fixed coupon rate and the
          rate  (determined  by a remarketing or similar agent) that would cause
          the bond,  coupled with the tender option,  to trade at par. By paying
          the tender offer fees, a Portfolio in effect holds a demand obligation
          that bears interest at the prevailing short-term rate.

          In  selecting  put  bonds  for the Bond  Portfolios,  WTC  takes  into
          consideration  the  creditworthiness  of the issuers of the underlying
          bonds and the  creditworthiness  of the providers of the tender option
          features.  A sponsor may  withdraw  the tender  option  feature if the
          issuer of the  underlying  bond  defaults  on  interest  or  principal
          payments,  the  bond's  rating  is  downgraded  or,  in the  case of a
          municipal bond, the bond loses its tax-exempt status.


(BULLET)  DEMAND  FEATURES.  Many variable rate securities carry demand features
          that permit the holder to demand  repayment of the principal amount of
          the  underlying  securities  plus  accrued  interest,  if any,  upon a
          specified  number of days' notice to the issuer or its agent. A demand
          feature  may be  exercisable  at any time or at  specified  intervals.
          Variable rate  securities with demand features are treated as having a
          maturity equal to the time remaining before the holder can next demand
          payment of principal.  The issuer of a demand  feature  instrument may
          have a corresponding right to prepay the outstanding  principal of the
          instrument plus accrued  interest,  if any, upon notice  comparable to
          that required for the holder to demand payment.

GUARANTEED INVESTMENT  CONTRACTS.  A guaranteed investment contract ("GIC") is a
general obligation of an insurance  company. A GIC is generally  structured as a
deferred annuity under which the purchaser agrees to pay a given amount of money
to an insurer (either in a lump sum or in installments) and the insurer promises
to pay interest at a guaranteed  rate (either fixed or variable) for the life of
the  contract.   Some  GICs  provide  that  the  insurer  may  periodically  pay
discretionary  excess interest over and above the guaranteed  rate. At the GIC's
maturity, the purchaser generally is given the option of receiving payment or an
annuity.  Certain GICs may have features that permit redemption by the issuer at
a discount from par value.

Generally, GICs are not assignable or transferable without the permission of the
issuer.  As a result,  the  acquisition  of GICs is subject  to the  limitations
applicable  to  each   Portfolio's   acquisition   of  illiquid  and  restricted
securities.  The holder of a GIC is  dependent  on the  creditworthiness  of the
issuer as to whether

                                       8

<PAGE>

the issuer is able to meet its obligations.  No Portfolio intends to invest more
than 5% of its net assets in GICs.

ILLIQUID  SECURITIES.  The Bond  Portfolios  may not invest more than 15% of the
value of its net assets in securities that at the time of purchase have legal or
contractual restrictions on resale or are otherwise illiquid.

MONEY MARKET FUNDS.  The Bond  Portfolios  may invest in the securities of money
market  mutual  funds,  within  the  limits  prescribed  by the 1940  Act.  (See
"Investment Company Securities.")

MORTGAGE-BACKED   SECURITIES.    Mortgage-backed   securities   are   securities
representing interests in a pool of mortgages secured by real property.

Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA") mortgage-backed securities are
securities representing interests in pools of mortgage loans to residential home
buyers made by lenders such as mortgage  bankers,  commercial  banks and savings
associations and are either guaranteed by the Federal Housing  Administration or
insured by the Veterans Administration. Timely payment of interest and principal
on each  mortgage  loan is  backed  by the full  faith  and  credit  of the U.S.
Government.

The  Federal  National  Mortgage  Association  ("FNMA")  and  Federal  Home Loan
Mortgage Corporation  ("FHLMC") both issue  mortgage-backed  securities that are
similar to GNMA securities in that they represent interests in pools of mortgage
loans.  FNMA  guarantees  timely  payment  of  interest  and  principal  on  its
certificates  and FHLMC  guarantees  timely  payment of  interest  and  ultimate
payment of principal.  FHLMC also has a program under which it guarantees timely
payment of scheduled  principal as well as interest.  FNMA and FHLMC  guarantees
are backed  only by those  agencies  and not by the full faith and credit of the
U.S. Government.

In the  case of  mortgage-backed  securities  that  are not  backed  by the U.S.
Government  or one of its agencies,  a loss could be incurred if the  collateral
backing  these  securities  is  insufficient.  This may occur  even  though  the
collateral is U.S. Government-backed.

Most  mortgage-backed  securities pass monthly payment of principal and interest
through to the holder after deduction of a servicing fee. However, other payment
arrangements  are  possible.  Payments  may be made to the holder on a different
schedule than that on which payments are received from the borrower,  including,
but not limited to, weekly,  bi-weekly and  semiannually.  The monthly principal
and interest  payments also are not always passed through to the holder on a PRO
RATA basis. In the case of collateralized  mortgage  obligations  ("CMOs"),  the
pool is divided into two or more tranches and special rules for the disbursement
of principal and interest payments are established.

CMO residuals are derivative  securities that generally  represent  interests in
any excess cash flow remaining after making  required  payments of principal and
interest to the holders of the CMOs  described  above.  Yield to maturity on CMO
residuals is extremely sensitive to prepayments.  In addition,  if a series of a
CMO includes a class that bears  interest at an  adjustable  rate,  the yield to
maturity on the related CMO  residual  also will be  extremely  sensitive to the
level of the index upon which interest rate adjustments are based.

Stripped mortgage-backed securities ("SMBS") are derivative multi-class mortgage
securities  and may be  issued  by  agencies  or  instrumentalities  of the U.S.
Government or by private mortgage lenders.  SMBS usually are structured with two
classes that receive  different  proportions  of the interest  and/or  principal
distributions  on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have one
class of holders receiving all interest payments --"interest only" or "IO" --and
another class of holders receiving the principal  repayments -- "principal only"
or "PO." The yield to maturity of IO and PO classes is  extremely  sensitive  to
prepayments on the underlying mortgage assets.

MUNICIPAL SECURITIES.  Municipal securities are debt obligations issued by or on
behalf of states, territories and possessions of the United States, the District
of  Columbia  and  their  sub-divisions,  agencies  and  instrumentalities,  the
interest on which is, in the opinion of bond counsel, exempt from federal income
tax.  These debt  obligations  are  issued to obtain  funds for  various  public
purposes, such as the construction of

                                       9

<PAGE>

public facilities, the payment of general operating expenses or the refunding of
outstanding debts. They may also be issued to finance various privately owned or
operated  activities.  The three general categories of municipal  securities are
general obligation, revenue or special obligation and private activity municipal
securities. A brief description of typical municipal securities follows:

(BULLET)  GENERAL  OBLIGATION  SECURITIES are backed by the taxing power of
          the issuing  municipality  and are  considered the safest type of
          municipal bond. The proceeds from general  obligation  securities
          are used to fund a wide range of public  projects,  including the
          construction or improvement of schools,  highways and roads,  and
          water and sewer systems.

(BULLET)  REVENUE  OR  SPECIAL  OBLIGATION  SECURITIES  are  backed  by the
          revenues  of a specific  project or  facility - tolls from a toll
          bridge,  for  example.  The  proceeds  from  revenue  or  special
          obligation  securities are used to fund a wide variety of capital
          projects,  including  electric,  gas,  water and  sewer  systems;
          highways,  bridges  and  tunnels;  port and  airport  facilities;
          colleges and universities;  and hospitals. Many municipal issuers
          also establish a debt service  reserve fund from which  principal
          and interest payments are made. Further security may be available
          in the form of the state's ability,  without obligation,  to make
          up deficits in the reserve fund.

(BULLET)  MUNICIPAL  LEASE  OBLIGATIONS  may take  the form of a lease,  an
          installment  purchase or a conditional  sale  contract  issued by
          state and local  governments  and  authorities  to acquire  land,
          equipment and facilities. Usually, the Portfolios will purchase a
          participation  interest in a municipal  lease  obligation  from a
          bank or other financial intermediary.  The participation interest
          gives the  holder a pro  rata,  undivided  interest  in the total
          amount of the obligation.

          Municipal  leases  frequently  have  risks  distinct  from  those
          associated with general obligation or revenue bonds. The interest
          income from the lease  obligation may become taxable if the lease
          is   assigned.   Also,   to  free  the   municipal   issuer  from
          constitutional  or  statutory  debt  issuance  limitations,  many
          leases and contracts include  non-appropriation clauses providing
          that the  municipality  has no obligation to make future payments
          under the lease or contract unless money is appropriated for that
          purpose by the  municipality on a yearly or other periodic basis.
          Finally, the lease may be illiquid.

(BULLET)  RESOURCE  RECOVERY  BONDS are  affected  by a number of  factors,
          which may affect the value and credit quality of these revenue or
          special  obligations.  These factors include the viability of the
          project being financed,  environmental protection regulations and
          project operator tax incentives.

(BULLET)  PRIVATE  ACTIVITY  SECURITIES are specific types of revenue bonds
          issued  on  behalf  of  public  authorities  to  finance  various
          privately  operated  facilities such as educational,  hospital or
          housing  facilities,  local  facilities  for water  supply,  gas,
          electricity,  sewage or solid waste  disposal,  and industrial or
          commercial  facilities.  The payment of principal and interest on
          these  obligations  generally  depends  upon  the  credit  of the
          private  owner/user  of the  facilities  financed and, in certain
          instances,  the  pledge  of real  and  personal  property  by the
          private  owner/user.  The interest  income from certain  types of
          private  activity  securities  may be considered a tax preference
          item for  purposes of the federal  alternative  minimum tax ("Tax
          Preference Item").

Short-term  municipal  securities in which the Portfolios may invest include Tax
Anticipation,  Revenue  Anticipation,  Bond  Anticipation and Construction  Loan
Notes.  These were previously  described for the Money Market  Portfolios.  (See
"Municipal Securities.")

OPTIONS,  FUTURES  AND  FORWARD  CURRENCY  CONTRACT  STRATEGIES.   Although  the
Municipal Bond Portfolio has no current  intention of so doing, each of the Bond
Portfolios may use options and futures contracts.  The  Short/Intermediate  Bond
and the  Intermediate  Bond Portfolios may use forward currency  contracts.

                                       10

<PAGE>
For additional information regarding such investment strategies,  see Appendix A
to this Statement of Additional Information.

PARTICIPATION  INTERESTS.  The  Bond  Portfolios  may  invest  in  participation
interests in fixed income  securities.  A  participation  interest  provides the
certificate  holder  with a  specified  interest  in an issue  of  fixed  income
securities.

Some  participation  interests  give  the  holders  differing  interests  in the
underlying  securities,   depending  upon  the  type  or  class  of  certificate
purchased.  For example,  coupon strip certificates give the holder the right to
receive a specific  portion of interest  payments on the underlying  securities;
principal  strip  certificates  give the holder  the right to receive  principal
payments  and the portion of interest  not payable to coupon  strip  certificate
holders.  Holders of certificates of participation  in interest  payments may be
entitled  to  receive  a  fixed  rate  of  interest,  a  variable  rate  that is
periodically reset to reflect the current market rate or an auction rate that is
periodically reset at auction. Asset-backed residuals represent interests in any
excess cash flow  remaining  after  required  payments of principal and interest
have been made.

More complex participation interests involve special risk considerations.  Since
these  instruments have only recently been developed,  there can be no assurance
that any market will develop or be maintained  for the  instruments.  Generally,
the fixed income securities that are deposited in trust for the holders of these
interests are the sole source of payments on the interests;  holders cannot look
to the sponsor or trustee of the trust or to the issuers of the securities  held
in trust or to any of their affiliates for payment.

Participation interests purchased at a discount may experience price volatility.
Certain  types of interests  are sensitive to  fluctuations  in market  interest
rates  and  to  prepayments  on the  underlying  securities.  A  rapid  rate  of
prepayment can result in the failure to recover the holder's initial investment.

The  extent  to which the  yield to  maturity  of a  participation  interest  is
sensitive  to  prepayments  depends,  in part,  upon  whether the  interest  was
purchased  at a discount  or  premium,  and if so, the size of that  discount or
premium.  Generally,  if a participation  interest is purchased at a premium and
principal distributions occur at a rate faster than that anticipated at the time
of  purchase,  the  holder's  actual  yield to maturity  will be lower than that
assumed at the time of  purchase.  Conversely,  if a  participation  interest is
purchased at a discount and principal  distributions occur at a rate faster than
that assumed at the time of purchase,  the  investor's  actual yield to maturity
will be higher than that assumed at the time of purchase.

Participation  interests in pools of fixed income  securities  backed by certain
types of debt obligations  involve special risk  considerations.  The issuers of
securities backed by automobile and truck  receivables  typically file financing
statements  evidencing security interests in the receivables,  and the servicers
of  those  obligations  take  and  retain  custody  of the  obligations.  If the
servicers,  in  contravention  of their duty to the  holders  of the  securities
backed  by the  receivables,  were to sell  the  obligations,  the  third  party
purchasers  could  acquire an interest  superior to the interest of the security
holders. Also, most states require that a security interest in a vehicle must be
noted  on the  certificate  of title  and the  certificate  of title  may not be
amended to reflect the assignment of the lender's security interest.  Therefore,
the  recovery of the  collateral  in some cases may not be  available to support
payments on the  securities.  Securities  backed by credit card  receivables are
generally  unsecured,  and both federal and state consumer  protection  laws may
allow set-offs against certain amounts owed.

The Municipal  Bond  Portfolio  will only invest in  participation  interests in
municipal  securities,  municipal  leases  or in pools of  securities  backed by
municipal  assets if, in the  opinion of  counsel,  any  interest  income on the
participation interest will be exempt from federal income tax to the same extent
as the interest on the underlying securities.

REPURCHASE  AGREEMENTS.  The Bond  Portfolios may invest in the same  repurchase
agreements as the Money Market Portfolios. (See "Repurchase Agreements.")

SECURITIES  LENDING.  The  Bond  Portfolios  may  lend  securities  pursuant  to
agreements,  which require that the loans be continuously  secured by collateral
equal to 100% of the market  value of the  loaned  securities.  Such  collateral
consists of cash,  securities of the U.S.  Government  or its  agencies,  or any
combination  of cash and such  securities.  Such loans will not be made if, as a
result, the aggregate amount of all outstanding securities loans for a Portfolio
exceed  one-third  of the value of the  Portfolio's  total  assets taken

                                    11
<PAGE>

at fair market  value.  A  Portfolio  will  continue to receive  interest on the
securities lent while  simultaneously  earning interest on the investment of the
cash  collateral  in U.S.  Government  securities.  However,  a  Portfolio  will
normally pay lending fees to such  broker-dealers  and related expenses from the
interest earned on invested collateral. There may be risks of delay in receiving
additional  collateral or risks of delay in recovery of the  securities and even
loss of rights in the  collateral  should the  borrower of the  securities  fail
financially.  However, loans are made only to borrowers deemed by the adviser to
be of good standing and when, in the judgment of the adviser,  the consideration
that can be earned  currently from such securities loans justifies the attendant
risk.  Either party upon reasonable  notice to the other party may terminate any
loan.  The  Municipal  Bond  Portfolio  has no current  intention of lending its
portfolio  securities and would do so only under unusual market conditions since
the interest  income that a Portfolio  receives  from lending its  securities is
taxable.

U.S.  GOVERNMENT  OBLIGATIONS.  The Bond  Portfolios may invest in the same debt
securities  issued  or  guaranteed  by the  U.S.  Government,  its  agencies  or
instrumentalities  as  the  Money  Market  Portfolios.   (See  "U.S.  Government
Obligations.")

VARIABLE  AND  FLOATING  RATE  SECURITIES.  The Bond  Portfolios  may  invest in
variable and floating rate  securities.  The terms of variable and floating rate
instruments  provide for the interest rate to be adjusted according to a formula
on certain  pre-determined  dates. Certain of these obligations also may carry a
demand  feature  that  gives the holder  the right to demand  prepayment  of the
principal  amount of the security prior to maturity.  An  irrevocable  letter of
credit or  guarantee  by a bank  usually  backs the  demand  feature.  Portfolio
investments in these  securities must comply with conditions  established by the
SEC under which they may be considered to have remaining  maturities of 397 days
or less.

Each of the Bond Portfolios may also purchase inverse floaters that are floating
rate  instruments  whose  interest  rates  bear an inverse  relationship  to the
interest  rate on  another  security  or the value of an index.  Changes  in the
interest rate on the other security or index inversely  affect the interest rate
paid on the inverse floater, with the result that the inverse floater's price is
considerably more volatile than that of a fixed rate security.  For example,  an
issuer may decide to issue two  variable  rate  instruments  instead of a single
long-term,  fixed  rate  bond.  The  interest  rate on one  instrument  reflects
short-term  interest rates, while the interest rate on the other instrument (the
inverse  floater)  reflects the approximate rate the issuer would have paid on a
fixed rate bond multiplied by two minus the interest rate paid on the short-term
instrument.  Depending on market availability, the two variable rate instruments
may be  combined to form a fixed rate bond.  The market for inverse  floaters is
relatively new.

WHEN-ISSUED  SECURITIES.  The Bond Portfolios may buy when-issued  securities or
sell  securities  on a  delayed-delivery  basis.  This means that  delivery  and
payment for the securities  normally will take place approximately 15 to 90 days
after the date of the transaction.  The payment obligation and the interest rate
that  will be  received  are each  fixed at the time the buyer  enters  into the
commitment.  During the period between  purchase and  settlement,  the purchaser
makes no payment  and no  interest  accrues to the  purchaser.  However,  when a
security is sold on a delayed-delivery basis, the seller does not participate in
further  gains or losses with respect to the  security.  If the other party to a
when-issued  or  delayed-delivery  transaction  fails to transfer or pay for the
securities,  the Portfolio could miss a favorable price or yield  opportunity or
could suffer a loss.

A Portfolio will make a commitment to purchase when-issued  securities only with
the  intention of actually  acquiring  the  securities,  but the  Portfolio  may
dispose of the commitment  before the settlement date if it is deemed  advisable
as a matter of investment  strategy.  A Portfolio  may also sell the  underlying
securities  before they are  delivered,  which may result in gains or losses.  A
separate  account for each Portfolio is established at the custodian  bank, into
which cash and/or liquid securities equal to the amount of when-issued  purchase
commitments  is  deposited.  If the  market  value of the  deposited  securities
declines  additional cash or securities will be placed in the account on a daily
basis to cover the Portfolio's outstanding commitments.

When a Portfolio  purchases a security on a when-issued  basis,  the security is
recorded as an asset on the commitment  date and is subject to changes in market
value generally,  based upon changes in the level of interest rates.  Thus, upon
delivery, the market value of the security may be higher or lower than its cost,

                                       12

<PAGE>

and this may increase or decrease the Portfolio's net asset value.  When payment
for a when-issued  security is due, a Portfolio will meet its  obligations  from
then-available  cash  flow,  the  sale of the  securities  held in the  separate
account,  the sale of  other  securities  or from  the  sale of the  when-issued
securities  themselves.  The sale of securities  to meet a when-issued  purchase
obligation carries with it the potential for the realization of capital gains or
losses.

The Municipal Bond Portfolio may purchase  securities on a when-issued  basis in
connection  with  the  refinancing  of  an  issuer's  outstanding   indebtedness
("refunding  contracts").  These  contracts  require  the issuer to sell and the
Portfolio  to buy  municipal  obligations  at a  stated  price  and  yield  on a
settlement  date that may be several months or several years in the future.  The
offering  proceeds are then used to refinance  existing  municipal  obligations.
Although  the  Municipal  Bond  Portfolio  may sell its rights under a refunding
contract,  the secondary  market for these contracts may be less liquid than the
secondary  market  for  other  types  of  municipal  securities.  The  Portfolio
generally  will not be obligated to pay the full  purchase  price if it fails to
perform under a refunding contract. Instead, refunding contracts usually provide
for  payment  of  liquidated  damages  to the  issuer  (currently  15-20% of the
purchase  price).  The  Portfolio  may secure its  obligation  under a refunding
contract by depositing  collateral or a letter of credit equal to the liquidated
damages  provision of the refunding  contract.  When required by Securities  and
Exchange Commission ("SEC")  guidelines,  the Portfolio will place liquid assets
in a  segregated  custodial  account  equal in amount to its  obligations  under
outstanding refunding contracts.

ZERO  COUPON  BONDS.  The Bond  Portfolios  may invest in zero  coupon  bonds of
governmental  or private issuers that generally pay no interest to their holders
prior  to  maturity.  Since  zero  coupon  bonds do not  make  regular  interest
payments,  they  allow an  issuer  to avoid  the need to  generate  cash to meet
current interest payments and may involve greater credit risks than bonds paying
interest  currently.  Tax laws requiring the distribution of accrued discount on
the bonds,  even though no cash  equivalent  thereto has been paid,  may cause a
Portfolio to liquidate investments in order to make the required distributions.

RISK FACTORS APPLICABLE TO THE MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO:
HEALTH CARE SECTOR.  The health care industry is subject to regulatory action by
a number of private and  governmental  agencies,  including  federal,  state and
local  governmental  agencies.  A major  source of revenues  for the industry is
payments from the Medicare and Medicaid  programs.  As a result, the industry is
sensitive to  legislative  changes and reductions in  governmental  spending for
those programs.  Numerous other factors may affect the industry, such as general
and  local  economic  conditions;   demand  for  services;  expenses  (including
malpractice insurance premiums) and competition among health care providers.  In
the  future,  the  following  may  adversely  affect the  industry:  adoption of
legislation   proposing  a  national  health  insurance  program;   medical  and
technological  advances which alter the demand for health services or the way in
which such  services  are  provided;  and  efforts by  employers,  insurers  and
governmental  agencies to reduce the costs of health  insurance  and health care
services.

Health  care  facilities  include  life  care  facilities,   nursing  homes  and
hospitals.  The  Municipal  Bond  Portfolio may invest in bonds to finance these
facilities  which are typically  secured by the revenues from the facilities and
not by state or local  government  tax payments.  Moreover,  in the case of life
care facilities, since a portion of housing, medical care and other services may
be financed by an initial deposit, there may be a risk of default in the payment
of  principal  or interest  on a bond issue if the  facility  does not  maintain
adequate financial reserves for debt service.

HOUSING SECTOR. The Municipal Bond Portfolio may invest in housing revenue bonds
which  typically are issued by state,  county and local housing  authorities and
are secured only by the revenues of mortgages  originated  by those  authorities
using the proceeds of the bond issues.  Factors that may affect the financing of
multi-family  housing  projects include  acceptable  completion of construction,
proper management, occupancy and rent levels, economic conditions and changes in
regulatory requirements.

Since the demand  for  mortgages  from the  proceeds  of a bond issue  cannot be
precisely predicted, the proceeds may be in excess of demand, which would result
in early  retirement  of the  bonds by the  issuer.  Since  the cash  flow  from
mortgages  cannot be precisely  predicted,  differences  in the actual cash flow
from the  assumed  cash flow  could  have an adverse  impact  upon the  issuer's
ability to make scheduled  payments of principal and interest or could result in
early retirement of the bonds.

                                       13

<PAGE>

Scheduled principal and interest payments are often made from reserve or sinking
funds. These reserves are funded from the bond proceeds,  assuming certain rates
of return on investment of the reserve funds. If the assumed rates of return are
not realized  because of changes in interest  rate levels or for other  reasons,
the actual cash flow for  scheduled  payments of  principal  and interest on the
bonds may be inadequate.

ELECTRIC UTILITIES SECTOR. The electric utilities industry has experienced,  and
may experience in the future:  problems in financing large construction programs
in an  inflationary  period;  cost increases and delays caused by  environmental
considerations  (particularly with respect to nuclear facilities);  difficulties
in obtaining  fuel at  reasonable  prices;  the effects of  conservation  on the
demand for energy;  increased  competition from alternative energy sources;  and
the effects of rapidly changing licensing and safety requirements.

PROPOSED  LEGISLATION.  From time to time, proposals have been introduced before
Congress for the purpose of restricting  or  eliminating  the federal income tax
exemption for interest on debt obligations  issued by states and their political
subdivisions.  For example,  federal tax law now limits the types and amounts of
tax-exempt bonds issuable for industrial  development and other types of private
activities. These limitations may affect the future supply and yields of private
activity  securities.  Further  proposals  affecting  the  value  of  tax-exempt
securities  may be introduced in the future.  In addition,  proposals  have been
made,  such as that involving the "flat tax," that could reduce or eliminate the
value  of that  exemption.  If the  availability  of  municipal  securities  for
investment  or the value of the Municipal  Bond  Portfolio's  holdings  could be
materially  affected by such changes in the law, the Trustees  would  reevaluate
the  Portfolio's  investment  objective and policies or consider the Portfolio's
dissolution.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER. Portfolio turnover rates for the past 2 years, (or since the
date of inception, if applicable) were:

- ------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ------
                             12 MONTHS ENDED               12 MONTHS ENDED
                              JUNE 30, 1999                 JUNE 30, 1998
                              -------------                 -------------
- ----------------------- --------------------------- ----------------------------
Short/Intermediate Bond           %                              %
- ----------------------- --------------------------- ----------------------------
Intermediate Bond                 %                              %
- ----------------------- --------------------------- ----------------------------
Municipal Bond                    %                              %
- ----------------------- --------------------------- ----------------------------

                              THE EQUITY PORTFOLIOS

The "Equity  Portfolios" are the Large Cap Growth, the Large Cap Core, the Small
Cap Core,  the  International  Multi-Manager,  the Large Cap Value,  the Mid Cap
Value and the Small Cap Value Portfolios.

AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS (ADRS) AND EUROPEAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS (EDRS). The
International  Multi-Manager  and Large Cap Core  Portfolios  each may invest in
ADRs  and  EDRs.  ADRs  and  EDRs are  securities,  typically  issued  by a U.S.
financial institution or a non-U.S.  financial institution in the case of an EDR
(a "depositary").  The institution has ownership  interests in a security,  or a
pool  of  securities,  issued  by  a  foreign  issuer  and  deposited  with  the
depositary.  ADRs and EDRs may be available through "sponsored" or "unsponsored"
facilities.  A sponsored  facility is  established  jointly by the issuer of the
security underlying the receipt and a depositary. An unsponsored facility may be
established  by  a  depositary  without  participation  by  the  issuer  of  the
underlying security.  Holders of unsponsored  depositary receipts generally bear
all the costs of the  unsponsored  facility.  The  depositary of an  unsponsored
facility   frequently  is  under  no   obligation   to  distribute   shareholder
communications  received  from the issuer of the  deposited  security or to pass
through,  to the holders of the  receipts,  voting  rights  with  respect to the
deposited securities.

CASH  MANAGEMENT.  The Large Cap  Growth,  Small Cap Core and the  International
Multi-Manager Portfolios each may invest no more than 15% of its total assets in
cash and cash equivalents  including  high-quality  money market instruments and
money  market  funds in order to manage  cash flow in the  Portfolio.  The other
Equity  Portfolios  are not subject to specific  percentage  limitations on such
investments. Certain of these instruments are described below.

                                       14

<PAGE>


(BULLET)  MONEY  MARKET  FUNDS.  The  Equity  Portfolios  may invest in the
          securities of other money market mutual funds,  within the limits
          prescribed by the 1940 Act.

          The   International   Multi-Manager   Portfolio   may  invest  in
          securities of open-end and closed-end  investment  companies that
          invest primarily in the equity securities of issuers in countries
          where it is impossible or  impractical to invest  directly.  Such
          investments will be subject to the limits described above.

(BULLET)  U.S. GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS.  The Equity Portfolios may invest in
          the  same  debt  securities  issued  or  guaranteed  by the  U.S.
          Government, its agencies or instrumentalities as the Money Market
          Portfolios. (See "U.S. Government Obligations.")

(BULLET)  COMMERCIAL  PAPER. The Equity Portfolios may invest in commercial
          paper.  Commercial  paper consists of short-term (up to 270 days)
          unsecured  promissory  notes issued by  corporations  in order to
          finance their current operations.  The Portfolios may invest only
          in  commercial  paper rated A-1 or higher by S&P or Moody's or if
          not rated,  determined  by the  adviser or  sub-adviser  to be of
          comparable quality.

(BULLET)  BANK  OBLIGATIONS.  The Equity  Portfolios may invest in the same
          obligations  of U.S. banks as the Money Market  Portfolios.  (See
          "Bank Obligations.")

CONVERTIBLE  SECURITIES.  Convertible securities have characteristics similar to
both fixed income and equity securities.  Because of the conversion feature, the
market value of  convertible  securities  tends to move together with the market
value  of  the  underlying  stock.  As a  result,  a  Portfolio's  selection  of
convertible securities is based, to a great extent, on the potential for capital
appreciation  that may exist in the underlying  stock.  The value of convertible
securities is also affected by prevailing  interest rates, the credit quality of
the issuers and any call provisions.

The Equity  Portfolios may invest in convertible  securities  that are rated, at
the time of purchase,  in the three  highest  rating  categories by a nationally
recognized  statistical rating organization ("NRSRO") such as Moody's or S&P, or
if unrated, are determined by the adviser or a sub-adviser, as applicable, to be
of comparable quality. In addition,  the International  Multi-Manager  Portfolio
may invest in  non-convertible  debt securities  issued by foreign  governments,
international  agencies,  and  private  foreign  issuers  that,  at the  time of
purchase,  are rated A or better by a NRSRO, or, if not rated, are judged by the
adviser or one or more of the sub-advisers to be of comparable quality.  Ratings
represent the rating agency's opinion  regarding the quality of the security and
are not a guarantee  of quality.  Should the rating of a security be  downgraded
subsequent  to  a  Portfolio's  purchase  of  the  security,  the  adviser  or a
sub-adviser, as applicable, will determine whether it is in the best interest of
the Portfolio to retain the security.

DEBT  SECURITIES.  Debt  securities  represent money borrowed that obligates the
issuer (e.g., a corporation,  municipality,  government,  government  agency) to
repay the borrowed  amount at maturity  (when the obligation is due and payable)
and usually to pay the holder interest at specific times.

HEDGING  STRATEGIES.  The  Equity  Portfolios  may  engage  in  certain  hedging
strategies that involve options,  futures and, in the case of the  International
Multi-Manager  Portfolio,  forward currency  exchange  contracts.  These hedging
strategies are described in detail in the Appendix.

ILLIQUID  SECURITIES.  Each of the Large Cap Value,  Mid Cap Value and Small Cap
Value  Portfolios  may invest no more than 10% of its net  assets in  securities
that at the time of purchase have legal or contractual restrictions on resale or
are otherwise illiquid.  Each of the Large Cap Growth, Large Cap Core, Small Cap
Core and International  Multi-Manager  Portfolios may invest no more than 15% of
its net  assets  in  securities  that at the  time of  purchase  have  legal  or
contractual restrictions on resale or are otherwise illiquid. If the limitations
on illiquid  securities  are exceeded,  other than by a change in market values,
the  condition  will be reported by the  Portfolio's  investment  adviser to the
Board of Trustees.

                                       15

<PAGE>

OPTIONS ON SECURITIES AND SECURITIES  INDEXES.  The Large Cap Growth,  Large Cap
Value and Small Cap Core Portfolios each may purchase call options on securities
that the adviser  intends to include in the  Portfolios in order to fix the cost
of a future purchase or attempt to enhance return by, for example, participating
in an  anticipated  increase  in the value of a  security.  The  Portfolios  may
purchase  put  options  to  hedge  against  a  decline  in the  market  value of
securities  held in the  Portfolios  or in an  attempt to  enhance  return.  The
Portfolios  may write (sell) put and covered call options on securities in which
they are  authorized to invest.  The  Portfolios  may also purchase put and call
options,  and write put and covered  call  options on U.S.  securities  indexes.
Stock  index  options  serve  to  hedge  against  overall  fluctuations  in  the
securities  markets rather than anticipated  increases or decreases in the value
of a particular security. Of the 85% of the total assets of a Portfolio that are
invested in equity (or related)  securities,  the  Portfolio may not invest more
than 10% of such assets in covered call options on securities  and/or options on
securities indices.

REPURCHASE  AGREEMENTS.  The Equity Portfolios may invest in the same repurchase
agreements as the Money Market Portfolios. (See "Repurchase Agreements.")

RESTRICTED SECURITIES. Restricted securities are securities that may not be sold
to the  public  without  registration  under  the  Securities  Act of 1933 or an
exemption from registration.  Each of the Equity Portfolios may invest up to 15%
of its net assets in illiquid  securities,  subject to a Portfolio's  investment
limitations  on the  purchase of  illiquid  securities.  Restricted  securities,
including  securities  eligible for re-sale  under 1933 Act Rule 144A,  that are
determined to be liquid are not subject to this limitation.  This  determination
is to be made by the adviser or a sub-adviser  pursuant to guidelines adopted by
the Board of Trustees. Under these guidelines, the adviser or a sub-adviser will
consider  the  frequency  of trades and quotes for the  security,  the number of
dealers in, and potential purchasers for, the securities, dealer undertakings to
make a  market  in the  security,  and the  nature  of the  security  and of the
marketplace trades. In purchasing such restricted  securities,  the adviser or a
sub-adviser  intends to purchase  securities  that are exempt from  registration
under Rule 144A under the 1933 Act.

SECURITIES  LENDING.  The Equity  Portfolios may lend securities  subject to the
same conditions applicable to the Bond Portfolios. (See "Securities Lending.")

PORTFOLIO  TURNOVER.  Portfolio  turnover rates for the past 2 years,  (or since
inception, if applicable) were:

- --------------------------- -------------------------- -------------------------
                                 12 MONTHS ENDED            12 MONTHS ENDED
                                  JUNE 30, 1999              JUNE 30, 1998
                                  -------------              -------------
- --------------------------- -------------------------- -------------------------
Large Cap Growth                        %                          %
- --------------------------- -------------------------- -------------------------
Large Cap Core                          %                          %
- --------------------------- -------------------------- -------------------------
Small Cap Core                          %                          %
- --------------------------- -------------------------- -------------------------
Large Cap Value                         %                          %
- --------------------------- -------------------------- -------------------------
Mid Cap Value                           %                          %
- --------------------------- -------------------------- -------------------------
Small Cap Value                         %                          %
- --------------------------- -------------------------- -------------------------
International Multi-Manager             %                          %
- --------------------------- -------------------------- -------------------------

                             INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

Except as otherwise  provided,  the  Portfolios and their  corresponding  master
series have adopted the  investment  limitations  set forth  below.  Limitations
which are  designated  as  fundamental  policies may not be changed  without the
affirmative  vote of the lessor of (i) 67% or more of the shares of a  Portfolio
present at a shareholders meeting if holders of more than 50% of the outstanding
shares of the  Portfolio are present in person or by proxy or (ii) more than 50%
of the  outstanding  shares of a Portfolio.  If any  percentage  restriction  on
investment or  utilization  of assets is adhered to at the time an investment is
made, a later

                                       16

<PAGE>

change  in  percentage  resulting  from a  change  in  the  market  values  of a
Portfolio's  assets or  redemptions of shares will not be considered a violation
of the limitation.

MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIOS:
Each Portfolio will not as a matter of fundamental policy:

1. purchase the  securities  of any one issuer if, as a result,  more than 5% of
the Portfolio's total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer,
or the  Portfolio  would  own or  hold  10% or more  of the  outstanding  voting
securities of that issuer, provided that (1) each Portfolio may invest up to 25%
of its  total  assets  without  regard  to  these  limitations;  and  (2)  these
limitations   do  not  apply  to   securities   issued  or   guaranteed  by  the
U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities;

2. purchase the  securities of any issuer if, as a result,  more than 25% of the
Portfolio's  total  assets  would be invested in the  securities  of one or more
issuers  having  their  principal  business  activities  in the  same  industry,
provided,  that  each  of the  Prime  Money  Market  and  Premier  Money  Market
Portfolios  may invest more than 25% of its total assets in the  obligations  of
banks;

3. borrow money, except (1) from a bank for temporary or emergency purposes (not
for  leveraging  or  investment)  or  (2)  by  engaging  in  reverse  repurchase
agreements  if the  Portfolio's  borrowings  do not exceed an amount equal to 33
1/3% of the current value of its assets taken at market value,  less liabilities
other than borrowings;

4. make loans to other  persons,  except by (1)  purchasing  debt  securities in
accordance with its investment objective, policies and limitations; (2) entering
into  repurchase  agreements;  or (3) engaging in securities  loan  transactions
limited to 33 1/3% of the value of the Portfolio's total assets;

5.  underwrite any issue of securities,  except to the extent that the Portfolio
may be considered to be acting as underwriter in connection with the disposition
of any portfolio security;

6.  purchase or sell real  estate,  provided  that the  Portfolio  may invest in
obligations secured by real estate or interests therein or obligations issued by
companies that invest in real estate or interests therein;

7. purchase or sell physical commodities or contracts,  provided that currencies
and currency-related contracts will not be deemed physical commodities; or

8. with respect to the  Tax-Exempt  Portfolio  only,  issue  senior  securities,
except as appropriate to evidence  indebtedness  that the Portfolio is permitted
to incur,  provided that the Portfolio's use of options,  futures  contracts and
options  thereon or  currency-related  contracts will not be deemed to be senior
securities for this purpose.

THE  INVESTMENT  LIMITATIONS  DESCRIBED  ABOVE DO NOT PROHIBIT A PORTFOLIO  FROM
INVESTING  ALL OR  SUBSTANTIALLY  ALL OF ITS  ASSETS IN THE  SHARES  OF  ANOTHER
REGISTERED  OPEN-END  INVESTMENT COMPANY SUCH AS THE CORRESPONDING  SERIES OF WT
INVESTMENT TRUST I.

With respect to the exclusion from the investment limitation described in number
2 above, the Fund has been advised that it is the SEC staff's current  position,
that the exclusion may be applied only to U.S. bank obligations; the Prime Money
Market and Premier Money Market Portfolios,  however, will consider both foreign
and U.S. bank obligations within this exclusion.

The  following  non-fundamental  policies  apply to each Money Market  Portfolio
unless  otherwise  indicated,  and the Board of Trustees may change them without
shareholder approval.

Each Portfolio will not:

1. make short sales of securities except short sales against the box;

                                       17

<PAGE>

2. purchase  securities  on  margin  except  for  the use of  short-term  credit
necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of portfolio securities;

3. purchase portfolio securities if its outstanding  borrowings exceed 5% of the
value of its total assets,  and if at any time the  Portfolio's  bank borrowings
exceed its  fundamental  borrowing  limitations  due to a decline in net assets,
such borrowings will be promptly (within 3 days) reduced to the extent necessary
to comply with such limitations;

4. make loans of portfolio securities unless such loans are fully collateralized
by cash, securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or
instrumentalities,  or any combination of cash and securities,  marked to market
daily; or

5. with respect to the U.S.  Government,  Prime Money  Market and Premier  Money
Market Portfolios only, purchase the securities of any one issuer if as a result
more than 5% of the Portfolio's total assets would be invested in the securities
of such  issuer,  provided  that this  limitation  does not apply to  securities
issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

BOND PORTFOLIOS:

Each Portfolio will not as a matter of fundamental policy:

1. purchase the  securities  of any one issuer if, as a result,  more than 5% of
the Portfolio's total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer,
or the  Portfolio  would  own or  hold  10% or more  of the  outstanding  voting
securities of that issuer, provided that (1) each Portfolio may invest up to 25%
of its  total  assets  without  regard  to  these  limitations;  and  (2)  these
limitations  do not  apply  to  securities  issued  or  guaranteed  by the  U.S.
Government, its agencies or instrumentalities;

2. purchase the  securities of any issuer if, as a result,  more than 25% of the
Portfolio's  total  assets  would be invested in the  securities  of one or more
issuers  having  their  principal  business  activities  in the  same  industry,
provided that this limitation does not apply to securities  issued or guaranteed
by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities  (including repurchase
agreements fully collateralized by U.S. Government obligations) or to tax-exempt
municipal securities;

3. borrow  money,  provided  that the  Portfolio may borrow money from banks for
temporary  or  emergency  services  (not for  leveraging  or  investment)  or by
engaging in reverse repurchase  agreements if the Portfolio's  borrowings do not
exceed an amount  equal to 33 1/3% of the current  value of its assets  taken at
market value, less liabilities other than borrowings;

4. make loans to other  persons,  except by (1)  purchasing  debt  securities in
accordance with its investment objective, policies and limitations; (2) entering
into  repurchase  agreements;  or (3) engaging in securities  loan  transactions
limited to 33 1/3% of the value of the Portfolio's total assets;

5.  underwrite any issue of securities,  except to the extent that the Portfolio
may be considered to be acting as underwriter in connection with the disposition
of any portfolio security;

6. purchase or sell real estate or real estate  limited  partnership  interests,
provided that the Portfolio may invest in obligations  secured by real estate or
interests therein or obligations  issued by companies that invest in real estate
or interests therein, including real estate investment trusts;

7.  purchase  or sell  physical  commodities  or  commodities  contracts  except
financial and foreign currency futures contracts and options thereon, options on
foreign currencies and forward currency contracts; or

8. issue senior securities,  except as appropriate to evidence indebtedness that
the Portfolio is permitted to incur, provided that futures,  options and forward
currency transactions will not be deemed to be senior securities for purposes of
this limitation.

                                       18

<PAGE>

THE  INVESTMENT  LIMITATIONS  DESCRIBED  ABOVE DO NOT PROHIBIT A PORTFOLIO  FROM
INVESTING  ALL OR  SUBSTANTIALLY  ALL OF ITS  ASSETS IN THE  SHARES  OF  ANOTHER
REGISTERED  OPEN-END  INVESTMENT COMPANY SUCH AS THE CORRESPONDING  SERIES OF WT
INVESTMENT TRUST I.

The  following  non-fundamental  policies  apply  to each  Portfolio  and may be
changed by the Board of Trustees without  shareholder  approval.  Each Portfolio
will not:

1. pledge,  mortgage or hypothecate its assets,  except the Portfolio may pledge
securities having a market value at the time of the pledge not exceeding 33 1/3%
of the value of its total assets to secure  borrowings,  and the  Portfolio  may
deposit initial and variation margin in connection with  transactions in futures
contracts and options on futures contracts;

2. make short sales of securities except short sales against the box;

3. purchase  securities  on  margin  except  for  the use of  short-term  credit
necessary  for the  clearance  of purchases  and sales of portfolio  securities,
provided that the Portfolio  may make initial and variation  margin  deposits in
connection with permitted transactions in options or futures;

4. purchase portfolio securities if its outstanding  borrowings exceed 5% of the
value of its total assets;

5. when engaging in options, futures and forward currency contract strategies, a
Portfolio will either:  (1) set aside cash or liquid  securities in a segregated
account  with  the  Fund's  custodian  in the  prescribed  amount;  or (2)  hold
securities  or other options or futures  contracts  whose values are expected to
offset  ("cover") its obligations  thereunder.  Securities,  currencies or other
options or futures  contracts  used for cover cannot be sold or closed out while
the strategy is outstanding, unless they are replaced with similar assets;

6. purchase  or sell  non-hedging  futures  contracts  or  related   options  if
aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish such positions would
exceed 5% of the  Portfolio's  total  assets.  For purposes of this  limitation,
unrealized  profits and  unrealized  losses on any open contracts are taken into
account,  and the  in-the-money  amount of an option that is in-the-money at the
time of purchase is excluded; or

7. write put or call options having  aggregate  exercise prices greater than 25%
of the  Portfolio's  net assets,  except with respect to options  attached to or
acquired with or traded together with their underlying securities and securities
that incorporate features similar to options.


EQUITY PORTFOLIOS:
Each Portfolio will not as a matter of fundamental policy:

1. purchase the  securities of any one issuer,  if as a result,  more than 5% of
the Portfolio's total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer,
or the  Portfolio  would  own or  hold  10% or more  of the  outstanding  voting
securities of that issuer, provided that (1) each Portfolio may invest up to 25%
of its total assets without regard to these  limitations;  (2) these limitations
do not apply to  securities  issued or guaranteed  by the U.S.  Government,  its
agencies or instrumentalities; and (3) for the Large Cap Growth, Large Cap Core,
Small Cap Core and International Multi-Manager Portfolios, repurchase agreements
fully  collateralized  by U.S.  Government  obligations  will be treated as U.S.
Government obligations;

2.  purchase  securities  of any  issuer  if, as a result,  more than 25% of the
Portfolio's  total  assets  would be invested in the  securities  of one or more
issuers  having  their  principal  business  activities  in the  same  industry,
provided,  that (1) for the Large Cap  Value,  Small Cap Value and Mid Cap Value
Portfolios,  this  limitation  does  not  apply  to  investments  in  short-term
obligations  issued  or  guaranteed  by the U.S.  Government,  its  agencies  or
instrumentalities; and (2) the  Large  Cap Growth,  Large  Cap  Core,  Small Cap

                                       19

<PAGE>

Core and International  Multi-Manager Portfolios, this limitation does not apply
to debt obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or
instrumentalities;

3. borrow money,  provided that (1) each of the Large Cap Value, Small Cap Value
and Mid Cap Value  Portfolios  may  borrow  money  for  temporary  or  emergency
purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests, in amounts up to 33 1/3%
of a Portfolio's  assets; and (2) each of the Large Cap Growth,  Large Cap Core,
Small Cap Core and International  Multi-Manager  Portfolios may borrow money for
temporary or emergency  purposes,  and then in an aggregate amount not in excess
of 10% of a Portfolio's total assets;

4. make loans to other  persons,  except by (1)  purchasing  debt  securities in
accordance with its investment objective, policies and limitations; (2) entering
into repurchase agreements; or (3) engaging in securities loan transactions;

5.  underwrite any issue of securities,  except to the extent that the Portfolio
may be considered to be acting as underwriter in connection with the disposition
of any portfolio security;

6. purchase or sell real estate,  provided  that (1) the Large Cap Value,  Small
Cap  Value  and Mid Cap  Value  Portfolios  additionally  may not  invest in any
interest in real estate except  securities  issued or guaranteed by corporate or
governmental  entities  secured by real  estate or  interests  therein,  such as
mortgage  pass-throughs and collateralized  mortgage  obligations,  or issued by
companies  that invest in real estate or  interests  therein;  (2) the Large Cap
Growth,  Large  Cap  Core,  Small  Cap  Core  and  International   Multi-Manager
Portfolios  each may invest in  obligations  secured by real estate or interests
therein  or  obligations  issued by  companies  that  invest  in real  estate or
interests therein, including real estate investment trusts;

7. purchase or sell physical commodities, provided that (1) the Large Cap Value,
Small Cap Value and Mid Cap Value  Portfolios  additionally  are restricted from
purchasing or selling contracts,  options or options on contracts to purchase or
sell physical  commodities;  and (2) the Large Cap Growth, Large Cap Core, Small
Cap  Core  and  International  Multi-Manager  Portfolios  each  may  invest  in,
purchase,  sell or enter into  financial  options and futures,  forward and spot
currency   contracts,   swap   transactions  and  other   derivative   financial
instruments; or

8. issue  senior  securities,  except to the extent  permitted  by the 1940 Act,
provided  that each of the Large  Cap  Value,  Small Cap Value and Mid Cap Value
Portfolios may borrow money subject to its investment limitation on borrowing.

THE  INVESTMENT  LIMITATIONS  DESCRIBED  ABOVE DO NOT PROHIBIT A PORTFOLIO  FROM
INVESTING  ALL OR  SUBSTANTIALLY  ALL OF ITS  ASSETS IN THE  SHARES  OF  ANOTHER
REGISTERED  OPEN-END  INVESTMENT COMPANY SUCH AS THE CORRESPONDING  SERIES OF WT
INVESTMENT TRUST I.

The following  non-fundamental policies apply to each Portfolio unless otherwise
indicated,  and the  Board of  Trustees  may  change  them  without  shareholder
approval. Each Portfolio will not:

1. pledge,  mortgage or  hypothecate  its assets  except to secure  indebtedness
permitted to be incurred by the  Portfolio,  provided  that (1) this  limitation
does not  apply to the  Large  Cap  Growth,  Large  Cap Core and  Small Cap Core
Portfolios;  and (2) with respect to the Large Cap Value,  Small Cap Value,  Mid
Cap Value and International  Multi-Manager Portfolios,  the deposit in escrow of
securities   in   connection   with  the  writing  of  put  and  call   options,
collateralized  loans of securities and collateral  arrangements with respect to
margin for future contracts are not deemed to be pledges or  hypothecations  for
this purpose;

2. make short sales of securities except short sales against the box;

3.  purchase  securities  on  margin  except  for the use of  short-term  credit
necessary  for the  clearance  of purchases  and sales of portfolio  securities,
provided that Large Cap Value, Small Cap Value and Mid Cap

                                       20

<PAGE>
Value  Portfolios may make initial and variation  margin  deposits in connection
with permitted transactions in options without violating this limitation;

4. purchase portfolio securities if its outstanding  borrowings exceed 5% of the
value of its total  assets,  provided  that (1) the Large Cap  Value,  Small Cap
Value and Mid Cap Value  Portfolios  may not  borrow  for  purposes  other  than
meeting  redemptions in an amount  exceeding 5% of the value of its total assets
at the time the borrowing is made.

                              TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS


The  Board  of  Trustees  supervises  the  Portfolios'  activities  and  reviews
contractual  arrangements with the Portfolios'  service providers.  The Trustees
and officers are listed  below.  All persons named as Trustees and officers also
serve in a similar capacity for WT Investment Trust I. An asterisk (*) indicates
those Trustees who are "interested persons".

- -------------------------- ------------- ---------------------------------------
                           POSITION(S)   PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING THE PAST
NAME, ADDRESS AND DATE OF  HELD WITH     FIVE YEARS
BIRTH                      THE FUND
- -------------------------- ------------- ---------------------------------------
ROBERT ARNOLD                 Trustee    In  1989,  Mr.  Arnold   founded,   and
152 W. 57th Street, 44th                 currently  co-manages,  R. H.  Arnold &
Floor                                    Co.,   Inc.,  an   investment   banking
New York, NY  10019                      company.  Prior to forming R. H. Arnold
Date of Birth: 3/44                      & Co.,  Inc.,  Mr. Arnold was Executive
                                         Vice   President   and  a  director  to
                                         Cambrian   Capital   Corporation,    an
                                         investment  banking firm he  co-founded
                                         in 1987.
- -------------------------- ------------- ---------------------------------------
ROBERT J. CHRISTIAN*         Trustee,    Mr. Christian has been Chief Investment
Rodney Square North          President   Officer  of  Wilmington  Trust  Company
1100 N. Market Street                    since  February  1996 and  Director  of
Wilmington, DE 19890                     Rodney  Square  Management  Corporation
Date of Birth: 2/49                      since  1996.   He  was   Chairman   and
                                         Director   of   PNC   Equity   Advisors
                                         Company,   and   President   and  Chief
                                         Investment   Officer   of   PNC   Asset
                                         Management  Group  Inc.  from  1994  to
                                         1996. He was Chief  Investment  Officer
                                         of PNC  Bank  from  1992  to  1996  and
                                         Director    of    Provident     Capital
                                         Management from 1993 to 1996.
- -------------------------- ------------- ---------------------------------------
NICHOLAS A. GIORDANO          Trustee    Mr.  Giordano  was  appointed   interim
LaSalle University                       President of LaSalle University on July
Philadelphia, PA 19141                   1,  1998  and  was  a  consultant   for
Date of Birth: 3/43                      financial  services  organizations from
                                         late 1997  through  1998.  He served as
                                         president and chief  executive  officer
                                         of the Philadelphia Stock Exchange from
                                         1981  through  August  1997,  and  also
                                         served as  chairman of the board of the
                                         exchange's  two   subsidiaries:   Stock
                                         Clearing  Corporation  of  Philadelphia
                                         and   Philadelphia   Depository   Trust
                                         Company.     Before     joining     the
                                         Philadelphia   Stock   Exchange,    Mr.
                                         Giordano   served  as  chief  financial
                                         officer   at   two   brokerage    firms
                                         (1968-1971).    A   certified    public
                                         accountant,  he  began  his  career  at
                                         Price Waterhouse in 1965.
- ------------------------- ------------- ----------------------------------------
LAWRENCE B. THOMAS            Trustee    Mr.  Thomas  retired in  October  1996,
7813 Pierce Circle                       after   having   served   in   numerous
Omaha, NE  68124                         financial  positions  at ConAgra,  Inc.
Date of Birth: 3/46                      (an    international    food   company)
                                         including  Treasurer,  Secretary,  Risk
                                         Officer,      and      Senior      Vice
                                         President-Finance  (Principal Financial
                                         Officer).  In his  thirty-six  years at
                                         ConAgra, he also served as director and
                                         officer of its numerous subsidiaries.
- -------------------------- ------------- ---------------------------------------
                                       21
<PAGE>

- -------------------------- ------------- ---------------------------------------
                           POSITION(S)   PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING THE PAST
NAME, ADDRESS AND DATE OF  HELD WITH     FIVE YEARS
BIRTH                      THE FUND
- -------------------------- ------------- ---------------------------------------
ERIC K. CHEUNG                 Vice      From 1978 to 1986,  Mr.  Cheung was the
Rodney Square North          President   Portfolio   Manager  for  fixed  income
1100 N. Market Street                    assets of the Meritor  Financial Group.
Wilmington, DE 19890                     In 1986,  Mr. Cheung joined  Wilmington
Date of Birth: 12/54                     Trust  Company  and in 1991,  he became
                                         the  Division  Manager  for  all  fixed
                                         income products.
- -------------------------- ------------- ---------------------------------------
PAT COLLETTI                   Vice      Mr.  Colletti  is  Vice  President  and
400 Bellevue Parkway         President   Director of Investment  Accounting  and
Wilmington, DE 19809       and Treasurer Administration of PFPC Inc. since April
Date of Birth: 11/58                     1999.   Prior  to  joining  PFPC,   Mr.
                                         Colletti was Controller for the Reserve
                                         Funds since 1986.
- -------------------------- ------------- ---------------------------------------
GARY M. GARDNER             Secretary    Mr.  Gardner  has  been a  Senior  Vice
400 Bellevue Parkway                     President  of PFPC Inc.  since  January
Wilmington, DE  19809                    1994.  Previously,   Mr.  Gardner  had
Date of Birth: 2/51                      provided legal and regulatory advice to
                                         mutual funds and their  management  for
                                         more  than  twenty  years at  Federated
                                         Investors,   Inc.,   SunAmerica   Asset
                                         Management   Corp.   and   The   Boston
                                         Company, Inc.
- -------------------------- ------------- ---------------------------------------

On July 1, 1999,  the  Trustees  and  officers  of the Fund,  as a group,  owned
beneficially,  or may be deemed to have owned beneficially,  less than 1% of the
outstanding shares of each Portfolio.

The fees and expenses of the Trustees  who are not  "interested  persons" of the
Fund  ("Independent  Trustees"),  as  defined  in the  1940 Act are paid by each
Portfolio.  The following table shows the fees paid during the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1999 to the Independent  Trustees for their service to the Fund and the
total  compensation paid to the Trustees by the WT Fund Complex,  which consists
of the Fund and WT Investment Trust I.

              TRUSTEES FEES FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1999


                                       AGGREGATE              TOTAL COMPENSATION
                                COMPENSATION FROM THE          FROM THE WT FUND
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEE                      FUND                       COMPLEX
- -------------------                      ----                       -------
Robert Arnold                             $                             $
Nicholas Giordano                         $                             $
Lawrence Thomas                           $                             $



               CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

Persons or  organizations  beneficially  owning  25% or more of the  outstanding
shares of a Portfolio may be presumed to "control" the  Portfolio.  As a result,
those persons or organizations  could have the ability to vote a majority of the
shares of the Portfolio on any matter requiring the approval of the shareholders
of that Portfolio.  As of July 1, 1999, the following entities were known to own
beneficially  5% or more of the  outstanding  shares the  Premier  Money  Market
Portfolio:

         Kiewit Construction Company                            15.84%
         One Thousand Kiewit Plaza
         Omaha, NE 68131

         Global Surety & Insurance Co.                           6.90%
         One Thousand Kiewit Plaza
         Omaha, NE 68131

                                       22

<PAGE>


         Peter Kiewit Sons Inc.                                  5.93%
         One Thousand Kiewit Plaza
         Omaha, NE 68131

         Wasatch Construction AJV                               20.49%
         One Thousand Kiewit Plaza
         Omaha, NE 68131

         Kiewit-Granite AJV                                      5.45%
         One Thousand Kiewit Plaza
         Omaha, NE 68131

         Gilbert/Black & Veatch Texas LP                        10.89%
         One Thousand Kiewit Plaza
         Omaha, NE 68131

As of July 1, 1999, the following  entities were known to own beneficially 5% or
more of the outstanding shares of the Short/Intermediate Bond Portfolio:

         Northern Trust Company                                 33.64%
            Trustee for Continental Kiewit Inc. Pension Plan
         P.O. Box 92956
         Chicago, IL 60675

         Decker Coal Reclamation                                38.44%
         One Thousand Kiewit Plaza
         Omaha, NE 68131

         Wilmington Trust Company                                7.16%
            Trustee for Black Butte Coal Co. Pension Plan
         1100 N. Market Street
         Wilmington, DE 19890

         Wilmington Trust Company                                7.02%
            Trustee for Kiewit Construction Corp Retirement
            Savings Plan
         1100 N. Market Street
         Wilmington, DE 19890

         Wilmington Trust Company                                7.10%
            Trustee for Decker Coal Co. Pension Plan
         1100 N. Market Street
         Wilmington, DE 19890

As of July 1, 1999, the following  entities were known to own beneficially 5% or
more of the outstanding shares of the Large Cap Core Portfolio:

         Northern Trust Company                                 28.58%
            Trustee for Continental Kiewit Inc. Pension Plan
         P.O. Box 92956
         Chicago, IL 60675

         Decker Coal Reclamation                                22.27%
         One Thousand Kiewit Plaza
         Omaha, NE 68131

         Wilmington Trust Company                               34.64%

                                       23

<PAGE>

            Trustee for Kiewit Construction Corp Retirement
            Savings Plan
         1100 N. Market Street
         Wilmington, DE 19890

         Wilmington Trust Company                                6.45%
            Trustee for Decker Coal Co. Pension Plan
         1100 N. Market Street
         Wilmington, DE 19890

                     INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

RODNEY SQUARE MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
RSMC serves as the investment  adviser to the Prime Money Market,  Premier Money
Market,  the U.S.  Government  and the  Tax-Exempt  Series.  RSMC is a  Delaware
corporation  organized on September 17, 1981. It is a wholly owned subsidiary of
WTC, a state-chartered  bank organized as a Delaware corporation in 1903. WTC is
a wholly owned subsidiary of Wilmington Trust Corporation,  a publicly held bank
holding  company.  RSMC may  occasionally  consult,  on an informal basis,  with
personnel of WTC's investment departments.

Several affiliates of RSMC are also engaged in the investment advisory business.
Wilmington  Trust FSB and Wilmington  Brokerage  Services  Company,  both wholly
owned subsidiaries of WTC, are registered investment advisers. In addition, WBSC
is a registered broker-dealer.

WTC  previously  served as the  investment  adviser of the Premier  Money Market
Series until ______, 1999. For information regarding the fees WTC received,  and
waived, for its services, please see below.

For its services as adviser, RSMC received the following fees:

                            12 MONTHS ENDED   12 MONTHS ENDED    12 MONTHS ENDED
                                6/30/99           6/30/98            6/30/97
                                -------           -------            -------
Prime Money Market Series
U.S. Government Series
Tax-Exempt Series

For its services as adviser, RSMC waived the following fees:
                            12 MONTHS ENDED   12 MONTHS ENDED    12 MONTHS ENDED
                                6/30/99           6/30/98            6/30/97
                                -------           -------            -------
Prime Money Market Series
U.S. Government Series
Tax-Exempt Series

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
Wilmington  Trust  Company,  the  parent  of  RSMC,  is a  state-chartered  bank
organized as a Delaware corporation in 1903. WTC is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Wilmington  Trust  Corporation,  a publicly  held bank holding  company.  WTC is
engaged in a variety of investment advisory activities, including the management
of collective  investment pools, and has nearly a century of experience managing
the personal  investments of high net-worth  individuals.  WTC also manages over
$3.8  billion  in fixed  income  assets and $1.4  billion  in equity  assets for
various other institutional clients.

WTC  serves  as  the  adviser  to  the   Short/Intermediate   Bond  Series,  the
Intermediate Bond Series,  the Municipal Bond Series, the Large Cap Core Series,
the Small Cap Core Series and the International Multi-Manager Series.

For WTC's  services as  investment  adviser to each  Series,  WTC  received  the
following fees:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    OCTOBER 20, 1998 TO    12 MONTHS ENDED    12 MONTHS ENDED    12 MONTHS ENDED
                                       JUNE 30, 1999           6/30/99           6/30/98            6/30/97
                                       -------------           -------           -------            -------
<S>                                        <C>                   <C>               <C>                <C>
Premier Money Market Series                  $                   N/A               N/A                N/A

                                       24

<PAGE>

Short/Intermediate Bond Series               $                   N/A               N/A                N/A
Large Cap Core Series                        $                   N/A               N/A                N/A
Intermediate Bond Series                    N/A                   $                 $                  $
Municipal Bond Series                       N/A                   $                 $                  $
WT Large Cap Growth Series                  N/A                   $                 $                  $
Small Cap Core Series                       N/A                   $                 $                  $
International Multi-Manager Series          N/A                   $                 $                  $
</TABLE>

For its services as adviser, WTC waived the following fees:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    OCTOBER 20, 1998 TO    12 MONTHS ENDED    12 MONTHS ENDED    12 MONTHS ENDED
                                       JUNE 30, 1999           6/30/99           6/30/98            6/30/97
                                       -------------           -------           -------            -------

<S>                                         <C>                  <C>               <C>                <C>
Premier Money Market Series                  $                   N/A               N/A                N/A
Short/Intermediate Bond Series               $                   N/A               N/A                N/A
Large Cap Core Series                        $                   N/A               N/A                N/A
Intermediate Bond Series                    N/A                   $                 $                  $
Municipal Bond Series                       N/A                   $                 $                  $
WT Large Cap Growth Series                  N/A                   $                 $                  $
Small Cap Core Series                       N/A                   $                 $                  $
International Multi-Manager Series          N/A                   $                 $                  $
</TABLE>

Prior to  October  19,  1998,  Kiewit  Investment  Management  Corp.  served  as
investment  adviser to the Premier  Money  Market,  Short/Intermediate  Bond and
Large Cap Core Series.  Pursuant to  investment  management  agreements  then in
effect, the following fees were payable to Kiewit:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                      JULY 1, 1998 TO      THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED      THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                     OCTOBER 19, 1998          JUNE 30, 1998              JUNE 30, 1997
                                     ----------------          -------------              -------------
<S>                                          <C>                 <C>                        <C>
Premier Money Market Series                  $                   $983,634                   $833,621
Short/Intermediate Bond Series               $                   $579,830                   $544,147
Large Cap Core Series                        $                   $695,586                   $517,000
</TABLE>

Kiewit Investment Management Corp., waived the following fees for:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      JULY 1, 1998 TO      THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED      THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                     OCTOBER 19, 1998          JUNE 30, 1998              JUNE 30, 1997
                                     ----------------          -------------              -------------
<S>                                          <C>                    <C>                       <C>
Premier Money Market Series                  $                      $519,887                  $334,909
Short/Intermediate Bond Series               $                      $115,748                  $ 92,541
Large Cap Core Series                        $                      $126,953                  $109,204
</TABLE>

For Institutional  shares, WTC, or RSMC , as applicable,  have agreed to waive a
portion  of their  advisory  fees or  reimburse  expenses  to the  extent  total
operating  expenses exceed 0.20% for the Premier Money Market Series,  0.55% for
the  Short/Intermediate  Bond Series;  0.55% for the  Intermediate  Bond Series;
0.75% for the Municipal Bond Series, 0.75% for the Large Cap Growth Series; .80%
for the Large Core Series;  0.75% for the Large Cap Value Series;  0.80% for the
Small Cap Core Series;  and 1.00% for the  International  Multi-Manager  Series.
This  waiver  will  remain in place  until the Board of  Trustees  approves  its
termination.


CRAMER ROSENTHAL MCGLYNN, LLC
CRM serves as investment  adviser to the Large Cap Value,  the Mid Cap Value and
the Small Cap Series. CRM and its predecessors have managed investments in small
and medium  capitalization  companies  for over 25 years.  CRM is 76% owned (and
therefore  controlled)  by Cramer,  Rosenthal,  McGlynn,  Inc.  ("CRM")  and its
shareholders. CRM is registered as an investment adviser with the SEC.

For its services as adviser, CRM received the following fees:


                          12 MONTHS ENDED    12 MONTHS ENDED    12 MONTHS ENDED
                              6/30/99            6/30/98            6/30/97
                              -------            -------            -------
Large Cap Value Series

                                       25

<PAGE>

Mid Cap Value Series
Small Cap Value Series

For its services as adviser, CRM waived the following fees.

                          12 MONTHS ENDED    12 MONTHS ENDED    12 MONTHS ENDED
                              6/30/99            6/30/98            6/30/97
                              -------            -------            -------
Large Cap Value Series
Mid Cap Value Series
Small Cap Value Series

For Institutional  shares, CRM has voluntarily  undertaken to waive a portion of
its fees and assume certain  expenses of the above Series to the extent that the
total annual operating expenses exceed 1.40% of net assets.
This undertaking may be terminated at any time.

ROXBURY  CAPITAL  MANAGEMENT  Roxbury  serves as the  investment  adviser to the
corresponding   Series  of  the  Large  Cap  Growth  Portfolio.

The WT Large Cap Growth  Series  pays a monthly  advisory  fee to Roxbury at the
annual  rate of 0.55% of the  Series'  first $1  billion  of  average  daily net
assets;  .50% of the Series'  next $1 billion of average  daily net assets;  and
 .45% of the Series average daily net assets over $2 billion.

For Institutional shares,  Roxbury has agreed to waive a portion of its advisory
fee or reimburse  expenses to the extent total  operating  expenses exceed 0.75%
for the WT Large Cap Growth  Series.  This waiver will remain in place until the
Board of Trustees approves its termination.


ADVISORY SERVICES.  Under the terms of advisory agreements,  each adviser agrees
to: (a) direct the investments of each Series, subject to and in accordance with
the Series'  investment  objective,  policies and  limitations  set forth in the
Prospectus and this Statement of Additional  Information;  (b) purchase and sell
for each Series,  securities and other  investments  consistent with the Series'
objectives and policies;  (c) supply office facilities,  equipment and personnel
necessary for servicing the  investments of the Series;  (d) pay the salaries of
all  personnel  of the Series and the adviser  performing  services  relating to
research,  statistical  and investment  activities on behalf of the Series;  (e)
make   available  and  provide  such   information  as  the  Series  and/or  its
administrator  may  reasonably  request  for  use  in  the  preparation  of  its
registration  statement,  reports and other documents required by any applicable
federal,  foreign or state  statutes or  regulations;  (f) make its officers and
employees  available to the  Trustees and officers of the Fund for  consultation
and  discussion  regarding  the  management  of each  Series and its  investment
activities.  Additionally,  each  adviser  agrees to  create  and  maintain  all
necessary  records in accordance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations
pertaining to the various  functions  performed by it and not otherwise  created
and maintained by another party pursuant to contract with the Fund. Each adviser
may at any time or times, upon approval by the Board of Trustees, enter into one
or more sub-advisory agreements with a sub-advisor pursuant to which the adviser
delegates any or all of its duties as listed.  The agreements  provide that each
adviser  shall not be liable for any error of  judgment or mistake of law or for
any loss  suffered  by a Series  in  connection  with the  matters  to which the
Agreement  relates,  except  to the  extent  of a loss  resulting  from  willful
misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its
obligations and duties under the agreement.

The salaries of any officers  and the  interested  Trustees of the Funds who are
affiliated  with an adviser and the  salaries of all  personnel  of each adviser
performing  services  for  each  Fund  relating  to  research,  statistical  and
investment activities are paid by the adviser.

                              SUB-ADVISORY SERVICES
INTERNATIONAL MULTI-MANAGER SERIES ONLY:

The sub-advisers to the Series are:

                                       26

<PAGE>

CLEMENTE CAPITAL,  INC. is located at Carnegie Hall Tower, 152 West 57th Street,
New York,  New York 10019.  Clemente  has been a registered  investment  adviser
since 1979. SCUDDER KEMPER INVESTMENTS,  INC. is located at 345 Park Avenue, New
York, New York 10154.  Scudder Kemper was founded as America's first independent
investment  counselor and has served as investment  adviser,  administrator  and
distributor  of mutual funds since 1928.  INVISTA  CAPITAL  MANAGEMENT,  INC., a
registered  investment  adviser  since 1984,  is located at 1800 Hub Tower,  699
Walnut  Street,  Des Moines,  Iowa 50309.  Invista is an indirect,  wholly owned
subsidiary of Principal Mutual Life Insurance Company.

SUB-ADVISORY  AGREEMENTS.  For services  furnished pursuant to each Sub-Advisory
Agreement,  WTC pays each sub-adviser a monthly  portfolio  management fee at an
annual rate of 0.50% of the  average  daily net assets  under the  sub-adviser's
management.

Each  Sub-Advisory  Agreement  provides that the sub-adviser  has  discretionary
investment  authority  (including  the  selection of brokers and dealers for the
execution of the Series' portfolio  transactions) with respect to the portion of
the Series' assets  allocated to it by WTC,  subject to the  restrictions of the
1940 Act,  the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended,  applicable  state
securities laws,  applicable statutes and regulations of foreign  jurisdictions,
the Series' investment objective, policies and restrictions and the instructions
of the Board of Trustees and WTC.

Each Sub-Advisory Agreement provides that the sub-adviser will not be liable for
any  action  taken,  omitted  or  suffered  to be taken  except  if such acts or
omissions are the result of willful misfeasance,  bad faith, gross negligence or
reckless disregard of duty. Each Agreement continues in effect for two years and
then from year to year so long as continuance of each such Agreement is approved
at least annually (i) by the vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees at a
meeting  called for the purpose of voting on such  approval and (ii) by the vote
of a majority of the  Trustees  or by the vote of a majority of the  outstanding
voting  securities of the  Portfolio.  Each  Sub-Advisory  Agreement  terminates
automatically in the event of its assignment and is terminable on written notice
by the Fund (without penalty, by action of the Board of Trustees or by vote of a
majority of the  Portfolio's  outstanding  voting  securities)  or by WTC or the
sub-adviser.  Each Agreement provides that written notice of termination must be
provided sixty days prior to the termination date, absent mutual agreement for a
shorter notice period.

                     ADMINISTRATION AND ACCOUNTING SERVICES

Under separate Administration and Accounting Services Agreements, PFPC Inc., 400
Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809 performs certain administrative and
accounting services for WT Mutual Fund and WT Investment Trust I. These services
include preparing shareholder reports,  providing statistical and research data,
assisting the advisers in compliance  monitoring  activities,  and preparing and
filing  federal  and state tax  returns on behalf of the Fund and the Trust.  In
addition,   PFPC  prepares  and  files  various  reports  with  the  appropriate
regulatory  agencies  and  prepares  materials  required by the SEC or any state
securities commission having jurisdiction over the Fund. The accounting services
performed  by PFPC  include  determining  the net asset  value per share of each
Portfolio and maintaining records relating to the securities transactions of the
Fund. The Administration and Accounting  Services  Agreements provides that PFPC
and its  affiliates  shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of
law or for any loss suffered by the Fund or its Portfolios, except to the extent
of a loss resulting from willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or gross negligence on
their  part in the  performance  of  their  obligations  and  duties  under  the
Administration and Accounting Services Agreements.

For its  administrative  and  accounting  services,  PFPC received the following
fees:
                                      12 MONTHS ENDED       FOR THE PERIOD
                                          6/30/99          2/2/98 TO 6/30/98
                                          -------          -----------------
Prime Money Market Series
U.S. Government Series
Tax-Exempt Series
Short/Intermediate Bond Series
Intermediate Bond Series

                                       27

<PAGE>

Municipal Bond Series
WT Large Cap Growth Series
Large Cap Value Series
Small Cap Core Series
International Multi-Manager Series

Prior to February 2, 1998, RSMC provided  administrative and accounting services
and was paid the following fees:

                                                FOR THE PERIOD   12 MONTHS ENDED
                                               7/1/97 TO 2/2/98      6/30/97
                                               ----------------      -------
Prime Money Market Series
U.S. Government Series
Tax-Exempt Series
Short/Intermediate Bond Series
Intermediate Bond Series
Municipal Bond Series
WT Large Cap Growth Series
Large Cap Value Series
Small Cap Core Series
International Multi-Manager Series

For its  administrative  and  accounting  services,  PFPC received the following
fees:

                              12 MONTHS ENDED   FOR THE PERIOD
                                  6/30/99      1/5/98 TO 6/30/98
                                  -------      -----------------
Premier Money Market Series
Short/Intermediate Bond Series
Large Cap Core Series


Prior to January 5, 1998, RSMC provided  administrative and accounting  services
and was paid the following fees:

                                                FOR THE PERIOD   12 MONTHS ENDED
                                               7/1/97 TO 1/4/98      6/30/97
                                               ----------------      -------
Premier Money Market Series
Short/Intermediate Bond Series
Large Cap Core Series

                          ADDITIONAL SERVICE PROVIDERS

INDEPENDENT   AUDITORS.   _________________________________,   serves   as   the
independent  auditor,  providing  services which include (1) auditing the annual
financial  statements for the  Portfolios,  (2) assistance and  consultation  in
connection with SEC filings and (3) preparation of the annual federal income tax
returns filed on behalf of each Portfolio.

LEGAL  COUNSEL.  Pepper  Hamilton  LLP,  3000 Two  Logan  Square,  18th and Arch
Streets, Philadelphia, PA 19103, serves as counsel to the Fund and WT Investment
Trust I.

CUSTODIAN.  PFPC Trust Company,  200 Stevens Drive,  Lester, PA 19113, serves as
the Custodian.

TRANSFER  AGENT.  PFPC Inc., 400 Bellevue  Parkway,  Wilmington,  DE 19890-0001,
serves as the Transfer Agent and Dividend Paying Agent.

                                       28

<PAGE>

                   DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES AND RULE 12B-1 PLAN

Provident Distributors,  Inc. Four Falls Corporate Center, West Conshohocken, PA
19428,  serves  as the  underwriter  of the  Portfolios'  shares  pursuant  to a
Distribution  Agreement with the Fund. Pursuant to the terms of the Distribution
Agreement,  PDI is  granted  the right to sell the shares of the  Portfolios  as
agent for the Fund.  Shares of the Portfolios are offered continuously.

Under the terms of the Distribution Agreement,  PDI agrees to use all reasonable
efforts to secure  purchasers for Investor class shares of the Portfolios and to
pay expenses of printing and distributing prospectuses, statements of additional
information and reports prepared for use in connection with the sale of Investor
class shares and any other  literature and  advertising  used in connection with
the offering,  out of the  compensation it receives  pursuant to the Portfolios'
Plans of  Distribution  adopted  pursuant  to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (the
"12b-1 Plans").  PDI receives no underwriting  commissions or Rule 12b-1 fees in
connection with the sale of the Portfolios' Institutional class shares.

The  Distribution  Agreement  provides  that  PDI,  in the  absence  of  willful
misfeasance,  bad faith or gross  negligence in the performance of its duties or
by  reason  of  reckless  disregard  of its  obligations  and  duties  under the
Agreements,  will not be  liable to the  Portfolios  or their  shareholders  for
losses arising in connection with the sale of Portfolio shares.

The  Distribution  Agreement  became  effective  as of  February  25,  1998  and
continues in effect for a period of two years.  Thereafter,  the  agreement  may
continue in effect for successive  annual periods  provided such  continuance is
approved at least  annually by a majority of the Trustees,  including a majority
of the Independent Trustees. The Distribution Agreement terminates automatically
in the event of an assignment.  The Agreement is also terminable without payment
of any penalty with respect to any  Portfolio  (i) (by vote of a majority of the
Trustees of the  Portfolio who are not  interested  persons of the Portfolio and
who have no direct or indirect  financial  interest in the operation of any Rule
12b-1 Plan of the  Portfolio or any  agreements  related to a 12b-1 Plan,  or by
vote of a  majority  of the  outstanding  voting  securities  of the  applicable
Portfolio)  on sixty (60) days'  written  notice to PDI; or (ii) by PDI on sixty
(60) days' written notice to the Portfolio.

PDI will be  compensated  for  distribution  services  according to the Investor
class 12b-1 Plan,  which  became  effective  _____,  1999,  regardless  of PDI's
expenses.  The  Investor  class  12b-1 Plan  provides  that PDI will be paid for
distribution  activities such as public relations services,  telephone services,
sales   presentations,   media  charges,   preparation,   printing  and  mailing
advertising  and  sales  literature,  data  processing  necessary  to  support a
distribution  effort and printing  and mailing of  prospectuses  to  prospective
shareholders.  Additionally,  PDI may pay certain financial institutions such as
banks or  broker-dealers  who have entered into  servicing  agreements  with PDI
("Service  Organizations") and other financial institutions for distribution and
shareholder servicing activities.

The Investor  class 12b-1 Plan further  provides  that payment shall be made for
any month only to the extent that such  payment  does not exceed (i) 0.25% on an
annualized  basis of the Investor Class shares of each  Portfolio's  average net
assets; and (ii) limitations set from time to time by the Board of Trustees. The
Board of  Trustees  has only  authorized  implementation  of each 12b-1 Plan for
annual payments of up to 0.05% of the Investor class shares of each of the Money
Market  Portfolio's  average net assets to reimburse PDI for making  payments to
certain  Service  Organizations  who have  sold  Investor  class  shares  of the
Portfolios and for other distribution expenses.


  PAYMENTS MADE PURSUANT TO THE    PRIME MONEY MARKET  U.S.GOVERNMENT TAX-EXEMPT
12B-1 PLAN FOR THE 12 MONTHS ENDED    MARKET SERIES        SERIES       SERIES
              6/30/99

Trail Commissions:                         $                $             $
Preparation and Distribution of            $                $             $
Marketing Materials:
Total:                                     $                $             $

                                       29

<PAGE>

Under the Investor class 12b-1 Plans, if any payments made by the adviser out of
its  advisory  fee,  not to exceed the amount of that fee, to any third  parties
(including  banks),  including  payments for shareholder  servicing and transfer
agent functions,  were deemed to be indirect  financing by each Portfolio of the
distribution of its Investor class shares,  such payments are  authorized.  Each
Series may execute portfolio transactions with and purchase securities issued by
depository  institutions  that  receive  payments  under  the  12b-1  Plans.  No
preference for instruments  issued by such  depository  institutions is shown in
the selection of investments.

                    BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

The advisers and sub-advisers place all portfolio transactions on behalf of each
Series. Debt securities purchased and sold by the Series are generally traded on
the dealer  market on a net basis (i.e.,  without  commission)  through  dealers
acting  for  their  own  account  and  not  as  brokers,  or  otherwise  involve
transactions  directly  with the  issuer of the  instrument.  This  means that a
dealer (the  securities  firm or bank dealing with a Series)  makes a market for
securities by offering to buy at one price and sell at a slightly  higher price.
The  difference  between the prices is known as a spread.  When  securities  are
purchased in underwritten offerings, they include a fixed amount of compensation
to the underwriter.

The primary  objective  of the advisers and  sub-advisers  in placing  orders on
behalf of the Series for the purchase and sale of  securities  is to obtain best
execution at the most favorable  prices through  responsible  brokers or dealers
and, where the spread or commission rates are negotiable,  at competitive rates.
In selecting a broker or dealer, each adviser considers, among other things: (i)
the price of the securities to be purchased or sold; (ii) the rate of the spread
or commission;  (iii) the size and difficulty of the order;  (iv) the nature and
character  of the spread or  commission  for the  securities  to be purchased or
sold; (v) the reliability, integrity, financial condition, general execution and
operational  capability  of the  broker or dealer;  and (vi) the  quality of any
research or statistical  services provided by the broker or dealer to the Series
or to the advisers.

The advisers cannot readily  determine the extent to which spreads or commission
rates or net prices  charged by  brokers or dealers  reflect  the value of their
research,  analysis,  advice and similar  services.  In such cases, each adviser
receives  services it otherwise might have had to perform itself.  The research,
analysis,  advice and  similar  services  provided  by brokers or dealers can be
useful to the advisers in serving its other  clients,  as well as in serving the
Series.  Conversely,  information provided to the advisers by brokers or dealers
who have executed  transaction  orders on behalf of other clients of the adviser
may be useful in  providing  services  to the  Series.  During the  twelve-month
periods  ended  June 30,  1999,  1998 and 1997,  the Series  paid the  following
brokerage commissions:

                                 12 MONTHS ENDED 12 MONTHS ENDED 12 MONTHS ENDED
                                     6/30/99         6/30/98         6/30/97
                                     -------         -------         -------
Premier Money Market Series
Prime Money Market Series              N/A             N/A             N/A
U.S. Government Series                 N/A             N/A             N/A
Tax-Exempt Series                      N/A             N/A             N/A
Short/Intermediate Bond Series         N/A             N/A             N/A
Intermediate Bond Series               N/A             N/A             N/A
Municipal Bond Series                  N/A             N/A             N/A
WT Large Cap Growth Series
Large Cap Core Series
Small Cap Core Series
Large Cap Value Series
Mid Cap Value Series
Small Cap Value Series
International Multi-Manager Series

                                       30

<PAGE>

Some of the advisers'  other  clients have  investment  objectives  and programs
similar  to that of the  Series.  Occasionally,  recommendations  made to  other
clients may result in their purchasing or selling securities simultaneously with
the Series.  Consequently,  the demand for  securities  being  purchased  or the
supply of  securities  being sold may  increase,  and this could have an adverse
effect on the price of those securities. It is the policy of the advisers not to
favor one client over another in making recommendations or in placing orders. In
the event of a simultaneous  transaction,  purchases or sales are averaged as to
price,  transaction  costs  are  allocated  between a Series  and other  clients
participating in the transaction on a pro rata basis and purchases and sales are
normally  allocated  between  the  Series  and the  other  clients  as to amount
according to a formula determined prior to the execution of such transactions.

                       CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES

The Fund  issues two  separate  classes of shares,  Institutional  and  Investor
shares,  for each Portfolio,  except Premier Money Market Portfolio,  with a par
value of $.01 per share. The shares of each Portfolio,  when issued and paid for
in accordance with the prospectus, will be fully paid and non-assessable shares,
with  equal  voting  rights  and  no  preferences  as to  conversion,  exchange,
dividends, redemption or any other feature.

The separate classes of shares each represent interests in the same portfolio of
investments, have the same rights and are identical in all respects, except that
the  Investor  class  shares  bear Rule 12b-1  distribution  expenses,  and have
exclusive  voting  rights with respect to the Rule 12b-1 Plan  pursuant to which
the distribution fee may be paid. The net income attributable to Investor shares
and the  dividends  payable on Investor  shares will be reduced by the amount of
the distribution fees;  accordingly,  the net asset value of the Investor shares
will be reduced by such amount to the extent the Portfolio has undistributed net
income.

Shares of a Portfolio entitle holders to one vote per share and fractional votes
for fractional  shares held.  Shares have  non-cumulative  voting rights, do not
have preemptive or subscription rights and are transferable.  Each Portfolio and
class takes  separate  votes on matters  affecting only that Portfolio or class.
For example,  a change in the  fundamental  investment  policies for a Portfolio
would be voted upon only by shareholders of that Portfolio.

The  Portfolios do not hold annual  meetings of  shareholders.  The Trustees are
required  to call a meeting of  shareholders  for the purpose of voting upon the
question of removal of any  Trustee  when  requested  in writing to do so by the
shareholders  of record  owning not less than 10% of a  Portfolio's  outstanding
shares.

                   PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES


PURCHASE OF SHARES. Information regarding the purchase of shares is discussed in
the  "Purchase  of Shares"  section  of the  prospectus.  Additional  methods to
purchase shares are as follows:

INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS:  You may purchase shares of the Portfolios for a
tax-deferred  retirement plan such as an individual  retirement account ("IRA").
To order an  application  for an IRA and a brochure  describing a Portfolio IRA,
call the Transfer  Agent at (800) _____.  PFPC Trust  Company,  as custodian for
each IRA account  receives an annual fee of $10 per  account,  paid  directly to
PFPC  Trust  Company by the IRA  shareholder.  If the fee is not paid by the due
date,  the  appropriate  number  of  Portfolio  shares  owned by the IRA will be
redeemed automatically as payment.

AUTOMATIC  INVESTMENT  PLAN:  You  may  purchase  Portfolio  shares  through  an
Automatic Investment Plan ("AIP"). Under the AIP, the Transfer Agent, at regular
intervals,  will automatically  debit your bank checking account in an amount of
$50 or more  (after the $1,000  minimum  initial  investment).  You may elect to
invest the specified  amount  monthly,  bimonthly,  quarterly,  semiannually  or
annually.  The purchase of Portfolio  shares will be effected at their  offering
price at 12:00 p.m.  Eastern  time for the  Tax-Exempt  Portfolio,  at 2:00 p.m.
Eastern  Time  for the  Prime  Money  Market,  Premier  Money  Market  and  U.S.
Government Portfolios,  or at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock
Exchange  ("Exchange")  (currently  4:00 p.m.,  Eastern time),  for the Bond and
Equity Portfolios, on or about the 20th day of the month. For an application for
the Automatic Investment Plan, check the appropriate box of the application

                                       31

<PAGE>

or call the  Transfer  Agent at (800)  _____.  This  service  is  generally  not
available for WTC trust  account  clients,  since similar  services are provided
through WTC.  This service  also may not be available  for Service  Organization
clients who are provided similar services through those organizations.

PAYROLL INVESTMENT PLAN: The Payroll Investment Plan ("PIP") permits you to make
regularly scheduled purchases of Portfolio shares through payroll deductions. To
open a PIP account,  you must submit a completed  account  application,  payroll
deduction  form and the  minimum  initial  deposit  to your  employer's  payroll
department.  Then, a portion of your paychecks will automatically be transferred
to your PIP account for as long as you wish to  participate  in the plan.  It is
the sole  responsibility  of your employer,  not the Fund, the distributor,  the
advisers or the transfer agent, to arrange for  transactions  under the PIP. The
Fund reserves the right to vary its minimum purchase  requirements for employees
participating in a PIP.

REDEMPTION  OF  SHARES.  Information  regarding  the  redemption  of  shares  is
discussed in the "Redemption of Shares"  section of the  prospectus.  Additional
methods to redeem shares are as follows:

BY CHECK: You may utilize the check writing option to redeem shares of the Prime
Money Market,  the U.S.  Government and the  Tax-Exempt  Portfolios by drawing a
check for $500 or more against a Portfolio account.  When the check is presented
for payment,  a sufficient number of shares will be redeemed from your Portfolio
account to cover the amount of the check. This procedure enables you to continue
receiving  dividends on those  shares until the check is presented  for payment.
Because the aggregate  amount of Portfolio shares owned is likely to change each
day,  you should not attempt to redeem all shares held in your  account by using
the check writing  procedure.  Charges will be imposed for  specially  imprinted
checks,  business checks, copies of canceled checks, stop payment orders, checks
returned due to "nonsufficient funds" and returned checks. These charges will be
paid by redeeming an appropriate number of Portfolio shares automatically.  Each
Portfolio  and the  Transfer  Agent  reserve the right to terminate or alter the
check writing service at any time. The Transfer Agent also reserves the right to
impose a service charge in connection with the check writing service. If you are
interested in the check writing service, contact the Transfer Agency for further
information.  This service is generally not available for clients of WTC through
their trust or corporate cash management accounts,  since it is already provided
for these  customers  through  WTC.  The service may also not be  available  for
Service  Organization  clients  who are  provided  a  similar  service  by those
organizations.

BY WIRE:  Redemption proceeds may be wired to your predesignated bank account in
any  commercial  bank in the United States if the amount is $1,000 or more.  The
receiving bank may charge a fee for this service. Proceeds may also be mailed to
your bank or, for amounts of $10,000 or less,  mailed to your Portfolio  account
address of record if the address has been  established  for at least 60 days. In
order to  authorize  the  Transfer  Agent to mail  redemption  proceeds  to your
Portfolio  account address of record,  complete the  appropriate  section of the
Application for Telephone  Redemptions or include your Portfolio account address
of record when you submit written instructions.  You may change the account that
you have  designated  to receive  amounts  redeemed at any time.  Any request to
change  the  account  designated  to  receive  redemption   proceeds  should  be
accompanied  by a  guarantee  of  the  shareholder's  signature  by an  eligible
institution.  A signature and a signature guarantee are required for each person
in whose name the account is registered.  Further documentation will be required
to change the designated account when a corporation, other organization,  trust,
fiduciary or other institutional investor holds the Portfolio shares.

SYSTEMATIC  WITHDRAWAL  PLAN:  If you own shares of a Portfolio  with a value of
$10,000 or more you may  participate in the Systematic  Withdrawal Plan ("SWP").
Under the SWP, you may  automatically  redeem a portion of your account monthly,
bimonthly, quarterly, semiannually or annually. The minimum withdrawal available
is  $100.  The  redemption  of  Portfolio  shares  will be  effected  at the NAV
determined on or about the 25th day of the month.  This service is generally not
available for WTC trust  accounts or certain  Service  Organizations,  because a
similar service is provided through those organizations.

ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION  REGARDING  REDEMPTIONS:  To ensure proper authorization
before  redeeming  shares of the  Portfolios,  the  Transfer  Agent may  require
additional documents such as, but not restricted to, stock

                                       32

<PAGE>

powers,  trust  instruments,  death  certificates,  appointments  as  fiduciary,
certificates  of corporate  authority and waivers of tax required in some states
when settling estates.

Clients of WTC who have purchased shares through their trust accounts at WTC and
clients  of  Service  Organizations  who have  purchased  shares  through  their
accounts  with those  Service  Organizations  should  contact WTC or the Service
Organization  prior to  submitting  a  redemption  request  to  ensure  that all
necessary documents accompany the request. When shares are held in the name of a
corporation,  other  organization,   trust,  fiduciary  or  other  institutional
investor, the Transfer Agent requires, in addition to the stock power, certified
evidence of  authority to sign the  necessary  instruments  of  transfer.  THESE
PROCEDURES  ARE FOR THE  PROTECTION  OF  SHAREHOLDERS  AND SHOULD BE FOLLOWED TO
ENSURE PROMPT PAYMENT. Redemption requests must not be conditional as to date or
price of the redemption.  Proceeds of a redemption will be sent within 7 days of
acceptance of shares tendered for  redemption.  Delay may result if the purchase
check has not yet  cleared,  but the delay will be no longer  than  required  to
verify that the purchase check has cleared, and the Funds will act as quickly as
possible to minimize delay.

The value of shares  redeemed may be more or less than the  shareholder's  cost,
depending on the net asset value at the time of redemption. Redemption of shares
may  result  in tax  consequences  (gain or loss)  to the  shareholder,  and the
proceeds of a redemption may be subject to backup withholding.

A shareholder's  right to redeem shares and to receive payment  therefore may be
suspended  when (a) the  Exchange is closed,  other than  customary  weekend and
holiday  closings,  (b) trading on the Exchange is restricted,  (c) an emergency
exists as a result of which it is not  reasonably  practicable  to  dispose of a
Portfolio's securities or to determine the value of a Portfolio's net assets, or
(d) ordered by a governmental body having  jurisdiction over a Portfolio for the
protection of the Portfolio's  shareholders,  provided that applicable rules and
regulations of the SEC (or any succeeding  governmental  authority) shall govern
as to whether a condition  described in (b), (c) or (d) exists.  In case of such
suspension,  shareholders of the affected  Portfolio may withdraw their requests
for  redemption  or may  receive  payment  based on the net  asset  value of the
Portfolio next determined after the suspension is lifted.

Each Portfolio  reserves the right, if conditions exist which make cash payments
undesirable,  to honor any request for  redemption by making payment in whole or
in part with readily marketable securities chosen by the Portfolio and valued in
the same way as they would be valued for  purposes  of  computing  the net asset
value  of the  applicable  Portfolio.  If  payment  is  made  in  securities,  a
shareholder may incur  transaction  expenses in converting these securities into
cash.  Each Portfolio has elected,  however,  to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under
the 1940 Act, as a result of which a Portfolio  is  obligated  to redeem  shares
solely in cash if the redemption requests are made by one shareholder account up
to the lesser of  $250,000 or 1% of the net assets of the  applicable  Portfolio
during any 90-day period.  This election is  irrevocable  unless the SEC permits
its withdrawal.

PRICING OF SHARES. Each of the Money Market Portfolios'  securities is valued on
the basis of the amortized cost  valuation  technique.  This involves  valuing a
security initially at its cost and thereafter  assuming a constant  amortization
to maturity of any discount or premium, regardless of fluctuating interest rates
on the market value of the security. The valuation of a Money Market Portfolio's
securities based upon their amortized cost and the  accompanying  maintenance of
each  Portfolio's  per share net asset value of $1.00 is permitted in accordance
with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act. Certain  conditions  imposed by that Rule are
set  forth  under  "Investment  Policies."  In  connection  with  the use of the
amortized  cost  valuation  technique,  each  Portfolio's  Board of Trustees has
established   procedures  delegating  to  the  adviser  the  responsibility  for
maintaining  a constant  net asset value per share.  Such  procedures  include a
daily review of each Portfolio's holdings to determine whether a Portfolio's net
asset value,  calculated based upon available market  quotations,  deviates from
$1.00 per share.  Should any deviation  exceed 1/2 of 1% of $1.00,  the Trustees
will  promptly  consider  whether any  corrective  action should be initiated to
eliminate or reduce material  dilution or other unfair results to  shareholders.
Such  corrective  action may include  selling of portfolio  securities  prior to
maturity  to realize  capital  gains or  losses,  shortening  average  portfolio
maturity, withholding dividends, redeeming shares in kind and establishing a net
asset value per share based upon available market quotations.

                                       33

<PAGE>

Should a Money Market  Portfolio incur or anticipate any unusual expense or loss
or  depreciation  that would  adversely  affect its net asset value per share or
income for a particular period, the Trustees would at that time consider whether
to adhere to the  current  dividend  policy or to revise it in light of the then
prevailing  circumstances.  For example,  if a  Portfolio's  net asset value per
share were reduced, or were anticipated to be reduced, below $1.00, the Trustees
could  suspend or reduce  further  dividend  payments  until the net asset value
returned to $1.00 per share. Thus, such expenses or losses or depreciation could
result in investors  receiving no dividends or reduced  dividends for the period
during  which they held their  shares or in their  receiving  upon  redemption a
price per share lower than that which they paid.

For the Bond Portfolios and the Equity Portfolios, the net asset value per share
of each  Portfolio is  determined by dividing the value of the  Portfolio's  net
assets by the total number of Portfolio shares  outstanding.  This determination
is made by PFPC, as of the close of regular  trading on the Exchange  (currently
4:00 p.m.,  Eastern Time) each day the  Portfolios  are open for  business.  The
Portfolios  are open  for  business  on days  when  the  Exchange,  PFPC and the
Philadelphia branch office of the Federal Reserve are open for business.

In valuing a  Portfolio's  assets,  a security  listed on the Exchange  (and not
subject to  restrictions  against sale by the Portfolio on the Exchange) will be
valued at its last sale price on the Exchange on the day the security is valued.
Lacking any sales on such day, the  security  will be valued at the mean between
the closing  asked price and the closing bid price.  Securities  listed on other
exchanges (and not subject to restriction  against sale by the Portfolio on such
exchanges) will be similarly  valued,  using quotations on the exchange on which
the security is traded most extensively.  Unlisted securities that are quoted on
the National  Association of Securities  Dealers'  National  Market System,  for
which there have been sales of such  securities on such day,  shall be valued at
the last sale price  reported on such system on the day the  security is valued.
If there are no such sales on such day,  the value shall be the mean between the
closing  asked  price and the closing  bid price.  The value of such  securities
quoted on the NASDAQ Stock Market System,  but not listed on the National Market
System,  shall be valued at the mean  between  the  closing  asked price and the
closing bid price.  Unlisted  securities that are not quoted on the NASDAQ Stock
Market  System and for which  over-the-counter  market  quotations  are  readily
available  will be valued at the mean  between the current bid and asked  prices
for such security in the over-the-counter market. Other unlisted securities (and
listed  securities  subject to restriction on sale) will be valued at fair value
as  determined  in good  faith  under the  direction  of the  Board of  Trustees
although the actual  calculation may be done by others.  Short-term  investments
with remaining maturities of less than 61 days are valued at amortized cost.

Trading in  securities  on European  and Far Eastern  securities  exchanges  and
over-the-counter markets is normally completed well before the close of business
on each Business Day. In addition,  European or Far Eastern  securities  trading
generally  or in a  particular  country or  countries  may not take place on all
Business Days.  Furthermore,  trading takes place in Japanese markets on certain
Saturdays and in various foreign markets on days which are not Business Days and
on which the  International  Multi-Manager  Portfolio's  net asset  value is not
calculated  and investors will be unable to buy or sell shares of the Portfolio.
Calculation   of  the   Portfolio's   net  asset   value  does  not  take  place
contemporaneously  with the  determination  of the prices of the majority of the
portfolio  securities used in such calculation.  If events materially  affecting
the  value of such  securities  occur  between  the  time  when  their  price is
determined and the time when the Portfolio's net asset value is calculated, such
securities  may be valued at fair value as  determined in good faith by or under
the direction of the Board of Trustees.

                                    DIVIDENDS


Dividends  from the Money Market  Portfolios  are declared on each Business Day.
The  dividend  for a Business  Day  immediately  preceding  a weekend or holiday
normally  includes  an  amount  equal  to the  net  income  for  the  subsequent
non-Business Days on which dividends are not declared. However, no such dividend
includes any amount of net income earned in a subsequent  semiannual  accounting
period.  A portion of the dividends paid by the U.S.   Government  Portfolio
may be exempt from state taxes.

Dividends from the Bond  Portfolios' net investment  income are declared on each
Business Day and paid to

                                       34

<PAGE>

shareholders  ordinarily on the first Business Day of the following  month.  The
dividend for a Business Day immediately  preceding a weekend or holiday normally
includes  an  amount  equal  to the  net  income  expected  for  the  subsequent
non-Business Days on which dividends are not declared. However, no such dividend
included any amount of net income earned in a subsequent  semiannual period. Net
short-term  capital  gain and net  capital  gain (the  excess  of net  long-term
capital gain over the short-term capital loss) realized by each Portfolio, after
deducting any available capital loss carryovers, are declared and paid annually.

Dividends from the Equity Portfolios' net investment income and distributions of
(1) net  short-term  capital  gain  and net  capital  gain  (the  excess  of net
long-term  capital  gain over the  short-term  capital  loss)  realized  by each
Portfolio, after deducting any available capital loss carryovers, and (2) in the
case of the  International  Multi-Manager  Portfolio,  net gains  realized  from
foreign  currency  transactions  are  declared  and  paid  to  its  shareholders
annually.


                           TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS

GENERAL.  Each Portfolio is treated as a separate corporation for federal income
tax  purposes.  To qualify or continue to qualify for  treatment  as a regulated
investment  company ("RIC") under the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the  "Code"),  each  Portfolio  must  distribute to its  shareholders  for each
taxable year at least 90% of its investment  company taxable income  (consisting
generally of net investment income, net short-term capital gain and, in the case
of the  International  Multi-Manager  Portfolio,  net gains from certain foreign
currency transactions) and must meet several additional  requirements.  For each
Portfolio,  these  requirements  include the  following:  (1) the Portfolio must
derive  at least 90% of its  gross  income  each  taxable  year from  dividends,
interest,  payments with respect to securities  loans and gains from the sale or
other  disposition  of  securities  or  foreign  currencies,   or  other  income
(including  gains from  options,  futures and forward  contracts)  derived  with
respect to its business of investing in securities or those  currencies;  (2) at
the close of each quarter of the  Portfolio's  taxable year, at least 50% of the
value of its total  assets  must be  represented  by cash and cash  items,  U.S.
Government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, with these
other securities  limited,  in respect of any one issuer, to an amount that does
not  exceed 5% of the value of the  Portfolio's  total  assets and that does not
represent more than 10% of the issuer's  outstanding voting securities;  and (3)
at the close of each quarter of the Portfolio's  taxable year, not more than 25%
of the value of its total assets may be invested in securities  (other than U.S.
Government securities or the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer.

If a Portfolio  failed to qualify for treatment as a RIC in any taxable year, it
would be  subject  to tax on its  taxable  income  at  corporate  rates  and all
distributions  from earnings and profits,  including any distributions  from net
capital  gain (the  excess of net  long-term  capital  gain over net  short-term
capital  loss),  would be taxable to its  shareholders  as ordinary  income.  In
addition,  the Portfolio could be required to recognize  unrealized  gains,  pay
substantial  taxes  and  interest  and  make  substantial  distributions  before
qualifying again for RIC treatment.

Each Portfolio will be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax to the extent it
fails to  distribute by the end of any calendar  year  substantially  all of its
ordinary  income for that year and  capital  gain net  income  for the  one-year
period ending on October 31 of that year, plus certain other amounts.

Dividends and other distributions  declared by a Portfolio in October,  November
or December of any year and payable to  shareholders  of record on a date in one
of those months will be deemed to have been paid by the  Portfolio  and received
by the  shareholders  on  December  31 of  that  year if  they  are  paid by the
Portfolio during the following January.  Accordingly, such distributions will be
taxed to the shareholders for the year in which that December 31 falls.

Investors should be aware that if Portfolio shares are purchased  shortly before
the record date for any  dividend  (other than an  exempt-interest  dividend) or
capital gain  distribution,  the shareholder  will pay full price for the shares
and will receive some portion of the price back as a taxable distribution.

                                       35

<PAGE>

If a Portfolio makes a distribution to shareholders in excess of its current and
accumulated  earnings and profits in any taxable year,  the excess  distribution
will be treated by each  shareholder as a return of capital to the extent of the
shareholder's tax basis and thereafter as capital gain.

MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIOS:
With respect to the U.S.  Government  Portfolio,  Premier Money Market Portfolio
and Prime Money Market Portfolio,  distributions  from a Portfolio's  investment
company  taxable  income,  if any, are taxable to its  shareholders  as ordinary
income to the extent of the  Portfolio's  earnings and profits.  Because each of
the  Portfolios'  net  investment  income is derived from  interest  rather than
dividends,  no  portion  of  the  distributions  thereof  is  eligible  for  the
dividends-received deduction allowed to corporations.

BOND PORTFOLIOS:
Each Bond  Portfolio  may acquire zero coupon  securities  issued with  original
issue  discount.  As a holder of those  securities,  a Portfolio  must take into
account the original issue  discount that accrues on the  securities  during the
taxable year,  even if it receives no  corresponding  payment on them during the
year. Because each Portfolio  annually must distribute  substantially all of its
investment  company  taxable  income and net  tax-exempt  income,  including any
original issue discount, to satisfy the distribution requirements for RICs under
the Code and (except with respect to tax-exempt  income) avoid imposition of the
Excise Tax, a Portfolio may be required in a particular  year to distribute as a
dividend  an amount  that is greater  than the total  amount of cash it actually
receives.  Those  distributions  will be made from a Portfolio's  cash assets or
from the proceeds of sales of portfolio  securities,  if necessary.  A Portfolio
may realize  capital gains or losses from those sales,  which would  increase or
decrease its investment company taxable income and/or net capital gain.

TAX-EXEMPT PORTFOLIO AND MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO: Each of these Portfolios will
be able to pay  exempt-interest  dividends to its  shareholders  only if, at the
close of each  quarter  of its  taxable  year,  at least 50% of the value of its
total assets  consists of obligations  the interest on which is excludable  from
gross  income  under  section  103(a) of the  Code;  both  Portfolios  intend to
continue to satisfy this requirement.  Distributions  that a Portfolio  properly
designates  as  exempt-interest  dividends  are treated by its  shareholders  as
interest  excludable from their gross income for federal income tax purposes but
may be tax  preference  items.  The  aggregate  dividends  excludable  from  the
shareholders'  gross income may not exceed a Portfolio's net tax-exempt  income.
The shareholders'  treatment of dividends from a Portfolio under state and local
income tax laws may differ from the  treatment  thereof under the Code. In order
to qualify to pay  exempt-interest  dividends,  each Portfolio may be limited in
its ability to engage in taxable  transactions  such as  repurchase  agreements,
options and futures strategies and portfolio securities lending.

Tax-exempt  interest  attributable to certain "private  activity bonds" ("PABs")
(including,  in  the  case  of a  RIC  receiving  interest  on  those  bonds,  a
proportionate  part of the  exempt-interest  dividends paid by the RIC) is a tax
preference item.  Furthermore,  even interest on tax-exempt securities held by a
Portfolio  that  are not  PABs,  which  interest  otherwise  would  not be a tax
preference  item,   nevertheless  may  be  indirectly  subject  to  the  federal
alternative minimum tax in the hands of corporate  shareholders when distributed
to them by the Portfolio.  PABs are issued by or on behalf of public authorities
to finance various privately  operated  facilities.  Entities or persons who are
"substantial  users" (or persons related to  "substantial  users") of facilities
financed  by  industrial  development  bonds or PABs  should  consult  their tax
advisers before purchasing a Portfolio's  shares.  For these purposes,  the term
"substantial  user" is defined  generally to include a  "non-exempt  person" who
regularly  uses in trade or  business  a part of a  facility  financed  from the
proceeds of such bonds.

Up to 85% of Social Security and railroad retirement benefits may be included in
taxable income for recipients whose adjusted gross income (including income from
tax-exempt  sources such as the Tax-Exempt and Municipal Bond  Portfolios)  plus
50% of their benefits  exceeds certain base amounts.  Exempt-interest  dividends
from  each  Portfolio  still  are  tax-exempt  to the  extent  described  in the
prospectus;  they are only included in the  calculation of whether a recipient's
income exceeds the established amounts.

If a Portfolio  invests in any instruments that generate  taxable income,  under
the  circumstances  described in the prospectus,  distributions  of the interest
earned  thereon will be taxable to its  shareholders  as ordinary

                                       36

<PAGE>

income to the extent of its  earnings  and  profits.  Moreover,  if a  Portfolio
realizes  capital gain as a result of market  transactions,  any distribution of
that gain will be taxable to its shareholders.

The Municipal  Bond  Portfolio may invest in municipal  bonds that are purchased
with "market  discount." For these  purposes,  market  discount is the amount by
which a bond's  purchase  price is  exceeded by its stated  redemption  price at
maturity or, in the case of a bond that was issued with original  issue discount
("OID"),  the sum of its issue  price  plus  accrued  OID,  except  that  market
discount less than the product of (1) 0.25% of the redemption  price at maturity
times and (2) the  number  of  complete  years to  maturity  after the  taxpayer
acquired the bond is disregarded.  Market discount generally is accrued ratably,
on a daily  basis,  over the  period  from the  acquisition  date to the date of
maturity. Gain on the disposition of such a bond (other than a bond with a fixed
maturity  date  within  one year from its  issuance)  generally  is  treated  as
ordinary (taxable) income, rather than capital gain, to the extent of the bond's
accrued  market  discount at the time of  disposition.  In lieu of treating  the
disposition  gain as above,  the Municipal  Bond  Portfolio may elect to include
market discount in its gross income currently, for each taxable year to which it
is attributable.

The Tax-Exempt and Municipal Bond Portfolios inform  shareholders within 60 days
after  their  fiscal  year-end  (August  31) of  the  percentage  of its  income
distributions designated as exempt-interest dividends. The percentage is applied
uniformly  to  all  distributions  made  during  the  year,  so  the  percentage
designated as tax-exempt for any particular  distribution  may be  substantially
different from the percentage of a Portfolio's income that was tax-exempt during
the period covered by the distribution.

SHORT/INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO AND THE INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO:  Interest
and  dividends  received  by  the  Short/Intermediate  Bond  Portfolio  and  the
Intermediate  Bond  Portfolio,  and gains  realized  thereby,  may be subject to
income,  withholding  or other  taxes  imposed  by  foreign  countries  and U.S.
possessions that would reduce the yield and/or total return on their securities.
Tax conventions  between  certain  countries and the United States may reduce or
eliminate these taxes,  however,  and many foreign countries do not impose taxes
on capital gains in respect of investments by foreign investors.

EQUITY PORTFOLIOS:
It is anticipated that all or a portion of the dividends from the net investment
income of each  Equity  Portfolio,  other than the  International  Multi-Manager
Portfolio,  will  qualify  for  the  dividends-received   deduction  allowed  to
corporations.  The  qualifying  portion may not exceed the  aggregate  dividends
received by the Portfolio from U.S. corporations. However, dividends received by
a corporate  shareholder  and deducted by it pursuant to the  dividends-received
deduction  are  subject  indirectly  to the  federal  alternative  minimum  tax.
Moreover,  the  dividends-received  deduction  will be reduced to the extent the
shares  with  respect  to which  the  dividends  are  received  are  treated  as
debt-financed  and will be  eliminated  if those  shares are deemed to have been
held for less than 46 days. Distributions of net short-term capital gain and net
capital gain are not eligible for the dividends-received deduction.

Any loss realized by a shareholder on the redemption of shares within six months
from the date of their  purchase  will be treated as a  long-term,  instead of a
short-term, capital loss to the extent of any capital gain distributions to that
shareholder with respect to those shares.

FOREIGN SECURITIES.  Dividends and interest received, and gains realized, by the
International  Multi-Manager Portfolio may be subject to income,  withholding or
other taxes  imposed by foreign  countries  or U.S.  possessions  (collectively,
"foreign taxes") that would reduce the yield on its securities.  Tax conventions
between certain  countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate foreign
taxes,  however, and many foreign countries do not impose taxes on capital gains
in respect of investments by foreign investors.

If more than 50% of the  value of the  International  Multi-Manager  Portfolio's
total assets at the close of its taxable year  consists of securities of foreign
corporations,  the Portfolio will be eligible to, and may, file an election with
the Internal Revenue Service that will enable its  shareholders,  in effect,  to
benefit from any foreign tax credit or deduction  that is available with respect
to foreign taxes paid by the  Portfolio.  If the election is made, the Portfolio
will  treat  those  taxes  as  dividends  paid  to  its  shareholders  and  each
shareholder  (1) will be required to include in gross income,  and treat as paid
by the shareholder,  a

                                       37

<PAGE>

proportionate  share of those taxes, (2) will be required to treat that share of
those taxes and of any dividend paid by the  Portfolio  that  represents  income
from foreign or U.S.  possessions  sources as the  shareholder's own income from
those sources and (3) may either deduct the taxes deemed paid by the shareholder
in computing taxable income or, alternatively,  use the foregoing information in
calculating the foreign tax credit against the shareholder's federal income tax.
The Portfolio  will report to its  shareholders  shortly after each taxable year
their  respective  shares of its income from sources within,  and taxes paid to,
foreign  countries  and U.S.  possessions  if it  makes  this  election.  If the
Portfolio makes this election,  individuals who have no more than $300 ($600 for
married  persons filing  jointly) of creditable  foreign taxes included on Forms
1099 and all of whose foreign  source income is "qualified  passive  income" may
elect each year to be exempt from the extremely  complicated  foreign tax credit
limitation and will be able to claim a foreign tax credit without having to file
the detailed Form 1116 that otherwise is required.

The  International  Multi-Manager  Portfolio  may invest in the stock of passive
foreign investment companies ("PFICs"). A PFIC is a foreign corporation -- other
than a "controlled  foreign  corporation" (I.E., a foreign corporation in which,
on any day during its taxable  year,  more than 50% of the total voting power of
all  voting  stock  therein  or the total  value of all stock  therein is owned,
directly, indirectly, or constructively, by "U.S. shareholders," defined as U.S.
persons that individually own, directly, indirectly, or constructively, at least
10% of that  voting  power)  as to which  the  Portfolio  is a U.S.  shareholder
- --that, in general, meets either of the following tests: (a) at least 75% of its
gross income is passive or (b) an average of at least 50% of its assets produce,
or are held for the  production of, passive  income.  If the Portfolio  acquires
stock in a PFIC and holds the stock  beyond the end of the year of  acquisition,
the Portfolio  will be subject to federal income tax on a portion of any "excess
distribution" received on the stock or of any gain from disposition of the stock
(collectively,  "PFIC  income"),  plus interest  thereon,  even if the Portfolio
distributes  the PFIC  income as a taxable  dividend  to its  shareholders.  The
balance  of the PFIC  income  will be  included  in the  Portfolio's  investment
company taxable income and, accordingly, will not be taxable to it to the extent
that income is distributed to its shareholders.

If the  International  Multi-Manager  Portfolio  invests in a PFIC and elects to
treat  the PFIC as a  "qualified  electing  fund"  ("QEF"),  then in lieu of the
foregoing tax and interest obligation, the Portfolio will be required to include
in income each year its pro rata share of the QEF's annual ordinary earnings and
net capital gain,  even if they are not distributed to the Portfolio by the QEF;
those  amounts most likely would have to be  distributed  by the Fund to satisfy
the  Distribution  Requirement and avoid imposition of the Excise Tax. It may be
very  difficult,  if not  impossible,  to make this election  because of certain
requirements thereof.

The  International  Multi-Manager  Portfolio  may elect to "mark to market"  its
stock in any PFIC.  "Marking-to-market,"  in this  context,  means  including in
ordinary  income each taxable year the excess,  if any, of the fair market value
of the stock over the  Portfolio's  adjusted basis therein as of the end of that
year. Pursuant to the election, the Portfolio also will be allowed to deduct (as
an ordinary,  not capital,  loss) the excess,  if any, of its adjusted  basis in
PFIC stock over the fair market value  thereof as of the taxable  year-end,  but
only to the extent of any net  mark-to-market  gains with  respect to that stock
included in income by the  Portfolio for prior taxable  years.  The  Portfolio's
adjusted  basis in each PFIC's stock subject to the election will be adjusted to
reflect the amounts of income included and deductions taken thereunder.

HEDGING TRANSACTIONS.  The use of hedging strategies,  such as writing (selling)
and purchasing  options and futures contracts and entering into forward currency
contracts,  involves  complex rules that will  determine for federal  income tax
purposes the amount, character and timing of recognition of the gains and losses
a Portfolio  realizes in connection  therewith.  Gains from the  disposition  of
foreign  currencies  (except  certain  gains  that  may be  excluded  by  future
regulations)  and gains from  options,  futures and foreign  currency  contracts
derived by a Portfolio  with respect to its business of investing in  securities
qualify as permissible income under the Income Requirement.

Futures and foreign  currency  contracts that are subject to section 1256 of the
Code (other than such contracts that are part of a "mixed straddle" with respect
to which a Portfolio has made an election not to have the following rules apply)
("Section  1256  Contracts")  and that are held by a Portfolio at the end of its
taxable year generally will be "marked-to-market"  (that is, deemed to have been
sold for their market

                                       38

<PAGE>

value) for federal  income tax  purposes.  Sixty percent of any net gain or loss
recognized on these deemed sales,  and 60% of any net realized gain or loss from
any actual sales of Section 1256 Contracts, will be treated as long-term capital
gain or loss,  and the balance  will be treated as  short-term  capital  gain or
loss.  As of the date of this  Statement of  Additional  Information,  it is not
entirely clear whether that 60% portion will qualify for the reduced maximum tax
rates on  non-corporate  taxpayers'  net capital  gain  enacted by the  Taxpayer
Relief Act of 1997 -- 20% (10% for  taxpayers  in the 15%  marginal tax bracket)
for gain recognized on capital assets held for more than 18 months  --instead of
the 28% rate in  effect  before  that  legislation,  which now  applies  to gain
recognized  on capital  assets  held for more than one year but not more than 18
months.  However,  technical  correction  legislation  passed  by the  House  of
Representatives  late in 1997 would clarify that the lower rates apply.  Section
1256 Contracts also may be marked-to-market for purposes of the Excise Tax.

Section 988 of the Code also may apply to forward currency contracts and options
on foreign  currencies.  Under section 988,  each foreign  currency gain or loss
generally is computed  separately and treated as ordinary income or loss. In the
case of overlap between sections 1256 and 988, special provisions  determine the
character  and  timing  of  any  income,   gain  or  loss.   The   International
Multi-Manager  Portfolio  attempts to monitor its  section 988  transactions  to
minimize any adverse tax impact.

Code  section  1092  (dealing  with  straddles)  also may affect the taxation of
options and futures  contracts  in which a Portfolio  may invest.  Section  1092
defines a "straddle" as offsetting  positions with respect to personal property;
for these purposes,  options and futures contracts are personal property.  Under
section  1092,  any loss  from  the  disposition  of a  position  in a  straddle
generally  may be deducted  only to the extent the loss  exceeds the  unrealized
gain on the offsetting  position(s) of the straddle.  Section 1092 also provides
certain "wash sale" rules,  which apply to transactions where a position is sold
at a loss and a new offsetting  position is acquired within a prescribed period,
and "short sale" rules  applicable  to straddles.  If a Portfolio  makes certain
elections,  the amount,  character  and timing of the  recognition  of gains and
losses from the affected straddle positions would be determined under rules that
vary  according to the  elections  made.  Because only a few of the  regulations
implementing the straddle rules have been promulgated, the tax consequences to a
Portfolio of straddle transactions are not entirely clear.

If a Portfolio has an "appreciated financial position" -- generally, an interest
(including an interest  through an option,  futures or forward contract or short
sale) with respect to any stock, debt instrument (other than "straight debt") or
partnership  interest the fair market value of which exceeds its adjusted  basis
- -- and enters into a "constructive  sale" of the same or  substantially  similar
property,  the Portfolio  will be treated as having made an actual sale thereof,
with the result that gain will be recognized at that time. A  constructive  sale
generally consists of a short sale, an offsetting notional principal contract or
futures or forward contract entered into by a Portfolio or a related person with
respect to the same or  substantially  similar  property.  In  addition,  if the
appreciated  financial  position  is  itself  a short  sale or such a  contract,
acquisition of the underlying property or substantially similar property will be
deemed a constructive sale.

The foregoing tax  discussion  is a summary  included for general  informational
purposes only.  Each  shareholder is advised to consult its own tax adviser with
respect to the specific tax  consequences to it of an investment in a Portfolio,
including the effect and  applicability of state,  local,  foreign and other tax
laws and the possible effects of changes in federal or other tax laws.

Shortly  after the end of each year,  PFPC  calculates  the  federal  income tax
status of all distributions  made during the year. In addition to federal income
tax,  shareholders may be subject to state and local taxes on distributions from
a Portfolio.  Shareholders  should consult their tax advisers regarding specific
questions relating to federal, state and local taxes.

                     CALCULATION OF PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

The performance of a Portfolio may be quoted in terms of its yield and its total
return in advertising and other promotional  materials.  Performance data quoted
represents past performance and is not intended to indicate future  performance.
Performance  of the Portfolios  will vary based on changes in market

                                       39

<PAGE>

conditions and the level of each Portfolio's expenses. These performance figures
are calculated in the following manner:

MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIOS:

     A.   YIELD  for a  money  market  fund is the net  annualized  yield  for a
          specified 7 calendar days calculated at simple  interest rates.  Yield
          is  calculated  by  determining  the net change,  exclusive of capital
          changes, in the value of a hypothetical  pre-existing account having a
          balance of one share at the  beginning  of the period,  subtracting  a
          hypothetical charge reflecting  deductions from shareholder  accounts,
          and  dividing  the  difference  by the  value  of the  account  at the
          beginning  of the base  period to obtain the base period  return.  The
          yield is  annualized by  multiplying  the base period return by 365/7.
          The yield figure is stated to the nearest hundredth of one percent.

          The yield for the 7-day period ended June 30, 1999 was:

          U.S.  Government  Portfolio       %
          Prime Money  Market  Portfolio    %
          Premier Money Market Portfolio    %
          Tax-Exempt Portfolio              %

     B.   EFFECTIVE YIELD is the net annualized yield for a specified 7 calendar
          days assuming  reinvestment of income or compounding.  Effective yield
          is  calculated  by the same method as yield except the yield figure is
          compounded  by  adding  1,  raising  the sum to a power  equal  to 365
          divided by 7, and  subtracting  1 from the  result,  according  to the
          following formula:

             Effective yield = [(Base Period Return + 1) 365/7] - 1.

          The effective yield for the 7-day period ended June 30, 1999 was:

          U.S. Government Portfolio         %
          Prime Money Market Portfolio      %
          Premier Money Market Portfolio    %
          Tax-Exempt Portfolio              %

     C.   TAX-EQUIVALENT  YIELD is the net  annualized  taxable  yield needed to
          produce a  specified  tax-exempt  yield at a given tax rate based on a
          specified  7-day period  assuming a reinvestment of all dividends paid
          during such period.  Tax-equivalent  yield is  calculated  by dividing
          that portion of the Tax-Exempt  Portfolio's  yield (computed as in the
          yield  description  above)  which  is  tax-exempt  by 1 minus a stated
          income tax rate and adding the  quotient to that  portion,  if any, of
          the yield of the Tax-Exempt Portfolio that is not tax-exempt.

          The Tax-Exempt  Portfolio's  tax-equivalent yield for the 7-day period
          ended June 30, 1999 was:

          28% tax bracket                   %
          31% tax bracket                   %
          36% tax bracket                   %
          39.6% tax bracket                 %

         The following  table,  which is based upon federal  income tax rates in
         effect  on the  date  of  this  Statement  of  Additional  Information,
         illustrates  the  yields  that  would  have to be  achieved  on taxable
         investments to produce a range of hypothetical tax-equivalent yields:

                                       40

<PAGE>

                           TAX-EQUIVALENT YIELD TABLE

FEDERAL MARGINAL
INCOME TAX BRACKET   TAX-EQUIVALENT YIELDS BASED ON TAX-EXEMPT YIELDS OF:
- ------------------   ----------------------------------------------------
                       2%     3%     4%     5%     6%      7%       8%
                       --     --     --     --     --      --       --

        28%            2.8    4.2    5.6    6.9    8.3     9.7     11.1
        31%            2.9    4.3    5.8    7.2    8.7    10.1     11.6
        36%            3.1    4.7    6.3    7.8    9.4    10.9     12.5
       39.6%           3.3    5.0    6.6    8.3    9.9    11.6     13.2

ALL PORTFOLIOS:

     A.   AVERAGE  ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN is the average  annual  compound  rate of
          return for the periods of one year, five years, ten years and the life
          of a  Portfolio,  where  applicable,  all  ended  on the last day of a
          recent  calendar  quarter.  Average  annual  total  return  quotations
          reflect  changes in the price of a  Portfolio's  shares,  if any,  and
          assume  that  all  dividends   during  the  respective   periods  were
          reinvested  in  Portfolio  shares.  Average  annual  total  return  is
          calculated by finding the average annual compound rates of return of a
          hypothetical investment over such periods,  according to the following
          formula   (average   annual  total  return  is  then  expressed  as  a
          percentage):

                               T = (ERV/P)1/n - 1

          Where:   P        =       a hypothetical initial investment of $1,000

                   T        =       average annual total return

                   n        =       number of years

                   ERV      =       ending  redeemable  value:  ERV is
                                    the   value,   at  the  end  of  the
                                    applicable period, of a hypothetical
                                    $1,000   investment   made   at  the
                                    beginning of the applicable period.

                                       41

<PAGE>

           AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN FOR PERIODS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         1 YEAR      5 YEAR      10 YEAR
- --------------------    --------    --------     -------
U.S. Government            %           %            %
- --------------------    --------    --------     -------
Prime Money Market         %           %            %
- --------------------    --------    --------     -------
Premier Money Market       %           %            %
- --------------------    --------    --------     -------
Tax-Exempt                 %           %            %
- --------------------    --------    --------     -------
Short/Intermediate         %           %           N/A
Bond
- --------------------    --------    --------     -------
Intermediate Bond          %           %           N/A
- --------------------    --------    --------     -------
Municipal Bond             %           %           N/A
- --------------------    --------    --------     -------
WT Large Cap Growth        %           %            %
- --------------------    --------    --------     -------
Large Cap Core             %           %            %
- --------------------    --------    --------     -------
Small Cap Core             %          N/A          N/A
- --------------------    --------    --------     -------
International              %           %            %
Multi-Manager
- --------------------    --------    --------     -------
Large Cap Value            %           %           N/A
- --------------------    --------    --------     -------
Mid Cap Value              %          N/A          N/A
- --------------------    --------    --------     -------
Small Cap Value            %          N/A          N/A
- --------------------------------------------------------


     B. YIELD  CALCULATIONS.  From time to time, an Equity or Bond Portfolio may
advertise  its yield.  Yield for these  Portfolios is calculated by dividing the
Portfolio's  investment  income for a 30-day  period,  net of  expenses,  by the
average  number of shares  entitled  to receive  dividends  during  that  period
according to the following formula:


                          YIELD = 2[((A-B)/CD + 1)6-1]

    where:

       a  =  dividends and interest earned during the period;
       b  =  expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements);
       c  =  the average daily number of shares outstanding during the
             period that were entitled to receive dividends; and
       d  =  the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period.

The  result  is  expressed  as an  annualized  percentage  (assuming  semiannual
compounding) of the maximum offering price per share at the end of the period.

         Except as noted below, in determining interest earned during the period
(variable "a" in the above formula), pfpc calculates the interest earned on each
debt  instrument  held by a Portfolio  during the period by: (i)  computing  the
instrument's yield to maturity,  based on the value of the instrument (including
actual  accrued  interest) as of the last  business day of the period or, if the
instrument  was  purchased  during the period,  the purchase  price plus accrued
interest;  (ii) dividing the yield to maturity by 360; and (iii) multiplying the
resulting  quotient by the value of the  instrument  (including  actual  accrued
interest).  Once  interest  earned is  calculated  in this fashion for each debt
instrument  held by the  Portfolio,  interest  earned  during the period is then
determined by totaling the interest earned on all debt  instruments  held by the
Portfolio.

         For purposes of these  calculations,  the maturity of a debt instrument
with one or more call  provisions  is  assumed  to be the next date on which the
instrument  reasonably  can be expected to be called

                                       42

<PAGE>

or, if none,  the maturity  date.  In general,  interest  income is reduced with
respect  to debt  instruments  trading  at a  premium  over  their  par value by
subtracting a portion of the premium from income on a daily basis, and increased
with  respect to debt  instruments  trading at a discount by adding a portion of
the discount to daily income.

         In determining  dividends earned by any preferred stock or other equity
securities  held by a  Portfolio  during the period  (variable  "a" in the above
formula),  PFPC  accrues the  dividends  daily at their stated  dividend  rates.
Capital gains and losses generally are excluded from yield calculations.

         Because yield  accounting  methods differ from the  accounting  methods
used to calculate net investment income for other purposes,  a Portfolio's yield
may  not  equal  the  dividend  income  actually  paid to  investors  or the net
investment income reported with respect to the Portfolio in the Fund's financial
statements.

         Yield information may be useful in reviewing a Portfolio's  performance
and in  providing a basis for  comparison  with other  investment  alternatives.
However,  the Portfolios' yields fluctuate,  unlike investments that pay a fixed
interest rate over a stated period of time.  Investors  should recognize that in
periods of declining  interest  rates,  the  Portfolios'  yields will tend to be
somewhat higher than prevailing  market rates, and in periods of rising interest
rates,  the  Portfolios'  yields  will tend to be  somewhat  lower.  Also,  when
interest rates are falling,  the inflow of net new money to the Portfolios  from
the  continuous  sale of their  shares will  likely be  invested in  instruments
producing  lower yields than the balance of the  Portfolios'  holdings,  thereby
reducing the current  yields of the  Portfolios.  In periods of rising  interest
rates, the opposite can be expected to occur.

COMPARISON  OF PORTFOLIO  PERFORMANCE.  A comparison  of the quoted  performance
offered for various  investments  is valid only if  performance is calculated in
the same  manner.  Since  there are many  methods  of  calculating  performance,
investors  should  consider  the  effects  of  the  methods  used  to  calculate
performance when comparing  performance of a Portfolio with  performance  quoted
with respect to other investment companies or types of investments. For example,
it is useful to note that yields  reported  on debt  instruments  are  generally
prospective, contrasted with the historical yields reported by a Portfolio.

In connection  with  communicating  its  performance  to current or  prospective
shareholders,  a Portfolio also may compare these figures to the  performance of
other  mutual  funds  tracked by mutual  fund rating  services  or to  unmanaged
indices which may assume  reinvestment of dividends but generally do not reflect
deductions for administrative and management costs.

From time to time, in marketing and other literature, a Money Market Portfolio's
performance  may be compared to the  performance  of broad groups of  comparable
mutual funds or unmanaged indexes of comparable securities such as the IBC First
Tier Money Market Index for the Prime and Premier Money Market  Portfolios,  the
IBC U.S. Government and Agency Index for the U.S.  Government  Portfolio and the
IBC Stockbroker and general  purpose funds for the Tax-Exempt  Portfolio.  Yield
and performance  over time may also be compared to the performance of bank money
market deposit accounts and fixed-rate insured certificates of deposit (CDs), or
unmanaged  indices of  securities  that are  comparable to money market funds in
their terms and intent, such as Treasury bills, bankers' acceptances, negotiable
order of  withdrawal  accounts,  and money  market  certificates.  Most bank CDs
differ from money market funds in several  ways:  the interest rate is fixed for
the term of the CD, there are interest  penalties  for early  withdrawal  of the
deposit from a CD, and the deposit principal in a CD is insured by the FDIC.

From time to time,  in  marketing  and  other  literature,  the Bond and  Equity
Portfolios'  performance  may be compared to the  performance of broad groups of
comparable  mutual  funds or unmanaged  indexes of  comparable  securities  with
similar  investment  goals,  as tracked  by  independent  organizations  such as
Investment  Company  Data,  Inc. (an  organization  which  provides  performance
ranking  information  for broad  classes  of mutual  funds),  Lipper  Analytical
Services, Inc. ("Lipper") (a mutual fund research firm which analyzes over 1,800
mutual funds), CDA Investment Technologies, Inc. (an organization which provides
mutual  fund  performance  and  ranking  information),   Morningstar,  Inc.  (an
organization  which  analyzes  over 2,400  mutual  funds) and other  independent
organizations.  When  Lipper's  tracking  results are used, a Portfolio  will be
compared to Lipper's  appropriate fund category,  that is, by fund objective and
portfolio  holdings.  Rankings may be listed among one or more of the asset-size
classes as determined by

                                       43

<PAGE>

Lipper. When other organizations' tracking results are used, a Portfolio will be
compared  to the  appropriate  fund  category,  that is, by fund  objective  and
portfolio holdings, or to the appropriate volatility grouping,  where volatility
is a measure of a fund's risk.

Since the assets in all funds are always  changing,  a  Portfolio  may be ranked
within one asset-size class at one time and in another  asset-size class at some
other time. In addition, the independent organization chosen to rank a Portfolio
in marketing and  promotional  literature may change from time to time depending
upon the  basis of the  independent  organization's  categorizations  of  mutual
funds,  changes  in  a  Portfolio's  investment  policies  and  investments,   a
Portfolio's  asset size and other factors deemed  relevant.  Advertisements  and
other marketing  literature will indicate the time period and Lipper  asset-size
class or other  performance  ranking company  criteria,  as applicable,  for the
ranking in question.

Evaluations of Portfolio  performance  made by  independent  sources may also be
used  in  advertisements  concerning  a  Portfolio,  including  reprints  of  or
selections  from,  editorials  or  articles  about the  Portfolio.  Sources  for
performance   information  and  articles  about  a  Portfolio  may  include  the
following:

BARRON'S,  a Dow Jones and  Company,  Inc.  business and  financial  weekly that
periodically reviews mutual fund performance data.

CDA INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGIES, INC., an organization that provides performance and
ranking  information through examining the dollar results of hypothetical mutual
fund investments and comparing these results against appropriate market indices.

CHANGING  TIMES,  THE  KIPLINGER   MAGAZINE,   a  monthly  investment   advisory
publication  that  periodically   features  the  performance  of  a  variety  of
securities.

CONSUMER  DIGEST, a monthly  business/financial  magazine that includes a "Money
Watch" section featuring financial news.

FINANCIAL WORLD, a general  business/financial  magazine that includes a "Market
Watch" department reporting on activities in the mutual fund industry.

FORBES,  a national  business  publication  that from time to time  reports  the
performance of specific investment companies in the mutual fund industry.

FORTUNE, a national business publication that periodically rates the performance
of a variety of mutual funds.

IBC'S MONEY FUND REPORT, a weekly publication of IBC/Donoghue, Inc., of Ashland,
Massachusetts,  reporting on the performance of the nation's money market funds,
summarizing  money  market fund  activity,  and  including  certain  averages as
performance  benchmarks,  specifically  "IBC's Money Fund  Average,"  and "IBC's
Government Money Fund Average."

IBC'S MONEY FUND  DIRECTORY,  an annual  directory  ranking  money market mutual
funds.

INVESTMENT  COMPANY  DATA,  INC., an  independent  organization  which  provides
performance ranking information for broad classes of mutual funds.

INVESTOR'S  DAILY, a daily  newspaper  that features  financial,  economic,  and
business news.

LIPPER ANALYTICAL  SERVICES,  INC.'S MUTUAL FUND PERFORMANCE  ANALYSIS, a weekly
publication of industry-wide mutual fund averages by type of fund.

MONEY,  a monthly  magazine that from time to time features both specific  funds
and the mutual fund industry as a whole.

                                       44

<PAGE>

MUTUAL FUND VALUES,  a biweekly  Morningstar,  Inc.  publication  that  provides
ratings  of  mutual  funds  based  on  fund   performance   risk  and  portfolio
characteristics.

THE NEW YORK TIMES, a nationally  distributed  newspaper which regularly  covers
financial news.

PERSONAL  INVESTING  NEWS,  a monthly  news  publication  that often  reports on
investment opportunities and market conditions.

PERSONAL  INVESTOR,  a monthly investment  advisory  publication that includes a
"Mutual Funds Outlook" section  reporting on mutual fund  performance  measures,
yields, indices and portfolio holdings.

SUCCESS,  a monthly magazine  targeted to the world of entrepreneurs and growing
business, often featuring mutual fund performance data.

USA TODAY, the nation's number one daily newspaper.

U.S. NEWS AND WORLD REPORT, a national business weekly that periodically reports
mutual fund performance data.

WALL STREET  JOURNAL,  a Dow Jones and Company,  Inc.  newspaper  that regularly
covers financial news.

WIESENBERGER  INVESTMENT COMPANIES SERVICES, an annual compendium of information
about mutual funds and other investment companies, including comparative data on
funds' backgrounds,  management policies, salient features,  management results,
income and dividend records, and price ranges.


                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Each  Portfolio's  audited  financial   statements  and  the  audited  financial
statements of its corresponding  Series for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999,
including notes thereto and the report of  __________thereon,  are  incorporated
herein by reference to the Portfolio's Annual Report to Shareholders.


                                       45


<PAGE>





                                   APPENDIX A
            OPTIONS, FUTURES AND FORWARD CURRENCY CONTRACT STRATEGIES


REGULATION  OF  THE  USE OF  OPTIONS,  FUTURES  AND  FORWARD  CURRENCY  CONTRACT
STRATEGIES.   As  discussed  in  the  prospectus,   in  managing  a  Portfolio's
corresponding  Series,  the  adviser  or  the  sub-advisers  (for  International
Multi-Manager  Series)  may  engage in  certain  options,  futures  and  forward
currency contract  strategies for certain bona fide hedging,  risk management or
other portfolio  management  purposes.  Certain special  characteristics  of and
risks  associated  with using  these  strategies  are  discussed  below.  Use of
options,  futures  and  forward  currency  contracts  is subject  to  applicable
regulations  and/or  interpretations  of the  SEC and the  several  options  and
futures  exchanges  upon which  these  instruments  may be traded.  The Board of
Trustees has adopted  investment  guidelines  (described below) reflecting these
regulations.

In addition to the products,  strategies  and risks  described  below and in the
prospectus,   the  adviser  expects  to  discover  additional  opportunities  in
connection  with  options,  futures and forward  currency  contracts.  These new
opportunities  may become  available as new  techniques  develop,  as regulatory
authorities  broaden the range of  permitted  transactions  and as new  options,
futures and forward currency contracts are developed. These opportunities may be
utilized  to the extent they are  consistent  with each  Portfolio's  investment
objective and  limitations and permitted by applicable  regulatory  authorities.
The registration statement for the Portfolios will be supplemented to the extent
that new products and strategies involve  materially  different risks than those
described below and in the prospectus.

COVER REQUIREMENTS.  The Series will not use leverage in their options, futures,
and in the case of the International  Multi-Manager Series, its forward currency
contract  strategies.  Accordingly,  the  Series  will  comply  with  guidelines
established  by the SEC with respect to coverage of these  strategies  by either
(1)  setting  aside  cash  or  liquid,   unencumbered,   daily  marked-to-market
securities  in one  or  more  segregated  accounts  with  the  custodian  in the
prescribed  amount;  or (2)  holding  securities  or other  options  or  futures
contracts  whose  values are  expected  to offset  ("cover")  their  obligations
thereunder.  Securities,  currencies, or other options or futures contracts used
for cover cannot be sold or closed out while these  strategies are  outstanding,
unless  they  are  replaced  with  similar  assets.  As  a  result,  there  is a
possibility  that the use of cover  involving a large  percentage of the Series'
assets  could  impede  portfolio  management,  or the  Series'  ability  to meet
redemption requests or other current obligations.

OPTIONS  STRATEGIES.  With  the  exception  of the  International  Multi-Manager
Series,  a Series may purchase and write (sell) only those options on securities
and  securities  indices  that are  traded  on U.S.  exchanges.  Exchange-traded
options in the U.S. are issued by a clearing  organization  affiliated  with the
exchange, on which the option is listed, which, in effect, guarantees completion
of every  exchange-traded  option transaction.  The International  Multi-Manager
Series may purchase and write (sell)  options only on securities  and securities
indices that are traded on foreign exchanges.

Each Series may purchase call options on securities in which it is authorized to
invest in order to fix the cost of a future  purchase.  Call options also may be
used as a means of  enhancing  returns  by,  for  example,  participating  in an
anticipated price increase of a security. In the event of a decline in the price
of the  underlying  security,  use of this  strategy  would  serve to limit  the
potential  loss to the Series to the option  premium  paid;  conversely,  if the
market price of the underlying  security  increases above the exercise price and
the Series either sells or exercises the option, any profit eventually  realized
would be reduced by the premium paid.

Each Series may  purchase  put options on  securities  that it holds in order to
hedge against a decline in the market value of the securities held or to enhance
return. The put option enables the Series to sell the underlying security at the
predetermined  exercise price;  thus, the potential for loss to the Series below
the exercise price is limited to the option premium paid. If the market price of
the underlying security is higher than the exercise price of the put option, any
profit the Series realizes on the sale of the security is reduced by the premium
paid for the put option less any amount for which the put option may be sold.

Each  Series may on  certain  occasions  wish to hedge  against a decline in the
market  value of  securities  that it holds at a time when put  options on those
particular securities are not available for purchase. At those times, the Series
may purchase a put option on other carefully selected  securities in which it is
authorized  to invest,  the

                                      A-1

<PAGE>



values of which  historically have a high degree of positive  correlation to the
value of the  securities  actually  held. If the adviser's  judgment is correct,
changes in the value of the put options should  generally  offset changes in the
value of the securities being hedged.  However,  the correlation between the two
values may not be as close in these  transactions  as in transactions in which a
Series  purchases a put option on a security that it holds.  If the value of the
securities  underlying  the put option  falls  below the value of the  portfolio
securities, the put option may not provide complete protection against a decline
in the value of the portfolio securities.

Each  Series  may  write  covered  call  options  on  securities  in which it is
authorized to invest for hedging  purposes or to increase  return in the form of
premiums  received from the  purchasers of the options.  A call option gives the
purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the writer (seller) the obligation
to sell, the underlying security at the exercise price during the option period.
The strategy may be used to provide limited protection against a decrease in the
market price of the  security,  in an amount  equal to the premium  received for
writing the call option less any transaction costs. Thus, if the market price of
the underlying  security held by the Series declines,  the amount of the decline
will be offset  wholly or in part by the amount of the  premium  received by the
Series. If, however,  there is an increase in the market price of the underlying
security and the option is  exercised,  the Series will be obligated to sell the
security at less than its market value.

Each  Series may also write  covered put  options on  securities  in which it is
authorized  to invest.  A put option gives the purchaser of the option the right
to sell, and the writer (seller) the obligation to buy, the underlying  security
at the exercise price during the option period. So long as the obligation of the
writer  continues,  the  writer  may  be  assigned  an  exercise  notice  by the
broker-dealer through whom such option was sold, requiring it to make payment of
the exercise price against delivery of the underlying security. The operation of
put options in other  respects,  including  their related risks and rewards,  is
substantially  identical  to that  of call  options.  If the put  option  is not
exercised, the Series will realize income in the amount of the premium received.
This technique  could be used to enhance current return during periods of market
uncertainty.  The risk in such a  transaction  would be that the market price of
the  underlying  securities  would  decline  below the  exercise  price less the
premiums received, in which case the Series would expect to suffer a loss.

Each Series may  purchase  put and call  options and write  covered put and call
options  on  indexes  in much the same  manner as the more  traditional  options
discussed above,  except that index options may serve as a hedge against overall
fluctuations  in  the  securities  markets  (or a  market  sector)  rather  than
anticipated  increases or decreases  in the value of a particular  security.  An
index assigns values to the securities included in the index and fluctuates with
changes in such values.  Settlements  of index  options are  effected  with cash
payments and do not involve delivery of securities.  Thus, upon settlement of an
index  option,  the purchaser  will realize,  and the writer will pay, an amount
based on the difference  between the exercise price and the closing price of the
index. The  effectiveness of hedging  techniques using index options will depend
on the extent to which price  movements  in the index  selected  correlate  with
price movements of the securities in which a Series invests. Perfect correlation
is not possible because the securities held or to be acquired by the Series will
not exactly match the  composition  of indexes on which options are purchased or
written.

Each Series may purchase and write covered straddles on securities or indexes. A
long  straddle  is a  combination  of a call  and a put  purchased  on the  same
security  where  the  exercise  price  of the put is less  than or  equal to the
exercise price on the call. The Series would enter into a long straddle when the
adviser  believes that it is likely that prices will be more volatile during the
term of the options than is implied by the option pricing. A short straddle is a
combination  of a call and a put written on the same security where the exercise
price on the put is less than or equal to the  exercise  price of the call where
the same issue of the  security is  considered  "cover" for both the put and the
call.  The Series would enter into a short  straddle  when the adviser  believes
that it is  unlikely  that  prices  will be as  volatile  during the term of the
options as is implied by the option  pricing.  In such case, the Series will set
aside cash and/or liquid,  unencumbered  securities in a segregated account with
its  custodian  equivalent  in value to the amount,  if any, by which the put is
"in-the-money,"  that is,  that  amount by which the  exercise  price of the put
exceeds the current market value of the underlying  security.  Because straddles
involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more
difficult to open and close out.

Each Series may purchase put and call warrants  with values that vary  depending
on the change in the value of one or more specified indexes ("index  warrants").
An index warrant is usually issued by a bank or other financial  institution and
gives the Series  the right,  at any time  during  the term of the  warrant,  to
receive  upon  exercise  of

                                      A-2
<PAGE>

the warrant a cash payment from the issuer of the warrant  based on the value of
the underlying  index at the time of exercise.  In general,  if a Series holds a
call  warrant and the value of the  underlying  index  rises above the  exercise
price of the warrant, the Series will be entitled to receive a cash payment from
the issuer upon exercise based on the difference  between the value of the index
and the exercise price of the warrant; if the Series holds a put warrant and the
value of the  underlying  index falls,  the Series will be entitled to receive a
cash payment from the issuer upon exercise based on the  difference  between the
exercise  price of the warrant and the value of the index.  The Series holding a
call warrant  would not be entitled to any payments  from the issuer at any time
when the exercise price is greater than the value of the underlying  index;  the
Series  holding a put warrant  would not be entitled  to any  payments  when the
exercise  price is less than the value of the  underlying  index.  If the Series
does not  exercise an index  warrant  prior to its  expiration,  then the Series
loses the amount of the purchase price that it paid for the warrant.

Each Series will normally use index  warrants as it may use index  options.  The
risks of the  Series'  use of index  warrants  are  generally  similar  to those
relating to its use of index options. Unlike most index options,  however, index
warrants are issued in limited  amounts and are not  obligations  of a regulated
clearing  agency,  but  are  backed  only by the  credit  of the  bank or  other
institution which issues the warrant. Also, index warrants generally have longer
terms than index options. Index warrants are not likely to be as liquid as index
options backed by a recognized clearing agency. In addition,  the terms of index
warrants  may limit the Series'  ability to exercise the warrants at any time or
in any quantity.

OPTIONS  GUIDELINES.  In  view  of the  risks  involved  in  using  the  options
strategies  described  above,  each Series has adopted the following  investment
guidelines  to  govern  its  use of such  strategies;  these  guidelines  may be
modified by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval:

                  (1)      each Series will write only covered options, and each
                           such option will remain covered so long as the Series
                           is obligated thereby; and

                  (2)      no Series will write  options  (whether on securities
                           or securities  indexes) if aggregate  exercise prices
                           of previous  written  outstanding  options,  together
                           with  the   value  of   assets   used  to  cover  all
                           outstanding positions,  would exceed 25% of its total
                           net assets.

SPECIAL  CHARACTERISTICS  AND RISKS OF OPTIONS TRADING. A Series may effectively
terminate  its right or  obligation  under an option by entering  into a closing
transaction.  If a Series wishes to terminate its obligation to purchase or sell
securities under a put or a call option it has written,  the Series may purchase
a put or a call option of the same series  (that is, an option  identical in its
terms to the option  previously  written).  This is known as a closing  purchase
transaction.  Conversely,  in order to  terminate  its right to purchase or sell
specified  securities under a call or put option it has purchased,  a Series may
sell an option of the same series as the option held. This is known as a closing
sale transaction.  Closing  transactions  essentially permit a Series to realize
profits  or limit  losses on its  options  positions  prior to the  exercise  or
expiration  of the  option.  If a Series is unable to effect a closing  purchase
transaction  with  respect to options it has  acquired,  the Series will have to
allow the options to expire  without  recovering  all or a portion of the option
premiums  paid. If a Series is unable to effect a closing  purchase  transaction
with respect to covered  options it has written,  the Series will not be able to
sell the  underlying  securities  or dispose of assets  used as cover  until the
options expire or are exercised,  and the Series may experience  material losses
due to losses on the option transaction itself and in the covering securities.

In considering  the use of options to enhance  returns or for hedging  purposes,
particular note should be taken of the following:

         (1)      The value of an option  position  will  reflect,  among  other
                  things, the current market price of the underlying security or
                  index, the time remaining until  expiration,  the relationship
                  of the  exercise  price to the market  price,  the  historical
                  price  volatility  of the  underlying  security or index,  and
                  general market conditions. For this reason, the successful use
                  of options depends upon the adviser's  ability to forecast the
                  direction of price  fluctuations in the underlying  securities
                  markets or, in the case of index options,  fluctuations in the
                  market sector represented by the selected index.

                                      A-3

<PAGE>

         (2)      Options  normally have expiration  dates of up to three years.
                  An American  style put or call option may be  exercised at any
                  time during the option  period  while a European  style put or
                  call option may be exercised only upon  expiration or during a
                  fixed period prior to  expiration.  The exercise  price of the
                  options  may be below,  equal to or above the  current  market
                  value of the underlying  security or index.  Purchased options
                  that  expire  unexercised  have no  value.  Unless  an  option
                  purchased  by the  Series  is  exercised  or  unless a closing
                  transaction  is effected  with respect to that  position,  the
                  Series will  realize a loss in the amount of the premium  paid
                  and any transaction costs.

         (3)      A position in an exchange-listed option may be closed out only
                  on an exchange that provides a secondary  market for identical
                  options. Although the Series intends to purchase or write only
                  those exchange-traded  options for which there appears to be a
                  liquid secondary  market,  there is no assurance that a liquid
                  secondary  market will exist for any particular  option at any
                  particular  time. A liquid  market may be absent if: (i) there
                  is  insufficient  trading  interest  in the  option;  (ii) the
                  exchange has imposed restrictions on trading,  such as trading
                  halts, trading suspensions or daily price limits; (iii) normal
                  exchange operations have been disrupted;  or (iv) the exchange
                  has inadequate facilities to handle current trading volume.

         (4)      With certain  exceptions,  exchange  listed options  generally
                  settle by physical delivery of the underlying security.  Index
                  options are settled exclusively in cash for the net amount, if
                  any, by which the option is "in-the-money" (where the value of
                  the  underlying  instrument  exceeds,  in the  case  of a call
                  option,  or is less  than,  in the case of a put  option,  the
                  exercise  price  of the  option)  at the time  the  option  is
                  exercised. If the Series writes a call option on an index, the
                  Series  will  not  know in  advance  the  difference,  if any,
                  between the closing  value of the index on the  exercise  date
                  and the exercise price of the call option itself and thus will
                  not know the amount of cash  payable upon  settlement.  If the
                  Series  holds an index  option  and  exercises  it before  the
                  closing index value for that day is available, the Series runs
                  the  risk  that  the  level  of  the   underlying   index  may
                  subsequently change.

         (5)      A Series'  activities  in the options  markets may result in a
                  higher Series  turnover rate and additional  brokerage  costs;
                  however,  the  Series  also may save on  commissions  by using
                  options as a hedge  rather than  buying or selling  individual
                  securities  in  anticipation  of,  or as a result  of,  market
                  movements.

FUTURES  AND  RELATED  OPTIONS  STRATEGIES.  Each  Series  may engage in futures
strategies  for certain  non-trading  bona fide  hedging,  risk  management  and
portfolio management purposes.

Each Series may sell  securities  index futures  contracts in  anticipation of a
general market or market sector decline that could  adversely  affect the market
value of the  Series'  securities  holdings.  To the extent  that a portion of a
Series' holdings  correlate with a given index, the sale of futures contracts on
that index  could  reduce the risks  associated  with a market  decline and thus
provide an alternative to the liquidation of securities positions.  For example,
if a Series  correctly  anticipates  a general  market  decline  and sells index
futures to hedge  against  this risk,  the gain in the futures  position  should
offset some or all of the decline in the value of the Series' holdings. A Series
may purchase  index futures  contracts if a significant  market or market sector
advance is anticipated.  Such a purchase of a futures  contract would serve as a
temporary  substitute for the purchase of the underlying  securities,  which may
then be purchased,  in an orderly fashion. This strategy may minimize the effect
of all or part of an increase in the market  price of  securities  that a Series
intends to purchase.  A rise in the price of the securities should be in part or
wholly offset by gains in the futures position.

As in the case of a purchase of an index futures contract, a Series may purchase
a call option on an index futures  contract to hedge against a market advance in
securities  that the Series  plans to acquire at a future  date.  The Series may
write covered put options on index futures as a partial  anticipatory hedge, and
may write  covered call options on index  futures as a partial  hedge  against a
decline in the prices of  securities  held by the Series.  This is  analogous to
writing  covered  call options on  securities.  The Series also may purchase put
options on index futures contracts. The purchase of put options on index futures
contracts is analogous to the purchase of

                                      A-4

<PAGE>
protective put options on individual  securities  where a level of protection is
sought below which no additional economic loss would be incurred by the Series.

The  International  Multi-Manager  Series  may  sell  foreign  currency  futures
contracts to hedge against possible  variations in the exchange rates of foreign
currencies  in relation to the U.S.  dollar.  In  addition,  the Series may sell
foreign  currency  futures  contracts  when a sub-adviser  anticipates a general
weakening of foreign  currency  exchange rates that could  adversely  affect the
market values of the Series' foreign securities holdings. In this case, the sale
of  futures  contracts  on the  underlying  currency  may reduce the risk to the
Series of a reduction in market value caused by foreign  currency  exchange rate
variations  and,  by so doing,  provide an  alternative  to the  liquidation  of
securities  positions  and  resulting  transaction  costs.  When  a  sub-adviser
anticipates  a  significant   foreign  currency  exchange  rate  increase  while
intending to invest in a security  denominated in that currency,  the Series may
purchase a foreign  currency  futures  contract to hedge  against that  increase
pending completion of the anticipated  transaction.  Such a purchase would serve
as a  temporary  measure to protect  the Series  against any rise in the foreign
exchange rate that may add  additional  costs to acquiring the foreign  security
position.  The Series may also purchase call or put options on foreign  currency
futures  contracts to obtain a fixed foreign  exchange rate at limited risk. The
Series may  purchase a call  option on a foreign  currency  futures  contract to
hedge against a rise in the foreign exchange rate while intending to invest in a
security  denominated in that  currency.  The Series may purchase put options on
foreign currency  futures  contracts as a partial hedge against a decline in the
foreign  exchange rates or the value of its foreign  portfolio  securities.  The
Series  may write a call  option on a foreign  currency  futures  contract  as a
partial hedge  against the effects of declining  foreign  exchange  rates on the
value of foreign securities.

FUTURES AND RELATED OPTIONS  GUIDELINES.  In view of the risks involved in using
the futures  strategies  that are described  above,  each Series has adopted the
following investment guidelines to govern its use of such strategies.  The Board
of Trustees may modify these guidelines without shareholder vote.

                  (1)      The  Series  will  engage  only  in  covered  futures
                           transactions,  and each such  transaction will remain
                           covered so long as the Series is obligated thereby.

                  (2)      The  Series   will  not  write   options  on  futures
                           contracts if aggregate  exercise prices of previously
                           written outstanding options (whether on securities or
                           securities  indexes),  together  with  the  value  of
                           assets   used  to  cover  all   outstanding   futures
                           positions, would exceed 25% of its total net assets.

SPECIAL  CHARACTERISTICS  AND RISKS OF FUTURES AND RELATED OPTIONS  TRADING.  No
price is paid upon entering into a futures contract. Instead, upon entering into
a futures  contract,  a Series is required to deposit with its  custodian,  in a
segregated  account  in  the  name  of  the  futures  broker  through  whom  the
transaction is effected,  an amount of cash, U.S. Government securities or other
liquid  instruments  generally equal to 10% or less of the contract value.  This
amount is known as "initial  margin."  When  writing a call or a put option on a
futures  contract,  margin also must be deposited in accordance  with applicable
exchange  rules.  Unlike margin in securities  transactions,  initial  margin on
futures   contracts   does  not  involve   borrowing   to  finance  the  futures
transactions. Rather, initial margin on a futures contract is in the nature of a
performance  bond or  good-faith  deposit on the contract  that is returned to a
Series upon termination of the  transaction,  assuming all obligations have been
satisfied.  Under certain circumstances,  such as periods of high volatility,  a
Series  may be  required  by a futures  exchange  to  increase  the level of its
initial  margin  payment.  Additionally,  initial  margin  requirements  may  be
increased  generally in the future by regulatory  action.  Subsequent  payments,
called "variation  margin," to and from the broker, are made on a daily basis as
the value of the futures or options position varies, a process known as "marking
to market." For example, when a Series purchases a contract and the value of the
contract rises,  the Series receives from the broker a variation  margin payment
equal to that  increase  in  value.  Conversely,  if the  value  of the  futures
position  declines,  a Series is required to make a variation  margin payment to
the broker  equal to the  decline in value.  Variation  margin  does not involve
borrowing  to finance the futures  transaction,  but rather  represents  a daily
settlement of a Series' obligations to or from a clearing organization.


Buyers and  sellers of futures  positions  and  options  thereon  can enter into
offsetting closing  transactions,  similar to closing transactions on options on
securities,  by selling or purchasing an offsetting contract or option.  Futures

                                      A-5
<PAGE>

contracts or options thereon may be closed only on an exchange or board of trade
providing a secondary market for such futures contracts or options.

Under certain circumstances, futures exchanges may establish daily limits on the
amount that the price of a futures contract or related option may vary either up
or down from the previous day's settlement  price. Once the daily limit has been
reached  in a  particular  contract,  no trades  may be made that day at a price
beyond  that  limit.  The daily  limit  governs  only price  movements  during a
particular  trading day and therefore does not limit potential  losses,  because
prices could move to the daily limit for several  consecutive  trading days with
little or no trading and  thereby  prevent  prompt  liquidation  of  unfavorable
positions.  In such  event,  it may not be  possible  for the  Series to close a
position and, in the event of adverse price movements,  the Series would have to
make daily cash  payments of variation  margin  (except in the case of purchased
options).  However,  if  futures  contracts  have been  used to hedge  portfolio
securities,  such  securities  will  not be  sold  until  the  contracts  can be
terminated.  In such circumstances,  an increase in the price of the securities,
if any,  may  partially or  completely  offset  losses on the futures  contract.
However,  there is no guarantee that the price of the securities  will, in fact,
correlate  with the price  movements in the contracts and thus provide an offset
to losses on the contracts.

In  considering  a  Series'  use  of  futures  contracts  and  related  options,
particular note should be taken of the following:

         (1)      Successful  use by a Series of futures  contracts  and related
                  options  will  depend  upon the  adviser's  ability to predict
                  movements in the direction of the  securities  markets,  which
                  requires  different  skills  and  techniques  than  predicting
                  changes  in the  prices of  individual  securities.  Moreover,
                  futures  contracts  relate not only to the current price level
                  of the underlying  securities,  but also to anticipated  price
                  levels at some point in the future. There is, in addition, the
                  risk that the  movements in the price of the futures  contract
                  will not  correlate  with the  movements  in the prices of the
                  securities being hedged. For example, if the price of an index
                  futures  contract  moves less than the price of the securities
                  that are the subject of the hedge, the hedge will not be fully
                  effective, but if the price of the securities being hedged has
                  moved in an  unfavorable  direction,  a  Series  would be in a
                  better position than if it had not hedged at all. If the price
                  of the  securities  being  hedged  has  moved  in a  favorable
                  direction,  the advantage may be partially offset by losses in
                  the  futures   position.   In   addition,   if  a  Series  has
                  insufficient  cash,  it may have to sell  assets to meet daily
                  variation margin requirements.  Any such sale of assets may or
                  may  not be made at  prices  that  reflect  a  rising  market.
                  Consequently,  a Series may need to sell assets at a time when
                  such sales are  disadvantageous to the Series. If the price of
                  the  futures  contract  moves  more  than  the  price  of  the
                  underlying securities,  a Series will experience either a loss
                  or a gain  on the  futures  contract  that  may or may  not be
                  completely  offset by movements in the price of the securities
                  that are the subject of the hedge.

         (2)      In addition to the possibility  that there may be an imperfect
                  correlation, or no correlation at all, between price movements
                  in the  futures  position  and the  securities  being  hedged,
                  movements in the prices of futures contracts may not correlate
                  perfectly   with   movements  in  the  prices  of  the  hedged
                  securities  due to price  distortions  in the futures  market.
                  There may be  several  reasons  unrelated  to the value of the
                  underlying  securities  that  cause this  situation  to occur.
                  First, as noted above,  all participants in the futures market
                  are subject to initial and variation margin requirements.  If,
                  to avoid meeting additional margin deposit requirements or for
                  other reasons,  investors choose to close a significant number
                  of  futures   contracts   through   offsetting   transactions,
                  distortions  in the  normal  price  relationship  between  the
                  securities and the futures markets may occur. Second,  because
                  the margin deposit requirements in the futures market are less
                  onerous than margin  requirements  in the  securities  market,
                  there may be increased  participation  by  speculators  in the
                  futures  market.  Such  speculative  activity  in the  futures
                  market  also  may  cause  temporary  price  distortions.  As a
                  result,  a correct  forecast of general  market trends may not
                  result  in  successful  hedging  through  the  use of  futures
                  contracts  over the short term.  In  addition,  activities  of
                  large  traders  in both the  futures  and  securities  markets
                  involving arbitrage and other investment strategies may result
                  in temporary price distortions.

                                      A-6

<PAGE>
         (3)      Positions  in futures  contracts  may be closed out only on an
                  exchange or board of trade that  provides a  secondary  market
                  for such futures  contracts.  Although each Series  intends to
                  purchase and sell futures only on exchanges or boards of trade
                  where there appears to be an active secondary market, there is
                  no assurance that a liquid  secondary market on an exchange or
                  board of trade will exist for any  particular  contract at any
                  particular  time.  In such  event,  it may not be  possible to
                  close a futures  position,  and in the event of adverse  price
                  movements,  a Series  would  continue  to be  required to make
                  variation margin payments.

         (4)      Like options on securities,  options on futures contracts have
                  limited  life.  The ability to establish and close out options
                  on futures will be subject to the  development and maintenance
                  of liquid  secondary  markets  on the  relevant  exchanges  or
                  boards of trade.  There can be no certainty  that such markets
                  for all options on futures contracts will develop.

         (5)      Purchasers  of options on futures  contracts  pay a premium in
                  cash at the time of purchase.  This amount and the transaction
                  costs are all that is at risk.  Sellers  of options on futures
                  contracts,  however,  must post initial margin and are subject
                  to additional  margin calls that could be  substantial  in the
                  event of adverse price  movements.  In addition,  although the
                  maximum amount at risk when the Series  purchases an option is
                  the  premium  paid for the option and the  transaction  costs,
                  there may be circumstances when the purchase of an option on a
                  futures contract would result in a loss to the Series when the
                  use of a futures  contract would not, such as when there is no
                  movement  in the level of the  underlying  index  value or the
                  securities or currencies being hedged.

         (6)      As is the case  with  options,  a  Series'  activities  in the
                  futures markets may result in a higher portfolio turnover rate
                  and  additional   transaction  costs  in  the  form  of  added
                  brokerage  commissions.  However,  a  Series  also may save on
                  commissions by using futures contracts or options thereon as a
                  hedge rather than buying or selling  individual  securities in
                  anticipation of, or as a result of, market movements.

HEDGING STRATEGIES. The International Multi-Manager Series' sub-advisers may use
forward currency contracts, options and futures contracts and related options to
attempt to hedge  securities held by the Series.  There can be no assurance that
such efforts will succeed. Hedging strategies, if successful, can reduce risk of
loss by wholly or partially  offsetting the negative effect of unfavorable price
movements in the investments being hedged. However,  hedging strategies can also
reduce opportunity for gain by offsetting the positive effect of favorable price
movements in the hedged investment.

The International Multi-Manager Series may enter into forward currency contracts
either with  respect to  specific  transactions  or with  respect to the Series'
positions.  When WTC or a sub-adviser  believes  that a particular  currency may
decline  compared  to the U.S.  dollar,  the  Series  may  enter  into a forward
contract to sell the  currency  that the adviser or the  sub-adviser  expects to
decline  in an  amount  approximating  the  value of some or all of the  Series'
securities  denominated  in that  currency.  Such contracts may only involve the
sale of a foreign currency against the U.S. dollar. In addition, when the Series
anticipates  purchasing  or  selling a  security,  it may  enter  into a forward
currency  contract in order to set the rate (either  relative to the U.S. dollar
or another  currency) at which a currency  exchange  transaction  related to the
purchase or sale will be made.

The  International  Multi-Manager  Series also may sell (write) and purchase put
and call options and futures contracts and related options on foreign currencies
to hedge against  movements in exchange  rates relative to the U.S.  dollar.  In
addition,  the Series may write and purchase put and call options on  securities
and stock  indexes to hedge  against the risk of  fluctuations  in the prices of
securities  held by the Series or which the adviser or a sub-adviser  intends to
include in the  portfolio.  Stock index options  serve to hedge against  overall
fluctuations  in the  securities  markets rather than  anticipated  increases or
decreases  in the value of a particular  security.  The Series also may sell and
purchase stock index futures  contracts and related options to protect against a
general stock market decline that could adversely affect the Series'  securities
or to hedge against a general  stock market or market  sector  advance to lessen
the cost of future  securities  acquisitions.  The Series may use interest  rate
futures  contracts and related  options thereon to hedge the debt portion of its
portfolio against changes in the general level of interest rates.

                                      A-7
<PAGE>
The International  Multi-Manager Series will not enter into an options,  futures
or  forward  currency  contract  transaction  that  exposes  the  Series  to  an
obligation  to another  party  unless the Series  either (i) owns an  offsetting
("covered")  position in  securities,  currencies,  options,  futures or forward
currency  contracts or (ii) has cash,  receivables and liquid  securities with a
value  sufficient at all times to cover its potential  obligations to the extent
not covered as provided in (i) above.

SPECIAL RISKS RELATED TO FOREIGN CURRENCY OPTIONS AND FUTURES CONTRACTS

Options and futures contracts on foreign currencies are affected by all of those
factors that influence  foreign  exchange rates and investments  generally.  The
value of a foreign currency option or futures contract depends upon the value of
the underlying  currency relative to the U.S. dollar. As a result,  the price of
the International Multi-Manager Series' position in a foreign currency option or
currency  contract  may  vary  with  changes  in the  value  of  either  or both
currencies and may have no  relationship  to the investment  merits of a foreign
security.  Because  foreign  currency  transactions  occurring in the  interbank
market involve  substantially  larger amounts than those that may be involved in
the use of foreign  currency options or futures  transactions,  investors may be
disadvantaged  by having to deal in an odd lot market  (generally  consisting of
transactions of less than $1 million) at prices that are less favorable than for
round lots.

There is no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign currencies
or any regulatory requirement that quotations available through dealers or other
market  sources  be firm or  revised on a timely  basis.  Quotation  information
available  is  generally  representative  of  very  large  transactions  in  the
interbank market and thus may not reflect relatively smaller  transactions (that
is,  less than $1  million)  where rates may be less  favorable.  The  interbank
market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock market. To the extent
that the U.S.  options or futures  markets are closed  while the markets for the
underlying currencies remain open, significant price and rate movements may take
place in the  underlying  markets  that  cannot be  reflected  in the options or
futures markets until they reopen.

         As  with  other  options  and  futures  positions,   the  International
Multi-Manager  Series'  ability to  establish  and close out such  positions  in
foreign  currencies is subject to the maintenance of a liquid secondary  market.
Trading of some such positions is relatively  new.  Although the Series will not
purchase  or write such  positions  unless and until,  in the  adviser's  or the
sub-adviser's  opinion, the market for them has developed sufficiently to ensure
that the risks in connection  with such positions are not greater than the risks
in connection  with the  underlying  currency,  there can be no assurance that a
liquid secondary  market will exist for a particular  option or futures contract
at any specific time. Moreover,  the Series will not enter into OTC options that
are illiquid if, as a result,  more than 15% of its net assets would be invested
in illiquid securities.

Settlement of a foreign  currency futures contract must occur within the country
issuing the underlying  currency.  Thus, the Series must accept or make delivery
of the  underlying  foreign  currency  in  accordance  with any U.S.  or foreign
restrictions  or  regulations  regarding  the  maintenance  of  foreign  banking
arrangements by U.S.  residents,  and it may be required to pay any fees,  taxes
and  charges  associated  with such  delivery  that are  assessed in the issuing
country.

FORWARD  CURRENCY  CONTRACTS.  The  International  Multi-Manager  Series may use
forward currency contracts to protect against uncertainty in the level of future
foreign currency exchange rates.

The Series may enter into forward  currency  contracts  with respect to specific
transactions.  For  example,  when the Series  enters  into a  contract  for the
purchase or sale of a security  denominated in a foreign currency or anticipates
the receipt in a foreign currency of dividend or interest payments on a security
that it holds or anticipates purchasing,  the Series may desire to "lock in" the
U.S. dollar price of the security or the U.S. dollar equivalent of such payment,
as the case may be, by  entering  into a forward  contract  for the sale,  for a
fixed amount of U.S. dollars,  of the amount of foreign currency involved in the
underlying  transaction.  The Series  will  thereby  be able to  protect  itself
against a possible loss  resulting  from an adverse  change in the  relationship
between the currency  exchange rates during the period between the date on which
the security is purchased or sold, or on which the payment is declared,  and the
date on which such payments are made or received.

The Series also may hedge by using forward currency contracts in connection with
portfolio  positions to lock in the U.S.  dollar value of those  positions or to
increase its exposure to foreign currencies that the adviser or the

                                      A-8
<PAGE>

sub-advisers believe may rise in value relative to the U.S. dollar. For example,
when the adviser or the  sub-advisers  believe that the currency of a particular
foreign country may suffer a substantial decline relative to the U.S. dollar, it
may enter  into a forward  contract  to sell the  amount of the  former  foreign
currency  approximating  the  value  of  some or all of the  Series'  securities
holdings denominated in such foreign currency.

The  precise  matching  of the  forward  contract  amounts  and the value of the
securities  involved will not generally be possible  because the future value of
such  securities in foreign  currencies  will change as a consequence  of market
movements in the value of those securities between the date the forward contract
is entered into and the date it matures.  Accordingly,  it may be necessary  for
the Series to purchase  additional  foreign currency on the spot (that is, cash)
market  (and bear the  expense  of such  purchase)  if the  market  value of the
security is less than the amount of foreign  currency the Series is obligated to
deliver and if a decision is made to sell the security and make  delivery of the
foreign  currency.  Conversely,  it may be  necessary to sell on the spot market
some of the foreign  currency  received upon the sale of the security holding if
the market  value of the  security  exceeds the amount of foreign  currency  the
Series is obligated to deliver.  The  projection of short-term  currency  market
movements is extremely  difficult and the  successful  execution of a short-term
hedging strategy is highly  uncertain.  Forward  contracts involve the risk that
anticipated  currency movements might not be accurately  predicted,  causing the
Series to sustain losses on these contracts and transaction  costs. Under normal
circumstances,  consideration  of the  prospect for  currency  parities  will be
incorporated  into the  longer-term  investment  decisions  made with  regard to
overall  diversification  strategies.  However, the adviser and the sub-advisers
believe that it is important to have the  flexibility to enter into such forward
contracts  when it  determines  that the best  interests  of the Series  will be
served.

At or before the maturity  date of a forward  contract  requiring  the Series to
sell a currency,  the Series may either sell a security holding and use the sale
proceeds to make  delivery of the currency or retain the security and offset its
contractual  obligation to deliver the currency by purchasing a second  contract
pursuant to which the Series will obtain,  on the same maturity  date,  the same
amount of the currency  that it is obligated to deliver.  Similarly,  the Series
may close out a forward contract  requiring it to purchase a specified  currency
by entering into a second  contract  entitling it to sell the same amount of the
same  currency on the  maturity  date of the first  contract.  The Series  would
realize a gain or loss as a result of entering into such an  offsetting  forward
currency  contract under either  circumstance to the extent the exchange rate or
rates between the currencies  involved moved between the execution  dates of the
first contract and the offsetting contract.

The cost to the Series of engaging  in forward  currency  contracts  varies with
factors such as the currencies  involved,  the length of the contract period and
the market  conditions then prevailing.  Because forward currency  contracts are
usually entered into on a principal  basis, no fees or commissions are involved.
The use of forward  currency  contracts does not eliminate  fluctuations  in the
prices of the underlying  securities the Series owns or intends to acquire,  but
it does  fix a rate of  exchange  in  advance.  In  addition,  although  forward
currency  contracts  limit the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the
hedged  currencies,  at the same time they limit any  potential  gain that might
result should the value of the currencies increase.

Although the Series  values its assets daily in terms of U.S.  dollars,  it does
not intend to convert its holdings of foreign  currencies into U.S. dollars on a
daily basis.  The Series may convert  foreign  currency  from time to time,  and
investors should be aware of the costs of currency conversion.  Although foreign
exchange  dealers do not charge a fee for  conversion,  they do realize a profit
based on the difference  between the prices at which they are buying and selling
various  currencies.  Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to the
Series at one rate,  while offering a lesser rate of exchange  should the Series
desire to resell that currency to the dealer.

                                      A-9

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX B

                             DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS

Moody's and S&P are private  services that provide ratings of the credit quality
of debt obligations. A description of the ratings assigned by Moody's and S&P to
the  securities  in which the  Portfolios'  corresponding  Series  may invest is
discussed below.  These ratings  represent the opinions of these rating services
as to the quality of the  securities  that they  undertake to rate. It should be
emphasized,  however, that ratings are general and are not absolute standards of
quality.  The advisers and sub-advisers  attempt to discern variations in credit
rankings of the rating  services and to  anticipate  changes in credit  ranking.
However, subsequent to purchase by a Series, an issue of securities may cease to
be rated or its rating may be reduced  below the  minimum  rating  required  for
purchase by the Series.  In that event, an adviser or sub-adviser  will consider
whether  it is in the  best  interest  of the  Series  to  continue  to hold the
securities.

MOODY'S RATINGS

CORPORATE AND MUNICIPAL BONDS.

Aaa:  Bonds that are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality.  They carry
the smallest  degree of investment  risk and are generally  referred to as "gilt
edged." Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable
margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely
to change,  such changes as can be  visualized  are most  unlikely to impair the
fundamentally strong position of such issues.

Aa: Bonds that are rated Aa are judged to be of high  quality by all  standards.
Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high grade
bonds.  They are rated lower than the best bonds  because  margins of protection
may not be as large as in Aaa securities or  fluctuation of protective  elements
may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present that make the
long-term risk appear somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

A: Bonds that are rated A possess many favorable  investment  attributes and are
to be considered as upper-medium-grade  obligations.  Factors giving security to
principal  and interest  are  considered  adequate,  but elements may be present
which suggest a susceptibility to impairment some time in the future.

Baa: Bonds that are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade  obligations (i.e.,
they are neither highly  protected nor poorly  secured).  Interest  payments and
principal  security  appear  adequate  for the present  but  certain  protective
elements may be lacking or may be  characteristically  unreliable over any great
length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding  investment  characteristics  and in
fact have speculative characteristics as well.

CORPORATE AND MUNICIPAL  COMMERCIAL  PAPER. The highest rating for corporate and
municipal commercial paper is "P-1" (Prime-1).  Issuers rated P-1 (or supporting
institutions)  have a superior  ability for repayment of senior  short-term debt
obligations.  P-1  repayment  ability  will  often be  evidenced  by many of the
following characteristics:

(BULLET)  Leading market positions in well-established industries.

(BULLET)  High rates of return on funds employed.

(BULLET)  Conservative  capitalization  structure with moderate reliance on
          debt and ample asset protection.

(BULLET)  Broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and
          high internal cash generation.

(BULLET)  Well-established  access  to a range  of  financial  markets  and
          assured sources of alternate liquidity.

                                    B-1

<PAGE>

MUNICIPAL  NOTES.  The  highest  ratings  for  state  and  municipal  short-term
obligations are "MIG 1," "MIG 2" and "MIG 3" (or "VMIG 1," "VMIG 2" and "VMIG 3"
in the case of an issue having a variable-rate demand feature). Notes rated "MIG
1" or "VMIG 1" are judged to be of the best  quality.  There is  present  strong
protection by established cash flows, superior liquidity support or demonstrated
broadbased access to the market for refinancing. Notes rated "MIG 2" or "VMIG 2"
are of high quality,  with margins of protection  that are ample although not so
large  as in the  preceding  group.  Notes  rated  "MIG  3" or  "VMIG  3" are of
favorable  quality,  with all security  elements  accounted  for but lacking the
undeniable strength of the preceding grades.  Liquidity and cash flow protection
may be narrow,  and  market  access  for  refinancing  is likely to be less well
established.

S&P RATINGS

CORPORATE AND MUNICIPAL BONDS.

AAA: Bonds rated AAA are highest grade debt  obligations.  This rating indicates
an extremely strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

AA:  Bonds  rated AA have a very  strong  capacity  to pay  interest  and  repay
principal and differ from AAA issues only in small degree.

A: Bonds rated A have a strong  capacity to pay  interest  and repay  principal,
although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in
circumstances and economic conditions than bonds in higher rated categories.

BBB: Bonds rated BBB are regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest
and  repay  principal.   Whereas  they  normally  exhibit  adequate   protection
parameters,  adverse  economic  conditions  or changing  circumstances  are more
likely to lead to a weakened  capacity to pay interest and repay  principal  for
debt in this category than in higher rated categories.

CORPORATE AND  MUNICIPAL  COMMERCIAL  PAPER.  The "A-1" rating for corporate and
municipal  commercial paper indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely
payment is strong.  Those issues  determined to possess  extremely strong safety
characteristics will be rated "A-1+."

MUNICIPAL  NOTES. The "SP-1" rating reflects a very strong or strong capacity to
pay  principal  and interest.  Those issues  determined to possess  overwhelming
safety  characteristics  will be rated  "SP-1+."  The "SP-2"  rating  reflects a
satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest.

FITCH RATINGS

DESCRIPTION  OF FITCH'S  HIGHEST STATE AND MUNICIPAL  NOTES RATING.

AAA - Bonds considered to be investment grade and of the highest credit quality.
The  obligor  has an  exceptionally  strong  ability to pay  interest  and repay
principal, which is unlikely to be affected by reasonably foreseeable events.

AA - Bonds  considered to be investment  grade and of very high credit  quality.
The  obligor's  ability to pay  interest  and repay  principal  is very  strong,
although not quite as strong as bonds rated AAA.

F-1+ - Issues assigned this rating are regarded as having the  strongest  degree
of assurance for timely  payment.

F-1 - Issues  assigned this rating  reflect an assurance of timely  payment only
slightly less in degree than issues rated F-1+.

                                      B-2
<PAGE>

                                 WT MUTUAL FUND

                           CRM PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND
                               CRM TAX-EXEMPT FUND
                           CRM INTERMEDIATE BOND FUND
                             CRM MUNICIPAL BOND FUND
                            CRM LARGE CAP VALUE FUND
                             CRM MID CAP VALUE FUND
                            CRM SMALL CAP VALUE FUND



                              400 Bellevue Parkway
                           Wilmington, Delaware 19809




- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                                  _______, 1999



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


This Statement of Additional  Information is not a prospectus and should be read
in  conjunction  with the Funds'  current  prospectus,  dated  ______,  1999, as
amended from time to time. A copy of the current  prospectus  and annual  report
may be obtained  without  charge,  by writing to  Provident  Distributors,  Inc.
("PDI"),  Four Falls Corporate  Center,  West  Conshohocken,  PA 19428, and from
certain  institutions  such as banks or  broker-dealers  that have  entered into
servicing agreements with PDI or by calling (800) _____.

Each  Fund's  audited  financial  statements  for the year ended June 30,  1999,
included in the Annual Report to shareholders, are incorporated into this SAI by
reference.



<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


GENERAL INFORMATION                                                          2
INVESTMENT POLICIES                                                          2
INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS                                                      15
TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS                                                       19
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES                                      21
RODNEY SQUARE MANAGEMENT CORPORATION                                        21
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY                                                    21
DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES AND RULE 12B-1 PLAN                                  24
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES                                    25
CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES                                          26
PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES                                  26
DIVIDENDS                                                                   29
TAXATION OF THE FUNDS                                                       30
CALCULATION OF PERFORMANCE INFORMATION                                      33
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS                                                        37
APPENDIX A - OPTIONS, FUTURES AND FORWARD CURRENCY CONTRACT STRATEGIES     A-1
APPENDIX B - DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS                                        B-1

                                        i

<PAGE>


                              GENERAL INFORMATION

WT Mutual Fund (the "Fund") is a  diversified,  open-end  management  investment
company  organized as a Delaware business trust on June 1, 1994. The name of the
Fund was changed from Kiewit Mutual Fund to WT Mutual Fund on October 20, 1998.

The Fund has  established  the following  Funds  described in this  Statement of
Additional Information: CRM Prime Money Market, CRM Tax-Exempt, CRM Intermediate
Bond, CRM Municipal  Bond, CRM Large Cap Value,  CRM Mid Cap Value and CRM Small
Cap Value Funds.  Each of these Funds issues  Institutional  and Investor  class
shares.

                               INVESTMENT POLICIES

The following  information  supplements the  information  concerning each Fund's
investment objective,  policies and limitations found in the prospectus.  Unless
otherwise  indicated,  it  applies  to the Funds  through  their  investment  in
corresponding  master  funds,  which are  series of WT  Investment  Trust I (the
"Series").

                               MONEY MARKET FUNDS

The "Money  Market  Funds" are the Prime Money  Market  Fund and the  Tax-Exempt
Fund. Each has adopted a fundamental  policy requiring it to maintain a constant
net asset  value of $1.00 per share,  although  this may not be  possible  under
certain circumstances. Each Fund values its portfolio securities on the basis of
amortized cost (see  "Purchase,  Redemption and Pricing of Shares")  pursuant to
Rule  2a-7  under  the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940 (the  "1940  Act").  As
conditions  of that  Rule,  the Board of  Trustees  has  established  procedures
reasonably designed to stabilize each Fund's price per share at $1.00 per share.
Each Fund maintains a dollar-weighted  average portfolio  maturity of 90 days or
less;  purchases only instruments with effective maturities of 397 days or less;
and invests only in securities  which are of high quality as determined by major
rating  services  or,  in the  case  of  instruments  which  are not  rated,  of
comparable  quality as  determined  by the  investment  adviser,  Rodney  Square
Management Corporation,  under the direction of and subject to the review of the
Board of Trustees.

BANK   OBLIGATIONS.   The  Prime   Money   Market   Fund  may   invest  in  U.S.
dollar-denominated   obligations  of  major  banks,  including  certificates  of
deposit,  time deposits and bankers' acceptances of major U.S. and foreign banks
and their branches  located  outside of the United States,  of U.S.  branches of
foreign banks, of foreign branches of foreign banks, of U.S. agencies of foreign
banks and of wholly owned banking  subsidiaries of such foreign banks located in
the United States.

Obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks and U.S.  branches of wholly owned
subsidiaries of foreign banks may be general  obligations of the parent bank, of
the issuing branch or  subsidiary,  or both, or may be limited by the terms of a
specific obligation or by governmental regulation.  Because such obligations are
issued by foreign entities,  they are subject to the risks of foreign investing.
A brief description of some typical types of bank obligations follows:

[BULLET]      BANKERS'  ACCEPTANCES.  The Prime Money  Market Fund may invest in
              bankers' acceptances,  which are credit instruments evidencing the
              obligation of a bank to pay a draft that has been drawn on it by a
              customer.  These  instruments  reflect the  obligation of both the
              bank and the drawer to pay the face amount of the instrument  upon
              maturity.

[BULLET]      CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT. The Prime Money Market Fund may invest in
              certificates  evidencing the  indebtedness of a commercial bank to
              repay  funds  deposited  with  it for a  definite  period  of time
              (usually  from  14 days  to one  year)  at a  stated  or  variable
              interest rate.  Variable rate certificates of deposit provide that
              the  interest  rate will  fluctuate on  designated  dates based on
              changes in a designated  base rate (such as the composite rate for
              certificates of deposit established by the Federal Reserve Bank of
              New York).

[BULLET]      TIME  DEPOSITS.  The Prime  Money  Market  Fund may invest in time
              deposits, which are bank deposits for fixed periods of time.

                                       2
<PAGE>


CERTIFICATES OF PARTICIPATION. The Tax-Exempt Fund may invest in certificates of
participation,  which give the investor an undivided  interest in the  municipal
obligation in the  proportion  that the  investor's  interest bears to the total
principal amount of the municipal obligation.

CORPORATE  BONDS,  NOTES AND COMMERCIAL  PAPER.  The Prime Money Market Fund may
invest  in  corporate  bonds,  notes and  commercial  paper.  These  obligations
generally represent  indebtedness of the issuer and may be subordinated to other
outstanding indebtedness of the issuer.  Commercial paper consists of short-term
promissory  notes  issued by  corporations  in order to  finance  their  current
operations.  The Fund will only invest in commercial paper rated, at the time of
purchase, in the highest category by a nationally recognized  statistical rating
organization  ("NRSRO"),  such as Moody's or S&P or, if not rated, determined by
the  adviser to be of  comparable  quality.  See  "Appendix B -  Description  of
Ratings." The Funds may invest in asset-backed  commercial paper subject to Rule
2a-7  restrictions  on investments in asset-backed  securities,  which include a
requirement that the security must have received a rating from a NRSRO.

FOREIGN SECURITIES. At the present time, portfolio securities of the Prime Money
Market Fund that are purchased  outside the United States are  maintained in the
custody of  foreign  branches  of U.S.  banks.  To the extent  that the Fund may
maintain  portfolio  securities in the custody of foreign  subsidiaries  of U.S.
banks, and foreign banks or clearing agencies in the future, those sub-custodian
arrangements are subject to regulations under the 1940 Act that govern custodial
arrangements with entities incorporated or organized in countries outside of the
United States.

ILLIQUID SECURITIES.  The Money Market Funds may not invest more than 10% of the
value of its net assets in securities that at the time of purchase have legal or
contractual   restrictions  on  resale  or  are  otherwise  illiquid.   Illiquid
securities  are  securities  that  cannot be  disposed  of within  seven days at
approximately the value at which they are being carried on a Fund's books.

The Board of Trustees has the ultimate  responsibility  for determining  whether
specific securities are liquid or illiquid. The Board has delegated the function
of making day to day  determinations  of liquidity  to the adviser,  pursuant to
guidelines  approved by the Board.  The adviser  will  monitor the  liquidity of
securities  held by a Fund and  report  periodically  on such  decisions  to the
Board.

INVESTMENT  COMPANY  SECURITIES.  The  Money  Market  Funds  may  invest  in the
securities of other money market mutual funds,  within the limits  prescribed by
the 1940 Act. These limitations  currently provide, in part, that a Fund may not
purchase shares of an investment  company if (a) such a purchase would cause the
Fund to own in the aggregate more than 3% of the total outstanding  voting stock
of the  investment  company or (b) such a purchase  would cause the Fund to have
more than 5% of its total assets invested in the investment  company or (c) more
than 10% of the Fund's  total  assets to be  invested  in the  aggregate  in all
investment companies.  As a shareholder in an investment company, the Fund would
bear  its pro rata  portion  of the  investment  company's  expenses,  including
advisory fees, in addition to its own expenses.  Each Fund's  investments of its
assets in the corresponding  Series pursuant to the master/feeder  structure are
excepted from the above limitations.

MUNICIPAL SECURITIES. The Money Market Funds each may invest in debt obligations
issued by states, municipalities and public authorities ("Municipal Securities")
to obtain funds for various public purposes.  Yields on Municipal Securities are
the product of a variety of factors,  including  the general  conditions  of the
money market and of the municipal bond and municipal note markets, the size of a
particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue.
Although the interest on Municipal  Securities may be exempt from federal income
tax, dividends paid by a Fund to its shareholders may not be tax-exempt. A brief
description of some typical types of municipal securities follows:

[BULLET]      GENERAL  OBLIGATION  SECURITIES  are backed by the taxing power of
              the issuing  municipality  and are  considered  the safest type of
              municipal bond.

[BULLET]      REVENUE  OR  SPECIAL  OBLIGATION  SECURITIES  are  backed  by  the
              revenues  of a  specific  project  or  facility  tolls from a toll
              bridge, for example.

                                       3
<PAGE>

[BULLET]      BOND  ANTICIPATION  NOTES  normally are issued to provide  interim
              financing until long-term financing can be arranged. The long-term
              bonds then provide money for the repayment of the Notes.

[BULLET]      TAX   ANTICIPATION   NOTES  finance   working   capital  needs  of
              municipalities  and are issued in anticipation of various seasonal
              tax revenues, to be payable for these specific future taxes.

[BULLET]      REVENUE ANTICIPATION NOTES are issued in expectation of receipt of
              other kinds of revenue,  such as federal revenues  available under
              the Federal Revenue Sharing Program.

[BULLET]      INDUSTRIAL  DEVELOPMENT  BONDS ("IDBs") and Private Activity Bonds
              ("PABs") are specific  types of revenue  bonds issued on or behalf
              of  public  authorities  to  finance  various  privately  operated
              facilities such as solid waste facilities and sewage plants.  PABs
              generally  are such  bonds  issued  after  April 15,  1986.  These
              obligations are included within the term "municipal  bonds" if the
              interest  paid on them is exempt  from  federal  income tax in the
              opinion of the bond  issuer's  counsel.  IDBs and PABs are in most
              case revenue bonds and thus are not payable from the  unrestricted
              revenues of the issuer. The credit quality of the IDBs and PABs is
              usually directly related to the credit standing of the user of the
              facilities being financed, or some form of credit enhancement such
              as a letter of credit.

[BULLET]      TAX-EXEMPT COMMERCIAL PAPER AND SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL NOTES provide
              for  short-term  capital needs and usually have  maturities of one
              year  or  less.  They  include  tax  anticipation  notes,  revenue
              anticipation notes and construction loan notes.

[BULLET]      CONSTRUCTION   LOAN  NOTES  are  sold  to   provide   construction
              financing.  After  successful  completion  and  acceptance,   many
              projects receive  permanent  financing through the Federal Housing
              Administration  by way  of  "Fannie  Mae"  (the  Federal  National
              Mortgage  Association)  or "Ginnie Mae" (the  Government  National
              Mortgage Association).

[BULLET]      PUT BONDS are  municipal  bonds which give the holder the right to
              sell the bond back to the issuer or a third  party at a  specified
              price and exercise date, which is typically well in advance of the
              bond's maturity date.

REPURCHASE  AGREEMENTS.   The  Money  Market  Funds  may  invest  in  repurchase
agreements.  A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which a Fund purchases a
security from a bank or recognized securities dealer and simultaneously  commits
to  resell  that  security  to a bank or  dealer  at an  agreed  date and  price
reflecting  a market  rate of  interest,  unrelated  to the  coupon  rate or the
maturity of the  purchased  security.  While it is not possible to eliminate all
risks from these transactions  (particularly the possibility of a decline in the
market value of the  underlying  securities,  as well as delays and costs to the
Fund if the other party to the repurchase agreement becomes bankrupt), it is the
policy of a Fund to limit  repurchase  transactions to primary dealers and banks
whose  creditworthiness has been reviewed and found satisfactory by the adviser.
Repurchase  agreements  maturing in more than seven days are considered illiquid
for purposes of a Fund's investment limitations.

SECURITIES  LENDING.  The  Money  Market  Funds  may from  time to time lend its
portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and financial institutions.  Such loans
by a Fund will in no event exceed one-third of that Fund's total assets and will
be secured by collateral in the form of cash or securities  issued or guaranteed
by the  U.S.  Government,  its  agencies  or  instrumentalities,  which  will be
maintained  in an  amount  equal  to the  current  market  value  of the  loaned
securities  at all times the loan is  outstanding.  Each Fund will make loans of
securities only to firms deemed credit worthy by the adviser.

STANDBY  COMMITMENTS.  The Money Market Funds may invest in standby commitments.
It is expected that stand-by commitments will generally be available without the
payment of any direct or  indirect  consideration.  However,  if  necessary  and
advisable,  the Funds may pay for standby  commitments either separately in cash
or by  paying a higher  price for the  obligations  acquired  subject  to such a
commitment

                                       4
<PAGE>

(thus  reducing  the  yield  to  maturity  otherwise   available  for  the  same
securities).  Standby commitments  purchased by the Funds will be valued at zero
in  determining  net  asset  value  and will not  affect  the  valuation  of the
obligations  subject to the commitments.  Any  consideration  paid for a standby
commitment  will  be  accounted  for as  unrealized  depreciation  and  will  be
amortized over the period the commitment is held by a Fund.

U.S.  GOVERNMENT  OBLIGATIONS.  The  Money  Market  Funds  may  invest  in  debt
securities  issued  or  guaranteed  by the  U.S.  Government,  its  agencies  or
instrumentalities.  Although all  obligations of agencies and  instrumentalities
are not direct  obligations  of the U.S.  Treasury,  payment of the interest and
principal on these obligations is generally backed directly or indirectly by the
U.S.  Government.  This support can range from securities  supported by the full
faith and credit of the United States (for example, securities of the Government
National  Mortgage  Association),  to securities  that are  supported  solely or
primarily  by the  creditworthiness  of the issuer,  such as  securities  of the
Federal National Mortgage  Association,  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation,
Tennessee Valley Authority,  Federal Farm Credit Banks and the Federal Home Loan
Banks. In the case of obligations not backed by the full faith and credit of the
United States,  a Fund must look  principally  to the agency or  instrumentality
issuing or  guaranteeing  the obligation  for ultimate  repayment and may not be
able to assert a claim  against the United States itself in the event the agency
or instrumentality does not meet its commitments.

VARIABLE  AND  FLOATING  RATE  SECURITIES.  The Money Market Funds may invest in
variable and floating rate  securities.  The terms of variable and floating rate
instruments  provide for the interest rate to be adjusted according to a formula
on certain  pre-determined  dates. Certain of these obligations also may carry a
demand  feature  that  gives the holder  the right to demand  prepayment  of the
principal  amount of the security prior to maturity.  An  irrevocable  letter of
credit or guarantee by a bank usually backs the demand feature. Fund investments
in these  securities  must comply with  conditions  established by the SEC under
which they may be considered to have remaining maturities of 397 days or less.

WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES. The Money Market Funds may buy when-issued securities or
sell  securities  on a  delayed-delivery  basis.  This means that  delivery  and
payment for the securities  normally will take place approximately 15 to 90 days
after the date of the transaction.  The payment obligation and the interest rate
that  will be  received  are each  fixed at the time the buyer  enters  into the
commitment.  During the period between  purchase and  settlement,  the purchaser
makes no payment  and no  interest  accrues to the  purchaser.  However,  when a
security is sold on a delayed-delivery basis, the seller does not participate in
further  gains or losses with respect to the  security.  If the other party to a
when-issued  or  delayed-delivery  transaction  fails to transfer or pay for the
securities,  the Fund could miss a favorable price or yield opportunity or could
suffer a loss.

A Fund will make a commitment to purchase  when-issued  securities only with the
intention of actually acquiring the securities,  but the Fund may dispose of the
commitment  before the settlement date if it is deemed  advisable as a matter of
investment strategy. A Fund may also sell the underlying  securities before they
are delivered,  which may result in gains or losses. A separate account for each
Fund is  established  at the  custodian  bank,  into  which cash  and/or  liquid
securities equal to the amount of when-issued purchase commitments is deposited.
If the market value of the  deposited  securities  declines  additional  cash or
securities  will be placed in the  account on a daily  basis to cover the Fund's
outstanding commitments.

When a Fund  purchases  a security  on a  when-issued  basis,  the  security  is
recorded as an asset on the commitment  date and is subject to changes in market
value generally,  based upon changes in the level of interest rates.  Thus, upon
delivery, the market value of the security may be higher or lower than its cost,
and this may increase or decrease the Fund's net asset value. When payment for a
when-issued   security   is  due,  a  Fund  will  meet  its   obligations   from
then-available  cash  flow,  the  sale of the  securities  held in the  separate
account,  the sale of  other  securities  or from  the  sale of the  when-issued
securities  themselves.  The sale of securities  to meet a when-issued  purchase
obligation carries with it the potential for the realization of capital gains or
losses.

                                       5
<PAGE>

                                 THE BOND FUNDS

The  "Bond  Funds"  are the  Intermediate  Bond and the  Municipal  Bond  Funds.
Wilmington Trust Company,  the investment adviser for the Bond Funds, employs an
investment  process  that is  disciplined,  systematic  and  oriented  toward  a
quantitative  assessment and control of volatility.  The Bond Funds' exposure to
credit risk is moderated by limiting their  investments  to securities  that, at
the time of purchase,  are rated  investment  grade by a  nationally  recognized
statistical  rating  organization  such as Moody's,  S&P,  or, if  unrated,  are
determined  by the  adviser  to be of  comparable  quality.  See  "Appendix  B -
Description of Ratings." Ratings,  however,  are not guarantees of quality or of
stable credit quality.  Not even the highest rating  constitutes  assurance that
the  security  will  not  fluctuate  in value or that a Fund  will  receive  the
anticipated yield on the security.  WTC continuously monitors the quality of the
Funds'  holdings,  and  should the rating of a  security  be  downgraded  or its
quality be  adversely  affected,  WTC will  determine  whether it is in the best
interest of the affected Fund to retain or dispose of the security.

The effect of interest rate fluctuations in the market on the principal value of
the Bond Funds is moderated by limiting the average dollar-weighted  duration of
their  investments -- in the case of the Intermediate  Bond Fund to a range of 4
to 7 years,  and in the  case of the  Municipal  Bond  Fund to a range of 4 to 8
years. Investors may be more familiar with the term "average effective maturity"
(when,  on average,  the fixed income  securities held by the Fund will mature),
which  is  sometimes  used  to  express  the  anticipated  term  of  the  Funds'
investments. Generally, the stated maturity of a fixed income security is longer
than it's  projected  duration.  Under  normal  market  conditions,  the average
effective maturity, in the case of the Intermediate Bond Fund, within a range of
approximately 7 to 12 years, and in the case of the Municipal Bond Fund,  within
a  range  of  approximately  5 to 10  years.  In the  event  of  unusual  market
conditions,  the average dollar-weighted duration of the Funds may fall within a
broader range. Under those circumstances,  the Intermediate Bond Fund may invest
in fixed income securities with an average  dollar-weighted  duration of 2 to 10
years.

WTC's goal in managing the Intermediate  Bond Fund is to gain additional  return
by analyzing the market  complexities and individual  security  attributes which
affect the returns of fixed income  securities.  The  Intermediate  Bond Fund is
intended  to appeal to  investors  who want a  thoughtful  exposure to the broad
fixed income  securities  market and the high current returns that  characterize
the short-term to intermediate-term sector of that market.

Given the  average  duration  of the  holdings  of the Bond Fund and the current
interest rate environment, the Fund should experience smaller price fluctuations
than those experienced by longer-term bond and municipal bond funds and a higher
yield than  fixed-price  money  market and  tax-exempt  money market  funds.  Of
course,  the Fund will likely  experience  larger price  fluctuations than money
market funds and a lower yield than  longer-term  bond and municipal bond funds.
Given the quality of the Fund's holdings,  which must be investment grade (rated
within the top four  categories) or comparable to investment grade securities at
the time of  purchase,  the Funds will accept lower yields in order to avoid the
credit  concerns  experienced by funds that invest in lower quality fixed income
securities.  In  addition,  although the  Municipal  Bond Fund expects to invest
substantially  all of its  net  assets  in  municipal  securities  that  provide
interest  income that is exempt from federal income tax, it may invest up to 20%
of its net  assets  in other  types  of fixed  income  securities  that  provide
federally taxable income.

The composition of each Fund's holdings varies  depending upon WTC's analysis of
the fixed income markets and the municipal securities markets (for the Municipal
Bond  Fund),  including  analysis of the most  attractive  segments of the yield
curve,  the relative value of the different  market sectors,  expected trends in
those markets and supply versus demand  pressures.  Securities  purchased by the
Funds  may be  purchased  on the  basis of  their  yield  or  potential  capital
appreciation or both. By maintaining each Fund's specified average duration, WTC
seeks to protect the Fund's  principal  value by reducing  fluctuations in value
relative  to those that may be  experienced  by bond funds with  longer  average
durations.  This strategy may reduce the level of income  attained by the Funds.
Of course,  there is no guarantee that principal  value can be protected  during
periods of extreme interest rate volatility.

WTC may make frequent  changes in the Funds'  investments,  particularly  during
periods of rapidly  fluctuating  interest  rates.  These frequent  changes would
involve  transaction  costs to the  Funds and could  result in  taxable  capital
gains.

                                       6
<PAGE>

ASSET-BACKED  SECURITIES.  The Bond  Funds may  purchase  interests  in pools of
obligations,  such as  credit  card or  automobile  loan  receivables,  purchase
contracts and financing leases.  Such securities are also known as "asset-backed
securities,"  and the holders thereof may be entitled to receive a fixed rate of
interest,  a variable  rate that is  periodically  reset to reflect  the current
market rate or an auction rate that is periodically reset at auction.

Asset-backed   securities  are  typically  supported  by  some  form  of  credit
enhancement, such as cash collateral, subordinated tranches, a letter of credit,
surety bond or limited guaranty.  Credit  enhancements do not provide protection
against changes in the market value of the security.  If the credit  enhancement
is exhausted or withdrawn,  security holders may experience  losses or delays in
payment if required payments of principal and interest are not made with respect
to the underlying obligations. Except in very limited circumstances, there is no
recourse   against  the  vendors  or  lessors  that  originated  the  underlying
obligations.

Asset-backed  securities  are  likely  to  involve  unscheduled  prepayments  of
principal  that may  affect  yield to  maturity,  result in  losses,  and may be
reinvested at higher or lower interest rates than the original  investment.  The
yield to maturity of asset-backed  securities that represent  residual interests
in payments of principal or interest in fixed income obligations is particularly
sensitive to prepayments.

The value of  asset-backed  securities  may  change  because  of  changes in the
market's perception of the  creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the pool
of underlying obligations,  the originator of those obligations or the financial
institution providing credit enhancement.

BANK OBLIGATIONS.  The Bond Funds may invest in the same U.S. dollar-denominated
obligations of major banks as the Money Market Fund. (See "Bank Obligations".)

CORPORATE  BONDS,  NOTES AND  COMMERCIAL  PAPER.  The Bond  Funds may  invest in
corporate  bonds,  notes  and  commercial  paper.  These  obligations  generally
represent   indebtedness  of  the  issuer  and  may  be  subordinated  to  other
outstanding indebtedness of the issuer.  Commercial paper consists of short-term
unsecured  promissory  notes issued by  corporations  in order to finance  their
current operations. The Funds will only invest in commercial paper rated, at the
time of purchase, in the highest category by a nationally recognized statistical
rating organization,  such as Moody's or S&P or, if not rated, determined by WTC
to be of comparable quality.

FIXED INCOME  SECURITIES WITH BUY-BACK  FEATURES.  Fixed income  securities with
buy-back  features enable the Bond Funds to recover principal upon tendering the
securities to the issuer or a third party.  Letters of credit issued by domestic
or foreign banks often supports these buy-back features. In evaluating a foreign
bank's credit,  WTC considers whether adequate public information about the bank
is  available  and whether the bank may be subject to  unfavorable  political or
economic developments, currency controls or other governmental restrictions that
could  adversely  affect the bank's  ability to honor its  commitment  under the
letter of credit. The Municipal Bond Fund will not acquire municipal  securities
with  buy-back  features  if, in the  opinion of  counsel,  the  existence  of a
buy-back feature would alter the tax-exempt  nature of interest  payments on the
underlying  securities  and cause those  payments to be taxable to that Fund and
its shareholders.

Buy-back features include standby commitments, put bonds and demand features.

[BULLET] STANDBY  COMMITMENTS.  The Bond Funds may acquire  standby  commitments
         from broker-dealers, banks or other financial intermediaries to enhance
         the liquidity of portfolio securities.  A standby commitment entitles a
         Fund to same day settlement at amortized cost plus accrued interest, if
         any, at the time of exercise.  The amount  payable by the issuer of the
         standby  commitment  during the time that the commitment is exercisable
         generally  approximates  the market value of the securities  underlying
         the  commitment.  Standby  commitments are subject to the risk that the
         issuer  of a  commitment  may  not  be in a  position  to pay  for  the
         securities at the time that the commitment is exercised.

         Ordinarily,  a Fund will not transfer a standby  commitment  to a third
         party,  although  the Fund may sell  securities  subject  to a  standby
         commitment  at  any  time.  A Fund  may  purchase  standby  commitments
         separate  from or in  conjunction  with the purchase of the  securities
         subject  to the  commitments.  In the latter  case,  the Fund

                                       7
<PAGE>

         may pay a higher price for the securities acquired in consideration for
         the commitment.

[BULLET] PUT BONDS.  A put bond (also  referred  to as a tender  option or third
         party bond) is a bond created by coupling an  intermediate or long-term
         fixed  rate bond with an  agreement  giving  the  holder  the option of
         tendering  the bond to receive  its par  value.  As  consideration  for
         providing this tender option,  the sponsor of the bond (usually a bank,
         broker-dealer or other financial  intermediary)  receives periodic fees
         that equal the difference  between the bond's fixed coupon rate and the
         rate  (determined  by a remarketing  or similar agent) that would cause
         the bond,  coupled with the tender  option,  to trade at par. By paying
         the tender offer fees, a Fund in effect holds a demand  obligation that
         bears interest at the prevailing short-term rate.

         In selecting put bonds for the Bond Funds, WTC takes into consideration
         the  creditworthiness  of the issuers of the  underlying  bonds and the
         creditworthiness  of the  providers of the tender  option  features.  A
         sponsor may  withdraw  the tender  option  feature if the issuer of the
         underlying bond defaults on interest or principal payments,  the bond's
         rating is  downgraded  or, in the case of a  municipal  bond,  the bond
         loses its tax-exempt status.

[BULLET] DEMAND  FEATURES.  Many variable rate securities  carry demand features
         that permit the holder to demand  repayment of the principal  amount of
         the  underlying  securities  plus  accrued  interest,  if  any,  upon a
         specified  number of days' notice to the issuer or its agent.  A demand
         feature  may be  exercisable  at any  time or at  specified  intervals.
         Variable rate  securities  with demand features are treated as having a
         maturity equal to the time remaining  before the holder can next demand
         payment of principal.  The issuer of a demand  feature  instrument  may
         have a corresponding  right to prepay the outstanding  principal of the
         instrument  plus accrued  interest,  if any, upon notice  comparable to
         that required for the holder to demand payment.

GUARANTEED INVESTMENT  CONTRACTS.  A guaranteed investment contract ("GIC") is a
general obligation of an insurance  company. A GIC is generally  structured as a
deferred annuity under which the purchaser agrees to pay a given amount of money
to an insurer (either in a lump sum or in installments) and the insurer promises
to pay interest at a guaranteed  rate (either fixed or variable) for the life of
the  contract.   Some  GICs  provide  that  the  insurer  may  periodically  pay
discretionary  excess interest over and above the guaranteed  rate. At the GIC's
maturity, the purchaser generally is given the option of receiving payment or an
annuity.  Certain GICs may have features that permit redemption by the issuer at
a discount from par value.

Generally, GICs are not assignable or transferable without the permission of the
issuer.  As a result,  the  acquisition  of GICs is subject  to the  limitations
applicable to each Fund's acquisition of illiquid and restricted securities. The
holder of a GIC is dependent on the creditworthiness of the issuer as to whether
the issuer is able to meet its obligations.  No Fund intends to invest more than
5% of its net assets in GICs.

ILLIQUID SECURITIES. The Bond Funds may not invest more than 15% of the value of
its net  assets  in  securities  that at the  time of  purchase  have  legal  or
contractual restrictions on resale or are otherwise illiquid.

MONEY MARKET FUNDS.  The Bond Funds may invest in the securities of money market
mutual funds,  within the limits  prescribed  by the 1940 Act. (See  "Investment
Company Securities.")

MORTGAGE-BACKED   SECURITIES.    Mortgage-backed   securities   are   securities
representing interests in a pool of mortgages secured by real property.

Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA") mortgage-backed securities are
securities representing interests in pools of mortgage loans to residential home
buyers made by lenders such as mortgage  bankers,  commercial  banks and savings
associations and are either guaranteed by the Federal

                                       8
<PAGE>

Housing Administration or insured by the Veterans Administration. Timely payment
of interest and  principal on each mortgage loan is backed by the full faith and
credit of the U.S. Government.

The  Federal  National  Mortgage  Association  ("FNMA")  and  Federal  Home Loan
Mortgage Corporation  ("FHLMC") both issue  mortgage-backed  securities that are
similar to GNMA securities in that they represent interests in pools of mortgage
loans.  FNMA  guarantees  timely  payment  of  interest  and  principal  on  its
certificates  and FHLMC  guarantees  timely  payment of  interest  and  ultimate
payment of principal.  FHLMC also has a program under which it guarantees timely
payment of scheduled  principal as well as interest.  FNMA and FHLMC  guarantees
are backed  only by those  agencies  and not by the full faith and credit of the
U.S. Government.

In the  case of  mortgage-backed  securities  that  are not  backed  by the U.S.
Government  or one of its agencies,  a loss could be incurred if the  collateral
backing  these  securities  is  insufficient.  This may occur  even  though  the
collateral is U.S. Government-backed.

Most  mortgage-backed  securities pass monthly payment of principal and interest
through to the holder after deduction of a servicing fee. However, other payment
arrangements  are  possible.  Payments  may be made to the holder on a different
schedule than that on which payments are received from the borrower,  including,
but not limited to, weekly,  bi-weekly and  semiannually.  The monthly principal
and interest  payments also are not always passed through to the holder on a PRO
RATA basis. In the case of collateralized  mortgage  obligations  ("CMOs"),  the
pool is divided into two or more tranches and special rules for the disbursement
of principal and interest payments are established.

CMO residuals are derivative  securities that generally  represent  interests in
any excess cash flow remaining after making  required  payments of principal and
interest to the holders of the CMOs  described  above.  Yield to maturity on CMO
residuals is extremely sensitive to prepayments.  In addition,  if a series of a
CMO includes a class that bears  interest at an  adjustable  rate,  the yield to
maturity on the related CMO  residual  also will be  extremely  sensitive to the
level of the index upon which interest rate adjustments are based.

Stripped mortgage-backed securities ("SMBS") are derivative multi-class mortgage
securities  and may be  issued  by  agencies  or  instrumentalities  of the U.S.
Government or by private mortgage lenders.  SMBS usually are structured with two
classes that receive  different  proportions  of the interest  and/or  principal
distributions  on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have one
class of holders  receiving all interest  payments -- "interest only" or "IO" --
and another class of holders  receiving  the principal  repayments -- "principal
only" or "PO." The yield to maturity of IO and PO classes is extremely sensitive
to prepayments on the underlying mortgage assets.

MUNICIPAL SECURITIES.  Municipal securities are debt obligations issued by or on
behalf of states, territories and possessions of the United States, the District
of  Columbia  and  their  sub-divisions,  agencies  and  instrumentalities,  the
interest on which is, in the opinion of bond counsel, exempt from federal income
tax.  These debt  obligations  are  issued to obtain  funds for  various  public
purposes, such as the construction of public facilities,  the payment of general
operating  expenses or the  refunding  of  outstanding  debts.  They may also be
issued to finance  various  privately  owned or operated  activities.  The three
general categories of municipal  securities are general  obligation,  revenue or
special   obligation  and  private  activity  municipal   securities.   A  brief
description of typical municipal securities follows:

[BULLET]      GENERAL  OBLIGATION  SECURITIES  are backed by the taxing power of
              the issuing  municipality  and are  considered  the safest type of
              municipal  bond. The proceeds from general  obligation  securities
              are used to fund a wide range of public  projects,  including  the
              construction  or improvement of schools,  highways and roads,  and
              water and sewer systems.

[BULLET]      REVENUE  OR  SPECIAL  OBLIGATION  SECURITIES  are  backed  by  the
              revenues  of a specific  project  or  facility - tolls from a toll
              bridge,  for  example.   The  proceeds  from  revenue  or  special
              obligation  securities  are used to fund a wide variety of capital
              projects,  including  electric,  gas,  water  and  sewer  systems;
              highways,  bridges  and  tunnels;  port  and  airport  facilities;
              colleges and universities;  and hospitals.  Many municipal issuers
              also  establish a debt service  reserve fund from which  principal
              and interest

                                       9
<PAGE>

              payments are made.  Further  security may be available in the form
              of the state's ability, without obligation, to make up deficits in
              the reserve fund.

[BULLET]      MUNICIPAL  LEASE  OBLIGATIONS  may take  the  form of a lease,  an
              installment  purchase or a  conditional  sale  contract  issued by
              state and local  governments  and  authorities  to  acquire  land,
              equipment  and  facilities.  Usually,  the Funds  will  purchase a
              participation interest in a municipal lease obligation from a bank
              or other financial intermediary.  The participation interest gives
              the holder a pro rata,  undivided  interest in the total amount of
              the obligation.

              Municipal  leases   frequently  have  risks  distinct  from  those
              associated with general  obligation or revenue bonds. The interest
              income from the lease  obligation  may become taxable if the lease
              is   assigned.   Also,   to  free  the   municipal   issuer   from
              constitutional or statutory debt issuance limitations, many leases
              and contracts include non-appropriation clauses providing that the
              municipality  has no obligation to make future  payments under the
              lease or contract unless money is appropriated for that purpose by
              the municipality on a yearly or other periodic basis. Finally, the
              lease may be illiquid.

[BULLET]      RESOURCE RECOVERY BONDS are affected by a number of factors, which
              may  affect  the value and  credit  quality  of these  revenue  or
              special  obligations.  These factors  include the viability of the
              project being financed,  environmental  protection regulations and
              project operator tax incentives.

[BULLET]      PRIVATE  ACTIVITY  SECURITIES  are specific types of revenue bonds
              issued  on  behalf  of  public   authorities  to  finance  various
              privately  operated  facilities such as  educational,  hospital or
              housing  facilities,  local  facilities  for  water  supply,  gas,
              electricity,  sewage or solid waste  disposal,  and  industrial or
              commercial  facilities.  The payment of principal  and interest on
              these obligations generally depends upon the credit of the private
              owner/user of the facilities  financed and, in certain  instances,
              the  pledge  of  real  and   personal   property  by  the  private
              owner/user.  The  interest  income from  certain  types of private
              activity  securities may be considered a tax  preference  item for
              purposes of the federal  alternative  minimum tax ("Tax Preference
              Item").

Short-term  municipal  securities  in which  the Funds may  invest  include  Tax
Anticipation,  Revenue  Anticipation,  Bond  Anticipation and Construction  Loan
Notes.  These  were  previously  described  for  the  Money  Market  Funds  (See
"Municipal Securities.")

OPTIONS,  FUTURES  AND  FORWARD  CURRENCY  CONTRACT  STRATEGIES.   Although  the
Municipal Bond Fund has no current  intention of so doing, each of the Bond Fund
may use options  and  futures  contracts.  The  Intermediate  Bond Funds may use
forward currency contracts. For additional information regarding such investment
strategies, see Appendix A to this Statement of Additional Information.

PARTICIPATION INTERESTS. The Bond Funds may invest in participation interests in
fixed income  securities.  A  participation  interest  provides the  certificate
holder with a specified interest in an issue of fixed income securities.

Some  participation  interests  give  the  holders  differing  interests  in the
underlying  securities,   depending  upon  the  type  or  class  of  certificate
purchased.  For example,  coupon strip certificates give the holder the right to
receive a specific  portion of interest  payments on the underlying  securities;
principal  strip  certificates  give the holder  the right to receive  principal
payments  and the portion of interest  not payable to coupon  strip  certificate
holders.  Holders of certificates of participation  in interest  payments may be
entitled  to  receive  a  fixed  rate  of  interest,  a  variable  rate  that is
periodically reset to reflect the current market rate or an auction rate that is
periodically reset at auction. Asset-backed residuals represent interests in any
excess cash flow  remaining  after  required  payments of principal and interest
have been made.

More complex participation interests involve special risk considerations.  Since
these  instruments have only recently been developed,  there can be no assurance
that any market will develop or be maintained  for the  instruments.  Generally,
the fixed income securities that are deposited in trust for the holders of these

                                       10
<PAGE>


interests are the sole source of payments on the interests;  holders cannot look
to the sponsor or trustee of the trust or to the issuers of the securities  held
in trust or to any of their affiliates for payment.

Participation interests purchased at a discount may experience price volatility.
Certain  types of interests  are sensitive to  fluctuations  in market  interest
rates  and  to  prepayments  on the  underlying  securities.  A  rapid  rate  of
prepayment can result in the failure to recover the holder's initial investment.

The  extent  to which the  yield to  maturity  of a  participation  interest  is
sensitive  to  prepayments  depends,  in part,  upon  whether the  interest  was
purchased  at a discount  or  premium,  and if so, the size of that  discount or
premium.  Generally,  if a participation  interest is purchased at a premium and
principal distributions occur at a rate faster than that anticipated at the time
of  purchase,  the  holder's  actual  yield to maturity  will be lower than that
assumed at the time of  purchase.  Conversely,  if a  participation  interest is
purchased at a discount and principal  distributions occur at a rate faster than
that assumed at the time of purchase,  the  investor's  actual yield to maturity
will be higher than that assumed at the time of purchase.

Participation  interests in pools of fixed income  securities  backed by certain
types of debt obligations  involve special risk  considerations.  The issuers of
securities backed by automobile and truck  receivables  typically file financing
statements  evidencing security interests in the receivables,  and the servicers
of  those  obligations  take  and  retain  custody  of the  obligations.  If the
servicers,  in  contravention  of their duty to the  holders  of the  securities
backed  by the  receivables,  were to sell  the  obligations,  the  third  party
purchasers  could  acquire an interest  superior to the interest of the security
holders. Also, most states require that a security interest in a vehicle must be
noted  on the  certificate  of title  and the  certificate  of title  may not be
amended to reflect the assignment of the lender's security interest.  Therefore,
the  recovery of the  collateral  in some cases may not be  available to support
payments on the  securities.  Securities  backed by credit card  receivables are
generally  unsecured,  and both federal and state consumer  protection  laws may
allow set-offs against certain amounts owed.

The Municipal Bond Fund will only invest in participation interests in municipal
securities,  municipal  leases or in pools of  securities  backed  by  municipal
assets if, in the opinion of counsel,  any interest income on the  participation
interest  will be  exempt  from  federal  income  tax to the same  extent as the
interest on the underlying securities.

REPURCHASE  AGREEMENTS.  The  Bond  Funds  may  invest  in the  same  repurchase
agreements, as the Money Market Funds. (See "Repurchase Agreements.")

SECURITIES  LENDING.  The Bond Funds may lend securities pursuant to agreements,
which require that the loans be continuously secured by collateral equal to 100%
of the market value of the loaned securities.  Such collateral consists of cash,
securities of the U.S.  Government or its agencies,  or any  combination of cash
and such securities.  Such loans will not be made if, as a result, the aggregate
amount of all outstanding  securities  loans for a Fund exceed  one-third of the
value of the  Fund's  total  assets  taken at fair  market  value.  A Fund  will
continue to receive interest on the securities lent while simultaneously earning
interest on the investment of the cash collateral in U.S. Government securities.
However,  a Fund will  normally  pay  lending  fees to such  broker-dealers  and
related expenses from the interest earned on invested  collateral.  There may be
risks of delay in receiving additional  collateral or risks of delay in recovery
of the securities and even loss of rights in the collateral  should the borrower
of the securities fail  financially.  However,  loans are made only to borrowers
deemed by the adviser to be of good  standing  and when,  in the judgment of the
adviser,  the  consideration  that can be earned  currently from such securities
loans justifies the attendant risk.  Either party upon reasonable  notice to the
other  party may  terminate  any loan.  The  Municipal  Bond Fund has no current
intention of lending its portfolio securities and would do so only under unusual
market  conditions  since the interest  income that a Fund receives from lending
its securities is taxable.

U.S.  GOVERNMENT  OBLIGATIONS.  The Bond  Funds  may  invest  in the  same  debt
securities  issued  or  guaranteed  by the  U.S.  Government,  its  agencies  or
instrumentalities as the Money Market Fund. (See "U.S. Government Obligations.")

VARIABLE AND FLOATING RATE SECURITIES. The Bond Funds may invest in variable and
floating rate  securities.  The terms of variable and floating rate  instruments
provide for the interest  rate to be adjusted

                                       11
<PAGE>

according  to a  formula  on  certain  pre-determined  dates.  Certain  of these
obligations  also may carry a demand  feature that gives the holder the right to
demand prepayment of the principal amount of the security prior to maturity.  An
irrevocable  letter of credit or guarantee  by a bank  usually  backs the demand
feature.  Fund  investments  in these  securities  must comply  with  conditions
established  by the SEC under  which they may be  considered  to have  remaining
maturities of 397 days or less.

Each of the Bond Funds may also purchase inverse floaters that are floating rate
instruments  whose interest rates bear an inverse  relationship  to the interest
rate on another security or the value of an index.  Changes in the interest rate
on the other  security or index  inversely  affect the interest rate paid on the
inverse  floater,   with  the  result  that  the  inverse   floater's  price  is
considerably more volatile than that of a fixed rate security.  For example,  an
issuer may decide to issue two  variable  rate  instruments  instead of a single
long-term,  fixed  rate  bond.  The  interest  rate on one  instrument  reflects
short-term  interest rates, while the interest rate on the other instrument (the
inverse  floater)  reflects the approximate rate the issuer would have paid on a
fixed rate bond multiplied by two minus the interest rate paid on the short-term
instrument.  Depending on market availability, the two variable rate instruments
may be  combined to form a fixed rate bond.  The market for inverse  floaters is
relatively new.

WHEN-ISSUED  SECURITIES.  The Bond Funds may buy when-issued  securities or sell
securities on a delayed-delivery basis. This means that delivery and payment for
the securities  normally will take place  approximately  15 to 90 days after the
date of the transaction.  The payment obligation and the interest rate that will
be received  are each fixed at the time the buyer  enters  into the  commitment.
During the period  between  purchase  and  settlement,  the  purchaser  makes no
payment and no interest  accrues to the purchaser.  However,  when a security is
sold on a  delayed-delivery  basis,  the seller does not  participate in further
gains  or  losses  with  respect  to the  security.  If  the  other  party  to a
when-issued  or  delayed-delivery  transaction  fails to transfer or pay for the
securities,  the Fund could miss a favorable price or yield opportunity or could
suffer a loss.

A Fund will make a commitment to purchase  when-issued  securities only with the
intention of actually acquiring the securities,  but the Fund may dispose of the
commitment  before the settlement date if it is deemed  advisable as a matter of
investment strategy. A Fund may also sell the underlying  securities before they
are delivered,  which may result in gains or losses. A separate account for each
Fund is  established  at the  custodian  bank,  into  which cash  and/or  liquid
securities equal to the amount of when-issued purchase commitments is deposited.
If the market value of the  deposited  securities  declines  additional  cash or
securities  will be placed in the  account on a daily  basis to cover the Fund's
outstanding commitments.

When a Fund  purchases  a security  on a  when-issued  basis,  the  security  is
recorded as an asset on the commitment  date and is subject to changes in market
value generally,  based upon changes in the level of interest rates.  Thus, upon
delivery, the market value of the security may be higher or lower than its cost,
and this may increase or decrease the Fund's net asset value. When payment for a
when-issued   security   is  due,  a  Fund  will  meet  its   obligations   from
then-available  cash  flow,  the  sale of the  securities  held in the  separate
account,  the sale of  other  securities  or from  the  sale of the  when-issued
securities  themselves.  The sale of securities  to meet a when-issued  purchase
obligation carries with it the potential for the realization of capital gains or
losses.

The  Municipal  Bond Fund may  purchase  securities  on a  when-issued  basis in
connection  with  the  refinancing  of  an  issuer's  outstanding   indebtedness
("refunding contracts"). These contracts require the issuer to sell and the Fund
to buy municipal  obligations  at a stated price and yield on a settlement  date
that may be several months or several years in the future. The offering proceeds
are  then  used  to  refinance  existing  municipal  obligations.  Although  the
Municipal  Bond  Fund  may sell  its  rights  under a  refunding  contract,  the
secondary  market for these  contracts  may be less  liquid  than the  secondary
market for other types of municipal  securities.  The Fund generally will not be
obligated  to pay the  full  purchase  price  if it  fails  to  perform  under a
refunding contract.  Instead, refunding contracts usually provide for payment of
liquidated  damages to the issuer (currently 15-20% of the purchase price).  The
Fund  may  secure  its  obligation  under a  refunding  contract  by  depositing
collateral or a letter of credit equal to the  liquidated  damages  provision of
the refunding  contract.  When required by  Securities  and Exchange  Commission
("SEC") guidelines,  the Fund will place liquid assets in a segregated custodial
account  equal  in  amount  to  its  obligations  under  outstanding   refunding
contracts.

                                       12
<PAGE>

ZERO  COUPON  BONDS.  The  Bond  Funds  may  invest  in  zero  coupon  bonds  of
governmental  or private issuers that generally pay no interest to their holders
prior  to  maturity.  Since  zero  coupon  bonds do not  make  regular  interest
payments,  they  allow an  issuer  to avoid  the need to  generate  cash to meet
current interest payments and may involve greater credit risks than bonds paying
interest  currently.  Tax laws requiring the distribution of accrued discount on
the bonds,  even though no cash  equivalent  thereto has been paid,  may cause a
Fund to liquidate investments in order to make the required distributions.

RISK FACTORS APPLICABLE TO THE MUNICIPAL BOND FUND:

HEALTH CARE SECTOR.  The health care industry is subject to regulatory action by
a number of private and  governmental  agencies,  including  federal,  state and
local  governmental  agencies.  A major  source of revenues  for the industry is
payments from the Medicare and Medicaid  programs.  As a result, the industry is
sensitive to  legislative  changes and reductions in  governmental  spending for
those programs.  Numerous other factors may affect the industry, such as general
and  local  economic  conditions;   demand  for  services;  expenses  (including
malpractice insurance premiums) and competition among health care providers.  In
the  future,  the  following  may  adversely  affect the  industry:  adoption of
legislation   proposing  a  national  health  insurance  program;   medical  and
technological  advances which alter the demand for health services or the way in
which such  services  are  provided;  and  efforts by  employers,  insurers  and
governmental  agencies to reduce the costs of health  insurance  and health care
services.

Health  care  facilities  include  life  care  facilities,   nursing  homes  and
hospitals.  The  Municipal  Bond  Fund may  invest  in bonds  to  finance  these
facilities  which are typically  secured by the revenues from the facilities and
not by state or local  government  tax payments.  Moreover,  in the case of life
care facilities, since a portion of housing, medical care and other services may
be financed by an initial deposit, there may be a risk of default in the payment
of  principal  or interest  on a bond issue if the  facility  does not  maintain
adequate financial reserves for debt service.

HOUSING  SECTOR.  The  Municipal  Bond Fund may invest in housing  revenue bonds
which  typically are issued by state,  county and local housing  authorities and
are secured only by the revenues of mortgages  originated  by those  authorities
using the proceeds of the bond issues.  Factors that may affect the financing of
multi-family  housing  projects include  acceptable  completion of construction,
proper management, occupancy and rent levels, economic conditions and changes in
regulatory requirements.

Since the demand  for  mortgages  from the  proceeds  of a bond issue  cannot be
precisely predicted, the proceeds may be in excess of demand, which would result
in early  retirement  of the  bonds by the  issuer.  Since  the cash  flow  from
mortgages  cannot be precisely  predicted,  differences  in the actual cash flow
from the  assumed  cash flow  could  have an adverse  impact  upon the  issuer's
ability to make scheduled  payments of principal and interest or could result in
early retirement of the bonds.

Scheduled principal and interest payments are often made from reserve or sinking
funds. These reserves are funded from the bond proceeds,  assuming certain rates
of return on investment of the reserve funds. If the assumed rates of return are
not realized  because of changes in interest  rate levels or for other  reasons,
the actual cash flow for  scheduled  payments of  principal  and interest on the
bonds may be inadequate.

ELECTRIC UTILITIES SECTOR. The electric utilities industry has experienced,  and
may experience in the future:  problems in financing large construction programs
in an  inflationary  period;  cost increases and delays caused by  environmental
considerations  (particularly with respect to nuclear facilities);  difficulties
in obtaining  fuel at  reasonable  prices;  the effects of  conservation  on the
demand for energy;  increased  competition from alternative energy sources;  and
the effects of rapidly changing licensing and safety requirements.

PROPOSED  LEGISLATION.  From time to time, proposals have been introduced before
Congress for the purpose of restricting  or  eliminating  the federal income tax
exemption for interest on debt obligations  issued by states and their political
subdivisions.  For example,  federal tax law now limits the types and amounts of
tax-exempt bonds issuable for industrial  development and other types of private
activities. These limitations may affect the future supply and yields of private
activity  securities.  Further  proposals  affecting  the  value  of  tax-exempt
securities  may be introduced in the future.  In addition,  proposals  have been
made,  such as that involving the "flat tax," that could reduce or eliminate the
value  of that  exemption.  If the  availability  of  municipal  securities  for
investment  or  the  value  of the  Municipal  Bond  Fund's  holdings

                                       13
<PAGE>


could be  materially  affected by such changes in the law,  the  Trustees  would
reevaluate the Fund's  investment  objective and policies or consider the Fund's
dissolution.

FUND TURNOVER.  Fund turnover rates for the past 2 years,  (or since the date of
inception, if applicable) were:

- ---------------------------------------------------------
                       12 MONTHS ENDED    12 MONTHS ENDED
                        JUNE 30, 1999      JUNE 30, 1998
                        -------------      -------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------
Intermediate Bond             %                  %
- ---------------------------------------------------------
Municipal Bond                %                  %
- ---------------------------------------------------------

                                THE EQUITY FUNDS

The "Equity Funds" are the Large Cap Value,  the Mid Cap Value and the Small Cap
Value Funds.

CASH  MANAGEMENT.  The  Equity  Fund may  invest  in cash and cash  equivalents,
including  high-quality money market instruments and money market funds in order
to manage cash flow. Certain of these instruments are described below.

[BULLET]      MONEY MARKET FUNDS.  The Equity Funds may invest in the securities
              of other money market mutual funds,  within the limits  prescribed
              by the 1940 Act.

[BULLET]      U.S.  GOVERNMENT  OBLIGATIONS.  The Equity Funds may invest in the
              same debt securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S.  Government,
              its agencies or  instrumentalities as the Money Market Funds. (See
              "U.S. Government Obligations.")

[BULLET]      COMMERCIAL PAPER. The Equity Funds may invest in commercial paper.
              Commercial paper consists of short-term (up to 270 days) unsecured
              promissory  notes issued by corporations in order to finance their
              current operations.  The Funds may invest only in commercial paper
              rated A-1 or higher by S&P or Moody's or if not rated,  determined
              by the adviser or sub-adviser to be of comparable quality.

[BULLET]      BANK  OBLIGATIONS.  The  Equity  Funds  may  invest  in  the  same
              obligations  of U.S.  banks as the Money Market  Fund.  (See "Bank
              Obligations.")

CONVERTIBLE  SECURITIES.  Convertible securities have characteristics similar to
both fixed income and equity securities.  Because of the conversion feature, the
market value of  convertible  securities  tends to move together with the market
value of the underlying  stock. As a result,  a Fund's  selection of convertible
securities  is  based,  to  a  great  extent,   on  the  potential  for  capital
appreciation  that may exist in the underlying  stock.  The value of convertible
securities is also affected by prevailing  interest rates, the credit quality of
the issuers and any call provisions.

The Equity Funds may invest in  convertible  securities  that are rated,  at the
time of  purchase,  in the  three  highest  rating  categories  by a  nationally
recognized  statistical rating organization ("NRSRO") such as Moody's or S&P, or
if unrated,  are determined by the adviser to be of comparable quality.  Ratings
represent the rating agency's opinion  regarding the quality of the security and
are not a guarantee  of quality.  Should the rating of a security be  downgraded
subsequent  to a Fund's  purchase of the  security,  the adviser will  determine
whether it is in the best interest of the Fund to retain the security.

DEBT  SECURITIES.  Debt  securities  represent money borrowed that obligates the
issuer (e.g., a corporation,  municipality,  government,  government  agency) to
repay the borrowed  amount at maturity  (when the obligation is due and payable)
and usually to pay the holder interest at specific times.

HEDGING  STRATEGIES.  The Equity Funds may engage in certain hedging  strategies
that involve  options and futures.  These  hedging  strategies  are described in
detail in the Appendix.

                                       14
<PAGE>


ILLIQUID  SECURITIES.  Each of the Funds may  invest no more than 10% of its net
assets in  securities  that at the time of  purchase  have legal or  contractual
restrictions on resale or are otherwise illiquid. If the limitations on illiquid
securities are exceeded,  other than by a change in market values, the condition
will be reported by the Fund's investment adviser to the Board of Trustees.

OPTIONS  ON  SECURITIES  AND  SECURITIES  INDEXES.  The Large Cap Value Fund may
purchase call options on securities  that the adviser  intends to include in the
Fund in order to fix the cost of a future  purchase or attempt to enhance return
by, for  example,  participating  in an  anticipated  increase in the value of a
security.  The Fund may purchase  put options to hedge  against a decline in the
market value of securities  held in the Fund or in an attempt to enhance return.
The Fund may write (sell) put and covered call  options on  securities  in which
they are authorized to invest.  The Fund may also purchase put and call options,
and write put and covered call options on U.S. securities  indexes.  Stock index
options serve to hedge against overall  fluctuations  in the securities  markets
rather than  anticipated  increases  or  decreases  in the value of a particular
security. Of the 65% of the total assets of the Fund that are invested in equity
(or related) securities, the Fund may not invest more than 10% of such assets in
covered call options on securities and/or options on securities indices.

REPURCHASE  AGREEMENTS.  The  Equity  Funds may  invest  in the same  repurchase
agreements, as the Money Market Funds. (See "Repurchase Agreements.")

RESTRICTED SECURITIES. Restricted securities are securities that may not be sold
to the  public  without  registration  under  the  Securities  Act of 1933 or an
exemption  from  registration.  Each of the Equity Funds may invest up to 15% of
its  net  assets  in  illiquid  securities,   subject  to  a  Fund's  investment
limitations  on the  purchase of  illiquid  securities.  Restricted  securities,
including  securities  eligible for re-sale  under 1933 Act Rule 144A,  that are
determined to be liquid are not subject to this limitation.  This  determination
is to be made by the adviser or a sub-adviser  pursuant to guidelines adopted by
the Board of Trustees. Under these guidelines, the adviser or a sub-adviser will
consider  the  frequency  of trades and quotes for the  security,  the number of
dealers in, and potential purchasers for, the securities, dealer undertakings to
make a  market  in the  security,  and the  nature  of the  security  and of the
marketplace trades. In purchasing such restricted  securities,  the adviser or a
sub-adviser  intends to purchase  securities  that are exempt from  registration
under Rule 144A under the 1933 Act.

SECURITIES  LENDING.  The Equity Funds may lend  securities  subject to the same
conditions applicable to the Bond Funds.  (See "Securities Lending.")

FUND TURNOVER. Fund turnover rates for the past 2 years, (or since inception, if
applicable) were:

- ---------------------------------------------------------------
                           12 MONTHS ENDED      12 MONTHS ENDED
                            JUNE 30, 1999        JUNE 30, 1998
                            -------------        -------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
Large Cap Value                   %                    %
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
Mid Cap Value                     %                    %
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
Small Cap Value                   %                    %
- ---------------------------------------------------------------

                             INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

Except as otherwise provided,  the Funds and their  corresponding  master series
have adopted the investment  limitations set forth below.  Limitations which are
designated as fundamental  policies may not be changed  without the  affirmative
vote of the  lessor  of (i) 67% or more of the  shares  of a Fund  present  at a
shareholders  meeting if holders of more than 50% of the  outstanding  shares of
the  Fund are  present  in  person  or by  proxy  or (ii)  more  than 50% of the
outstanding  shares of a Fund. If any  percentage  restriction  on investment or
utilization  of assets is adhered to at the time an  investment is made, a later
change in  percentage  resulting  from a change in the market values of a Fund's
assets or  redemptions  of shares  will not be  considered  a  violation  of the
limitation.

                                       15
<PAGE>


MONEY MARKET FUNDS:
Each Fund will not as a matter of fundamental policy:

1. purchase the  securities  of any one issuer if, as a result,  more than 5% of
the Fund's total assets would be invested in the  securities of such issuer,  or
the Fund would own or hold 10% or more of the outstanding  voting  securities of
that issuer, provided that (1) the Fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets
without regard to these  limitations;  and (2) these limitations do not apply to
securities  issued  or  guaranteed  by the  U.S.  Government,  its  agencies  or
instrumentalities;

2. purchase the  securities of any issuer if, as a result,  more than 25% of the
Fund's total assets would be invested in the  securities  of one or more issuers
having their principal business  activities in the same industry,  however,  the
Fund may invest more than 25% of its total assets in the obligations of banks;

3. borrow money, except (1) from a bank for temporary or emergency purposes (not
for  leveraging  or  investment)  or  (2)  by  engaging  in  reverse  repurchase
agreements if the Fund's  borrowings do not exceed an amount equal to 33 1/3% of
the current value of its assets taken at market value,  less  liabilities  other
than borrowings;

4. make loans to other  persons,  except by (1)  purchasing  debt  securities in
accordance with its investment objective, policies and limitations; (2) entering
into  repurchase  agreements;  or (3) engaging in securities  loan  transactions
limited to 33 1/3% of the value of the Fund's total assets;

5. underwrite any issue of securities, except to the extent that the Fund may be
considered to be acting as underwriter in connection with the disposition of any
portfolio security;

6.  purchase  or sell  real  estate,  provided  that  the  Fund  may  invest  in
obligations secured by real estate or interests therein or obligations issued by
companies that invest in real estate or interests therein; or

7. purchase or sell physical commodities or contracts,  provided that currencies
and currency-related contracts will not be deemed physical commodities.

THE INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE DO NOT PROHIBIT A FUND FROM INVESTING
ALL OR  SUBSTANTIALLY  ALL OF ITS  ASSETS IN THE  SHARES OF  ANOTHER  REGISTERED
OPEN-END  INVESTMENT  COMPANY SUCH AS THE CORRESPONDING  SERIES OF WT INVESTMENT
TRUST I.

With respect to the exclusion from the investment limitation described in number
2 above, the Fund has been advised that it is the SEC staff's current  position,
that the  exclusion may be applied only to U.S.  bank  obligations;  the Premier
Money Market Fund, however, will consider both foreign and U.S. bank obligations
within this exclusion.

The  following  non-fundamental  policies  apply  to the Fund  unless  otherwise
indicated,  and the  Board of  Trustees  may  change  them  without  shareholder
approval.

Each Fund will not:

1.  make short sales of securities except short sales against the box;

2.  purchase  securities  on  margin  except  for the use of  short-term  credit
necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of portfolio securities;

3. purchase portfolio securities if its outstanding  borrowings exceed 5% of the
value of its total assets,  and if at any time the Fund's bank borrowings exceed
its  fundamental  borrowing  limitations  due to a decline in net  assets,  such
borrowings will be promptly  (within 3 days) reduced to the extent  necessary to
comply with such limitations;

                                       16
<PAGE>

4. make loans of portfolio securities unless such loans are fully collateralized
by cash, securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or
instrumentalities,  or any combination of cash and securities,  marked to market
daily; or

5. purchase the  securities of any one issuer if as a result more than 5% of the
Fund's total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer, provided
that this  limitation  does not apply to securities  issued or guaranteed by the
U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

BOND FUNDS:

Each Fund will not as a matter of fundamental policy:

1. purchase the  securities  of any one issuer if, as a result,  more than 5% of
the Fund's total assets would be invested in the  securities of such issuer,  or
the Fund would own or hold 10% or more of the outstanding  voting  securities of
that  issuer,  provided  that (1) each  Fund may  invest  up to 25% of its total
assets without  regard to these  limitations;  and (2) these  limitations do not
apply to securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or
instrumentalities;

2. purchase the  securities of any issuer if, as a result,  more than 25% of the
Fund's total assets would be invested in the  securities  of one or more issuers
having their principal business  activities in the same industry,  provided that
this  limitation  does not apply to securities  issued or guaranteed by the U.S.
Government,  its agencies or instrumentalities  (including repurchase agreements
fully collateralized by U.S. Government  obligations) or to tax-exempt municipal
securities;

3.  borrow  money,  provided  that the Fund may  borrow  money  from  banks  for
temporary  or  emergency  services  (not for  leveraging  or  investment)  or by
engaging in reverse repurchase agreements if the Fund's borrowings do not exceed
an amount  equal to 33 1/3% of the current  value of its assets  taken at market
value, less liabilities other than borrowings;

4. make loans to other  persons,  except by (1)  purchasing  debt  securities in
accordance with its investment objective, policies and limitations; (2) entering
into  repurchase  agreements;  or (3) engaging in securities  loan  transactions
limited to 33 1/3% of the value of the Fund's total assets;

5. underwrite any issue of securities, except to the extent that the Fund may be
considered to be acting as underwriter in connection with the disposition of any
portfolio security;

6. purchase or sell real estate or real estate  limited  partnership  interests,
provided  that the Fund may  invest in  obligations  secured  by real  estate or
interests therein or obligations  issued by companies that invest in real estate
or interests therein, including real estate investment trusts;

7.  purchase  or sell  physical  commodities  or  commodities  contracts  except
financial and foreign currency futures contracts and options thereon, options on
foreign currencies and forward currency contracts; or

8. issue senior securities,  except as appropriate to evidence indebtedness that
the Fund is  permitted  to incur,  provided  that  futures,  options and forward
currency transactions will not be deemed to be senior securities for purposes of
this limitation.

THE INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE DO NOT PROHIBIT A FUND FROM INVESTING
ALL OR  SUBSTANTIALLY  ALL OF ITS  ASSETS IN THE  SHARES OF  ANOTHER  REGISTERED
OPEN-END  INVESTMENT  COMPANY SUCH AS THE CORRESPONDING  SERIES OF WT INVESTMENT
TRUST I.

The following  non-fundamental policies apply to each Fund and may be changed by
the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval. Each Fund will not:

                                       17
<PAGE>


1.  pledge,  mortgage  or  hypothecate  its  assets,  except the Fund may pledge
securities having a market value at the time of the pledge not exceeding 33 1/3%
of the value of its total assets to secure borrowings,  and the Fund may deposit
initial  and  variation  margin  in  connection  with  transactions  in  futures
contracts and options on futures contracts;

2.  make short sales of securities except short sales against the box;

3.  purchase  securities  on  margin  except  for the use of  short-term  credit
necessary  for the  clearance  of purchases  and sales of portfolio  securities,
provided  that the Fund  may make  initial  and  variation  margin  deposits  in
connection with permitted transactions in options or futures;

4. purchase portfolio securities if its outstanding borrowings exceed 5% of the
value of its total assets;

5. when engaging in options, futures and forward currency contract strategies, a
Fund will  either:  (1) set  aside  cash or liquid  securities  in a  segregated
account  with  the  Fund's  custodian  in the  prescribed  amount;  or (2)  hold
securities  or other options or futures  contracts  whose values are expected to
offset  ("cover") its obligations  thereunder.  Securities,  currencies or other
options or futures  contracts  used for cover cannot be sold or closed out while
the strategy is outstanding, unless they are replaced with similar assets;

6.  purchase  or sell  non-hedging  futures  contracts  or  related  options  if
aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish such positions would
exceed  5% of  the  Fund's  total  assets.  For  purposes  of  this  limitation,
unrealized  profits and  unrealized  losses on any open contracts are taken into
account,  and the  in-the-money  amount of an option that is in-the-money at the
time of purchase is excluded; or

7. write put or call options having  aggregate  exercise prices greater than 25%
of the Fund's net assets, except with respect to options attached to or acquired
with or traded  together with their  underlying  securities and securities  that
incorporate features similar to options.


EQUITY FUNDS:
Each Fund will not as a matter of fundamental policy:

1. purchase the  securities of any one issuer,  if as a result,  more than 5% of
the Fund's total assets would be invested in the  securities of such issuer,  or
the Fund would own or hold 10% or more of the outstanding  voting  securities of
that  issuer,  provided  that (1) each  Fund may  invest  up to 25% of its total
assets  without  regard to these  limitations  and (2) these  limitations do not
apply to securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or
instrumentalities;

2.  purchase  securities  of any  issuer  if, as a result,  more than 25% of the
Fund's total assets would be invested in the  securities  of one or more issuers
having their principal  business  activities in the same industry,  however this
limitation  does not apply to  investments in short-term  obligations  issued or
guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities;

3. borrow  money,  however the Funds may borrow money for temporary or emergency
purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests, in amounts up to 33 1/3%
of a Fund's assets;

4. make loans to other  persons,  except by (1)  purchasing  debt  securities in
accordance with its investment objective, policies and limitations; (2) entering
into repurchase agreements; or (3) engaging in securities loan transactions;

5. underwrite any issue of securities, except to the extent that the Fund may be
considered to be acting as underwriter in connection with the disposition of any
portfolio security;

                                       18
<PAGE>

6. purchase or sell real estate.  The Funds  additionally  may not invest in any
interest in real estate except  securities  issued or guaranteed by corporate or
governmental  entities  secured by real  estate or  interests  therein,  such as
mortgage  pass-throughs and collateralized  mortgage  obligations,  or issued by
companies that invest in real estate or interests therein;

7. purchase or sell physical commodities.  The Funds additionally are restricted
from  purchasing  or selling  contracts,  options or  options  on  contracts  to
purchase or sell physical commodities; or

8. issue  senior  securities,  except to the extent  permitted  by the 1940 Act,
however the Funds may borrow money  subject to their  investment  limitation  on
borrowing.

THE INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE DO NOT PROHIBIT A FUND FROM INVESTING
ALL OR  SUBSTANTIALLY  ALL OF ITS  ASSETS IN THE  SHARES OF  ANOTHER  REGISTERED
OPEN-END  INVESTMENT  COMPANY SUCH AS THE CORRESPONDING  SERIES OF WT INVESTMENT
TRUST I.

The  following  non-fundamental  policies  apply to each Fund  unless  otherwise
indicated,  and the  Board of  Trustees  may  change  them  without  shareholder
approval. Each Fund will not:

1. pledge,  mortgage or  hypothecate  its assets  except to secure  indebtedness
permitted  to be  incurred by the Fund,  provided  that the deposit in escrow of
securities   in   connection   with  the  writing  of  put  and  call   options,
collateralized  loans of securities and collateral  arrangements with respect to
margin for future contracts are not deemed to be pledges or  hypothecations  for
this purpose;

2. make short sales of securities except short sales against the box;

3. purchase  securities  on  margin   except  for the use of  short-term  credit
necessary  for the  clearance  of purchases  and sales of portfolio  securities,
however the Funds may make initial and variation  margin  deposits in connection
with permitted transactions in options without violating this limitation;

4. purchase portfolio securities if its outstanding  borrowings exceed 5% of the
value of its total assets.

                              TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS


The Board of Trustees  supervises the Funds' activities and reviews  contractual
arrangements  with the Funds' service  providers.  The Trustees and officers are
listed below. All persons named as Trustees and officers also serve in a similar
capacity for WT Investment Trust I. An asterisk (*) indicates those Trustees who
are "interested persons".

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------ -------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------
                               POSITION(S)
NAME, ADDRESS AND DATE OF      HELD WITH
BIRTH                          THE FUND       PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS
- ------------------------------ -------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>         <C>
ROBERT ARNOLD                     Trustee     In 1989, Mr. Arnold founded, and currently  co-manages,  R. H.
152 W. 57th Street, 44th                      Arnold & Co., Inc., an investment  banking  company.  Prior to
Floor                                         forming R. H. Arnold & Co.,  Inc.,  Mr.  Arnold was  Executive
New York, NY  10019                           Vice   President   and  a   director   to   Cambrian   Capital
Date of Birth: 3/44                           Corporation, an investment banking firm he co-founded in 1987.
- ------------------------------ -------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------
ROBERT J. CHRISTIAN*             Trustee,     Mr. Christian has been Chief Investment  Officer of Wilmington
Rodney Square North              President    Trust  Company  since  February  1996 and  Director  of Rodney
1100 N. Market Street                         Square  Management  Corporation  since 1996.  He was  Chairman
Wilmington, DE 19890                          and Director of PNC Equity  Advisors  Company,  and  President
Date of Birth: 2/49                           and Chief  Investment  Officer of PNC Asset  Management  Group
                                              Inc.  from 1994 to 1996.  He was Chief  Investment  Officer of
                                              PNC Bank from 1992 to 1996 and Director of  Provident  Capital
                                              Management from 1993 to 1996.
- ------------------------------ -------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                       19
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ------------------------------ -------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------
                               POSITION(S)
NAME, ADDRESS AND DATE OF      HELD WITH
BIRTH                          THE FUND       PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS
- ------------------------------ -------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>         <C>
NICHOLAS A. GIORDANO              Trustee     Mr. Giordano was appointed interim President of LaSalle
LaSalle University                            University on July 1, 1998 and was a consultant for financial
Philadelphia, PA 19141                        services organizations from late 1997 through 1998.  He
Date of Birth: 3/43                           served as president and chief executive officer of the
                                              Philadelphia Stock Exchange from 1981 through August 1997,
                                              and also served as chairman of the board of the exchange's
                                              two subsidiaries: Stock Clearing Corporation of Philadelphia
                                              and Philadelphia Depository Trust Company.  Before joining
                                              the Philadelphia Stock Exchange, Mr. Giordano served as chief
                                              financial officer at two brokerage firms (1968-1971).  A
                                              certified public accountant, he began his career at Price
                                              Waterhouse in 1965.
- ------------------------------ -------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------
LAWRENCE B. THOMAS                Trustee     Mr.  Thomas  retired in October  1996,  after having served in
7813 Pierce Circle                            numerous   financial   positions   at   ConAgra,    Inc.   (an
Omaha, NE  68124                              international  food company) including  Treasurer,  Secretary,
Date of Birth: 3/46                           Risk  Officer,  and Senior Vice  President-Finance  (Principal
                                              Financial  Officer).  In his thirty-six  years at ConAgra,  he
                                              also   served  as  director   and  officer  of  its   numerous
                                              subsidiaries.
- ------------------------------ -------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------
ERIC K. CHEUNG                     Vice       From 1978 to 1986,  Mr. Cheung was the  Portfolio  Manager for
Rodney Square North              President    fixed income assets of the Meritor  Financial  Group. In 1986,
1100 N. Market Street                         Mr.  Cheung  joined  Wilmington  Trust Company and in 1991, he
Wilmington, DE 19890                          became the Division Manager for all fixed income products.
Date of Birth: 12/54
- ------------------------------ -------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------
PAT COLLETTI                       Vice       Mr.  Colletti is Vice  President  and  Director of  Investment
400 Bellevue Parkway             President    Accounting and  Administration  of PFPC Inc. since April 1999.
Wilmington, DE 19809           and Treasurer  Prior to joining PFPC,  Mr.  Colletti was  Controller  for the
Date of Birth: 11/58                          Reserve Funds since 1986.
- ------------------------------ -------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------
GARY M. GARDNER                  Secretary    Mr.  Gardner  has been a Senior  Vice  President  of PFPC Inc.
400 Bellevue Parkway                          since  January  1994.  Previously,  Mr.  Gardner had  provided
Wilmington, DE  19809                         legal  and  regulatory   advice  to  mutual  funds  and  their
Date of Birth: 2/51                           management for more than twenty years at Federated  Investors,
                                              Inc.,   SunAmerica  Asset  Management  Corp.  and  The  Boston
                                              Company, Inc.
- ------------------------------ -------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>



On July 1, 1999,  the  Trustees  and  officers  of the Fund,  as a group,  owned
beneficially,  or may be deemed to have owned beneficially,  less than 1% of the
outstanding shares of each Fund.

The fees and expenses of the Trustees  who are not  "interested  persons" of the
Fund ("Independent Trustees"), as defined in the 1940 Act are paid by each Fund.
The  following  table  shows the fees paid during the fiscal year ended June 30,
1999 to the  Independent  Trustees  for their  service to the Fund and the total
compensation paid to the Trustees by the WT Fund Complex,  which consists of the
Fund and WT Investment Trust I.


              TRUSTEES FEES FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1999


                             AGGREGATE           TOTAL COMPENSATION
                       COMPENSATION FROM THE     FROM THE WT FUND
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEE             FUND                  COMPLEX
Robert Arnold                    $                       $
Nicholas Giordano                $                       $

                                       20

<PAGE>

Lawrence Thomas                  $                       $

               CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

Persons or  organizations  beneficially  owning  25% or more of the  outstanding
shares of a Fund may be  presumed  to  "control"  the Fund.  As a result,  those
persons or organizations could have the ability to vote a majority of the shares
of the Fund on any matter  requiring  the approval of the  shareholders  of that
Fund. As of July 1, 1999, no entities were known to own  beneficially 5% or more
of the outstanding shares of the Funds.

                     INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

RODNEY SQUARE MANAGEMENT CORPORATION

RSMC serves as the  investment  adviser to the Prime Money Market Series and the
Tax-Exempt  Series.  RSMC is a Delaware  corporation  organized on September 17,
1981. It is a wholly owned subsidiary of WTC, a  state-chartered  bank organized
as a  Delaware  corporation  in  1903.  WTC  is a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of
Wilmington Trust  Corporation,  a publicly held bank holding  company.  RSMC may
occasionally  consult,  on an informal basis, with personnel of WTC's investment
departments.

Several affiliates of RSMC are also engaged in the investment advisory business.
Wilmington  Trust FSB and Wilmington  Brokerage  Services  Company,  both wholly
owned subsidiaries of WTC, are registered investment advisers. In addition, WBSC
is a registered broker-dealer.

For its services as adviser, RSMC received the following fees:
                              12 MONTHS ENDED  12 MONTHS ENDED   12 MONTHS ENDED
                                  6/30/99          6/30/98           6/30/97
Prime Money Market Series            $                $                 $
Tax-Exempt Series                    $                $                 $

For its services as adviser, RSMC waived the following fees:
                              12 MONTHS ENDED  12 MONTHS ENDED   12 MONTHS ENDED
                                  6/30/99          6/30/98           6/30/97
Prime Money Market Series            $                $                 $
Tax-Exempt Series                    $                $                 $

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
Wilmington  Trust  Company,  the  parent  of  RSMC,  is a  state-chartered  bank
organized as a Delaware corporation in 1903. WTC is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Wilmington  Trust  Corporation,  a publicly  held bank holding  company.  WTC is
engaged in a variety of investment advisory activities, including the management
of collective  investment pools, and has nearly a century of experience managing
the personal  investments of high net-worth  individuals.  WTC also manages over
$3.8  billion  in fixed  income  assets and $1.4  billion  in equity  assets for
various other institutional clients.

WTC  serves  as  the  adviser  to  the   Short/Intermediate   Bond  Series,  the
Intermediate Bond Series,  the Municipal Bond Series, the Large Cap Core Series,
the Small Cap Core Series and the International  Multi-Manager  Series. WTC also
served as the adviser to the Premier Money Market Series until _____, 1999.

For WTC's  services as  investment  adviser to each  Series,  WTC  received  the
following fees:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         OCTOBER 20, 1998 TO    12 MONTHS ENDED   12 MONTHS ENDED    12 MONTHS ENDED
                            JUNE 30, 1999           6/30/99           6/30/98            6/30/97
                            -------------           -------           -------            -------
<S>                              <C>                   <C>               <C>                <C>

Intermediate Bond Series         N/A                   $                 $                  $
Municipal Bond Series            N/A                   $                 $                  $

</TABLE>

                                       21

<PAGE>


For its services as adviser, WTC waived the following fees:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           OCTOBER 20, 1998 TO    12 MONTHS ENDED   12 MONTHS ENDED    12 MONTHS ENDED
                                JUNE 30, 1999           6/30/99           6/30/98            6/30/97
                              -------------           -------           -------            -------
<S>                                <C>                   <C>               <C>                <C>
Intermediate Bond Series           N/A                   $                 $                  $
Municipal Bond Series              N/A                   $                 $                  $
</TABLE>

 For Institutional shares, WTC, or RSMC , as applicable,  have agreed to waive a
portion  of their  advisory  fees or  reimburse  expenses  to the  extent  total
operating  expenses exceed 0.20% for the Premier Money Market Series,  0.55% for
the Intermediate Bond Series; 0.75% for the Municipal Bond Series, 0.75% for the
Large Cap Value  Series.  This  waiver  will  remain in place until the Board of
Trustees approves its termination. [PLEASE CONFIRM FEE WAIVERS.]

CRAMER ROSENTHAL MCGLYNN, LLC
CRM serves as investment  adviser to the Large Cap Value,  the Mid Cap Value and
the Small Cap Series. CRM and its predecessors have managed investments in small
and medium  capitalization  companies  for over 25 years.  CRM is 76% owned (and
therefore  controlled)  by Cramer,  Rosenthal,  McGlynn,  Inc.  ("CRM")  and its
shareholders. CRM is registered as an investment adviser with the SEC.

For its services as adviser, CRM received the following fees:
                             12 MONTHS ENDED   12 MONTHS ENDED   12 MONTHS ENDED
                                 6/30/99           6/30/98             6/30/97
                                 -------           -------             -------
Large Cap Value Series
Mid Cap Value Series
Small Cap Value Series

For its services as adviser, CRM waived the following fees.
                             12 MONTHS ENDED    12 MONTHS ENDED  12 MONTHS ENDED
                                 6/30/99           6/30/98             6/30/97
                                 -------           -------             -------
Large Cap Value Series
Mid Cap Value Series
Small Cap Value Series

For Institutional  shares, CRM has voluntarily  undertaken to waive a portion of
its fees and assume certain  expenses of the above Series to the extent that the
total annual operating expenses exceed 1.40% of net assets. This undertaking may
be terminated at any time.

ADVISORY SERVICES.  Under the terms of advisory agreements,  each adviser agrees
to: (a) direct the investments of each Series, subject to and in accordance with
the Series'  investment  objective,  policies and  limitations  set forth in the
Prospectus and this Statement of Additional  Information;  (b) purchase and sell
for each Series,  securities and other  investments  consistent with the Series'
objectives and policies;  (c) supply office facilities,  equipment and personnel
necessary for servicing the  investments of the Series;  (d) pay the salaries of
all  personnel  of the Series and the adviser  performing  services  relating to
research,  statistical  and investment  activities on behalf of the Series;  (e)
make   available  and  provide  such   information  as  the  Series  and/or  its
administrator  may  reasonably  request  for  use  in  the  preparation  of  its
registration  statement,  reports and other documents required by any applicable
federal,  foreign or state  statutes or  regulations;  (f) make its officers and
employees  available to the  Trustees and officers of the Fund for  consultation
and  discussion  regarding  the  management  of each  Series and its  investment
activities.  Additionally,  each  adviser  agrees to  create  and  maintain  all
necessary  records in accordance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations
pertaining to the various  functions  performed by it and not otherwise  created
and maintained by another party pursuant to contract with the Fund. Each adviser
may at any time or times, upon approval by the Board of Trustees, enter into one
or more sub-advisory agreements with a sub-advisor pursuant to which the adviser
delegates any or all of its duties as listed.

The  agreements  provide that each adviser  shall not be liable for any error of
judgment or mistake of law or for any loss  suffered  by a Series in  connection
with the matters to which the Agreement relates,  except to

                                       22
<PAGE>

the extent of a loss  resulting  from  willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or gross
negligence on its part in the  performance of its  obligations  and duties under
the agreement.

The salaries of any officers  and the  interested  Trustees of the Funds who are
affiliated  with an adviser and the  salaries of all  personnel  of each adviser
performing  services  for  each  Fund  relating  to  research,  statistical  and
investment activities are paid by the adviser.

                     ADMINISTRATION AND ACCOUNTING SERVICES

Under separate Administration and Accounting Services Agreements, PFPC Inc., 400
Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809 performs certain administrative and
accounting services for WT Mutual Fund and WT Investment Trust I. These services
include preparing shareholder reports,  providing statistical and research data,
assisting the advisers in compliance  monitoring  activities,  and preparing and
filing  federal  and state tax  returns on behalf of the Fund and the Trust.  In
addition,   PFPC  prepares  and  files  various  reports  with  the  appropriate
regulatory  agencies  and  prepares  materials  required by the SEC or any state
securities commission having jurisdiction over the Fund. The accounting services
performed by PFPC include determining the net asset value per share of each Fund
and maintaining records relating to the securities transactions of the Fund. The
Administration  and Accounting  Services  Agreements  provides that PFPC and its
affiliates  shall not be liable for any error of  judgment  or mistake of law or
for any loss  suffered by the Fund or its Funds,  except to the extent of a loss
resulting from willful misfeasance,  bad faith or gross negligence on their part
in the performance of their obligations and duties under the  Administration and
Accounting Services Agreements.

For its  administrative  and  accounting  services,  PFPC received the following
fees:

                             12 MONTHS ENDED        FOR THE PERIOD
                                 6/30/99           2/2/98 TO 6/30/98
                                 -------           -----------------
Intermediate Bond Series
Municipal Bond Series
Large Cap Value Series

Prior to February 2, 1998, RSMC provided  administrative and accounting services
and was paid the following fees:

                              FOR THE PERIOD         12 MONTHS ENDED
                             7/1/97 TO 2/2/98            6/30/97
                             ----------------            -------
Intermediate Bond Series
Municipal Bond Series
Large Cap Value Series

For its  administrative  and  accounting  services,  PFPC received the following
fees:

                                12 MONTHS ENDED        FOR THE PERIOD
                                    6/30/99           1/5/98 TO 6/30/98
                                    -------           -----------------
Prime Money Market Series
Tax-Exempt Series

Prior to January 5, 1998, RSMC provided  administrative and accounting  services
and was paid the following fees:

                                   FOR THE PERIOD         12 MONTHS ENDED
                                  7/1/97 TO 1/4/98            6/30/97
                                  ----------------            -------
Prime Money Market Series
Tax-Exempt Series

                                       23

<PAGE>


                          ADDITIONAL SERVICE PROVIDERS

INDEPENDENT   AUDITORS.   _________________________________,   serves   as   the
independent  auditor,  providing  services which include (1) auditing the annual
financial   statements  for  the  Funds,  (2)  assistance  and  consultation  in
connection with SEC filings and (3) preparation of the annual federal income tax
returns filed on behalf of each Fund.

LEGAL  COUNSEL.  Pepper  Hamilton  LLP,  3000 Two  Logan  Square,  18th and Arch
Streets, Philadelphia, PA 19103, serves as counsel to the Fund and WT Investment
Trust I.

CUSTODIAN.  PFPC Trust Company,  200 Stevens Drive,  Lester, PA 19113, serves as
the Custodian.

TRANSFER  AGENT.  PFPC Inc., 400 Bellevue  Parkway,  Wilmington,  DE 19890-0001,
serves as the Transfer Agent and Dividend Paying Agent.

                   DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES AND RULE 12B-1 PLAN

Provident Distributors,  Inc. Four Falls Corporate Center, West Conshohocken, PA
19428, serves as the underwriter of the Funds' shares pursuant to a Distribution
Agreement with the Fund.  Pursuant to the terms of the  Distribution  Agreement,
PDI is granted  the right to sell the shares of the Funds as agent for the Fund.
Shares of the Funds are offered continuously.

Under the terms of the Distribution Agreement,  PDI agrees to use all reasonable
efforts to secure  purchasers  for Investor class shares of the Funds and to pay
expenses of printing and  distributing  prospectuses,  statements  of additional
information and reports prepared for use in connection with the sale of Investor
class shares and any other  literature and  advertising  used in connection with
the offering,  out of the compensation it receives  pursuant to the Funds' Plans
of  Distribution  adopted  pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (the "12b-1
Plans").  PDI  receives  no  underwriting  commissions  or  Rule  12b-1  fees in
connection with the sale of the Funds' Institutional class shares.

The  Distribution  Agreement  provides  that  PDI,  in the  absence  of  willful
misfeasance,  bad faith or gross  negligence in the performance of its duties or
by  reason  of  reckless  disregard  of its  obligations  and  duties  under the
Agreements,  will not be liable to the Funds or their  shareholders  for  losses
arising in connection with the sale of Fund shares.

The  Distribution  Agreement  became  effective  as of  February  25,  1998  and
continues in effect for a period of two years.  Thereafter,  the  agreement  may
continue in effect for successive  annual periods  provided such  continuance is
approved at least  annually by a majority of the Trustees,  including a majority
of the Independent Trustees. The Distribution Agreement terminates automatically
in the event of an assignment.  The Agreement is also terminable without payment
of any  penalty  with  respect  to any Fund (i) (by  vote of a  majority  of the
Trustees of the Fund who are not interested  persons of the Fund and who have no
direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of any Rule 12b-1 Plan of
the Fund or any agreements  related to a 12b-1 Plan, or by vote of a majority of
the outstanding  voting  securities of the applicable  Fund) on sixty (60) days'
written  notice to PDI; or (ii) by PDI on sixty (60) days' written notice to the
Fund.

PDI will be  compensated  for  distribution  services  according to the Investor
class 12b-1 Plan,  which  became  effective  _____,  1999,  regardless  of PDI's
expenses.  The  Investor  class  12b-1 Plan  provides  that PDI will be paid for
distribution  activities such as public relations services,  telephone services,
sales   presentations,   media  charges,   preparation,   printing  and  mailing
advertising  and  sales  literature,  data  processing  necessary  to  support a
distribution  effort and printing  and mailing of  prospectuses  to  prospective
shareholders.  Additionally,  PDI may pay certain financial institutions such as
banks or  broker-dealers  who have entered into  servicing  agreements  with PDI
("Service  Organizations") and other financial institutions for distribution and
shareholder servicing activities.

                                       24

<PAGE>

The Investor  class 12b-1 Plan further  provides  that payment shall be made for
any month only to the extent that such  payment  does not exceed (i) 0.25% on an
annualized basis of the Investor Class shares of each Fund's average net assets;
and (ii)  limitations set from time to time by the Board of Trustees.  The Board
of Trustees  has only  authorized  implementation  of each 12b-1 Plan for annual
payments of up to 0.05% of the Investor class shares of each of the Money Market
Fund's  average  net  assets to  reimburse  PDI for making  payments  to certain
Service  Organizations  who have sold Investor class shares of the Funds and for
other distribution expenses.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  PAYMENTS MADE PURSUANT TO THE 12B-1 PLAN     LARGE CAP VALUE                             SMALL CAP VALUE
      FOR THE 12 MONTHS ENDED 6/30/99               SERIES        MID CAP VALUE SERIES          SERIES

<S>                                                   <C>                   <C>                   <C>
Trail Commissions:                                    $                     $                     $
Preparation and Distribution of Marketing             $                     $                     $
Materials:
Total:                                                $                     $                     $
</TABLE>

Under the Investor class 12b-1 Plans, if any payments made by the adviser out of
its  advisory  fee,  not to exceed the amount of that fee, to any third  parties
(including  banks),  including  payments for shareholder  servicing and transfer
agent  functions,  were  deemed  to be  indirect  financing  by each Fund of the
distribution of its Investor class shares,  such payments are  authorized.  Each
Series may execute portfolio transactions with and purchase securities issued by
depository  institutions  that  receive  payments  under  the  12b-1  Plans.  No
preference for instruments  issued by such  depository  institutions is shown in
the selection of investments.

                    BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

The advisers and sub-advisers place all portfolio transactions on behalf of each
Series. Debt securities purchased and sold by the Series are generally traded on
the dealer  market on a net basis (i.e.,  without  commission)  through  dealers
acting  for  their  own  account  and  not  as  brokers,  or  otherwise  involve
transactions  directly  with the  issuer of the  instrument.  This  means that a
dealer (the  securities  firm or bank dealing with a Series)  makes a market for
securities by offering to buy at one price and sell at a slightly  higher price.
The  difference  between the prices is known as a spread.  When  securities  are
purchased in underwritten offerings, they include a fixed amount of compensation
to the underwriter.

The primary  objective  of the advisers and  sub-advisers  in placing  orders on
behalf of the Series for the purchase and sale of  securities  is to obtain best
execution at the most favorable  prices through  responsible  brokers or dealers
and, where the spread or commission rates are negotiable,  at competitive rates.
In selecting a broker or dealer, each adviser considers, among other things: (i)
the price of the securities to be purchased or sold; (ii) the rate of the spread
or commission;  (iii) the size and difficulty of the order;  (iv) the nature and
character  of the spread or  commission  for the  securities  to be purchased or
sold; (v) the reliability, integrity, financial condition, general execution and
operational  capability  of the  broker or dealer;  and (vi) the  quality of any
research or statistical  services provided by the broker or dealer to the Series
or to the advisers.

The advisers cannot readily  determine the extent to which spreads or commission
rates or net prices  charged by  brokers or dealers  reflect  the value of their
research,  analysis,  advice and similar  services.  In such cases, each adviser
receives  services it otherwise might have had to perform itself.  The research,
analysis,  advice and  similar  services  provided  by brokers or dealers can be
useful to the advisers in serving its other  clients,  as well as in serving the
Series.  Conversely,  information provided to the advisers by brokers or dealers
who have executed  transaction  orders on behalf of other clients of the adviser
may be useful in  providing  services  to the  Series.  During the  twelve-month
periods  ended  June 30,  1999,  1998 and 1997,  the Series  paid the  following
brokerage commissions:

                                       25
<PAGE>


                           12 MONTHS ENDED  12 MONTHS ENDED  12 MONTHS ENDED
                               6/30/99          6/30/98          6/30/97
Prime Money Market Series
Tax-Exempt Series
Intermediate Bond Series         N/A              N/A              N/A
Municipal Bond Series            N/A              N/A              N/A
Large Cap Value Series
Mid Cap Value Series
Small Cap Value Series

Some of the advisers'  other  clients have  investment  objectives  and programs
similar  to that of the  Series.  Occasionally,  recommendations  made to  other
clients may result in their purchasing or selling securities simultaneously with
the Series.  Consequently,  the demand for  securities  being  purchased  or the
supply of  securities  being sold may  increase,  and this could have an adverse
effect on the price of those securities. It is the policy of the advisers not to
favor one client over another in making recommendations or in placing orders. In
the event of a simultaneous  transaction,  purchases or sales are averaged as to
price,  transaction  costs  are  allocated  between a Series  and other  clients
participating in the transaction on a pro rata basis and purchases and sales are
normally  allocated  between  the  Series  and the  other  clients  as to amount
according to a formula determined prior to the execution of such transactions.

                       CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES

The Fund  issues two  separate  classes of shares,  Institutional  and  Investor
shares,  for each Fund with a par value of $.01 per  share.  The  shares of each
Fund, when issued and paid for in accordance with the prospectus,  will be fully
paid and non-assessable  shares,  with equal voting rights and no preferences as
to conversion, exchange, dividends, redemption or any other feature.

The separate classes of shares each represent interests in the same portfolio of
investments, have the same rights and are identical in all respects, except that
the  Investor  class  shares  bear Rule 12b-1  distribution  expenses,  and have
exclusive  voting  rights with respect to the Rule 12b-1 Plan  pursuant to which
the distribution fee may be paid. The net income attributable to Investor shares
and the  dividends  payable on Investor  shares will be reduced by the amount of
the distribution fees;  accordingly,  the net asset value of the Investor shares
will be reduced by such  amount to the  extent  the Fund has  undistributed  net
income.

Shares of a Fund entitle holders to one vote per share and fractional  votes for
fractional  shares held. Shares have  non-cumulative  voting rights, do not have
preemptive  or  subscription  rights and are  transferable.  Each Fund and class
takes separate votes on matters  affecting only that Fund or class. For example,
a change in the fundamental  investment  policies for a Fund would be voted upon
only by shareholders of that Fund.

The Funds do not hold annual meetings of shareholders. The Trustees are required
to call a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of voting upon the question of
removal of any Trustee when requested in writing to do so by the shareholders of
record owning not less than 10% of a Fund's outstanding shares.

                   PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES

PURCHASE OF SHARES. Information regarding the purchase of shares is discussed in
the  "Purchase  of Shares"  section  of the  prospectus.  Additional  methods to
purchase shares are as follows:

INDIVIDUAL  RETIREMENT  ACCOUNTS:  You may  purchase  shares  of the Funds for a
tax-deferred  retirement plan such as an individual  retirement account ("IRA").
To order an  application  for an IRA and a brochure  describing a Fund IRA, call
the Transfer Agent at (800) _____. PFPC Trust Company, as custodian for each IRA
account  receives an annual fee of $10 per account,  paid directly to PFPC Trust
Company  by the IRA  shareholder.  If the fee is not paid by the due  date,  the
appropriate   number  of  Fund  shares   owned  by  the  IRA  will  be  redeemed
automatically as payment.

                                       26
<PAGE>


AUTOMATIC  INVESTMENT  PLAN:  You may purchase Fund shares  through an Automatic
Investment  Plan  ("AIP").  Under  the  AIP,  the  Transfer  Agent,  at  regular
intervals,  will automatically  debit your bank checking account in an amount of
$50 or more  (after the $1,000  minimum  initial  investment).  You may elect to
invest the specified  amount  monthly,  bimonthly,  quarterly,  semiannually  or
annually.  The purchase of Fund shares will be effected at their  offering price
at 12:00 p.m.  Eastern time for the Tax-Exempt  Fund, at 2:00 p.m.  Eastern Time
for the Prime Money Market,  Premier Money Market and U.S.  Government Funds, or
at the close of  regular  trading on the New York  Stock  Exchange  ("Exchange")
(currently 4:00 p.m.,  Eastern time), for the Bond and Equity Funds, on or about
the 20th day of the month. For an application for the Automatic Investment Plan,
check the appropriate box of the application or call the Transfer Agent at (800)
_____.

PAYROLL INVESTMENT PLAN: The Payroll Investment Plan ("PIP") permits you to make
regularly scheduled purchases of Fund shares through payroll deductions. To open
a PIP  account,  you  must  submit  a  completed  account  application,  payroll
deduction  form and the  minimum  initial  deposit  to your  employer's  payroll
department.  Then, a portion of your paychecks will automatically be transferred
to your PIP account for as long as you wish to  participate  in the plan.  It is
the sole  responsibility  of your employer,  not the Fund, the distributor,  the
advisers or the transfer agent, to arrange for  transactions  under the PIP. The
Fund reserves the right to vary its minimum purchase  requirements for employees
participating in a PIP.

REDEMPTION  OF  SHARES.  Information  regarding  the  redemption  of  shares  is
discussed in the "Redemption of Shares"  section of the  prospectus.  Additional
methods to redeem shares are as follows:

BY CHECK: You may utilize the check writing option to redeem shares of the Prime
Money  Market  and the  Tax-Exempt  Funds by  drawing  a check  for $500 or more
against a Fund account.  When the check is presented  for payment,  a sufficient
number of shares will be redeemed  from your Fund account to cover the amount of
the check. This procedure enables you to continue  receiving  dividends on those
shares until the check is presented for payment. Because the aggregate amount of
Fund shares owned is likely to change each day, you should not attempt to redeem
all shares held in your account by using the check  writing  procedure.  Charges
will be imposed for  specially  imprinted  checks,  business  checks,  copies of
canceled  checks,  stop payment orders,  checks  returned due to  "nonsufficient
funds"  and  returned  checks.  These  charges  will be  paid  by  automatically
redeeming an appropriate number of Fund shares. Each Fund and the Transfer Agent
reserve the right to terminate or alter the check  writing  service at any time.
The  Transfer  Agent  also  reserves  the right to  impose a  service  charge in
connection  with the check writing  service.  If you are interested in the check
writing  service,  contact the  Transfer  Agency for further  information.  This
service is generally  not  available  for Service  Organization  clients who are
provided a similar service by those organizations.

BY WIRE:  Redemption proceeds may be wired to your predesignated bank account in
any  commercial  bank in the United States if the amount is $1,000 or more.  The
receiving bank may charge a fee for this service. Proceeds may also be mailed to
your bank or,  for  amounts  of  $10,000  or less,  mailed to your Fund  account
address of record if the address has been  established  for at least 60 days. In
order to authorize the Transfer Agent to mail  redemption  proceeds to your Fund
account address of record,  complete the appropriate  section of the Application
for Telephone  Redemptions  or include your Fund account  address of record when
you  submit  written  instructions.  You may change  the  account  that you have
designated to receive  amounts  redeemed at any time.  Any request to change the
account  designated to receive  redemption  proceeds  should be accompanied by a
guarantee of the shareholder's signature by an eligible institution. A signature
and a signature guarantee are required for each person in whose name the account
is registered.  Further  documentation will be required to change the designated
account  when a  corporation,  other  organization,  trust,  fiduciary  or other
institutional investor holds the Fund shares.

SYSTEMATIC  WITHDRAWAL PLAN: If you own shares of a Fund with a value of $10,000
or more you may participate in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan ("SWP"). Under the
SWP, you may automatically redeem a portion of your account monthly,  bimonthly,
quarterly,  semiannually or annually.  The minimum withdrawal available is $100.
The redemption of Fund shares will be effected at the NAV determined on or about
the 25th day of the month.

                                       27

<PAGE>

ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION  REGARDING  REDEMPTIONS:  To ensure proper authorization
before redeeming shares of the Funds, the Transfer Agent may require  additional
documents such as, but not restricted to, stock powers, trust instruments, death
certificates, appointments as fiduciary, certificates of corporate authority and
waivers of tax required in some states when settling estates.

Clients  of  Service  Organizations  who have  purchased  shares  through  their
accounts  with  those   Service   Organizations   should   contact  the  Service
Organization  prior to  submitting  a  redemption  request  to  ensure  that all
necessary documents accompany the request. When shares are held in the name of a
corporation,  other  organization,   trust,  fiduciary  or  other  institutional
investor, the Transfer Agent requires, in addition to the stock power, certified
evidence of  authority to sign the  necessary  instruments  of  transfer.  THESE
PROCEDURES  ARE FOR THE  PROTECTION  OF  SHAREHOLDERS  AND SHOULD BE FOLLOWED TO
ENSURE PROMPT PAYMENT. Redemption requests must not be conditional as to date or
price of the redemption.  Proceeds of a redemption will be sent within 7 days of
acceptance of shares tendered for  redemption.  Delay may result if the purchase
check has not yet  cleared,  but the delay will be no longer  than  required  to
verify that the purchase check has cleared, and the Funds will act as quickly as
possible to minimize delay.

The value of shares  redeemed may be more or less than the  shareholder's  cost,
depending on the net asset value at the time of redemption. Redemption of shares
may  result  in tax  consequences  (gain or loss)  to the  shareholder,  and the
proceeds of a redemption may be subject to backup withholding.

A shareholder's  right to redeem shares and to receive payment  therefore may be
suspended  when (a) the  Exchange is closed,  other than  customary  weekend and
holiday  closings,  (b) trading on the Exchange is restricted,  (c) an emergency
exists as a result of which it is not  reasonably  practicable  to  dispose of a
Fund's  securities  or to  determine  the value of a Fund's net  assets,  or (d)
ordered  by a  governmental  body  having  jurisdiction  over  a  Fund  for  the
protection  of the  Fund's  shareholders,  provided  that  applicable  rules and
regulations of the SEC (or any succeeding  governmental  authority) shall govern
as to whether a condition  described in (b), (c) or (d) exists.  In case of such
suspension,  shareholders  of the affected Fund may withdraw  their requests for
redemption or may receive  payment based on the net asset value of the Fund next
determined after the suspension is lifted.

Each Fund  reserves  the right,  if  conditions  exist which make cash  payments
undesirable,  to honor any request for  redemption by making payment in whole or
in part with readily marketable  securities chosen by the Fund and valued in the
same way as they would be valued for purposes of  computing  the net asset value
of the  applicable  Fund. If payment is made in  securities,  a shareholder  may
incur  transaction  expenses in converting these securities into cash. Each Fund
has  elected,  however,  to be  governed  by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, as a
result  of which a Fund is  obligated  to  redeem  shares  solely in cash if the
redemption  requests  are made by one  shareholder  account  up to the lesser of
$250,000  or 1% of the net  assets of the  applicable  Fund  during  any  90-day
period. This election is irrevocable unless the SEC permits its withdrawal.

PRICING OF SHARES.  The Premier Money Market Fund's securities are valued on the
basis of the  amortized  cost  valuation  technique.  This  involves  valuing  a
security initially at its cost and thereafter  assuming a constant  amortization
to maturity of any discount or premium, regardless of fluctuating interest rates
on the market value of the  security.  The  valuation  of the Fund's  securities
based upon their amortized cost and the  accompanying  maintenance of the Fund's
per share net asset value of $1.00 is  permitted  in  accordance  with Rule 2a-7
under the 1940 Act. Certain  conditions imposed by that Rule are set forth under
"Investment  Policies."  In  connection  with  the  use  of the  amortized  cost
valuation  technique,  each Fund's Board of Trustees has established  procedures
delegating  to the adviser the  responsibility  for  maintaining  a constant net
asset  value per share.  Such  procedures  include a daily  review of the Fund's
holdings to determine whether the Fund's net asset value,  calculated based upon
available market quotations, deviates from $1.00 per share. Should any deviation
exceed 1/2 of 1% of $1.00,  the  Trustees  will  promptly  consider  whether any
corrective  action should be initiated to eliminate or reduce material  dilution
or other unfair  results to  shareholders.  Such  corrective  action may include
selling of portfolio  securities  prior to maturity to realize  capital gains or
losses, shortening average portfolio maturity,  withholding dividends, redeeming
shares in kind and establishing a net asset value per share based upon available
market quotations.

                                       28

<PAGE>

Should the Premier Money Market Fund incur or anticipate any unusual  expense or
loss or depreciation  that would adversely  affect its net asset value per share
or income for a  particular  period,  the Trustees  would at that time  consider
whether to adhere to the current dividend policy or to revise it in light of the
then prevailing  circumstances.  For example,  if the Fund's net asset value per
share were reduced, or were anticipated to be reduced, below $1.00, the Trustees
could  suspend or reduce  further  dividend  payments  until the net asset value
returned to $1.00 per share. Thus, such expenses or losses or depreciation could
result in investors  receiving no dividends or reduced  dividends for the period
during  which they held their  shares or in their  receiving  upon  redemption a
price per share lower than that which they paid.

For the Bond Funds and the Equity  Funds,  the net asset value per share of each
Fund is  determined  by dividing the value of the Fund's net assets by the total
number of Fund shares outstanding. This determination is made by PFPC, as of the
close of regular  trading on the Exchange  (currently  4:00 p.m.,  Eastern Time)
each day the Funds are open for  business.  The Funds are open for  business  on
days when the Exchange,  PFPC and the Philadelphia  branch office of the Federal
Reserve are open for business.

In valuing a Fund's assets,  a security  listed on the Exchange (and not subject
to restrictions  against sale by the Fund on the Exchange) will be valued at its
last sale price on the Exchange on the day the  security is valued.  Lacking any
sales on such day, the  security  will be valued at the mean between the closing
asked price and the closing bid price. Securities listed on other exchanges (and
not subject to restriction  against sale by the Fund on such  exchanges) will be
similarly  valued,  using  quotations  on the  exchange on which the security is
traded most  extensively.  Unlisted  securities  that are quoted on the National
Association of Securities  Dealers' National Market System, for which there have
been  sales of such  securities  on such  day,  shall be valued at the last sale
price reported on such system on the day the security is valued. If there are no
such sales on such day,  the value shall be the mean  between the closing  asked
price and the  closing  bid price.  The value of such  securities  quoted on the
NASDAQ Stock Market System, but not listed on the National Market System,  shall
be valued at the mean between the closing asked price and the closing bid price.
Unlisted  securities  that are not quoted on the NASDAQ Stock Market  System and
for which  over-the-counter  market  quotations  are readily  available  will be
valued at the mean between the current bid and asked prices for such security in
the  over-the-counter  market.  Other unlisted securities (and listed securities
subject to  restriction  on sale) will be valued at fair value as  determined in
good faith  under the  direction  of the Board of Trustees  although  the actual
calculation  may be  done  by  others.  Short-term  investments  with  remaining
maturities of less than 61 days are valued at amortized cost.

                                    DIVIDENDS

Dividends  from the Premier Money Market Fund are declared on each Business Day.
The  dividend  for a Business  Day  immediately  preceding  a weekend or holiday
normally  includes  an  amount  equal  to the  net  income  for  the  subsequent
non-Business Days on which dividends are not declared. However, no such dividend
includes any amount of net income earned in a subsequent  semiannual  accounting
period.  A portion  of the  dividends  paid by the U.S.  Government  Fund may be
exempt from state taxes.

Dividends  from the Bond  Funds'  net  investment  income are  declared  on each
Business Day and paid to  shareholders  ordinarily on the first  Business Day of
the following  month.  The dividend for a Business Day  immediately  preceding a
weekend or holiday normally  includes an amount equal to the net income expected
for the  subsequent  non-Business  Days on  which  dividends  are not  declared.
However,  no such  dividend  included  any  amount  of net  income  earned  in a
subsequent  semiannual  period. Net short-term capital gain and net capital gain
(the excess of net  long-term  capital gain over the  short-term  capital  loss)
realized by each Fund,  after deducting any available  capital loss  carryovers,
are declared and paid annually.

Dividends from the Equity Funds' net investment  income and distributions of net
short-term  capital  gain and net  capital  gain (the  excess  of net  long-term
capital gain over the  short-term  capital  loss)  realized by each Fund,  after
deducting any  available  capital loss  carryovers  are declared and paid to its
shareholders annually.

                                       29
<PAGE>

                              TAXATION OF THE FUNDS

GENERAL.  Each Fund is treated as a separate  corporation for federal income tax
purposes.  To qualify  or  continue  to qualify  for  treatment  as a  regulated
investment  company ("RIC") under the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the "Code"),  each Fund must  distribute to its  shareholders  for each taxable
year at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (consisting generally
of net investment  income and net short-term  capital gain and must meet several
additional   requirements.   For  each  Fund,  these  requirements  include  the
following:  (1) the Fund  must  derive at least  90% of its  gross  income  each
taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans
and  gains  from  the  sale  or  other  disposition  of  securities  or  foreign
currencies,  or other income (including gains from options,  futures and forward
contracts)  derived with respect to its business of investing in  securities  or
those  currencies;  (2) at the close of each quarter of the Fund's taxable year,
at least 50% of the value of its total  assets must be  represented  by cash and
cash  items,  U.S.  Government  securities,  securities  of other RICs and other
securities,  with these other securities  limited, in respect of any one issuer,
to an amount that does not exceed 5% of the value of the Fund's total assets and
that  does not  represent  more  than  10% of the  issuer's  outstanding  voting
securities; and (3) at the close of each quarter of the Fund's taxable year, not
more than 25% of the value of its total  assets may be  invested  in  securities
(other than U.S.  Government  securities or the securities of other RICs) of any
one issuer.

If a Fund failed to qualify for treatment as a RIC in any taxable year, it would
be subject to tax on its taxable income at corporate rates and all distributions
from  earnings and profits,  including any  distributions  from net capital gain
(the excess of net long-term  capital gain over net  short-term  capital  loss),
would be taxable to its shareholders as ordinary income.  In addition,  the Fund
could be required to  recognize  unrealized  gains,  pay  substantial  taxes and
interest and make  substantial  distributions  before  qualifying  again for RIC
treatment.

Each Fund will be  subject  to a  nondeductible  4% excise  tax to the extent it
fails to  distribute by the end of any calendar  year  substantially  all of its
ordinary  income for that year and  capital  gain net  income  for the  one-year
period ending on October 31 of that year, plus certain other amounts.

Dividends  and other  distributions  declared by a Fund in October,  November or
December of any year and payable to  shareholders  of record on a date in one of
those  months  will be deemed to have been paid by the Fund and  received by the
shareholders on December 31 of that year if they are paid by the Fund during the
following  January.  Accordingly,  such  distributions  will  be  taxed  to  the
shareholders for the year in which that December 31 falls.

Investors  should be aware that if Fund shares are purchased  shortly before the
record date for any dividend (other than an exempt-interest dividend) or capital
gain  distribution,  the shareholder will pay full price for the shares and will
receive some portion of the price back as a taxable distribution.

If a Fund makes a  distribution  to  shareholders  in excess of its  current and
accumulated  earnings and profits in any taxable year,  the excess  distribution
will be treated by each  shareholder as a return of capital to the extent of the
shareholder's tax basis and thereafter as capital gain.

MONEY MARKET FUNDS:
Distributions  from the Funds'  investment  company taxable income,  if any, are
taxable  to its  shareholders  as  ordinary  income to the  extent of the Funds'
earnings and profits.  Because the Funds' net investment  income is derived from
interest  rather  than  dividends,  no portion of the  distributions  thereof is
eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporations.

BOND FUNDS:
Each Bond Fund may acquire zero coupon  securities  issued with  original  issue
discount.  As a holder of those  securities,  a Fund must take into  account the
original issue discount that accrues on the securities  during the taxable year,
even if it receives no  corresponding  payment on them during the year.  Because
each Fund annually must distribute  substantially all of its investment  company
taxable income and net tax-exempt income, including any original issue discount,
to satisfy  the  distribution  requirements  for RICs under the Code and (except
with respect to tax-exempt  income)  avoid  imposition of the Excise Tax, a Fund

                                       30
<PAGE>


may be required in a particular  year to distribute as a dividend an amount that
is  greater  than  the  total  amount  of  cash  it  actually  receives.   Those
distributions  will be made from a Fund's  cash  assets or from the  proceeds of
sales of portfolio securities, if necessary. A Fund may realize capital gains or
losses from those sales, which would increase or decrease its investment company
taxable income and/or net capital gain.

TAX-EXEMPT FUND AND MUNICIPAL BOND FUND: Each of these Funds will be able to pay
exempt-interest  dividends  to its  shareholders  only if,  at the close of each
quarter  of its  taxable  year,  at least 50% of the  value of its total  assets
consists of  obligations  the interest on which is excludable  from gross income
under section 103(a) of the Code;  both Funds intend to continue to satisfy this
requirement.  Distributions  that a Fund properly  designates as exempt-interest
dividends  are treated by its  shareholders  as interest  excludable  from their
gross income for federal  income tax purposes but may be tax  preference  items.
The aggregate  dividends  excludable from the shareholders' gross income may not
exceed  the  Fund's  net  tax-exempt  income.  The  shareholders'  treatment  of
dividends  from a Fund under state and local income tax laws may differ from the
treatment  thereof  under the Code.  In order to qualify to pay  exempt-interest
dividends,  each  Fund may be  limited  in its  ability  to  engage  in  taxable
transactions such as repurchase  agreements,  options and futures strategies and
portfolio securities lending.

Tax-exempt  interest  attributable to certain "private  activity bonds" ("PABs")
(including,  in  the  case  of a  RIC  receiving  interest  on  those  bonds,  a
proportionate  part of the  exempt-interest  dividends paid by the RIC) is a tax
preference item.  Furthermore,  even interest on tax-exempt securities held by a
Fund that are not PABs,  which interest  otherwise would not be a tax preference
item,  nevertheless may be indirectly subject to the federal alternative minimum
tax in the hands of corporate shareholders when distributed to them by the Fund.
PABs are  issued  by or on  behalf  of public  authorities  to  finance  various
privately operated  facilities.  Entities or persons who are "substantial users"
(or persons related to "substantial users") of facilities financed by industrial
development  bonds or PABs should consult their tax advisers before purchasing a
Fund's  shares.  For these  purposes,  the term  "substantial  user" is  defined
generally  to  include a  "non-exempt  person"  who  regularly  uses in trade or
business a part of a facility financed from the proceeds of such bonds.

Up to 85% of Social Security and railroad retirement benefits may be included in
taxable income for recipients whose adjusted gross income (including income from
tax-exempt  sources  such as the  Tax-Exempt  Municipal  Bond Funds) plus 50% of
their benefits exceeds certain base amounts. Exempt-interest dividends from each
Fund still are tax-exempt to the extent  described in the  prospectus;  they are
only included in the  calculation  of whether a recipient's  income  exceeds the
established amounts.

If a Fund invests in any instruments  that generate  taxable  income,  under the
circumstances described in the prospectus,  distributions of the interest earned
thereon will be taxable to its  shareholders as ordinary income to the extent of
its earnings and profits.  Moreover, if a Fund realizes capital gain as a result
of market  transactions,  any  distribution  of that gain will be taxable to its
shareholders.

The Municipal  Bond Fund may invest in municipal  bonds that are purchased  with
"market discount." For these purposes,  market discount is the amount by which a
bond's purchase price is exceeded by its stated redemption price at maturity or,
in the case of a bond that was issued with original issue discount ("OID"),  the
sum of its issue price plus accrued OID,  except that market  discount less than
the product of (1) 0.25% of the  redemption  price at maturity times and (2) the
number of complete  years to maturity  after the  taxpayer  acquired the bond is
disregarded.  Market discount  generally is accrued  ratably,  on a daily basis,
over the period from the acquisition  date to the date of maturity.  Gain on the
disposition  of such a bond (other than a bond with a fixed maturity date within
one year from its issuance)  generally is treated as ordinary  (taxable) income,
rather than capital gain, to the extent of the bond's accrued market discount at
the time of disposition.  In lieu of treating the disposition gain as above, the
Municipal  Bond Fund may elect to include  market  discount in its gross  income
currently, for each taxable year to which it is attributable.

The Tax-Exempt  Municipal Bond Funds informs  shareholders  within 60 days after
its fiscal  year-end  (August 31) of the percentage of its income  distributions
designated as exempt-interest  dividends. The percentage is applied uniformly to
all  distributions  made  during  the  year,  so the  percentage  designated  as

                                       31
<PAGE>

tax-exempt for any particular  distribution may be substantially  different from
the  percentage  of the  Fund's  income  that was  tax-exempt  during the period
covered by the distribution.

INTERMEDIATE BOND FUND: Interest and dividends received by the Intermediate Bond
Fund, and gains realized thereby, may be subject to income, withholding or other
taxes imposed by foreign  countries and U.S.  possessions  that would reduce the
yield and/or total return on their securities.  Tax conventions  between certain
countries  and the United States may reduce or eliminate  these taxes,  however,
and many foreign  countries  do not impose taxes on capital  gains in respect of
investments by foreign investors.

EQUITY FUNDS:
It is anticipated that all or a portion of the dividends from the net investment
income of each Equity Fund will  qualify  for the  dividends-received  deduction
allowed to  corporations.  The  qualifying  portion may not exceed the aggregate
dividends  received  by the Fund  from  U.S.  corporations.  However,  dividends
received  by a  corporate  shareholder  and  deducted  by  it  pursuant  to  the
dividends-received  deduction are subject indirectly to the federal  alternative
minimum tax. Moreover, the  dividends-received  deduction will be reduced to the
extent the shares with respect to which the  dividends  are received are treated
as debt-financed  and will be eliminated if those shares are deemed to have been
held for less than 46 days. Distributions of net short-term capital gain and net
capital gain are not eligible for the dividends-received deduction.

Any loss realized by a shareholder on the redemption of shares within six months
from the date of their  purchase  will be treated as a  long-term,  instead of a
short-term, capital loss to the extent of any capital gain distributions to that
shareholder with respect to those shares.

HEDGING TRANSACTIONS.  The use of hedging strategies,  such as writing (selling)
and purchasing  options and futures contracts and entering into forward currency
contracts,  involves  complex rules that will  determine for federal  income tax
purposes the amount, character and timing of recognition of the gains and losses
a Fund realizes in connection  therewith.  Gains from the disposition of foreign
currencies (except certain gains that may be excluded by future regulations) and
gains from options,  futures and foreign  currency  contracts  derived by a Fund
with respect to its business of investing in securities  qualify as  permissible
income under the Income Requirement.

Futures and foreign  currency  contracts that are subject to section 1256 of the
Code (other than such contracts that are part of a "mixed straddle" with respect
to which a Fund has made an  election  not to have the  following  rules  apply)
("Section 1256 Contracts") and that are held by a Fund at the end of its taxable
year generally will be "marked-to-market" (that is, deemed to have been sold for
their market value) for federal  income tax  purposes.  Sixty percent of any net
gain or loss recognized on these deemed sales,  and 60% of any net realized gain
or loss from any actual  sales of  Section  1256  Contracts,  will be treated as
long-term  capital gain or loss,  and the balance will be treated as  short-term
capital  gain  or  loss.  As  of  the  date  of  this  Statement  of  Additional
Information,  it is not entirely clear whether that 60% portion will qualify for
the  reduced  maximum tax rates on  non-corporate  taxpayers'  net capital  gain
enacted by the Taxpayer  Relief Act of 1997 -- 20% (10% for taxpayers in the 15%
marginal tax bracket) for gain  recognized on capital  assets held for more than
18 months -- instead of the 28% rate in effect  before that  legislation,  which
now applies to gain recognized on capital assets held for more than one year but
not more than 18 months. However, technical correction legislation passed by the
House of Representatives  late in 1997 would clarify that the lower rates apply.
Section 1256 Contracts also may be  marked-to-market  for purposes of the Excise
Tax.

Section 988 of the Code also may apply to forward currency contracts and options
on foreign  currencies.  Under section 988,  each foreign  currency gain or loss
generally is computed  separately and treated as ordinary income or loss. In the
case of overlap between sections 1256 and 988, special provisions  determine the
character and timing of any income, gain or loss.

Code  section  1092  (dealing  with  straddles)  also may affect the taxation of
options and futures contracts in which a Fund may invest. Section 1092 defines a
"straddle" as offsetting positions with respect to personal property;  for these
purposes,  options and futures  contracts are personal  property.  Under section
1092, any

                                       32
<PAGE>

loss from the disposition of a position in a straddle  generally may be deducted
only to the  extent  the loss  exceeds  the  unrealized  gain on the  offsetting
position(s)  of the  straddle.  Section 1092 also  provides  certain "wash sale"
rules,  which apply to transactions where a position is sold at a loss and a new
offsetting  position is acquired  within a prescribed  period,  and "short sale"
rules applicable to straddles.  If a Fund makes certain  elections,  the amount,
character  and timing of the  recognition  of gains and losses from the affected
straddle  positions  would be determined  under rules that vary according to the
elections made. Because only a few of the regulations  implementing the straddle
rules  have  been  promulgated,  the  tax  consequences  to a Fund  of  straddle
transactions are not entirely clear.

If a Fund has an  "appreciated  financial  position" --  generally,  an interest
(including an interest  through an option,  futures or forward contract or short
sale) with respect to any stock, debt instrument (other than "straight debt") or
partnership  interest the fair market value of which exceeds its adjusted  basis
- -- and enters into a "constructive  sale" of the same or  substantially  similar
property,  the Fund will be treated as having made an actual sale thereof,  with
the result  that gain will be  recognized  at that  time.  A  constructive  sale
generally consists of a short sale, an offsetting notional principal contract or
futures or forward  contract  entered  into by a Fund or a related  person  with
respect to the same or  substantially  similar  property.  In  addition,  if the
appreciated  financial  position  is  itself  a short  sale or such a  contract,
acquisition of the underlying property or substantially similar property will be
deemed a constructive sale.

The foregoing tax  discussion  is a summary  included for general  informational
purposes only.  Each  shareholder is advised to consult its own tax adviser with
respect to the  specific  tax  consequences  to it of an  investment  in a Fund,
including the effect and  applicability of state,  local,  foreign and other tax
laws and the possible effects of changes in federal or other tax laws.

Shortly  after the end of each year,  PFPC  calculates  the  federal  income tax
status of all distributions  made during the year. In addition to federal income
tax,  shareholders may be subject to state and local taxes on distributions from
a Fund.  Shareholders  should  consult  their tax  advisers  regarding  specific
questions relating to federal, state and local taxes.

                     CALCULATION OF PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

The  performance  of a Fund may be  quoted  in terms of its  yield and its total
return in advertising and other promotional  materials.  Performance data quoted
represents past performance and is not intended to indicate future  performance.
Performance of the Funds will vary based on changes in market conditions and the
level of each Fund's expenses.  These performance  figures are calculated in the
following manner:

MONEY MARKET FUNDS:

         A.   YIELD for a money  market fund is the net  annualized  yield for a
              specified 7 calendar  days  calculated at simple  interest  rates.
              Yield is calculated by  determining  the net change,  exclusive of
              capital  changes,  in the  value  of a  hypothetical  pre-existing
              account  having a  balance  of one share at the  beginning  of the
              period,  subtracting a hypothetical  charge reflecting  deductions
              from  shareholder  accounts,  and dividing the  difference  by the
              value of the account at the beginning of the base period to obtain
              the base period return. The yield is annualized by multiplying the
              base  period  return by 365/7.  The yield  figure is stated to the
              nearest hundredth of one percent.

              The yield for the 7-day period ended June 30, 1999 was:

              Prime Money Market Fund            %
              Tax-Exempt Fund                    %

         B.   EFFECTIVE  YIELD is the net  annualized  yield for a  specified  7
              calendar  days  assuming  reinvestment  of income or  compounding.
              Effective  yield is  calculated by the same method as yield except
              the yield figure is  compounded  by adding 1, raising the sum to a

                                       33
<PAGE>

              power  equal  to 365  divided  by 7,  and  subtracting  1 from the
              result, according to the following formula:

                      Effective yield = [(Base Period Return + 1) 365/7] - 1.

              The  effective  yield for the 7-day period ended June 30, 1999
              was:

                      Prime Money Market Fund            %
                      Tax-Exempt Fund                    %

ALL FUNDS:

         A.   AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN is the average annual compound rate of
              return for the periods of one year, five years,  ten years and the
              life of a Fund, where  applicable,  all ended on the last day of a
              recent calendar  quarter.  Average annual total return  quotations
              reflect  changes  in the  price of a Fund's  shares,  if any,  and
              assume  that all  dividends  during the  respective  periods  were
              reinvested  in  Fund  shares.   Average  annual  total  return  is
              calculated by finding the average annual  compound rates of return
              of a hypothetical  investment over such periods,  according to the
              following  formula  (average annual total return is then expressed
              as a percentage):

                                            T = (ERV/P)1/n - 1

                  Where:   P        =       a hypothetical initial investment of
                                            $1,000

                           T        =       average annual total return

                           n        =       number of years

                           ERV      =       ending  redeemable  value:  ERV is
                                            the   value,   at  the  end  of  the
                                            applicable period, of a hypothetical
                                            $1,000   investment   made   at  the
                                            beginning of the applicable period.



           AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN FOR PERIODS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                              1 YEAR         5 YEAR        10 YEAR
                              ------         ------        -------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Prime Money Market               %              %             %
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Tax-Exempt Money Market          %              %             %
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Intermediate Bond                %              %            N/A
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Municipal Bond                   %              %            N/A
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Large Cap Value                  %              %            N/A
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Mid Cap Value                    %             N/A           N/A
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Small Cap Value                  %             N/A           N/A
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------

         B. YIELD  CALCULATIONS.  From time to time,  an Equity or Bond Fund may
advertise its yield.  Yield for these Funds is calculated by dividing the Fund's
investment income for a 30-day period, net of expenses, by the average number of
shares  entitled  to receive  dividends  during  that  period  according  to the
following formula:

                                       34
<PAGE>

            YIELD = 2[((A-B)/CD + 1)6-1]

    where:

      a  =   dividends and interest earned during the period;
      b  =   expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements);
      c  =   the average daily number of shares outstanding during the
             period that were entitled to receive dividends; and
      d  =   the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period.

The  result  is  expressed  as an  annualized  percentage  (assuming  semiannual
compounding) of the maximum offering price per share at the end of the period.

         Except as noted below, in determining interest earned during the period
(variable "a" in the above formula), pfpc calculates the interest earned on each
debt  instrument  held  by a Fund  during  the  period  by:  (i)  computing  the
instrument's yield to maturity,  based on the value of the instrument (including
actual  accrued  interest) as of the last  business day of the period or, if the
instrument  was  purchased  during the period,  the purchase  price plus accrued
interest;  (ii) dividing the yield to maturity by 360; and (iii) multiplying the
resulting  quotient by the value of the  instrument  (including  actual  accrued
interest).  Once  interest  earned is  calculated  in this fashion for each debt
instrument  held  by the  Fund,  interest  earned  during  the  period  is  then
determined by totaling the interest earned on all debt  instruments  held by the
Fund.

         For purposes of these  calculations,  the maturity of a debt instrument
with one or more call  provisions  is  assumed  to be the next date on which the
instrument  reasonably  can be expected to be called or, if none,  the  maturity
date. In general,  interest  income is reduced with respect to debt  instruments
trading  at a  premium  over  their par value by  subtracting  a portion  of the
premium  from  income on a daily  basis,  and  increased  with  respect  to debt
instruments  trading at a discount by adding a portion of the  discount to daily
income.

           In  determining  dividends  earned  by any  preferred  stock or other
equity  securities  held by a Fund during the period  (variable "a" in the above
formula),  PFPC  accrues the  dividends  daily at their stated  dividend  rates.
Capital gains and losses generally are excluded from yield calculations.

         Because yield  accounting  methods differ from the  accounting  methods
used to calculate net investment  income for other purposes,  a Fund's yield may
not equal the dividend  income  actually paid to investors or the net investment
income reported with respect to the Fund in the Fund's financial statements.

         Yield  information may be useful in reviewing a Fund's  performance and
in providing a basis for comparison with other investment alternatives. However,
the Funds' yields fluctuate,  unlike  investments that pay a fixed interest rate
over a stated  period of time.  Investors  should  recognize  that in periods of
declining interest rates, the Funds' yields will tend to be somewhat higher than
prevailing  market rates,  and in periods of rising interest  rates,  the Funds'
yields will tend to be somewhat  lower.  Also,  when interest rates are falling,
the  inflow  of net new  money to the Funds  from the  continuous  sale of their
shares will likely be invested in  instruments  producing  lower yields than the
balance of the Funds'  holdings,  thereby  reducing  the  current  yields of the
Funds.  In periods of rising  interest  rates,  the  opposite can be expected to
occur.

COMPARISON OF FUND PERFORMANCE.  A comparison of the quoted performance  offered
for various  investments  is valid only if performance is calculated in the same
manner.  Since  there are many  methods of  calculating  performance,  investors
should  consider the effects of the methods used to calculate  performance  when
comparing  performance of a Fund with  performance  quoted with respect to other
investment companies or types of investments.  For example, it is useful to note
that yields reported on debt instruments are generally  prospective,  contrasted
with the historical yields reported by a Fund.

In connection  with  communicating  its  performance  to current or  prospective
shareholders,  a Fund also may compare these figures to the performance of other
mutual  funds  tracked by mutual fund rating  services or to  unmanaged  indices
which  may  assume  reinvestment  of  dividends  but  generally  do not  reflect
deductions for administrative and management costs.

                                       35
<PAGE>


From time to time,  in marketing  and other  literature,  a Money Market  Fund's
performance  may be compared to the  performance  of broad groups of  comparable
mutual funds or unmanaged indexes of comparable securities such as the IBC First
Tier  Money  Market  Index  for  the  Premier  Money  Market  Funds.  Yield  and
performance  over time may also be  compared  to the  performance  of bank money
market deposit accounts and fixed-rate insured certificates of deposit (CDs), or
unmanaged  indices of  securities  that are  comparable to money market funds in
their terms and intent, such as Treasury bills, bankers' acceptances, negotiable
order of  withdrawal  accounts,  and money  market  certificates.  Most bank CDs
differ from money market funds in several  ways:  the interest rate is fixed for
the term of the CD, there are interest  penalties  for early  withdrawal  of the
deposit from a CD, and the deposit principal in a CD is insured by the FDIC.

From time to time, in marketing and other literature, the Bond and Equity Funds'
performance  may be compared to the  performance  of broad groups of  comparable
mutual  funds  or  unmanaged  indexes  of  comparable  securities  with  similar
investment  goals,  as tracked by independent  organizations  such as Investment
Company  Data,  Inc.  (an  organization  which  provides   performance   ranking
information for broad classes of mutual funds), Lipper Analytical Services, Inc.
("Lipper") (a mutual fund research firm which analyzes over 1,800 mutual funds),
CDA Investment  Technologies,  Inc. (an organization  which provides mutual fund
performance and ranking information),  Morningstar,  Inc. (an organization which
analyzes  over 2,400 mutual  funds) and other  independent  organizations.  When
Lipper's  tracking  results  are  used,  a Fund  will be  compared  to  Lipper's
appropriate  fund category,  that is, by fund objective and portfolio  holdings.
Rankings may be listed among one or more of the asset-size classes as determined
by Lipper. When other  organizations'  tracking results are used, a Fund will be
compared  to the  appropriate  fund  category,  that is, by fund  objective  and
portfolio holdings, or to the appropriate volatility grouping,  where volatility
is a measure of a fund's risk.

Since the assets in all funds are always  changing,  a Fund may be ranked within
one asset-size  class at one time and in another  asset-size class at some other
time.  In  addition,  the  independent  organization  chosen  to  rank a Fund in
marketing and promotional literature may change from time to time depending upon
the basis of the  independent  organization's  categorizations  of mutual funds,
changes in a Fund's investment policies and investments, a Fund's asset size and
other factors deemed  relevant.  Advertisements  and other marketing  literature
will indicate the time period and Lipper  asset-size class or other  performance
ranking company criteria, as applicable, for the ranking in question.

Evaluations of Fund performance made by independent  sources may also be used in
advertisements  concerning a Fund,  including  reprints of or  selections  from,
editorials or articles about the Fund.  Sources for performance  information and
articles about a Fund may include the following:

BARRON'S,  a Dow Jones and  Company,  Inc.  business and  financial  weekly that
periodically reviews mutual fund performance data.

CDA INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGIES, INC., an organization that provides performance and
ranking  information through examining the dollar results of hypothetical mutual
fund investments and comparing these results against appropriate market indices.

CHANGING  TIMES,  THE  KIPLINGER   MAGAZINE,   a  monthly  investment   advisory
publication  that  periodically   features  the  performance  of  a  variety  of
securities.

CONSUMER  DIGEST, a monthly  business/financial  magazine that includes a "Money
Watch" section featuring financial news.

FINANCIAL WORLD, a general  business/financial  magazine that includes a "Market
Watch" department reporting on activities in the mutual fund industry.

FORBES,  a national  business  publication  that from time to time  reports  the
performance of specific investment companies in the mutual fund industry.

                                       36
<PAGE>

FORTUNE, a national business publication that periodically rates the performance
of a variety of mutual funds.

IBC'S MONEY FUND REPORT, a weekly publication of IBC/Donoghue, Inc., of Ashland,
Massachusetts,  reporting on the performance of the nation's money market funds,
summarizing  money  market fund  activity,  and  including  certain  averages as
performance  benchmarks,  specifically  "IBC's Money Fund  Average,"  and "IBC's
Government Money Fund Average."

IBC'S MONEY FUND  DIRECTORY,  an annual  directory  ranking  money market mutual
funds.

INVESTMENT  COMPANY  DATA,  INC., an  independent  organization  which  provides
performance ranking information for broad classes of mutual funds.

INVESTOR'S  DAILY, a daily  newspaper  that features  financial,  economic,  and
business news.

LIPPER ANALYTICAL  SERVICES,  INC.'S MUTUAL FUND PERFORMANCE  ANALYSIS, a weekly
publication of industry-wide mutual fund averages by type of fund.

MONEY,  a monthly  magazine that from time to time features both specific  funds
and the mutual fund industry as a whole.

MUTUAL FUND VALUES,  a biweekly  Morningstar,  Inc.  publication  that  provides
ratings  of  mutual  funds  based  on  fund   performance   risk  and  portfolio
characteristics.

THE NEW YORK TIMES, a nationally  distributed  newspaper which regularly  covers
financial news.

PERSONAL  INVESTING  NEWS,  a monthly  news  publication  that often  reports on
investment opportunities and market conditions.

PERSONAL  INVESTOR,  a monthly investment  advisory  publication that includes a
"Mutual Funds Outlook" section  reporting on mutual fund  performance  measures,
yields, indices and portfolio holdings.

SUCCESS,  a monthly magazine  targeted to the world of entrepreneurs and growing
business, often featuring mutual fund performance data.

USA TODAY, the nation's number one daily newspaper.

U.S. NEWS AND WORLD REPORT, a national business weekly that periodically reports
mutual fund performance data.

WALL STREET  JOURNAL,  a Dow Jones and Company,  Inc.  newspaper  that regularly
covers financial news.

WIESENBERGER  INVESTMENT COMPANIES SERVICES, an annual compendium of information
about mutual funds and other investment companies, including comparative data on
funds' backgrounds,  management policies, salient features,  management results,
income and dividend records, and price ranges.


                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Each Fund's audited financial  statements,  and the audited financial statements
of its corresponding  series for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999,  including
notes thereto and the report of  __________thereon,  are incorporated  herein by
reference to the Fund's Annual Report to Shareholders.

                                       37
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX A

            OPTIONS, FUTURES AND FORWARD CURRENCY CONTRACT STRATEGIES


REGULATION  OF  THE  USE OF  OPTIONS,  FUTURES  AND  FORWARD  CURRENCY  CONTRACT
STRATEGIES.  As discussed in the prospectus,  in managing a Fund's corresponding
Series, the adviser may engage in certain options,  futures and forward currency
contract  strategies  for certain bona fide  hedging,  risk  management or other
portfolio  management  purposes.  Certain special  characteristics  of and risks
associated  with using these  strategies  are discussed  below.  Use of options,
futures and forward  currency  contracts  is subject to  applicable  regulations
and/or  interpretations of the SEC and the several options and futures exchanges
upon which these  instruments  may be traded.  The Board of Trustees has adopted
investment guidelines (described below) reflecting these regulations.

In addition to the products,  strategies  and risks  described  below and in the
prospectus,   the  adviser  expects  to  discover  additional  opportunities  in
connection  with  options,  futures and forward  currency  contracts.  These new
opportunities  may become  available as new  techniques  develop,  as regulatory
authorities  broaden the range of  permitted  transactions  and as new  options,
futures and forward currency contracts are developed. These opportunities may be
utilized to the extent they are consistent with each Fund's investment objective
and  limitations  and  permitted  by  applicable  regulatory  authorities.   The
registration statement for the Funds will be supplemented to the extent that new
products and strategies involve materially  different risks than those described
below and in the prospectus.

COVER  REQUIREMENTS.  The Series  will not use  leverage  in their  options  and
futures.  Accordingly, the Series will comply with guidelines established by the
SEC with  respect to coverage of these  strategies  by either (1) setting  aside
cash or liquid,  unencumbered,  daily marked-to-market securities in one or more
segregated  accounts with the custodian in the prescribed amount; or (2) holding
securities  or other options or futures  contracts  whose values are expected to
offset ("cover") their obligations thereunder.  Securities, currencies, or other
options or futures  contracts  used for cover cannot be sold or closed out while
these strategies are outstanding,  unless they are replaced with similar assets.
As a result,  there is a  possibility  that the use of cover  involving  a large
percentage  of the Series'  assets could  impede  portfolio  management,  or the
Series' ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

OPTIONS STRATEGIES. A Series may purchase and write (sell) only those options on
securities   and  securities   indices  that  are  traded  on  U.S.   exchanges.
Exchange-traded  options  in the U.S.  are  issued  by a  clearing  organization
affiliated with the exchange,  on which the option is listed,  which, in effect,
guarantees completion of every exchange-traded option transaction.

Each Series may purchase call options on securities in which it is authorized to
invest in order to fix the cost of a future  purchase.  Call options also may be
used as a means of  enhancing  returns  by,  for  example,  participating  in an
anticipated price increase of a security. In the event of a decline in the price
of the  underlying  security,  use of this  strategy  would  serve to limit  the
potential  loss to the Series to the option  premium  paid;  conversely,  if the
market price of the underlying  security  increases above the exercise price and
the Series either sells or exercises the option, any profit eventually  realized
would be reduced by the premium paid.

Each Series may  purchase  put options on  securities  that it holds in order to
hedge against a decline in the market value of the securities held or to enhance
return. The put option enables the Series to sell the underlying security at the
predetermined  exercise price;  thus, the potential for loss to the Series below
the exercise price is limited to the option premium paid. If the market price of
the underlying security is higher than the exercise price of the put option, any
profit the Series realizes on the sale of the security is reduced by the premium
paid for the put option less any amount for which the put option may be sold.

Each  Series may on  certain  occasions  wish to hedge  against a decline in the
market  value of  securities  that it holds at a time when put  options on those
particular securities are not available for purchase. At those times, the Series
may purchase a put option on other carefully selected  securities in which it is
authorized  to invest,  the values of which  historically  have a high degree of
positive  correlation  to the  value of the  securities  actually  held.  If the
adviser's  judgment is correct,  changes in the value of the put options  should
generally offset changes in the

                                      A-1

<PAGE>

value of the securities being hedged.  However,  the correlation between the two
values may not be as close in these  transactions  as in transactions in which a
Series  purchases a put option on a security that it holds.  If the value of the
securities  underlying  the put option  falls  below the value of the  portfolio
securities, the put option may not provide complete protection against a decline
in the value of the portfolio securities.

Each  Series  may  write  covered  call  options  on  securities  in which it is
authorized to invest for hedging  purposes or to increase  return in the form of
premiums  received from the  purchasers of the options.  A call option gives the
purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the writer (seller) the obligation
to sell, the underlying security at the exercise price during the option period.
The strategy may be used to provide limited protection against a decrease in the
market price of the  security,  in an amount  equal to the premium  received for
writing the call option less any transaction costs. Thus, if the market price of
the underlying  security held by the Series declines,  the amount of the decline
will be offset  wholly or in part by the amount of the  premium  received by the
Series. If, however,  there is an increase in the market price of the underlying
security and the option is  exercised,  the Series will be obligated to sell the
security at less than its market value.

Each  Series may also write  covered put  options on  securities  in which it is
authorized  to invest.  A put option gives the purchaser of the option the right
to sell, and the writer (seller) the obligation to buy, the underlying  security
at the exercise price during the option period. So long as the obligation of the
writer  continues,  the  writer  may  be  assigned  an  exercise  notice  by the
broker-dealer through whom such option was sold, requiring it to make payment of
the exercise price against delivery of the underlying security. The operation of
put options in other  respects,  including  their related risks and rewards,  is
substantially  identical  to that  of call  options.  If the put  option  is not
exercised, the Series will realize income in the amount of the premium received.
This technique  could be used to enhance current return during periods of market
uncertainty.  The risk in such a  transaction  would be that the market price of
the  underlying  securities  would  decline  below the  exercise  price less the
premiums received, in which case the Series would expect to suffer a loss.

Each Series may  purchase  put and call  options and write  covered put and call
options  on  indexes  in much the same  manner as the more  traditional  options
discussed above,  except that index options may serve as a hedge against overall
fluctuations  in  the  securities  markets  (or a  market  sector)  rather  than
anticipated  increases or decreases  in the value of a particular  security.  An
index assigns values to the securities included in the index and fluctuates with
changes in such values.  Settlements  of index  options are  effected  with cash
payments and do not involve delivery of securities.  Thus, upon settlement of an
index  option,  the purchaser  will realize,  and the writer will pay, an amount
based on the difference  between the exercise price and the closing price of the
index. The  effectiveness of hedging  techniques using index options will depend
on the extent to which price  movements  in the index  selected  correlate  with
price movements of the securities in which a Series invests. Perfect correlation
is not possible because the securities held or to be acquired by the Series will
not exactly match the  composition  of indexes on which options are purchased or
written.

Each Series may purchase and write covered straddles on securities or indexes. A
long  straddle  is a  combination  of a call  and a put  purchased  on the  same
security  where  the  exercise  price  of the put is less  than or  equal to the
exercise price on the call. The Series would enter into a long straddle when the
adviser  believes that it is likely that prices will be more volatile during the
term of the options than is implied by the option pricing. A short straddle is a
combination  of a call and a put written on the same security where the exercise
price on the put is less than or equal to the  exercise  price of the call where
the same issue of the  security is  considered  "cover" for both the put and the
call.  The Series would enter into a short  straddle  when the adviser  believes
that it is  unlikely  that  prices  will be as  volatile  during the term of the
options as is implied by the option  pricing.  In such case, the Series will set
aside cash and/or liquid,  unencumbered  securities in a segregated account with
its  custodian  equivalent  in value to the amount,  if any, by which the put is
"in-the-money,"  that is,  that  amount by which the  exercise  price of the put
exceeds the current market value of the underlying  security.  Because straddles
involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more
difficult to open and close out.

Each Series may purchase put and call warrants  with values that vary  depending
on the change in the value of one or more specified indexes ("index  warrants").
An index warrant is usually issued by a bank or other financial  institution and
gives the Series  the right,  at any time  during  the term of the  warrant,  to
receive  upon  exercise  of the  warrant a cash  payment  from the issuer of the
warrant based on the value of the underlying  index at the time of exercise.  In
general,  if a Series holds a call warrant and the value of the underlying index
rises above the

                                      A-2

<PAGE>

exercise  price of the  warrant,  the Series  will be entitled to receive a cash
payment from the issuer upon exercise based on the difference  between the value
of the index and the exercise  price of the  warrant;  if the Series holds a put
warrant and the value of the underlying index falls, the Series will be entitled
to receive a cash payment from the issuer upon exercise  based on the difference
between the exercise price of the warrant and the value of the index. The Series
holding a call warrant  would not be entitled to any payments from the issuer at
any time when the  exercise  price is greater  than the value of the  underlying
index;  the Series  holding a put warrant  would not be entitled to any payments
when the exercise price is less than the value of the underlying  index.  If the
Series does not  exercise an index  warrant  prior to its  expiration,  then the
Series loses the amount of the purchase price that it paid for the warrant.

Each Series will normally use index  warrants as it may use index  options.  The
risks of the  Series'  use of index  warrants  are  generally  similar  to those
relating to its use of index options. Unlike most index options,  however, index
warrants are issued in limited  amounts and are not  obligations  of a regulated
clearing  agency,  but  are  backed  only by the  credit  of the  bank or  other
institution which issues the warrant. Also, index warrants generally have longer
terms than index options. Index warrants are not likely to be as liquid as index
options backed by a recognized clearing agency. In addition,  the terms of index
warrants  may limit the Series'  ability to exercise the warrants at any time or
in any quantity.

OPTIONS  GUIDELINES.  In  view  of the  risks  involved  in  using  the  options
strategies  described  above,  each Series has adopted the following  investment
guidelines  to  govern  its  use of such  strategies;  these  guidelines  may be
modified by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval:

                  (1)      each Series will write only covered options, and each
                           such option will remain covered so long as the Series
                           is obligated thereby; and

                  (2)      no Series will write  options  (whether on securities
                           or securities  indexes) if aggregate  exercise prices
                           of previous  written  outstanding  options,  together
                           with  the   value  of   assets   used  to  cover  all
                           outstanding positions,  would exceed 25% of its total
                           net assets.

SPECIAL  CHARACTERISTICS  AND RISKS OF OPTIONS TRADING. A Series may effectively
terminate  its right or  obligation  under an option by entering  into a closing
transaction.  If a Series wishes to terminate its obligation to purchase or sell
securities under a put or a call option it has written,  the Series may purchase
a put or a call option of the same series  (that is, an option  identical in its
terms to the option  previously  written).  This is known as a closing  purchase
transaction.  Conversely,  in order to  terminate  its right to purchase or sell
specified  securities under a call or put option it has purchased,  a Series may
sell an option of the same series as the option held. This is known as a closing
sale transaction.  Closing  transactions  essentially permit a Series to realize
profits  or limit  losses on its  options  positions  prior to the  exercise  or
expiration  of the  option.  If a Series is unable to effect a closing  purchase
transaction  with  respect to options it has  acquired,  the Series will have to
allow the options to expire  without  recovering  all or a portion of the option
premiums  paid. If a Series is unable to effect a closing  purchase  transaction
with respect to covered  options it has written,  the Series will not be able to
sell the  underlying  securities  or dispose of assets  used as cover  until the
options expire or are exercised,  and the Series may experience  material losses
due to losses on the option transaction itself and in the covering securities.

In considering  the use of options to enhance  returns or for hedging  purposes,
particular note should be taken of the following:

         (1)      The value of an option  position  will  reflect,  among  other
                  things, the current market price of the underlying security or
                  index, the time remaining until  expiration,  the relationship
                  of the  exercise  price to the market  price,  the  historical
                  price  volatility  of the  underlying  security or index,  and
                  general market conditions. For this reason, the successful use
                  of options depends upon the adviser's  ability to forecast the
                  direction of price  fluctuations in the underlying  securities
                  markets or, in the case of index options,  fluctuations in the
                  market sector represented by the selected index.

         (2)      Options  normally have expiration  dates of up to three years.
                  An American  style put or call

                                      A-3

<PAGE>

                  option may be exercised  at any time during the option  period
                  while a European  style put or call  option  may be  exercised
                  only  upon  expiration  or  during  a fixed  period  prior  to
                  expiration.  The  exercise  price of the options may be below,
                  equal to or above the current  market value of the  underlying
                  security or index.  Purchased options that expire  unexercised
                  have no value.  Unless an option  purchased  by the  Series is
                  exercised  or unless a closing  transaction  is effected  with
                  respect to that  position,  the Series will  realize a loss in
                  the amount of the premium paid and any transaction costs.

         (3)      A position in an exchange-listed option may be closed out only
                  on an exchange that provides a secondary  market for identical
                  options. Although the Series intends to purchase or write only
                  those exchange-traded  options for which there appears to be a
                  liquid secondary  market,  there is no assurance that a liquid
                  secondary  market will exist for any particular  option at any
                  particular  time. A liquid  market may be absent if: (i) there
                  is  insufficient  trading  interest  in the  option;  (ii) the
                  exchange has imposed restrictions on trading,  such as trading
                  halts, trading suspensions or daily price limits; (iii) normal
                  exchange operations have been disrupted;  or (iv) the exchange
                  has inadequate facilities to handle current trading volume.

         (4)      With certain  exceptions,  exchange  listed options  generally
                  settle by physical delivery of the underlying security.  Index
                  options are settled exclusively in cash for the net amount, if
                  any, by which the option is "in-the-money" (where the value of
                  the  underlying  instrument  exceeds,  in the  case  of a call
                  option,  or is less  than,  in the case of a put  option,  the
                  exercise  price  of the  option)  at the time  the  option  is
                  exercised. If the Series writes a call option on an index, the
                  Series  will  not  know in  advance  the  difference,  if any,
                  between the closing  value of the index on the  exercise  date
                  and the exercise price of the call option itself and thus will
                  not know the amount of cash  payable upon  settlement.  If the
                  Series  holds an index  option  and  exercises  it before  the
                  closing index value for that day is available, the Series runs
                  the  risk  that  the  level  of  the   underlying   index  may
                  subsequently change.

         (5)      A Series'  activities  in the options  markets may result in a
                  higher Series  turnover rate and additional  brokerage  costs;
                  however,  the  Series  also may save on  commissions  by using
                  options as a hedge  rather than  buying or selling  individual
                  securities  in  anticipation  of,  or as a result  of,  market
                  movements.

FUTURES  AND  RELATED  OPTIONS  STRATEGIES.  Each  Series  may engage in futures
strategies  for certain  non-trading  bona fide  hedging,  risk  management  and
portfolio management purposes.

Each Series may sell  securities  index futures  contracts in  anticipation of a
general market or market sector decline that could  adversely  affect the market
value of the  Series'  securities  holdings.  To the extent  that a portion of a
Series' holdings  correlate with a given index, the sale of futures contracts on
that index  could  reduce the risks  associated  with a market  decline and thus
provide an alternative to the liquidation of securities positions.  For example,
if a Series  correctly  anticipates  a general  market  decline  and sells index
futures to hedge  against  this risk,  the gain in the futures  position  should
offset some or all of the decline in the value of the Series' holdings. A Series
may purchase  index futures  contracts if a significant  market or market sector
advance is anticipated.  Such a purchase of a futures  contract would serve as a
temporary  substitute for the purchase of the underlying  securities,  which may
then be purchased,  in an orderly fashion. This strategy may minimize the effect
of all or part of an increase in the market  price of  securities  that a Series
intends to purchase.  A rise in the price of the securities should be in part or
wholly offset by gains in the futures position.

As in the case of a purchase of an index futures contract, a Series may purchase
a call option on an index futures  contract to hedge against a market advance in
securities  that the Series  plans to acquire at a future  date.  The Series may
write covered put options on index futures as a partial  anticipatory hedge, and
may write  covered call options on index  futures as a partial  hedge  against a
decline in the prices of  securities  held by the Series.  This is  analogous to
writing  covered  call options on  securities.  The Series also may purchase put
options on index futures contracts. The purchase of put options on index futures
contracts is analogous to the purchase of  protective  put options on individual
securities  where a level of  protection  is sought  below  which no  additional
economic loss would be incurred by the Series.

                                      A-4

<PAGE>
FUTURES AND RELATED OPTIONS  GUIDELINES.  In view of the risks involved in using
the futures  strategies  that are described  above,  each Series has adopted the
following investment guidelines to govern its use of such strategies.  The Board
of Trustees may modify these guidelines without shareholder vote.

                  (1)      The  Series  will  engage  only  in  covered  futures
                           transactions,  and each such  transaction will remain
                           covered so long as the Series is obligated thereby.

                  (2)      The  Series   will  not  write   options  on  futures
                           contracts if aggregate  exercise prices of previously
                           written outstanding options (whether on securities or
                           securities  indexes),  together  with  the  value  of
                           assets   used  to  cover  all   outstanding   futures
                           positions, would exceed 25% of its total net assets.

SPECIAL  CHARACTERISTICS  AND RISKS OF FUTURES AND RELATED OPTIONS  TRADING.  No
price is paid upon entering into a futures contract. Instead, upon entering into
a futures  contract,  a Series is required to deposit with its  custodian,  in a
segregated  account  in  the  name  of  the  futures  broker  through  whom  the
transaction is effected,  an amount of cash, U.S. Government securities or other
liquid  instruments  generally equal to 10% or less of the contract value.  This
amount is known as "initial  margin."  When  writing a call or a put option on a
futures  contract,  margin also must be deposited in accordance  with applicable
exchange  rules.  Unlike margin in securities  transactions,  initial  margin on
futures   contracts   does  not  involve   borrowing   to  finance  the  futures
transactions. Rather, initial margin on a futures contract is in the nature of a
performance  bond or  good-faith  deposit on the contract  that is returned to a
Series upon termination of the  transaction,  assuming all obligations have been
satisfied.  Under certain circumstances,  such as periods of high volatility,  a
Series  may be  required  by a futures  exchange  to  increase  the level of its
initial  margin  payment.  Additionally,  initial  margin  requirements  may  be
increased  generally in the future by regulatory  action.  Subsequent  payments,
called "variation  margin," to and from the broker, are made on a daily basis as
the value of the futures or options position varies, a process known as "marking
to market." For example, when a Series purchases a contract and the value of the
contract rises,  the Series receives from the broker a variation  margin payment
equal to that  increase  in  value.  Conversely,  if the  value  of the  futures
position  declines,  a Series is required to make a variation  margin payment to
the broker  equal to the  decline in value.  Variation  margin  does not involve
borrowing  to finance the futures  transaction,  but rather  represents  a daily
settlement of a Series' obligations to or from a clearing organization.

Buyers and  sellers of futures  positions  and  options  thereon  can enter into
offsetting closing  transactions,  similar to closing transactions on options on
securities,  by selling or purchasing an offsetting contract or option.  Futures
contracts or options thereon may be closed only on an exchange or board of trade
providing a secondary market for such futures contracts or options.

Under certain circumstances, futures exchanges may establish daily limits on the
amount that the price of a futures contract or related option may vary either up
or down from the previous day's settlement  price. Once the daily limit has been
reached  in a  particular  contract,  no trades  may be made that day at a price
beyond  that  limit.  The daily  limit  governs  only price  movements  during a
particular  trading day and therefore does not limit potential  losses,  because
prices could move to the daily limit for several  consecutive  trading days with
little or no trading and  thereby  prevent  prompt  liquidation  of  unfavorable
positions.  In such  event,  it may not be  possible  for the  Series to close a
position and, in the event of adverse price movements,  the Series would have to
make daily cash  payments of variation  margin  (except in the case of purchased
options).  However,  if  futures  contracts  have been  used to hedge  portfolio
securities,  such  securities  will  not be  sold  until  the  contracts  can be
terminated.  In such circumstances,  an increase in the price of the securities,
if any,  may  partially or  completely  offset  losses on the futures  contract.
However,  there is no guarantee that the price of the securities  will, in fact,
correlate  with the price  movements in the contracts and thus provide an offset
to losses on the contracts.

In  considering  a  Series'  use  of  futures  contracts  and  related  options,
particular note should be taken of the following:

         (1)      Successful  use by a Series of futures  contracts  and related
                  options  will  depend  upon the  adviser's  ability to predict
                  movements in the direction of the  securities  markets,  which
                  requires  different  skills  and  techniques  than  predicting
                  changes  in the  prices of  individual  securities.  Moreover,
                  futures  contracts  relate not only to the current price level
                  of the underlying

                                      A-5
<PAGE>

                  securities, but also to anticipated price levels at some point
                  in the  future.  There  is,  in  addition,  the risk  that the
                  movements  in the  price  of the  futures  contract  will  not
                  correlate  with the movements in the prices of the  securities
                  being  hedged.  For example,  if the price of an index futures
                  contract moves less than the price of the securities  that are
                  the  subject  of the  hedge,  the  hedge  will  not  be  fully
                  effective, but if the price of the securities being hedged has
                  moved in an  unfavorable  direction,  a  Series  would be in a
                  better position than if it had not hedged at all. If the price
                  of the  securities  being  hedged  has  moved  in a  favorable
                  direction,  the advantage may be partially offset by losses in
                  the  futures   position.   In   addition,   if  a  Series  has
                  insufficient  cash,  it may have to sell  assets to meet daily
                  variation margin requirements.  Any such sale of assets may or
                  may  not be made at  prices  that  reflect  a  rising  market.
                  Consequently,  a Series may need to sell assets at a time when
                  such sales are  disadvantageous to the Series. If the price of
                  the  futures  contract  moves  more  than  the  price  of  the
                  underlying securities,  a Series will experience either a loss
                  or a gain  on the  futures  contract  that  may or may  not be
                  completely  offset by movements in the price of the securities
                  that are the subject of the hedge.

         (2)      In addition to the possibility  that there may be an imperfect
                  correlation, or no correlation at all, between price movements
                  in the  futures  position  and the  securities  being  hedged,
                  movements in the prices of futures contracts may not correlate
                  perfectly   with   movements  in  the  prices  of  the  hedged
                  securities  due to price  distortions  in the futures  market.
                  There may be  several  reasons  unrelated  to the value of the
                  underlying  securities  that  cause this  situation  to occur.
                  First, as noted above,  all participants in the futures market
                  are subject to initial and variation margin requirements.  If,
                  to avoid meeting additional margin deposit requirements or for
                  other reasons,  investors choose to close a significant number
                  of  futures   contracts   through   offsetting   transactions,
                  distortions  in the  normal  price  relationship  between  the
                  securities and the futures markets may occur. Second,  because
                  the margin deposit requirements in the futures market are less
                  onerous than margin  requirements  in the  securities  market,
                  there may be increased  participation  by  speculators  in the
                  futures  market.  Such  speculative  activity  in the  futures
                  market  also  may  cause  temporary  price  distortions.  As a
                  result,  a correct  forecast of general  market trends may not
                  result  in  successful  hedging  through  the  use of  futures
                  contracts  over the short term.  In  addition,  activities  of
                  large  traders  in both the  futures  and  securities  markets
                  involving arbitrage and other investment strategies may result
                  in temporary price distortions.

         (3)      Positions  in futures  contracts  may be closed out only on an
                  exchange or board of trade that  provides a  secondary  market
                  for such futures  contracts.  Although each Series  intends to
                  purchase and sell futures only on exchanges or boards of trade
                  where there appears to be an active secondary market, there is
                  no assurance that a liquid  secondary market on an exchange or
                  board of trade will exist for any  particular  contract at any
                  particular  time.  In such  event,  it may not be  possible to
                  close a futures  position,  and in the event of adverse  price
                  movements,  a Series  would  continue  to be  required to make
                  variation margin payments.

         (4)      Like options on securities,  options on futures contracts have
                  limited  life.  The ability to establish and close out options
                  on futures will be subject to the  development and maintenance
                  of liquid  secondary  markets  on the  relevant  exchanges  or
                  boards of trade.  There can be no certainty  that such markets
                  for all options on futures contracts will develop.

         (5)      Purchasers  of options on futures  contracts  pay a premium in
                  cash at the time of purchase.  This amount and the transaction
                  costs are all that is at risk.  Sellers  of options on futures
                  contracts,  however,  must post initial margin and are subject
                  to additional  margin calls that could be  substantial  in the
                  event of adverse price  movements.  In addition,  although the
                  maximum amount at risk when the Series  purchases an option is
                  the  premium  paid for the option and the  transaction  costs,
                  there may be circumstances when the purchase of an option on a
                  futures contract would result in a loss to the Series when the
                  use of a futures  contract would not, such as when there is no
                  movement  in the level of the  underlying  index  value or the
                  securities or currencies being hedged.

                                      A-6
<PAGE>


         (6)      As is the case  with  options,  a  Series'  activities  in the
                  futures markets may result in a higher portfolio turnover rate
                  and  additional   transaction  costs  in  the  form  of  added
                  brokerage  commissions.  However,  a  Series  also may save on
                  commissions by using futures contracts or options thereon as a
                  hedge rather than buying or selling  individual  securities in
                  anticipation of, or as a result of, market movements.

                                      A-7

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX B

                             DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS


Moody's and S&P are private  services that provide ratings of the credit quality
of debt obligations. A description of the ratings assigned by Moody's and S&P to
the  securities  in which the  Portfolios'  corresponding  Series  may invest is
discussed below.  These ratings  represent the opinions of these rating services
as to the quality of the  securities  that they  undertake to rate. It should be
emphasized,  however, that ratings are general and are not absolute standards of
quality.  The advisers and sub-advisers  attempt to discern variations in credit
rankings of the rating  services and to  anticipate  changes in credit  ranking.
However, subsequent to purchase by a Series, an issue of securities may cease to
be rated or its rating may be reduced  below the  minimum  rating  required  for
purchase by the Series.  In that event, an adviser or sub-adviser  will consider
whether  it is in the  best  interest  of the  Series  to  continue  to hold the
securities.

MOODY'S RATINGS

CORPORATE AND MUNICIPAL BONDS.

Aaa:  Bonds that are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality.  They carry
the smallest  degree of investment  risk and are generally  referred to as "gilt
edged." Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable
margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely
to change,  such changes as can be  visualized  are most  unlikely to impair the
fundamentally strong position of such issues.

Aa: Bonds that are rated Aa are judged to be of high  quality by all  standards.
Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high grade
bonds.  They are rated lower than the best bonds  because  margins of protection
may not be as large as in Aaa securities or  fluctuation of protective  elements
may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present that make the
long-term risk appear somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

A: Bonds that are rated A possess many favorable  investment  attributes and are
to be considered as upper-medium-grade  obligations.  Factors giving security to
principal  and interest  are  considered  adequate,  but elements may be present
which suggest a susceptibility to impairment some time in the future.

Baa: Bonds that are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade  obligations (i.e.,
they are neither highly  protected nor poorly  secured).  Interest  payments and
principal  security  appear  adequate  for the present  but  certain  protective
elements may be lacking or may be  characteristically  unreliable over any great
length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding  investment  characteristics  and in
fact have speculative characteristics as well.

CORPORATE AND MUNICIPAL  COMMERCIAL  PAPER. The highest rating for corporate and
municipal commercial paper is "P-1" (Prime-1).  Issuers rated P-1 (or supporting
institutions)  have a superior  ability for repayment of senior  short-term debt
obligations.  P-1  repayment  ability  will  often be  evidenced  by many of the
following characteristics:

[BULLET]  Leading market positions in well-established industries.

[BULLET]  High rates of return on funds employed.

[BULLET]  Conservative  capitalization  structure with moderate reliance on debt
          and ample asset protection.

[BULLET]  Broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high
          internal cash generation.

[BULLET]  Well-established  access to a range of  financial  markets and assured
          sources of alternate liquidity.

                                      B-1

<PAGE>

MUNICIPAL  NOTES.  The  highest  ratings  for  state  and  municipal  short-term
obligations are "MIG 1," "MIG 2" and "MIG 3" (or "VMIG 1," "VMIG 2" and "VMIG 3"
in the case of an issue having a variable-rate demand feature). Notes rated "MIG
1" or "VMIG 1" are judged to be of the best  quality.  There is  present  strong
protection by established cash flows, superior liquidity support or demonstrated
broadbased access to the market for refinancing. Notes rated "MIG 2" or "VMIG 2"
are of high quality,  with margins of protection  that are ample although not so
large  as in the  preceding  group.  Notes  rated  "MIG  3" or  "VMIG  3" are of
favorable  quality,  with all security  elements  accounted  for but lacking the
undeniable strength of the preceding grades.  Liquidity and cash flow protection
may be narrow,  and  market  access  for  refinancing  is likely to be less well
established.

S&P RATINGS

CORPORATE AND MUNICIPAL BONDS.

AAA: Bonds rated AAA are highest grade debt  obligations.  This rating indicates
an extremely strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

AA:  Bonds  rated AA have a very  strong  capacity  to pay  interest  and  repay
principal and differ from AAA issues only in small degree.

A: Bonds rated A have a strong  capacity to pay  interest  and repay  principal,
although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in
circumstances and economic conditions than bonds in higher rated categories.

BBB: Bonds rated BBB are regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest
and  repay  principal.   Whereas  they  normally  exhibit  adequate   protection
parameters,  adverse  economic  conditions  or changing  circumstances  are more
likely to lead to a weakened  capacity to pay interest and repay  principal  for
debt in this category than in higher rated categories.

CORPORATE AND  MUNICIPAL  COMMERCIAL  PAPER.  The "A-1" rating for corporate and
municipal  commercial paper indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely
payment is strong.  Those issues  determined to possess  extremely strong safety
characteristics will be rated "A-1+."

MUNICIPAL  NOTES. The "SP-1" rating reflects a very strong or strong capacity to
pay  principal  and interest.  Those issues  determined to possess  overwhelming
safety  characteristics  will be rated  "SP-1+."  The "SP-2"  rating  reflects a
satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest.

FITCH RATINGS

DESCRIPTION OF FITCH'S HIGHEST STATE AND MUNICIPAL NOTES RATING.

AAA - Bonds considered to be investment grade and of the highest credit quality.
The  obligor  has an  exceptionally  strong  ability to pay  interest  and repay
principal, which is unlikely to be affected by reasonably foreseeable events.

AA - Bonds  considered to be investment  grade and of very high credit  quality.
The  obligor's  ability to pay  interest  and repay  principal  is very  strong,
although not quite as strong as bonds rated AAA.

F-1+ - Issues  assigned this rating are regarded as having the strongest  degree
of assurance for timely payment.

F-1 - Issues  assigned this rating  reflect an assurance of timely  payment only
slightly less in degree than issues rated F-1+.

                                      B-2


<PAGE>

                                 WT MUTUAL FUND

                       ROXBURY LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO



                              400 Bellevue Parkway
                           Wilmington, Delaware 19809

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                                  _______, 1999

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


This Statement of Additional  Information is not a prospectus and should be read
in conjunction with the Portfolios' current prospectus,  dated ______,  1999, as
amended from time to time. A copy of the current  prospectus  and annual  report
may be obtained  without  charge,  by writing to  Provident  Distributors,  Inc.
("PDI"),  Four Falls Corporate  Center,  West  Conshohocken,  PA 19428, and from
certain  institutions  such as banks or  broker-dealers  that have  entered into
servicing agreements with PDI or by calling (800) _____.

The Portfolio's  audited financial  statements for the year ended June 30, 1999,
included in the Annual Report to shareholders, are incorporated into this SAI by
reference.


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

GENERAL INFORMATION ......................................................    2
INVESTMENT POLICIES ......................................................    2
INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS ...................................................    4
TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS ....................................................    5
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES ...................................    6
Distribution of shares and Rule 12b-1 Plan ...............................    8
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES .................................    9
CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES .......................................    9
PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES ...............................   10
DIVIDENDS ................................................................   12
TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIO ................................................   12
CALCULATION OF PERFORMANCE INFORMATION ...................................   14
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS .....................................................   18
APPENDIX A - OPTIONS, FUTURES AND FORWARD CURRENCY CONTRACT STRATEGIES ...  A-1
APPENDIX B - DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS ......................................  B-1

                                       i


<PAGE>


                              GENERAL INFORMATION

WT Mutual Fund (the "Fund") is a  diversified,  open-end  management  investment
company  organized as a Delaware business trust on June 1, 1994. The name of the
Fund was changed from Kiewit Mutual Fund to WT Mutual Fund on October 20, 1998.

The Fund has  established  the Roxbury Large Cap Growth  Portfolio  described in
this Statement of Additional Information.  The Portfolio issues three classes of
shares, classes A, B and C.

                               INVESTMENT POLICIES

The following information supplements the information concerning the Portfolio's
investment objective,  policies and limitations found in the prospectus.  Unless
otherwise  indicated,  it applies to the Portfolio through its investment in its
corresponding  master  fund,  which is a series  of WT  Investment  Trust I (the
"Series").

CASH  MANAGEMENT.  The Large Cap Growth Portfolio may invest no more than 15% of
its  total  assets in cash and cash  equivalents  including  high-quality  money
market  instruments  and money  market funds in order to manage cash flow in the
Portfolio. Certain of these instruments are described below.

     (BULLET) MONEY MARKET FUNDS.  The Portfolio may invest in the securities of
              other money market mutual funds,  within the limits  prescribed by
              the 1940 Act.

     (BULLET) U.S.  GOVERNMENT  OBLIGATIONS.  The  Portfolio may invest in  debt
              securities  issued  or  guaranteed  by  the  U.S.  Government, its
              agencies or instrumentalities.

     (BULLET) COMMERCIAL PAPER. The Portfolio may invest  in  commercial  paper.
              Commercial paper consists of short-term (up to 270 days) unsecured
              promissory  notes issued by corporations in order to finance their
              current  operations.  The  Portfolio may invest only in commercial
              paper  rated  A-1 or  higher by S&P or  Moody's  or if not  rated,
              determined  by the  adviser  or  sub-adviser  to be of  comparable
              quality.

     (BULLET) BANK  OBLIGATIONS.  The  Portfolio  may  invest  in  U.S.  dollar-
              denominated  obligations of major banks, including certificates of
              deposits, time deposits and bankers' acceptances of major U.S. and
              foreign banks and  their  branches  located  outside of the United
              States, of U.S. branches of foreign banks, of foreign  branches of
              foreign banks, of U.S. agencies of  foreign banks  and of  wholly-
              owned  banking subsidiaries  of such foreign banks  located in the
              U.S.

CONVERTIBLE  SECURITIES.  Convertible securities have characteristics similar to
both fixed income and equity securities.  Because of the conversion feature, the
market value of  convertible  securities  tends to move together with the market
value of the  underlying  stock.  As a  result,  the  Portfolio's  selection  of
convertible securities is based, to a great extent, on the potential for capital
appreciation  that may exist in the underlying  stock.  The value of convertible
securities is also affected by prevailing  interest rates, the credit quality of
the issuers and any call provisions.

The Portfolio may invest in convertible  securities  that are rated, at the time
of purchase,  in the three highest rating categories by a nationally  recognized
statistical rating organization ("NRSRO") such as Moody's or S&P, or if unrated,
are  determined  by  the  adviser  or a  sub-adviser,  as  applicable,  to be of
comparable quality.  Ratings represent the rating agency's opinion regarding the
quality of the security and are not a guarantee of quality. Should the rating of
a security be downgraded subsequent to the Portfolio's purchase of the security,
the adviser, as applicable, will determine whether it is in the best interest of
the Portfolio to retain the security.

DEBT  SECURITIES.  Debt  securities  represent money borrowed that obligates the
issuer (e.g., a corporation,  municipality,  government,  government  agency) to
repay the borrowed  amount at maturity  (when the obligation is due and payable)
and usually to pay the holder interest at specific times.

                                       2
<PAGE>

HEDGING STRATEGIES.  The Portfolio may engage in certain hedging strategies that
involve options and futures. These hedging strategies are described in detail in
the Appendix.

ILLIQUID SECURITIES. The Portfolio may invest no more than 15% of its net assets
in  securities   that  at  the  time  of  purchase  have  legal  or  contractual
restrictions on resale or are otherwise illiquid. If the limitations on illiquid
securities are exceeded,  other than by a change in market values, the condition
will be reported by the Portfolio's investment adviser to the Board of Trustees.

OPTIONS ON SECURITIES  AND SECURITIES  INDEXES.  The Portfolio may purchase call
options on  securities  that the adviser  intends to include in the Portfolio in
order to fix the cost of a future  purchase or attempt to enhance return by, for
example,  participating  in an anticipated  increase in the value of a security.
The  Portfolio may purchase put options to hedge against a decline in the market
value of securities  held in the  Portfolio or in an attempt to enhance  return.
The  Portfolio  may write (sell) put and covered call options on  securities  in
which they are  authorized  to invest.  The  Portfolio may also purchase put and
call options, and write put and covered call options on U.S. securities indexes.
Stock  index  options  serve  to  hedge  against  overall  fluctuations  in  the
securities  markets rather than anticipated  increases or decreases in the value
of a particular security. Of the 85% of the total assets of a Portfolio that are
invested in equity (or related)  securities,  the  Portfolio may not invest more
than 10% of such assets in covered call options on securities  and/or options on
securities indices.

REPURCHASE  AGREEMENTS.  The Portfolio may invest in  repurchase  agreements.  A
repurchase  agreement is a transaction in which a Portfolio purchases a security
from a bank or recognized securities dealer and simultaneously commits to resell
that  security  to a bank or  dealer at an agreed  date and price  reflecting  a
market rate of  interest,  unrelated  to the coupon rate or the  maturity of the
purchased  security.  While it is not possible to eliminate all risks from these
transactions  (particularly  the possibility of a decline in the market value of
the underlying  securities,  as well as delays and costs to the Portfolio if the
other party to the repurchase agreement becomes bankrupt), it is the policy of a
Portfolio to limit  repurchase  transactions  to primary dealers and banks whose
creditworthiness  has been  reviewed  and  found  satisfactory  by the  adviser.
Repurchase  agreements  maturing in more than seven days are considered illiquid
for purposes of a Portfolio's investment limitations.

RESTRICTED SECURITIES. Restricted securities are securities that may not be sold
to the  public  without  registration  under  the  Securities  Act of 1933 or an
exemption  from  registration.  The  Portfolio  may  invest up to 15% of its net
assets in  illiquid  securities.  Restricted  securities,  including  securities
eligible for re-sale under 1933 Act Rule 144A,  that are determined to be liquid
are not  subject to this  limitation.  This  determination  is to be made by the
adviser  pursuant to  guidelines  adopted by the Board of Trustees.  Under these
guidelines, the adviser will consider the frequency of trades and quotes for the
security,   the  number  of  dealers  in,  and  potential  purchasers  for,  the
securities, dealer undertakings to make a market in the security, and the nature
of the security and of the  marketplace  trades.  In purchasing  such restricted
securities,  the  adviser  intends to purchase  securities  that are exempt from
registration under Rule 144A under the 1933 Act.

SECURITIES  LENDING.  The Portfolio may lend securities  pursuant to agreements,
which require that the loans be continuously secured by collateral equal to 100%
of the market value of the loaned securities.  Such collateral consists of cash,
securities of the U.S.  Government or its agencies,  or any  combination of cash
and such securities.  Such loans will not be made if, as a result, the aggregate
amount of all outstanding  securities loans for the Portfolio  exceeds one-third
of the value of the  Portfolio's  total assets taken at fair market  value.  The
Portfolio  will  continue  to  receive  interest  on the  securities  lent while
simultaneously earning interest on the investment of the cash collateral in U.S.
Government securities.  However, the Portfolio will normally pay lending fees to
such  broker-dealers  and related  expenses from the interest earned on invested
collateral.  There may be risks of delay in receiving  additional  collateral or
risks of delay in  recovery  of the  securities  and even  loss of rights in the
collateral  should the borrower of the  securities  fail  financially.  However,
loans are made only to  borrowers  deemed by the adviser to be of good  standing
and when, in the judgment of the adviser,  the consideration  that can be earned
currently from such securities loans justifies the attendant risk.  Either party
upon reasonable notice to the other party may terminate any loan.

                                       3

<PAGE>
                             INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

Except as otherwise provided,  the Portfolio and its corresponding master series
has adopted the investment  limitations set forth below.  Limitations  which are
designated as fundamental  policies may not be changed  without the  affirmative
vote of the lessor of (i) 67% or more of the shares of the Portfolio  present at
a shareholders  meeting if holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of
the  Portfolio  are  present  in person or by proxy or (ii) more than 50% of the
outstanding shares of the Portfolio. If any percentage restriction on investment
or  utilization  of assets is adhered to at the time an  investment  is made,  a
later change in percentage  resulting  from a change in the market values of the
Portfolio's  assets or  redemptions of shares will not be considered a violation
of the limitation.

The Portfolio will not as a matter of fundamental policy:

1. purchase the  securities of any one issuer,  if as a result,  more than 5% of
the Portfolio's total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer,
or the  Portfolio  would  own or  hold  10% or more  of the  outstanding  voting
securities of that issuer,  provided that (1) the Portfolio may invest up to 25%
of its total assets without regard to these  limitations;  (2) these limitations
do not apply to  securities  issued or guaranteed  by the U.S.  Government,  its
agencies   or   instrumentalities;   and   (3)   repurchase   agreements   fully
collateralized by U.S. Government obligations will be treated as U.S. Government
obligations;

2. purchase  securities  of any  issuer  if, as a result,  more  than 25% of the
Portfolio's  total  assets  would be invested in the  securities  of one or more
issuers  having  their  principal  business  activities  in the  same  industry,
provided,  that this  limitation  does not apply to debt  obligations  issued or
guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities;

3. borrow  money,  provided that the Portfolio may borrow money for temporary or
emergency  purposes,  and then in an aggregate  amount not in excess of 10% of a
Portfolio's total assets;

4. make loans to other  persons,  except by (1)  purchasing  debt  securities in
accordance with its investment objective, policies and limitations; (2) entering
into repurchase agreements; or (3) engaging in securities loan transactions;

5. underwrite  any issue of securities,  except to the extent that the Portfolio
may be considered to be acting as underwriter in connection with the disposition
of any portfolio security;

6. purchase or  sell real  estate,  provided  that the  Portfolio  may invest in
obligations secured by real estate or interests therein or obligations issued by
companies that invest in real estate or interests therein, including real estate
investment trusts;

7. purchase or sell physical commodities, provided that the Portfolio may invest
in, purchase, sell or enter into financial options and futures, forward and spot
currency   contracts,   swap   transactions  and  other   derivative   financial
instruments; or

8. issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

THE INVESTMENT  LIMITATIONS  DESCRIBED  ABOVE DO NOT PROHIBIT THE PORTFOLIO FROM
INVESTING  ALL OR  SUBSTANTIALLY  ALL OF ITS  ASSETS IN THE  SHARES  OF  ANOTHER
REGISTERED  OPEN-END  INVESTMENT COMPANY SUCH AS THE CORRESPONDING  SERIES OF WT
INVESTMENT TRUST I.

The following non-fundamental policies apply to the Portfolio and may be changed
by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval. The Portfolio will not:

1.  make short sales of securities except short sales against the box;

2.  purchase  securities  on  margin  except  for the use of  short-term  credit
necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of portfolio securities;

                                       4

<PAGE>

3. purchase portfolio securities if its outstanding  borrowings exceed 5% of the
value of its total assets.

                              TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS

The  Board  of  Trustees  supervises  the  Portfolio's  activities  and  reviews
contractual  arrangements with the Portfolio's  service providers.  The Trustees
and officers are listed  below.  All persons named as Trustees and officers also
serve in a similar capacity for WT Investment Trust I. An asterisk (*) indicates
those Trustees who are "interested persons".

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


- ------------------------  -------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
                            POSITION(S)
NAME, ADDRESS AND           HELD WITH
DATE OF BIRTH                THE FUND         PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS
- ------------------------  -------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>         <C>
ROBERT ARNOLD                Trustee     In 1989, Mr. Arnold founded, and currently  co-manages,  R. H.
152 W. 57th Street, 44th                 Arnold & Co., Inc., an investment  banking  company.  Prior to
Floor                                    forming R. H. Arnold & Co.,  Inc.,  Mr.  Arnold was  Executive
New York, NY  10019                      Vice   President   and  a   director   to   Cambrian   Capital
Date of Birth: 3/44                      Corporation, an investment banking firm he co-founded in 1987.
- ------------------------  -------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
ROBERT J. CHRISTIAN*        Trustee,     Mr. Christian has been Chief Investment  Officer of Wilmington
Rodney Square North         President    Trust  Company  since  February  1996 and  Director  of Rodney
1100 N. Market Street                    Square  Management  Corporation  since 1996.  He was  Chairman
Wilmington, DE 19890                     and Director of PNC Equity  Advisors  Company,  and  President
Date of Birth: 2/49                      and Chief  Investment  Officer of PNC Asset  Management  Group
                                         Inc.  from 1994 to 1996.  He was Chief  Investment  Officer of
                                         PNC Bank from 1992 to 1996 and Director of  Provident  Capital
                                         Management from 1993 to 1996.
- ------------------------  -------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
NICHOLAS A. GIORDANO         Trustee     Mr. Giordano was appointed interim President of LaSalle
LaSalle University                       University on July 1, 1998 and was a consultant for financial
Philadelphia, PA 19141                   services organizations from late 1997 through 1998.  He
Date of Birth: 3/43                      served as president and chief executive officer of the
                                         Philadelphia Stock Exchange from 1981 through August 1997,
                                         and also served as chairman of the board of the exchange's
                                         two subsidiaries: Stock Clearing Corporation of Philadelphia
                                         and Philadelphia Depository Trust Company.  Before joining
                                         the Philadelphia Stock Exchange, Mr. Giordano served as chief
                                         financial officer at two brokerage firms (1968-1971).  A
                                         certified public accountant, he began his career at Price
                                         Waterhouse in 1965.
- ------------------------  -------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
LAWRENCE B. THOMAS           Trustee     Mr.  Thomas  retired in October  1996,  after having served in
7813 Pierce Circle                       numerous   financial   positions   at   ConAgra,    Inc.   (an
Omaha, NE  68124                         international  food company) including  Treasurer,  Secretary,
Date of Birth: 3/46                      Risk  Officer,  and Senior Vice  President-Finance  (Principal
                                         Financial  Officer).  In his thirty-six  years at ConAgra,  he
                                         also   served  as  director   and  officer  of  its   numerous
                                         subsidiaries.
- ------------------------  -------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
ERIC K. CHEUNG                Vice       From 1978 to 1986,  Mr. Cheung was the  Portfolio  Manager for
Rodney Square North         President    fixed income assets of the Meritor  Financial  Group. In 1986,
1100 N. Market Street                    Mr.  Cheung  joined  Wilmington  Trust Company and in 1991, he
Wilmington, DE 19890                     became the Division Manager for all fixed income products.
Date of Birth: 12/54
- ------------------------  -------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
PAT COLLETTI                  Vice       Mr.  Colletti is Vice  President  and  Director of  Investment
400 Bellevue Parkway        President    Accounting and  Administration  of PFPC Inc. since April 1999.
Wilmington, DE 19809      and Treasurer  Prior to joining PFPC,  Mr.  Colletti was  Controller  for the
Date of Birth: 11/58                     Reserve Funds since 1986.
- ------------------------  -------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                       5

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


- ------------------------  -------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
                            POSITION(S)
NAME, ADDRESS AND           HELD WITH
DATE OF BIRTH                THE FUND         PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS
- ------------------------  -------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>           <C>
GARY M. GARDNER            Secretary     Mr.  Gardner  has been a Senior  Vice  President  of PFPC Inc.
400 Bellevue                             since  January  1994.  Previously,  Mr.  Gardner had  provided
Parkway                                  legal  and  regulatory   advice  to  mutual  funds  and  their
Wilmington, DE  19809                    management for more than twenty years at Federated  Investors,
Date of Birth: 2/51                      Inc.,   SunAmerica  Asset  Management  Corp.  and  The  Boston
                                         Company, Inc.


- ------------------------  -------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


On _____,  1999,  the  Trustees  and  officers  of the Fund,  as a group,  owned
beneficially,  or may be deemed to have owned beneficially,  less than 1% of the
outstanding shares of each Portfolio.

The fees and expenses of the Trustees  who are not  "interested  persons" of the
Fund  ("Independent  Trustees"),  as  defined  in the  1940 Act are paid by each
Portfolio.  The following table shows the fees paid during the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1999 to the Independent  Trustees for their service to the Fund and the
total  compensation paid to the Trustees by the WT Fund Complex,  which consists
of the Fund and WT Investment Trust I.

              TRUSTEES FEES FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1999

                             AGGREGATE               TOTAL COMPENSATION
                       COMPENSATION FROM THE         FROM THE WT FUND
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEE             FUND                      COMPLEX
- -------------------             ----                      -------
Robert Arnold                    $0                          $
Nicholas Giordano                $0                          $
Lawrence Thomas                  $0                          $

               CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

The Portfolio has not yet commenced operations.

                     INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

ROXBURY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

Roxbury  serves as the  investment  adviser to the  corresponding  Series of the
Large Cap Growth Portfolio.

The Large Cap Growth Series pays a monthly advisory fee to Roxbury at the annual
rate of 0.55% of the Series' first $1 billion of average daily net assets;  .50%
of the  Series'  next $1 billion of average  daily net  assets;  and .45% of the
Series average daily net assets over $2 billion.

For Institutional shares,  Roxbury has agreed to waive a portion of its advisory
fee or reimburse  expenses to the extent total  operating  expenses exceed 0.75%
for the Large Cap Growth  Series.  This  waiver  will  remain in place until the
Board of Trustees approves its termination.

ADVISORY SERVICES.  Under the terms of advisory  agreements,  the adviser agrees
to: (a) direct the investments of each Series, subject to and in accordance with
the Series'  investment  objective,  policies and  limitations  set forth in the
Prospectus and this Statement of Additional  Information;  (b) purchase and sell
for the Series,  securities and other  investments  consistent  with the Series'
objectives and policies;  (c) supply office facilities,  equipment and personnel
necessary for servicing the  investments of the Series;  (d)

                                       6
<PAGE>


pay the  salaries  of all  personnel  of the Series and the  adviser  performing
services relating to research,  statistical and investment  activities on behalf
of the Series;  (e) make  available and provide such  information  as the Series
and/or its  administrator  may reasonably  request for use in the preparation of
its  registration  statement,  reports  and  other  documents  required  by  any
applicable  federal,  foreign or state  statutes  or  regulations;  (f) make its
officers  and  employees  available to the Trustees and officers of the Fund for
consultation  and  discussion  regarding  the  management  of the Series and its
investment activities.  Additionally, each adviser agrees to create and maintain
all  necessary  records  in  accordance  with all  applicable  laws,  rules  and
regulations  pertaining  to  the  various  functions  performed  by it  and  not
otherwise  created and maintained by another party pursuant to contract with the
Fund.  Each  adviser  may at any time or times,  upon  approval  by the Board of
Trustees,  enter into one or more  sub-advisory  agreements  with a  sub-advisor
pursuant to which the adviser delegates any or all of its duties as listed.

The  agreement  provides  that the adviser  shall not be liable for any error of
judgment or mistake of law or for any loss  suffered by the Series in connection
with the matters to which the Agreement relates,  except to the extent of a loss
resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in
the performance of its obligations and duties under the agreement.

The salaries of any officers  and the  interested  Trustees of the Funds who are
affiliated  with an adviser and the  salaries of all  personnel  of each adviser
performing  services  for  each  Fund  relating  to  research,  statistical  and
investment activities are paid by the adviser.

                     ADMINISTRATION AND ACCOUNTING SERVICES

Under separate Administration and Accounting Services Agreements, PFPC Inc., 400
Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809 performs certain administrative and
accounting services for WT Mutual Fund and WT Investment Trust I. These services
include preparing shareholder reports,  providing statistical and research data,
assisting the advisers in compliance  monitoring  activities,  and preparing and
filing  federal  and state tax  returns on behalf of the Fund and the Trust.  In
addition,   PFPC  prepares  and  files  various  reports  with  the  appropriate
regulatory  agencies  and  prepares  materials  required by the SEC or any state
securities commission having jurisdiction over the Fund. The accounting services
performed  by PFPC  include  determining  the net asset  value per share of each
Portfolio and maintaining records relating to the securities transactions of the
Fund. The Administration and Accounting  Services  Agreements provides that PFPC
and its  affiliates  shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of
law or for any loss suffered by the Fund or its Portfolios, except to the extent
of a loss resulting from willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or gross negligence on
their  part in the  performance  of  their  obligations  and  duties  under  the
Administration and Accounting Services Agreements.

                                       7

<PAGE>


                          ADDITIONAL SERVICE PROVIDERS

INDEPENDENT   AUDITORS.   _________________________________,   serves   as   the
independent  auditor,  providing  services which include (1) auditing the annual
financial  statements for the Portfolio,  (2)  assistance  and  consultation  in
connection with SEC filings and (3) preparation of the annual federal income tax
returns filed on behalf of the Portfolio.

LEGAL  COUNSEL.  Pepper  Hamilton  LLP,  3000 Two  Logan  Square,  18th and Arch
Streets, Philadelphia, PA 19103, serves as counsel to the Fund and WT Investment
Trust I.

CUSTODIAN.  PFPC Trust Company,  200 Stevens Drive,  Lester, PA 19113, serves as
the Custodian.

TRANSFER  AGENT.  PFPC Inc., 400 Bellevue  Parkway,  Wilmington,  DE 19890-0001,
serves as the Transfer Agent and Dividend Paying Agent.

                   DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES AND RULE 12B-1 PLAN

Provident Distributors,  Inc. Four Falls Corporate Center, West Conshohocken, PA
19428,  serves  as the  underwriter  of the  Portfolio's  shares  pursuant  to a
Distribution  Agreement with the Fund. Pursuant to the terms of the Distribution
Agreement, PDI is granted the right to sell the shares of the Portfolio as agent
for the Fund. Shares of the Portfolio are offered continuously.

Under the terms of the Distribution Agreement,  PDI agrees to use all reasonable
efforts to secure purchasers for Class B and Class C shares of the Portfolio and
to pay  expenses  of  printing  and  distributing  prospectuses,  statements  of
additional  information and reports prepared for use in connection with the sale
of Class B and Class C shares and any other  literature and advertising  used in
connection with the offering,  out of the  compensation it receives  pursuant to
the Portfolio's  Plans of Distribution  adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the
1940 Act (the "12b-1 Plans").  PDI receives no underwriting  commissions or Rule
12b-1 fees in connection  with the sale of the Portfolio's  Institutional  class
shares.

The  Distribution  Agreement  provides  that  PDI,  in the  absence  of  willful
misfeasance,  bad faith or gross  negligence in the performance of its duties or
by  reason  of  reckless  disregard  of its  obligations  and  duties  under the
Agreement,  will not be liable to the Portfolio or its  shareholders  for losses
arising in connection with the sale of Portfolio shares.

The  Distribution  Agreement  became  effective  as of  February  25,  1998  and
continues in effect for a period of two years.  Thereafter,  the  agreement  may
continue in effect for successive  annual periods  provided such  continuance is
approved at least  annually by a majority of the Trustees,  including a majority
of the Independent Trustees. The Distribution Agreement terminates automatically
in the event of an assignment.  The Agreement is also terminable without payment
of any penalty with respect to the  Portfolio  (i) (by vote of a majority of the
Trustees of the  Portfolio who are not  interested  persons of the Portfolio and
who have no direct or indirect  financial  interest in the operation of any Rule
12b-1 Plan of the  Portfolio or any  agreements  related to a 12b-1 Plan,  or by
vote of a  majority  of the  outstanding  voting  securities  of the  applicable
Portfolio)  on sixty (60) days'  written  notice to PDI; or (ii) by PDI on sixty
(60) days' written notice to the Portfolio.

PDI will be compensated for distribution  services  according to the Class B and
Class C 12b-1 Plans,  which became  effective _____,  1999,  regardless of PDI's
expenses. The Class B and Class C 12b-1 Plans provides that PDI will be paid for
distribution  activities such as public relations services,  telephone services,
sales   presentations,   media  charges,   preparation,   printing  and  mailing
advertising  and  sales  literature,  data  processing  necessary  to  support a
distribution  effort and printing  and mailing of  prospectuses  to  prospective
shareholders.  Additionally,  PDI may pay certain financial institutions such as
banks or  broker-dealers  who have entered into  servicing  agreements  with PDI
("Service  Organizations") and other financial institutions for distribution and
shareholder servicing activities.

                                       8
<PAGE>


The Class B and Class C 12b-1 Plans further  provides that payment shall be made
for any month only to the extent that such  payment does not exceed (i) 0.25% on
an annualized basis of the Class B and Class C shares of the Portfolio's average
net assets; and (ii) limitations set from time to time by the Board of Trustees.

Under the Class B and Class C 12b-1 Plans,  if any payments  made by the adviser
out of its  advisory  fee,  not to exceed the  amount of that fee,  to any third
parties  (including  banks),  including  payments for shareholder  servicing and
transfer agent functions,  were deemed to be indirect financing by the Portfolio
of the distribution of its shares, such payments are authorized.  The Series may
execute portfolio transactions with and purchase securities issued by depository
institutions  that receive  payments  under the 12b-1 Plans.  No preference  for
instruments issued by such depository  institutions is shown in the selection of
investments.

                    BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

The adviser  places all  portfolio  transactions  on behalf of the Series.  Debt
securities  purchased and sold by the Series are generally  traded on the dealer
market on a net basis (i.e.,  without  commission)  through  dealers  acting for
their own account and not as brokers, or otherwise involve transactions directly
with the issuer of the instrument. This means that a dealer (the securities firm
or bank dealing with a Series) makes a market for  securities by offering to buy
at one price and sell at a slightly  higher price.  The  difference  between the
prices is known as a spread.  When  securities  are  purchased  in  underwritten
offerings, they include a fixed amount of compensation to the underwriter.

The primary  objective of the adviser in placing  orders on behalf of the Series
for the purchase and sale of securities is to obtain best  execution at the most
favorable prices through responsible brokers or dealers and, where the spread or
commission rates are negotiable,  at competitive rates. In selecting a broker or
dealer,  the  adviser  considers,  among  other  things:  (i) the  price  of the
securities to be purchased or sold;  (ii) the rate of the spread or  commission;
(iii) the size and difficulty of the order; (iv) the nature and character of the
spread  or  commission  for the  securities  to be  purchased  or sold;  (v) the
reliability,  integrity,  financial condition, general execution and operational
capability  of the broker or dealer;  and (vi) the  quality of any  research  or
statistical  services  provided  by the broker or dealer to the Series or to the
adviser.

The adviser cannot  readily  determine the extent to which spreads or commission
rates or net prices  charged by  brokers or dealers  reflect  the value of their
research,  analysis,  advice and similar  services.  In such cases,  the adviser
receives  services it otherwise might have had to perform itself.  The research,
analysis,  advice and  similar  services  provided  by brokers or dealers can be
useful to the  adviser in serving its other  clients,  as well as in serving the
Series.  Conversely,  information  provided to the adviser by brokers or dealers
who have executed  transaction  orders on behalf of other clients of the adviser
may be useful in providing services to the Series.

Some of the adviser's other clients may have investment  objectives and programs
similar  to that of the  Series.  Occasionally,  recommendations  made to  other
clients may result in their purchasing or selling securities simultaneously with
the Series.  Consequently,  the demand for  securities  being  purchased  or the
supply of  securities  being sold may  increase,  and this could have an adverse
effect on the price of those securities.  It is the policy of the adviser not to
favor one client over another in making recommendations or in placing orders. In
the event of a simultaneous  transaction,  purchases or sales are averaged as to
price,  transaction  costs  are  allocated  between a Series  and other  clients
participating in the transaction on a pro rata basis and purchases and sales are
normally  allocated  between  the  Series  and the  other  clients  as to amount
according to a formula determined prior to the execution of such transactions.

                       CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES

The Fund issues three separate  classes of shares,  Class A, Class B and Class C
shares, for the Portfolio. The shares of the Portfolio, when issued and paid for
in accordance with the prospectus, will be fully paid and non-assessable shares,
with  equal  voting  rights  and  no  preferences  as to  conversion,  exchange,
dividends, redemption or any other feature.

                                       9
<PAGE>


The separate classes of shares each represent interests in the same portfolio of
investments, have the same rights and are identical in all respects, except that
the Class B and Class C shares bear Rule 12b-1 distribution  expenses,  and have
exclusive  voting  rights with respect to the Rule 12b-1 Plan  pursuant to which
the distribution fee may be paid. The net income attributable to such shares and
the  dividends  payable  on such  shares  will be  reduced  by the amount of the
distribution  fees;  accordingly,  the net  asset  value of Class B and  Class C
shares  will  be  reduced  by  such  amount  to the  extent  the  Portfolio  has
undistributed net income.

Shares of the  Portfolio  entitle  holders to one vote per share and  fractional
votes for fractional shares held. Shares have  non-cumulative  voting rights, do
not have preemptive or subscription  rights and are transferable.  The Portfolio
and each class takes separate votes on matters  affecting only that Portfolio or
class.  For  example,  a change in the  fundamental  investment  policies  for a
Portfolio would be voted upon by all shareholders of that Portfolio.

The Portfolio does not hold annual  meetings of  shareholders.  The Trustees are
required  to call a meeting of  shareholders  for the purpose of voting upon the
question of removal of any  Trustee  when  requested  in writing to do so by the
shareholders of record owning not less than 10% of the  Portfolio's  outstanding
shares.

                   PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES

PURCHASE OF SHARES. Information regarding the purchase of shares is discussed in
the  "Purchase  of Shares"  section  of the  prospectus.  Additional  methods to
purchase shares are as follows:

INDIVIDUAL  RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS:  You may purchase shares of the Portfolio for a
tax-deferred  retirement plan such as an individual  retirement account ("IRA").
To order an  application  for an IRA and a brochure  describing a Portfolio IRA,
call the Transfer  Agent at (800) _____.  PFPC Trust  Company,  as custodian for
each IRA account  receives an annual fee of $10 per  account,  paid  directly to
PFPC  Trust  Company by the IRA  shareholder.  If the fee is not paid by the due
date,  the  appropriate  number  of  Portfolio  shares  owned by the IRA will be
redeemed automatically as payment.

AUTOMATIC  INVESTMENT  PLAN:  You  may  purchase  Portfolio  shares  through  an
Automatic Investment Plan ("AIP"). Under the AIP, the Transfer Agent, at regular
intervals,  will automatically  debit your bank checking account in an amount of
$50 or more  (after the $1,000  minimum  initial  investment).  You may elect to
invest the specified  amount  monthly,  bimonthly,  quarterly,  semiannually  or
annually.  The purchase of Portfolio  shares will be effected at their  offering
price  at  the  close  of  regular  trading  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange
("Exchange")  (currently  4:00 p.m.,  Eastern time), on or about the 20th day of
the month.  For an  application  for the Automatic  Investment  Plan,  check the
appropriate box of the application or call the Transfer Agent at (800) _____.

PAYROLL INVESTMENT PLAN: The Payroll Investment Plan ("PIP") permits you to make
regularly scheduled purchases of Portfolio shares through payroll deductions. To
open a PIP account,  you must submit a completed  account  application,  payroll
deduction  form and the  minimum  initial  deposit  to your  employer's  payroll
department.  Then, a portion of your paychecks will automatically be transferred
to your PIP account for as long as you wish to  participate  in the plan.  It is
the sole  responsibility  of your employer,  not the Fund, the distributor,  the
adviser or the transfer  agent, to arrange for  transactions  under the PIP. The
Fund reserves the right to vary its minimum purchase  requirements for employees
participating in a PIP.

REDEMPTION  OF  SHARES.  Information  regarding  the  redemption  of  shares  is
discussed in the "Redemption of Shares"  section of the  prospectus.  Additional
methods to redeem shares are as follows:

BY WIRE:  Redemption proceeds may be wired to your predesignated bank account in
any  commercial  bank in the United States if the amount is $1,000 or more.  The
receiving bank may charge a fee for this service. Proceeds may also be mailed to
your bank or, for amounts of $10,000 or less,  mailed to your Portfolio

                                       10
<PAGE>

account  address of record if the address has been  established  for at least 60
days. In order to authorize the Transfer  Agent to mail  redemption  proceeds to
your Portfolio  account address of record,  complete the appropriate  section of
the  Application  for Telephone  Redemptions or include your  Portfolio  account
address  of record  when you  submit  written  instructions.  You may change the
account that you have  designated to receive  amounts  redeemed at any time. Any
request to change the account designated to receive  redemption  proceeds should
be  accompanied  by a guarantee  of the  shareholder's  signature by an eligible
institution.  A signature and a signature guarantee are required for each person
in whose name the account is registered.  Further documentation will be required
to change the designated account when a corporation, other organization,  trust,
fiduciary or other institutional investor holds the Portfolio shares.

SYSTEMATIC  WITHDRAWAL PLAN: If you own Portfolio shares with a value of $10,000
or more you may participate in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan ("SWP"). Under the
SWP, you may automatically redeem a portion of your account monthly,  bimonthly,
quarterly,  semiannually or annually.  The minimum withdrawal available is $100.
The redemption of Portfolio  shares will be effected at the NAV determined on or
about the 25th day of the month.

ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION  REGARDING  REDEMPTIONS:  To ensure proper authorization
before redeeming  Portfolio  shares,  the Transfer Agent may require  additional
documents such as, but not restricted to, stock powers, trust instruments, death
certificates, appointments as fiduciary, certificates of corporate authority and
waivers of tax required in some states when settling estates.

When shares are held in the name of a corporation,  other  organization,  trust,
fiduciary or other  institutional  investor,  the Transfer  Agent  requires,  in
addition  to the  stock  power,  certified  evidence  of  authority  to sign the
necessary  instruments of transfer.  THESE  PROCEDURES ARE FOR THE PROTECTION OF
SHAREHOLDERS  AND  SHOULD BE  FOLLOWED  TO  ENSURE  PROMPT  PAYMENT.  Redemption
requests must not be conditional as to date or price of the redemption. Proceeds
of a redemption  will be sent within 7 days of acceptance of shares tendered for
redemption.  Delay may result if the purchase check has not yet cleared, but the
delay will be no longer  than  required to verify  that the  purchase  check has
cleared, and the Fund will act as quickly as possible to minimize delay.

The value of shares  redeemed may be more or less than the  shareholder's  cost,
depending on the net asset value at the time of redemption. Redemption of shares
may  result  in tax  consequences  (gain or loss)  to the  shareholder,  and the
proceeds of a redemption may be subject to backup withholding.

A shareholder's  right to redeem shares and to receive payment  therefore may be
suspended  when (a) the  Exchange is closed,  other than  customary  weekend and
holiday  closings,  (b) trading on the Exchange is restricted,  (c) an emergency
exists as a result of which it is not  reasonably  practicable to dispose of the
Portfolio's  securities or to determine the value of the Portfolio's net assets,
or (d) ordered by a governmental body having jurisdiction over the Portfolio for
the protection of the Portfolio's  shareholders,  provided that applicable rules
and  regulations of the SEC (or any  succeeding  governmental  authority)  shall
govern as to whether a condition described in (b), (c) or (d) exists. In case of
such  suspension,  shareholders of the Portfolio may withdraw their requests for
redemption or may receive  payment based on the net asset value of the Portfolio
next determined after the suspension is lifted.

The Portfolio  reserves the right, if conditions  exist which make cash payments
undesirable,  to honor any request for  redemption by making payment in whole or
in part with readily marketable securities chosen by the Portfolio and valued in
the same way as they would be valued for  purposes  of  computing  the net asset
value  of the  applicable  Portfolio.  If  payment  is  made  in  securities,  a
shareholder may incur  transaction  expenses in converting these securities into
cash. The Portfolio has elected, however, to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the
1940 Act, as a result of which a Portfolio is obligated to redeem  shares solely
in cash if the redemption requests are made by one shareholder account up to the
lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net assets of the  applicable  Portfolio  during
any 90-day  period.  This  election  is  irrevocable  unless the SEC permits its
withdrawal.

The net asset value per share of the  Portfolio  is  determined  by dividing the
value of the  Portfolio's  net assets by the total  number of  Portfolio  shares
outstanding. This determination is made by PFPC, as of the

                                       11
<PAGE>


close of regular  trading on the Exchange  (currently  4:00 p.m.,  Eastern Time)
each day the Portfolio is open for business.  The Portfolio is open for business
on days  when the  Exchange,  PFPC and the  Philadelphia  branch  office  of the
Federal Reserve are open for business.

In valuing the  Portfolio's  assets,  a security listed on the Exchange (and not
subject to  restrictions  against sale by the Portfolio on the Exchange) will be
valued at its last sale price on the Exchange on the day the security is valued.
Lacking any sales on such day, the  security  will be valued at the mean between
the closing  asked price and the closing bid price.  Securities  listed on other
exchanges (and not subject to restriction  against sale by the Portfolio on such
exchanges) will be similarly  valued,  using quotations on the exchange on which
the security is traded most extensively.  Unlisted securities that are quoted on
the National  Association of Securities  Dealers'  National  Market System,  for
which there have been sales of such  securities on such day,  shall be valued at
the last sale price  reported on such system on the day the  security is valued.
If there are no such sales on such day,  the value shall be the mean between the
closing  asked  price and the closing  bid price.  The value of such  securities
quoted on the NASDAQ Stock Market System,  but not listed on the National Market
System,  shall be valued at the mean  between  the  closing  asked price and the
closing bid price.  Unlisted  securities that are not quoted on the NASDAQ Stock
Market  System and for which  over-the-counter  market  quotations  are  readily
available  will be valued at the mean  between the current bid and asked  prices
for such security in the over-the-counter market. Other unlisted securities (and
listed  securities  subject to restriction on sale) will be valued at fair value
as  determined  in good  faith  under the  direction  of the  Board of  Trustees
although the actual  calculation may be done by others.  Short-term  investments
with remaining maturities of less than 61 days are valued at amortized cost.

                                    DIVIDENDS

Dividends from the Portfolio's net investment  income and  distributions  of net
short-term  capital  gain and net  capital  gain (the  excess  of net  long-term
capital gain over the short-term capital loss) realized by the Portfolio,  after
deducting any  available  capital loss  carryovers  are declared and paid to its
shareholders annually.

                            TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIO

GENERAL.  The Portfolio is treated as a separate  corporation for federal income
tax  purposes.  To qualify or continue to qualify for  treatment  as a regulated
investment  company ("RIC") under the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the "Code"), the Portfolio must distribute to its shareholders for each taxable
year at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (consisting generally
of net investment  income and net short-term  capital gain and must meet several
additional  requirements.  For the  Portfolio,  these  requirements  include the
following:  (1) the Portfolio  must derive at least 90% of its gross income each
taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans
and  gains  from  the  sale  or  other  disposition  of  securities  or  foreign
currencies,  or other income (including gains from options,  futures and forward
contracts)  derived with respect to its business of investing in  securities  or
those  currencies;  (2) at the close of each quarter of the Portfolio's  taxable
year, at least 50% of the value of its total assets must be  represented by cash
and cash items, U.S. Government  securities,  securities of other RICs and other
securities,  with these other securities  limited, in respect of any one issuer,
to an amount  that does not  exceed  5% of the  value of the  Portfolio's  total
assets and that does not  represent  more than 10% of the  issuer's  outstanding
voting  securities;  and (3) at the  close of each  quarter  of the  Portfolio's
taxable year, not more than 25% of the value of its total assets may be invested
in securities (other than U.S. Government  securities or the securities of other
RICs) of any one issuer.

If the  Portfolio  failed to qualify for treatment as a RIC in any taxable year,
it would be  subject to tax on its  taxable  income at  corporate  rates and all
distributions  from earnings and profits,  including any distributions  from net
capital  gain (the  excess of net  long-term  capital  gain over net  short-term
capital  loss),  would be taxable to its  shareholders  as ordinary  income.  In
addition,  the Portfolio could be required to recognize  unrealized  gains,  pay
substantial  taxes  and  interest  and  make  substantial  distributions  before
qualifying again for RIC treatment.

                                       12
<PAGE>


The Portfolio will be subject to a nondeductible  4% excise tax to the extent it
fails to  distribute by the end of any calendar  year  substantially  all of its
ordinary  income for that year and  capital  gain net  income  for the  one-year
period ending on October 31 of that year, plus certain other amounts.

Dividends and other distributions declared by the Portfolio in October, November
or December of any year and payable to  shareholders  of record on a date in one
of those months will be deemed to have been paid by the  Portfolio  and received
by the  shareholders  on  December  31 of  that  year if  they  are  paid by the
Portfolio during the following January.  Accordingly, such distributions will be
taxed to the shareholders for the year in which that December 31 falls.

Investors should be aware that if Portfolio shares are purchased  shortly before
the record date for any  dividend  (other than an  exempt-interest  dividend) or
capital gain  distribution,  the shareholder  will pay full price for the shares
and will receive some portion of the price back as a taxable distribution.

If the Portfolio  makes a distribution  to shareholders in excess of its current
and   accumulated   earnings  and  profits  in  any  taxable  year,  the  excess
distribution  will be treated by each  shareholder as a return of capital to the
extent of the shareholder's tax basis and thereafter as capital gain.

It is anticipated that all or a portion of the dividends from the net investment
income  of the  Portfolio  will  qualify  for the  dividends-received  deduction
allowed to  corporations.  The  qualifying  portion may not exceed the aggregate
dividends received by the Portfolio from U.S. corporations.  However,  dividends
received  by a  corporate  shareholder  and  deducted  by  it  pursuant  to  the
dividends-received  deduction are subject indirectly to the federal  alternative
minimum tax. Moreover, the  dividends-received  deduction will be reduced to the
extent the shares with respect to which the  dividends  are received are treated
as debt-financed  and will be eliminated if those shares are deemed to have been
held for less than 46 days. Distributions of net short-term capital gain and net
capital gain are not eligible for the dividends-received deduction.

Any loss realized by a shareholder on the redemption of shares within six months
from the date of their  purchase  will be treated as a  long-term,  instead of a
short-term, capital loss to the extent of any capital gain distributions to that
shareholder with respect to those shares.

HEDGING TRANSACTIONS.  The use of hedging strategies,  such as writing (selling)
and purchasing  options and futures contracts and entering into forward currency
contracts,  involves  complex rules that will  determine for federal  income tax
purposes the amount, character and timing of recognition of the gains and losses
the Portfolio  realizes in connection  therewith.  Gains from the disposition of
foreign  currencies  (except  certain  gains  that  may be  excluded  by  future
regulations)  and gains from  options,  futures and foreign  currency  contracts
derived by the Portfolio with respect to its business of investing in securities
qualify as permissible income under the Income Requirement.

Futures and foreign  currency  contracts that are subject to section 1256 of the
Code (other than such contracts that are part of a "mixed straddle" with respect
to which the  Portfolio  has made an election  not to have the  following  rules
apply) ("Section 1256 Contracts") and that are held by a Portfolio at the end of
its taxable year generally will be  "marked-to-market"  (that is, deemed to have
been sold for their market value) for federal income tax purposes. Sixty percent
of any net gain or loss  recognized  on these deemed  sales,  and 60% of any net
realized gain or loss from any actual sales of Section 1256  Contracts,  will be
treated as long-term  capital  gain or loss,  and the balance will be treated as
short-term  capital gain or loss. As of the date of this Statement of Additional
Information,  it is not entirely clear whether that 60% portion will qualify for
the  reduced  maximum tax rates on  non-corporate  taxpayers'  net capital  gain
enacted by the Taxpayer  Relief Act of 1997 -- 20% (10% for taxpayers in the 15%
marginal tax bracket) for gain  recognized on capital  assets held for more than
18 months -- instead of the 28% rate in effect  before that  legislation,  which
now applies to gain recognized on capital assets held for more than one year but
not more than 18 months. However, technical correction legislation passed by the
House of Representatives  late in 1997 would clarify that the lower rates apply.
Section 1256 Contracts also may be  marked-to-market  for purposes of the Excise
Tax.

                                       13
<PAGE>


Code  section  1092  (dealing  with  straddles)  also may affect the taxation of
options and futures  contracts in which the Portfolio  may invest.  Section 1092
defines a "straddle" as offsetting  positions with respect to personal property;
for these purposes,  options and futures contracts are personal property.  Under
section  1092,  any loss  from  the  disposition  of a  position  in a  straddle
generally  may be deducted  only to the extent the loss  exceeds the  unrealized
gain on the offsetting  position(s) of the straddle.  Section 1092 also provides
certain "wash sale" rules,  which apply to transactions where a position is sold
at a loss and a new offsetting  position is acquired within a prescribed period,
and "short sale" rules  applicable to straddles.  If the Portfolio makes certain
elections,  the amount,  character  and timing of the  recognition  of gains and
losses from the affected straddle positions would be determined under rules that
vary  according to the  elections  made.  Because only a few of the  regulations
implementing the straddle rules have been  promulgated,  the tax consequences to
the Portfolio of straddle transactions are not entirely clear.

If the  Portfolio  has an  "appreciated  financial  position" --  generally,  an
interest  (including an interest through an option,  futures or forward contract
or short sale) with respect to any stock,  debt instrument (other than "straight
debt") or  partnership  interest  the fair  market  value of which  exceeds  its
adjusted  basis  -- and  enters  into a  "constructive  sale"  of  the  same  or
substantially similar property,  the Portfolio will be treated as having made an
actual sale thereof,  with the result that gain will be recognized at that time.
A constructive sale generally  consists of a short sale, an offsetting  notional
principal  contract or futures or forward contract entered into by the Portfolio
or a related person with respect to the same or substantially  similar property.
In addition,  if the  appreciated  financial  position is itself a short sale or
such a contract, acquisition of the underlying property or substantially similar
property will be deemed a constructive sale.

The foregoing tax  discussion  is a summary  included for general  informational
purposes only.  Each  shareholder is advised to consult its own tax adviser with
respect  to  the  specific  tax  consequences  to  it of an  investment  in  the
Portfolio,  including the effect and applicability of state, local,  foreign and
other tax laws and the possible effects of changes in federal or other tax laws.

Shortly  after the end of each year,  PFPC  calculates  the  federal  income tax
status of all distributions  made during the year. In addition to federal income
tax,  shareholders may be subject to state and local taxes on distributions from
the Portfolio. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers regarding specific
questions relating to federal, state and local taxes.

                     CALCULATION OF PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

The  performance  of the  Portfolio  may be quoted in terms of its yield and its
total return in advertising and other  promotional  materials.  Performance data
quoted  represents  past  performance  and is not  intended to  indicate  future
performance.  Performance  of the Portfolio will vary based on changes in market
conditions and the level of the Portfolio's expenses.  These performance figures
are calculated in the following manner:

         A.      AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN is the average annual compound rate
                 of return for the periods of one year,  five  years,  ten years
                 and the life of the Portfolio,  where applicable,  all ended on
                 the last day of a recent calendar quarter. Average annual total
                 return   quotations   reflect  changes  in  the  price  of  the
                 Portfolio's  shares,  if any,  and  assume  that all  dividends
                 during the  respective  periods  were  reinvested  in Portfolio
                 shares.  Average  annual total return is  calculated by finding
                 the average  annual  compound rates of return of a hypothetical
                 investment  over  such  periods,  according  to  the  following
                 formula  (average  annual total  return is then  expressed as a
                 percentage):

                                       14
<PAGE>


                                     T = (ERV/P)1/n - 1

                  Where:   P     =   a hypothetical initial investment of $1,000

                           T     =   average annual total return

                           n     =   number of years

                           ERV   = ending  redeemable  value:  ERV is
                                   the   value,   at  the  end  of  the
                                   applicable period, of a hypothetical
                                   $1,000   investment   made   at  the
                                   beginning of the applicable period.

         B. YIELD  CALCULATIONS.  From time to time, the Portfolio may advertise
its yield.  Yield for the Portfolio is  calculated  by dividing the  Portfolio's
investment income for a 30-day period, net of expenses, by the average number of
shares  entitled  to receive  dividends  during  that  period  according  to the
following formula:

                          YIELD = 2[((A-B)/CD + 1)6-1]

                  where:

                           a  = dividends and interest earned during the period;
                           b  = expenses accrued for the period (net of
                                reimbursements);
                           c  = the average daily number of shares outstanding
                                during the period that were entitled to receive
                                dividends; and
                           d  = the maximum offering price per share on the last
                                day of the period.

The  result  is  expressed  as an  annualized  percentage  (assuming  semiannual
compounding) of the maximum offering price per share at the end of the period.

         Except as noted below, in determining interest earned during the period
(variable "a" in the above formula), pfpc calculates the interest earned on each
debt  instrument  held by the Portfolio  during the period by: (i) computing the
instrument's yield to maturity,  based on the value of the instrument (including
actual  accrued  interest) as of the last  business day of the period or, if the
instrument  was  purchased  during the period,  the purchase  price plus accrued
interest;  (ii) dividing the yield to maturity by 360; and (iii) multiplying the
resulting  quotient by the value of the  instrument  (including  actual  accrued
interest).  Once  interest  earned is  calculated  in this fashion for each debt
instrument  held by the  Portfolio,  interest  earned  during the period is then
determined by totaling the interest earned on all debt  instruments  held by the
Portfolio.

         For purposes of these  calculations,  the maturity of a debt instrument
with one or more call  provisions  is  assumed  to be the next date on which the
instrument  reasonably  can be expected to be called or, if none,  the  maturity
date. In general,  interest  income is reduced with respect to debt  instruments
trading  at a  premium  over  their par value by  subtracting  a portion  of the
premium  from  income on a daily  basis,  and  increased  with  respect  to debt
instruments  trading at a discount by adding a portion of the  discount to daily
income.

         In determining  dividends earned by any preferred stock or other equity
securities  held by the Portfolio  during the period  (variable "a" in the above
formula),  PFPC  accrues the  dividends  daily at their stated  dividend  rates.
Capital gains and losses generally are excluded from yield calculations.

         Because yield  accounting  methods differ from the  accounting  methods
used to calculate net  investment  income for other  purposes,  the  Portfolio's
yield may not equal the dividend  income  actually  paid to investors or the net
investment income reported with respect to the Portfolio in the Fund's financial
statements.

                                       15
<PAGE>


         Yield   information   may  be  useful  in  reviewing  the   Portfolio's
performance  and in  providing  a basis for  comparison  with  other  investment
alternatives. However, the Portfolio's yields fluctuate, unlike investments that
pay a fixed  interest  rate  over a  stated  period  of time.  Investors  should
recognize that in periods of declining  interest rates,  the Portfolio's  yields
will tend to be somewhat higher than prevailing  market rates, and in periods of
rising  interest rates,  the Portfolio's  yields will tend to be somewhat lower.
Also,  when  interest  rates  are  falling,  the  inflow of net new money to the
Portfolio  from the  continuous  sale of their shares will likely be invested in
instruments producing lower yields than the balance of the Portfolios' holdings,
thereby  reducing  the  current  yields of the  Portfolio.  In periods of rising
interest rates, the opposite can be expected to occur.

COMPARISON  OF PORTFOLIO  PERFORMANCE.  A comparison  of the quoted  performance
offered for various  investments  is valid only if  performance is calculated in
the same  manner.  Since  there are many  methods  of  calculating  performance,
investors  should  consider  the  effects  of  the  methods  used  to  calculate
performance when comparing  performance of the Portfolio with performance quoted
with respect to other investment companies or types of investments. For example,
it is useful to note that yields  reported  on debt  instruments  are  generally
prospective, contrasted with the historical yields reported by the Portfolio.

In connection  with  communicating  its  performance  to current or  prospective
shareholders, the Portfolio also may compare these figures to the performance of
other  mutual  funds  tracked by mutual  fund rating  services  or to  unmanaged
indices which may assume  reinvestment of dividends but generally do not reflect
deductions for administrative and management costs.

From  time  to  time,  in  marketing  and  other  literature,   the  Portfolio's
performance  may be compared to the  performance  of broad groups of  comparable
mutual  funds  or  unmanaged  indexes  of  comparable  securities  with  similar
investment  goals,  as tracked by independent  organizations  such as Investment
Company  Data,  Inc.  (an  organization  which  provides   performance   ranking
information for broad classes of mutual funds), Lipper Analytical Services, Inc.
("Lipper") (a mutual fund research firm which analyzes over 1,800 mutual funds),
CDA Investment  Technologies,  Inc. (an organization  which provides mutual fund
performance and ranking information),  Morningstar,  Inc. (an organization which
analyzes  over 2,400 mutual  funds) and other  independent  organizations.  When
Lipper's  tracking  results are used, the Portfolio will be compared to Lipper's
appropriate  fund category,  that is, by fund objective and portfolio  holdings.
Rankings may be listed among one or more of the asset-size classes as determined
by Lipper.  When other  organizations'  tracking results are used, the Portfolio
will be compared to the  appropriate  fund category,  that is, by fund objective
and  portfolio  holdings,  or to  the  appropriate  volatility  grouping,  where
volatility is a measure of a fund's risk.

Since the assets in all funds are always  changing,  the Portfolio may be ranked
within one asset-size class at one time and in another  asset-size class at some
other  time.  In  addition,  the  independent  organization  chosen  to rank the
Portfolio in marketing and  promotional  literature may change from time to time
depending upon the basis of the independent  organization's  categorizations  of
mutual funds, changes in a Portfolio's investment policies and investments,  the
Portfolio's  asset size and other factors deemed  relevant.  Advertisements  and
other marketing  literature will indicate the time period and Lipper  asset-size
class or other  performance  ranking company  criteria,  as applicable,  for the
ranking in question.

Evaluations of Portfolio  performance  made by  independent  sources may also be
used in  advertisements  concerning  the  Portfolio,  including  reprints  of or
selections  from,  editorials  or  articles  about the  Portfolio.  Sources  for
performance  information  and  articles  about the  Portfolio  may  include  the
following:

BARRON'S,  a Dow Jones and  Company,  Inc.  business and  financial  weekly that
periodically reviews mutual fund performance data.

CDA INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGIES, INC., an organization that provides performance and
ranking  information through examining the dollar results of hypothetical mutual
fund investments and comparing these results against appropriate market indices.

                                       16
<PAGE>


CHANGING  TIMES,  THE  KIPLINGER   MAGAZINE,   a  monthly  investment   advisory
publication  that  periodically   features  the  performance  of  a  variety  of
securities.

CONSUMER  DIGEST, a monthly  business/financial  magazine that includes a "Money
Watch" section featuring financial news.

FINANCIAL WORLD, a general  business/financial  magazine that includes a "Market
Watch" department reporting on activities in the mutual fund industry.

FORBES,  a national  business  publication  that from time to time  reports  the
performance of specific investment companies in the mutual fund industry.

FORTUNE, a national business publication that periodically rates the performance
of a variety of mutual funds.

IBC'S MONEY FUND REPORT, a weekly publication of IBC/Donoghue, Inc., of Ashland,
Massachusetts,  reporting on the performance of the nation's money market funds,
summarizing  money  market fund  activity,  and  including  certain  averages as
performance  benchmarks,  specifically  "IBC's Money Fund  Average,"  and "IBC's
Government Money Fund Average."

IBC'S MONEY FUND  DIRECTORY,  an annual  directory  ranking  money market mutual
funds.

INVESTMENT  COMPANY  DATA,  INC., an  independent  organization  which  provides
performance ranking information for broad classes of mutual funds.

INVESTOR'S  DAILY, a daily  newspaper  that features  financial,  economic,  and
business news.

LIPPER ANALYTICAL  SERVICES,  INC.'S MUTUAL FUND PERFORMANCE  ANALYSIS, a weekly
publication of industry-wide mutual fund averages by type of fund.

MONEY,  a monthly  magazine that from time to time features both specific  funds
and the mutual fund industry as a whole.

MUTUAL FUND VALUES,  a biweekly  Morningstar,  Inc.  publication  that  provides
ratings  of  mutual  funds  based  on  fund   performance   risk  and  portfolio
characteristics.

THE NEW YORK TIMES, a nationally  distributed  newspaper which regularly  covers
financial news.

PERSONAL  INVESTING  NEWS,  a monthly  news  publication  that often  reports on
investment opportunities and market conditions.

PERSONAL  INVESTOR,  a monthly investment  advisory  publication that includes a
"Mutual Funds Outlook" section  reporting on mutual fund  performance  measures,
yields, indices and portfolio holdings.

SUCCESS,  a monthly magazine  targeted to the world of entrepreneurs and growing
business, often featuring mutual fund performance data.

USA TODAY, the nation's number one daily newspaper.

U.S. NEWS AND WORLD REPORT, a national business weekly that periodically reports
mutual fund performance data.

WALL STREET  JOURNAL,  a Dow Jones and Company,  Inc.  newspaper  that regularly
covers financial news.

                                       17
<PAGE>


WIESENBERGER  INVESTMENT COMPANIES SERVICES, an annual compendium of information
about mutual funds and other investment companies, including comparative data on
funds' backgrounds,  management policies, salient features,  management results,
income and dividend records, and price ranges.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The  Portfolio's   audited  financial   statements  and  the  audited  financial
statements of it's corresponding Series for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999,
including notes thereto and the report of  __________thereon,  are  incorporated
herein by reference to the Portfolio's Annual Report to Shareholders.

                                       18

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX A
            OPTIONS, FUTURES AND FORWARD CURRENCY CONTRACT STRATEGIES

REGULATION  OF  THE  USE OF  OPTIONS,  FUTURES  AND  FORWARD  CURRENCY  CONTRACT
STRATEGIES.  As  discussed  in  the  prospectus,  in  managing  the  Portfolio's
corresponding  Series,  the adviser may engage in certain  options,  futures and
forward  currency  contract  strategies  for  certain  bona fide  hedging,  risk
management   or   other   portfolio   management   purposes.   Certain   special
characteristics  of  and  risks  associated  with  using  these  strategies  are
discussed  below.  Use of options,  futures and forward  currency  contracts  is
subject to  applicable  regulations  and/or  interpretations  of the SEC and the
several  options  and futures  exchanges  upon which  these  instruments  may be
traded.  The Board of Trustees  has  adopted  investment  guidelines  (described
below) reflecting these regulations.

In addition to the products,  strategies  and risks  described  below and in the
prospectus,   the  adviser  expects  to  discover  additional  opportunities  in
connection  with  options,  futures and forward  currency  contracts.  These new
opportunities  may become  available as new  techniques  develop,  as regulatory
authorities  broaden the range of  permitted  transactions  and as new  options,
futures and forward currency contracts are developed. These opportunities may be
utilized  to the extent  they are  consistent  with the  Portfolio's  investment
objective and  limitations and permitted by applicable  regulatory  authorities.
The registration  statement for the Portfolio will be supplemented to the extent
that new products and strategies involve  materially  different risks than those
described below and in the prospectus.

COVER  REQUIREMENTS.  The Series  will not use  leverage  in their  options  and
futures.  Accordingly, the Series will comply with guidelines established by the
SEC with  respect to coverage of these  strategies  by either (1) setting  aside
cash or liquid,  unencumbered,  daily marked-to-market securities in one or more
segregated  accounts with the custodian in the prescribed amount; or (2) holding
securities  or other options or futures  contracts  whose values are expected to
offset ("cover") their obligations thereunder.  Securities, currencies, or other
options or futures  contracts  used for cover cannot be sold or closed out while
these strategies are outstanding,  unless they are replaced with similar assets.
As a result,  there is a  possibility  that the use of cover  involving  a large
percentage  of the Series'  assets could  impede  portfolio  management,  or the
Series' ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

OPTIONS STRATEGIES.  The Series may purchase and write (sell) only those options
on  securities  and  securities  indices  that  are  traded  on U.S.  exchanges.
Exchange-traded  options  in the U.S.  are  issued  by a  clearing  organization
affiliated with the exchange,  on which the option is listed,  which, in effect,
guarantees completion of every exchange-traded option transaction.

The Series may purchase  call options on securities in which it is authorized to
invest in order to fix the cost of a future  purchase.  Call options also may be
used as a means of  enhancing  returns  by,  for  example,  participating  in an
anticipated price increase of a security. In the event of a decline in the price
of the  underlying  security,  use of this  strategy  would  serve to limit  the
potential  loss to the Series to the option  premium  paid;  conversely,  if the
market price of the underlying  security  increases above the exercise price and
the Series either sells or exercises the option, any profit eventually  realized
would be reduced by the premium paid.

The Series may  purchase  put  options on  securities  that it holds in order to
hedge against a decline in the market value of the securities held or to enhance
return. The put option enables the Series to sell the underlying security at the
predetermined  exercise price;  thus, the potential for loss to the Series below
the exercise price is limited to the option premium paid. If the market price of
the underlying security is higher than the exercise price of the put option, any
profit the Series realizes on the sale of the security is reduced by the premium
paid for the put option less any amount for which the put option may be sold.

The  Series  may on  certain  occasions  wish to hedge  against a decline in the
market  value of  securities  that it holds at a time when put  options on those
particular securities are not available for purchase. At those times, the Series
may purchase a put option on other carefully selected  securities in which it is
authorized  to invest,  the values of which  historically  have a high degree of
positive  correlation  to the  value of the  securities  actually  held.  If the
adviser's  judgment is correct,  changes in the value of the put options  should
generally offset changes in the value of the securities  being hedged.  However,
the correlation between the two values may not be as close in these

                                      A-1

<PAGE>


transactions as in transactions in which the Series  purchases a put option on a
security that it holds. If the value of the securities underlying the put option
falls  below the  value of the  portfolio  securities,  the put  option  may not
provide  complete  protection  against a decline  in the value of the  portfolio
securities.

The  Series  may  write  covered  call  options  on  securities  in  which it is
authorized to invest for hedging  purposes or to increase  return in the form of
premiums  received from the  purchasers of the options.  A call option gives the
purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the writer (seller) the obligation
to sell, the underlying security at the exercise price during the option period.
The strategy may be used to provide limited protection against a decrease in the
market price of the  security,  in an amount  equal to the premium  received for
writing the call option less any transaction costs. Thus, if the market price of
the underlying  security held by the Series declines,  the amount of the decline
will be offset  wholly or in part by the amount of the  premium  received by the
Series. If, however,  there is an increase in the market price of the underlying
security and the option is  exercised,  the Series will be obligated to sell the
security at less than its market value.

The Series may also  write  covered  put  options on  securities  in which it is
authorized  to invest.  A put option gives the purchaser of the option the right
to sell, and the writer (seller) the obligation to buy, the underlying  security
at the exercise price during the option period. So long as the obligation of the
writer  continues,  the  writer  may  be  assigned  an  exercise  notice  by the
broker-dealer through whom such option was sold, requiring it to make payment of
the exercise price against delivery of the underlying security. The operation of
put options in other  respects,  including  their related risks and rewards,  is
substantially  identical  to that  of call  options.  If the put  option  is not
exercised, the Series will realize income in the amount of the premium received.
This technique  could be used to enhance current return during periods of market
uncertainty.  The risk in such a  transaction  would be that the market price of
the  underlying  securities  would  decline  below the  exercise  price less the
premiums received, in which case the Series would expect to suffer a loss.

The Series may  purchase  put and call  options  and write  covered put and call
options  on  indexes  in much the same  manner as the more  traditional  options
discussed above,  except that index options may serve as a hedge against overall
fluctuations  in  the  securities  markets  (or a  market  sector)  rather  than
anticipated  increases or decreases  in the value of a particular  security.  An
index assigns values to the securities included in the index and fluctuates with
changes in such values.  Settlements  of index  options are  effected  with cash
payments and do not involve delivery of securities.  Thus, upon settlement of an
index  option,  the purchaser  will realize,  and the writer will pay, an amount
based on the difference  between the exercise price and the closing price of the
index. The  effectiveness of hedging  techniques using index options will depend
on the extent to which price  movements  in the index  selected  correlate  with
price  movements  of  the  securities  in  which  the  Series  invests.  Perfect
correlation is not possible because the securities held or to be acquired by the
Series will not exactly  match the  composition  of indexes on which options are
purchased or written.

The Series may purchase and write covered straddles on securities or indexes.  A
long  straddle  is a  combination  of a call  and a put  purchased  on the  same
security  where  the  exercise  price  of the put is less  than or  equal to the
exercise price on the call. The Series would enter into a long straddle when the
adviser  believes that it is likely that prices will be more volatile during the
term of the options than is implied by the option pricing. A short straddle is a
combination  of a call and a put written on the same security where the exercise
price on the put is less than or equal to the  exercise  price of the call where
the same issue of the  security is  considered  "cover" for both the put and the
call.  The Series would enter into a short  straddle  when the adviser  believes
that it is  unlikely  that  prices  will be as  volatile  during the term of the
options as is implied by the option  pricing.  In such case, the Series will set
aside cash and/or liquid,  unencumbered  securities in a segregated account with
its  custodian  equivalent  in value to the amount,  if any, by which the put is
"in-the-money,"  that is,  that  amount by which the  exercise  price of the put
exceeds the current market value of the underlying  security.  Because straddles
involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more
difficult to open and close out.

The Series may purchase put and call warrants with values that vary depending on
the change in the value of one or more specified indexes ("index warrants").  An
index warrant is usually  issued by a bank or other  financial  institution  and
gives the Series  the right,  at any time  during  the term of the  warrant,  to
receive  upon  exercise  of the  warrant a cash  payment  from the issuer of the
warrant based on the value of the underlying  index at the time of exercise.  In
general,  if the Series  holds a call  warrant  and the value of the  underlying
index rises above the exercise price of the warrant, the Series will be entitled
to receive a cash payment from the issuer upon exercise

                                      A-2
<PAGE>

based on the difference between the value of the index and the exercise price of
the warrant;  if the Series holds a put warrant and the value of the  underlying
index  falls,  the Series will be entitled  to receive a cash  payment  from the
issuer upon exercise based on the  difference  between the exercise price of the
warrant and the value of the index.  The Series holding a call warrant would not
be entitled to any payments from the issuer at any time when the exercise  price
is greater  than the value of the  underlying  index;  the Series  holding a put
warrant  would not be entitled to any payments  when the exercise  price is less
than the value of the underlying index. If the Series does not exercise an index
warrant  prior to its  expiration,  then the  Series  loses  the  amount  of the
purchase price that it paid for the warrant.

The Series will  normally use index  warrants as it may use index  options.  The
risks of the  Series'  use of index  warrants  are  generally  similar  to those
relating to its use of index options. Unlike most index options,  however, index
warrants are issued in limited  amounts and are not  obligations  of a regulated
clearing  agency,  but  are  backed  only by the  credit  of the  bank or  other
institution which issues the warrant. Also, index warrants generally have longer
terms than index options. Index warrants are not likely to be as liquid as index
options backed by a recognized clearing agency. In addition,  the terms of index
warrants  may limit the Series'  ability to exercise the warrants at any time or
in any quantity.

OPTIONS  GUIDELINES.  In  view  of the  risks  involved  in  using  the  options
strategies  described  above,  the Series has adopted the  following  investment
guidelines  to  govern  its  use of such  strategies;  these  guidelines  may be
modified by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval:

                  (1)      the Series will write only covered options,  and each
                           such option will remain covered so long as the Series
                           is obligated thereby; and

                  (2)      the  Series  will  not  write  options   (whether  on
                           securities  or   securities   indexes)  if  aggregate
                           exercise  prices  of  previous  written   outstanding
                           options,  together  with the value of assets  used to
                           cover all outstanding positions,  would exceed 25% of
                           its total net assets.

SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS AND RISKS OF OPTIONS TRADING. The Series may effectively
terminate  its right or  obligation  under an option by entering  into a closing
transaction.  If the Series  wishes to terminate  its  obligation to purchase or
sell  securities  under a put or a call  option it has  written,  the Series may
purchase a put or a call option of the same series (that is, an option identical
in its  terms to the  option  previously  written).  This is known as a  closing
purchase transaction. Conversely, in order to terminate its right to purchase or
sell  specified  securities  under a call or put  option it has  purchased,  the
Series may sell an option of the same series as the option  held.  This is known
as a closing  sale  transaction.  Closing  transactions  essentially  permit the
Series to realize profits or limit losses on its options  positions prior to the
exercise  or  expiration  of the  option.  If the  Series  is unable to effect a
closing purchase transaction with respect to options it has acquired, the Series
will have to allow the options to expire without  recovering all or a portion of
the option  premiums paid. If the Series is unable to effect a closing  purchase
transaction with respect to covered options it has written,  the Series will not
be able to sell the  underlying  securities  or dispose of assets  used as cover
until the  options  expire  or are  exercised,  and the  Series  may  experience
material  losses  due to  losses on the  option  transaction  itself  and in the
covering securities.

In considering  the use of options to enhance  returns or for hedging  purposes,
particular note should be taken of the following:

         (1)      The value of an option  position  will  reflect,  among  other
                  things, the current market price of the underlying security or
                  index, the time remaining until  expiration,  the relationship
                  of the  exercise  price to the market  price,  the  historical
                  price  volatility  of the  underlying  security or index,  and
                  general market conditions. For this reason, the successful use
                  of options depends upon the adviser's  ability to forecast the
                  direction of price  fluctuations in the underlying  securities
                  markets or, in the case of index options,  fluctuations in the
                  market sector represented by the selected index.

                                      A-3

<PAGE>


         (2)      Options  normally have expiration  dates of up to three years.
                  An American  style put or call option may be  exercised at any
                  time during the option  period  while a European  style put or
                  call option may be exercised only upon  expiration or during a
                  fixed period prior to  expiration.  The exercise  price of the
                  options  may be below,  equal to or above the  current  market
                  value of the underlying  security or index.  Purchased options
                  that  expire  unexercised  have no  value.  Unless  an  option
                  purchased  by the  Series  is  exercised  or  unless a closing
                  transaction  is effected  with respect to that  position,  the
                  Series will  realize a loss in the amount of the premium  paid
                  and any transaction costs.

         (3)      A position in an exchange-listed option may be closed out only
                  on an exchange that provides a secondary  market for identical
                  options. Although the Series intends to purchase or write only
                  those exchange-traded  options for which there appears to be a
                  liquid secondary  market,  there is no assurance that a liquid
                  secondary  market will exist for any particular  option at any
                  particular  time. A liquid  market may be absent if: (i) there
                  is  insufficient  trading  interest  in the  option;  (ii) the
                  exchange has imposed restrictions on trading,  such as trading
                  halts, trading suspensions or daily price limits; (iii) normal
                  exchange operations have been disrupted;  or (iv) the exchange
                  has inadequate facilities to handle current trading volume.

         (4)      With certain  exceptions,  exchange  listed options  generally
                  settle by physical delivery of the underlying security.  Index
                  options are settled exclusively in cash for the net amount, if
                  any, by which the option is "in-the-money" (where the value of
                  the  underlying  instrument  exceeds,  in the  case  of a call
                  option,  or is less  than,  in the case of a put  option,  the
                  exercise  price  of the  option)  at the time  the  option  is
                  exercised. If the Series writes a call option on an index, the
                  Series  will  not  know in  advance  the  difference,  if any,
                  between the closing  value of the index on the  exercise  date
                  and the exercise price of the call option itself and thus will
                  not know the amount of cash  payable upon  settlement.  If the
                  Series  holds an index  option  and  exercises  it before  the
                  closing index value for that day is available, the Series runs
                  the  risk  that  the  level  of  the   underlying   index  may
                  subsequently change.

         (5)      The Series'  activities in the options markets may result in a
                  higher Series  turnover rate and additional  brokerage  costs;
                  however,  the  Series  also may save on  commissions  by using
                  options as a hedge  rather than  buying or selling  individual
                  securities  in  anticipation  of,  or as a result  of,  market
                  movements.

FUTURES  AND  RELATED  OPTIONS  STRATEGIES.  The  Series  may  engage in futures
strategies  for certain  non-trading  bona fide  hedging,  risk  management  and
portfolio management purposes.

The Series may sell  securities  index futures  contracts in  anticipation  of a
general market or market sector decline that could  adversely  affect the market
value of the Series'  securities  holdings.  To the extent that a portion of the
Series' holdings  correlate with a given index, the sale of futures contracts on
that index  could  reduce the risks  associated  with a market  decline and thus
provide an alternative to the liquidation of securities positions.  For example,
if the Series  correctly  anticipates a general  market  decline and sells index
futures to hedge  against  this risk,  the gain in the futures  position  should
offset  some or all of the  decline in the value of the  Series'  holdings.  The
Series may purchase  index futures  contracts if a significant  market or market
sector advance is anticipated. Such a purchase of a futures contract would serve
as a temporary substitute for the purchase of the underlying  securities,  which
may then be  purchased,  in an orderly  fashion.  This strategy may minimize the
effect of all or part of an increase in the market price of securities  that the
Series intends to purchase.  A rise in the price of the securities  should be in
part or wholly offset by gains in the futures position.

As in the case of a  purchase  of an index  futures  contract,  the  Series  may
purchase a call option on an index  futures  contract to hedge  against a market
advance in  securities  that the Series plans to acquire at a future  date.  The
Series may write covered put options on index futures as a partial  anticipatory
hedge,  and may write  covered call options on index  futures as a partial hedge
against a  decline  in the  prices of  securities  held by the  Series.  This is
analogous to writing  covered call  options on  securities.  The Series also may
purchase put options on index futures contracts.  The purchase of put options on
index futures contracts is analogous to the purchase of

                                      A-4
<PAGE>


protective put options on individual  securities  where a level of protection is
sought below which no additional economic loss would be incurred by the Series.

FUTURES AND RELATED OPTIONS  GUIDELINES.  In view of the risks involved in using
the futures  strategies  that are  described  above,  the Series has adopted the
following investment guidelines to govern its use of such strategies.  The Board
of Trustees may modify these guidelines without shareholder vote.

                  (1)      The  Series  will  engage  only  in  covered  futures
                           transactions,  and each such  transaction will remain
                           covered so long as the Series is obligated thereby.

                  (2)      The  Series   will  not  write   options  on  futures
                           contracts if aggregate  exercise prices of previously
                           written outstanding options (whether on securities or
                           securities  indexes),  together  with  the  value  of
                           assets   used  to  cover  all   outstanding   futures
                           positions, would exceed 25% of its total net assets.

SPECIAL  CHARACTERISTICS  AND RISKS OF FUTURES AND RELATED OPTIONS  TRADING.  No
price is paid upon entering into a futures contract. Instead, upon entering into
a futures contract,  the Series is required to deposit with its custodian,  in a
segregated  account  in  the  name  of  the  futures  broker  through  whom  the
transaction is effected,  an amount of cash, U.S. Government securities or other
liquid  instruments  generally equal to 10% or less of the contract value.  This
amount is known as "initial  margin."  When  writing a call or a put option on a
futures  contract,  margin also must be deposited in accordance  with applicable
exchange  rules.  Unlike margin in securities  transactions,  initial  margin on
futures   contracts   does  not  involve   borrowing   to  finance  the  futures
transactions. Rather, initial margin on a futures contract is in the nature of a
performance  bond or good-faith  deposit on the contract that is returned to the
Series upon termination of the  transaction,  assuming all obligations have been
satisfied. Under certain circumstances,  such as periods of high volatility, the
Series  may be  required  by a futures  exchange  to  increase  the level of its
initial  margin  payment.  Additionally,  initial  margin  requirements  may  be
increased  generally in the future by regulatory  action.  Subsequent  payments,
called "variation  margin," to and from the broker, are made on a daily basis as
the value of the futures or options position varies, a process known as "marking
to market." For example,  when the Series  purchases a contract and the value of
the  contract  rises,  the Series  receives  from the broker a variation  margin
payment equal to that increase in value. Conversely, if the value of the futures
position declines,  the Series is required to make a variation margin payment to
the broker  equal to the  decline in value.  Variation  margin  does not involve
borrowing  to finance the futures  transaction,  but rather  represents  a daily
settlement of the Series' obligations to or from a clearing organization.

Buyers and  sellers of futures  positions  and  options  thereon  can enter into
offsetting closing  transactions,  similar to closing transactions on options on
securities,  by selling or purchasing an offsetting contract or option.  Futures
contracts or options thereon may be closed only on an exchange or board of trade
providing a secondary market for such futures contracts or options.

Under certain circumstances, futures exchanges may establish daily limits on the
amount that the price of a futures contract or related option may vary either up
or down from the previous day's settlement  price. Once the daily limit has been
reached  in a  particular  contract,  no trades  may be made that day at a price
beyond  that  limit.  The daily  limit  governs  only price  movements  during a
particular  trading day and therefore does not limit potential  losses,  because
prices could move to the daily limit for several  consecutive  trading days with
little or no trading and  thereby  prevent  prompt  liquidation  of  unfavorable
positions.  In such  event,  it may not be  possible  for the  Series to close a
position and, in the event of adverse price movements,  the Series would have to
make daily cash  payments of variation  margin  (except in the case of purchased
options).  However,  if  futures  contracts  have been  used to hedge  portfolio
securities,  such  securities  will  not be  sold  until  the  contracts  can be
terminated.  In such circumstances,  an increase in the price of the securities,
if any,  may  partially or  completely  offset  losses on the futures  contract.
However,  there is no guarantee that the price of the securities  will, in fact,
correlate  with the price  movements in the contracts and thus provide an offset
to losses on the contracts.

In  considering  the  Series'  use of futures  contracts  and  related  options,
particular note should be taken of the following:

                                      A-5
<PAGE>


         (1)      Successful use by the Series of futures  contracts and related
                  options  will  depend  upon the  adviser's  ability to predict
                  movements in the direction of the  securities  markets,  which
                  requires  different  skills  and  techniques  than  predicting
                  changes  in the  prices of  individual  securities.  Moreover,
                  futures  contracts  relate not only to the current price level
                  of the underlying  securities,  but also to anticipated  price
                  levels at some point in the future. There is, in addition, the
                  risk that the  movements in the price of the futures  contract
                  will not  correlate  with the  movements  in the prices of the
                  securities being hedged. For example, if the price of an index
                  futures  contract  moves less than the price of the securities
                  that are the subject of the hedge, the hedge will not be fully
                  effective, but if the price of the securities being hedged has
                  moved in an  unfavorable  direction,  the Series would be in a
                  better position than if it had not hedged at all. If the price
                  of the  securities  being  hedged  has  moved  in a  favorable
                  direction,  the advantage may be partially offset by losses in
                  the  futures  position.   In  addition,   if  the  Series  has
                  insufficient  cash,  it may have to sell  assets to meet daily
                  variation margin requirements.  Any such sale of assets may or
                  may  not be made at  prices  that  reflect  a  rising  market.
                  Consequently,  the  Series  may need to sell  assets at a time
                  when such  sales are  disadvantageous  to the  Series.  If the
                  price of the futures contract moves more than the price of the
                  underlying  securities,  the Series will  experience  either a
                  loss or a gain on the futures  contract that may or may not be
                  completely  offset by movements in the price of the securities
                  that are the subject of the hedge.

         (2)      In addition to the possibility  that there may be an imperfect
                  correlation, or no correlation at all, between price movements
                  in the  futures  position  and the  securities  being  hedged,
                  movements in the prices of futures contracts may not correlate
                  perfectly   with   movements  in  the  prices  of  the  hedged
                  securities  due to price  distortions  in the futures  market.
                  There may be  several  reasons  unrelated  to the value of the
                  underlying  securities  that  cause this  situation  to occur.
                  First, as noted above,  all participants in the futures market
                  are subject to initial and variation margin requirements.  If,
                  to avoid meeting additional margin deposit requirements or for
                  other reasons,  investors choose to close a significant number
                  of  futures   contracts   through   offsetting   transactions,
                  distortions  in the  normal  price  relationship  between  the
                  securities and the futures markets may occur. Second,  because
                  the margin deposit requirements in the futures market are less
                  onerous than margin  requirements  in the  securities  market,
                  there may be increased  participation  by  speculators  in the
                  futures  market.  Such  speculative  activity  in the  futures
                  market  also  may  cause  temporary  price  distortions.  As a
                  result,  a correct  forecast of general  market trends may not
                  result  in  successful  hedging  through  the  use of  futures
                  contracts  over the short term.  In  addition,  activities  of
                  large  traders  in both the  futures  and  securities  markets
                  involving arbitrage and other investment strategies may result
                  in temporary price distortions.

         (3)      Positions  in futures  contracts  may be closed out only on an
                  exchange or board of trade that  provides a  secondary  market
                  for such futures  contracts.  Although  the Series  intends to
                  purchase and sell futures only on exchanges or boards of trade
                  where there appears to be an active secondary market, there is
                  no assurance that a liquid  secondary market on an exchange or
                  board of trade will exist for any  particular  contract at any
                  particular  time.  In such  event,  it may not be  possible to
                  close a futures  position,  and in the event of adverse  price
                  movements,  the Series  would  continue to be required to make
                  variation margin payments.

         (4)      Like options on securities,  options on futures contracts have
                  limited  life.  The ability to establish and close out options
                  on futures will be subject to the  development and maintenance
                  of liquid  secondary  markets  on the  relevant  exchanges  or
                  boards of trade.  There can be no certainty  that such markets
                  for all options on futures contracts will develop.

         (5)      Purchasers  of options on futures  contracts  pay a premium in
                  cash at the time of purchase.  This amount and the transaction
                  costs are all that is at risk.  Sellers  of options on futures
                  contracts,  however,  must post initial margin and are subject
                  to additional  margin calls that could be  substantial  in the
                  event of adverse price  movements.  In addition,  although the
                  maximum amount at risk when the Series  purchases an option is
                  the  premium  paid for the option and the  transaction  costs,
                  there may be circumstances when the purchase of an option on a
                  futures contract would result in a loss to the Series when the
                  use of a futures  contract would not, such

                                      A-6
<PAGE>

                  as when  there is no  movement in the level of the  underlying
                  index value or the securities or currencies being hedged.

         (6)      As is the case with  options,  the Series'  activities  in the
                  futures markets may result in a higher portfolio turnover rate
                  and  additional   transaction  costs  in  the  form  of  added
                  brokerage  commissions.  However,  the Series also may save on
                  commissions by using futures contracts or options thereon as a
                  hedge rather than buying or selling  individual  securities in
                  anticipation of, or as a result of, market movements.

                                      A-7

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX B
                             DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS

Moody's and S&P are private  services that provide ratings of the credit quality
of debt obligations. A description of the ratings assigned by Moody's and S&P to
the  securities  in which the  Portfolio's  corresponding  Series  may invest is
discussed below.  These ratings  represent the opinions of these rating services
as to the quality of the  securities  that they  undertake to rate. It should be
emphasized,  however, that ratings are general and are not absolute standards of
quality.  The adviser  attempts to discern  variations in credit rankings of the
rating services and to anticipate changes in credit ranking. However, subsequent
to purchase by the Series,  an issue of securities  may cease to be rated or its
rating may be reduced  below the minimum  rating  required  for  purchase by the
Series.  In that  event,  an  adviser  will  consider  whether it is in the best
interest of the Series to continue to hold the securities.

MOODY'S RATINGS

CORPORATE AND MUNICIPAL BONDS.

Aaa:  Bonds that are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality.  They carry
the smallest  degree of investment  risk and are generally  referred to as "gilt
edged." Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable
margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely
to change,  such changes as can be  visualized  are most  unlikely to impair the
fundamentally strong position of such issues.

Aa: Bonds that are rated Aa are judged to be of high  quality by all  standards.
Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high grade
bonds.  They are rated lower than the best bonds  because  margins of protection
may not be as large as in Aaa securities or  fluctuation of protective  elements
may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present that make the
long-term risk appear somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

A: Bonds that are rated A possess many favorable  investment  attributes and are
to be considered as upper-medium-grade  obligations.  Factors giving security to
principal  and interest  are  considered  adequate,  but elements may be present
which suggest a susceptibility to impairment some time in the future.

Baa: Bonds that are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade  obligations (i.e.,
they are neither highly  protected nor poorly  secured).  Interest  payments and
principal  security  appear  adequate  for the present  but  certain  protective
elements may be lacking or may be  characteristically  unreliable over any great
length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding  investment  characteristics  and in
fact have speculative characteristics as well.

CORPORATE AND MUNICIPAL  COMMERCIAL  PAPER. The highest rating for corporate and
municipal commercial paper is "P-1" (Prime-1).  Issuers rated P-1 (or supporting
institutions)  have a superior  ability for repayment of senior  short-term debt
obligations.  P-1  repayment  ability  will  often be  evidenced  by many of the
following characteristics:

[BULLET] Leading market positions in well-established industries.

[BULLET] High rates of return on funds employed.

[BULLET] Conservative  capitalization  structure with moderate  reliance on debt
         and ample asset protection.

[BULLET] Broad margins in earnings  coverage of fixed financial charges and high
         internal cash generation.

[BULLET] Well-established  access to a range of  financial  markets  and assured
         sources of alternate liquidity.

                                      B-1

<PAGE>

MUNICIPAL  NOTES.  The  highest  ratings  for  state  and  municipal  short-term
obligations are "MIG 1," "MIG 2" and "MIG 3" (or "VMIG 1," "VMIG 2" and "VMIG 3"
in the case of an issue having a variable-rate demand feature). Notes rated "MIG
1" or "VMIG 1" are judged to be of the best  quality.  There is  present  strong
protection by established cash flows, superior liquidity support or demonstrated
broadbased access to the market for refinancing. Notes rated "MIG 2" or "VMIG 2"
are of high quality,  with margins of protection  that are ample although not so
large  as in the  preceding  group.  Notes  rated  "MIG  3" or  "VMIG  3" are of
favorable  quality,  with all security  elements  accounted  for but lacking the
undeniable strength of the preceding grades.  Liquidity and cash flow protection
may be narrow,  and  market  access  for  refinancing  is likely to be less well
established.

S&P RATINGS

CORPORATE AND MUNICIPAL BONDS.

AAA: Bonds rated AAA are highest grade debt  obligations.  This rating indicates
an extremely strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

AA:  Bonds  rated AA have a very  strong  capacity  to pay  interest  and  repay
principal and differ from AAA issues only in small degree.

A:   Bonds rated A have a strong capacity to pay  interest and repay  principal,
although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in
circumstances and economic conditions than bonds in higher rated categories.

BBB: Bonds rated BBB are regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest
and  repay  principal.   Whereas  they  normally  exhibit  adequate   protection
parameters,  adverse  economic  conditions  or changing  circumstances  are more
likely to lead to a weakened  capacity to pay interest and repay  principal  for
debt in this category than in higher rated categories.

CORPORATE AND  MUNICIPAL  COMMERCIAL  PAPER.  The "A-1" rating for corporate and
municipal  commercial paper indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely
payment is strong.  Those issues  determined to possess  extremely strong safety
characteristics will be rated "A-1+."

MUNICIPAL  NOTES. The "SP-1" rating reflects a very strong or strong capacity to
pay  principal  and interest.  Those issues  determined to possess  overwhelming
safety  characteristics  will be rated  "SP-1+."  The "SP-2"  rating  reflects a
satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest.

FITCH RATINGS

DESCRIPTION OF FITCH'S HIGHEST STATE AND MUNICIPAL NOTES RATING.
AAA - Bonds considered to be investment grade and of the highest credit quality.
The  obligor  has an  exceptionally  strong  ability to pay  interest  and repay
principal, which is unlikely to be affected by reasonably foreseeable events.

AA - Bonds  considered to be investment  grade and of very high credit  quality.
The  obligor's  ability to pay  interest  and repay  principal  is very  strong,
although not quite as strong as bonds rated AAA.

F-1+ - Issues  assigned this rating are regarded as having the strongest  degree
of assurance for timely payment.

F-1 - Issues  assigned this rating  reflect an assurance of timely  payment only
slightly less in degree than issues rated F-1+.

                                      B-2
<PAGE>




PART C - OTHER INFORMATION


ITEM 23.    EXHIBITS.

            EXHIBIT NO.    DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT

            (a)  (i)       Agreement and Declaration of Trust*
                 (ii)      Certificate of Trust*
                 (iii)     Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Trust**
                 (iv)      Certificate of  Amendment  to Certificate  of  Trust
                           dated October 20, 1998 is filed herewith.

            (b)  By-Laws*

            (c)  None

            (d)  (i)       Form of  Advisory  Agreement  between  WT  Investment
                           Trust I, on  behalf  of the  Large  Cap Core  Series,
                           Small  Cap Core  Series,  Short/Intermediate  Series,
                           Intermediate  Bond Series,  Municipal Bond Series and
                           International  Multi-Manager  Series,  and Wilmington
                           Trust  Company  filed  herewith.
                 (ii)      Form of  Advisory  Agreement  between  WT  Investment
                           Trust I, on behalf of the Prime Money Market  Series,
                           Premier Money Market Series,  U.S.  Government Series
                           and  the  Tax  Exempt   Series,   and  Rodney  Square
                           Management   Corporation  filed  herewith.
                 (iii)     Form of  Advisory  Agreement  between  WT  Investment
                           Trust I, on behalf  of the  Large  Cap Value  Series,
                           Small Cap Value  Series and Mid Cap Series and Cramer
                           Rosenthal   McGlynn  LLC  filed  herewith.
                 (iv)      Form of  Advisory  Agreement  between  WT  Investment
                           Trust I, on behalf of the Large Cap Growth Series and
                           Roxbury Capital Management Inc. filed herewith.
                 (v)       Form of  Sub-Advisory  Agreement  among WT Investment
                           Trust I, on behalf of the International Multi-Manager
                           Series,   Wilmington   Trust   Company  and  Clemente
                           Capital,  Inc. filed  herewith.
                 (vi)      Form of  Sub-Advisory  Agreement  among WT Investment
                           Trust I, on behalf of the International Multi-Manager
                           Series,  Wilmington Trust Company and Scudder, Kemper
                           Investments, Inc. filed herewith.
                 (vii)     Form of  Sub-Advisory  Agreement  among WT Investment
                           Trust I, on behalf of the International Multi-Manager
                           Series,  Wilmington Trust Company and Invista Capital
                           Management filed herewith.

            (e)  Distribution Agreement with Provident Distributors,  Inc. dated
                 February 25, 1998*****

            (f)  None

            (g)  (i)       Custody Agreement with Wilmington Trust Company*
                 (ii)      Form of Sub-Custody  Agreement  between WT Investment
                           Trust I on behalf of the International  Multi-Manager
                           Series  and  Bankers   Trust   Company  to  be  filed
                           herewith.

<PAGE>

            (h)  (i)       Transfer   Agency   Agreement   with  Rodney   Square
                           Management Corporation dated February 19, 1997***

                 (ii)      Accounting  Services  Agreement  with  Rodney  Square
                           Management Corporation dated February 19, 1997***

                 (iii)     Administration    Agreement    with   Rodney   Square
                           Management Corporation dated February 19, 1997***

                 (iv)      Administrative   Services   Agreements   with  Kiewit
                           Investment   Management   Corp.  dated  February  19,
                           1997***

                 (v)       Assignment Agreement dated January 5, 1998, among the
                           Registrant,  Rodney Square Management Corporation and
                           PFPC  Inc.   with   respect  to  the   Administration
                           Agreement*****

                 (vi)      Assignment Agreement dated January 5, 1998, among the
                           Registrant,  Rodney Square management Corporation and
                           PFPC Inc.  with  respect to the  Accounting  Services
                           Agreement*****

                 (vii)     Assignment Agreement dated January 5, 1998, among the
                           Registrant,  Rodney Square management Corporation and
                           PFPC  Inc.  with  respect  to  the  Transfer   Agency
                           Agreement*****


            (i)  Opinion of Pepper Hamilton LLP to be filed by amendment.

            (j)  None

            (k)  Not applicable

            (l)  Not applicable

            (m)  Plans of  Distribution  Pursuant  to Rule  12b-1 to be filed by
                 subsequent amendment

            (n)  Not applicable

            (o)  Plans  Pursuant  to  Rule  18f-3  to  be  filed  by  subsequent
                 amendment


*     Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission on Form N-1A
      on July 25, 1994 and incorporated herein by reference.

**    Previously  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission  with
      Pre-Effective  amendment  No. 1 on Form N-1A of  November  29, 1994 and is
      incorporated herein by reference.

***   Previously  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission  with
      Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 4 on Form  N1-A on  February  28,  1997 and
      incorporated herein by reference.

****  Previously  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission  with
      Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 2 on Form N1-A on  September  30,  1996 and
      incorporated herein by reference.

***** Previously  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission  with
      Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 6 on Form N1-A on  September  30,  1998 and
      incorporated herein by reference.

<PAGE>

ITEM 24.    PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE FUND.

      None.

ITEM 25.    INDEMNIFICATION.

Reference is made to Article VII of the  Registrant's  Agreement and Declaration
of  Trust  (Exhibit  23(a)(1))  and to  Article  X of the  Registrant's  By-Laws
(Exhibit 23(b)),  which are incorporated  herein by reference.  Pursuant to Rule
484 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  the Registrant  furnishes the
following undertaking:

            "Insofar  as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising  under  the
Securities  Act of 1933 may be permitted to trustees,  officers and  controlling
persons of the Registrant  pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,
the  Registrant  has been  advised  that in the  opinion of the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission such  indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Act and is,  therefore,  unenforceable.  In the  event  that a claim  for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by  the
Registrant  of expenses  incurred or paid by a trustee,  officer or  controlling
person of the  Registrant  in the  successful  defense  of any  action,  suit or
proceeding)  is  asserted  by such  trustee,  officer or  controlling  person in
connection with the securities being registered,  the Registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit  to a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question  whether  such
indemnification  by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will
be governed by the final adjudication of such issue."

ITEM 26.    BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISERS.
(i)   Wilmington  Trust  Company  ("WTC"),  a  Delaware  corporation,  serves as
      investment   adviser   to  the   Large   Cap   Core,   Small   Cap   Core,
      Short/Intermediate,  Intermediate Bond,  Municipal Bond, and International
      Multi Manager Series of the Fund. It currently manages large institutional
      accounts and collective investment funds.

The directors and  principal  executive  officers of WTC have held the following
positions of a substantial nature in the past two years:

                            Business or Other Connections of Principal Executive
Name                        Officers and Directors of WTC
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Carolyn S. Burger           Principal,   CB  Associates,   Inc.;  Director,  PJM
                            Interconnection, L.L.C. & Rodel, Inc.

Ted T. Cecala               Chairman  and Chief  Executive  Officer,  Wilmington
                            Trust Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company

Richard  R.  Collins        Retired  President  and  Chief  Operating   Officer,
                            American Life Insurance Company

Charles S. Crompton, Esq.   Attorney,  Partner,  Potter  Anderson & Corroon (law
                            firm)

H. Stewart Dunn, Jr., Esq.  Attorney,  Partner,  Ivins,  Phillips & Barker  (law
                            firm)

Edward B. du Pont           Private investor; Director, E. I. du Pont de Nemours
                            and   Company,   Incorporated;   Retired   Chairman,
                            Atlantic Aviation Corporation

<PAGE>

R. Keith Elliott            Director,  Chairman,  President and Chief  Executive
                            Officer,   Hercules  Incorporated;   Director,  PECO
                            Energy and Computer Task Group

Robert V.A. Harra, Jr.      President,  Chief  Operating  Officer and Treasurer,
                            Wilmington  Trust  Corporation and Wilmington  Trust
                            Company

Andrew B. Kirkpatrick       Of Counsel to, Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell (law
                            firm)

Rex L. Mears                President  of Ray L.  Mears  & Sons,  Inc.  (farming
                            corporation)

Walter D. Mertz             Retired  Senior  Vice  President,  Wilmington  Trust
                            Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company;  Associate
                            Director

Hugh E. Miller              Retired  Executive,   Formerly  Vice  Chairman,  ICI
                            Americas,  Inc.; was with parent Imperial  Chemicals
                            Industries  PLC for 20 years  until  1990  including
                            management   positions  in  the  United  States  and
                            Europe; Chairman and Director, MGI PHARMA, Inc.

Stacey J. Mobley            Senior Vice  President of  Communications,  E. I. Du
                            Pont de Nemours and Company, Incorporated

G. Burton Pearson           Retired  Senior Vice  President of Wilmington  Trust
                            Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company;  Associate
                            Director

Leonard W. Quill            Formerly  Chairman  and  Chief  Executive   Officer,
                            Wilmington  Trust  Corporation and Wilmington  Trust
                            Company

David P. Roselle            President, University of Delaware

H. Rodney Sharp, III        Retired  Manager,  E.  I. Du  Pont  de  Nemours  and
                            Company;  Director,  E. I. Du  Pont de  Nemours  and
                            Company

Thomas P. Sweeney, Esq.     Attorney,  Partner,  Richards,  Layton & Finger (law
                            firm)

Mary Jornlin Theisen        Former New Castle County Executive

Robert W. Tunnell, Jr.      Managing Partner of Tunnell  Companies,  L.P., owner
                            and developer of real estate

(ii)     Rodney Square Management  Corporation ("RSMC"), a Delaware corporation,
         serves  as  investment   adviser  to  the  Prime  Money  Market,   U.S.
         Government,  Tax Exempt and Premier  Money  Market  Series of the Fund.
         RSMC is a wholly owned subsidiary of Wilmington  Trust Company,  also a
         Delaware corporation, which in turn is wholly owned by Wilmington Trust
         Corporation.  Information  as to the officers and  directors of RSMC is
         included  in its Form ADV filed on March 11,  1987,  and most  recently
         supplemented  on  March  3,  1999,  with the  Securities  and  Exchange
         Commission File No. 801-22071 and is incorporated by reference herein.

(iii)    Cramer  Rosenthal  McGlynn LLC ("CRM") serves as investment  adviser to
         the Large Cap  Value,  Small Cap Value and Mid Cap Value  Series of the
         Fund.  Information  as to the officers and directors of CRM is included
         in its Form ADV filed with the Securities and

<PAGE>

         Exchange  Commission and most recently  supplemented on March 26, 1999.
         The Form ADV, File No. 801-55244 is incorporated by reference herein.

(iv)     Roxbury Capital Management LLC ("Roxbury") serves as investment advisor
         to the Large Cap  Growth  Series  of the  Fund.  Information  as to the
         officers  and  directors  of Roxbury is  included in its Form ADV filed
         with  the  Securities   and  Exchange   Commission  and  most  recently
         supplemented  on April 12, 1999.  The Form ADV,  File No.  801-55521 is
         incorporated by reference.

ITEM 27     Principal  Underwriter.  Investment  companies  for which  Provident
            Distributors, Inc. also serves as principal underwriter:

      (a)   Time Horizon Funds
            Pacific Innovations Trust
            International Dollar Reserve Fund I, Ltd.
            Provident Institutional Funds Trust
            Columbia Common Stock Fund, Inc.
            Columbia Growth Fund, Inc.
            Columbia International Stock Fund, Inc.
            Columbia Special Fund, Inc.
            Columbia Small Cap Fund, Inc.
            Columbia Real Estate Equity Fund, Inc.
            Columbia Balanced Fund, Inc.
            Columbia Daily Income Company
            Columbia U.S. Government Securities Fund, Inc.
            Columbia Fixed Income Securities Fund, Inc.
            Columbia Municipal Bond Fund, Inc.
            Columbia High Yield Fund, Inc.
            Columbia National Municipal Bond Fund, Inc.
            Kalmar Pooled Investment Trust
            The RBB Fund, Inc.
            Robertson Stephens Investment Trust
            HT Insight Funds, Inc.
            Harris Insight Funds Trust
            Hilliard-Lyons Government Fund, Inc.
            Hilliard-Lyons Growth Fund, Inc.
            The Rodney Square Fund
            The Rodney Square Tax-Exempt Fund
            The Rodney Square Strategic Equity Fund
            The Rodney Square Strategic Fixed-Income Fund

            The BlackRock Funds,  Inc.  (Distributed by BlackRock  Distributors,
            Inc. a wholly owned subsidiary of Provident Distributors, Inc.)

            The OFFITBANK  Investment  Fund,  Inc.  (Distributed  by OFFIT Funds
            Distributor,   Inc.  a  wholly   owned   subsidiary   of   Provident
            Distributors, Inc.)

            The OFFITBANK  Variable  Insurance Fund, Inc.  (Distributed by OFFIT
            Funds  Distributor,  Inc. a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  Provident
            Distributors, Inc.)

            CVO  Greater   China  Fund,   Inc.   (Distributed   by  OFFIT  Funds
            Distributor,   Inc.  a  wholly   owned   subsidiary   of   Provident
            Distributors, Inc.)

      (b)   Reference is made to the caption "Distribution  Arrangements" in the
            Prospectuses constituting Part A of this Registration Statement. The


<PAGE>

            information  required by this Item 27 with respect to each  director
            of the underwriter is incorporated by reference to the Form BD filed
            by the  Underwriter  with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission
            pursuant to the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended under
            the File Number indicated:

            Provident Distributors Inc.              SEC File No. 8-46564

ITEM 28.    LOCATIONS OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

All accounts and records are maintained by the  Registrant,  or on its behalf by
the Fund's  administrator,  transfer agent, dividend paying agent and accounting
services agent, PFPC, Inc., 400 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809.

ITEM 29.    MANAGEMENT SERVICES.

There are no  management-related  service  contracts  not discussed in Part A or
Part B.

ITEM 30.    UNDERTAKINGS.

None.

<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment
Company  Act of  1940,  the  Registrant  has  duly  caused  this  Post-Effective
Amendment No. 8 to the Registration  Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned,  duly authorized,  in the city of Wilmington,  state of Delaware on
the 12th day of August, 1999.

                                 WT MUTUAL FUND

                                 BY: ______________________________
                                     Robert J. Christian, President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this  Post-Effective
Amendment to the  Registration  Statement has been signed below by the following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

SIGNATURE                               TITLE                          DATE

/S/Robert J. Christian            Trustee, President             August 12, 1999
- ------------------------
Robert J. Christian

/S/John J. Quindlen                     Trustee                  August 12, 1999
- ------------------------
John J. Quindlen

/S/Robert H. Arnold                     Trustee                  August 12, 1999
- ------------------------
Robert H. Arnold

/S/Nicholas A. Giordano                 Trustee                  August 12, 1999
- ------------------------
Nicholas A. Giordano

/S/Pat Colletti               Vice President, Treasurer          August 12, 1999
- ------------------------
Pat Colletti


<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

(a) (iv)      Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Trust dated October 20,
              1998

(d) (i)       Form of Advisory Agreement between WT Investment Trust I and
              Wilmington Trust Company

(d) (ii)      Form of Advisory Agreement between WT Investment Trust I and
              Rodney Square Management Corporation

(d) (iii)     Form of Advisory Agreement between WT Investment Trust I and
              Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn LLC

(d) (iv)      Form of Advisory Agreement between WT Investment Trust I and
              Roxbury Capital Management Inc.

(d) (v)       Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement among WT Investment Trust I,
              Wilmington Trust Company and Clemente Capital, Inc.

(d) (vi)      Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement among WT Investment Trust I,
              Wilmington Trust Company and Scudder, Kemper Investments, Inc.

(d) (vii)     Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement among WT Investment Trust I,
              Wilmington Trust Company and Invista Capital Management

(g) (ii)      Form of Sub-Custody Agreement between WT Investment Trust I and
              Bankers Trust Company


                                                                Exhibit (a) (iv)

                                STATE OF DELAWARE
                           CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO
                              CERTIFICATE OF TRUST



Pursuant to Title 12, ss. 3810(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law,
KIEWIT MUTUAL FUND, a Delaware business trust, (the "Trust") hereby executes the
following Certificate of Amendment:

1.  The name of the Trust is KIEWIT MUTUAL FUND.

2.  The Trust hereby amends and restates Article I of its Certificate of Trust
to read in its entirety as follows:

    "1.  NAME. The name of the business trust formed hereby is "WT MUTUAL FUND."

3.  This Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Trust has been duly
adopted by a majority of the Trustees.

4.  This Certificate of Amendment shall be effective upon filing.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Trustee has executed this Certificate on
the 20th, day of October, 1998.




                                                     Lawrence B. Thomas
                                                By:  __________________________
                                                     Lawrence B. Thomas, Trustee


                                                                Exhibit (d) (i)

                               ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                                     between
                              WT INVESTMENT TRUST I
                                       and
                            WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

         AGREEMENT  made this  ____ day of  October,  1999,  by and  between  WT
Investment Trust I, a Delaware business trust  (hereinafter  called the "Fund"),
and Wilmington  Trust  Company,  a corporation  organized  under the laws of the
state of Delaware (hereinafter called the "Adviser").

         WHEREAS,  the Fund is registered  under the  Investment  Company Act of
1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), as an open-end management investment company,
and  offers  for sale  distinct  series of shares of  beneficial  interest  (the
"Series"), each corresponding to a distinct portfolio; and

         WHEREAS, the Fund desires to avail itself of the services, information,
advice,  assistance and facilities of an investment  adviser on behalf of one or
more Series of the Fund, and to have that investment  adviser provide or perform
for the Series various research, statistical and investment services; and

         WHEREAS,  the Adviser is willing to furnish  such  services to the Fund
with respect to each of the Series listed on Schedule A to this Agreement on the
terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  promises  and  the  mutual
covenants herein contained, it is agreed between the parties as follows:

         1.  EMPLOYMENT OF THE ADVISER.  The Fund hereby  employs the Adviser to
invest and  reinvest the assets of the Series in the manner set forth in Section
2 of this Agreement subject to the direction of the Trustees and the officers of
the Fund, for the period, in the manner, and on the terms set forth hereinafter.
The Adviser  hereby  accepts such  employment  and agrees  during such period to
render the services and to assume the obligations  herein set forth. The Adviser
shall for all  purposes  herein be deemed to be an  independent  contractor  and
shall, except as expressly provided or authorized (whether herein or otherwise),
have no authority  to act for or  represent  the Fund in any way or otherwise be
deemed an agent of the Fund.

         2.  OBLIGATIONS  OF, AND SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED  BY, THE ADVISER.  The
Adviser  undertakes to provide the services  hereinafter set forth and to assume
the following obligations:

             A.   INVESTMENT ADVISORY SERVICES.

                       (i)  The Adviser  shall  direct the  investments  of each
Series,  subject to and in  accordance  with the Series'  investment  objective,
policies  and  limitations  as  provided  in its  Prospectus  and  Statement  of
Additional  Information (the "Prospectus") and other governing

<PAGE>

instruments, as amended from time to time, and any other directions and policies
which the Trustees may issue to the Adviser from time to time.

                       (ii) The Adviser is  authorized,  in its  discretion  and
without prior  consultation with the Fund, to purchase and sell for each Series,
securities  and other  investments  consistent  with the Series'  objectives and
policies.

             B.   CORPORATE MANAGEMENT SERVICES.

                       (i)  The  Adviser  shall  furnish for the use of the Fund
office space and all office  facilities,  equipment and personnel  necessary for
servicing the investments of the Fund.

                       (ii) The Adviser  shall pay the salaries of all personnel
of  the  Fund  and  the  Adviser  performing   services  relating  to  research,
statistical and investment activities on behalf of the Fund.

             C.   PROVISION  OF   INFORMATION   NECESSARY  FOR   PREPARATION  OF
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT,  AMENDMENTS AND OTHER MATERIALS.  The Adviser will make
available and provide such information as the Fund and/or its  administrator may
reasonably  request for use in the  preparation of its  registration  statement,
reports and other documents required by any applicable federal, foreign or state
statutes or regulations.

             D.  CODE OF ETHICS.  The  Adviser  has  adopted a written  code of
ethics  complying  with the  requirements  of Rule 17j-1  under the 1940 Act and
Section  204A of the  Investment  Advisers Act of 1940 and will provide the Fund
and its  administrator,  on the  date of this  Agreement,  a copy of the code of
ethics and evidence of its adoption.  Within  forty-five (45) days of the end of
the last  calendar  quarter of each year while this  Agreement is in effect,  an
executive  officer of the Adviser shall certify to the Trustees that the Adviser
has  complied  with the  requirements  of Rule 17j-1 and Section 204A during the
previous  year and that there has been no  violation  of the  Adviser's  code of
ethics or, if such a violation has occurred,  that appropriate  action was taken
in  response  to such  violation.  Upon the  written  request of the Fund or its
administrator, the Adviser shall permit the Fund or its administrator to examine
the reports required to be made to the Adviser by Rule 17j-l(c)(l).

             E.   DISQUALIFICATION.  The Adviser  shall  immediately  notify the
Trustees of the occurrence of any event which would  disqualify the Adviser from
serving as an investment  adviser of an investment company pursuant to Section 9
of the 1940 Act or any other applicable statute or regulation.

             F.   OTHER  OBLIGATIONS  AND  SERVICES.  The Adviser shall make its
officers  and  employees  available to the Trustees and officers of the Fund for
consultation  and  discussion  regarding  the  management of each Series and its
investment activities.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

         3.  EXECUTION AND ALLOCATION OF PORTFOLIO BROKERAGE.

             A.   The  Adviser,  subject to the  control  and  direction  of the
Trustees,  shall have  authority and discretion to select brokers and dealers to
execute  portfolio  transactions  for each Series,  and for the selection of the
markets on or in which the transactions will be executed.

             B.   In acting  pursuant  to  Section  3A, the  Adviser  will place
orders  through  such  brokers  or  dealers  in  conformity  with the  portfolio
transaction policies set forth in the Fund's registration statement.

             C.   It is  understood  that  neither the Fund nor the Adviser will
adopt a formula for allocation of a Series' brokerage.

             D.   It is understood that the Adviser may, to the extent permitted
by applicable laws and regulations, aggregate securities to be sold or purchased
for any Series and for other  clients of the Adviser in order to obtain the most
favorable  price and  efficient  execution.  In that  event,  allocation  of the
securities  purchased or sold, as well as expenses  incurred in the transaction,
will be made by the Adviser in the manner it considers to be the most  equitable
and  consistent  with its  fiduciary  obligations  to the Fund and to its  other
clients.

             E.   It is understood that the Adviser may, in its discretion,  use
brokers  who  provide a Series  with  research,  analysis,  advice  and  similar
services to execute  portfolio  transactions  on behalf of the  Series,  and the
Adviser may pay to those brokers in return for brokerage and research services a
higher  commission than may be charged by other brokers,  subject to the Adviser
determining in good faith that such  commission is reasonable in terms either of
the particular  transaction or of the overall  responsibility  of the Adviser to
the Series and its other  clients  and that the total  commissions  paid by such
Series will be  reasonable  in  relation to the  benefits to the Series over the
long term.

             F.   It is understood  that the Adviser may use brokers who (i) are
affiliated with the Adviser provided that no such broker will be utilized in any
transaction  in which such broker acts as principal;  and (ii) the  commissions,
fees or other  remuneration  received  by such  brokers is  reasonable  and fair
compared to the commissions fees or other  remuneration paid to other brokers in
connection with  comparable  transactions  involving  similar  securities  being
purchased or sold during a comparable period of time.

             G.   The Adviser  shall  provide  such  reports as the Trustees may
reasonably  request with respect to each Series'  total  brokerage and portfolio
transaction activities and the manner in which that business was allocated.

         4.  DELEGATION OF ADVISER'S OBLIGATIONS  AND SERVICES.  With respect to
any  or  all  Series,   the  Adviser  may  enter  into  one  or  more  contracts
("Sub-Advisory  Agreement") with a sub-adviser in which the Adviser delegates to
such sub-adviser any or all of its obligations or services  specified in Section
2 of this Agreement,  provided that each  Sub-Advisory  Agreement imposes on the
sub-adviser  bound thereby all the duties and  conditions the Adviser is subject
to

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

under  this Agreement,  and  further provided that  each Sub-Advisory  Agreement
meets all requirements of the 1940 Act and rules thereunder.

         5.  EXPENSES OF THE FUND.  It is understood  that the Fund will pay all
its  expenses  other than those  expressly  stated to be payable by the  Adviser
hereunder, which expenses payable by the Fund shall include, without limitation:

             A.   fees payable for administrative services;

             B.   fees payable for accounting services;

             C.   the cost of obtaining  quotations for calculating the value of
                  the assets of each Series;

             D.   interest and taxes;

             E.   brokerage  commissions,  dealer  spreads  and  other  costs in
                  connection with the purchase or sale of securities;

             F.   compensation and expenses of its Trustees other than those who
                  are "interested persons" of the Fund within the meaning of the
                  1940 Act;

             G.   legal and audit expenses;

             H.   fees   and   expenses   related   to  the   registration   and
                  qualification  of the Fund  and its  shares  for  distribution
                  under state and federal securities laws;

             I.   expenses of typesetting, printing and mailing reports, notices
                  and proxy material to shareholders of the Fund;

             J.   all other  expenses  incidental  to  holding  meetings  of the
                  Fund's shareholders, including proxy solicitations therefor;

             K.   premiums for fidelity bond and other insurance coverage;

             L.   the Fund's association membership dues;

             M.   expenses of typesetting for printing Prospectuses;

             N.   expenses of printing and distributing Prospectuses to existing
                  shareholders;

             O.   out-of-pocket   expenses   incurred  in  connection  with  the
                  provision of custodial and transfer agency service;

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

             P.   service  fees  payable by each Series to the  distributor  for
                  providing personal services to the shareholders of each Series
                  and   for   maintaining   shareholder   accounts   for   those
                  shareholders;

             Q.   distribution fees; and

             R.   such  non-recurring  expenses  as may arise,  including  costs
                  arising from threatened  legal actions,  suits and proceedings
                  to which the Fund is a party and the  legal  obligation  which
                  the Fund may have to indemnify  its Trustees and officers with
                  respect thereto.

         6.  COMPENSATION OF THE ADVISER.  For the services and facilities to be
             furnished  hereunder,  the  Adviser  shall  receive  advisory  fees
             calculated  at the annual rates listed along with each Series' name
             in Schedule B attached hereto.  The aggregate of such advisory fees
             for all  Series  shall be payable  monthly  as soon as  practicable
             after  the last day of each  month  based on each  Series'  average
             daily net assets.

         7.  ACTIVITIES AND AFFILIATES OF THE ADVISER.

             A.   The  services  of the Adviser to the Fund are not to be deemed
exclusive,  and the  Adviser is free to render  services to others and engage in
other activities;  provided, however, that such other services and activities do
not, during the term of this Agreement,  interfere,  in a material manner,  with
the Adviser's  ability to meet all of its obligations  with respect to rendering
services to the Fund hereunder.

             B.   The Fund  acknowledges  that the Adviser or one or more of its
"affiliated  persons" may have investment  responsibilities or render investment
advise to or perform other investment advisory services for other individuals or
entities and that the Adviser,  its "affiliated  persons" or any of its or their
directors,  officers,  agents or employees  may buy, sell or trade in securities
for its or their respective  accounts  ("Affiliated  Accounts").  Subject to the
provisions of Section 3 of this  Agreement,  the Fund agrees that the Adviser or
its "affiliated  persons" may give advice or exercise investment  responsibility
and take such other action with respect to Affiliated  Accounts which may differ
from the  advice  given or the  timing or nature of action  with  respect to the
Series of the Fund,  provided  that the  Adviser  acts in good  faith.  The Fund
acknowledges  that one or more of the Affiliated  Accounts may at any time hold,
acquire,  increase,  decrease,  dispose of or otherwise  deal with  positions in
investments in which one or more Series may have an interest.  The Adviser shall
have no  obligation  to  recommend  for any Series a position in any  investment
which an  Affiliated  Account  may  acquire,  and the Fund  shall  have no first
refusal, co-investment or other rights in respect of any such investment, either
for its Series or otherwise.

             C.   Subject  to  and  in   accordance   with  the   Agreement  and
Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Fund as currently in effect and the 1940
Act and the rules  thereunder,  it is  understood  that  Trustees,  officers and
agents of the Fund and  shareholders of the Fund are or may be interested in the
Adviser  or  its  "affiliated  persons"  as  directors,   officers,   agents  or
shareholders  of  the  Adviser  or its  "affiliated  persons";  that  directors,
officers, agents and

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

shareholders of the Adviser or its "affiliated persons" are or may be interested
in the Fund as trustees,  officers, agents,  shareholders or otherwise; that the
Adviser  or  its  "affiliated   persons"  may  be  interested  in  the  Fund  as
shareholders  or otherwise;  and that the effect of any such interests  shall be
governed by said Agreement and  Declaration  of Trust,  By-Laws and the 1940 Act
and the rules thereunder.

         8.  LIABILITIES OF THE ADVISER.

             A.   Except  as   provided   below,   in  the  absence  of  willful
misfeasance,  bad faith, gross negligence,  or reckless disregard of obligations
or duties hereunder on the part of the Adviser, the Adviser shall not be subject
to liability to the Fund or to any shareholder of the Fund or its Series for any
act or  omission  in the  course  of,  or  connected  with,  rendering  services
hereunder or for any losses that may be sustained  in the  purchase,  holding or
sale of any  security  or the making of any  investment  for or on behalf of the
Fund.

             B.   No provision of this  Agreement  shall be construed to protect
any Trustee or officer of the Fund, or the Adviser,  from liability in violation
of Sections 17(h), 17(i), 36(a) or 36(b) of the 1940 Act.

         9.  EFFECTIVE DATE; TERM. This Agreement shall become  effective on the
date  first  written  above and shall  remain in force for a period of two years
from  such  date,  and from  year to year  thereafter,  but only so long as such
continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Board of Trustees,
including  the  vote of a  majority  of the  Trustees  who  are not  "interested
persons"  of the Fund,  cast in person at a meeting  called  for the  purpose of
voting on such  approval,  or by vote of a majority  of the  outstanding  voting
securities.  The aforesaid  provision shall be construed in a manner  consistent
with the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

         10. ASSIGNMENT.  No "assignment" of this Agreement shall be made by the
Adviser,  and this  Agreement  shall  terminate  automatically  in event of such
assignment.  The  Adviser  shall  notify  the Fund in  writing in advance of any
proposed  change of "control" to enable the Fund to take the steps  necessary to
enter into a new advisory agreement.

         11. AMENDMENT.  This Agreement may  be amended at any time, but only by
written  agreement  between the Adviser and the Fund, which amendment is subject
to the approval of the Trustees of the Fund and, where required by the 1940 Act,
the  shareholders  of any affected Series in the manner required by the 1940 Act
and the rules thereunder.

         12. TERMINATION.  This Agreement:

             A.   may at any time be terminated  without  payment of any penalty
                  by the Fund with  respect  to any Series (by vote of the Board
                  of  Trustees  of the  Fund or by "vote  of a  majority  of the
                  outstanding  voting  securities")  on sixty (60) days' written
                  notice to the Adviser;

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

             B.   shall immediately  terminate in the event of its "assignment";
                  and

             C.   may be terminated with respect to any Series by the Adviser on
                  sixty (60) days' written notice to the Fund.

         13. DEFINITIONS.  As used in  this  Agreement,  the  terms  "affiliated
person," "assignment," "control," "interested person" and "vote of a majority of
the outstanding voting securities" shall have the meanings set forth in the 1940
Act and the rules and regulations  thereunder,  subject to any applicable orders
of exemption issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         14. NOTICE.  Any notice under this Agreement  shall be given in writing
addressed  and  delivered or mailed  postage  prepaid to the other party to this
Agreement at its principal place of business.

         15. SEVERABILITY.  If any provision  of this Agreement shall be held or
made invalid by a court decision,  statute, rule or otherwise,  the remainder of
this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

         16. GOVERNING LAW.  To the extent that state law has not been preempted
by the  provisions  of any law of the  United  States  heretofore  or  hereafter
enacted,  as the same may be amended from time to time,  this Agreement shall be
administered,  construed  and  enforced  according  to the laws of the  state of
Delaware.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have caused this instrument to be signed
on their behalf by their  respective  officers  thereunto duly  authorized,  and
their respective seals to be hereunto affixed,  all as of the date first written
above.

                                            WT INVESTMENT TRUST I
                                            By:_________________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

                                            WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
                                            By:_________________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A
                            DATED OCTOBER _____, 1999
                                       TO
                               ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                            DATED OCTOBER _____, 1999
                                     BETWEEN
                              WT INVESTMENT TRUST I
                                       AND
                            WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

                              Large Cap Core Series
                              Small Cap Core Series
                         Short/Intermediate Bond Series
                            Intermediate Bond Series
                              Municipal Bond Series
                       International Multi-Manager Series

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE B
                           DATED OCTOBER _____ , 1999
                                       TO
                               ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                           DATED OCTOBER _____ , 1999
                                     BETWEEN
                              WT INVESTMENT TRUST I
                                       AND
                            WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY


                                  FEE SCHEDULE

                                        ANNUAL FEE AS A % OF
SERIES                                  AVERAGE DAILY NET ASSETS
- -----------------------                 ----------------------------------------
Large Cap Core Series                   .70% of the Series'  first $1 billion of
                                        average  daily net  assets;  .65% of the
                                        Series' next $1 billion of average daily
                                        net  assets;  and  .60%  of the  Series'
                                        average   daily  net   assets   over  $2
                                        billion.

Small Cap Core Series                   .60% of the Series'  first $1 billion of
                                        average  daily net  assets;  .55% of the
                                        Series' next $1 billion of average daily
                                        net  assets;  and  .50%  of the  Series'
                                        average   daily  net   assets   over  $2
                                        billion.

Short/Intermediate Series               .35% of the Series'  first $1 billion of
                                        average  daily net  assets;  .30% of the
                                        Series' next $1 billion of average daily
                                        net  assets;  and  .25%  of the  Series'
                                        average   daily  net   assets   over  $2
                                        billion.

Intermediate Bond Series                .35% of the Series'  first $1 billion of
                                        average  daily net  assets;  .30% of the
                                        Series' next $1 billion of average daily
                                        net  assets;  and  .25%  of the  Series'
                                        average   daily  net   assets   over  $2
                                        billion.

Municipal Bond Series                   .35% of the Series'  first $1 billion of
                                        average  daily net  assets;  .30% of the
                                        Series' next $1 billion of average daily
                                        net  assets;  and  .25%  of the  Series'
                                        average   daily  net   assets   over  $2
                                        billion.

International Multi-Manager Series      .65%  of  the  Series average  daily net
                                        assets.

                                      -2-



                                                                Exhibit (d) (ii)

                               ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                                     between
                              WT INVESTMENT TRUST I
                                       and
                      RODNEY SQUARE MANAGEMENT CORPORATION

         AGREEMENT  made this  ____ day of  October,  1999,  by and  between  WT
Investment Trust I, a Delaware business trust  (hereinafter  called the "Fund"),
and Rodney Square Management Corporation, a corporation organized under the laws
of the state of Delaware (hereinafter called the "Adviser").

         WHEREAS,  the Fund is registered  under the  Investment  Company Act of
1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), as an open-end management investment company,
and  offers  for sale  distinct  series of shares of  beneficial  interest  (the
"Series"), each corresponding to a distinct portfolio; and

         WHEREAS, the Fund desires to avail itself of the services, information,
advice,  assistance and facilities of an investment  adviser on behalf of one or
more Series of the Fund, and to have that investment  adviser provide or perform
for the Series various research, statistical and investment services; and

         WHEREAS,  the Adviser is willing to furnish  such  services to the Fund
with respect to each of the Series listed on Schedule A to this Agreement on the
terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  promises  and  the  mutual
covenants herein contained, it is agreed between the parties as follows:

         1.  EMPLOYMENT OF THE ADVISER.  The Fund hereby  employs the Adviser to
invest and  reinvest the assets of the Series in the manner set forth in Section
2 of this Agreement subject to the direction of the Trustees and the officers of
the Fund, for the period, in the manner, and on the terms set forth hereinafter.
The Adviser  hereby  accepts such  employment  and agrees  during such period to
render the services and to assume the obligations  herein set forth. The Adviser
shall for all  purposes  herein be deemed to be an  independent  contractor  and
shall, except as expressly provided or authorized (whether herein or otherwise),
have no authority  to act for or  represent  the Fund in any way or otherwise be
deemed an agent of the Fund.

         2.  OBLIGATIONS  OF, AND SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED  BY, THE ADVISER.  The
Adviser  undertakes to provide the services  hereinafter set forth and to assume
the following obligations:

             A.   INVESTMENT ADVISORY SERVICES.

                  (i)  The Adviser shall direct the  investments of each Series,
subject to and in accordance with the Series' investment objective, policies and
limitations   as  provided  in  its   Prospectus  and  Statement  of  Additional
Information (the "Prospectus") and other governing

<PAGE>

instruments, as amended from time to time, and any other directions and policies
which the Trustees may issue to the Adviser from time to time.

                  (ii) The Adviser is authorized,  in its discretion and without
prior  consultation  with the  Fund,  to  purchase  and  sell  for each  Series,
securities  and other  investments  consistent  with the Series'  objectives and
policies.

             B.   CORPORATE MANAGEMENT SERVICES.

                  (i)  The Adviser  shall furnish for the use of the Fund office
space and all office facilities, equipment and personnel necessary for servicing
the investments of the Fund.

                  (ii) The Adviser  shall pay the  salaries of all  personnel of
the Fund and the Adviser performing  services relating to research,  statistical
and investment activities on behalf of the Fund.

                  C.   PROVISION OF INFORMATION  NECESSARY  FOR  PREPARATION  OF
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT,  AMENDMENTS AND OTHER MATERIALS.  The Adviser will make
available and provide such information as the Fund and/or its  administrator may
reasonably  request for use in the  preparation of its  registration  statement,
reports and other documents required by any applicable federal, foreign or state
statutes or regulations.

                  D.   CODE OF ETHICS. The Adviser has adopted a written code of
ethics  complying  with the  requirements  of Rule 17j-1  under the 1940 Act and
Section  204A of the  Investment  Advisers Act of 1940 and will provide the Fund
and its  administrator,  on the  date of this  Agreement,  a copy of the code of
ethics and evidence of its adoption.  Within  forty-five (45) days of the end of
the last  calendar  quarter of each year while this  Agreement is in effect,  an
executive  officer of the Adviser shall certify to the Trustees that the Adviser
has  complied  with the  requirements  of Rule 17j-1 and Section 204A during the
previous  year and that there has been no  violation  of the  Adviser's  code of
ethics or, if such a violation has occurred,  that appropriate  action was taken
in  response  to such  violation.  Upon the  written  request of the Fund or its
administrator, the Adviser shall permit the Fund or its administrator to examine
the reports required to be made to the Adviser by Rule 17j-l(c)(l).

                  E.   DISQUALIFICATION.  The Adviser shall  immediately  notify
the Trustees of the  occurrence of any event which would  disqualify the Adviser
from  serving as an  investment  adviser of an  investment  company  pursuant to
Section 9 of the 1940 Act or any other applicable statute or regulation.

                  F.   OTHER  OBLIGATIONS  AND SERVICES.  The Adviser shall make
its  officers and  employees  available to the Trustees and officers of the Fund
for consultation and discussion  regarding the management of each Series and its
investment activities.

                                       2
<PAGE>

         3.  EXECUTION AND ALLOCATION OF PORTFOLIO BROKERAGE.

             A.   The  Adviser,  subject to the  control  and  direction  of the
Trustees,  shall have  authority and discretion to select brokers and dealers to
execute  portfolio  transactions  for each Series,  and for the selection of the
markets on or in which the transactions will be executed.

             B.   In acting  pursuant  to  Section  3A, the  Adviser  will place
orders  through  such  brokers  or  dealers  in  conformity  with the  portfolio
transaction policies set forth in the Fund's registration statement.

             C.   It is  understood  that  neither the Fund nor the Adviser will
adopt a formula for allocation of a Series' brokerage.

             D.   It is understood that the Adviser may, to the extent permitted
by applicable laws and regulations, aggregate securities to be sold or purchased
for any Series and for other  clients of the Adviser in order to obtain the most
favorable  price and  efficient  execution.  In that  event,  allocation  of the
securities  purchased or sold, as well as expenses  incurred in the transaction,
will be made by the Adviser in the manner it considers to be the most  equitable
and  consistent  with its  fiduciary  obligations  to the Fund and to its  other
clients.

             E.   It is understood that the Adviser may, in its discretion,  use
brokers  who  provide a Series  with  research,  analysis,  advice  and  similar
services to execute  portfolio  transactions  on behalf of the  Series,  and the
Adviser may pay to those brokers in return for brokerage and research services a
higher  commission than may be charged by other brokers,  subject to the Adviser
determining in good faith that such  commission is reasonable in terms either of
the particular  transaction or of the overall  responsibility  of the Adviser to
the Series and its other  clients  and that the total  commissions  paid by such
Series will be  reasonable  in  relation to the  benefits to the Series over the
long term.

             F.   It is understood  that the Adviser may use brokers who (i) are
affiliated with the Adviser provided that no such broker will be utilized in any
transaction  in which such broker acts as principal;  and (ii) the  commissions,
fees or other  remuneration  received  by such  brokers is  reasonable  and fair
compared to the commissions fees or other  remuneration paid to other brokers in
connection with  comparable  transactions  involving  similar  securities  being
purchased or sold during a comparable period of time.

             G.   The Adviser  shall  provide  such  reports as the Trustees may
reasonably  request with respect to each Series'  total  brokerage and portfolio
transaction activities and the manner in which that business was allocated.

         4.  DELEGATION OF ADVISER'S OBLIGATIONS  AND SERVICES.  With respect to
any  or  all  Series,   the  Adviser  may  enter  into  one  or  more  contracts
("Sub-Advisory  Agreement") with a sub-adviser in which the Adviser delegates to
such sub-adviser any or all of its obligations or services  specified in Section
2 of this Agreement,  provided that each  Sub-Advisory  Agreement imposes on the
sub-adviser  bound thereby all the duties and  conditions the Adviser is subject
to

                                       3
<PAGE>

under  this Agreement,  and further  provided  that each Sub-Advisory  Agreement
meets all requirements of the 1940 Act and rules thereunder.

         5.  EXPENSES OF THE FUND. It is  understood  that the Fund will pay all
its  expenses  other than those  expressly  stated to be payable by the  Adviser
hereunder, which expenses payable by the Fund shall include, without limitation:

             A.   fees payable for administrative services;

             B.   fees payable for accounting services;

             C.   the cost of obtaining  quotations for calculating the value of
                  the assets of each Series;

             D.   interest and taxes;

             E.   brokerage  commissions,  dealer  spreads  and  other  costs in
                  connection with the purchase or sale of securities;

             F.   compensation and expenses of its Trustees other than those who
                  are "interested persons" of the Fund within the meaning of the
                  1940 Act;

             G.   legal and audit expenses;

             H.   fees   and   expenses   related   to  the   registration   and
                  qualification  of the Fund  and its  shares  for  distribution
                  under state and federal securities laws;

             I.   expenses of typesetting, printing and mailing reports, notices
                  and proxy material to shareholders of the Fund;

             J.   all other  expenses  incidental  to  holding  meetings  of the
                  Fund's shareholders, including proxy solicitations therefor;

             K.   premiums for fidelity bond and other insurance coverage;

             L.   the Fund's association membership dues;

             M.   expenses of typesetting for printing Prospectuses;

             N.   expenses of printing and distributing Prospectuses to existing
                  shareholders;

             O.   out-of-pocket   expenses   incurred  in  connection  with  the
                  provision of custodial and transfer agency service;

                                       4
<PAGE>

             P.   service  fees  payable by each Series to the  distributor  for
                  providing personal services to the shareholders of each Series
                  and   for   maintaining   shareholder   accounts   for   those
                  shareholders;

             Q.   distribution fees; and

             R.   such  non-recurring  expenses  as may arise,  including  costs
                  arising from threatened  legal actions,  suits and proceedings
                  to which the Fund is a party and the  legal  obligation  which
                  the Fund may have to indemnify  its Trustees and officers with
                  respect thereto.

         6.  COMPENSATION OF THE ADVISER.  For the services and facilities to be
             furnished  hereunder,  the  Adviser  shall  receive  advisory  fees
             calculated  at the annual rates listed along with each Series' name
             in Schedule B attached hereto.  The aggregate of such advisory fees
             for all  Series  shall be payable  monthly  as soon as  practicable
             after  the last day of each  month  based on each  Series'  average
             daily net assets.

         7.  ACTIVITIES AND AFFILIATES OF THE ADVISER.

             A.   The  services  of the Adviser to the Fund are not to be deemed
exclusive,  and the  Adviser is free to render  services to others and engage in
other activities;  provided, however, that such other services and activities do
not, during the term of this Agreement,  interfere,  in a material manner,  with
the Adviser's  ability to meet all of its obligations  with respect to rendering
services to the Fund hereunder.

             B.   The Fund  acknowledges  that the Adviser or one or more of its
"affiliated  persons" may have investment  responsibilities or render investment
advise to or perform other investment advisory services for other individuals or
entities and that the Adviser,  its "affiliated  persons" or any of its or their
directors,  officers,  agents or employees  may buy, sell or trade in securities
for its or their respective  accounts  ("Affiliated  Accounts").  Subject to the
provisions of Section 3 of this  Agreement,  the Fund agrees that the Adviser or
its "affiliated  persons" may give advice or exercise investment  responsibility
and take such other action with respect to Affiliated  Accounts which may differ
from the  advice  given or the  timing or nature of action  with  respect to the
Series of the Fund,  provided  that the  Adviser  acts in good  faith.  The Fund
acknowledges  that one or more of the Affiliated  Accounts may at any time hold,
acquire,  increase,  decrease,  dispose of or otherwise  deal with  positions in
investments in which one or more Series may have an interest.  The Adviser shall
have no  obligation  to  recommend  for any Series a position in any  investment
which an  Affiliated  Account  may  acquire,  and the Fund  shall  have no first
refusal, co-investment or other rights in respect of any such investment, either
for its Series or otherwise.

             C.   Subject  to  and  in   accordance   with  the   Agreement  and
Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Fund as currently in effect and the 1940
Act and the rules  thereunder,  it is  understood  that  Trustees,  officers and
agents of the Fund and  shareholders of the Fund are or may be interested in the
Adviser  or  its  "affiliated  persons"  as  directors,   officers,   agents  or
shareholders  of  the  Adviser  or its  "affiliated  persons";  that  directors,
officers, agents and

                                       5
<PAGE>

shareholders of the Adviser or its "affiliated persons" are or may be interested
in the Fund as trustees,  officers, agents,  shareholders or otherwise; that the
Adviser  or  its  "affiliated   persons"  may  be  interested  in  the  Fund  as
shareholders  or otherwise;  and that the effect of any such interests  shall be
governed by said Agreement and  Declaration  of Trust,  By-Laws and the 1940 Act
and the rules thereunder.

         8.  LIABILITIES OF THE ADVISER.

             A.   Except  as   provided   below,   in  the  absence  of  willful
misfeasance,  bad faith, gross negligence,  or reckless disregard of obligations
or duties hereunder on the part of the Adviser, the Adviser shall not be subject
to liability to the Fund or to any shareholder of the Fund or its Series for any
act or  omission  in the  course  of,  or  connected  with,  rendering  services
hereunder or for any losses that may be sustained  in the  purchase,  holding or
sale of any  security  or the making of any  investment  for or on behalf of the
Fund.

             B.   No provision of this  Agreement  shall be construed to protect
any Trustee or officer of the Fund, or the Adviser,  from liability in violation
of Sections 17(h), 17(i), 36(a) or 36(b) of the 1940 Act.

         9.  EFFECTIVE DATE;  TERM. This Agreement shall become effective on the
date  first  written  above and shall  remain in force for a period of two years
from  such  date,  and from  year to year  thereafter,  but only so long as such
continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Board of Trustees,
including  the  vote of a  majority  of the  Trustees  who  are not  "interested
persons"  of the Fund,  cast in person at a meeting  called  for the  purpose of
voting on such  approval,  or by vote of a majority  of the  outstanding  voting
securities.  The aforesaid  provision shall be construed in a manner  consistent
with the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

         10. ASSIGNMENT.  No "assignment" of this Agreement shall be made by the
Adviser,  and this  Agreement  shall  terminate  automatically  in event of such
assignment.  The  Adviser  shall  notify  the Fund in  writing in advance of any
proposed  change of "control" to enable the Fund to take the steps  necessary to
enter into a new advisory agreement.

         11. AMENDMENT.  This Agreement may  be amended at any time, but only by
written  agreement  between the Adviser and the Fund, which amendment is subject
to the approval of the Trustees of the Fund and, where required by the 1940 Act,
the  shareholders  of any affected Series in the manner required by the 1940 Act
and the rules thereunder.

         12. TERMINATION.  This Agreement:

             A.   may at any time be terminated  without  payment of any penalty
                  by the Fund with  respect  to any Series (by vote of the Board
                  of  Trustees  of the  Fund or by "vote  of a  majority  of the
                  outstanding  voting  securities")  on sixty (60) days' written
                  notice to the Adviser;

                                       6
<PAGE>

             B.   shall immediately  terminate in the event of its "assignment";
                  and

             C.   may be terminated with respect to any Series by the Adviser on
                  sixty (60) days' written notice to the Fund.

         13. DEFINITIONS.  As used  in this  Agreement,  the  terms  "affiliated
person," "assignment," "control," "interested person" and "vote of a majority of
the outstanding voting securities" shall have the meanings set forth in the 1940
Act and the rules and regulations  thereunder,  subject to any applicable orders
of exemption issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         14. NOTICE.  Any notice under this Agreement  shall be given in writing
addressed  and  delivered or mailed  postage  prepaid to the other party to this
Agreement at its principal place of business.

         15. SEVERABILITY.  If any  provision of this Agreement shall be held or
made invalid by a court decision,  statute, rule or otherwise,  the remainder of
this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

         16. GOVERNING LAW. To the extent that state  law has not been preempted
by the  provisions  of any law of the  United  States  heretofore  or  hereafter
enacted,  as the same may be amended from time to time,  this Agreement shall be
administered,  construed  and  enforced  according  to the laws of the  state of
Delaware.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have caused this instrument to be signed
on their behalf by their  respective  officers  thereunto duly  authorized,  and
their respective seals to be hereunto affixed,  all as of the date first written
above.

                                            WT INVESTMENT TRUST I
                                            By:_________________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

                                            RODNEY SQUARE MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
                                            By:_________________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

                                       7
<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A
                           DATED OCTOBER _____ , 1999
                                       TO
                               ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                           DATED OCTOBER _____ , 1999
                                     BETWEEN
                              WT INVESTMENT TRUST I
                                       AND
                      RODNEY SQUARE MANAGEMENT CORPORATION

                           Retail Money Market Series
                        Institutional Money Market Series
                         Government Money Market Series
                         Tax Exempt Money Market Series

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE B
                            DATED OCTOBER _____, 1999
                                       TO
                               ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                            DATED OCTOBER _____, 1999
                                     BETWEEN
                              WT INVESTMENT TRUST I
                                       AND
                      RODNEY SQUARE MANAGEMENT CORPORATION

                                        ANNUAL FEE AS A % OF
SERIES                                  AVERAGE DAILY NET ASSETS
- ----------------------------            ----------------------------------------
Retail Money Market Series              .47% of the Series'  first $1 billion of
                                        average  daily net  assets;  .43% of the
                                        Series'  next $500  million  of  average
                                        daily net  assets;  .40% of the  Series'
                                        next $500  million of average  daily net
                                        assets;  and .37% of the Series' average
                                        daily   net   assets  in  excess  of  $2
                                        billion.

Government Money Market Series          .47% of the Series'  first $1 billion of
                                        average  daily net  assets;  .43% of the
                                        Series'  next $500  million  of  average
                                        daily net  assets;  .40% of the  Series'
                                        next $500  million of average  daily net
                                        assets;  and .37% of the Series' average
                                        daily   net   assets  in  excess  of  $2
                                        billion.

Tax Exempt Money Market Series          .47% of the Series'  first $1 billion of
                                        average  daily net  assets;  .43% of the
                                        Series'  next $500  million  of  average
                                        daily net  assets;  .40% of the  Series'
                                        next $500  million of average  daily net
                                        assets;  and .37% of the Series' average
                                        daily   net   assets  in  excess  of  $2
                                        billion.

Institutional Money Market Series       .20% of the  Series'  average  daily net
                                        assets.

                                                               Exhibit (d) (iii)

                               ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                                     between
                              WT INVESTMENT TRUST I
                                       and
                          CRAMER ROSENTHAL MCCLYNN, LLC

         AGREEMENT  made this  ____ day of  October,  1999,  by and  between  WT
Investment Trust I, a Delaware business trust  (hereinafter  called the "Fund"),
and Cramer Rosenthal  McGlynn,  LLC a limited  liability  corporation  organized
under the laws of the state of ____________ (hereinafter called the "Adviser").

         WHEREAS,  the Fund is registered  under the  Investment  Company Act of
1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), as an open-end management investment company,
and  offers  for sale  distinct  series of shares of  beneficial  interest  (the
"Series"), each corresponding to a distinct portfolio; and

         WHEREAS, the Fund desires to avail itself of the services, information,
advice,  assistance and facilities of an investment  adviser on behalf of one or
more Series of the Fund, and to have that investment  adviser provide or perform
for the Series various research, statistical and investment services; and

         WHEREAS,  the Adviser is willing to furnish  such  services to the Fund
with respect to each of the Series listed on Schedule A to this Agreement on the
terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  promises  and  the  mutual
covenants herein contained, it is agreed between the parties as follows:

         1.  EMPLOYMENT OF THE ADVISER.  The Fund hereby  employs the Adviser to
invest and  reinvest the assets of the Series in the manner set forth in Section
2 of this Agreement subject to the direction of the Trustees and the officers of
the Fund, for the period, in the manner, and on the terms set forth hereinafter.
The Adviser  hereby  accepts such  employment  and agrees  during such period to
render the services and to assume the obligations  herein set forth. The Adviser
shall for all  purposes  herein be deemed to be an  independent  contractor  and
shall, except as expressly provided or authorized (whether herein or otherwise),
have no authority  to act for or  represent  the Fund in any way or otherwise be
deemed an agent of the Fund.

         2.  OBLIGATIONS  OF, AND SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED  BY, THE ADVISER.  The
Adviser  undertakes to provide the services  hereinafter set forth and to assume
the following obligations:

             A.   INVESTMENT ADVISORY SERVICES.

                  (i)  The Adviser shall direct the  investments of each Series,
subject to and in accordance with the Series' investment objective, policies and
limitations as provided in

<PAGE>

its Prospectus and Statement of Additional  Information (the  "Prospectus")  and
other  governing  instruments,  as  amended  from  time to time,  and any  other
directions and policies which the Trustees may issue to the Adviser from time to
time.

                  (ii) The Adviser is authorized,  in its discretion and without
prior  consultation  with the  Fund,  to  purchase  and  sell  for each  Series,
securities  and other  investments  consistent  with the Series'  objectives and
policies.

             B.       CORPORATE MANAGEMENT SERVICES.

                  (i)  The Adviser  shall furnish for the use of the Fund office
space and all office facilities, equipment and personnel necessary for servicing
the investments of the Fund.

                  (ii) The Adviser  shall pay the  salaries of all  personnel of
the Fund and the Adviser performing  services relating to research,  statistical
and investment activities on behalf of the Fund.

             C.   PROVISION  OF   INFORMATION   NECESSARY  FOR   PREPARATION  OF
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT,  AMENDMENTS AND OTHER MATERIALS.  The Adviser will make
available and provide such information as the Fund and/or its  administrator may
reasonably  request for use in the  preparation of its  registration  statement,
reports and other documents required by any applicable federal, foreign or state
statutes or regulations.

             D.   CODE OF ETHICS.  The  Adviser  has  adopted a written  code of
ethics  complying  with the  requirements  of Rule 17j-1  under the 1940 Act and
Section  204A of the  Investment  Advisers Act of 1940 and will provide the Fund
and its  administrator,  on the  date of this  Agreement,  a copy of the code of
ethics and evidence of its adoption.  Within  forty-five (45) days of the end of
the last  calendar  quarter of each year while this  Agreement is in effect,  an
executive  officer of the Adviser shall certify to the Trustees that the Adviser
has  complied  with the  requirements  of Rule 17j-1 and Section 204A during the
previous  year and that there has been no  violation  of the  Adviser's  code of
ethics or, if such a violation has occurred,  that appropriate  action was taken
in  response  to such  violation.  Upon the  written  request of the Fund or its
administrator, the Adviser shall permit the Fund or its administrator to examine
the reports required to be made to the Adviser by Rule 17j-l(c)(l).

             E.   DISQUALIFICATION.  The Adviser  shall  immediately  notify the
Trustees of the occurrence of any event which would  disqualify the Adviser from
serving as an investment  adviser of an investment company pursuant to Section 9
of the 1940 Act or any other applicable statute or regulation.

             F.   OTHER  OBLIGATIONS  AND  SERVICES.  The Adviser shall make its
officers  and  employees  available to the Trustees and officers of the Fund for
consultation  and  discussion  regarding  the  management of each Series and its
investment activities.

                                       2
<PAGE>

         3.  EXECUTION AND ALLOCATION OF PORTFOLIO BROKERAGE.

             A.   The  Adviser,  subject to the  control  and  direction  of the
Trustees,  shall have  authority and discretion to select brokers and dealers to
execute  portfolio  transactions  for each Series,  and for the selection of the
markets on or in which the transactions will be executed.

             B.   In acting  pursuant  to  Section  3A, the  Adviser  will place
orders  through  such  brokers  or  dealers  in  conformity  with the  portfolio
transaction policies set forth in the Fund's registration statement.

             C.   It is  understood  that  neither the Fund nor the Adviser will
adopt a formula for allocation of a Series' brokerage.

             D.   It is understood that the Adviser may, to the extent permitted
by applicable laws and regulations, aggregate securities to be sold or purchased
for any Series and for other  clients of the Adviser in order to obtain the most
favorable  price and  efficient  execution.  In that  event,  allocation  of the
securities  purchased or sold, as well as expenses  incurred in the transaction,
will be made by the Adviser in the manner it considers to be the most  equitable
and  consistent  with its  fiduciary  obligations  to the Fund and to its  other
clients.

             E.   It is understood that the Adviser may, in its discretion,  use
brokers  who  provide a Series  with  research,  analysis,  advice  and  similar
services to execute  portfolio  transactions  on behalf of the  Series,  and the
Adviser may pay to those brokers in return for brokerage and research services a
higher  commission than may be charged by other brokers,  subject to the Adviser
determining in good faith that such  commission is reasonable in terms either of
the particular  transaction or of the overall  responsibility  of the Adviser to
the Series and its other  clients  and that the total  commissions  paid by such
Series will be  reasonable  in  relation to the  benefits to the Series over the
long term.

             F.   It is understood  that the Adviser may use brokers who (i) are
affiliated with the Adviser provided that no such broker will be utilized in any
transaction  in which such broker acts as principal;  and (ii) the  commissions,
fees or other  remuneration  received  by such  brokers is  reasonable  and fair
compared to the commissions fees or other  remuneration paid to other brokers in
connection with  comparable  transactions  involving  similar  securities  being
purchased or sold during a comparable period of time.

             G.   The Adviser  shall  provide  such  reports as the Trustees may
reasonably  request with respect to each Series'  total  brokerage and portfolio
transaction activities and the manner in which that business was allocated.

         4.  DELEGATION OF ADVISER'S OBLIGATIONS  AND SERVICES.  With respect to
any  or  all  Series,   the  Adviser  may  enter  into  one  or  more  contracts
("Sub-Advisory  Agreement") with a sub-adviser in which the Adviser delegates to
such sub-adviser any or all of its obligations or services  specified in Section
2 of this Agreement,  provided that each  Sub-Advisory  Agreement imposes on the
sub-adviser  bound thereby all the duties and  conditions the Adviser is subject
to

                                       3
<PAGE>

under  this  Agreement,  and further provided  that each Sub-Advisory  Agreement
meets all requirements of the 1940 Act and rules thereunder.

         5.  EXPENSES OF THE FUND.  It is understood  that the Fund will pay all
its  expenses  other than those  expressly  stated to be payable by the  Adviser
hereunder, which expenses payable by the Fund shall include, without limitation:

             A.   fees payable for administrative services;

             B.   fees payable for accounting services;

             C.   the cost of obtaining  quotations for calculating the value of
                  the assets of each Series;

             D.   interest and taxes;

             E.   brokerage  commissions,  dealer  spreads  and  other  costs in
                  connection with the purchase or sale of securities;

             F.   compensation and expenses of its Trustees other than those who
                  are "interested persons" of the Fund within the meaning of the
                  1940 Act;

             G.   legal and audit expenses;

             H.   fees   and   expenses   related   to  the   registration   and
                  qualification  of the Fund  and its  shares  for  distribution
                  under state and federal securities laws;

             I.   expenses of typesetting, printing and mailing reports, notices
                  and proxy material to shareholders of the Fund;

             J.   all other  expenses  incidental  to  holding  meetings  of the
                  Fund's shareholders, including proxy solicitations therefor;

             K.   premiums for fidelity bond and other insurance coverage;

             L.   the Fund's association membership dues;

             M.   expenses of typesetting for printing Prospectuses;

             N.   expenses of printing and distributing Prospectuses to existing
                  shareholders;

             O.   out-of-pocket   expenses   incurred  in  connection  with  the
                  provision of custodial and transfer agency service;

                                       4
<PAGE>

             P.   service  fees  payable by each Series to the  distributor  for
                  providing personal services to the shareholders of each Series
                  and   for   maintaining   shareholder   accounts   for   those
                  shareholders;

             Q.   distribution fees; and

             R.   such  non-recurring  expenses  as may arise,  including  costs
                  arising from threatened  legal actions,  suits and proceedings
                  to which the Fund is a party and the  legal  obligation  which
                  the Fund may have to indemnify  its Trustees and officers with
                  respect thereto.

         6.  COMPENSATION OF THE ADVISER.  For the services and facilities to be
             furnished  hereunder,  the  Adviser  shall  receive  advisory  fees
             calculated  at the annual rates listed along with each Series' name
             in Schedule B attached hereto.  The aggregate of such advisory fees
             for all  Series  shall be payable  monthly  as soon as  practicable
             after  the last day of each  month  based on each  Series'  average
             daily net assets.

         7.  ACTIVITIES AND AFFILIATES OF THE ADVISER.

             A.   The  services  of the Adviser to the Fund are not to be deemed
exclusive,  and the  Adviser is free to render  services to others and engage in
other activities;  provided, however, that such other services and activities do
not, during the term of this Agreement,  interfere,  in a material manner,  with
the Adviser's  ability to meet all of its obligations  with respect to rendering
services to the Fund hereunder.

             B.   The Fund  acknowledges  that the Adviser or one or more of its
"affiliated  persons" may have investment  responsibilities or render investment
advise to or perform other investment advisory services for other individuals or
entities and that the Adviser,  its "affiliated  persons" or any of its or their
directors,  officers,  agents or employees  may buy, sell or trade in securities
for its or their respective  accounts  ("Affiliated  Accounts").  Subject to the
provisions of Section 3 of this  Agreement,  the Fund agrees that the Adviser or
its "affiliated  persons" may give advice or exercise investment  responsibility
and take such other action with respect to Affiliated  Accounts which may differ
from the  advice  given or the  timing or nature of action  with  respect to the
Series of the Fund,  provided  that the  Adviser  acts in good  faith.  The Fund
acknowledges  that one or more of the Affiliated  Accounts may at any time hold,
acquire,  increase,  decrease,  dispose of or otherwise  deal with  positions in
investments in which one or more Series may have an interest.  The Adviser shall
have no  obligation  to  recommend  for any Series a position in any  investment
which an  Affiliated  Account  may  acquire,  and the Fund  shall  have no first
refusal, co-investment or other rights in respect of any such investment, either
for its Series or otherwise.

             C.   Subject  to  and  in   accordance   with  the   Agreement  and
Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Fund as currently in effect and the 1940
Act and the rules  thereunder,  it is  understood  that  Trustees,  officers and
agents of the Fund and  shareholders of the Fund are or may be interested in the
Adviser  or  its  "affiliated  persons"  as  directors,   officers,   agents  or
shareholders  of  the  Adviser  or its  "affiliated  persons";  that  directors,
officers, agents and

                                       5
<PAGE>

shareholders of the Adviser or its "affiliated persons" are or may be interested
in the Fund as trustees,  officers, agents,  shareholders or otherwise; that the
Adviser  or  its  "affiliated   persons"  may  be  interested  in  the  Fund  as
shareholders  or otherwise;  and that the effect of any such interests  shall be
governed by said Agreement and  Declaration  of Trust,  By-Laws and the 1940 Act
and the rules thereunder.

         8.  LIABILITIES OF THE ADVISER.

             A.   Except  as   provided   below,   in  the  absence  of  willful
misfeasance,  bad faith, gross negligence,  or reckless disregard of obligations
or duties hereunder on the part of the Adviser, the Adviser shall not be subject
to liability to the Fund or to any shareholder of the Fund or its Series for any
act or  omission  in the  course  of,  or  connected  with,  rendering  services
hereunder or for any losses that may be sustained  in the  purchase,  holding or
sale of any  security  or the making of any  investment  for or on behalf of the
Fund.

             B.   No provision of this  Agreement  shall be construed to protect
any Trustee or officer of the Fund, or the Adviser,  from liability in violation
of Sections 17(h), 17(i), 36(a) or 36(b) of the 1940 Act.

         9.  EFFECTIVE DATE;  TERM. This Agreement shall become effective on the
date  first  written  above and shall  remain in force for a period of two years
from  such  date,  and from  year to year  thereafter,  but only so long as such
continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Board of Trustees,
including  the  vote of a  majority  of the  Trustees  who  are not  "interested
persons"  of the Fund,  cast in person at a meeting  called  for the  purpose of
voting on such  approval,  or by vote of a majority  of the  outstanding  voting
securities.  The aforesaid  provision shall be construed in a manner  consistent
with the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

         10. ASSIGNMENT.  No "assignment" of this Agreement shall be made by the
Adviser,  and this  Agreement  shall  terminate  automatically  in event of such
assignment.  The  Adviser  shall  notify  the Fund in  writing in advance of any
proposed  change of "control" to enable the Fund to take the steps  necessary to
enter into a new advisory agreement.

         11. AMENDMENT.  This Agreement may be amended at any time,  but only by
written  agreement  between the Adviser and the Fund, which amendment is subject
to the approval of the Trustees of the Fund and, where required by the 1940 Act,
the  shareholders  of any affected Series in the manner required by the 1940 Act
and the rules thereunder.

         12. TERMINATION.  This Agreement:

             A.   may at any time be terminated  without  payment of any penalty
                  by the Fund with  respect  to any Series (by vote of the Board
                  of  Trustees  of the  Fund or by "vote  of a  majority  of the
                  outstanding  voting  securities")  on sixty (60) days' written
                  notice to the Adviser;

                                       6
<PAGE>

             B.   shall immediately terminate in the event of its  "assignment";
                  and

             C.   may be terminated with respect to any Series by the Adviser on
                  sixty (60) days' written notice to the Fund.

         13. DEFINITIONS.  As used  in this  Agreement,  the  terms  "affiliated
person," "assignment," "control," "interested person" and "vote of a majority of
the outstanding voting securities" shall have the meanings set forth in the 1940
Act and the rules and regulations  thereunder,  subject to any applicable orders
of exemption issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         14. NOTICE.  Any notice under this Agreement  shall be given in writing
addressed  and  delivered or mailed  postage  prepaid to the other party to this
Agreement at its principal place of business.

         15. SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held  or
made invalid by a court decision,  statute, rule or otherwise,  the remainder of
this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

         16. GOVERNING LAW.  To the extent that state law has not been preempted
by the  provisions  of any law of the  United  States  heretofore  or  hereafter
enacted,  as the same may be amended from time to time,  this Agreement shall be
administered,  construed  and  enforced  according  to the laws of the  state of
Delaware.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have caused this instrument to be signed
on their behalf by their  respective  officers  thereunto duly  authorized,  and
their respective seals to be hereunto affixed,  all as of the date first written
above.

                                            WT INVESTMENT TRUST I
                                            By:_________________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

                                            CRAMER ROSENTHAL MCGLYNN, LLC
                                            By:_________________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

                                       7
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A
                            DATED OCTOBER _____, 1999
                                       TO
                               ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                            DATED OCTOBER _____, 1999
                                     BETWEEN
                              WT INVESTMENT TRUST I
                                       AND
                          CRAMER ROSENTHAL MCGLYNN, LLC

                             Large Cap Value Series
                             Small Cap Value Series
                              Mid Cap Value Series

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE B
                           DATED OCTOBER _____ , 1999
                                       TO
                               ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                           DATED OCTOBER _____ , 1999
                                     BETWEEN
                              WT INVESTMENT TRUST I
                                       AND
                          CRAMER ROSENTHAL MCGLYNN, LLC

                                  FEE SCHEDULE

                                        ANNUAL FEE AS A % OF
SERIES                                  AVERAGE DAILY NET ASSETS
- ----------------------------            ----------------------------------------
Large Cap Value Series                  .55% of the Series'  first $1 billion of
                                        average  daily net  assets;  .50% of the
                                        Series' next $1 billion of average daily
                                        net  assets;  and  .45%  of the  Series'
                                        average   daily  net   assets   over  $2
                                        billion.

Small Cap Value Series                  .75% of the Series'  first $1 billion of
                                        average  daily net  assets;  .70% of the
                                        Series' next $1 billion of average daily
                                        net  assets;  and  .65%  of the  Series'
                                        average   daily  net   assets   over  $2
                                        billion.

Mid Cap Value Series                    .75% of the Series'  first $1 billion of
                                        average  daily net  assets;  .70% of the
                                        Series' next $1 billion of average daily
                                        net  assets;  and  .65%  of the  Series'
                                        average   daily  net   assets   over  $2
                                        billion.


                                                              Exhibit (d) (iv)

                               ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                                     between
                              WT INVESTMENT TRUST I
                                       and
                         ROXBURY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC

         AGREEMENT  made this  ____ day of  October,  1999,  by and  between  WT
Investment Trust I, a Delaware business trust  (hereinafter  called the "Fund"),
and Roxbury Capital  Management LLC, a limited liability  corporation  organized
under the laws of the state of ___________ (hereinafter called the "Adviser").

         WHEREAS,  the Fund is registered  under the  Investment  Company Act of
1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), as an open-end management investment company,
and  offers  for sale  distinct  series of shares of  beneficial  interest  (the
"Series"), each corresponding to a distinct portfolio; and

         WHEREAS, the Fund desires to avail itself of the services, information,
advice,  assistance and facilities of an investment  adviser on behalf of one or
more Series of the Fund, and to have that investment  adviser provide or perform
for the Series various research, statistical and investment services; and

         WHEREAS,  the Adviser is willing to furnish  such  services to the Fund
with respect to each of the Series listed on Schedule A to this Agreement on the
terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  promises  and  the  mutual
covenants herein contained, it is agreed between the parties as follows:

         1.  EMPLOYMENT OF THE ADVISER.  The Fund hereby  employs the Adviser to
invest and  reinvest the assets of the Series in the manner set forth in Section
2 of this Agreement subject to the direction of the Trustees and the officers of
the Fund, for the period, in the manner, and on the terms set forth hereinafter.
The Adviser  hereby  accepts such  employment  and agrees  during such period to
render the services and to assume the obligations  herein set forth. The Adviser
shall for all  purposes  herein be deemed to be an  independent  contractor  and
shall, except as expressly provided or authorized (whether herein or otherwise),
have no authority  to act for or  represent  the Fund in any way or otherwise be
deemed an agent of the Fund.

         2.  OBLIGATIONS  OF, AND SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED  BY, THE ADVISER.  The
Adviser  undertakes to provide the services  hereinafter set forth and to assume
the following obligations:

             A.   INVESTMENT ADVISORY SERVICES.

                  (i)  The Adviser shall direct the  investments of each Series,
subject to and in accordance with the Series' investment objective, policies and
limitations   as  provided  in  its   Prospectus  and  Statement  of  Additional
Information (the "Prospectus") and other governing

<PAGE>

instruments, as amended from time to time, and any other directions and policies
which the Trustees may issue to the Adviser from time to time.

                  (ii) The Adviser is authorized,  in its discretion and without
prior  consultation  with the  Fund,  to  purchase  and  sell  for each  Series,
securities  and other  investments  consistent  with the Series'  objectives and
policies.

             B.   CORPORATE MANAGEMENT SERVICES.

                  (i)  The Adviser  shall furnish for the use of the Fund office
space and all office facilities, equipment and personnel necessary for servicing
the investments of the Fund.

                  (ii) The Adviser  shall pay the  salaries of all  personnel of
the Fund and the Adviser performing  services relating to research,  statistical
and investment activities on behalf of the Fund.

             C.   PROVISION  OF   INFORMATION   NECESSARY  FOR   PREPARATION  OF
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT,  AMENDMENTS AND OTHER MATERIALS.  The Adviser will make
available and provide such information as the Fund and/or its  administrator may
reasonably  request for use in the  preparation of its  registration  statement,
reports and other documents required by any applicable federal, foreign or state
statutes or regulations.

             D.   CODE OF ETHICS.  The  Adviser  has  adopted a written  code of
ethics  complying  with the  requirements  of Rule 17j-1  under the 1940 Act and
Section  204A of the  Investment  Advisers Act of 1940 and will provide the Fund
and its  administrator,  on the  date of this  Agreement,  a copy of the code of
ethics and evidence of its adoption.  Within  forty-five (45) days of the end of
the last  calendar  quarter of each year while this  Agreement is in effect,  an
executive  officer of the Adviser shall certify to the Trustees that the Adviser
has  complied  with the  requirements  of Rule 17j-1 and Section 204A during the
previous  year and that there has been no  violation  of the  Adviser's  code of
ethics or, if such a violation has occurred,  that appropriate  action was taken
in  response  to such  violation.  Upon the  written  request of the Fund or its
administrator, the Adviser shall permit the Fund or its administrator to examine
the reports required to be made to the Adviser by Rule 17j-l(c)(l).

             E.   DISQUALIFICATION.  The Adviser  shall  immediately  notify the
Trustees of the occurrence of any event which would  disqualify the Adviser from
serving as an investment  adviser of an investment company pursuant to Section 9
of the 1940 Act or any other applicable statute or regulation.

             F.   OTHER  OBLIGATIONS  AND  SERVICES.  The Adviser shall make its
officers  and  employees  available to the Trustees and officers of the Fund for
consultation  and  discussion  regarding  the  management of each Series and its
investment activities.

                                       2
<PAGE>

         3.  EXECUTION AND ALLOCATION OF PORTFOLIO BROKERAGE.

             A.   The  Adviser,  subject to the  control  and  direction  of the
Trustees,  shall have  authority and discretion to select brokers and dealers to
execute  portfolio  transactions  for each Series,  and for the selection of the
markets on or in which the transactions will be executed.

             B.   In acting  pursuant  to  Section  3A, the  Adviser  will place
orders  through  such  brokers  or  dealers  in  conformity  with the  portfolio
transaction policies set forth in the Fund's registration statement.

             C.   It is  understood  that  neither the Fund nor the Adviser will
adopt a formula for allocation of a Series' brokerage.

             D.   It is understood that the Adviser may, to the extent permitted
by applicable laws and regulations, aggregate securities to be sold or purchased
for any Series and for other  clients of the Adviser in order to obtain the most
favorable  price and  efficient  execution.  In that  event,  allocation  of the
securities  purchased or sold, as well as expenses  incurred in the transaction,
will be made by the Adviser in the manner it considers to be the most  equitable
and  consistent  with its  fiduciary  obligations  to the Fund and to its  other
clients.

             E.   It is understood that the Adviser may, in its discretion,  use
brokers  who  provide a Series  with  research,  analysis,  advice  and  similar
services to execute  portfolio  transactions  on behalf of the  Series,  and the
Adviser may pay to those brokers in return for brokerage and research services a
higher  commission than may be charged by other brokers,  subject to the Adviser
determining in good faith that such  commission is reasonable in terms either of
the particular  transaction or of the overall  responsibility  of the Adviser to
the Series and its other  clients  and that the total  commissions  paid by such
Series will be  reasonable  in  relation to the  benefits to the Series over the
long term.

             F.   It is understood  that the Adviser may use brokers who (i) are
affiliated with the Adviser provided that no such broker will be utilized in any
transaction  in which such broker acts as principal;  and (ii) the  commissions,
fees or other  remuneration  received  by such  brokers is  reasonable  and fair
compared to the commissions fees or other  remuneration paid to other brokers in
connection with  comparable  transactions  involving  similar  securities  being
purchased or sold during a comparable period of time.

             G.   The Adviser  shall  provide  such  reports as the Trustees may
reasonably  request with respect to each Series'  total  brokerage and portfolio
transaction activities and the manner in which that business was allocated.

         4.  DELEGATION OF ADVISER'S OBLIGATIONS  AND SERVICES.  With respect to
any  or  all  Series,   the  Adviser  may  enter  into  one  or  more  contracts
("Sub-Advisory  Agreement") with a sub-adviser in which the Adviser delegates to
such sub-adviser any or all of its obligations or services  specified in Section
2 of this Agreement,  provided that each  Sub-Advisory  Agreement imposes on the
sub-adviser  bound thereby all the duties and  conditions the Adviser is subject
to

                                       3
<PAGE>

under  this  Agreement,  and further provided  that each Sub-Advisory  Agreement
meets all requirements of the 1940 Act and rules thereunder.

         5.  EXPENSES OF THE FUND.  It is understood  that the Fund will pay all
its  expenses  other than those  expressly  stated to be payable by the  Adviser
hereunder, which expenses payable by the Fund shall include, without limitation:

             A.   fees payable for administrative services;

             B.   fees payable for accounting services;

             C.   the cost of obtaining  quotations for calculating the value of
                  the assets of each Series;

             D.   interest and taxes;

             E.   brokerage  commissions,  dealer  spreads  and  other  costs in
                  connection with the purchase or sale of securities;

             F.   compensation and expenses of its Trustees other than those who
                  are "interested persons" of the Fund within the meaning of the
                  1940 Act;

             G.   legal and audit expenses;

             H.   fees   and   expenses   related   to  the   registration   and
                  qualification  of the Fund  and its  shares  for  distribution
                  under state and federal securities laws;

             I.   expenses of typesetting, printing and mailing reports, notices
                  and proxy material to shareholders of the Fund;

             J.   all other  expenses  incidental  to  holding  meetings  of the
                  Fund's shareholders, including proxy solicitations therefor;

             K.   premiums for fidelity bond and other insurance coverage;

             L.   the Fund's association membership dues;

             M.   expenses of typesetting for printing Prospectuses;

             N.   expenses of printing and distributing Prospectuses to existing
                  shareholders;

             O.   out-of-pocket   expenses   incurred  in  connection  with  the
                  provision of custodial and transfer agency service;

                                       4
<PAGE>

             P.   service  fees  payable by each Series to the  distributor  for
                  providing personal services to the shareholders of each Series
                  and   for   maintaining   shareholder   accounts   for   those
                  shareholders;

             Q.   distribution fees; and

             R.   such  non-recurring  expenses  as may arise,  including  costs
                  arising from threatened  legal actions,  suits and proceedings
                  to which the Fund is a party and the  legal  obligation  which
                  the Fund may have to indemnify  its Trustees and officers with
                  respect thereto.

         6.  COMPENSATION OF THE ADVISER.  For the services and facilities to be
             furnished  hereunder,  the  Adviser  shall  receive  advisory  fees
             calculated  at the annual rates listed along with each Series' name
             in Schedule B attached hereto.  The aggregate of such advisory fees
             for all  Series  shall be payable  monthly  as soon as  practicable
             after  the last day of each  month  based on each  Series'  average
             daily net assets.

         7.  ACTIVITIES AND AFFILIATES OF THE ADVISER.

             A.   The  services  of the Adviser to the Fund are not to be deemed
exclusive,  and the  Adviser is free to render  services to others and engage in
other activities;  provided, however, that such other services and activities do
not, during the term of this Agreement,  interfere,  in a material manner,  with
the Adviser's  ability to meet all of its obligations  with respect to rendering
services to the Fund hereunder.

             B.   The Fund  acknowledges  that the Adviser or one or more of its
"affiliated  persons" may have investment  responsibilities or render investment
advise to or perform other investment advisory services for other individuals or
entities and that the Adviser,  its "affiliated  persons" or any of its or their
directors,  officers,  agents or employees  may buy, sell or trade in securities
for its or their respective  accounts  ("Affiliated  Accounts").  Subject to the
provisions of Section 3 of this  Agreement,  the Fund agrees that the Adviser or
its "affiliated  persons" may give advice or exercise investment  responsibility
and take such other action with respect to Affiliated  Accounts which may differ
from the  advice  given or the  timing or nature of action  with  respect to the
Series of the Fund,  provided  that the  Adviser  acts in good  faith.  The Fund
acknowledges  that one or more of the Affiliated  Accounts may at any time hold,
acquire,  increase,  decrease,  dispose of or otherwise  deal with  positions in
investments in which one or more Series may have an interest.  The Adviser shall
have no  obligation  to  recommend  for any Series a position in any  investment
which an  Affiliated  Account  may  acquire,  and the Fund  shall  have no first
refusal, co-investment or other rights in respect of any such investment, either
for its Series or otherwise.

             C.   Subject  to  and  in   accordance   with  the   Agreement  and
Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Fund as currently in effect and the 1940
Act and the rules  thereunder,  it is  understood  that  Trustees,  officers and
agents of the Fund and  shareholders of the Fund are or may be interested in the
Adviser  or  its  "affiliated  persons"  as  directors,   officers,   agents  or
shareholders  of  the  Adviser  or its  "affiliated  persons";  that  directors,
officers, agents and

                                       5
<PAGE>

shareholders of the Adviser or its "affiliated persons" are or may be interested
in the Fund as trustees,  officers, agents,  shareholders or otherwise; that the
Adviser  or  its  "affiliated   persons"  may  be  interested  in  the  Fund  as
shareholders  or otherwise;  and that the effect of any such interests  shall be
governed by said Agreement and  Declaration  of Trust,  By-Laws and the 1940 Act
and the rules thereunder.

         8.  LIABILITIES OF THE ADVISER.

             A.   Except  as   provided   below,   in  the  absence  of  willful
misfeasance,  bad faith, gross negligence,  or reckless disregard of obligations
or duties hereunder on the part of the Adviser, the Adviser shall not be subject
to liability to the Fund or to any shareholder of the Fund or its Series for any
act or  omission  in the  course  of,  or  connected  with,  rendering  services
hereunder or for any losses that may be sustained  in the  purchase,  holding or
sale of any  security  or the making of any  investment  for or on behalf of the
Fund.

             B.   No provision of this  Agreement  shall be construed to protect
any Trustee or officer of the Fund, or the Adviser,  from liability in violation
of Sections 17(h), 17(i), 36(a) or 36(b) of the 1940 Act.

         9.  EFFECTIVE DATE; TERM. This Agreement shall become  effective on the
date  first  written  above and shall  remain in force for a period of two years
from  such  date,  and from  year to year  thereafter,  but only so long as such
continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Board of Trustees,
including  the  vote of a  majority  of the  Trustees  who  are not  "interested
persons"  of the Fund,  cast in person at a meeting  called  for the  purpose of
voting on such  approval,  or by vote of a majority  of the  outstanding  voting
securities.  The aforesaid  provision shall be construed in a manner  consistent
with the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

         10. ASSIGNMENT.  No "assignment" of this Agreement shall be made by the
Adviser,  and this  Agreement  shall  terminate  automatically  in event of such
assignment.  The  Adviser  shall  notify  the Fund in  writing in advance of any
proposed  change of "control" to enable the Fund to take the steps  necessary to
enter into a new advisory agreement.

         11. AMENDMENT.   This Agreement may be amended at any time, but only by
written  agreement  between the Adviser and the Fund, which amendment is subject
to the approval of the Trustees of the Fund and, where required by the 1940 Act,
the  shareholders  of any affected Series in the manner required by the 1940 Act
and the rules thereunder.

         12. TERMINATION.  This Agreement:

             A.   may at any time be terminated  without  payment of any penalty
                  by the Fund with  respect  to any Series (by vote of the Board
                  of  Trustees  of the  Fund or by "vote  of a  majority  of the
                  outstanding  voting  securities")  on sixty (60) days' written
                  notice to the Adviser;

                                       6
<PAGE>

             B.   shall immediately  terminate in the event of its "assignment";
                  and

             C.   may be terminated with respect to any Series by the Adviser on
                  sixty (60) days' written notice to the Fund.

         13. DEFINITIONS.   As used in this  Agreement,  the  terms  "affiliated
person," "assignment," "control," "interested person" and "vote of a majority of
the outstanding voting securities" shall have the meanings set forth in the 1940
Act and the rules and regulations  thereunder,  subject to any applicable orders
of exemption issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         14. NOTICE.  Any notice under this Agreement  shall be given in writing
addressed  and  delivered or mailed  postage  prepaid to the other party to this
Agreement at its principal place of business.

         15. SEVERABILITY.   If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or
made invalid by a court decision,  statute, rule or otherwise,  the remainder of
this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

         16. GOVERNING LAW.  To the extent that state law has not been preempted
by the  provisions  of any law of the  United  States  heretofore  or  hereafter
enacted,  as the same may be amended from time to time,  this Agreement shall be
administered,  construed  and  enforced  according  to the laws of the  state of
Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have caused this instrument to be signed on their
behalf  by their  respective  officers  thereunto  duly  authorized,  and  their
respective seals to be hereunto affixed, all as of the date first written above.

                                            WT INVESTMENT TRUST I
                                            By:_________________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

                                            ROXBURY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC
                                            By:_________________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

                                       7
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A
                            DATED OCTOBER _____, 1999
                                       TO
                               ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                            DATED OCTOBER _____, 1999
                                     BETWEEN
                              WT INVESTMENT TRUST I
                                       AND
                         ROXBURY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC

                             Large Cap Growth Series

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE B
                           DATED OCTOBER _____ , 1999
                                       TO
                               ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                           DATED OCTOBER _____ , 1999
                                     BETWEEN
                              WT INVESTMENT TRUST I
                                       AND
                         ROXBURY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC

                                  FEE SCHEDULE

                                        ANNUAL FEE AS A % OF
PORTFOLIO                               AVERAGE DAILY NET ASSETS
- ----------------------------            ----------------------------------------
Large Cap Growth Series                 .55% of the  Series'first  $1 billion of
                                        average  daily net  assets;  .50% of the
                                        Series' next $1 billion of average daily
                                        net  assets;  and  .45%  of the  Series'
                                        average   daily  net   assets   over  $2
                                        billion.



                                                                 Exhibit (d) (v)

                             CLEMENTE CAPITAL, INC.

                             SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT

         THIS  SUB-ADVISORY  AGREEMENT  is made as of the _____ day of  October,
1999,  among WT  Investment  Trust I, a Delaware  business  trust (the  "Fund"),
Wilmington Trust Company (the "Adviser"), a corporation organized under the laws
of the state of Delaware  and Clemente  Capital,  Inc. a  corporation  organized
under the laws of the state of New York (the "Sub-Adviser").

         WHEREAS,  the Fund is registered  under the  Investment  Company Act of
1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), as an open-end management  investment company
and offers for public sale distinct series of shares of beneficial interest; and

         WHEREAS,  the  International  Multi-Manager  Series (the "Series") is a
series of the Fund; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Adviser  acts as the  investment  adviser for the Series
pursuant to the terms of an Investment  Advisory  Agreement between the Fund and
the Adviser  under  which the Adviser is  responsible  for the  coordination  of
investment of the Series' assets in portfolio securities; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Adviser  is  authorized  under the  Investment  Advisory
Agreement to delegate its investment  responsibilities to one or more persons or
companies;

         NOW THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the promises and mutual covenants
herein contained, the Fund, the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser agree as follows:

1.       APPOINTMENT OF SUB-ADVISER. The Adviser and the Fund hereby appoint and
         employ the Sub-Adviser as a  discretionary  portfolio  manager,  on the
         terms and  conditions  set forth herein,  of those assets of the Series
         which the Adviser determines to assign to the Sub-Adviser (those assets
         being referred to as the "Series Account").  The Adviser may, from time
         to time,  make  additions to and  withdrawals,  including cash and cash
         equivalents, from the Series Account.

2.       ACCEPTANCE OF APPOINTMENT. The Sub-Adviser accepts its appointment as a
         discretionary  portfolio  manager  and  agrees to use its  professional
         judgment to make  investment  decisions  for the Series with respect to
         the  investments  of the Series Account and to implement such decisions
         on a timely basis in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

<PAGE>

3.       DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS.  The Adviser has furnished the Sub-Adviser  with
         copies properly certified or authenticated of each of the following and
         will promptly provide the Sub-Adviser with copies properly certified or
         authenticated of any amendment or supplement thereto:

         (a) The Series' Investment Advisory Agreement;

         (b) The  Fund's  most  recent  effective   registration  statement  and
             financial  statements  as filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange
             Commission;

         (c) The Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws; and

         (d) Any policies, procedures or instructions adopted or approved by the
             Fund's  Board of Trustees  relating  to  obligations  and  services
             provided by the Sub-Adviser.

4.       PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT  SERVICES OF THE SUB-ADVISER.  The Sub-Adviser is
         hereby  employed and  authorized  to select  portfolio  securities  for
         investment by the Series,  to purchase and to sell  securities  for the
         Series Account, and upon making any purchase or sale decision, to place
         orders for the execution of such portfolio  transactions  in accordance
         with  Sections 6 and 7 hereof and  Schedule A hereto (as  amended  from
         time to time). In providing portfolio management services to the Series
         Account,  the Sub-Adviser shall be subject to and shall conform to such
         investment  restrictions as are set forth in the 1940 Act and the rules
         thereunder,  the Internal  Revenue Code,  applicable  state  securities
         laws, applicable statutes and regulations of foreign jurisdictions, the
         supervision  and  control of the Board of  Trustees  of the Fund,  such
         specific   instructions   as  the  Board  of  Trustees  may  adopt  and
         communicate to the Sub-Adviser, the investment objective,  policies and
         restrictions of the Fund applicable to the Series furnished pursuant to
         Section 5 of this Agreement,  the provisions of Schedule A and Schedule
         B hereto and other instructions  communicated to the Sub-Adviser by the
         Adviser.  The  Sub-Adviser  is not  authorized  by the Fund to take any
         action,  including  the purchase or sale of  securities  for the Series
         Account,  in contravention of any restriction,  limitation,  objective,
         policy  or  instruction   described  in  the  previous  sentence.   The
         Sub-Adviser  shall maintain on behalf of the Fund the records listed in
         Schedule  B hereto  (as  amended  from  time to  time).  At the  Fund's
         reasonable request,  the Sub-Adviser will consult with the Fund or with
         the Adviser with respect to any decision made by it with respect to the
         investments of the Series Account.

5.       INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS.  The Fund will provide
         the Sub-Adviser  with the statement of investment  objective,  policies
         and  restrictions  applicable to the Series as contained in the Series'
         Prospectus and Statement of Additional  Information,  all amendments or
         supplements to the Prospectus and Statement of Additional  Information,
         and any  instructions  adopted  by the Board of  Trustees  supplemental
         thereto.   The  Fund  agrees,  on  an  ongoing  basis,  to  notify  the
         Sub-Adviser  in  writing  of  each  change  in  the   fundamental   and
         non-fundamental  investment policies of the Series and will provide the
         Sub-Adviser  with such further  information  concerning  the investment

                                       2
<PAGE>

         objective, policies, restrictions and such other information applicable
         thereto as the Sub-Adviser may from time to time reasonably request for
         performance of its obligations  under this Agreement.  The Fund retains
         the right,  on written  notice to the  Sub-Adviser  or the Adviser,  to
         modify any such objective,  policies or restrictions in accordance with
         applicable laws, at any time.

6.       TRANSACTION PROCEDURES. All transactions will be consummated by payment
         to  or  delivery  by  the   custodian   designated  by  the  Fund  (the
         "Custodian"),  or such  depositories  or agents as may be designated by
         the Custodian in writing,  of all cash and/or securities due to or from
         the Series Account,  and the  Sub-Adviser  shall not have possession or
         custody thereof. The Sub-Adviser shall advise the Custodian and confirm
         in writing to the Fund and to the administrator  designated by the Fund
         or any other  designated  agent of the Fund, all investment  orders for
         the Series  Account  placed by it with  brokers and dealers at the time
         and in the manner set forth in Schedule B hereto (as amended  from time
         to time).  The Fund shall issue to the Custodian such  instructions  as
         may be appropriate in connection with the settlement of any transaction
         initiated by the  Sub-Adviser.  The Fund shall be  responsible  for all
         custodial  arrangements  and the payment of all  custodial  charges and
         fees,  and,  upon giving  proper  instructions  to the  Custodian,  the
         Sub-Adviser  shall have no  responsibility or liability with respect to
         custodial  arrangements or the acts,  omissions or other conduct of the
         Custodian,   except  that  it  shall  be  the   responsibility  of  the
         Sub-Adviser  to take  appropriate  action  if the  Custodian  fails  to
         confirm in writing proper execution of the instructions.

7.       ALLOCATION  OF  BROKERAGE.  The  Sub-Adviser  shall have  authority and
         discretion to select brokers and dealers (including brokers that may be
         affiliates of the  Sub-Adviser to the extent  permitted by Section 7(c)
         hereof) to execute portfolio transactions initiated by the Sub-Adviser,
         and for the  selection  of the markets on or in which the  transactions
         will be executed,  subject to the following and subject to  conformance
         with the policies and procedures disclosed in the Fund's Prospectus and
         Statement of  Additional  Information  and the policies and  procedures
         adopted by the Fund's Board of Trustees.

         (a) In executing  portfolio  transactions,  the  Sub-Adviser  will give
             primary  consideration  to securing  the best price and  execution.
             Consistent  with this  policy,  the  Sub-Adviser  may  consider the
             financial  responsibility,  research and investment information and
             other services  provided by brokers or dealers who may effect or be
             a party to any such  transaction  or  other  transactions  to which
             other clients of the  Sub-Adviser  may be a party. It is understood
             that neither the Fund, the Adviser nor the  Sub-Adviser has adopted
             a formula  for  allocation  of the  Fund's  investment  transaction
             business.  It is also  understood that it is desirable for the Fund
             that the  Sub-Adviser  have access to  supplemental  investment and
             market  research and security  and  economic  analyses  provided by
             certain brokers who may execute brokerage  transactions at a higher
             commission to the Fund than may result when allocating brokerage to
             other  brokers  on the  basis of  seeking  the  lowest  commission.
             Therefore,  the  Sub-Adviser  is authorized to place orders for the
             purchase  and sale of  securities  for the Series with certain such
             brokers, subject

                                       3
<PAGE>

             to review by the Fund's  Board of  Trustees  from time to time with
             respect to the  extent and  continuation  of this  practice.  It is
             understood that the services provided by such brokers may be useful
             to the Sub-Adviser in connection with its services to other clients
             of the  Sub-Adviser.  The  Sub-Adviser is also  authorized to place
             orders with certain  brokers for services  deemed by the Adviser to
             be beneficial  for the Fund; and the  Sub-Adviser  shall follow the
             directions of the Adviser or the Fund in this regard.

         (b) On occasions when the  Sub-Adviser  deems the purchase or sale of a
             security to be in the best  interest of the Series as well as other
             clients  of  the  Sub-Adviser,   the  Sub-Adviser,  to  the  extent
             permitted by  applicable  laws and  regulations,  may, but shall be
             under no  obligation  to,  aggregate  the  securities to be sold or
             purchased in order to obtain the best price and execution.  In such
             event,  allocation of the  securities so purchased or sold, as well
             as  expenses  incurred  in the  transaction,  will  be  made by the
             Sub-Adviser in the manner it considers to be the most equitable and
             consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Fund in respect of
             the Series and to such other clients.

         (c) The  Sub-Adviser  agrees that it will not execute without the prior
             written approval of the Adviser any portfolio  transactions for the
             Series  Account with a broker or dealer which is (i) an  affiliated
             person of the Fund,  including the Adviser or any  Sub-Adviser  for
             any Series of the Fund; (ii) a principal  underwriter of the Fund's
             shares;  or (iii) an affiliated person of such an affiliated person
             or principal  underwriter.  The Adviser agrees that it will provide
             the Sub-Adviser with a list of such brokers and dealers.

         (d) The Adviser shall render  regular  reports to the Fund of the total
             brokerage  business  placed and the manner in which the  allocation
             has been accomplished.

8.       PROXIES.  The  Sub-Adviser  will vote all proxies  solicited by or with
         respect to issuers of securities in which assets of the Series  Account
         may be invested from time to time.  At the request of the  Sub-Adviser,
         the Adviser shall provide the Sub-Adviser with its  recommendations  as
         to the voting of such proxies.

9.       REPORTS TO THE SUB-ADVISER.  The Fund will provide the Sub-Adviser with
         such periodic  reports  concerning  the status of the Series Account as
         the Sub-Adviser may reasonably request.

10.      FEES FOR SERVICES. The compensation of the Sub-Adviser for its services
         under this  Agreement  shall be  calculated  and paid by the Adviser in
         accordance with the attached  Schedule C. Pursuant to the provisions of
         the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Fund and the Adviser, the
         Adviser  is  solely   responsible  for  the  payment  of  fees  to  the
         Sub-Adviser,  and  the  Sub-Adviser  agrees  to  seek  payment  of  the
         Sub-Adviser's fees solely from the Adviser.

                                       4
<PAGE>

11.      OTHER INVESTMENT  ACTIVITIES OF THE SUB-ADVISER.  The Fund acknowledges
         that the Sub-Adviser or one or more of its affiliated  persons may have
         investment  responsibilities  or render investment advice to or perform
         other investment  advisory  services for other  individuals or entities
         and that the Sub-Adviser, its affiliated persons or any of its or their
         directors,  officers, agents or employees may buy, sell or trade in any
         securities  for  its or  their  own  respective  accounts  ("Affiliated
         Accounts").  Subject to the provisions of Section 7(b) hereof, the Fund
         agrees that the  Sub-Adviser or its affiliated  persons may give advice
         or exercise  investment  responsibility and take such other action with
         respect to other  Affiliated  Accounts which may differ from the advice
         given or the  timing  or nature of action  taken  with  respect  to the
         Series Account,  provided that the Sub-Adviser  acts in good faith, and
         provided  further,  that it is the  Sub-Adviser's  policy to  allocate,
         within  its  reasonable  discretion,  investment  opportunities  to the
         Series  Account  over a period  of time on a fair and  equitable  basis
         relative to the Affiliated Accounts, taking into account the investment
         objective  and  policies  of the  Series  and any  specific  investment
         restrictions applicable thereto. The Fund acknowledges that one or more
         of the  Affiliated  Accounts may at any time hold,  acquire,  increase,
         decrease, dispose of or otherwise deal with positions in investments in
         which  the  Series  Account  may have an  interest  from  time to time,
         whether in transactions  which involve the Series Account or otherwise.
         The  Sub-Adviser  shall have no  obligation  to acquire  for the Series
         Account a position in any investment  which any Affiliated  Account may
         acquire,  and the Fund shall have no first  refusal,  co-investment  or
         other rights in respect of any such  investment,  either for the Series
         Account or otherwise.

12.      CERTIFICATE  OF AUTHORITY.  The Fund,  the Adviser and the  Sub-Adviser
         shall furnish to each other from time to time  certified  copies of the
         resolutions  of  their  Boards  of   Trustees/Directors   or  executive
         committees,  as the case may be,  evidencing  the authority of officers
         and employees who are authorized to act on behalf of the Fund, a Series
         Account, the Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser.

13.      LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.  The  Sub-Adviser  shall not be liable for any
         action taken,  omitted or suffered to be taken by it in its  reasonable
         judgment,  in good faith and believed by it to be  authorized or within
         the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Agreement,
         or in  accordance  with (or in the absence of) specific  directions  or
         instructions from the Fund or the Adviser, provided, however, that such
         acts or  omissions  shall  not have  resulted  from  the  Sub-Adviser's
         willful  misfeasance,   bad  faith,  gross  negligence  or  a  reckless
         disregard  of duty.  Nothing in this Section 13 shall be construed in a
         manner inconsistent with Section 17(i) of the 1940 Act.

14.      CONFIDENTIALITY.  Subject to the duty of the  Sub-Adviser,  the Adviser
         and the Fund to comply with applicable law, including any demand of any
         regulatory or taxing authority having jurisdiction,  the parties hereto
         shall  treat  as  confidential  all  material  non-public   information
         pertaining  to the Series  Account and the actions of the  Sub-Adviser,
         the Adviser and the Fund in respect thereof.

                                       5
<PAGE>

15.      ASSIGNMENT.  No  assignment  of  this  Agreement  shall  be made by the
         Sub-Adviser,  and this Agreement shall terminate  automatically  in the
         event of such assignment. The Sub-Adviser shall notify the Fund and the
         Adviser in writing  sufficiently  in advance of any proposed  change of
         control  within the  meaning of the 1940 Act to enable the Fund and the
         Adviser to take the steps  necessary to enter into a new contract  with
         the Sub-Adviser.

16.      REPRESENTATIONS,  WARRANTIES  AND  AGREEMENTS  OF THE  FUND.  The  Fund
         represents, warrants and agrees that:

         (a) The Sub-Adviser has been duly appointed by the Board of Trustees of
             the Fund to provide  investment  services to the Series  Account as
             contemplated hereby.

         (b) The Fund will deliver to the  Sub-Adviser  a true and complete copy
             of  its  then  current   Prospectus  and  Statement  of  Additional
             Information as effective from time to time and such other documents
             or  instruments  governing the investment of the Series Account and
             such other information as is necessary for the Sub-Adviser to carry
             out its obligations under this Agreement.

         (c) The Fund is currently in compliance and shall at all times continue
             to comply with the requirements imposed upon the Fund by applicable
             law and regulations.

17.      REPRESENTATIONS,  WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS OF THE ADVISER. The Adviser
         represents, warrants and agrees that:

         (a) The  Adviser has been duly  authorized  by the Board of Trustees of
             the Fund to delegate to the Sub-Adviser the provision of investment
             services to the Series Account as contemplated hereby.

         (b) The  Adviser  is  currently  in  compliance  and shall at all times
             continue to comply with the  requirements  imposed upon the Adviser
             by applicable law and regulations.

18.      REPRESENTATIONS.  WARRANTIES  AND  AGREEMENTS OF THE  SUB-ADVISER.  The
         Sub-Adviser represents, warrants and agrees that:

         (a) The Sub-Adviser is registered as an "investment  adviser" under the
             Investment  Advisers Act of 1940 ("Advisers Act") or is a "bank" as
             defined in Section 202(a)(2) of the Advisers Act.

         (b) The Sub-Adviser will maintain,  keep current and preserve on behalf
             of the Fund,  in the manner  required or permitted by the 1940 Act,
             the records  identified in Schedule B. The Sub-Adviser  agrees that
             such  records  (unless  otherwise  indicated on Schedule B) are the
             property of the Fund,  and will be surrendered to the Fund promptly
             upon  request.  The  Sub-Adviser  agrees to keep  confidential  all
             records of the Fund and  information  relating to the Fund,  unless
             the release of such

                                       6
<PAGE>

             records or information is otherwise  consented to in writing by the
             Fund or the  Adviser.  The Fund and the  Adviser  agree  that  such
             consent shall not be unreasonably  withheld and may not be withheld
             where the Sub-Adviser may be exposed to civil or criminal  contempt
             proceedings or when required to divulge such information or records
             to duly constituted authorities.

         (c) The Sub-Adviser will complete such reports concerning  purchases or
             sales of securities on behalf of the Series  Account as the Adviser
             or the Fund may from time to time require to ensure compliance with
             the  1940  Act,  the  Internal   Revenue  Code,   applicable  state
             securities laws and applicable  statutes and regulations of foreign
             jurisdictions.

         (d) The Sub-Adviser has adopted a written code of ethics complying with
             the  requirements of Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Section 204A
             of the  Advisers  Act and has  provided the Fund with a copy of the
             code of ethics and evidence of its adoption. Within forty-five (45)
             days of the end of the last  calendar  quarter  of each year  while
             this  Agreement is in effect,  the president or a vice president or
             general partner of the  Sub-Adviser  shall certify to the Fund that
             the  Sub-Adviser  has complied with the  requirements of Rule 17j-1
             and Section 204A during the  previous  year and that there has been
             no  violation  of the  Sub-Adviser's  code of ethics  or, if such a
             violation  has  occurred,  that  appropriate  action  was  taken in
             response to such  violation.  Upon the written request of the Fund,
             the Sub-Adviser  shall permit the Fund, its employees or its agents
             to examine the reports  required to be made to the  Sub-Adviser  by
             Rule 17j-1(c)(1).

         (e) The Sub-Adviser  will promptly after filing with the Securities and
             Exchange  Commission an amendment to its Form ADV furnish a copy of
             such amendment to the Fund and the Adviser.

         (f) The Sub-Adviser will immediately notify the Fund and the Adviser of
             the occurrence of any event which would  disqualify the Sub-Adviser
             from  serving as an  investment  adviser of an  investment  company
             pursuant to Section 9 of the 1940 Act or otherwise. The Sub-Adviser
             will also  immediately  notify  the Fund and the  Adviser  if it is
             served  or  otherwise   receives   notice  of  any  action,   suit,
             proceeding,  inquiry or investigation,  at law or in equity, before
             or by any court, public board or body, involving the affairs of the
             Series.

19.      AMENDMENT.  This  Agreement  may be  amended  at any time,  but only by
         written  agreement  among the  Sub-Adviser,  the  Adviser and the Fund,
         which amendment, other than amendments to Schedules A and B, is subject
         to the approval of the Board of Trustees and, to the extent required by
         the 1940 Act, the  shareholders of the Series in the manner required by
         the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder, subject to any applicable orders
         of exemption issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

                                       7
<PAGE>

20.      EFFECTIVE DATE; TERM. This Agreement shall become effective on the date
         first  written  above and shall remain in force for a period of time of
         two years from such date, and from year to year  thereafter but only so
         long as such continuance is specifically  approved at least annually by
         the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not  interested  persons
         of the  Fund,  the  Adviser  or the  Sub-Adviser,  cast in  person at a
         meeting  called for the  purpose of voting on such  approval,  and by a
         vote of the  Board of  Trustees  or of a  majority  of the  outstanding
         voting  securities of the Series.  The aforesaid  requirement that this
         Agreement  may be continued  "annually"  shall be construed in a manner
         consistent with the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

21.      TERMINATION.

         (a) This  Agreement  may be  terminated  by the  Fund (by a vote of the
             Board of  Trustees  of the Fund or by a vote of a  majority  of the
             outstanding  voting securities of the Series),  without the payment
             of any  penalty,  immediately  upon  written  notice  to the  other
             parties hereto,  in the event of a material breach of any provision
             thereof by the party so notified  or  otherwise  by the Fund,  upon
             sixty (60) days' written  notice to the other parties  hereto,  but
             any such  termination  shall not affect the status,  obligations or
             liabilities of any party hereto to the others.

         (b) This  Agreement  may  also  be  terminated  by the  Adviser  or the
             Sub-Adviser,  without the payment of any penalty  immediately  upon
             written  notice  to the  other  parties  hereto,  in the event of a
             material  breach of any provision  thereof by the party so notified
             if such  breach  shall not have been cured  within a 20-day  period
             after  notice of such  breach or  otherwise  by the  Adviser or the
             Sub-Adviser  upon  sixty  (60)  days'  written  notice to the other
             parties  hereto,  but any such  termination  shall not  affect  the
             status,  obligations  or  liabilities  of any  party  hereto to the
             others.

22.      DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Agreement, the terms "affiliated person,"
         "assignment,"  "control," "interested person," "principal  underwriter"
         and "vote of a majority of the  outstanding  voting  securities"  shall
         have  the  meanings  set  forth  in the  1940  Act  and the  rules  and
         regulations  thereunder,  subject to any applicable orders of exemption
         issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

23.      NOTICE.  Any  notice  under  this  Agreement  shall be given in writing
         addressed  and  delivered  or  mailed,  postage  prepaid,  to the other
         parties to this Agreement at their principal place of business.

24.      SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made
         invalid by a court decision,  statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder
         of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

25.      GOVERNING  LAW.  To the extent that state law is not  preempted  by the
         provisions  of any law of the United  States  heretofore  or  hereafter
         enacted, as the same may be amended

                                       8
<PAGE>

         from time to time, this Agreement shall be administered,  construed and
         enforced according to the laws of the State of Delaware.

26.      ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  This  Agreement and the Schedules  attached  hereto
         embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed, as of the day and year first written above.

                                  WT INVESTMENT TRUST I
                                  on behalf of
                                  THE INTERNATIONAL MULTI-MANAGER
                                  SERIES

                                  By: __________________________________________
                                      Robert J. Christian, President



                                  CLEMENTE CAPITAL, INC.

                                  By: __________________________________________

                                  Title: _______________________________________



                                  WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

                                  By: __________________________________________
                                      Robert J. Christian, Senior Vice President



                 SCHEDULES:       A.       Operating Procedures
                                  B.       Record Keeping Requirements
                                  C        Fee Schedule

                                       9
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A
                            DATED OCTOBER _____, 1999
                                       TO
                             SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                            DATED OCTOBER _____, 1999
                               AMONG WT INVESTMENT
                            TRUST I, WILMINGTON TRUST
                       COMPANY AND CLEMENTE CAPITAL, INC.

                              OPERATING PROCEDURES

From time to time the Adviser shall issue  written  Operating  Procedures  which
shall govern reporting of transactions and other matters so as to facilitate (i)
the monitoring of the Fund's  compliance with the  restrictions  and limitations
applicable  to the  operations of a registered  investment  company and (ii) the
preparation  of reports to the Board of  Trustees,  regulatory  authorities  and
shareholders.

                             SUBSTANTIVE LIMITATIONS

A.       The Sub-Adviser will manage the Series Account as if the Series Account
         were  a  registered   investment  company  subject  to  the  investment
         objective,  policies and limitations applicable to the Series stated in
         the Fund's Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information,  as from
         time to time in effect,  included in the Fund's registration  statement
         or a  supplement  thereto  under  the  Securities  Act of 1933  and the
         Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act"), as each may be amended
         from  time  to  time;  provided,  however,  that  if a  more  stringent
         restriction  or  limitation  than any of the  foregoing  is  stated  in
         Section  B  of  this  Schedule,   the  more  stringent  restriction  or
         limitation shall apply to the Series Account.

B.       The Sub-Adviser shall not, without the written approval of the Adviser,
         on behalf of the Series Account:

         1.  purchase securities of any issuer if such purchase would cause more
             than 3.33 % of the voting  securities  of such issuer to be held in
             the Series Account (1940 Act ss.5(b)(1); IRC* ss.851(b)(4)(a)(ii));

         2.  purchase securities if such purchase would cause:

             a.   more  than 1 % of the  outstanding  voting  stock of any other
                  investment  company to be held in the Series Account (1940 Act
                  ss.12(d)(1)(A)(i)),

- ----------------------------
* Internal Revenue Code

                                      A-1
<PAGE>

             b.   securities  issued by any other  investment  company having an
                  aggregate  value in  excess  of 5 % of the  value of the total
                  assets in the Series  Account to be held in the Series Account
                  (1940 Act ss.12(d)(1)(A)(i)),

             c.   securities issued by all other investment  companies having an
                  aggregate  value in  excess  of 10% of the  value of the total
                  assets of the Series  Account to be held in the Series Account
                  (1940 Act ss.12(d)(1)(A)(iii)),

             d.   more  than  3.33%  of  the  outstanding  voting  stock  of any
                  registered  closed-end  investment  company  to be held in the
                  Series Account,  and by any other investment company having as
                  its investment  adviser any of the Sub-Advisers,  the Adviser,
                  or  any  other  investment  adviser  to  the  Fund  (1940  Act
                  ss.12(d)(1)(C));

         3.  purchase securities of any insurance company if such purchase would
             cause more than 3.33% of the outstanding  voting  securities of any
             insurance  company  to be  held in the  Series  Account  (1940  Act
             ss.12(d)(2)); or

         4.  purchase  securities  of or any  interest  in any  person  who is a
             broker, a dealer, is engaged in the business of underwriting, is an
             investment  adviser to an  investment  company  or is a  registered
             investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 unless

             a.   such purchase is of a security of any issuer that, in its most
                  recent fiscal year,  derived 15% or less of its gross revenues
                  from securities-related  activities (1940 Act Rule 12d3-l(a)),
                  or

             b.   despite the fact that such  purchase is of any security of any
                  issuer that derived more than 15% of its gross  revenues  from
                  securities-related activities:

             (1)  immediately  after the  purchase of any equity  security,  the
                  Series  Account  would  not own  more  than 5% of  outstanding
                  securities  of that class of the  issuer's  equity  securities
                  (1940 Act Rule 12d3-1(b)(1));

             (2)  immediately  after  the  purchase  of any debt  security,  the
                  Series Account would not own more than 10% of the  outstanding
                  principal  amount of the issuer's  debt  securities  (1940 Act
                  Rule 12d3-1(b)(2)); and

             (3)  immediately after the purchase,  not more than 5% of the value
                  of the Series  Account's total assets would be invested in the
                  issuer's securities (1940 Act Rule 12d3-1(b)(3)).

C.       In the event that the number of Sub-Advisers shall vary from three (3),
         the percentage  limitations of Subsections B1, B2a, B2d, B3, B4b(1) and
         B4b(4) of this Schedule shall be

                                      A-2
<PAGE>

         adjusted (i) in the case of an increase in the number of  Sub-Advisers,
         proportionately  downward  and  (ii) in the case of a  decrease  of the
         number of Sub-Advisers, proportionately upward.

         The Adviser shall notify the  Sub-Adviser of an increase or decrease in
         the number of Sub-Advisers and the  proportionate  decrease or increase
         in the  percentages  specified  in the  subsections  enumerated  in the
         preceding sentence, but the Adviser's failure to do so shall not affect
         the operation of this Section C of this Schedule.

D.       The Sub-Adviser will manage the Series Account so that no more than 10%
         of the gross  income of the Series  Account is derived  from any source
         other than  dividends,  interest,  payments  with respect to securities
         loans (as  defined  in IRC  ss.512(a)(5)),  and gains  from the sale or
         other  disposition  of stock or securities  (as defined in the 1940 Act
         ss.2(a)(36)) or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not
         limited to, gains from options,  futures, or forward contracts) derived
         with  respect to the  Series's  business  of  investing  in such stock,
         securities, or currencies (IRC ss.851(b)(2)).

                                      A-3
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE B
                            DATED OCTOBER _____, 1999
                                       TO
                             SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                            DATED OCTOBER _____, 1999
                               AMONG WT INVESTMENT
                            TRUST I, WILMINGTON TRUST
                       COMPANY AND CLEMENTE CAPITAL, INC.

                           RECORD KEEPING REQUIREMENTS

RECORDS TO BE MAINTAINED BY THE SUB-ADVISER:

A.       (Rule  31a-l(b)(5) and (6)). A record of each brokerage  order, and all
         other portfolio purchases and sales, given by the Sub-Adviser on behalf
         of the Series Account for, or in connection  with, the purchase or sale
         of  securities,  whether  executed or  unexecuted.  Such records  shall
         include:

         1.  the name of the broker;

         2.  the terms and  conditions of the order and of any  modification  or
             cancellation thereof;

         3.  the time of entry or cancellation;

         4.  the price at which executed;

         5.  the time of receipt of a report of execution; and

         6.  the name of the person who placed the order on behalf of the Series
             Account.

B.       (Rule 31a-l(b)(9)).  A record for each fiscal quarter, completed within
         ten (10) days after the end of the quarter,  showing  specifically  the
         basis or bases (e.g.  execution  ability,  execution and research) upon
         which the  allocation  of orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio
         securities to named  brokers or dealers was effected,  and the division
         of brokerage  commissions  or other  compensation  on such purchase and
         sale orders. Such record:

         1.  shall include the consideration given to:

             a.   the sale of shares of the Fund by brokers or dealers;

             b.   the  supplying  of  services or benefits by brokers or dealers
                  to:

                  (1)  the Fund,

                                      B-1
<PAGE>

                  (2)  the Adviser,

                  (3)  the Sub-Adviser, and

                  (4)  any person other than the foregoing; and

             c.   any   other    consideration    other   than   the   technical
                  qualifications of the brokers and dealers as such;

         2.  shall show the nature of the services or benefits made available;

         3.  shall describe in detail the application of any general or specific
             formula or other determinant used in arriving at such allocation of
             purchase and sale orders and such division of brokerage commissions
             or other compensation; and

         4.  shall  show the  name of the  person  responsible  for  making  the
             determination  of such  allocation  and such  division of brokerage
             commissions or other compensation.

C.       (Rule 31a-l(b)(10)).  A record in the form of an appropriate memorandum
         identifying the person or persons, committees or groups authorizing the
         purchase or sale of portfolio  securities.  Where an  authorization  is
         made by a committee  or group,  a record  shall be kept of the names of
         its  members  who  participate  in the  authorization.  There  shall be
         retained as part of this  record:  any  memorandum,  recommendation  or
         instruction supporting or authorizing the purchase or sale of portfolio
         securities and such other  information as is appropriate to support the
         authorization.*

D.       (Rule  31a-1(f)).  Such  accounts,  books  and other  documents  as are
         required to be  maintained by  registered  investment  advisers by rule
         adopted  under Section 204 of the  Investment  Advisers Act of 1940, to
         the extent such  records are  necessary  or  appropriate  to record the
         Sub-Adviser's transactions with respect to the Series Account.

- ----------------------------
* Such information  might include:  the current Form 10-K,  annual and quarterly
reports, press releases, reports by analysts and from brokerage firms (including
their  recommendation,  i.e.,  buy,  sell,  hold)  or any  internal  reports  or
portfolio adviser reviews.

                                      B-2
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE C
                            DATED OCTOBER _____, 1999
                                       TO
                             SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                            DATED OCTOBER _____, 1999
                               AMONG WT INVESTMENT
                            TRUST I, WILMINGTON TRUST
                       COMPANY AND CLEMENTE CAPITAL, INC.

                                  FEE SCHEDULE

         For the services to be provided to the Series  pursuant to the attached
Sub-Advisory  Agreement,  the Adviser shall pay the Sub-Adviser a monthly fee in
accordance with the following formula:

Monthly Fee = (.50% x net asset value of the Sub-Adviser's Series Account on the
last business day of the month) / 12

Such fee shall be payable in arrears  within 15 business days  following the end
of each month.



                                                                Exhibit (d) (vi)
                        SCUDDER KEMPER INVESTMENTS, INC.

                             SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT

         THIS  SUB-ADVISORY  AGREEMENT  is made as of the _____ day of  October,
1999,  among WT  Investment  Trust I, a Delaware  business  trust (the  "Fund"),
Wilmington Trust Company (the "Adviser"), a corporation organized under the laws
of the state of Delaware and Scudder  Kemper  Investments,  Inc., a  corporation
organized under the laws of the state of Delaware (the "Sub-Adviser").

         WHEREAS,  the Fund is registered  under the  Investment  Company Act of
1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), as an open-end management  investment company
and offers for public sale distinct series of shares of beneficial interest; and

         WHEREAS,  the  International  Multi-Manager  Series (the "Series") is a
series of the Fund; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Adviser  acts as the  investment  adviser for the Series
pursuant to the terms of an Investment  Advisory  Agreement between the Fund and
the Adviser  under  which the Adviser is  responsible  for the  coordination  of
investment of the Series' assets in portfolio securities; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Adviser  is  authorized  under the  Investment  Advisory
Agreement to delegate its investment  responsibilities to one or more persons or
companies;

         NOW THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the promises and mutual covenants
herein contained, the Fund, the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser agree as follows:

1.       APPOINTMENT OF SUB-ADVISER. The Adviser and the Fund hereby appoint and
         employ the Sub-Adviser as a  discretionary  portfolio  manager,  on the
         terms and  conditions  set forth herein,  of those assets of the Series
         which the Adviser determines to assign to the Sub-Adviser (those assets
         being referred to as the "Series Account").  The Adviser may, from time
         to time,  make  additions to and  withdrawals,  including cash and cash
         equivalents, from the Series Account.

2.       ACCEPTANCE OF APPOINTMENT. The Sub-Adviser accepts its appointment as a
         discretionary  portfolio  manager  and  agrees to use its  professional
         judgment to make  investment  decisions  for the Series with respect to
         the  investments  of the Series Account and to implement such decisions
         on a timely basis in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

<PAGE>

3.       DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS.  The Adviser has furnished the Sub-Adviser  with
         copies properly certified or authenticated of each of the following and
         will promptly provide the Sub-Adviser with copies properly certified or
         authenticated of any amendment or supplement thereto:

         (a) The Series' Investment Advisory Agreement;

         (b) The  Fund's  most  recent  effective   registration  statement  and
             financial  statements  as filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange
             Commission;

         (c) The Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws; and

         (d) Any policies, procedures or instructions adopted or approved by the
             Fund's  Board of Trustees  relating  to  obligations  and  services
             provided by the Sub-Adviser.

4.       PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT  SERVICES OF THE SUB-ADVISER.  The Sub-Adviser is
         hereby  employed and  authorized  to select  portfolio  securities  for
         investment by the Series,  to purchase and to sell  securities  for the
         Series Account, and upon making any purchase or sale decision, to place
         orders for the execution of such portfolio  transactions  in accordance
         with  Sections 6 and 7 hereof and  Schedule A hereto (as  amended  from
         time to time). In providing portfolio management services to the Series
         Account,  the Sub-Adviser shall be subject to and shall conform to such
         investment  restrictions as are set forth in the 1940 Act and the rules
         thereunder,  the Internal  Revenue Code,  applicable  state  securities
         laws, applicable statutes and regulations of foreign jurisdictions, the
         supervision  and  control of the Board of  Trustees  of the Fund,  such
         specific   instructions   as  the  Board  of  Trustees  may  adopt  and
         communicate to the Sub-Adviser, the investment objective,  policies and
         restrictions of the Fund applicable to the Series furnished pursuant to
         Section 5 of this Agreement,  the provisions of Schedule A and Schedule
         B hereto and other instructions  communicated to the Sub-Adviser by the
         Adviser.  The  Sub-Adviser  is not  authorized  by the Fund to take any
         action,  including  the purchase or sale of  securities  for the Series
         Account,  in contravention of any restriction,  limitation,  objective,
         policy  or  instruction   described  in  the  previous  sentence.   The
         Sub-Adviser  shall maintain on behalf of the Fund the records listed in
         Schedule  B hereto  (as  amended  from  time to  time).  At the  Fund's
         reasonable request,  the Sub-Adviser will consult with the Fund or with
         the Adviser with respect to any decision made by it with respect to the
         investments of the Series Account.

5.       INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS.  The Fund will provide
         the Sub-Adviser  with the statement of investment  objective,  policies
         and  restrictions  applicable to the Series as contained in the Series'
         Prospectus and Statement of Additional  Information,  all amendments or
         supplements to the Prospectus and Statement of Additional  Information,
         and any  instructions  adopted  by the Board of  Trustees  supplemental
         thereto.   The  Fund  agrees,  on  an  ongoing  basis,  to  notify  the
         Sub-Adviser  in  writing  of  each  change  in  the   fundamental   and
         non-fundamental  investment policies of the Series and will provide the
         Sub-Adviser with such further information concerning the investment

                                       2
<PAGE>

         objective, policies, restrictions and such other information applicable
         thereto as the Sub-Adviser may from time to time reasonably request for
         performance of its obligations  under this Agreement.  The Fund retains
         the right,  on written  notice to the  Sub-Adviser  or the Adviser,  to
         modify any such objective,  policies or restrictions in accordance with
         applicable laws, at any time.

6.       TRANSACTION PROCEDURES. All transactions will be consummated by payment
         to  or  delivery  by  the   custodian   designated  by  the  Fund  (the
         "Custodian"),  or such  depositories  or agents as may be designated by
         the Custodian in writing,  of all cash and/or securities due to or from
         the Series Account,  and the  Sub-Adviser  shall not have possession or
         custody thereof. The Sub-Adviser shall advise the Custodian and confirm
         in writing to the Fund and to the administrator  designated by the Fund
         or any other  designated  agent of the Fund, all investment  orders for
         the Series  Account  placed by it with  brokers and dealers at the time
         and in the manner set forth in Schedule B hereto (as amended  from time
         to time).  The Fund shall issue to the Custodian such  instructions  as
         may be appropriate in connection with the settlement of any transaction
         initiated by the  Sub-Adviser.  The Fund shall be  responsible  for all
         custodial  arrangements  and the payment of all  custodial  charges and
         fees,  and,  upon giving  proper  instructions  to the  Custodian,  the
         Sub-Adviser  shall have no  responsibility or liability with respect to
         custodial  arrangements or the acts,  omissions or other conduct of the
         Custodian,   except  that  it  shall  be  the   responsibility  of  the
         Sub-Adviser  to take  appropriate  action  if the  Custodian  fails  to
         confirm in writing proper execution of the instructions.

7.       ALLOCATION  OF  BROKERAGE.  The  Sub-Adviser  shall have  authority and
         discretion to select brokers and dealers (including brokers that may be
         affiliates of the  Sub-Adviser to the extent  permitted by Section 7(c)
         hereof) to execute portfolio transactions initiated by the Sub-Adviser,
         and for the  selection  of the markets on or in which the  transactions
         will be executed,  subject to the following and subject to  conformance
         with the policies and procedures disclosed in the Fund's Prospectus and
         Statement of  Additional  Information  and the policies and  procedures
         adopted by the Fund's Board of Trustees.

         (a) In executing  portfolio  transactions,  the  Sub-Adviser  will give
             primary  consideration  to securing  the best price and  execution.
             Consistent  with this  policy,  the  Sub-Adviser  may  consider the
             financial  responsibility,  research and investment information and
             other services  provided by brokers or dealers who may effect or be
             a party to any such  transaction  or  other  transactions  to which
             other clients of the  Sub-Adviser  may be a party. It is understood
             that neither the Fund, the Adviser nor the  Sub-Adviser has adopted
             a formula  for  allocation  of the  Fund's  investment  transaction
             business.  It is also  understood that it is desirable for the Fund
             that the  Sub-Adviser  have access to  supplemental  investment and
             market  research and security  and  economic  analyses  provided by
             certain brokers who may execute brokerage  transactions at a higher
             commission to the Fund than may result when allocating brokerage to
             other  brokers  on the  basis of  seeking  the  lowest  commission.
             Therefore,  the  Sub-Adviser  is authorized to place orders for the
             purchase  and sale of  securities  for the Series with certain such
             brokers, subject

                                       3
<PAGE>

             to review by the Fund's  Board of  Trustees  from time to time with
             respect to the  extent and  continuation  of this  practice.  It is
             understood that the services provided by such brokers may be useful
             to the Sub-Adviser in connection with its services to other clients
             of the  Sub-Adviser.  The  Sub-Adviser is also  authorized to place
             orders with certain  brokers for services  deemed by the Adviser to
             be beneficial  for the Fund; and the  Sub-Adviser  shall follow the
             directions of the Adviser or the Fund in this regard.

         (b) On occasions when the  Sub-Adviser  deems the purchase or sale of a
             security to be in the best  interest of the Series as well as other
             clients  of  the  Sub-Adviser,   the  Sub-Adviser,  to  the  extent
             permitted by  applicable  laws and  regulations,  may, but shall be
             under no  obligation  to,  aggregate  the  securities to be sold or
             purchased in order to obtain the best price and execution.  In such
             event,  allocation of the  securities so purchased or sold, as well
             as  expenses  incurred  in the  transaction,  will  be  made by the
             Sub-Adviser in the manner it considers to be the most equitable and
             consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Fund in respect of
             the Series and to such other clients.

         (c) The  Sub-Adviser  agrees that it will not execute without the prior
             written approval of the Adviser any portfolio  transactions for the
             Series  Account with a broker or dealer which is (i) an  affiliated
             person of the Fund,  including the Adviser or any  Sub-Adviser  for
             any Series of the Fund; (ii) a principal  underwriter of the Fund's
             shares;  or (iii) an affiliated person of such an affiliated person
             or principal  underwriter.  The Adviser agrees that it will provide
             the Sub-Adviser with a list of such brokers and dealers.

         (d) The Adviser shall render  regular  reports to the Fund of the total
             brokerage  business  placed and the manner in which the  allocation
             has been accomplished.

8.       PROXIES.  The  Sub-Adviser  will vote all proxies  solicited by or with
         respect to issuers of securities in which assets of the Series  Account
         may be invested from time to time.  At the request of the  Sub-Adviser,
         the Adviser shall provide the Sub-Adviser with its  recommendations  as
         to the voting of such proxies.

9.       REPORTS TO THE SUB-ADVISER.  The Fund will provide the Sub-Adviser with
         such periodic  reports  concerning  the status of the Series Account as
         the Sub-Adviser may reasonably request.

10.      FEES FOR SERVICES. The compensation of the Sub-Adviser for its services
         under this  Agreement  shall be  calculated  and paid by the Adviser in
         accordance with the attached  Schedule C. Pursuant to the provisions of
         the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Fund and the Adviser, the
         Adviser  is  solely   responsible  for  the  payment  of  fees  to  the
         Sub-Adviser,  and  the  Sub-Adviser  agrees  to  seek  payment  of  the
         Sub-Adviser's fees solely from the Adviser.

                                       4
<PAGE>

11.      OTHER INVESTMENT  ACTIVITIES OF THE SUB-ADVISER.  The Fund acknowledges
         that the Sub-Adviser or one or more of its affiliated  persons may have
         investment  responsibilities  or render investment advice to or perform
         other investment  advisory  services for other  individuals or entities
         and that the Sub-Adviser, its affiliated persons or any of its or their
         directors,  officers, agents or employees may buy, sell or trade in any
         securities  for  its or  their  own  respective  accounts  ("Affiliated
         Accounts").  Subject to the provisions of Section 7(b) hereof, the Fund
         agrees that the  Sub-Adviser or its affiliated  persons may give advice
         or exercise  investment  responsibility and take such other action with
         respect to other  Affiliated  Accounts which may differ from the advice
         given or the  timing  or nature of action  taken  with  respect  to the
         Series Account,  provided that the Sub-Adviser  acts in good faith, and
         provided  further,  that it is the  Sub-Adviser's  policy to  allocate,
         within  its  reasonable  discretion,  investment  opportunities  to the
         Series  Account  over a period  of time on a fair and  equitable  basis
         relative to the Affiliated Accounts, taking into account the investment
         objective  and  policies  of the  Series  and any  specific  investment
         restrictions applicable thereto. The Fund acknowledges that one or more
         of the  Affiliated  Accounts may at any time hold,  acquire,  increase,
         decrease, dispose of or otherwise deal with positions in investments in
         which  the  Series  Account  may have an  interest  from  time to time,
         whether in transactions  which involve the Series Account or otherwise.
         The  Sub-Adviser  shall have no  obligation  to acquire  for the Series
         Account a position in any investment  which any Affiliated  Account may
         acquire,  and the Fund shall have no first  refusal,  co-investment  or
         other rights in respect of any such  investment,  either for the Series
         Account or otherwise.

12.      CERTIFICATE  OF AUTHORITY.  The Fund,  the Adviser and the  Sub-Adviser
         shall furnish to each other from time to time  certified  copies of the
         resolutions  of  their  Boards  of   Trustees/Directors   or  executive
         committees,  as the case may be,  evidencing  the authority of officers
         and employees who are authorized to act on behalf of the Fund, a Series
         Account, the Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser.

13.      LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.  The  Sub-Adviser  shall not be liable for any
         action taken,  omitted or suffered to be taken by it in its  reasonable
         judgment,  in good faith and believed by it to be  authorized or within
         the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Agreement,
         or in  accordance  with (or in the absence of) specific  directions  or
         instructions from the Fund or the Adviser, provided, however, that such
         acts or  omissions  shall  not have  resulted  from  the  Sub-Adviser's
         willful  misfeasance,   bad  faith,  gross  negligence  or  a  reckless
         disregard  of duty.  Nothing in this Section 13 shall be construed in a
         manner inconsistent with Section 17(i) of the 1940 Act.

14.      CONFIDENTIALITY.  Subject to the duty of the  Sub-Adviser,  the Adviser
         and the Fund to comply with applicable law, including any demand of any
         regulatory or taxing authority having jurisdiction,  the parties hereto
         shall  treat  as  confidential  all  material  non-public   information
         pertaining  to the Series  Account and the actions of the  Sub-Adviser,
         the Adviser and the Fund in respect thereof.

                                       5
<PAGE>

15.      ASSIGNMENT.  No  assignment  of  this  Agreement  shall  be made by the
         Sub-Adviser,  and this Agreement shall terminate  automatically  in the
         event of such assignment. The Sub-Adviser shall notify the Fund and the
         Adviser in writing  sufficiently  in advance of any proposed  change of
         control  within the  meaning of the 1940 Act to enable the Fund and the
         Adviser to take the steps  necessary to enter into a new contract  with
         the Sub-Adviser.

16.      REPRESENTATIONS,  WARRANTIES  AND  AGREEMENTS  OF THE  FUND.  The  Fund
         represents, warrants and agrees that:

         (a) The Sub-Adviser has been duly appointed by the Board of Trustees of
             the Fund to provide  investment  services to the Series  Account as
             contemplated hereby.

         (b) The Fund will deliver to the  Sub-Adviser  a true and complete copy
             of  its  then  current   Prospectus  and  Statement  of  Additional
             Information as effective from time to time and such other documents
             or  instruments  governing the investment of the Series Account and
             such other information as is necessary for the Sub-Adviser to carry
             out its obligations under this Agreement.

         (c) The Fund is currently in compliance and shall at all times continue
             to comply with the requirements imposed upon the Fund by applicable
             law and regulations.

17.      REPRESENTATIONS,  WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS OF THE ADVISER. The Adviser
         represents, warrants and agrees that:

         (a) The  Adviser has been duly  authorized  by the Board of Trustees of
             the Fund to delegate to the Sub-Adviser the provision of investment
             services to the Series Account as contemplated hereby.

         (b) The  Adviser  is  currently  in  compliance  and shall at all times
             continue to comply with the  requirements  imposed upon the Adviser
             by applicable law and regulations.

18.      REPRESENTATIONS.  WARRANTIES  AND  AGREEMENTS OF THE  SUB-ADVISER.  The
         Sub-Adviser represents, warrants and agrees that:

         (a) The Sub-Adviser is registered as an "investment  adviser" under the
             Investment  Advisers Act of 1940 ("Advisers Act") or is a "bank" as
             defined in Section 202(a)(2) of the Advisers Act.

         (b) The Sub-Adviser will maintain,  keep current and preserve on behalf
             of the Fund,  in the manner  required or permitted by the 1940 Act,
             the records  identified in Schedule B. The Sub-Adviser  agrees that
             such  records  (unless  otherwise  indicated on Schedule B) are the
             property of the Fund,  and will be surrendered to the Fund promptly
             upon  request.  The  Sub-Adviser  agrees to keep  confidential  all
             records of the Fund and  information  relating to the Fund,  unless
             the release of such

                                       6
<PAGE>

             records or information is otherwise  consented to in writing by the
             Fund or the  Adviser.  The Fund and the  Adviser  agree  that  such
             consent shall not be unreasonably  withheld and may not be withheld
             where the Sub-Adviser may be exposed to civil or criminal  contempt
             proceedings or when required to divulge such information or records
             to duly constituted authorities.

         (c) The Sub-Adviser will complete such reports concerning  purchases or
             sales of securities on behalf of the Series  Account as the Adviser
             or the Fund may from time to time require to ensure compliance with
             the  1940  Act,  the  Internal   Revenue  Code,   applicable  state
             securities laws and applicable  statutes and regulations of foreign
             jurisdictions.

         (d) The Sub-Adviser has adopted a written code of ethics complying with
             the  requirements of Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Section 204A
             of the  Advisers  Act and has  provided the Fund with a copy of the
             code of ethics and evidence of its adoption. Within forty-five (45)
             days of the end of the last  calendar  quarter  of each year  while
             this  Agreement is in effect,  the president or a vice president or
             general partner of the  Sub-Adviser  shall certify to the Fund that
             the  Sub-Adviser  has complied with the  requirements of Rule 17j-1
             and Section 204A during the  previous  year and that there has been
             no  violation  of the  Sub-Adviser's  code of ethics  or, if such a
             violation  has  occurred,  that  appropriate  action  was  taken in
             response to such  violation.  Upon the written request of the Fund,
             the Sub-Adviser  shall permit the Fund, its employees or its agents
             to examine the reports  required to be made to the  Sub-Adviser  by
             Rule 17j-1(c)(1).

         (e) The Sub-Adviser  will promptly after filing with the Securities and
             Exchange  Commission an amendment to its Form ADV furnish a copy of
             such amendment to the Fund and the Adviser.

         (f) The Sub-Adviser will immediately notify the Fund and the Adviser of
             the occurrence of any event which would  disqualify the Sub-Adviser
             from  serving as an  investment  adviser of an  investment  company
             pursuant to Section 9 of the 1940 Act or otherwise. The Sub-Adviser
             will also  immediately  notify  the Fund and the  Adviser  if it is
             served  or  otherwise   receives   notice  of  any  action,   suit,
             proceeding,  inquiry or investigation,  at law or in equity, before
             or by any court, public board or body, involving the affairs of the
             Series.

19.      AMENDMENT.  This  Agreement  may be  amended  at any time,  but only by
         written  agreement  among the  Sub-Adviser,  the  Adviser and the Fund,
         which amendment, other than amendments to Schedules A and B, is subject
         to the approval of the Board of Trustees and, to the extent required by
         the 1940 Act, the  shareholders of the Series in the manner required by
         the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder, subject to any applicable orders
         of exemption issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

                                       7
<PAGE>

20.      EFFECTIVE DATE; TERM. This Agreement shall become effective on the date
         first  written  above and shall remain in force for a period of time of
         two years from such date, and from year to year  thereafter but only so
         long as such continuance is specifically  approved at least annually by
         the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not  interested  persons
         of the  Fund,  the  Adviser  or the  Sub-Adviser,  cast in  person at a
         meeting  called for the  purpose of voting on such  approval,  and by a
         vote of the  Board of  Trustees  or of a  majority  of the  outstanding
         voting  securities of the Series.  The aforesaid  requirement that this
         Agreement  may be continued  "annually"  shall be construed in a manner
         consistent with the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

21.      TERMINATION.

         (a) This  Agreement  may be  terminated  by the  Fund (by a vote of the
             Board of  Trustees  of the Fund or by a vote of a  majority  of the
             outstanding  voting securities of the Series),  without the payment
             of any  penalty,  immediately  upon  written  notice  to the  other
             parties hereto,  in the event of a material breach of any provision
             thereof by the party so notified  or  otherwise  by the Fund,  upon
             sixty (60) days' written  notice to the other parties  hereto,  but
             any such  termination  shall not affect the status,  obligations or
             liabilities of any party hereto to the others.

         (b) This  Agreement  may  also  be  terminated  by the  Adviser  or the
             Sub-Adviser,  without the payment of any penalty  immediately  upon
             written  notice  to the  other  parties  hereto,  in the event of a
             material  breach of any provision  thereof by the party so notified
             if such  breach  shall not have been cured  within a 20-day  period
             after  notice of such  breach or  otherwise  by the  Adviser or the
             Sub-Adviser  upon  sixty  (60)  days'  written  notice to the other
             parties  hereto,  but any such  termination  shall not  affect  the
             status,  obligations  or  liabilities  of any  party  hereto to the
             others.

22.      DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Agreement, the terms "affiliated person,"
         "assignment,"  "control," "interested person," "principal  underwriter"
         and "vote of a majority of the  outstanding  voting  securities"  shall
         have  the  meanings  set  forth  in the  1940  Act  and the  rules  and
         regulations  thereunder,  subject to any applicable orders of exemption
         issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

23.      NOTICE.  Any  notice  under  this  Agreement  shall be given in writing
         addressed  and  delivered  or  mailed,  postage  prepaid,  to the other
         parties to this Agreement at their principal place of business.

24.      SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made
         invalid by a court decision,  statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder
         of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

25.      GOVERNING  LAW.  To the extent that state law is not  preempted  by the
         provisions  of any law of the United  States  heretofore  or  hereafter
         enacted, as the same may be amended

                                       8
<PAGE>

         from time to time, this Agreement shall be administered,  construed and
         enforced according to the laws of the State of Delaware.

26.      ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  This  Agreement and the Schedules  attached  hereto
         embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed, as of the day and year first written above.

                                  WT INVESTMENT TRUST I
                                  on behalf of
                                  THE INTERNATIONAL MULTI-MANAGER SERIES

                                  By: __________________________________________
                                      Robert J. Christian, President



                                  SCUDDER KEMPER INVESTMENTS, INC.

                                  By: __________________________________________

                                  Title: _______________________________________



                                  WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

                                  By: __________________________________________
                                      Robert J. Christian, Senior Vice President



                 SCHEDULES:       A.       Operating Procedures
                                  B.       Record Keeping Requirements
                                  C        Fee Schedule

                                       9
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A
                            DATED OCTOBER _____, 1999
                                       TO
                             SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                            DATED OCTOBER _____, 1999
                               AMONG WT INVESTMENT
                            TRUST I, WILMINGTON TRUST
                  COMPANY AND SCUDDER KEMPER INVESTMENTS, INC.

                              OPERATING PROCEDURES

From time to time the Adviser shall issue  written  Operating  Procedures  which
shall govern reporting of transactions and other matters so as to facilitate (i)
the monitoring of the Fund's  compliance with the  restrictions  and limitations
applicable  to the  operations of a registered  investment  company and (ii) the
preparation  of reports to the Board of  Trustees,  regulatory  authorities  and
shareholders.

                             SUBSTANTIVE LIMITATIONS

A.       The Sub-Adviser will manage the Series Account as if the Series Account
         were  a  registered   investment  company  subject  to  the  investment
         objective,  policies and limitations applicable to the Series stated in
         the Fund's Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information,  as from
         time to time in effect,  included in the Fund's registration  statement
         or a  supplement  thereto  under  the  Securities  Act of 1933  and the
         Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act"), as each may be amended
         from  time  to  time;  provided,  however,  that  if a  more  stringent
         restriction  or  limitation  than any of the  foregoing  is  stated  in
         Section  B  of  this  Schedule,   the  more  stringent  restriction  or
         limitation shall apply to the Series Account.

B.       The Sub-Adviser shall not, without the written approval of the Adviser,
         on behalf of the Series Account:

         1.  purchase securities of any issuer if such purchase would cause more
             than 3.33 % of the voting  securities  of such issuer to be held in
             the Series Account (1940 Act ss.5(b)(1); IRC* ss.851(b)(4)(a)(ii));

         2.  purchase securities if such purchase would cause:

             a.   more  than 1 % of the  outstanding  voting  stock of any other
                  investment  company to be held in the Series Account (1940 Act
                  ss.12(d)(1)(A)(i)),

- ----------------------------
* Internal Revenue Code

                                      A-1
<PAGE>

             b.   securities  issued by any other  investment  company having an
                  aggregate  value in  excess  of 5 % of the  value of the total
                  assets in the Series  Account to be held in the Series Account
                  (1940 Act ss.12(d)(1)(A)(i)),

             c.   securities issued by all other investment  companies having an
                  aggregate  value in  excess  of 10% of the  value of the total
                  assets of the Series  Account to be held in the Series Account
                  (1940 Act ss.12(d)(1)(A)(iii)),

             d.   more  than  3.33%  of  the  outstanding  voting  stock  of any
                  registered  closed-end  investment  company  to be held in the
                  Series Account,  and by any other investment company having as
                  its investment  adviser any of the Sub-Advisers,  the Adviser,
                  or  any  other  investment  adviser  to  the  Fund  (1940  Act
                  ss.12(d)(1)(C));

         3.  purchase securities of any insurance company if such purchase would
             cause more than 3.33% of the outstanding  voting  securities of any
             insurance  company  to be  held in the  Series  Account  (1940  Act
             ss.12(d)(2)); or

         4.  purchase  securities  of or any  interest  in any  person  who is a
             broker, a dealer, is engaged in the business of underwriting, is an
             investment  adviser to an  investment  company  or is a  registered
             investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 unless

             a.   such purchase is of a security of any issuer that, in its most
                  recent fiscal year,  derived 15% or less of its gross revenues
                  from securities-related  activities (1940 Act Rule 12d3-l(a)),
                  or

             b.   despite the fact that such  purchase is of any security of any
                  issuer that derived more than 15% of its gross  revenues  from
                  securities-related activities:

             (1)  immediately  after the  purchase of any equity  security,  the
                  Series  Account  would  not own  more  than 5% of  outstanding
                  securities  of that class of the  issuer's  equity  securities
                  (1940 Act Rule 12d3-1(b)(1));

             (2)  immediately  after  the  purchase  of any debt  security,  the
                  Series Account would not own more than 10% of the  outstanding
                  principal  amount of the issuer's  debt  securities  (1940 Act
                  Rule 12d3-1(b)(2)); and

             (3)  immediately after the purchase,  not more than 5% of the value
                  of the Series  Account's total assets would be invested in the
                  issuer's securities (1940 Act Rule 12d3-1(b)(3)).

C.       In the event that the number of Sub-Advisers shall vary from three (3),
         the percentage  limitations of Subsections B1, B2a, B2d, B3, B4b(1) and
         B4b(4) of this Schedule shall be

                                      A-2
<PAGE>

         adjusted (i) in the case of an increase in the number of  Sub-Advisers,
         proportionately  downward  and  (ii) in the case of a  decrease  of the
         number of Sub-Advisers, proportionately upward.

         The Adviser shall notify the  Sub-Adviser of an increase or decrease in
         the number of Sub-Advisers and the  proportionate  decrease or increase
         in the  percentages  specified  in the  subsections  enumerated  in the
         preceding sentence, but the Adviser's failure to do so shall not affect
         the operation of this Section C of this Schedule.

D.       The Sub-Adviser will manage the Series Account so that no more than 10%
         of the gross  income of the Series  Account is derived  from any source
         other than  dividends,  interest,  payments  with respect to securities
         loans (as  defined  in IRC  ss.512(a)(5)),  and gains  from the sale or
         other  disposition  of stock or securities  (as defined in the 1940 Act
         ss.2(a)(36)) or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not
         limited to, gains from options,  futures, or forward contracts) derived
         with  respect to the  Series's  business  of  investing  in such stock,
         securities, or currencies (IRC ss.851(b)(2)).

                                      A-3

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE B
                            DATED OCTOBER _____, 1999
                                       TO
                             SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                            DATED OCTOBER _____, 1999
                               AMONG WT INVESTMENT
                            TRUST I, WILMINGTON TRUST
                  COMPANY AND SCUDDER KEMPER INVESTMENTS, INC.

                           RECORD KEEPING REQUIREMENTS

RECORDS TO BE MAINTAINED BY THE SUB-ADVISER:

A.       (Rule  31a-l(b)(5) and (6)). A record of each brokerage  order, and all
         other portfolio purchases and sales, given by the Sub-Adviser on behalf
         of the Series Account for, or in connection  with, the purchase or sale
         of  securities,  whether  executed or  unexecuted.  Such records  shall
         include:

         1.  the name of the broker;

         2.  the terms and  conditions of the order and of any  modification  or
             cancellation thereof;

         3.  the time of entry or cancellation;

         4.  the price at which executed;

         5.  the time of receipt of a report of execution; and

         6.  the name of the person who placed the order on behalf of the Series
             Account.

B.       (Rule 31a-l(b)(9)).  A record for each fiscal quarter, completed within
         ten (10) days after the end of the quarter,  showing  specifically  the
         basis or bases (e.g.  execution  ability,  execution and research) upon
         which the  allocation  of orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio
         securities to named  brokers or dealers was effected,  and the division
         of brokerage  commissions  or other  compensation  on such purchase and
         sale orders. Such record:

         1.  shall include the consideration given to:

             a.   the sale of shares of the Fund by brokers or dealers;

             b.   the  supplying of services or benefits by  brokers or  dealers
                  to:

                  (1)  the Fund,

                                      B-1
<PAGE>

                  (2)  the Adviser,

                  (3)  the Sub-Adviser, and

                  (4)  any person other than the foregoing; and

             c.   any   other    consideration    other   than   the   technical
                  qualifications of the brokers and dealers as such;

         2.  shall show the nature of the services or benefits made available;

         3.  shall describe in detail the application of any general or specific
             formula or other determinant used in arriving at such allocation of
             purchase and sale orders and such division of brokerage commissions
             or other compensation; and

         4.  shall  show the  name of the  person  responsible  for  making  the
             determination  of such  allocation  and such  division of brokerage
             commissions or other compensation.

C.       (Rule 31a-l(b)(10)).  A record in the form of an appropriate memorandum
         identifying the person or persons, committees or groups authorizing the
         purchase or sale of portfolio  securities.  Where an  authorization  is
         made by a committee  or group,  a record  shall be kept of the names of
         its  members  who  participate  in the  authorization.  There  shall be
         retained as part of this  record:  any  memorandum,  recommendation  or
         instruction supporting or authorizing the purchase or sale of portfolio
         securities and such other  information as is appropriate to support the
         authorization.*

D.       (Rule  31a-1(f)).  Such  accounts,  books  and other  documents  as are
         required to be  maintained by  registered  investment  advisers by rule
         adopted  under Section 204 of the  Investment  Advisers Act of 1940, to
         the extent such  records are  necessary  or  appropriate  to record the
         Sub-Adviser's transactions with respect to the Series Account.

- ----------------------------
* Such information  might include:  the current Form 10-K,  annual and quarterly
reports, press releases, reports by analysts and from brokerage firms (including
their  recommendation,  i.e.,  buy,  sell,  hold)  or any  internal  reports  or
portfolio adviser reviews.

                                      B-2
<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE C
                            DATED OCTOBER _____, 1999
                                       TO
                             SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                            DATED OCTOBER _____, 1999
                               AMONG WT INVESTMENT
                            TRUST I, WILMINGTON TRUST
                  COMPANY AND SCUDDER KEMPER INVESTMENTS, INC.

                                  FEE SCHEDULE

         For the services to be provided to the Series  pursuant to the attached
Sub-Advisory  Agreement,  the Adviser shall pay the Sub-Adviser a monthly fee in
accordance with the following formula:

Monthly Fee = (.50% x net asset value of the Sub-Adviser's Series Account on the
last business day of the month) / 12

Such fee shall be payable in arrears  within 15 business days  following the end
of each month.


                                                                Exhibit (d) (vi)
                        INVISTA CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.

                             SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT

         THIS  SUB-ADVISORY  AGREEMENT  is made as of the _____ day of  October,
1999,  among WT  Investment  Trust I, a Delaware  business  trust (the  "Fund"),
Wilmington Trust Company (the "Adviser"), a corporation organized under the laws
of the state of Delaware and Scudder  Kemper  Investments,  Inc., a  corporation
organized under the laws of the state of Iowa (the "Sub-Adviser").

         WHEREAS,  the Fund is registered  under the  Investment  Company Act of
1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), as an open-end management  investment company
and offers for public sale distinct series of shares of beneficial interest; and

         WHEREAS,  the  International  Multi-Manager  Series (the "Series") is a
series of the Fund; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Adviser  acts as the  investment  adviser for the Series
pursuant to the terms of an Investment  Advisory  Agreement between the Fund and
the Adviser  under  which the Adviser is  responsible  for the  coordination  of
investment of the Series' assets in portfolio securities; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Adviser  is  authorized  under the  Investment  Advisory
Agreement to delegate its investment  responsibilities to one or more persons or
companies;

         NOW THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the promises and mutual covenants
herein contained, the Fund, the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser agree as follows:

1.       APPOINTMENT OF SUB-ADVISER. The Adviser and the Fund hereby appoint and
         employ the Sub-Adviser as a  discretionary  portfolio  manager,  on the
         terms and  conditions  set forth herein,  of those assets of the Series
         which the Adviser determines to assign to the Sub-Adviser (those assets
         being referred to as the "Series Account").  The Adviser may, from time
         to time,  make  additions to and  withdrawals,  including cash and cash
         equivalents, from the Series Account.

2.       ACCEPTANCE OF APPOINTMENT. The Sub-Adviser accepts its appointment as a
         discretionary  portfolio  manager  and  agrees to use its  professional
         judgment to make  investment  decisions  for the Series with respect to
         the  investments  of the Series Account and to implement such decisions
         on a timely basis in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

<PAGE>

3.       DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS.  The Adviser has furnished the Sub-Adviser  with
         copies properly certified or authenticated of each of the following and
         will promptly provide the Sub-Adviser with copies properly certified or
         authenticated of any amendment or supplement thereto:

         (a)      The Series' Investment Advisory Agreement;

         (b)      The Fund's most recent  effective  registration  statement and
                  financial statements as filed with the Securities and Exchange
                  Commission;

         (c)      The Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws; and

         (d)      Any policies,  procedures or instructions  adopted or approved
                  by the Fund's Board of Trustees  relating to  obligations  and
                  services provided by the Sub-Adviser.

4.       PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT  SERVICES OF THE SUB-ADVISER.  The Sub-Adviser is
         hereby  employed and  authorized  to select  portfolio  securities  for
         investment by the Series,  to purchase and to sell  securities  for the
         Series Account, and upon making any purchase or sale decision, to place
         orders for the execution of such portfolio  transactions  in accordance
         with  Sections 6 and 7 hereof and  Schedule A hereto (as  amended  from
         time to time). In providing portfolio management services to the Series
         Account,  the Sub-Adviser shall be subject to and shall conform to such
         investment  restrictions as are set forth in the 1940 Act and the rules
         thereunder,  the Internal  Revenue Code,  applicable  state  securities
         laws, applicable statutes and regulations of foreign jurisdictions, the
         supervision  and  control of the Board of  Trustees  of the Fund,  such
         specific   instructions   as  the  Board  of  Trustees  may  adopt  and
         communicate to the Sub-Adviser, the investment objective,  policies and
         restrictions of the Fund applicable to the Series furnished pursuant to
         Section 5 of this Agreement,  the provisions of Schedule A and Schedule
         B hereto and other instructions  communicated to the Sub-Adviser by the
         Adviser.  The  Sub-Adviser  is not  authorized  by the Fund to take any
         action,  including  the purchase or sale of  securities  for the Series
         Account,  in contravention of any restriction,  limitation,  objective,
         policy  or  instruction   described  in  the  previous  sentence.   The
         Sub-Adviser  shall maintain on behalf of the Fund the records listed in
         Schedule  B hereto  (as  amended  from  time to  time).  At the  Fund's
         reasonable request,  the Sub-Adviser will consult with the Fund or with
         the Adviser with respect to any decision made by it with respect to the
         investments of the Series Account.

5.       INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS.  The Fund will provide
         the Sub-Adviser  with the statement of investment  objective,  policies
         and  restrictions  applicable to the Series as contained in the Series'
         Prospectus and Statement of Additional  Information,  all amendments or
         supplements to the Prospectus and Statement of Additional  Information,
         and any  instructions  adopted  by the Board of  Trustees  supplemental
         thereto.   The  Fund  agrees,  on  an  ongoing  basis,  to  notify  the
         Sub-Adviser  in  writing  of  each  change  in  the   fundamental   and
         non-fundamental  investment policies of the Series and will provide the
         Sub-Adviser  with such further  information  concerning  the investment

                                       2
<PAGE>

         objective, policies, restrictions and such other information applicable
         thereto as the Sub-Adviser may from time to time reasonably request for
         performance of its obligations  under this Agreement.  The Fund retains
         the right,  on written  notice to the  Sub-Adviser  or the Adviser,  to
         modify any such objective,  policies or restrictions in accordance with
         applicable laws, at any time.

6.       TRANSACTION PROCEDURES. All transactions will be consummated by payment
         to  or  delivery  by  the   custodian   designated  by  the  Fund  (the
         "Custodian"),  or such  depositories  or agents as may be designated by
         the Custodian in writing,  of all cash and/or securities due to or from
         the Series Account,  and the  Sub-Adviser  shall not have possession or
         custody thereof. The Sub-Adviser shall advise the Custodian and confirm
         in writing to the Fund and to the administrator  designated by the Fund
         or any other  designated  agent of the Fund, all investment  orders for
         the Series  Account  placed by it with  brokers and dealers at the time
         and in the manner set forth in Schedule B hereto (as amended  from time
         to time).  The Fund shall issue to the Custodian such  instructions  as
         may be appropriate in connection with the settlement of any transaction
         initiated by the  Sub-Adviser.  The Fund shall be  responsible  for all
         custodial  arrangements  and the payment of all  custodial  charges and
         fees,  and,  upon giving  proper  instructions  to the  Custodian,  the
         Sub-Adviser  shall have no  responsibility or liability with respect to
         custodial  arrangements or the acts,  omissions or other conduct of the
         Custodian,   except  that  it  shall  be  the   responsibility  of  the
         Sub-Adviser  to take  appropriate  action  if the  Custodian  fails  to
         confirm in writing proper execution of the instructions.

7.       ALLOCATION  OF  BROKERAGE.  The  Sub-Adviser  shall have  authority and
         discretion to select brokers and dealers (including brokers that may be
         affiliates of the  Sub-Adviser to the extent  permitted by Section 7(c)
         hereof) to execute portfolio transactions initiated by the Sub-Adviser,
         and for the  selection  of the markets on or in which the  transactions
         will be executed,  subject to the following and subject to  conformance
         with the policies and procedures disclosed in the Fund's Prospectus and
         Statement of  Additional  Information  and the policies and  procedures
         adopted by the Fund's Board of Trustees.

         (a) In executing  portfolio  transactions,  the  Sub-Adviser  will give
             primary  consideration  to securing  the best price and  execution.
             Consistent  with this  policy,  the  Sub-Adviser  may  consider the
             financial  responsibility,  research and investment information and
             other services  provided by brokers or dealers who may effect or be
             a party to any such  transaction  or  other  transactions  to which
             other clients of the  Sub-Adviser  may be a party. It is understood
             that neither the Fund, the Adviser nor the  Sub-Adviser has adopted
             a formula  for  allocation  of the  Fund's  investment  transaction
             business.  It is also  understood that it is desirable for the Fund
             that the  Sub-Adviser  have access to  supplemental  investment and
             market  research and security  and  economic  analyses  provided by
             certain brokers who may execute brokerage  transactions at a higher
             commission to the Fund than may result when allocating brokerage to
             other  brokers  on the  basis of  seeking  the  lowest  commission.
             Therefore,  the  Sub-Adviser  is authorized to place orders for the
             purchase  and sale of  securities  for the Series with certain such
             brokers,  subject

                                       3
<PAGE>

             to review by the Fund's  Board of  Trustees  from time to time with
             respect to the  extent and  continuation  of this  practice.  It is
             understood that the services provided by such brokers may be useful
             to the Sub-Adviser in connection with its services to other clients
             of the  Sub-Adviser.  The  Sub-Adviser is also  authorized to place
             orders with certain  brokers for services  deemed by the Adviser to
             be beneficial  for the Fund; and the  Sub-Adviser  shall follow the
             directions of the Adviser or the Fund in this regard.

         (b) On occasions when the  Sub-Adviser  deems the purchase or sale of a
             security to be in the best  interest of the Series as well as other
             clients  of  the  Sub  Adviser,  the  Sub-Adviser,  to  the  extent
             permitted by  applicable  laws and  regulations,  may, but shall be
             under no  obligation  to,  aggregate  the  securities to be sold or
             purchased in order to obtain the best price and execution.  In such
             event,  allocation of the  securities so purchased or sold, as well
             as  expenses  incurred  in the  transaction,  will  be  made by the
             Sub-Adviser in the manner it considers to be the most equitable and
             consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Fund in respect of
             the Series and to such other clients.

         (c) The  Sub-Adviser  agrees that it will not execute without the prior
             written approval of the Adviser any portfolio  transactions for the
             Series  Account with a broker or dealer which is (i) an  affiliated
             person of the Fund,  including the Adviser or any  Sub-Adviser  for
             any Series of the Fund; (ii) a principal  underwriter of the Fund's
             shares;  or (iii) an affiliated person of such an affiliated person
             or principal  underwriter.  The Adviser agrees that it will provide
             the Sub-Adviser with a list of such brokers and dealers.

         (d) The Adviser shall render  regular  reports to the Fund of the total
             brokerage  business  placed and the manner in which the  allocation
             has been accomplished.

8.       PROXIES.  The  Sub-Adviser  will vote all proxies  solicited by or with
         respect to issuers of securities in which assets of the Series  Account
         may be invested from time to time.  At the request of the  Sub-Adviser,
         the Adviser shall provide the Sub-Adviser with its  recommendations  as
         to the voting of such proxies.

9.       REPORTS TO THE SUB-ADVISER.  The Fund will provide the Sub-Adviser with
         such periodic  reports  concerning  the status of the Series Account as
         the Sub-Adviser may reasonably request.

10.      FEES FOR SERVICES. The compensation of the Sub-Adviser for its services
         under this  Agreement  shall be  calculated  and paid by the Adviser in
         accordance with the attached  Schedule C. Pursuant to the provisions of
         the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Fund and the Adviser, the
         Adviser  is  solely   responsible  for  the  payment  of  fees  to  the
         Sub-Adviser,  and  the  Sub-Adviser  agrees  to  seek  payment  of  the
         Sub-Adviser's fees solely from the Adviser.

                                       4
<PAGE>

11.      OTHER INVESTMENT  ACTIVITIES OF THE SUB-ADVISER.  The Fund acknowledges
         that the Sub-Adviser or one or more of its affiliated  persons may have
         investment  responsibilities  or render investment advice to or perform
         other investment  advisory  services for other  individuals or entities
         and that the Sub-Adviser, its affiliated persons or any of its or their
         directors,  officers, agents or employees may buy, sell or trade in any
         securities  for  its or  their  own  respective  accounts  ("Affiliated
         Accounts").  Subject to the provisions of Section 7(b) hereof, the Fund
         agrees that the  Sub-Adviser or its affiliated  persons may give advice
         or exercise  investment  responsibility and take such other action with
         respect to other  Affiliated  Accounts which may differ from the advice
         given or the  timing  or nature of action  taken  with  respect  to the
         Series Account,  provided that the Sub-Adviser  acts in good faith, and
         provided  further,  that it is the  Sub-Adviser's  policy to  allocate,
         within  its  reasonable  discretion,  investment  opportunities  to the
         Series  Account  over a period  of time on a fair and  equitable  basis
         relative to the Affiliated Accounts, taking into account the investment
         objective  and  policies  of the  Series  and any  specific  investment
         restrictions applicable thereto. The Fund acknowledges that one or more
         of the  Affiliated  Accounts may at any time hold,  acquire,  increase,
         decrease, dispose of or otherwise deal with positions in investments in
         which  the  Series  Account  may have an  interest  from  time to time,
         whether in transactions  which involve the Series Account or otherwise.
         The  Sub-Adviser  shall have no  obligation  to acquire  for the Series
         Account a position in any investment  which any Affiliated  Account may
         acquire,  and the Fund shall have no first  refusal,  co-investment  or
         other rights in respect of any such  investment,  either for the Series
         Account or otherwise.

12.      CERTIFICATE  OF AUTHORITY.  The Fund,  the Adviser and the  Sub-Adviser
         shall furnish to each other from time to time  certified  copies of the
         resolutions  of  their  Boards  of   Trustees/Directors   or  executive
         committees,  as the case may be,  evidencing  the authority of officers
         and employees who are authorized to act on behalf of the Fund, a Series
         Account, the Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser.

13.      LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.  The  Sub-Adviser  shall not be liable for any
         action taken,  omitted or suffered to be taken by it in its  reasonable
         judgment,  in good faith and believed by it to be  authorized or within
         the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Agreement,
         or in  accordance  with (or in the absence of) specific  directions  or
         instructions from the Fund or the Adviser, provided, however, that such
         acts or  omissions  shall  not have  resulted  from  the  Sub-Adviser's
         willful  misfeasance,   bad  faith,  gross  negligence  or  a  reckless
         disregard  of duty.  Nothing in this Section 13 shall be construed in a
         manner inconsistent with Section 17(i) of the 1940 Act.

14.      CONFIDENTIALITY.  Subject to the duty of the  Sub-Adviser,  the Adviser
         and the Fund to comply with applicable law, including any demand of any
         regulatory or taxing authority having jurisdiction,  the parties hereto
         shall  treat  as  confidential  all  material  non-public   information
         pertaining  to the Series  Account and the actions of the  Sub-Adviser,
         the Adviser and the Fund in respect thereof.

                                       5
<PAGE>

15.      ASSIGNMENT.  No  assignment  of  this  Agreement  shall  be made by the
         Sub-Adviser,  and this Agreement shall terminate  automatically  in the
         event of such assignment. The Sub-Adviser shall notify the Fund and the
         Adviser in writing  sufficiently  in advance of any proposed  change of
         control  within the  meaning of the 1940 Act to enable the Fund and the
         Adviser to take the steps  necessary to enter into a new contract  with
         the Sub-Adviser.

16.      REPRESENTATIONS,  WARRANTIES  AND  AGREEMENTS  OF THE  FUND.  The  Fund
         represents, warrants and agrees that:

         (a) The Sub-Adviser has been duly appointed by the Board of Trustees of
             the Fund to provide  investment  services to the Series  Account as
             contemplated hereby.

         (b) The Fund will deliver to the  Sub-Adviser  a true and complete copy
             of  its  then  current   Prospectus  and  Statement  of  Additional
             Information as effective from time to time and such other documents
             or  instruments  governing the investment of the Series Account and
             such other information as is necessary for the Sub-Adviser to carry
             out its obligations under this Agreement.

         (c) The Fund is currently in compliance and shall at all times continue
             to comply with the requirements imposed upon the Fund by applicable
             law and regulations.

17.      REPRESENTATIONS,  WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS OF THE ADVISER. The Adviser
         represents, warrants and agrees that:

         (a) The  Adviser has been duly  authorized  by the Board of Trustees of
             the Fund to delegate to the Sub-Adviser the provision of investment
             services to the Series Account as contemplated hereby.

         (b) The  Adviser  is  currently  in  compliance  and shall at all times
             continue to comply with the  requirements  imposed upon the Adviser
             by applicable law and regulations.

18.      REPRESENTATIONS.  WARRANTIES  AND  AGREEMENTS OF THE  SUB-ADVISER.  The
         Sub-Adviser represents, warrants and agrees that:

         (a) The Sub-Adviser is registered as an "investment  adviser" under the
             Investment  Advisers Act of 1940 ("Advisers Act") or is a "bank" as
             defined in Section 202(a)(2) of the Advisers Act.

         (b) The Sub-Adviser will maintain,  keep current and preserve on behalf
             of the Fund,  in the manner  required or permitted by the 1940 Act,
             the records  identified in Schedule B. The Sub-Adviser  agrees that
             such  records  (unless  otherwise  indicated on Schedule B) are the
             property of the Fund,  and will be surrendered to the Fund promptly
             upon  request.  The  Sub-Adviser  agrees to keep  confidential  all
             records of the Fund and  information  relating to the Fund,  unless
             the release of such

                                       6
<PAGE>

             records or information is otherwise  consented to in writing by the
             Fund or the  Adviser.  The Fund and the  Adviser  agree  that  such
             consent shall not be unreasonably  withheld and may not be withheld
             where the Sub-Adviser may be exposed to civil or criminal  contempt
             proceedings or when required to divulge such information or records
             to duly constituted authorities.

         (c) The Sub-Adviser will complete such reports concerning  purchases or
             sales of securities on behalf of the Series  Account as the Adviser
             or the Fund may from time to time require to ensure compliance with
             the  1940  Act,  the  Internal   Revenue  Code,   applicable  state
             securities laws and applicable  statutes and regulations of foreign
             jurisdictions.

         (d) The Sub-Adviser has adopted a written code of ethics complying with
             the  requirements of Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Section 204A
             of the  Advisers  Act and has  provided the Fund with a copy of the
             code of ethics and evidence of its adoption. Within forty-five (45)
             days of the end of the last  calendar  quarter  of each year  while
             this  Agreement is in effect,  the president or a vice president or
             general partner of the  Sub-Adviser  shall certify to the Fund that
             the  Sub-Adviser  has complied with the  requirements of Rule 17j-1
             and Section 204A during the  previous  year and that there has been
             no  violation  of the  Sub-Adviser's  code of ethics  or, if such a
             violation  has  occurred,  that  appropriate  action  was  taken in
             response to such  violation.  Upon the written request of the Fund,
             the Sub-Adviser  shall permit the Fund, its employees or its agents
             to examine the reports  required to be made to the  Sub-Adviser  by
             Rule 17j-1(c)(1).

         (e) The Sub-Adviser  will promptly after filing with the Securities and
             Exchange  Commission an amendment to its Form ADV furnish a copy of
             such amendment to the Fund and the Adviser.

         (f) The Sub-Adviser will immediately notify the Fund and the Adviser of
             the occurrence of any event which would  disqualify the Sub-Adviser
             from  serving as an  investment  adviser of an  investment  company
             pursuant to Section 9 of the 1940 Act or otherwise. The Sub-Adviser
             will also  immediately  notify  the Fund and the  Adviser  if it is
             served  or  otherwise   receives   notice  of  any  action,   suit,
             proceeding,  inquiry or investigation,  at law or in equity, before
             or by any court, public board or body, involving the affairs of the
             Series.

19.      AMENDMENT.  This  Agreement  may be  amended  at any time,  but only by
         written  agreement  among the  Sub-Adviser,  the  Adviser and the Fund,
         which amendment, other than amendments to Schedules A and B, is subject
         to the approval of the Board of Trustees and, to the extent required by
         the 1940 Act, the  shareholders of the Series in the manner required by
         the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder, subject to any applicable orders
         of exemption issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

                                       7
<PAGE>

20.      EFFECTIVE DATE; TERM. This Agreement shall become effective on the date
         first  written  above and shall remain in force for a period of time of
         two years from such date, and from year to year  thereafter but only so
         long as such continuance is specifically  approved at least annually by
         the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not  interested  persons
         of the  Fund,  the  Adviser  or the  Sub-Adviser,  cast in  person at a
         meeting  called for the  purpose of voting on such  approval,  and by a
         vote of the  Board of  Trustees  or of a  majority  of the  outstanding
         voting  securities of the Series.  The aforesaid  requirement that this
         Agreement  may be continued  "annually"  shall be construed in a manner
         consistent with the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

21.      TERMINATION.

         (a) This  Agreement  may be  terminated  by the  Fund (by a vote of the
             Board of  Trustees  of the Fund or by a vote of a  majority  of the
             outstanding  voting securities of the Series),  without the payment
             of any  penalty,  immediately  upon  written  notice  to the  other
             parties hereto,  in the event of a material breach of any provision
             thereof by the party so notified  or  otherwise  by the Fund,  upon
             sixty (60) days' written  notice to the other parties  hereto,  but
             any such  termination  shall not affect the status,  obligations or
             liabilities of any party hereto to the others.

         (b) This  Agreement  may  also  be  terminated  by the  Adviser  or the
             Sub-Adviser,  without the payment of any penalty  immediately  upon
             written  notice  to the  other  parties  hereto,  in the event of a
             material  breach of any provision  thereof by the party so notified
             if such  breach  shall not have been cured  within a 20-day  period
             after  notice of such  breach or  otherwise  by the  Adviser or the
             Sub-Adviser  upon  sixty  (60)  days'  written  notice to the other
             parties  hereto,  but any such  termination  shall not  affect  the
             status,  obligations  or  liabilities  of any  party  hereto to the
             others.

22.      DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Agreement, the terms "affiliated person,"
         "assignment,"  "control," "interested person," "principal  underwriter"
         and "vote of a majority of the  outstanding  voting  securities"  shall
         have  the  meanings  set  forth  in the  1940  Act  and the  rules  and
         regulations  thereunder,  subject to any applicable orders of exemption
         issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

23.      NOTICE.  Any  notice  under  this  Agreement  shall be given in writing
         addressed  and  delivered  or  mailed,  postage  prepaid,  to the other
         parties to this Agreement at their principal place of business.

24.      SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made
         invalid by a court decision,  statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder
         of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

25.      GOVERNING  LAW.  To the extent that state law is not  preempted  by the
         provisions  of any law of the United  States  heretofore  or  hereafter
         enacted, as the same may be amended

                                       8
<PAGE>

         from time to time, this Agreement shall be administered,  construed and
         enforced according to the laws of the State of Delaware.

26.      ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  This  Agreement and the Schedules  attached  hereto
         embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed, as of the day and year first written above.

                                  WT INVESTMENT TRUST I
                                  on behalf of
                                  THE INTERNATIONAL MULTI-MANAGER SERIES

                                  By: __________________________________________
                                      Robert J. Christian, President



                                  INVISTA CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.

                                  By: __________________________________________

                                  Title: _______________________________________



                                  WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

                                  By: __________________________________________
                                      Robert J. Christian, Senior Vice President



                     SCHEDULES:   A.       Operating Procedures
                                  B.       Record Keeping Requirements
                                  C        Fee Schedule

                                       9
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A
                            DATED OCTOBER _____, 1999
                                       TO
                             SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                            DATED OCTOBER _____, 1999
                               AMONG WT INVESTMENT
                            TRUST I, WILMINGTON TRUST
                           COMPANY AND INVISTA CAPITAL
                                MANAGEMENT, INC.

                              OPERATING PROCEDURES

From time to time the Adviser shall issue  written  Operating  Procedures  which
shall govern reporting of transactions and other matters so as to facilitate (i)
the monitoring of the Fund's  compliance with the  restrictions  and limitations
applicable  to the  operations of a registered  investment  company and (ii) the
preparation  of reports to the Board of  Trustees,  regulatory  authorities  and
shareholders.

                             SUBSTANTIVE LIMITATIONS

A.       The Sub-Adviser will manage the Series Account as if the Series Account
         were  a  registered   investment  company  subject  to  the  investment
         objective,  policies and limitations applicable to the Series stated in
         the Fund's Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information,  as from
         time to time in effect,  included in the Fund's registration  statement
         or a  supplement  thereto  under  the  Securities  Act of 1933  and the
         Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act"), as each may be amended
         from  time  to  time;  provided,  however,  that  if a  more  stringent
         restriction  or  limitation  than any of the  foregoing  is  stated  in
         Section  B  of  this  Schedule,   the  more  stringent  restriction  or
         limitation shall apply to the Series Account.

B.       The Sub-Adviser shall not, without the written approval of the Adviser,
         on behalf of the Series Account:

         1.  purchase securities of any issuer if such purchase would cause more
             than 3.33 % of the voting  securities  of such issuer to be held in
             the Series Account (1940 Act ss.5(b)(1); IRC* ss.851(b)(4)(a)(ii));

         2.  purchase securities if such purchase would cause:

             a.   more  than 1 % of the  outstanding  voting  stock of any other
                  investment  company to be held in the Series Account (1940 Act
                  ss.12(d)(1)(A)(i)),

- ----------------------------
*Internal Revenue Code

                                      A-1
<PAGE>

             b.   securities  issued by any other  investment  company having an
                  aggregate  value in  excess  of 5 % of the  value of the total
                  assets in the Series  Account to be held in the Series Account
                  (1940 Act ss.12(d)(1)(A)(i)),

             c.   securities issued by all other investment  companies having an
                  aggregate  value in  excess  of 10% of the  value of the total
                  assets of the Series  Account to be held in the Series Account
                  (1940 Act ss.12(d)(1)(A)(iii)),

             d.   more  than  3.33%  of  the  outstanding  voting  stock  of any
                  registered  closed-end  investment  company  to be held in the
                  Series Account,  and by any other investment company having as
                  its investment  adviser any of the Sub-Advisers,  the Adviser,
                  or  any  other  investment  adviser  to  the  Fund  (1940  Act
                  ss.12(d)(1)(C));

         3.  purchase securities of any insurance company if such purchase would
             cause more than 3.33% of the outstanding  voting  securities of any
             insurance  company  to be  held in the  Series  Account  (1940  Act
             ss.12(d)(2)); or

         4.  purchase  securities  of or any  interest  in any  person  who is a
             broker, a dealer, is engaged in the business of underwriting, is an
             investment  adviser to an  investment  company  or is a  registered
             investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 unless

             a.   such purchase is of a security of any issuer that, in its most
                  recent fiscal year,  derived 15% or less of its gross revenues
                  from securities-related  activities (1940 Act Rule 12d3-l(a)),
                  or

             b.   despite the fact that such  purchase is of any security of any
                  issuer that derived more than 15% of its gross  revenues  from
                  securities-related activities:

             (1)  immediately  after the  purchase of any equity  security,  the
                  Series  Account  would  not own  more  than 5% of  outstanding
                  securities  of that class of the  issuer's  equity  securities
                  (1940 Act Rule 12d3-1(b)(1));

             (2)  immediately  after  the  purchase  of any debt  security,  the
                  Series Account would not own more than 10% of the  outstanding
                  principal  amount of the issuer's  debt  securities  (1940 Act
                  Rule 12d3-1(b)(2)); and

             (3)  immediately after the purchase,  not more than 5% of the value
                  of the Series  Account's total assets would be invested in the
                  issuer's securities (1940 Act Rule 12d3-1(b)(3)).

C.       In the event that the number of Sub-Advisers shall vary from three (3),
         the percentage  limitations of Subsections B1, B2a, B2d, B3, B4b(1) and
         B4b(4) of this Schedule shall be

                                      A-2
<PAGE>

         adjusted (i) in the case of an increase in the number of  Sub-Advisers,
         proportionately  downward  and  (ii) in the case of a  decrease  of the
         number of Sub-Advisers, proportionately upward.

         The Adviser shall notify the  Sub-Adviser of an increase or decrease in
         the number of Sub-Advisers and the  proportionate  decrease or increase
         in the  percentages  specified  in the  subsections  enumerated  in the
         preceding sentence, but the Adviser's failure to do so shall not affect
         the operation of this Section C of this Schedule.

D.       The Sub-Adviser will manage the Series Account so that no more than 10%
         of the gross  income of the Series  Account is derived  from any source
         other than  dividends,  interest,  payments  with respect to securities
         loans (as  defined  in IRC  ss.512(a)(5)),  and gains  from the sale or
         other  disposition  of stock or securities  (as defined in the 1940 Act
         ss.2(a)(36)) or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not
         limited to, gains from options,  futures, or forward contracts) derived
         with  respect to the  Series'  business  of  investing  in such  stock,
         securities, or currencies (IRC ss.851(b)(2)).

                                      A-3
<PAGE>

B-2

                                   SCHEDULE B
                            DATED OCTOBER _____, 1999
                                       TO
                             SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                            DATED OCTOBER _____, 1999
                               AMONG WT INVESTMENT
                            TRUST I, WILMINGTON TRUST
                           COMPANY AND INVISTA CAPITAL
                                MANAGEMENT, INC.

                           RECORD KEEPING REQUIREMENTS

RECORDS TO BE MAINTAINED BY THE SUB-ADVISER:

A.       (Rule  31a-l(b)(5) and (6)). A record of each brokerage  order, and all
         other portfolio purchases and sales, given by the Sub-Adviser on behalf
         of the Series Account for, or in connection  with, the purchase or sale
         of  securities,  whether  executed or  unexecuted.  Such records  shall
         include:

         1.  the name of the broker;

         2.  the terms and  conditions of the order and of any  modification  or
             cancellation thereof;

         3.  the time of entry or cancellation;

         4.  the price at which executed;

         5.  the time of receipt of a report of execution; and

         6.  the name of the person who placed the order on behalf of the Series
             Account.

B.       (Rule 31a-l(b)(9)).  A record for each fiscal quarter, completed within
         ten (10) days after the end of the quarter,  showing  specifically  the
         basis or bases (e.g.  execution  ability,  execution and research) upon
         which the  allocation  of orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio
         securities to named  brokers or dealers was effected,  and the division
         of brokerage  commissions  or other  compensation  on such purchase and
         sale orders. Such record:

         1.  shall include the consideration given to:

             a.   the sale of shares of the Fund by brokers or dealers;

             b.   the  supplying of services or benefits  by brokers or  dealers
                  to:

                                      B-1
<PAGE>

                  (1)  the Fund,

                  (2)  the Adviser,

                  (3)  the Sub-Adviser, and

                  (4)  any person other than the foregoing; and

             c.   any   other    consideration    other   than   the   technical
                  qualifications of the brokers and dealers as such;

         2.  shall show the nature of the services or benefits made available;

         3.  shall describe in detail the application of any general or specific
             formula or other determinant used in arriving at such allocation of
             purchase and sale orders and such division of brokerage commissions
             or other compensation; and

         4.  shall  show the  name of the  person  responsible  for  making  the
             determination  of such  allocation  and such  division of brokerage
             commissions or other compensation.

C.       (Rule 31a-l(b)(10)).  A record in the form of an appropriate memorandum
         identifying the person or persons, committees or groups authorizing the
         purchase or sale of portfolio  securities.  Where an  authorization  is
         made by a committee  or group,  a record  shall be kept of the names of
         its  members  who  participate  in the  authorization.  There  shall be
         retained as part of this  record:  any  memorandum,  recommendation  or
         instruction supporting or authorizing the purchase or sale of portfolio
         securities and such other  information as is appropriate to support the
         authorization.*

D.       (Rule  31a-1(f)).  Such  accounts,  books  and other  documents  as are
         required to be  maintained by  registered  investment  advisers by rule
         adopted  under Section 204 of the  Investment  Advisers Act of 1940, to
         the extent such  records are  necessary  or  appropriate  to record the
         Sub-Adviser's transactions with respect to the Series Account.

- ----------------------------
* Such information  might include:  the current Form 10-K,  annual and quarterly
reports, press releases, reports by analysts and from brokerage firms (including
their  recommendation,  i.e.,  buy,  sell,  hold)  or any  internal  reports  or
portfolio adviser reviews.

                                      B-2
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE C
                            DATED OCTOBER _____, 1999
                                       TO
                             SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                            DATED OCTOBER _____, 1999
                               AMONG WT INVESTMENT
                            TRUST I, WILMINGTON TRUST
                           COMPANY AND INVISTA CAPITAL
                                MANAGEMENT, INC.

                                  FEE SCHEDULE

         For the services to be provided to the Series  pursuant to the attached
Sub-Advisory  Agreement,  the Adviser shall pay the Sub-Adviser a monthly fee in
accordance with the following formula:

Monthly Fee = (.50% x net asset value of the Sub-Adviser's Series Account on the
last business day of the month) / 12

Such fee shall be payable in arrears  within 15 business days  following the end
of each month.



                                                                Exhibit (g) (ii)
                               CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

         AGREEMENT dated as of______________, between BANKERS TRUST COMPANY (the
"Custodian") and [Name of customer] (the "Customer").

         WHEREAS,  the  Customer  may be  organized  with one or more  series of
shares,  each of which shall  represent  an interest in a separate  portfolio of
Securities  and Cash  (each as  hereinafter  defined)  (all  such  existing  and
additional series now or hereafter listed on Exhibit A being hereafter  referred
to individually as a "Portfolio" and collectively, as the "Portfolios"); and

         WHEREAS,  the Customer desires to appoint the Custodian as custodian on
behalf  of the  Portfolios  under the  terms  and  conditions  set forth in this
Agreement, and the Custodian has agreed to so act as custodian.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements
herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1.       EMPLOYMENT  OF  CUSTODIAN.  The  Customer  hereby  employs the
Custodian as custodian of all assets of each  Portfolio  which are  delivered to
and accepted by the  Custodian or any  Subcustodian  (as that term is defined in
Section  4) (the  "Property")  pursuant  to the terms and  conditions  set forth
herein. For purposes of this Agreement, "delivery" of Property shall include the
acquisition of a security  entitlement  (as that term is defined in the New York
Uniform Commercial Code ("UCC")) with respect thereto. Without limitation,  such
Property  shall  include  stocks  and  other  equity  interests  of every  type,
evidences of  indebtedness,  other  instruments  representing  same or rights or
obligations  to  receive,  purchase,  deliver  or sell same and  other  non-cash
investment  property of a Portfolio  ("Securities") and cash from any source and
in any currency  ("Cash"),  provided that the Custodian shall have the right, in
its sole discretion, to refuse to accept as Property any property of a Portfolio
that the Custodian considers not to be appropriate or in proper form for deposit
for any reason.  The Custodian  shall not be  responsible  for any property of a
Portfolio  held or received by the  Customer or others and not  delivered to the
Custodian or any Subcustodian.

         2.       MAINTENANCE   OF   SECURITIES   AND  CASH  AT  CUSTODIAN   AND
SUBCUSTODIAN LOCATIONS. Pursuant to Instructions,  the Customer shall direct the
Custodian to (a) settle Securities transactions and maintain cash in the country
or other  jurisdiction in which the principal trading market for such Securities
is located,  where such Securities are to be presented for payment or where such
Securities  are  acquired  and (b) maintain  cash and cash  equivalents  in such
countries in amounts reasonably necessary to effect the Customer's  transactions
in such  Securities.  Instructions  to  settle  Securities  transactions  in any
country shall be deemed to authorize the holding of such  Securities and Cash in
that country.

         3.       CUSTODY  ACCOUNT.   The  Custodian  agrees  to  establish  and
maintain  one or more  custody  accounts  on its  books  each  in the  name of a
Portfolio  (each,  an  "Account")  for any and all  Property  from  time to time
received and accepted by the  Custodian or any  Subcustodian  for the account of
such Portfolio. Upon delivery by the Customer to the Custodian of any acceptable
Property belonging to a Portfolio, the

<PAGE>

Customer  shall,  by  Instructions  (as  hereinafter  defined  in  Section  15),
specifically  indicate which Portfolio such Property belongs or if such Property
belongs  to  more  than  one  Portfolio  shall  allocate  such  Property  to the
appropriate  Portfolio,  and the Custodian  shall  allocate such Property to the
Accounts in  accordance  with the  Instructions.  The Customer on behalf of each
Portfolio,  acknowledges  its  responsibility  as a  principal  for  all  of its
obligations to the Custodian arising under or in connection with this Agreement,
warrants  its  authority  to deposit in the  appropriate  Account  any  Property
received  therefor by the Custodian or a Subcustodian and to give, and authorize
others  to give,  instructions  relative  thereto.  The  Custodian  may  deliver
securities of the same class in place of those deposited in the Account.

         The Custodian  shall hold,  keep safe and protect as custodian for each
Account,  on behalf of the  Customer,  all  Property in such Account and, to the
extent such Property  constitutes  financial assets for purposes of the New York
UCC,  shall  maintain  those  financial  assets  in  such  Account  as  security
entitlements  in favor of the Portfolio in whose name the Account is maintained.
All transactions,  including, but not limited to, foreign exchange transactions,
involving the Property  shall be executed or settled  solely in accordance  with
Instructions  (which  shall  specifically  reference  the Account for which such
transaction  is  being  settled),  except  that  until  the  Custodian  receives
Instructions to the contrary, the Custodian will:

         (a)      collect all  interest and  dividends  and all other income and
                  payments, whether paid in cash or in kind, on the Property, as
                  the same become payable and credit the same to the appropriate
                  Account;

         (b)      present for payment all  Securities  held in an Account  which
                  are called,  redeemed or retired or otherwise  become  payable
                  and all coupons and other  income items which call for payment
                  upon   presentation  to  the  extent  that  the  Custodian  or
                  Subcustodian is actually aware of such  opportunities and hold
                  the cash received in such Account pursuant to this Agreement;

         (c)      (i)   exchange   Securities   where  the  exchange  is  purely
                  ministerial  (including,  without limitation,  the exchange of
                  temporary  securities  for  those in  definitive  form and the
                  exchange of warrants,  or other  documents of  entitlement  to
                  securities,  for the  Securities  themselves)  and  (ii)  when
                  notification  of  a  tender  or  exchange  offer  (other  than
                  ministerial  exchanges described in (i) above) is received for
                  an Account, endeavor to receive Instructions, provided that if
                  such  Instructions  are not received in time for the Custodian
                  to take timely  action,  no action shall be taken with respect
                  thereto;

         (d)      whenever  notification of a rights entitlement or a fractional
                  interest  resulting  from a rights  issue,  stock  dividend or
                  stock  split  is  received  for an  Account  and  such  rights
                  entitlement or fractional  interest bears an expiration  date,
                  if after endeavoring to obtain  Instructions such Instructions
                  are not  received  in time for the  Custodian  to take  timely
                  action or if actual  notice of such  actions was  received too
                  late  to seek  Instructions,  sell  in the  discretion  of the
                  Custodian  (which  sale the  Customer  hereby  authorizes  the
                  Custodian  to make)  such  rights  entitlement  or  fractional
                  interest  and credit the Account with the net proceeds of such
                  sale;

         (e)      execute in the  Customer's  name for an Account,  whenever the
                  Custodian  deems it  appropriate,  such  ownership  and  other
                  certificates  as may be  required  to obtain  the  payment  of
                  income from the Property in such Account;

                                                                               2
<PAGE>

         (f)      pay for each  Account,  any and all  taxes  and  levies in the
                  nature  of  taxes  imposed  on  interest,  dividends  or other
                  similar  income  on  the  Property  in  such  Account  by  any
                  governmental  authority.  In the event  there is  insufficient
                  Cash  available  in such Account to pay such taxes and levies,
                  the  Custodian  shall notify the Customer of the amount of the
                  shortfall  and  the  Customer,  at  its  option,  may  deposit
                  additional  Cash  in  such  Account  or  take  steps  to  have
                  sufficient Cash available.  The Customer  agrees,  when and if
                  requested by the Custodian and required in connection with the
                  payment of any such taxes to cooperate  with the  Custodian in
                  furnishing information, executing documents or otherwise; and

         (g)      appoint   brokers  and  agents  for  any  of  the  ministerial
                  transactions  involving the Securities described in (a) - (f),
                  including, without limitation,  affiliates of the Custodian or
                  any Subcustodian.

         4.       SUBCUSTODIANS AND SECURITIES SYSTEMS.  The Customer authorizes
and instructs the Custodian to maintain the Property in each Account directly in
one of its U.S. branches or indirectly  through custody accounts which have been
established by the Custodian with the following other securities intermediaries:
(a) another U.S.  bank or trust  company or branch  thereof  located in the U.S.
which is itself  qualified under the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended
("1940 Act"), to act as custodian (individually,  a "U.S.  Subcustodian"),  or a
U.S.  securities  depository or clearing agency or system in which the Custodian
or a U.S. Subcustodian participates  (individually,  a "U.S. Securities System")
or (b) one of its non-U.S. branches or majority-owned non-U.S.  subsidiaries,  a
non-U.S.  branch or majority-owned  subsidiary of a U.S. bank or a non-U.S. bank
or trust company, acting as custodian (individually, a "non-U.S.  Subcustodian";
U.S. Subcustodians and non-U.S. Subcustodians,  collectively,  "Subcustodians"),
or a non-U.S.  depository or clearing agency or system in which the Custodian or
any Subcustodian  participates  (individually,  a "non-U.S.  Securities System";
U.S. Securities System and non-U.S. Securities System, collectively,  Securities
System"),  PROVIDED  that in  each  case in  which a U.S.  Subcustodian  or U.S.
Securities System is employed, each such Subcustodian or Securities System shall
have been approved by Instructions;  PROVIDED FURTHER that in each case in which
a non-U.S.  Subcustodian  or non-U.S.  Securities  System is employed,  (a) such
Subcustodian  or  Securities  System  either is (i) a "qualified  U.S.  bank" as
defined by Rule 17f-5  under the 1940 Act  ("Rule  17f-5") or (ii) an  "eligible
foreign  custodian"  within the  meaning of Rule 17f-5 or such  Subcustodian  or
Securities System is the subject of an order granted by the U.S.  Securities and
Exchange Commission ("SEC") exempting such agent or the subcustody  arrangements
thereto from all or part of the  provisions  of Rule 17f-5 and (b) the agreement
between  the  Custodian  and such  non-U.S.  Subcustodian  has been  approved by
Instructions;  it being understood that the Custodian shall have no liability or
responsibility  for  determining  whether the  approval of any  Subcustodian  or
Securities  System has been proper under the 1940 Act or any rule or  regulation
thereunder.

         Upon  receipt  of  Instructions,  the  Custodian  agrees  to cease  the
employment  of  any  Subcustodian  or  Securities  System  with  respect  to the
Customer, and if desirable and practicable,  appoint a replacement  Subcustodian
or securities  system in  accordance  with the  provisions  of this Section.  In
addition,  the  Custodian  may,  at any  time in its  discretion,  upon  written
notification  to the Customer,  terminate the employment of any  Subcustodian or
Securities System.

         Upon  request  of the  Customer,  the  Custodian  shall  deliver to the
Customer  annually a  certificate  stating:  (a) the  identity of each  non-U.S.
Subcustodian  and  non-U.S.  Securities  System  then  acting  on  behalf of the
Custodian  and  the  name  and  address  of the  governmental  agency  or  other
regulatory authority

                                                                               3
<PAGE>

that supervises or regulates such non-U.S  Subcustodian and non-U.S.  Securities
System;  (b) the  countries  in which each  non-U.S.  Subcustodian  or  non-U.S.
Securities  System  is  located;  and (c) so long as  Rule  17f-5  requires  the
Customer's   Board  of  Trustees  to  directly   approve  its  foreign   custody
arrangements, such other information relating to such non-U.S. Subcustodians and
non-U.S.  Securities  Systems as may  reasonably be requested by the Customer to
ensure compliance with Rule 17f-5. So long as Rule 17f-5 requires the Customer's
Board of Trustees to directly  approve  its foreign  custody  arrangements,  the
Custodian  also shall furnish  annually to the Customer  information  concerning
such non-U.S.  Subcustodians and non-U.S. Securities Systems similar in kind and
scope as that furnished to the Customer in connection with the initial  approval
of this Agreement.  Custodian  agrees to promptly notify the Customer if, in the
normal course of its custodial  activities,  the Custodian has reason to believe
that any non-U.S.  Subcustodian or non-U.S. Securities System has ceased to be a
qualified U.S. bank or an eligible foreign  custodian each within the meaning of
Rule 17f-5 or has ceased to be subject to an exemptive order from the SEC.

         5.       USE OF  SUBCUSTODIAN.  With  respect to Property in an Account
which is maintained by the Custodian through a Subcustodian employed pursuant to
Section 4:

         (a)      The  Custodian  will identify on its books as belonging to the
                  Customer on behalf of a  Portfolio,  any  Property  maintained
                  through such Subcustodian.

         (b)      Any  Property in the Account  held by a  Subcustodian  will be
                  subject  only  to the  instructions  of the  Custodian  or its
                  agents.

         (c)      Property  deposited with a Subcustodian  will be maintained in
                  an account holding only assets for customers of the Custodian.

         (d)      Any agreement  the Custodian  shall enter into with a non-U.S.
                  Subcustodian  with  respect  to  maintaining   Property  shall
                  require that (i) the Account will be adequately indemnified or
                  its  losses  adequately   insured;   (ii)  the  Securities  so
                  maintained  are not  subject  to any right,  charge,  security
                  interest,  lien  or  claim  of  any  kind  in  favor  of  such
                  Subcustodian  or its  creditors  except a claim for payment in
                  accordance  with such  agreement  for their  safe  custody  or
                  administration and expenses related thereto,  (iii) beneficial
                  ownership of such  Securities be freely  transferable  without
                  the payment of money or value  other than for safe  custody or
                  administration  and expenses  related  thereto,  (iv) adequate
                  records will be maintained identifying the Property maintained
                  pursuant to such Agreement as belonging to the  Custodian,  on
                  behalf of its  customers  and (v) to the extent  permitted  by
                  applicable law,  officers of or auditors employed by, or other
                  representatives of or designated by, the Custodian,  including
                  the  independent  public  accountants of or designated by, the
                  Customer  be given  access to the books  and  records  of such
                  Subcustodian  relating  to its  actions  under  its  agreement
                  pertaining  to any Property  maintained  by it  thereunder  or
                  confirmation  of or  pertinent  information  contained in such
                  books and records be furnished to such persons  designated  by
                  the Custodian.

         6.       USE OF  SECURITIES  SYSTEM.  With  respect to  Property in the
Account(s)  which is maintained by the Custodian or any  Subcustodian  through a
Securities System employed pursuant to Section 4:

                                                                               4
<PAGE>

         (a)      The Custodian shall, and the Subcustodian  will be required by
                  its agreement  with the  Custodian  to,  identify on its books
                  such  Property  as being  maintained  for the  account  of the
                  Custodian or Subcustodian for its customers.

         (b)      Any Property  maintained  through a Securities  System for the
                  account of the  Custodian  or a  Subcustodian  will be subject
                  only   to  the   instructions   of  the   Custodian   or  such
                  Subcustodian, as the case may be.

         (c)      Property deposited with a Securities System will be maintained
                  in an  account  holding  only  assets  for  customers  of  the
                  Custodian  or  Subcustodian,   as  the  case  may  be,  unless
                  precluded by applicable law, rule, or regulation.

         (d)      The  Custodian  shall  provide  the  Customer  with any report
                  obtained  by  the   Custodian  on  the   Securities   System's
                  accounting system,  internal accounting control and procedures
                  for  safeguarding   securities  deposited  in  the  Securities
                  System.

         7.       AGENTS.  The  Custodian  may at any  time or times in its sole
discretion  appoint (or remove) any other U.S.  bank or trust  company  which is
itself  qualified under the 1940 Act to act as custodian,  as its agent to carry
out such of the  provisions of this  Agreement as the Custodian may from time to
time direct;  PROVIDED,  however,  that the  appointment  of any agent shall not
relieve the Custodian of its responsibilities or liabilities hereunder.

         8.       RECORDS,  OWNERSHIP  OF  PROPERTY,  STATEMENTS,   OPINIONS  OF
INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS.

         (a)      The ownership of the Property whether Securities,  Cash and/or
other property,  and whether maintained  directly by the Custodian or indirectly
through a Subcustodian  or a Securities  System as authorized  herein,  shall be
clearly  recorded  on the  Custodian's  books as  belonging  to the  appropriate
Account and not for the  Custodian's  own  interest.  The  Custodian  shall keep
accurate and detailed accounts of all investments,  receipts,  disbursements and
other  transactions  for each Account.  All  accounts,  books and records of the
Custodian  relating  thereto  shall  be  open to  inspection  and  audit  at all
reasonable  times during normal  business hours by any person  designated by the
Customer.  All such  accounts  shall be  maintained  and  preserved  in the form
reasonably requested by the Customer.  The Custodian will supply to the Customer
from time to time,  as  mutually  agreed  upon,  a  statement  in respect to any
Property in an Account maintained by the Custodian or by a Subcustodian.  In the
absence  of the  filing  in  writing  with  the  Custodian  by the  Customer  of
exceptions  or objections  to any such  statement  within sixty (60) days of the
mailing  thereof,  the Customer  shall be deemed to have approved such statement
and in such case or upon written approval of the Customer of any such statement,
such statement shall be presumed to be for all purposes  correct with respect to
all information set forth therein.

         (b)      The Custodian shall take all reasonable action as the Customer
may request to obtain from year to year  favorable  opinions from the Customer's
independent  certified  public  accountants  with  respect  to  the  Custodian's
activities  hereunder in connection  with the preparation of the Customer's Form
N-1A and the Customer's Form N-SAR or other periodic reports to the SEC and with
respect to any other requirements of the SEC.

                                                                               5
<PAGE>

         (c)      At the request of the Customer, the Custodian shall deliver to
the Customer a written report prepared by the Custodian's  independent certified
public  accountants with respect to the services provided by the Custodian under
this  Agreement,  including,  without  limitation,  the  Custodian's  accounting
system,  internal  accounting  control and procedures for safeguarding  Cash and
Securities,  including  Cash and  Securities  deposited  and/or  maintained in a
securities  system or with a  Subcustodian.  Such report shall be of  sufficient
scope and in sufficient detail as may reasonably be required by the Customer and
as may reasonably be obtained by the Custodian.

         (d)      The Customer may elect to participate in any of the electronic
on-line  service and  communications  systems offered by the Custodian which can
provide the Customer,  on a daily basis,  with the ability to view on-line or to
print on hard copy various reports of Account activity and of Securities  and/or
Cash being held in any Account.  To the extent that such service  shall  include
market values of Securities in an Account, the Customer hereby acknowledges that
the  Custodian  now obtains  and may in the future  obtain  information  on such
values from outside sources that the Custodian  considers to be reliable and the
Customer  agrees that the  Custodian (i) does not verify or represent or warrant
either the  reliability of such service nor the accuracy or  completeness of any
such information furnished or obtained by or through such service and (ii) shall
be without  liability in selecting and utilizing  such service or furnishing any
information derived therefrom.

         9.       HOLDING OF SECURITIES, NOMINEES, ETC. Securities in an Account
which are maintained by the Custodian or any  Subcustodian  may be held directly
by such entity in the name of the Customer or in bearer form or  maintained,  on
behalf of a Portfolio,  in the Custodian's or Subcustodian's name or in the name
of the  Custodian's or  Subcustodian's  nominee.  Securities that are maintained
through a Subcustodian or which are eligible for deposit in a Securities  System
as provided  above may be maintained  with the  Subcustodian  or the  Securities
System in an account for the  Custodian's or  Subcustodian's  customers,  unless
prohibited by law, rule, or regulation.  The Custodian or  Subcustodian,  as the
case may be, may combine certificates representing Securities held in an Account
with  certificates  of the same issue held by it as fiduciary or as a custodian.
In the event that any  Securities in the name of the Custodian or its nominee or
held by a Subcustodian  and registered in the name of such  Subcustodian  or its
nominee are called for partial  redemption by the issuer of such  Security,  the
Custodian may,  subject to the rules or regulations  pertaining to allocation of
any Securities  System in which such Securities  have been deposited,  allot, or
cause to be allotted, the called portion of the respective beneficial holders of
such  class  of  security  in any  manner  the  Custodian  deems  to be fair and
equitable.  Securities  maintained with a Securities  System shall be maintained
subject  to the  rules  of that  Securities  System  governing  the  rights  and
obligations among the Securities System and its participants.

         10.      PROXIES, ETC. With respect to any proxies, notices, reports or
other  communications  relative to any of the  Securities  in any  Account,  the
Custodian shall perform such services and only such services relative thereto as
are (i)  set  forth  in  Section  3 of this  Agreement,  (ii)  described  in the
applicable  Service Standards (the "Proxy Service") or (iii) as may otherwise be
agreed  upon  between  the  Custodian  and  the  Customer.   The  liability  and
responsibility of the Custodian in connection with the Proxy Service referred to
in (ii)  of the  immediately  preceding  sentence  and in  connection  with  any
additional  services  which the  Custodian  and the  Customer  may agree upon as
provided in (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be as set forth in
the  description of the Proxy Service and as may be agreed upon by the Custodian
and the  Customer  in  connection  with the  furnishing  of any such  additional
service and shall not be affected by any other term of this  Agreement.  Neither
the Custodian nor its nominees or agents shall vote upon or in respect of any of
the  Securities in the Account,  execute any form of proxy to vote  thereon,  or
give any

                                                                               6
<PAGE>

consent  or take any  action  (except as  provided  in  Section 3) with  respect
thereto except upon the receipt of Instructions relative thereto.

         11.      SEGREGATED  ACCOUNT.  To assist the Customer in complying with
the requirements of the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations  thereunder,  the
Custodian  shall,  upon  receipt  of  Instructions,  establish  and  maintain  a
segregated account or accounts on its books for and on behalf of a Portfolio.

         12.      SETTLEMENT   PROCEDURES.   Securities   will  be  transferred,
exchanged or delivered by the  Custodian or a  Subcustodian  upon receipt by the
Custodian  of  Instructions  which  include  all  information  required  by  the
Custodian.  Settlement  and payment for  Securities  received for an Account and
delivery of Securities  out of such Account may be effected in  accordance  with
the  customary  or  established  securities  trading  or  securities  processing
practices and procedures in the  jurisdiction or market in which the transaction
occurs,  including,  without limitation,  delivering Securities to the purchaser
thereof  or to a dealer  therefor  (or an agent for such  purchaser  or  dealer)
against a receipt  with the  expectation  of  receiving  later  payment for such
Securities  from such purchaser or dealer,  as such practices and procedures may
be modified or supplemented in accordance with the standard operating procedures
of the  Custodian in effect from time to time for that  jurisdiction  or market.
The  Custodian  shall not be liable for any loss which  results  from  effecting
transactions in accordance with the customary or established  securities trading
or securities processing practices and procedures in the applicable jurisdiction
or market.

         Notwithstanding  that the  Custodian  may  settle  purchases  and sales
against, or credit income to, an Account, on a contractual basis, as outlined in
the applicable  Service  Standards as defined below and provided to the Customer
by the Custodian, the Custodian may, at its sole option, reverse such credits or
debits to the  appropriate  Account in the event that the  transaction  does not
settle,  or the income is not  received  in a timely  manner,  and the  Customer
agrees  to hold  the  Custodian  harmless  from  any  losses  which  may  result
therefrom.

         The applicable  Service Standards shall be defined as the Global Guide,
the  Policies  and  Standards  Manual,  and any  other  documents  issued by the
Custodian from time to time specifying the procedures for communicating with the
Customer,  the terms of any additional  services to be provided to the Customer,
and such other  matters as may be agreed  between the Customer and the Custodian
from time to time.


         13.      CONDITIONAL CREDITS.

         (a) Notwithstanding   any  other  provision  of  this  Agreement,   the
Custodian  shall not be required to comply with any  Instructions  to settle the
purchase  of any  securities  for  the  Account,  unless  there  are  sufficient
immediately  available funds in the relevant  currency in the Account,  PROVIDED
THAT,  if, after all expenses,  debits and  withdrawals  of Cash in the relevant
currency  ("Debits")  applicable  to the Account have been made and if after all
Conditional Credits, as defined below,  applicable to the Account have been made
final  entries as set forth in (c) below,  the amount of  immediately  available
funds  of the  relevant  currency  in such  Account  is at  least  equal  to the
aggregate  purchase price of all securities for which the Custodian has received
Instructions to settle on that date  ("Settlement  Date"),  the Custodian,  upon
settlement,  shall credit the  Securities to the Account by making a final entry
on its books and records.

         (b) Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if after all Debits  applicable to
the Account have been made, there remains outstanding any Conditional Credit (as
defined below) applicable to the Account or the

                                                                               7
<PAGE>

amount of  immediately  available  funds in a given currency in such Account are
less than the aggregate  purchase  price in such currency of all  securities for
which the Custodian has received  Instructions to settle on the Settlement Date,
the  Custodian,  upon  settlement,  may credit the  securities to the Account by
making a  conditional  entry on its books and  records  ("Conditional  Credit"),
pending  receipt  of  sufficient  immediately  available  funds in the  relevant
currency in the Account.

         (c) If,  within a  reasonable  time from the  posting of a  Conditional
Credit  and  after  all  Debits  applicable  to  the  Account  have  been  made,
immediately  available  funds in the  relevant  currency  at least  equal to the
aggregate  purchase  price  in such  currency  of all  securities  subject  to a
Conditional  Credit on a Settlement  Date are  deposited  into the Account,  the
Custodian  shall  make the  Conditional  Credit a final  entry on its  books and
records.  In such case,  the Customer  shall be liable to the Custodian only for
late  charges at a rate which the  Custodian  customarily  charges  for  similar
extensions of credit.

         (d) If (i) within a reasonable  time from the posting of a  Conditional
Credit,  immediately  available funds at least equal to the resultant Debit on a
Settlement Date are not on deposit in the Account,  or (ii) any Proceeding shall
occur, the Custodian may sell such of the Securities  subject to the Conditional
Credit as it selects in its sole  discretion and shall apply the net proceeds of
such sale to cover such Debit, including related late charges, and any remaining
proceeds shall be credited to the Account.  If such proceeds are insufficient to
satisfy  such debt in full,  the  Customer  shall  continue  to be liable to the
Custodian for any shortfall.  The Custodian shall make the Conditional  Credit a
final entry on its books as to the Securities not required to be sold to satisfy
such Debit.  Pending  payment in full by the Customer of the purchase  price for
Securities  subject  to a  Conditional  Credit,  and the  Custodian's  making  a
Conditional  Credit a final entry on its books,  and, unless consented to by the
Custodian,  the  Customer  shall have no right to give further  Instructions  in
respect of Securities subject to a Conditional  Credit. The Custodian shall have
the sole discretion to determine which  Securities  shall be deemed to have been
paid  for by the  Customer  out of  funds  available  in the  Account.  Any such
Conditional  Credit  may be  reversed  (and  any  corresponding  Debit  shall be
canceled) by the Custodian unless and until the Custodian makes a final entry on
its books crediting such Securities to the Account.  The term "Proceeding" shall
mean  any  insolvency,  bankruptcy,  receivership,   reorganization  or  similar
proceeding relating to the Customer, whether voluntary or involuntary.

         (e) The Customer  agrees that it will not use the Account to facilitate
the purchase of securities  without sufficient funds in the Account (which funds
shall  not  include  the  expected   proceeds  of  the  sale  of  the  purchased
securities).

         14.      PERMITTED TRANSACTIONS. The Customer agrees that it will cause
transactions  to be made pursuant to this  Agreement only upon  Instructions  in
accordance with Section 15 and only for the purposes listed below.

         (a)      In  connection  with the  purchase  or sale of  Securities  at
prices as confirmed by Instructions.

         (b)      When Securities are called,  redeemed or retired, or otherwise
become payable.

         (c)      In exchange for or upon conversion into other securities alone
or other  securities  and cash  pursuant  to any plan or merger,  consolidation,
reorganization, recapitalization or readjustment.

         (d)      Upon  conversion  of  Securities  pursuant to their terms into
other securities.

                                                                               8
<PAGE>

         (e)      Upon  exercise  of  subscription,  purchase  or other  similar
rights represented by Securities.

         (f)      For the payment of interest,  taxes, management or supervisory
fees, distributions or operating expenses.

         (g)      In connection with any borrowings by the Customer  requiring a
pledge of Securities,  but only against receipt of amounts  borrowed or in order
to satisfy requirements for additional or substitute collateral.

         (h)      In  connection  with any loans,  but only  against  receipt of
collateral as specified in  Instructions  which shall  reflect any  restrictions
applicable to the Customer.

         (i)      For the purpose of  redeeming  shares of the capital  stock of
the Customer against  delivery of the shares to be redeemed to the Custodian,  a
Subcustodian or the Customer's transfer agent.

         (j)      For the purpose of  redeeming  in kind shares of the  Customer
against  delivery of the shares to be redeemed to the Custodian,  a Subcustodian
or the Customer's transfer agent.

         (k)      For  delivery  in  accordance   with  the  provisions  of  any
agreement  among  the  Customer,  on  behalf  of a  Portfolio,  the  Portfolio's
investment adviser and a broker-dealer  registered under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 and a member of the  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers,
Inc., relating to compliance with the rules of The Options Clearing Corporation,
the  Commodities  Futures  Trading  Commission  or of  any  registered  national
securities exchange, or of any similar organization or organizations,  regarding
escrow or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Customer.

         (l)      For release of Securities to designated  brokers under covered
call options,  provided,  however,  that such Securities  shall be released only
upon  payment to the  Custodian  of monies for the premium due and a receipt for
the Securities which are to be held in escrow.  Upon exercise of the option,  or
at expiration,  the Custodian will receive the Securities  previously  deposited
from broker.  The Custodian will act strictly in accordance with Instructions in
the delivery of Securities to be held in escrow and will have no  responsibility
or liability for any such  Securities  which are not returned  promptly when due
other than to make proper request for such return.

         (m)      For  spot  or  forward   foreign   exchange   transactions  to
facilitate  security  trading  or  receipt  of income  from  Securities  related
transactions.

         (n)      Upon the termination of this Agreement as set forth in Section
20.

         (o)      For other proper purposes.

         The Customer  agrees that the  Custodian  shall have no  obligation  to
verify the purpose for which a transaction is being effected.

         15.      INSTRUCTIONS.  The term "Instructions" means instructions from
the Customer in respect of any of the  Custodian's  duties  hereunder which have
been  received by the Custodian at its address set forth in Section 22 below (i)
in writing (including, without limitation,  facsimile transmission) or by tested
telex

                                                                               9
<PAGE>

signed or given by such one or more person or persons as the Customer shall have
from  time to time  authorized  in  writing  to give  the  particular  class  of
Instructions in question and whose name and (if applicable) signature and office
address have been filed with the Custodian,  or (ii) which have been transmitted
electronically  through an electronic on-line service and communications  system
offered by the Custodian or other electronic  instruction  system  acceptable to
the  Custodian,  or  (iii) a  telephonic  or oral  communication  by one or more
persons  as the  Customer  shall have from time to time  authorized  to give the
particular  class of Instructions in question and whose name has been filed with
the Custodian;  or (iv) upon receipt of such other form of  instructions  as the
Customer may from time to time  authorize in writing and which the Custodian has
agreed in  writing to accept.  Instructions  in the form of oral  communications
shall be  confirmed by the Customer by tested telex or writing in the manner set
forth in clause (i)  above,  but the lack of such  confirmation  shall in no way
affect any action taken by the Custodian in reliance upon such oral instructions
prior to the Custodian's  receipt of such confirmation.  Instructions may relate
to specific  transactions or to types or classes of transactions,  and may be in
the form of standing instructions.

         The  Custodian  shall have the right to assume in the absence of notice
to the contrary from the Customer that any person whose name is on file with the
Custodian  pursuant to this Section has been  authorized by the Customer to give
the Instructions in question and that such  authorization  has not been revoked.
The Custodian may act upon and  conclusively  rely on,  without any liability to
the Customer or any other person or entity for any losses  resulting  therefrom,
any Instructions  reasonably believed by it to be furnished by the proper person
or persons as provided above.

         16.      STANDARD OF CARE. The Custodian  shall be responsible  for the
performance  of only  such  duties  as are set  forth  herein  or  contained  in
Instructions  given to the Custodian which are not contrary to the provisions of
this  Agreement.  The  Custodian  will use  reasonable  care with respect to the
safekeeping  of Property in each  Account  and,  except as  otherwise  expressly
provided herein, in carrying out its obligations  under this Agreement.  So long
as and to the extent that it has exercised  reasonable care, the Custodian shall
not be  responsible  for the title,  validity or  genuineness of any Property or
other  property or evidence of title  thereto  received by it or delivered by it
pursuant to this  Agreement and shall be held  harmless in acting upon,  and may
conclusively  rely on, without liability for any loss resulting  therefrom,  any
notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument reasonably believed by
it to be genuine and to be signed or  furnished  by the proper party or parties,
including,  without  limitation,  Instructions,  and shall be indemnified by the
Customer  for any  losses,  damages,  costs  and  expenses  (including,  without
limitation,  the fees and  expenses of counsel)  incurred by the  Custodian  and
arising out of action taken or omitted  with  reasonable  care by the  Custodian
hereunder  or under  any  Instructions.  The  Custodian  shall be  liable to the
Customer for any act or omission to act of any  Subcustodian  to the same extent
as if the  Custodian  committed  such act itself.  With  respect to a Securities
System,  the Custodian  shall only be  responsible  or liable for losses arising
from employment of such Securities  System caused by the Custodian's own failure
to exercise  reasonable care. In the event of any loss to the Customer by reason
of the failure of the Custodian or a Subcustodian  to utilize  reasonable  care,
the  Custodian  shall be liable to the Customer to the extent of the  Customer's
actual  damages at the time such loss was  discovered  without  reference to any
special  conditions or circumstances.  In no event shall the Custodian be liable
for any  consequential  or special  damages.  The Custodian shall be entitled to
rely, and may act, on advice of counsel (who may be counsel for the Customer) on
all matters and shall be without  liability for any action  reasonably  taken or
omitted pursuant to such advice.

         In the event the Customer  subscribes to an electronic  on-line service
and communications system offered by the Custodian,  the Customer shall be fully
responsible  for the  security of the  Customer's  connecting  terminal,  access
thereto  and the  proper and  authorized  use  thereof  and the  initiation  and

                                                                              10
<PAGE>

application of continuing effective safeguards with respect thereto and agree to
defend and indemnify  the  Custodian  and hold the  Custodian  harmless from and
against any and all losses,  damages, costs and expenses (including the fees and
expenses of counsel)  incurred by the  Custodian  as a result of any improper or
unauthorized use of such terminal by the Customer or by any others.

         All  collections  of funds or other  property  paid or  distributed  in
respect of Securities in an Account,  including  funds  involved in  third-party
foreign exchange transactions, shall be made at the risk of the Customer.

         Subject to the exercise of reasonable care, the Custodian shall have no
liability for any loss  occasioned  by delay in the actual  receipt of notice by
the  Custodian  or  by a  Subcustodian  of  any  payment,  redemption  or  other
transaction  regarding  Securities  in each  Account  in  respect  of which  the
Custodian  has  agreed  to take  action as  provided  in  Section 3 hereof.  The
Custodian  shall not be liable  for any loss  resulting  from,  or caused by, or
resulting from acts of governmental  authorities  (whether de jure or de facto),
including,   without  limitation,   nationalization,   expropriation,   and  the
imposition of currency  restrictions;  devaluations  of or  fluctuations  in the
value of currencies;  changes in laws and regulations  applicable to the banking
or securities industry;  market conditions that prevent the orderly execution of
securities transactions or affect the value of Property; acts of war, terrorism,
insurrection or revolution;  strikes or work stoppages; the inability of a local
clearing and  settlement  system to settle  transactions  for reasons beyond the
control of the Custodian;  hurricane,  cyclone,  earthquake,  volcanic eruption,
nuclear fusion, fission or radioactivity, or other acts of God.

         The Custodian shall have no liability in respect of any loss, damage or
expense suffered by the Customer, insofar as such loss, damage or expense arises
from the  performance  of the  Custodian's  duties  hereunder  by  reason of the
Custodian's  reliance  upon  records  that were  maintained  for the Customer by
entities other than the Custodian prior to the Custodian's employment under this
Agreement.

         The  provisions  of this  Section  shall  survive  termination  of this
Agreement.

         17.      INVESTMENT  LIMITATIONS AND LEGAL OR CONTRACTUAL  RESTRICTIONS
OR  REGULATIONS.  The  Custodian  shall not be liable  to the  Customer  and the
Customer  agrees to indemnify  the  Custodian  and its  nominees,  for any loss,
damage or expense  suffered or incurred by the Custodian or its nominees arising
out of any  violation of any  investment  restriction  or other  restriction  or
limitation  applicable to the Customer or any Portfolio pursuant to any contract
or  any  law or  regulation.  The  provisions  of  this  Section  shall  survive
termination of this Agreement.

         18.      FEES AND EXPENSES. The Customer agrees to pay to the Custodian
such compensation for its services pursuant to this Agreement as may be mutually
agreed  upon  in  writing  from  time to time  and  the  Custodian's  reasonable
out-of-pocket or incidental  expenses in connection with the performance of this
Agreement,  including (but without  limitation)  legal fees as described  herein
and/or deemed necessary in the judgment of the Custodian to keep safe or protect
the  Property in the  Account.  The initial fee  schedule is attached  hereto as
Exhibit B. Such fees will not be abated by, nor shall the  Custodian be required
to account  for,  any  profits  or  commissions  received  by the  Custodian  in
connection  with its provision of custody  services  under this  agreement.  The
Customer hereby agrees to hold the Custodian harmless from any liability or loss
resulting from any taxes or other governmental  charges, and any expense related
thereto,  which may be imposed,  or assessed  with respect to any Property in an
Account  and also agrees to hold the  Custodian,  its  Subcustodians,  and their
respective nominees harmless from any liability as a record holder

                                                                              11
<PAGE>

of  Property  in such  Account.  The  Custodian  is  authorized  to  charge  the
applicable  Account  for such items and the  Custodian  shall have a lien on the
Property in the applicable Account for any amount payable to the Custodian under
this Agreement, including but not limited to amounts payable pursuant to Section
13 and pursuant to indemnities granted by the Customer under this Agreement. The
provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

         19.      TAX RECLAIMS.  With respect to withholding  taxes deducted and
which may be deducted from any income  received from any Property in an Account,
the Custodian  shall perform such services with respect thereto as are described
in the applicable Service Standards and shall in connection therewith be subject
to the standard of care set forth in such Service  Standards.  Such  standard of
care shall not be affected by any other term of this Agreement.

         20.      AMENDMENT,  MODIFICATIONS, ETC. No provision of this Agreement
may be  amended,  modified or waived  except in a writing  signed by the parties
hereto.  No waiver of any provision  hereto shall be deemed a continuing  waiver
unless it is so  designated.  No failure or delay on the part of either party in
exercising  any power or right under this  Agreement  operates as a waiver,  nor
does any single or partial  exercise of any power or right preclude any other or
further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power or right.

         21.      TERMINATION.   (a)  TERMINATION  OF  ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.   This
Agreement  may be  terminated  by the  Customer or the  Custodian by ninety (90)
days' written  notice to the other;  PROVIDED that notice by the Customer  shall
specify  the  names of the  persons  to whom the  Custodian  shall  deliver  the
Securities  in each Account and to whom the Cash in such Account  shall be paid.
If notice of termination is given by the Custodian,  the Customer shall,  within
ninety (90) days following the giving of such notice, deliver to the Custodian a
written notice  specifying the names of the persons to whom the Custodian  shall
deliver the  Securities  in each  Account  and to whom the Cash in such  Account
shall be paid. In either case,  the Custodian  will deliver such Property to the
persons so specified,  after deducting therefrom any amounts which the Custodian
determines  to be owed to it  hereunder.  In addition,  the Custodian may in its
discretion  withhold  from such  delivery  such  Property as may be necessary to
settle transactions pending at the time of such delivery. The Customer grants to
the  Custodian a lien and right of setoff  against the Account and all  Property
held therein from time to time in the full amount of the foregoing  obligations.
If within ninety (90) days  following the giving of a notice of  termination  by
the Custodian, the Custodian does not receive from the Customer a written notice
specifying  the names of the  persons to whom the  Custodian  shall  deliver the
Securities  in each Account and to whom the Cash in such Account  shall be paid,
the Custodian, at its election, may deliver such Securities and pay such Cash to
a bank or trust company  doing  business in the State of New York to be held and
disposed of pursuant to the  provisions  of this  Agreement,  or may continue to
hold such  Securities  and Cash until a written notice as aforesaid is delivered
to the Custodian,  provided that the Custodian's obligations shall be limited to
safekeeping.

         (b)      TERMINATION AS TO ONE OR MORE  PORTFOLIOS.  This Agreement may
be terminated by the Customer or the Custodian as to one or more Portfolios (but
less than all of the  Portfolios)  by delivery of an amended  Exhibit A deleting
such Portfolios,  in which case termination as to such deleted  Portfolios shall
take effect  ninety (90) days after the date of such  delivery,  or such earlier
time as mutually  agreed.  The  execution  and delivery of an amended  Exhibit A
which deletes one or more  Portfolios  shall  constitute a  termination  of this
Agreement only with respect to such deleted  Portfolio(s),  shall be governed by
the preceding  provisions of Section 21 as to the  identification of a successor
custodian and the delivery of Cash and Securities of the Portfolio(s) so deleted
to such successor custodian, and shall not affect the obligations

                                                                              12
<PAGE>

of the Custodian and the Customer hereunder with respect to the other Portfolios
set forth in Exhibit A, as amended from time to time.

         22.      NOTICES.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement,  all
requests,  demands or other  communications  between  the  parties or notices in
connection  herewith  (a)  shall  be in  writing,  hand  delivered  or  sent  by
registered  mail,  telex or facsimile  addressed to such other  address as shall
have been furnished by the receiving party pursuant to the provisions hereof and
(b) shall be deemed  effective when received,  or, in the case of a telex,  when
sent to the proper number and acknowledged by a proper answerback.

         23.      SEVERAL  OBLIGATIONS  OF THE  PORTFOLIOS.  With respect to any
obligations  of the Customer on behalf of each Portfolio and each of its related
Accounts arising out of this Agreement,  the Custodian shall look for payment or
satisfaction  of  any  obligation  solely  to the  assets  and  property  of the
Portfolio  and such  Accounts  to which  such  obligation  relates as though the
Customer  had  separately  contracted  with the  Custodian  by separate  written
instrument with respect to each Portfolio and its related Accounts.

         24.      SECURITY FOR PAYMENT. To secure payment of all obligations due
hereunder,  the Customer  hereby grants to the  Custodian a continuing  security
interest  in and right of setoff  against  each  Account and all  Property  held
therein from time to time in the full amount of such obligations; PROVIDED THAT,
if there is more than one Account and the obligations  secured  pursuant to this
Section can be allocated to a specific Account or the Portfolio  related to such
Account,  such security interest and right of setoff will be limited to Property
held for that Account only and its related  Portfolio.  Should the Customer fail
to pay promptly any amounts owed  hereunder,  the Custodian shall be entitled to
use available Cash in the Account or applicable Account, as the case may be, and
to  dispose  of  Securities  in the  Account  or such  applicable  Account as is
necessary.  In any such case and without  limiting the foregoing,  the Custodian
shall be entitled to take such other  actions or  exercise  such other  options,
powers and rights as the Custodian  now or hereafter  has as a secured  creditor
under the New York Uniform Commercial Code or any other applicable law.

         25.      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

         (a)  The Customer hereby represents and warrants to the Custodian that:

                  (i) the  employment  of the  Custodian  and the  allocation of
fees,  expenses  and other  charges to any  Account as herein  provided,  is not
prohibited  by law or any  governing  documents  or  contracts  to  which  it is
subject;

                  (ii) the terms of this Agreement do not violate any obligation
by  which  it is  bound,  whether  arising  by  contract,  operation  of  law or
otherwise;

                  (iii) this  Agreement has been duly  authorized by appropriate
action  and  when  executed  and  delivered  will be  binding  upon it and  each
Portfolio in accordance with its terms; and

                  (iv)  it  will  deliver  to  the  Custodian  a  duly  executed
Secretary's  Certificate  in the form of Exhibit E hereto or such other evidence
of such authorization as the Custodian may reasonably require, whether by way of
a certified resolution or otherwise.

         (b)  The Custodian hereby represents and warrants to the Customer that:

                                                                              13
<PAGE>

                  (i) the terms of this  Agreement do not violate any obligation
by  which  it is  bound,  whether  arising  by  contract,  operation  of  law or
otherwise;

                  (ii) this  Agreement has been duly  authorized by  appropriate
action and when  executed and  delivered  will be binding upon it in  accordance
with its terms;

                  (iii) it will  deliver to the Customer  such  evidence of such
authorization  as the  Customer  may  reasonably  require,  whether  by way of a
certified resolution or otherwise; and

                  (iv) Custodian is qualified as a custodian under Section 26(a)
of the 1940 Act and warrants that it will remain so qualified or upon ceasing to
be so qualified shall promptly notify the Customer in writing.

         26.      GOVERNING LAW AND SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement shall
be governed by the law of the State of New York and shall not be  assignable  by
either party,  but shall bind the successors in interest of the Customer and the
Custodian.

         27.      PUBLICITY.  Customer  shall furnish to Custodian at its office
referred to in Section 22 above,  prior to any distribution  thereof,  copies of
any material prepared for distribution to any persons who are not parties hereto
that refer in any way to the Custodian.  Customer shall not distribute or permit
the  distribution of such materials if Custodian  reasonably  objects in writing
within ten (10) business  days of receipt  thereof (or such other time as may be
mutually  agreed) after receipt  thereof.  The  provisions of this Section shall
survive the termination of this Agreement.

         28.      REPRESENTATIVE CAPACITY AND BINDING OBLIGATION.  A copy of the
[DECLARATION  OF  TRUST/TRUST  INSTRUMENT]of  the  Customer  is on file with The
Secretary of THE [COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS/STATE  OF DELAWARE],  and notice
is hereby given that this Agreement is not executed on behalf of the Trustees of
the Customer as  individuals,  and the  obligations  of this  Agreement  are not
binding  upon any of the  Trustees,  officers or  shareholders  of the  Customer
individually  but  are  binding  only  upon  the  assets  and  property  of  the
Portfolios.

         The  Custodian  agrees that no  shareholder,  trustee or officer of the
Customer may be held personally liable or responsible for any obligations of the
Customer arising out of this Agreement.

         29.      SUBMISSION  TO  JURISDICTION.  Any suit,  action or proceeding
arising out of this  Agreement  may be  instituted in any State or Federal court
sitting in the City of New York,  State of New York,  United  States of America,
and the Customer  irrevocably  submits to the non-exclusive  jurisdiction of any
such court in any such suit,  action or  proceeding  and waives,  to the fullest
extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the
laying of venue of any such suit,  action or proceeding  brought in such a court
and  any  claim  that  such  suit,  action  or  proceeding  was  brought  in  an
inconvenient forum.

         30.      CONFIDENTIALITY.  The  parties  hereto  agree  that each shall
treat  confidentially  the  terms  and  conditions  of  this  Agreement  and all
information  provided  by each party to the other  regarding  its  business  and
operations.  All  confidential  information  provided by a party hereto shall be
used by any other  party  hereto  solely for the purpose of  rendering  services
pursuant to this Agreement  and,  except as may be required in carrying out this
Agreement,  shall not be disclosed to any third party  without the prior consent

                                                                              14
<PAGE>

of  such  providing  party.  The  foregoing  shall  not  be  applicable  to  any
information  that is publicly  available  when  provided or  thereafter  becomes
publicly  available  other than through a breach of this  Agreement,  or that is
required or requested to be disclosed by any bank or other  regulatory  examiner
of the  Custodian,  Customer,  or any  Subcustodian,  any auditor of the parties
hereto, by judicial or administrative  process or otherwise by applicable law or
regulation. The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this
Agreement.

         31.      SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Agreement is determined
to be invalid or unenforceable, such determination shall not affect the validity
or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

         32.      ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  This Agreement  together with any Exhibits
attached hereto,  contains the entire agreement  between the parties relating to
the subject matter hereof and supersedes any oral  statements and prior writings
with respect thereto.

         33.      HEADINGS.  The headings of the paragraphs  hereof are included
for convenience of reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

         34.      COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original.  This Agreement  shall
become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed and delivered by
each of the parties hereto.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  each of the parties has caused its duly authorized
signatories to execute this Agreement as of the date first written above.


                                          [CUSTOMER]


                                          By: _________________________________
                                          Name: ___________________________
                                          Title: ____________________________


                                          By: _________________________________
                                          Name: ___________________________
                                          Title: ____________________________


                                          BANKERS TRUST COMPANY


                                          By: _________________________________
                                          Name: ___________________________
                                          Title: ____________________________

                                                                              15
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A


         To Custodian  Agreement  dated as of  _______________,  between Bankers
         Trust Company and [Customer].


                               LIST OF PORTFOLIOS


         The following is a list of Portfolios  referred to in the first WHEREAS
clause of the  above-referred  to  Custodian  Agreement.  Terms  used  herein as
defined terms unless otherwise  defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them
in the above-referred to Custodian Agreement.




                                          [CUSTOMER]


                                          By: _________________________________
                                          Name: ___________________________
                                          Title: ____________________________


                                          By: _________________________________
                                          Name: ___________________________
                                          Title: ____________________________


                                          BANKERS TRUST COMPANY


                                          By: _________________________________
                                          Name: ___________________________
                                          Title: ____________________________


<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B


         To Custodian Agreement dated as of _____________, between Bankers Trust
         Company and CUSTOMER.

                               INSERT FEE SCHEDULE



<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT C

                                [NAME OF ENTITY]
                          CERTIFICATE OF THE SECRETARY

         I, [NAME OF SECRETARY], hereby certify that I am the Secretary of [NAME
OF ENTITY],  a [TYPE OF ENTITY] organized under the laws of [JURISDICTION]  (the
"Company"), and as such I am duly authorized to, and do hereby, certify that:

         1.       ORGANIZATIONAL   DOCUMENTS.   The   Company's   organizational
documents,  and all  amendments  thereto,  have been filed with the  appropriate
governmental  officials  of  [JURISDICTION],  the  Company  continues  to  be in
existence and is in good  standing,  and no action has been taken to repeal such
organizational  documents,  the same  being in full force and effect on the date
hereof.

         2.       BYLAWS.  The  Company's  Bylaws have been duly  adopted and no
action has been taken to repeal  such  Bylaws,  the same being in full force and
effect.

         3.       RESOLUTIONS.  Resolutions  have been duly adopted on behalf of
the  Company,  which  resolutions  (i)  have  not in any  way  been  revoked  or
rescinded,  (ii) have been in full force and effect since their adoption, to and
including the date hereof,  and are now in full force and effect,  and (iii) are
the only  corporate  proceedings  of the  Company  now in force  relating  to or
affecting  the  matters  referred  to therein,  including,  without  limitation,
confirming  that the Company is duly  authorized to enter into a certain custody
agreement  with  Bankers  Trust  Company  (the  "Agreement"),  and that  certain
designated  officers,   including  those  identified  in  paragraph  4  of  this
Certificate,  are authorized to execute said Agreement on behalf of the Company,
in conformity with the requirements of the Company's  organizational  documents,
Bylaws, and other pertinent documents to which the Company may be bound.

         4.       INCUMBENCY.  The following named  individuals are duly elected
(or  appointed),  qualified,  and acting  officers of the Company  holding those
offices set forth opposite their  respective  names as of the date hereof,  each
having full  authority,  acting  individually,  to bind the Company,  as a legal
matter, with respect to all matters pertaining to the Agreement,  and to execute
and deliver  said  Agreement on behalf of the Company,  and the  signatures  set
forth opposite the respective  names and titles of said officers are their true,
authentic signatures:

                  NAME                      TITLE             SIGNATURE

         [NAME]                     [POSITION]       ____________________

         [NAME]                     [POSITION]       ____________________

         [NAME]                     [POSITION]       ____________________

<PAGE>


         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I have  hereunto  set my hand  this  ____ day of
[DATE], 19__.




                                          By:      __________________________
                                          Name:    __________________________
                                          Title:   Secretary


         I, [NAME OF CONFIRMING OFFICER], [TITLE] of the Company, hereby certify
that on this ___ day of [DATE],  19__,  [Name of  Secretary] is the duly elected
Secretary of the Company and that the signature above is his genuine signature.


                                          By:________________________________
                                          Name:______________________________
                                          Title:_____________________________

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT D


         CASH MANAGEMENT  ADDENDUM (this "ADDENDUM") to the CUSTODIAN  AGREEMENT
(the  "AGREEMENT")  between BANKERS TRUST COMPANY (the "CUSTODIAN") and [NAME OF
CLIENT] (the "CUSTOMER").

         WHEREAS,  the Custodian  will provide cash  management  services to the
Customer,   and  the  Custodian  and  the  Customer   desire  to  confirm  their
understanding with respect to such services;

         NOW, THEREFORE, the Custodian and the Customer agree as follows:

         1.       Until the Custodian receives Instructions to the contrary, the
Custodian will (a) hold with  Subcustodians,  in deposit accounts maintained for
the benefit of the Custodian's  clients,  all Cash received for the Account, (b)
credit such interest, if any, on Cash in the Account as the Custodian shall from
time to time determine and (c) receive  compensation  out of any amounts paid by
Subcustodians in respect of Cash in the Account.

         2.       The Custodian may (on an overnight or other short-term  basis)
move certain,  or all,  currencies of Cash in the Account from any  Subcustodian
and place it, as deposits  or  otherwise,  with one or more other  Subcustodians
(including branches and affiliates of the Custodian).  The Custodian will notify
the Customer of any placement  procedures  it  implements  and will move Cash in
accordance  with such  procedures  until it notifies the  Customer  otherwise or
receives  Instructions  to the contrary.  The Custodian may credit  interest and
receive  compensation as described in 1 above with respect to any Cash moved. If
any Cash is held in an investment  fund managed by Bankers Trust, it will notify
the fund (as opposed to the  Customer)  as provided  herein with respect to such
Cash.

         3.       The  Customer  acknowledges  that it has received and reviewed
the current policies of the Custodian regarding cash management services,  which
are attached to this Addendum.

         4.       To the extent any of the  Property  or Cash in the  Account is
subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the Customer (a)
represents  and  warrants  that it,  at all times  during  the  duration  of the
Agreement,  will be a  qualified  professional  asset  manager as defined in the
prohibited  transaction exemption 84-14 and that the provisions of the exemption
apply to the Agreement (and transactions  thereunder) and (b) agrees to maintain
such  records  as are  necessary  to  comply  with the  exemption  or to  enable
interested persons to determine that the conditions of the exemption are met.

         5.       Capitalized  terms used but not defined in this  Addendum  are
used with the respective meanings assigned to them in the Agreement.

<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this Addendum has been executed as of the date of
the Agreement.

                                          BANKERS TRUST COMPANY

                                          By:___________________________


                                          [NAME OF CUSTOMER]

                                          By:___________________________

<PAGE>

                     GLOBAL CUSTODY CASH MANAGEMENT PROGRAM


                  In the Global Custody cash management  program,  currencies on
which  Bankers  Trust  pays  interest  are  divided  into  two  categories:  (1)
currencies  on  which we pay  interest  based  on a  market  benchmark  rate for
overnight deposits,  and (2) currencies on which we pay interest based on a rate
paid by the London branch of Bankers Trust Company or the local subcustodian.

                  CURRENCIES  ON  WHICH  WE  PAY  INTEREST  BASED  ON  A  MARKET
BENCHMARK  RATE  FOR  OVERNIGHT   DEPOSITS   (WHICH  WE  CALL   "BENCHMARK  RATE
CURRENCIES"):

    (BULLET)      For  each of these  currencies,  the  interest  rate we pay is
                  based on a specific  market  benchmark  (such as Effective Fed
                  Funds) and is calculated by taking an average of the benchmark
                  rate and subtracting a spread. (See Schedule A)

    (BULLET)      Currently,  the  only  Benchmark  Rate  Currency  is the  U.S.
                  Dollar. Over time we will be considering additional currencies
                  to include in this category.

    (BULLET)      Operationally,  most balances in Benchmark Rate Currencies are
                  swept  overnight into deposits at the London branch of Bankers
                  Trust Company. Where you have selected a short-term investment
                  fund,  your U.S.  Dollar  balances  in the U.S.  will be swept
                  overnight in accordance with your instructions.

                  CURRENCIES  ON WHICH WE PAY  INTEREST  BASED ON A RATE PAID BY
THE LONDON BRANCH OF BANKERS TRUST COMPANY OR THE LOCAL  SUBCUSTODIAN  (WHICH WE
CALL "BASE RATE CURRENCIES"):

    (BULLET)      For  each of these  currencies,  the  interest  rate we pay is
                  based on the  rate  paid by the  London  branch  or the  local
                  subcustodian on overnight deposits in the currency.  In either
                  case,  interest  is  calculated  by using the  overnight  rate
                  (which  will be the actual  overnight,  a weekly  average,  or
                  monthly   average   rate,   depending  on  the  currency)  and
                  subtracting a spread. (See Schedule A)

    (BULLET)      Currencies  that  are  part of the  sweep  program  will  earn
                  interest  based on the base rate,  which will be the higher of
                  the rate offered by the London branch of Bankers Trust Company
                  or the local subcustodian.

    (BULLET)      Currencies  that  are  not  part  of the  sweep  program  will
                  generally  earn  interest  based on the rate paid by the local
                  subcustodian.  We  may at  times  be  able  to  sweep  certain
                  currency  balances into  deposits of Bankers  Trust  Company's
                  London  branch  in order to be able to earn a higher  rate for
                  you. On those days,  any such currency will be treated as part
                  of the sweep  program,  and you will earn  interest  on all of
                  your  balances  in that  currency  at the higher rate for that
                  day.

<PAGE>

    (BULLET)      Currently,  there are 29 Base Rate Currencies, 10 of which are
                  included in our sweep program to the London branch.

    (BULLET)      Operationally,  most balances in Base Rate Currencies that are
                  part of our sweep program are swept overnight into deposits at
                  the London branch, while balances in Base Rate Currencies that
                  are not  part of our  sweep  program  remain  with  the  local
                  subcustodian.

                  FOR EACH CURRENCY ON WHICH WE PAY INTEREST:

    (BULLET)      We will  notify  you  periodically  in  writing  of changes in
                  spreads  and  updates to the cash  management  program.  These
                  program updates also will be available  through Global Custody
                  Flash Notices.

    (BULLET)      FOR  MARKETS  WHERE  WE  MAINTAIN  ONE OR  MORE  OMNIBUS  CASH
                  ACCOUNTS,  YOU EARN  INTEREST AT THE  CALCULATED  RATE ON YOUR
                  ENTIRE CONTRACTUAL BALANCE WITHOUT ANY ACTION ON YOUR PART AND
                  WITHOUT ANY  MINIMUM  BALANCE  REQUIREMENTS.  This is the case
                  regardless  of whether we are able to invest your  balances at
                  or near the  applicable  benchmark or base rate and regardless
                  of whether  your  contractual  balance  may exceed your actual
                  balance.

    (BULLET)      FOR  MARKETS  WHERE  WE  MAINTAIN  ONE OR  MORE  OMNIBUS  CASH
                  ACCOUNTS,  THE  MINIMUM  RATE  PAID IS 0.50%,  except  for the
                  Japanese  Yen (for  which the  minimum  rate of 0.05% has been
                  suspended for the time being due to market conditions) and the
                  Singapore Dollar (for which the minimum rate is 0.25%). Please
                  note that this is also  subject to change as  appropriate  for
                  any currency.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will
                  interest be negative.

    (BULLET)      FOR THE CURRENCIES OF "CLIENT SPECIFIC MARKETS," THOSE MARKETS
                  WHERE  FOR  REGULATORY  OR OTHER  REASONS  WE DO NOT  MAINTAIN
                  OMNIBUS  ACCOUNTS  FOR  CLIENT  CASH,  ON WHICH WE PAY  CREDIT
                  INTEREST (which at this time are the Hungarian Forint, Israeli
                  Shekel,  Polish Zloty,  Korean Won and Taiwanese  Dollar),  we
                  will no longer be taking a spread for  providing  interest  on
                  cash  balances.  The  credit  interest  you earn on  overnight
                  balances  will be based on  actual  balances,  as  opposed  to
                  contractual  balances,  and the minimum  credit  interest rate
                  will no longer be applied.

    (BULLET)      YOU WILL HAVE CONTINUOUS ACCESS THROUGH  GLOBE*VIEW,  BTWORLD,
                  OR GLOBE*LINK OR OTHER AGREED ELECTRONIC ON-LINE SYSTEM TO THE
                  INTEREST  RATE  EARNED  DURING THE  PREVIOUS  "RATE  AVERAGING
                  PERIOD". Because we may use weekly or monthly average rates to
                  calculate  the  interest  you earn,  we do not know the actual
                  interest rate until the weekly or monthly period is completed.

<PAGE>


    (BULLET)      Our program generally requires that overnight balances in each
                  currency  remain  with (or are  swept  to) a  subcustodian  we
                  designate for that currency.  Nevertheless,  we pay our stated
                  rate of interest on any balances that, because of transactions
                  in  your  account,   are  held  overnight  with  an  alternate
                  subcustodian if we receive interest on that currency from that
                  subcustodian.  If the  alternate  subcustodian  does  not  pay
                  interest,  however,  these  balances  are  excluded  from  our
                  program.

    (BULLET)      FOR SWEPT CURRENCIES,  FROM TIME TO TIME WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO
                  SWEEP THE FULL AMOUNT OF YOUR  BALANCES  TO THE LONDON  BRANCH
                  because of operational  constraints or because your balance on
                  a contractual basis  temporarily  exceeds your actual balance.
                  You will, however, always receive credit for interest based on
                  your entire contractual  balance. To the extent you would have
                  earned a lower rate on balances not swept, we will make up the
                  difference. To the extent that actual balances are higher than
                  contractually   posted  balances  due  to  purchase  fails  or
                  otherwise, we will retain the interest earned as compensation.

    (BULLET)      THE EFFECTIVE RATE WE PAY ON OVERNIGHT BALANCES WILL GENERALLY
                  DIFFER FROM THE  EFFECTIVE  RATE WE RECEIVE  (WHETHER FROM THE
                  LONDON  BRANCH  OR THE  LOCAL  SUBCUSTODIAN).  Any  difference
                  between the effective  rate we receive and the effective  rate
                  we pay (which may be positive or  negative,  but is  generally
                  positive)  is kept by us and  covers our fee for  running  the
                  cash management program and the related costs we absorb.


                  Obviously,  there will be  currencies on which we will not pay
interest  because of local  regulations,  insufficient  scale, or other reasons.
However,  we hope to identify  additional  currencies  where we can begin paying
interest and we will announce those to you as soon as practical.

                  Currently  most cash balances in our  overnight  sweep program
are swept into  deposits  at the  London  branch of Bankers  Trust  Company.  We
reserve the right to utilize  other  branches or  affiliates  for the  overnight
sweep program. In the event of such change, we will notify you in writing, which
may be through Global Custody Flash Notice.

                  As you know, overdrafts are not permitted in the normal course
of business in any  currency.  Should they occur in any  currency,  your account
will be charged a fee to settle  transactions in advance of receipt of funds. If
the overdraft is not promptly  cured (and in any event upon the expiration of 30
days)  after  the  investment  manager  has  been  notified  of the  outstanding
overdraft,  the  account's  home currency will be used to cure the overdraft and
the associated  foreign  exchange will be done by Bankers Trust at market rates.
(Other   currencies  may  be  utilized  to  the  extent  the  home  currency  is
insufficient.)  Investment  managers that have not cured overdrafts  within such
period  will be deemed  to have  directed  such  foreign  exchange  transaction.
Accounts  subject  to ERISA will be deemed to have  engaged  in the  transaction
under the authority of the class exemptions available to qualified  professional
asset  managers  and  in-house  investment  managers.  To the  extent  that  the
overdraft is less than the U.S.  dollar  equivalent of $50,000,  Bankers Trust's
foreign  exchange desk will bundle the transaction  with other small amounts for
other clients.

<PAGE>

                                                                      SCHEDULE A



                    CASH MANAGEMENT PROGRAM - GLOBAL CUSTODY
                       Overnight Uninvested Cash Balances
                    (* - Denotes currencies in sweep program)


     CURRENCIES                                   RATES
     ----------                                   -----
     Argentine Peso                               Base Rate less  150
     Australian Dollar*                           Base Rate less  130
     British Pound Sterling*                      Base Rate less  215
     Canadian Dollar*                             Base Rate less  175
     Czech Koruna                                 Base Rate less  75
     Danish Krone*                                Base Rate less  250
     EMU Euro*                                    Base Rate less  175
     Greek Drachma                                Base Rate less  150
     Hong Kong Dollar*                            Base Rate less  250
     Hungarian Forint                             Base Rate less  0
     Indonesian Rupiah                            Base Rate less  200
     Israeli Shekel                               Base Rate less  0
     Japanese Yen                                 Base Rate less  75
     Jordanian Dinar                              Base Rate less  200
     Korean Won                                   Base Rate less  0
     Malaysian Ringgit 1                          Base Rate less  200
     Mexican Peso                                 Base Rate less  200
     New Taiwan Dollar                            Base Rate less  0
     New Zealand Dollar                           Base Rate less  100
     Norwegian Krone*                             Base Rate less  175
     Philippine Peso                              Base Rate less  150
     Polish Zloty                                 Base Rate less  0
     Singapore Dollar                             Base Rate less  200
     Slovak Koruna                                Base Rate less  150
     South African Rand*                          Base Rate less  250
     Swedish Krona*                               Base Rate less  250
     Swiss Franc*                                 Base Rate less  100
     Thai Baht                                    Base Rate less  200
     Turkish Lira                                 Base Rate less  200
     U.S. Dollar*                                 Effective Fed Funds less 100 2



We  reserve  the  right,  in our sole  discretion,  to adjust the base rates and
benchmark rates used and the spreads charged at any time and for any reason.  We
will notify you periodically in writing of changes in spreads and updates to the
cash management  program.  These program updates also will be available  through
Global Custody Flash Notices.

1 As a result of the new rules recently introduced by local Malaysia regulators,
we have  suspended  paying  interest on Ringgit  balances.  Should the situation
change, we will notify you via Flash Notice.

2 Not applicable if U.S. Dollars are swept to a short-term investment fund.


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission